IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


sr.^    ^j 


1.0 


I.I 


1^  ^    |2.2 

ii 


^  m 


L25  III  U_  IJA 


'/] 


J^A^^'  ^ 


'/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WIST  MAtN  STRKT 

WEbSTfR.N.Y.  MSSO 

(716)  873-4S03 


iV 


\\ 


[V 


O^ 


> 


^K0       Mr 


l/.x 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICIVIH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  da  microraproductions  historiques 


V 


Tschnical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  mothod  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


D 


D 


D 
D 
D 


D 


y 


Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 


I      I    Covers  damaged/ 


Couverture  endommagie 


Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaurie  et/ou  pellicul6e 


I      I    Cover  title  missing/ 


Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 


I      I    Coloured  maps/ 


Cartes  giographiques  en  couleur 


Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 


Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 


Bound  with  other  material/ 
Relii  avec  d'autres  documents 


r~71    Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 


along  interior  margin/ 

La  re  liure  serrie  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 

distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  intirieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouttles 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparaissent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  Atait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  iti  filmtes. 


Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  suppldmentaires; 


Varioui  pagings. 


L'Institut  a  microfilm*  le  meilleur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  iti  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exemplaire  qui  sont  peut-Atre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  mithode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiquAs  ci-dessous. 


Tha 
toti 


I      I    Coloured  pages/ 


D 


Pages  de  couleur 

Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommag^es 

Pages  restored  and/oi 

Pages  restaur^es  et/ou  pelliculies 

Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxei 
Pages  dicolordes,  tachetdes  ou  piqu6es 


r~7]    Pages  damaged/ 

I      I    Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 

r~n    Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 


Th« 
po« 
oft 
film 


Ori( 
b«g 
th« 
•lor 
othi 
first 
•ior 
or  11 


□    Pages  detached/ 
Pages  ddtachdes 


Showthrough/ 
Transparence 


I      I    Quality  of  print  varies/ 


Quality  inigale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  materiel  supplimentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponible 


Tho 
•hal 
TIN 
whi 

Mai 
diff( 
•nti 
bog 
righ 
roqi 
mol 


Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  heve  been  ref limed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  ix6  filmdes;  A  nouveau  de  fa^on  d 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  film*  au  taux  de  reduction  indiqui  ci-dessous. 

10X  14X  18X  22X 


26X 


30X 


V 

12X 


16X 


20X 


24X 


28X 


32X 


Th«  oopy  fllmad  h«r«  has  b««n  r«produe«d  thanks 
to  tha  o«naroaity  of: 

Ntw  Bruniwick  MuMum 
Scint  John 

Tha  imagaa  appaaring  hara  ara  tha  baat  quality 
possibia  eontidaring  tha  condition  and  lagibility 
of  tha  original  copy  and  in-  kaaping  with  tha 
filming  contract  ipaoificatlons. 


Original  ooplaa  in  printad  papar  covara  ara  filmad 
baginning  with  tha  front  eovar  and  anding  on 
tha  last  paga  with  a  printad  or  iliustratad  impras* 
sion,  or  tha  back  eovar  whan  appropriata.  All 
othar  original  copiaa  ara  filmad  baginning  on  tha 
first  paga  with  a  printad  or  iilustratad  Impraa- 
sion.  and  anding  on  tha  iaat  paga  with  a  printad 
or  iiiuatratad  impraaaion. 


L'axamplaira  film*  fut  raprodult  grica  i  la 
g*n*rosit*  da: 

New  Brunswick  M'jissum 
Saint  John 

Laa  imagaa  sulvantaa  ont  it*  raprodultaa  avac  la 
plua  grand  soln,  compta  tanu  da  la  condition  at 
da  la  nattat*  da  l'axamplaira  film*,  at  %n 
conf  ormit*  avac  las  conditions  du  contrat  da 
fllmaga. 

Laa  axamplalraa  originaux  dont  la  couvartura  an 
paplar  ast  imprim*a  sont  fiim*s  an  commandant 
par  la  pramlar  plat  at  an  tarminant  soit  par  la 
darnl*ra  paga  qui  eomporta  una  amprainta 
d'Impraasion  ou  d'iilustration.  soit  par  la  sacond 
phit,  salon  la  eas.  Tous  las  autras  «xamplairas 
originaux  sont  fiim*s  an  commandant  par  la 
prami*ra  paga  qui  eomporta  una  amprainta 
d'imprassion  ou  d'iilustration  at  an  tarminant  par 
la  darnl*ra  paga  qui  eomporta  una  talla 
amprainta. 


Tha  Iaat  racordad  frama  on  aach  microficha 
shall  contain  tha  aymbol  «-•»  (moaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  tha  aymbol  y  (moaning  "END"), 
whichavar  appllaa. 


Un  daa  symbolaa  sulvants  apparaftra  sur  la 
dami*ra  Imaga  da  chaqua  microficha,  salon  la 
eas:  la  symbola  -^  signifia  "A  SUiVRE",  la 
symbols  V  signifia  "FIN". 


Mapa.  plataa,  charts,  ate.,  may  ba  filmad  at 
diffarant  raduction  ratioa.  Thosa  too  larga  to  ba 
antiraly  ineludad  in  ona  axposura  ara  filmad 
baginning  in  tha  uppar  laft  hand  cornar,  laft  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  aa  many  framaa  aa 
raqulrad.  Tha  following  diagrams  illustrata  tha 
mathod: 


Laa  cartas,  planchas.  tableaux,  ate.,  pauvant  *tra 
fllm*a  *  daa  taux  da  r*duction  diff*rants. 
Lorsqua  la  document  ast  trop  grand  pour  *tra 
raprodult  an  un  saul  ellch*.  ii  aat  film*  *  partir 
da  I'angla  sup*riaur  gauche,  da  gauche  *  droita. 
et  da  haut  an  baa.  an  prenant  la  nombra 
d'imagas  n*cessaira.  Lea  diagrammes  sulvants 
illustrant  la  m*thode. 


32X 


1 

2 

3 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

\\ 


PRICES  BEDUCED 


ELDRIDGES  CHARTS, 

I^UBUSHSD  BT 

125  State  Street,  Boston. 


PBMTED  ON  THE  BEST  QUALITY  OV  LINE^  PAPEB,  AMD  MOUNTED 
ON  CLOTH  TO  MAKE  THSU  DURABLE. 


Ho.  1.  THE  VINBTARD  SOUND  AND  NANTUCKET  flHOAIiS,  on 
»  very  large  scale,  with  a  Book  of  Saiuhg  DnioTiOMS.  P6no|U  n»lil|(  thia 
Chart  will  Mve  the  expense  of  erqploylng  a  j^ot.    Price  fQU.4^/^  ' '. 

Ho.  9.  THE  COAST  OP  NORTH  AMERICA,  vbom  Cave  HsmiT  to 
Capk  Sabuc,  including  the  Chesapeake  and  Delawara  Bayi,  and  Oeorge's 
Shoals,  on  a  Uirffe,$tiilt.    Price  94-00. 

Ho.  S.  CAPE  COD  TO  BBtLE  ISLE,  iucloding  the  Bay  of  Fuddy, 
Oulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  and  Banks  of  Newfoundland,  witii  Ptana  on  •  lirge 
scale  of  the  Coast  of  NTova  Sootia  fLam  Cape  Canso  to  Pictou;  the  Coatt  of 
Cape  Breton  from  Seauri  to  Sydney,  and  the  Harbor  of  8t  John,  N6w 
Brunswick,  Halifuc,  and  Miramichi.  This  is  a  new  Chiit,  prepared  from  tiie 
latest  surreys,  expressly  for  the  Coal  and  Fishing  trades.    Price  fS.OO. 

Ho.  4.  BOSTON  HARBOR,  on  a  large  scale,  with  Sailing  Dbrections. 
This  Chart  affords  a  more  practical  guide  to  the  various  diannels,  passages, 
flshlAg  grounds,  &c..  Of  Boston  Ha|;hor>  than  any  that  has  ever  been  issued. 
The  bearings  and'distances  of  dangnrous  Rocks  and  Shoals,  and  the  principal 
ranges  of  objects,  are  all  given  on  the  Chart    Price,  cloth,  91. 00.  Pipe       ". 

Ho.  S.  TMs  is  a  new  Chart  of  LONG  ISLAND  SOUND  from  Nxwfort 
TO  Niw  ToMCt  with  a  Book  of  Sailing  Directions,  contain  .ng  a  ftill  description 
of  the  dangers  to  be  avoided  in  entering  die  various  Harbors  of  the  Sound. 

Price  $»sao.9^v 

Ho.  •.  LiNN  TO  HALIBUT  POINT,  with  the  Harbors  of  Salem. 
Bevierly,  Marblehead,  Manchester,  Olouoester,  Rookport,  ai  d  Annisfuam; 
also  the  Stone  Quarries  at  Folly  Cove,  LanesviUe,  Bay  View,  fto.,  an  a  large 
scale.    Price,  cloth,  •l.CJO.    Piper  76c. 

Ho.  7.  CHESAPEAKE  BAT,  with  the  James,  York,  Rappahanttook,  and 
Potomac  Rivers.  This  is  a  new  Chart,  and  the  only  one  published  v  hich 
gives  the  rivers  on  a  large  scale  on  one  sheet.    Price  $8.S0, 

Ho.  8.  MONTAUK  POINT  TO  ST.  AUGUSTINE,  with  a  Plan  of  New 
York  Bay  and  Harbor,  on  ^  large  scale.    Price  fS.SO. 

Ho.  9,  ST.  AUGUSTINE  TO  NEW  ORLEANS,  with  Florida  Reefr, 
Bahama  Banks,  and  Entrance  to  Pensacola  and  Mobile  Bays,  on  a  large  mile. 
Price  $8.80. 

Ho.  to.    BUZZARD'S  BAY,  on  a  very  large  scale.    Price  #2.00. 

Ho.  11.  NEW  CHART  OF*  DELAWARE  BAY  AND  RIVER,  on  a 
large  scale.  In  one  sheet.    Price  $8.00. 

,  COAST  PILOT.    No.  1.     Chatham  to  Gut  or  Canso.    Price  98.80. 
COAST  PILOT.    No.  2.    CHA-niAM  TO  thk  Rio  Grande.     Price  98.50. 
In  tfiarinp  fh»  Ohmrtt,  frfMM  4imtomi*0  SMn*  m  MZDMID&X'B  Km,  i, 
9,  M-  a,  *c.,  inatvmd  of»t/rMn»f  fM  t^U. 


^.M 


.'x^:  ''<! 


^  Mi 


11 


mk 


arr- 


^^i 


THE   FiRST   PRIZE   OF   A 


Silver  Medal  and  Diploma 


WAS    AWARDED 


ELDRID6E  CHARTS  AND  COAST  PILOT, 


At  the  Berlin  International  Fishery  Exhibition,  1880 ; 


and  a  GOLD  MEDAL  and  DIPLOMA 


At  the  Massachusetts  l\4echanics'  Fair,  1881. 

(2) 


»» 


la 


ELDRIDGE'S 

COAST    PILOT. 

No.  1. 
Eastern  Section. 

CHATHAM  TO  CANSO,  N.  S. 

INCLUDING 
<!()MI*ILKI)    «Y 

GEOR(4K  KLDRIDGE,  Hydrogkaphbr. 


4 


m\ 


A 


SIGN  OF  THB 
LITTLE  ADMIRAL. 


BUSINESS  ESTABLISHED 
1770. 


BOSTON: 
S.    THAXTER    AND     SON, 

PUBLISHERS  OF  ELDRIDGE'S  CHARTS. 

AGENTS  FOR  THB  SALB  Or  U.  S.  COAST  SnRVBT  CHARTS ;  IMPORTBRS  AND  DBALBBS 

IN  CHRONOMBTRRB,  NAUTICAL  INSTRDMBMTS,  CHARTS, 

NAUTICAL  BOOKS,  BTC. 

185    8TA.TIQ    STRBBT. 


I 


OOPYB  lOHT, 
1884, 

By  Obobob  Elsbioob  and  A.  C.  Cusuino. 


All  Riiktt  Rtttrvtd. 


}yrigla  6*  P0tt*r  Printing  Company, 
18  PMi  OgU*  Sfumrt, 
Baton. 


PBEFACE 

TO  ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT, 


NO.  1. 


4 


After  an  experience  of  more  than  thirty  years  in  survey- 
ing and  compiling  Charts  c  different  parts  of  the  coast  of 
the  United  States  of  Americ,  for  the  use  of  Mariners,  and 
also  obtainiLg  information  from  every  known  source  of  ma- 
rine intelligence  which  the  country  at  the  present  time  af- 
fords, the  author  is  confident  that  this  work  will  meet  the 
wants  of  a  large  class  of  seamen  who  have  heretofore  given 
his  publications  the  preference.  His  aim  has  not  been 
beauty  of  style  or  language,  but  clearness  and  accuracy. 
The  shifting  nature  of  certain  parts  of  the  Coast,  together 
with  the  change  in  Buoys,  Lights,  etc.,  may  occasionally 
present  devLi^tions  from  the  present  directions.  With  these 
imperfections,  he  presents  Pilot,  No.  1,  to  the  public,  hop- 
ing that  it  may  long  prove  a  safe  and  unerring  guide  to  those 
who  navigate  within  its  limits. 

In  a  work  of  this  kind  absolute  accuracy  is  nearly  impossi- 
ble. Mariners  are  therefore  earnestly  requested  to  note  all 
enors  or  omissions  which  they  may  discover,  and  forward 
the  same  to  the  author. 

GEOKGE  ELDRIDGE, 

Hydrographer. 
Chatham,  Mass. 


IMPORTANT   TO   MARINERS. 


My  experience  during  the  last  thirty  years  in  making  sur- 
veys for  the  purpose  of  constructing  Marine  Charts,  demon- 
strates great  uncertainty  in  the  use  of  the  Mariner's  Compass, 
both  on  sea  and  land.  I  have  no  doubt  that  many  of  the 
shipwrecks  that  are  constantly  occurring,  are  in  consequence 
of  Its  not  being  uinown  that  the  Compass  was  deranged  from 
the  effects  of  the  local  attraction  of  iron  or  other  magnetic 
substances  accidentally  placed  within  the  reach  of  its  influ- 
ence on  the  needle  on  board  the  vessel.  These  unsuspected 
causes  may  also  exist  and  powerfully  attract  the  Compass  in 
the  iron  used  in  the  construction  of  the  vessel,  also  in  car- 
goes, such  as  iron,  coal,  etc. 

In  the  construction  of  vessels  no  magnetic  material  should 
be  allowed  within  ten  feet  of  the  Compass,  and  superintend- 
ents of  building  should  allow  none  but  the  purest  non- 
magnetic copper  or  composition  which  has  been  selected  and 
carefully  tested  to  be  placed  within  the  above  mentioned  dis- 
tance from  the  Binnacle. 

No  class  of  men  appear  more  ignorant  of  the  uncertainties 
of  the  Magnetic  Needle  from  various  causes,  than  Mariners. 
The  most  of  them  make  no  effort  to  test  their  Comuasses  in 
fine  weather,  and  are  therefore  helpless  in  ascertaining  what 
course  they  are  steering  in  thick  or  bad  weather. 

•  ■ 

Vll 


'■m 


viil 


IMPORTANT  TO  MARINERS. 


The  Liquid  Compass,  thougli  a  superior  instrument  in 
many  respects,  especially  in  traversing  quickly  in  smootli 
water,  and  not  oscillating  in  rough  water,  in  no  protection  as 
many  suppose  from  the  evils  arising  from  local  attraction. 

From  the  above,  the  intelligent  Mariner,  by  inspecting  the 
Pilot,  will  readily  perceive  that  an  error  in  the  course  may 
lead  to  difficulty.  In  order  therefore  to  insure  confidence 
and  safety  in  Railing  at  night  or  in  thick  weather  into  har- 
bors, rivers,  bays,  and  also  through  sounds,  his  Compass 
should  be  tested  often. 

GEORGE  ELDRIDGE, 

Hydrographer, 


INDEX. 


HARBORS,  RIVERS,  BAYS,  SOUNDS,  Aa. 

PAOB 

Annisquam  Harbor, 84 

Apple  River,       .......  306 

Advocate  Bay, 309 

Avon  River, .  313 

Annapolis  Basin, 320 

Annapolis  River, 321 

Argyle  Harbor, 358 

Aspatageon  Harbor, 430 

Brewster  Landing, 17 

Barnstable  Harbor, 18 

Boston  Harbor, 28 

Beverly  Harbor,  .        .        .        .        .        .69 

Boothbay,  or  Townsend  Harbor,    .        .        .       160 

Belfast  Harbor, 194 

Buck's  Harbor, 214 

Blue  Hill  Harbor,       .        .        .        .        .        .215 

Burnt  Coat  Harbor,        .        .        ,        .        ,221 

Bass  Harbor, 223 

Bar  Harbor, 236 

Bass  Cove,  or  East  Sullivan  Harbor,  .        .  242 


X  INDEX. 

PAOB 

Bliss  Harbor, 281 

Beaver  Harbor  (New  Brunswick),      .        .        •  285 

Basin  of  Mines, 311 

Bear  Eiver, 322 

Barrington  (West  Bay),  ....       371 

Barangton  (East  Bay),      .        .        .        •    »    •  371 

Birchtown  Bay, 385 

Blind  Bay, 444 

BajkBay, .449 

Beaver  Harbor  (!N"ova  Scotia),  .        .        .        .  494 
Bay  of  Islands,       .        .        .        .        .        .      501 

Cohasset  Harbor, 26 

Chelsea  Creek  and  Saugus  River,  ...        54 
Cape  lN"eddick,   .        .        .        ...        .        .  107 

Cape  Porpoise  Harbor,   .        .        .        .        .110 

Cundiz  Harbor, 141 

Cape  Small  Point  Harbor,      ....       141 

CamdGU  Harbor,         ......  189 

Castine  Harbor,      .        .        .        .        .        .      198 

Carver's  Harbor,         .        .        .        .        .        .  203 

Cranberry  Island,  or  Hadlock's  Harbor,         .      232 

Cape  Split  Harbor, 258 

Cobscook  Bay  and  Pembroke  River,      .        .      278 

Cumberland  Basin, 305 

Comwallis  River, 312 

Cobequid  Bay, 315 

CrowellCove, 352 


INDEX.  xi 

PAOK 

Cockerwit  Pa    age,    .        .        ...        •        ,  364 
Clark  Harbor,         .        .        ,        ,        ,        ,       367 

Chester  Harbor, 424 

Catch  Harbor, 467 

Cole  Harbor, ,        ,  466 

Chissetcook  Inlet, 467 

Clam  Bay, 471 

Country  Harbor,     ....,,      613 

Coddle  Harbor,  ......  622 

Cole  Harbor  (Tor  Bay),         .        .        ,        ,      626 

Charlo  Harbor, 627 

Canso  Harbor, ,      633 

Duxbury  and  Kingston  Harbors,        .        ,        .24 

Danvers  Harbor, .69 

Damariscotta  Kiver,    ......  167 

Davis'  Straits,         •-...,      168 
Deer  Island  Thoroughfare,         .        .        ,        ,  209 

Dyers  Bay, 253 

Douglass  Harbor, 265 

Deep  Cove, 427 

Day  Cove,           .        ,        ,        ,        ,        ,        ,  477 
Dover  Bay, 632 

Essex  Harbor, 86 

Ebenicook  Harbor, I49 

Eggenaoggin  Eeach, 211 

Eastport  Harbor, 272 

Eden  Cove, 811 


Xii  INDEX. 

PAOK 

East  Sandy  Cove, ^^^ 

East  Kiver  Bay, ^^ 

Freeport  Eiver,       .        ...        .        .      1B2 

Eriendship  Harbor,  .  .  .  •  •  •  ^^^ 
Eort  Point  Harbor,  .  .  >  •  .197 
Fox  Island  Thoroughfare,  .        .        •        •  205 

Frenchman's  Bay,  .        .        •        •        •       ^34 

Flag  Cove, 295 

French  Tillage  Harbor,  ....  440 
Fisherman  Harbor, 519 

Oloucester  Harbor, 70 

George's  Harbor,        .        .        .        ...  170 

Gilkey's  Harbor,     ......      192 

Gouldsboroiigh  Harbor  and  Bay,       .        .        •  251 

Grand  Menan, 292 

Grand  Harbor, 294 

Giilliver  Hole, 322 

Grand  Passage, 326 

Green  Harbor, 386 

Green  Bay, 406 

Glasgow  Harbor, 542 

GutofCanso, 543 

Hingham  Harbor, 48 

Hodgkins  Cove,  or  Bay  View,   .        .        .  .83 

Hampton  Harbor, 94 

Hog  Island  Koads,     .        .        .        .        .  .127 


INDEX. 


Xlll 


Eng- 


Harpswell  Harbor,  or  Stover's  Cove, 
Horse  Island  Harbor, 
Herring  Gut  Harbor,      .... 
Head  Harbor  (Isle  au  Haut),     . 

HulPs  Cove, 

Harrington  River,       .... 
Head  Harbor  (West  side  of  entrance  to 
lishman's  Bay),        .... 
Head  Harbor  (East  Quoddy  Head),  . 

Harbor  Delute, 

Herring  Cove  (Liverpool  Bay), 

Hubbard  Cove 

Head  Harbor  (St.  Margaret  Bay), 

Halifax  Harbor, 

Herring  Cove  (entrance  to  Halifax  Harbor), 
HoUinsBay,  .......       511 


PAGE 

134 
139 
•174 
220 
237 
258 

265 
273 
274 
401 
436 
439 
467 
466 


Ipswich  Harbor,  .        .        .        .        .        .    87 

Isles  of  Shoals,        .        .        .        .        .        .102 

Isles  of  Shoals,  or  Gosport  Harbor,    .        .        .  103 
Ingram  Biver,         .        .        .        .        .        .      438 

Inner  Beaver  Harbor,         .....  497 

Isaac  Harbor, 520 

Indian  Bay, 509 

Island  Harbor, 521 

John's  Bay, 158 

Jordon's  River, 238 

Jonesport  Harbor,      .        .        .        •    •   .        .  265 


XIV 


INDKX. 


Jebouge  River,  . 
Jordan  River, 
Jedore  Harbor, 
Jegogan  Harbor, 

Kcnnebunk  River, 
Kennebec  River, 


PAGE 

341 
385 
469 
507 

109 
142 


Lynn  Harbor, 53 

Lane^s  Cove, 83 

Linekin's  Bay, 155 

Lincolnville,  or  Duck  Trap  Harbor, 

Little  River  (Maine), 

Lubec  Harbor, 

L'Etang  Harbor, 

Little  River  (Nova  Scotia),    . 

Liverpool  Bay,    .... 

Le  Have  River,       .        .        . 

Lunenburg  Harbor,     . 

Liscomb  Harboi',    . 

Little  Liscomb  Harbor, 

Louse  Harbor, 


Marblehead  Harbor,   .... 
Manchester  Harbor,        .        .        ,        , 
Mcrrimac  River,  .... 

Mackerel  Cove, 

McFarland's  Cove,     .... 
Muscongus  Harbor  and  Greenland  Cove, 


191 
268 
278 
283 
343 
400 
409 
414 
502 
506 
533 

57 

70 

93 

137 

160 

163 


INDEX.  xy 

PAOB 

Monhegan  Harbor,      ......  173 

Mosquito  Harbor  (Maine),      ....      176 

Mosquito  Uarbor  (Winter  Harbor  Sound),        .  247 

Moose-a-Bec  Reach, 260 

Machias  Bay  and  River, 266 

Musquash  Harbor, 286 

Memramcook  River, 303 

Mahone  Bay, '.        .      418 

Mahone  Harbor, 422 

Mill  Cove,       . 436 

Macnab  Cove, 465 

Musquidoboit  Inlet,         .        .        .        .        .      468 
Mushaboon  Harbor,    .        .        .        .        .        .  488 

Macleod  Cove, 497 

Mary-Joseph  Harbor, 502 

Molasses  Harbor, 527 

McNair  Cove,     .        .        .        .        .        .        .  547 

^ew  Harbor  Bars, 8 

North  Dennis  Landing,      .        .        .        .  .18 

Neponset  River, 62 

iN'ahant  Harbor, 65 

Newburyport  Harbor, 90 

New  Meadows  River,         .        .        .        .  .  138 

New  Harbor  (Maine),    .....  161 

Northeast  Harbor  (Mt.  Desert),         .        .  .  230 

Narraguagus  Bay  and  River,          .        .        .  256 

Negro  Harbor  and  Clyde  River,         .        .  .  376 


XVi  INDEX. 

PAGE 

Northeast  Hfirbor, 380 

Northwest  Cove, 434 

Nicomtau  Bay, 498 

New  Harbor  (Nova  Scotia),       .        .        »        .  522 

OwPs  Head  Harbor,  .  .  .  .  .  1^6 
Owl's  Head  Bay, 473 

Provincetown  Harbor, 11 

Plymouth  Harbor,      .        .        .        .        .        .20 

Pigeon  Cove  Harbor,      .        .'       .        .        .        82 

Portsmouth  Harbor, 94 

Portland  Harbor,    , 118 

Pott's  Harbor, 136 

Prospect  Harbor  (Maine),  ....  248 
Pigeon  Hill  Bay,  or  Bowbear  Harbor,  .  .  254 
Pleasant  Bay  and  River,  ....  258 
Passamaquoddy  Bay  and  St.  Croix  River,  .       .  270 

Petit  Coudiac  River, 301 

Parrsboro  River,         ......  315 

Petit  Passage, 323 

Pubnico  Harbor,         .        .        .        ,        .        .  361 

PortLatour, 374 

Port  L'Hebert,    .        ..       .        .        .        .        .392 

PortJolie, 394 

Port  Mouton, 395 

Princess  Inlet, 421 

Port  Metway, 403 

Port.  Dover, 443. 


INDEX.  xvii 

PAGE 

Pro8Dect  Harbor  (Nova  Scotia),    .        .        .      448 

Pennant  Bay, 449 

Pennant  Harbor, 452 

Perpissawick  Inlet, 467 

Pope  Harbor,  .        .        .        .        .        .482 

Port  Bickerton,  .        .        .        .        .        .        .512 

Port  Howe, 531 

Pirate  Cove,  or  Port  Mulgrave,  .        .        .  547 

Port  Hastings,  or  Plaister  Cove,     .        .        .      547 

Quincy  or  "Weymouth,        .        .        .        .        .51 

Quahaug  Bay, 138 

Quoddy  Roads, 276 

Eock  Harbor, 17 

Rockport  Harbor  (Moss.),  .        .        .        .78 

Ecckport  Granite  Co.'s  Harbor,      .        .        .        80 
Eye  Harbor,       .        .        .        .        .        ..        .94 

Eichmond's  Island  Eoads,      ....      117 

Eound  Pond  Harbor, 162 

Eockland  Harbor, 186 

Eockport  Harbor  (Maine),         ....  187 

Eugged  Island  Harbor, 1^87 

Eose  Bay,  .        .        .        .        .        .        .  417 

Sursuit  Creek, 17 

Sandwich  Harbor, 20 

Scituate  Harbor, 25 

Swampscott  Harbor, 55 


Zviii  INDEX. 

PAGE 

Salem  Harbor,    .....••    ^1 

Stage  Island  Harbor, 112 

Saco  River, 116 

Sheepscott  River, 1^7 

St.  George's  River, 165 

Seal  Harbor  (White  Head),  ....  185 
Seal  Harbor  (West  Penobscot  Bay),  .        .193 

Searsport  Harbor, 196 

Stockton,  or  Cape  Jellison  Harbor,    .        .        .  196 

Southern  Harbor, 208 

Sedgwick  Village,  or  Benjamin  River,  .  .  215 
Southeast  Harbor  (Deer  Isle),  .  .  .  219 
Southwest  Harbor  (Mt.  Desert),  .  .  .  Ii26 
Somes,  or  Somesville  Harbor,  .        ,        .      233 

Salisbury  Cove,  .        .        .        .        .        .        .237 

Skillirgs  River, 239 

Sullivan  Harbor,  or  River,  ....  239 

Stave  Island  Harbor, 242 

Schoodic  Harbor, 243 

Sand  Cove  Harbor, 247 

Seguin  Passage, 262 

St.  Croix  River, 278 

St.  Andrew's  Harbor, 280 

St.  John  Harbor,     .        .        ,        .        .        .287 
Seal  Cove,  or  Wood  Island  Harbor,   .        .        .  292 
Sheepody  River,      .        .        •    .    •        •        -      304 
Salisbury  Bay,    .        .        .        .        .        .        .299 

Shubenacadic  River, 317 


INDEX. 


XIX 


Scotman's  Cove, 

St.  Croix  Bay, 

St.  Mary  Bay,    . 

Sissibou  Eiver, 

Shag  Harbor  Sound, 

Stoddar'^  Cove, 

Shelburne  Harbor, 

Sable  River,    . 

Southeast  Cove, 

St.  Margaret  Bay, 

Shag  Bay,  . 

Sambro  Harbor, 

Ship  Harbor, 

Shoal  Bay, 

Spry  Harbor, 

Sheet  H^i-rbor, 

Spanish  Ship  Bay, 

St.  Mary  Bay, 

Ship  Harbor,  or  Port  Hawksbury, 

Sable  Island,   .... 

Tennant  Harbor, 

Tusket  River, 

Turner  Bay,        .... 

Tangier  Harbor, 

Taylor  Bay,        .... 

Tor  Bay,         .... 


PAOE 

.  318 

319 
.  320 

330 
.  365 

306 
.  380 

392 
.  428 

432 
.  445 

455 
.  475 

478 

.  48r> 

488 
.  606 

508 
.  546 

648 

.  177 
355 

.  450 
480 

.  487 
523 


Union  River  and  Ellsworth, 


.  217 


XX 


INDEX. 


Wellflcet  Harbor,    . 
"Weymouth  Back  River, 
Wood  Island,  or  Winter  Harbor, 
Waldoboro'  Harbor,  . 
West  Gouldsborough  Harbor, 
Winter,  or  Mosquito  Harbor, 
Whale  Cove,  .... 
Walton  Harbor,  .        ,        . 

Webb  Cove,   .... 
White  Haven,     .... 


York  River,    . 

Yarmouth  River,  or  Harbor, 

Yarmouth  Harbor, 


PAOB 

14 

49 

113 

163     ] 

241     1 

243      1 

296      3 

314 

1      ^* 

621 

1      ^' 

527 

1      ^^ 

106 

1      ^' 

130 

1      *^° 

337 

1     M< 

i 

1     Ni 

1     0) 

1 

Pc 

' 

Pc 

Pe 

Se 

T^ 

' 

Ti 

INDEX. 


XXI 


Sailing  Directions. 


PAGE 

Bay  of  Fundy, 369 

Cape  Cod  Light  to  Provincetown  Harbor,      .        12 
Fort  Point  Lighthouse  to  Bangor,      ,        ,        .  182 
Gannet  Kock  Channel,    .        .        .        ,        ,      335 
Jones  Anchorage,       ......  360 

Monhegan  to  Owl's  Head,       ....      179 

[Nantasket  Boads, 45 

Owl's  Head  to  Fort  Point  Ligh  aouse,  .  ,  181 
Pollock  Kip  to  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  .  9 
Penobscot  Bay  (West),  .        .        .        .183 

Penobscot  Bay  (East),       .....  184 

Seallsland, 352 

Two  Bush  Channel,    ....        .        .  182 

Tusket  IslandB 348 


iff-" 


xxli 


INDEX. 


Anchorages. 


PAOB                       jH                 ]] 

Brooklyn  Anchorage, 

•  402              ■           ^ 

Capo  Neddick,        .... 

108              ■           ^ 

Capo  Blomidon,          .... 

.312              ■          ^ 

Grand  Monan,         .... 

297             ■          f 

Grindstone  Island,      .        .        .        • 

.304             ■           ^ 

Grand  Passage,       .... 

.        .327             ■          p 

Herring  Cove, 

'    ^^             1          I] 

Heckman's  Anchorage,  . 

420             H          j^ 

Jones  Anchorage,      .        .        •        . 

•  358             ■           -^ 

Luke  Anchorage,    .... 

^2             ■           p 

Mud  Islands, 

.  353             ^m           p 

Martin's  River  Anchorage, 

.423             1           I 

Saquish  Koads, 

•    24             B           ^ 

Spencer  Island,       .        .        .        • 

.310             9           ^ 

Seal  Island,         ..... 

.352             B 

Spectacle  and  Mosher  Islands, 

.412             1     '       "] 

Sable  Island, 

•  ^^^                Wi 

INDEX. 


XZIU 


Dangers  Off  the  Coast. 


Boss  Point  to  Apple  River  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Neddick  to  Kennebunk  River,  . 
Cape  Porpoise  to  Wood  Island,      .        . 
Cape  Spencer  to  Quaco  Head,    . 
Cape  Sharp  to  Spencer  Island, 
Cape  St.  Mary  to  Cape  Forchu, 
Highland  Light  to  Provincetown  Harbor, 
Ipswich  to  Newburyport  Bar,     . 
M^rgaretville  to  Port  Williams  Lighthouse, 
Newburyport  to  Portsmouth  Harbor, 
Portsmouth  Harbc  '  to  Cape  Xeddick,    . 
Penobscot  Bay  (West), 
Port  Williams  to  Point  Prim,  • 

Point  Prim  to  Boar's  Head  Lighthouse, 
Quaco  Head  to  Cape  Enrage  Lighthouse, 
Scotsman's  Cove  to  Black  Rock  Lighthouse, 
Thatcher's  Island  Lights  to  Boston, 


PAOK 

307 
.  108 

113 
.  298 

310 

.  337 

11 

.    90 

319 
.    94 

108 
.  200 

322 
.  324 

300 

.  318 

76 


XXIV 


INDEX. 


Currents. 


Grand  Menan  Island,         .        .        .        . 

Gut  of  Canso, 

Port  "Williams  to  Black  Rock  Lighthouse, 

Point  Prim  to  Petit  Passage, 

Sable  Island, 


PAGE 

.  297 
548 

.  319 
324 

.  649 


GEORGE'S  SHOALS. 


These  shoals,  which  lie  upon  the  NorthweBtorn  pnrt  of  Georgt's 
Bank,  extend  nearly  N.  by  W.  >4  W.,  ami  S.  by  E.  ]^  E.,  1" 
miles.  In  1850  the  least  depth  of  water  upon  thorn  was  12  fi-et  ; 
this  depth  lies  in  Latitute  41°  39'  y^  N.,  and  Longitude  07"'  42'  y^ 
W.  The  currents  set  strong  across  these  shoals,  and  tho  depth  of 
water  upon*  them,  undoubtedly,  like  those  in  tho  vicinity  of  Nun- 
tucket,  varies  with  every  heavy  gale.  By  Inspooting  Eldridg^  'a 
Chart,  No.  2,  from  Cape  Henry  to  Cape  Sable,  a  bettor  idea  can  bo 
obtained  of  George's  Bank  and  Shoals,  than  by  any  written  descrip- 
tion.   Heavy  draught  vessels  should  beware  of  George's  Shoals. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  12-foot  Shoal  on  George's  Bank. 

Dhtnno*. 

New  South  Shoal  Lightship,  W.  by  S.  J<  S.    .     .     .     lOfl  miles. 

Chatham  Lighthouses,  W.  by  N  ^  N        .     .     .     .       1>U  " 

Cape  Cod  (Highland)  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W.  ?i  W.  IOC  '» 

Thatchers  Island  Lighthouses,  Cape  Ann,  NW,  f^  Sl^!,  139  " 

Cape  Elizabeth  Lighthouses,  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.    .     .     160  »* 

Seguin  Lighthouse,  N.NW 151  " 

Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W.  J4  W.    .     .     144  " 

Mt.  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,  N.  K  E 188  " 

Cape  Sable  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  E 189  " 


Turning  of  the  Current  in  South  Channel,  between  George's 
Bank  and  ]N''antuoket  Shoals. 

In  this  channel  between  George's  Bank  and  Nantucket  Shoals,  in 
from  80  to  40  fathoms  water,  the  current  commonoos  to  »'un 
Northerly  about  the  time  of  low  water  in  Boston,  and  Southerly 
nearly  the  same  time  it  is  high  water  at  that  place.  16  miles  to  tiic 
Eastward  of  George's  Shoals  the  current  was  found  to  turn  about 
45  minutes  sooner  than  in  the  South  Channel.  Tho  current,  \\\ 
changing,  always  goes  round  with  the  sun,'ar.(l  is  Holdom  Still. 


CULTIVATOR  SHOAL. 


About  20  miles  to  the  Westward  of  George's  Shoals,  near  the 
Western  edge  of  the  Bank,  are  several  spots  having  from  7  fathoms 
to  1 7  feet  water  upon  them ;  this  last  named  danger,  which  lies 
in  Latitude  41°  37'  >^  N.  and  Longitude  68°  13'  W.  is  called  Cul- 
tivator Shoal,  so  named  from  the  ship  Cultivator,  which  struck  upon 
it  when  drawing  twentj'-two  ft.  water. 


Bearings  and  Distances  £rom  Cultivator  Shoal. 

Distance. 

New  South  Shoal  Light  Ship,  W.  by  S.  ^'^  S.       .    .      86  miles. 

Chatham  Lighthouses,  W.  by  N.  ^  N 80     " 

Cape  Cod  (Highland)  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W.  ^4  W.    87     " 
Cape  Ann  (Thatchers  Island)  Lighthouses,  NW.  K  W.  123     « 
Cape  Elizabeth  Liglithouses,  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.    •    .     146 
Monhegan  Island  Liglithouse,  N.  ^  W 137 


(( 


Cashe's  Ledge. 

The  shoalest  part  of  this  Ledge,  which  has  24  feet  water  upon  it, 
is  a  white  flat  Rock,  about  one  hundred  yards  in  diameter,  and 
known  as  Ammen's  Rock.  About  4  miles  to  the  Southwest  of  Am- 
inen's  Rock  is  another  with  30  feet  water  upon  it ;  heavy  draught 
vessels  should  give  this  Ledge  a  wide  berth. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Ammen's  Rock. 

Distance, 

Cape  Cod  (Highland)  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  W.  }(  W.  76  miles. 

Boston  Lightljouse,  W.  ^  S .     .  97     " 

Cape  Ann,  (Thatchers  Island)  Lighthouses,  West.   .  78     " 

Cape  Elizabeth  Lighthouses,  NW.  X  N 69     " 

Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  N.  >^  W 54     " 

The  Latitude  of  Ammen's  Rock  is  42°  55'  N.,  and  Longitude 
u«^  53'  W. 

(ii) 


The  Bearings  in  this  Book  are  by  Compass,  and 
Distance  in  Nautical  Miles. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


From  FoUook  Rip  to  Highland  Light. 

Chatham    Idghta, 

These  two  Lighthouses,  which  show  fixed  White  Lights,  are  locat- 
ed upon  tlie  mainland  called  James'  Head  ;  they  are  100  feet  apart, 
ranging  North  and  South,  and  bear  about  North  from  Pollock  Rip 
Light-ship  ;  distance  8j4  miles. 

Nauaet  Lights. 

These  three  Lighthouses,  which  show  fixed  White  Lights,  are 
located  upon  the  Eastern  part  of  Cape  Cod,  and  bear  N.  by  E.  11 
miles  from  Chatham  Lights ;  they  are  150  feet  apart,  and  range 
North  and  South. 

Cape  Cod  Highland  Light, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located  upon 
the  Eastern  part  of  Cape  Cod,  and  bears  N-  by  W.  from  Nauset 
Tlu'ee  Lights,  distance  12  miles.  A  Fog  Trumpet  is  placed  near  the 
Lighthouse,  gi^  ing  blasts  of  8  seconds  at  intervals  of  30  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light. 

Boston   Lighthouse,  NW.  %  W distance  41  miles. 

Biker's  Island  Lighthouses,  NW.  ?<  N.     •     .     .     "       43  ^  " 
Eastern  Point  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  Gloucester  Harbor, 

NW.  by  N.  >^  N., distance  42  mil  ^ 

Thatcher's  Island  Lighthouses,  N.  by  W.  ^  W.   * .     "      42  J^  " 

Boon  Island  Lighthouse,  N.  ^  W "       67  J4  " 

Capo  Elizabeth  Lighthouses,  N.  ?<  E "       92       " 

Seguin  Lighthouse,  N.  by  E.  5^  E.    .     .     .     .     .     "     101       " 

Manliegan  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.    .     .     .     "     108       " 

Mt.  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,  NE.  >4  E.    ..."     143       " 

Cape  Sable  Lighthouse,  E.  ^  N. "    212       " 


a 


ELDKIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Dangers. 
New  Harbor  Bars, 

In  April,  1851,  an  inlet  was  opened  by  the  ftirious  storm  waves 
through  Nauset  Beach  about  1^  miles  Northeasterly  from 
Chatham  Lighthouses.  The  current  of  Ebb,  by  its  great  strength 
and  velocity,  has  carried  seaward  into  deep  water  large  quantities 
of  sand,  forming  the  dangerous  shoals  called  Chatham  New  Harbor 
Bars,  which  lie  in  the  direct  track  of  vessels,  especiall}'  with  off- 
shore winds,  bound  east  or  west  b}*  way  of  Vineyard  Sound.  For 
several  years  a  Nun  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  these  Bars,  but  at 
night-time,  with  a  smooth  sea,  there  are  neither  marks  nor  bearings 
to  warn  the  mariner  of  his  approach  to  these  dangerous  shoals,  and 
he  is  liable  to  mistake  the  main  land  for  the  beach,  the  latter  being 
very  deceptive  on  account  of  its  being  elevated  but  little  above  the 
water.  From  the  best  authority  that  can  be  obtained  at  the  pres- 
ent time,  1879,  there  have  been  ashore  upon  these  Bars,  since  their 
formation,  including  steamers  and  all  other  classes,  246  vessels ; 
of  this  number,  from  50  to  100  havo  been  total  losses.  The  above 
facts,  together  with  my  personal  experience  and  observatio^js,  show 
these  Bars  to  be  the  most  dangerous  spot  on  the  coast  of  the  United 
States.  Vessels  passing  Chatham  in  thick  weather  or  night-time, 
bound  to  the  northward,  should,  therefore,  when  the  lights  bear 
W.NW.,  make  use  of  the  lead,  and  not  approach  these  Bars  in 
less  than  7  or  8  fathoms  water.  The  above  is  reversed,  bound  to 
the  southward. 

The  furious  storm  waves  have  also  been  gradually  wearing  away 
the  beach  to  the  southeastward  of  Chatham  Lights,  leaving  danger- 
ous Sand  Bars  which  now  extend  a  long  distance  from  shore.  Ves- 
sels, therefore,  passing  Chatham  should,  especially  at  night-time, 
give  these  dangerous  Bars  a  wide  berth.  Since  the  above  was  writ- 
ten, a  Whistling  Buoy*  has  been  placed  off  .hese  Bars  in  about  7 
fathoms  water. 

Bearings  and  Distances  trova.  this  Buoy. 
Chatham  Lighthouses,    W.  ^  S.,     distance,  2J4,  miles. 
Pollock  Rip  Light-ship,  S.  by  W.  X  W.,  "      9^      " 
Monomoy  Lighthouse,  SW.  ^  S.,  "      8>^       " 


*  The  Whistling  Buoy  off  New  Harbor  Bars  has  been  moved  to  a  point 
about  34  miles  NE,  h  N.  from  Pollock  Rip  Light-ship.  At  this  date  (July, 
1883),  there  is  no  buoy  to  mark  these  dangers. 


m 
I 


•ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


9 


Between  New  Harbor  Bars  and  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  there 
are  Sand  Bars  which  extend  off  some  distance  from  shore.  To 
avoid  these  dangers,  vessels  of  12  feet  draught  should  not  approach 
the  land  needier  than  three  quarters  of  a  mile. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Pollock  Rip  to  Cape  Cod 
Highland  Light  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

The  Buoy  off  New  Harbor  Bars  bears  N.  by  E.  }(  S.  from  Pol- 
lock Light  Ship ;  distance  9%  miles.  Vessels  leaving  Broken  Part 
of  Pollock  Rip,  in  either  channel,  should  make  good  the  course 
N.NE-  until  abreast  of  the  Buoy  off  these  bars,  then  follow  the 
shore,  keeping  at  least  three  quarters  of  a  mile  from  it  to  Highland 
Light. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Pollock  Rip  to  Cape  Cod 
Highland  Light  at  Night-time,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  Broken  Part  of  Pollock  Rip  make  good  the  course  NE.  by 
K.  J^  N.  11  miles,  or  until  Nauset  (three)  Lights  bear  N.  by  W. 
J^  W.,  then  steer  N.  %  W. ;  in  running  this  last  course,  Nauset 
Lights  and  Cape  Cod  Light  will .  be  left  Ixom  2  to  3  miles  to  the 
westward. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Pollock  Rip  to  Cape  Cod 
Highland  Light  in  thick  weather. 

In  order  to  avoid  New  Harbor  Bars,  vessels  leaving  the  Broken 
Part  of  Pollock  Rip  in  thick  weather,  in  either  of  the  channels, 
■especially  on  the  first  of  the  Western  Tide,  with  light  winds,  should 
make  good  the  course  NE.  by  N.  10^^  miles,  or  until  the  water 
deepens  to  20  fathoms :  Chatham  Lights  will  then  bear  W.  K  S. ; 
distance  5^   miles;  Nauset  Lights  N.  by  W.  j4  W.  11  miles. 

By  running  N.  J<  W.  from  this  last  point,  Nauset  and  High- 
land Lights  will  be  left  about  2y^  miles  to  the  westward. 


Beating  around  Cape  Cod. 

Vessels  beating  to  windward  bound  to  the  northward,  or  around 
Cape  Cod,  when  abreast  of  Chatham  Lights,  should  keep  in  sho'-e, 
as  the  current  sets  to  the  southward  quite  strong,  most  of  the  time 
off  shore,  during  northerly  winds. 


10 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Advice  to  Vessels  in  thick  weather  bound  from. 
Cape  Cod  to  Boston,  Salem,  or  Cape  Ann. 

To  the  Eastward  of  the  Cape  the  Tide  or  Current  turns  much 
sooner  in  shore  than  it  does  off  shore.  In  40  fathoms  water,  about 
NE.  4  miles  distant  from  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  the  current 
commences  to  run  into  the  Bay  about  the  time  of  low  water  in 
Boston,  and  commences  setting  out  about  the  time  of  high  water  at 
this  place.  In  from  30  to  40  fathoms  water  off  Noi  cheast  from 
Highland  Light,  the  direct  course  to  Boston  Lighthouse  is  NW. 
by  W.  %  W.,  distance  about  42  miles.  Vessels  in  thick  weather 
leaving  the  Cape,  bound  to  Boston,  Salem,  or  Cape  Ann,  should 
make  allowance  for  the  current,  which,  for  a  considerable  distance 
to  the  Northward  of  the  Race,  runs  out  and  into  Cape  Cod  Bay, 
especially  at  or  near  the  full  and  change  of  the  Moon,  very  strong. 

From  Highland  Light  to  Frovincetown  or  Cape  Cod 

Harbor. 

Highland    IdghU 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located 
upon  tho  Eastern  part  of  Cape  Cod.  Race  Point  Lighthouse  bears 
from  it  W.NW.,  distance  8J^  miles.  At  this  date,  1879,  a  Fog 
Trumpet  is  placed  near  the  Lighthouse,  giving  blasts  of  8  seconds 
at  intervals  of  30  seconds. 


Race  Point  Lighthouse. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  varied  by 
white  flashes,  is  located  upon  the  extreme  Northwesterly  part  of 
Cape  Cod ;  Wood  End  Light  bears  from  it  SE.  hy  S.,  distance  8J^ 
miles.  At  this  date,  1879,  a  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near  the  Light- 
house, giving  blasts  of  4  seconds,  with  alternate  intervals  of  8  and 
44  seconds. 

Wood  End  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  flashing  Red  Light,  is  located 
upon  Wood  End  Beach.  Long  Point  Light  bears  from  it  NE.  by 
E.  ^  E. ;  distance  1%  miles. 

Long  Point  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  vsrhich  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located  on 
the  SW.  side  of  entrance  to  Provincetown  Harbor.     Cape  Cod 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT.  11 

Highland  Light  bears  ftrom  it  E.  >4  S. ;  distance  about  6  miles.    A 
Bell  struck  by  machinery  is  placed  near  the  Lighthouse. 


Dangers  in  Sailing  from  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light 
to  Frovincetown  Harbor. 

Shoal  Spots. 

From  1J4  to  8  miles  to  the  Northwestward  of  Cape  Cod  Light 
there  are  several  Shoal  Spots,  some  of  which  have  as  little  as  12 
feet  water  upon  them  at  very  low  tides.  These  dangers  lie  about  a 
half  mile  fVora  land,  with  a  narrow  channel  of  from  3  to  5  fathoms 
water  between  them  and  the  shore. 

Peaked  Hill  Bars, 

These  dangerous  Shoals  lie  from  4  to  7}^  miles  Northwesterly 
from  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  and  extend  from  >4  to  ^  mile  from 
shore.  In  order  to  avoid  these  dangers  when  sailing  between  Cape 
Cod  Light  and  Race  Point,  vessels  of  12  feet  draught  or  upwards 
should  not,  especially  at  low  tide,  approach  the  shore  in  less  than 
10  fathoms  water. 

Shoal  Spots, 

Northwesterly  tvom  Peaked  Hill  Bars  there  are  several  Shoal 
Spots  with  narrow  channels  of  from  3  to  5  fathoms  within  them ;  the 
most  dangerous  one  lies  about  %  mile  from  shore,  and  has  as  little 
as  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  low  tides.  Race  Point  Light  *  bears 
from  this  last-mentionod  danger  SW.  by  W.  %  W. ;  distance 
2}4  miles.  20  fathoms  water  was  found  about  North  one-tenth  of 
a  mile  from  this  shoal ;  the  lead,  therefore,  gives  but  little  warning 
in  approaching  it  from  the  Northward. 

Shank  Painter  Bar, 

This  Bar,  upon  which  there  are  fifteen  feet  of  water  at  Low  Tide, 
lies  about  hi^lf-way  from  Race  Point  to  "Wood  End  Light,  and 
extends  about  J4  «nilo  from  shore.  24  fathoms  water  was  found 
150  yards  to  the  westward  of  this  shoal ;  the  lead,  therefore,  gives 
but  little  warning  in  approaching  this  danger. 


•  From  Capo  Cod  Jil)<hland  Li^ht,  bound  to  the  Northwestward,  Race 
Point  Light  cannot  bo  svcn  tVom  tlic  deck  of  a  vessel  until  it  bears  8W.  |  W. 


12 


ELDRIDOES   COAST  PILOT. 


Herring  Covo  Anchorage. 

If  it  blows  so  hard  ftom  the  Eastward  thot  you  cannot  beat  into 
Proviucetown  Harbor,  you  may  find  shelter,  with  winds  from  E.by 
S.  to  NE.  by  N.,  about  1  mile  Southeasterly  from  Race  Point 
Light,  in  what  is  called  Herring  Cove.  The  best  anchorage  for 
loige  vessels  is  about  }i  mile  from  shore  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms 
water;  at  low  tide  small  vessels  should  anchor  in  from  3  to  4 
fathoms  water.  A  strict  watch  should  be  kept  wliile  lying  here,  and 
the  Cove  should  be  left  on  the  first  indication  of  a  westerly  wind. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light 
to  Provinoetown,  or  Cape  Cod  Harbor,  in  Day- 
time. 

When  abreast  of  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  follow  the  shore  to 
the  Northwestward,  keeping  at  least  a  mile  from  it  in  order  to 
avoid  Peaked  Hill  Bars.  When  Race  Point  Light  bears  SW.,  then 
run  in  W.SW. ;  give  this  Point  or  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  from  j4 
to  5^  of  a  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Eastward,  and  follow  the  shore  to 
the  Southeastward,  keeping  about  ^  of  a  mile  from  it;  haul  round 
Wood  End  and  Long  Point  Lights  at  a  distance  of  >^  mile.  Leav- 
ing them  on  the  port  hand,  run  into  the  harbor,  and  anchor  in  from 
3  to  10  fathoms  water. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Cod  Light  to  Prov- 
incetown  Harbor  at  Night,  with  fair  weather. 

When  Cape  Cod  Light  bears  SW.,  from  1  to  2  miles  distant, 
make  good  the  course  NW.  J4  W.  about  8  miles,  or  until  Race 
Point  Light  bears  SW.,  then  run  in  W.SW.  Leave  this  last- 
mentioned  light  about  )^  of  a  mile  to  the  Eastward,  and  run  SE. 
by  S.  %  S.  until  Wood  End  and  Long  Point  Lights  are  in  range 
bearing  NE.  by  B.  J^  E. ;  the  course  is  then  E.  by  S.  until  Long 
Point  Light*  bears  N.NE.,  then  run  NE.  and  haul  round  Long 
Point  Light  at  a  distance  of  %  milo.  Leaving  it  on  the  port  han,d, 
run  in  NW.  by  W.,  and  anchor  in  from  5  to  10  fathoms  water. 

♦Vessels  of  12  feet  draught  or  upwards,  bound  Into  Provincetown  Har- 
bor, should  not  approach  Long  Point  Lighthouse,  especially  at  low  tide, 
nearer  than  half  a  mile,  until  it  bears  wast. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 

Thiok  Weather. 


13 


At  this  date,  1879,  there  is  a  Fog  Trumpet  at  Cape  Cod  Light, 
a  Steam  Whistle  at  Race  Point  Light,  and  a  Fog  Bell  at  Long 
Point  Light ;  the  ear,  assisted  by  the  compass  and  lead,  will  there- 
fore be  the  best  pilot  for  vessels  sailing  in  thick  weather  fVom  Cape 
Cod  Light  to  Provincetown  Harbor. 

Beating  from  Race  Point  to  Wood  End  Light,  bound 
into  Provincetown  Harbor. 

With  Southerly  or  Southeasterly  winds,  vessels  of  12  ft.  draught 
or  upwards,  beating  fVom  Race  Point  to  Wood  End  Light,  should 
not  approach  nearer  the  shore  than  ^  of  a  mile,  as  it  is  very  bold 
(especially  after  passing  Herring  Cove),  and  they  will  have  20 
fathoms  water  at  one  cast  of  the  lead,  and  be  ashore  at  the  next, 
before  they  can  tack. 

Beating  from  Wood  End  Light  into  Provincetown 
Harbor,  with  Northerly  or  Northeasterly  Winds. 

Vessels  beating  from  Wood  End  Light  bound  into  Provincetown 
Harbor,  should  keep  the  Eastern  Shore  aboard.    Large  vessels  mi 
boldly  approach  this  shore  in  6  fathoms  water,  at  night  or  day. 

Anchorage  under  the  Eastern  Shore, 

If  it  blows  so  hard  from  the  NE.  that  you  cannot  beat  into  Prov- 
incetown Harbor,  when  abreast  of  Wood  End  Light,  stand  on 
close-hauled  until  the  water  shoals  to  10  fathoms  upon  the  Eastern 
Shore,  then  anchor.  If  the  wind  should  back  to  the  NW.  and 
blow  heavy,  shelter  may  be  found  under  Billingsgate  Shoal.  See 
Directions  for  Wellfleet  Harbor. 

Best  Anchorage  in  Provincetown  Harbor. 

The  Eastern  part  of  this  harbor  is  somewhat  exposed  to  heavy 
southerly  gales.  In  order,  therefore,  to  find  good  shelter  lYom  all 
winds,  vessels  should  anchor  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water  at  low 
tide,  —  Long  Point  Light  bearing  from  SE.  to  E.  by  S- ;  distance 
about  y^  mile.  In  anchoring  be  careful  to  avoid  the  Western 
Shore  opposite  Long  Point  Light,  as  it  is  verj'bold,  and  j'ou  will 
have  fro  a  8  to  10  fathoms  water  within  a  stone's  throw  of  the  Flats. 


u 


ELDRIDOE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


High  Water  at  I^ovincetown  Harbor. 

It  is  high  water  at  this  place  10  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston. 
Mean  Rise  and  Fall  of  Tides  about  d'/  feet. 


Advioe  to  Masters  of  Vessels  in  regard  to  Leaving  the  Baoe 
Light  with  strong  Indications  of  a  heavy  Northeast  Qale, 
accompanied  with  Snow. 

If  a  vessel  be  off  Cape  Cod  Light  bound  to  Boston,  with  Easterly 
or  Northeasterly  winds,  and  strong  indications  of  a  heavy  gale 
accompanied  with  snow,  my  advice  is,  to  keep,  if  possible,  the  bear- 
ings of  Race  Point  Light  until  it  commences  snowing ;  then,  by  the 
following  directions,  run  into  Cape  Cod  Bay.  When  Race  Point 
Light  (which,  at  this  date,  1879,  has  a  Steam  Whistle  *  near  it) 
bears  E.NE.  A-om  1  to  2  miles  distant,  haul  up  SE.  by  S.  J4  S. 
and  run  four  miles  on  this  course,  or  until  Wood  End  Light  bears 
NE.  If  the  wind  blows  so  hard  or  it  snows  so  thick  that  she 
cannot  get  into  Provincetown  Harbor,  stand  on  close-hauled  until 
the  water  shoals  to  10  or  15  fathoms,  then  anchor ;  if  she  drags,  cut 
away  the  spars  until  the  anchors  hold  her. 

I  consider  this  anchorage  in  Cape  Cod  Bay,  during  a  heavy 
Northeasterly  gale,  safer  than  the  open  roadstead  of  Vineyard 
.Haven. 


Wellfleet  Harbor. 

Billingsgate  Light, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located 
upon  the  Southeastern  part  of  Billingsgate  Island.  In  sailing  into 
Wellfleet  Harbor,  this  Light  is  left  to  the  Westward. 

Bearings  and  Distances. 

Billingsgate  Light  bears  from  Race  Point  Light  S.SE. ;  distance 
14  miles. 

From  Wood  End  Light,  S.  by  E.  ^  E- ;  distance  10>^  miles. 

From  Sandy  Neck  Light,  Barnstable  Harbor,  NE.  by  E.  J4  E. ; 
distance  13  miles. 

*  At  this  date,  1879,  a  powerful  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near  the  Race 
Light,  giving  blasts  of  4  seconds  with  alternate  intervals  of  8  and  44  seconds. 
This  whistle  should  in  thick  weather  be  heard  at  least  4  miles. 


ELDRIDOE'S  COA   T  PILOT. 


15 


Mayo*a  Beach  Idght. 

This  Lighthouse,  ^hich  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located  at 
the  head  of  Wellfleet  Bay,  upon  Mayo's  Beach,  and  bears  fW>in  Bil- 
lingsgate Light  NE.  by  N. ;  distance  4  miles. 

Dangers  entering  Wellfleet  Harbor. 
Billingsgate  Shoal, 

This  Shoal  extends  off  a  long  distance  Southwesterly  fVotn  Bil- 
lingsgate Light.  A  Black  Buoy  (No.  1),  placed  in  about  two 
fathoms  water  at  low  tide,  marks  its  outer  part.  This  Buoy  bears 
IVom  Billingsgate  Light  W.  by  S>  >^  S. ;  distance  iyi  miles : 
from  Race  Point  Light  S.  X  B- '  distance  14^  miles  :  firom  Wood 
End  Light  S.  }4  W. ;  distance  11^  miles.  Vessels  of  not  more 
than  7  feet  draught  may  at  low  tide  pass  across  this  shoal  ftom  1 
to  1^  miles  within  the  buoy ;  and  vessels  of  not  more  than  10  or 
11  feet  draught  may,  after  half  flood,  pass  fVom  1  to  2  miles  within 
it ;  but  vessels  of  9  feet  draught  or  upwards,  unacquainted,  should 
not  at  low  tide  pass  within  it. 

Bibb  Bock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  marked  with  a  Buoy  having  Red  and  Black 
horizontal  stripes,  bears  from  Billingsgate  Light  S. ;  distance  2% 
miles.  At  very  low  tides  there  are  about  4  feet  water  upon  this 
rock. 

Other  Dangers, 

There  are  quite  a  number  of  Rocks  (which,  at  this  date,  1879, 
are  not  buoyed)  at  the  entranc*>  of  Wellfleet  Bay,  some  of  which 
have  but  little  water  upon  them  at  low  tide.  There  are  also  exten- 
sive Flats  on  both  sides  of  the  Bay,  and  the  place  may  at  low  tide 
be  called  a  shoal-water  harbor. 


!. ;  distance 


Sailing  Directions  for  Wellfleet  Bay  and  Harbor  in 
Day-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward,  of  from  9  to  11  feet  draught,  may 
bring  Race  Point  Light  to  bear  N.  %  W.,  distance  3  miles,  and 
make  good  the  course  S.  J4^  E.  11>6  miles  to  Black  Buoy  No.  1, 
which  lies  on  the  Southwest  part  of  Billingsgate  Shoal ;  leave  this 
Bu03'  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward,  and  make  good  the  courst 
E.  by  S.  until  Billingsgate  LIglit  bears  N.  by  E.,  then  steer  NE 


16 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


by  S.  In  running  this  \ut  course  you  will  tee  a  Black  Buoy,  No. 
8,  which  bearit  ttom  the  light  S.SE.  1^  n>>l<^»'  ^'^^'^  ^^^^  ^^ 
DMtntioned  Buoy  a  vhort  (listance  to  the  Westward,  aiui  run  about 
N.  by  W.  for  the  Red  Buoy  on  Middle  Ground.  If  it  be  low  tide 
when  the  Lightbouae  beara  NW.,  it  is  advisable  to  anchor,  and  if 
bound  up  to  town  wait  until  about  ^  flood.  From  this  anchorage 
run  for  Ued  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Middle  Ground,  bearing  about  N.  by 
W.,  leaving  it  a  short  dUtanoe  to  he  Eastward,  and  make  goo<l 
the  course  NE.  lyi  miles  to  Black  Buoy  No.  5.  off  Smalley's  Bar. 
From  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  (which  is  left  to  the  Westward) 
steer  directly  for  the  Lighthouse  on  Mayo's  Beach,  bearing  N.NE. ; 
distance  2^  miles.  When  about  ^  mile  ft-om  the  lighthouse,  steer 
more  Easterly,  and  enter  the  harbor. 


Beating  up  to  Wellfleet  Harbor. 


A 


1 1 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  beat  up  to  Wellfleet  Harbor 
without  a  l^lot,  as  there  are  many  sunken  Rocks  in  the  Bay  which 
are  not  buoyed  at  this  date. 

High  Water, 

It  is  Higli  Water  in  Wellfleet  Bay  SO  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton.   Common  tides  rise  about  11^  feet. 

Anch(n'age  during  heavy  Northerly  Winds  under 
Billingsgate  Shoal, 

If  it  blows  so  harr'  from  the  Northward  that  you  cannot  beat 
Into  Provincetown  Harbor,  a  lee  may  be  found  under  Billingsgate 
Shoal  by  the  following  directions :  Bring  Wood  End  Light  to  bear 
N.  >4  B.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  steer  S.  %  W.  In  run- 
ning this  course,  if  you  strike  in  less  than  6  fathoms  water  before 
Billingsgate  Light  bears  E.NE.,  haul  to  the  Westward,  and  do 
hot  come  nearer  the  shoal  than  this  last-mentioned  depth  until  the 
light  bears  E.NE.,  then  make  good  the  course  E.  by  N.,  and 
when  the  water  shoals  to  4  or  5  fathoms  at  low  tide,  anclior,  Bil- 
UngHgate  Liglit  bearing  about  NE.  J4  E. ;  distance  2^  miles. 
Small  vessels  of  8  or  U  feet  draught  may  run  E.  by  N.  until  the 
Water  shoals  to  2;^  fathoms  at  low  tide,  and  anchor  with  the  light 


BLDRIDOB'S  COAST  PILOT. 


IT 


it  is  at  Bos- 


da  under 


ST.  until  the 


bearing  N.  by  W. ;  distanoe  1^  miles.  With  winds  from  N.NW. 
to  SW.  by  way  of  E.,  there  is  good  anchorage  in  4  fathoms  water, 
about  three  and  a  half  miles  South  from  Billingsgate  Light.  Th« 
Red  and  Black  horizontal  Striped  Buoy  on  Bibb  Rock  bears  North 
from  this  anchorage ;  distance  ^  of  a  mile. 

Rook  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek  or  Harbor,  which  is  dry  at  low  ticht 
bears  S.  by  E  >^  E-  from  Billingsgate  Light ;  distance  5  mUes. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Rock  Harbor. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  may  bring  Race  Point  Ligbt  to  bep.7 
N.  H  ^*<  distance  3  miles,  and  make  good  the  course  S.  ^'  E. 
11^  miles  to  Black  Buoy,  otf  Southwest  part  of  Billingsgate  Shoal. 
Leave  this  buoy  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward,  and  make  good, 
the  course  SE.  by  E.  %  E.  until  the  water  shoals  to  2>^  or  8 
fathoms  at  low  tide ;  then  anchor  and  wait  for  a  pilot.  Billingsgate 
Light  bears  from  this  anchorage  N.^  W. ;  distance  about  4  miles. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Rock  Harbor  about  the  same  time  it  is  in 
Wellfleet  Bay. 

Brewster  Landing. 

This  Landing,  which  is  dry  at  low  tide,  bears  from  Billingsgate 
Lighthouse  about  S.SW. ;  distance  nearly  6}i  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Brewster  Landing. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  may  bring  Race  Point  Light  to 
bear  N.  ^  W.,  distance  3  miles,  and  steer  S.  X  B.  11>^  miles, 
until  abreast  of  Buoy  off  Southwest  part  of  Billingsgate  Shoal. 
Leave  this  hv.oy  a  short  distance  to  the  Eastward  and  run  SE.  by 
S.  >^  S.,  until  the  water  shoals  to  3  fathoms  at  low  tide,  then 
auchor,  or  laj'  off  and  on  till  high  water. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Brewster  Landing  about  10  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston. 

Sursuit  Creek,  or  East  Dennis  Landing. 

The  entrance  to  this  Creek  or  Landing,  which  is  dry  at  low  tide, 
bears  from  Race  Point  Light  south  ;  distance  about  19  miles.  From 
Billingsgate  Liglit  SW.  %  S- ;  distance  8  miles. 


18 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Sursuit  Creek,  or  East 
Dennis  Landing. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  may  bring  Race  Point  Light  to  bear 
North,  distance  3  miles,  and  make  good  the  course  South  to  Sursuit 
Creek,  distance  16  miles.  On  this  course,  the  Black  Buoy  off  Bil- 
lingsgate Shoal  will  be  left  about  1  mile  to  the  Eastward.  Run  in 
on  this  course  until  the  water  shoals  to  4  fathoms  at  Low  Tide, 
then  anchor,  or  lay  off  and  on  until  high  water,  when,  in  order  to 
enter  the  Creek,  a  pilot  will  be  necessary. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  at  this  place  about  the  same  time  as  it  is  at 
Brewster  Landing. 

North  Dennis  Landing. 

This  Landing,  which  is  dry  at  low  tide,  bears  from  Race  Point 
Light  S.  %  W. ;  distance  about  19  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  North  Dennis  Landing. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  may  bring  Race  Point  Light  to  bear 
N.  %  E.,  distance  3  miles,  and  make  good  the  course  S.  J^  W.  16 
miles,  to  North  Dennis  Landing ;  run  in  until  the  water  shoals  to  4 
fathoms  at  low  tide,  then  anchor  or  la}'  off  and  on  until  high  water. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  this  place  about  10  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston. 


Barnstable  Harbor. 

Sandy  Neck  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  situfited  on 
Sandy  Neck,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Barnstable  Harbor. 

Bearings  and  Distances. 
Sandy  Neck  Light  bears  from  Race  Point  L'ght  S.  by  W.  J^  W. ; 
distance  20i^  miles.     From  Wood  End  Light  SW.  by  S.  ^  S. ; 
distance  18^   miles.     From  Billingsgate  Light  SW.  by  W.  Yt 


oe  as  it  is  at 


Race  Point 


3re  it  is  at 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT.  19 

W- ;  distance  18  miles.    From  Gurnet  Lights  entrance  to  Pl}'m* 
outh  Harbor,  SE.  by  S.  J^  S. ;  distance  22 1^  miles. 

Dangers, 

This  harbor  is  diflScult  of  access  on  account  of  a  Sand  Bar  which 
extends  across  its  entrance,  and  there  are  usually  not  more  than  6 
or  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tide ;  the  best  water  across  this  bar 
is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  which  in  sailing  in  is  left  to  the  west- 
ward. Sandy  Neck  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  by  S.  ^  S. ; 
distance  1^  miles.  The  harbor  at  low  tide  may  be  called  a  shoal- 
water  place. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Barnstable  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  of  not  more  than  10  or  11  ft.  draught 
may  bring  Race  Point  Light  to  bear  N.  by  E.  %  B.^  distance 
about  3  miles,  and  run  S.  by  W.  J4  W.  16  miles,  to  Red  Buoy 
No.  2,  at  the  entrance  of  Barnstable  Harbor.  After  making  this 
Buoy,  anchor  in  4  or  5  fathoms  water,  or  lay  off  and  on  until  about 
^  flood ;  then  run  in,  leaving  the  Red  or  Bar  Buoy  a  short  dis- 
tance to  the  Westward.  When  abreast  of  this  Buoy  make  good 
the  course  S.  by  W.  %  W.,  for  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  which  is  left 
to  tiie  Eastward.  From  this  last-mentioned  buoy  steer  for  the 
Lighthouse  until  within  150  yards  from  the  beach,  then  follow  the 
shore  to  the  Westward,  keeping  about  150  yards  from  it,  and  anchor 
in  about  2J^  fathoms  water  at  low  tide,  the  Light  bearing  NB. ; 
distance  300  yards. 

In  runuing  in  from  Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  to  LighthouBO  Point,  be 
careful  to  make  good  the  course,  as  the  flood  tide  sets  strong  to  the 
Eastward  over  Yarmouth  Flats.* 

If  bound  to  Yarmouth  or  Barnstable,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a 
Pilot  at  the  anchorage. 

Directions  to  enter  this  Harbor  in  heavy  Northerly 

Winds. 

At  night,  if  a  vessel  of  not  more  than  9  feet  draught,  with  heavy 
Northerly  winds,  should  be  compelled  to  enter  this  harbor,  it  must 

*  Yarmouth  Flats  lie  on  the  East  side  of  the  Channel,  and  nro  dry  in  Homo 
places  at  low  tide,  A  Black  Buoy,  No.  3,  has  been  placed  upon  tlio  Ilorao 
Shoe  Shoal  in  Barnstable  harbor ;  this  buoy  in  going  to  tlio  Wharf  is  left 
on  the  port  hand. 


20 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


not  be  attempted  until  about  ^  flood ;  then  bring  Sandy  Neck 
Light  to  bear  SW.  by  S.  J^  S.  and  run  for  it;  as  soon  as  she 
strikes  4  fathoms  water,  steer  S.  by  W.  until  the  Light  bears 
SW.  Yi  S. ;  then  make  good  the  course  for  it  till  she  is  J^  mile 
from  it ;  then  steer  a  little  more  Southerly,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Lighthouse  Point,*  and  round  it  within  a  cable's  length,  and 
anchor  with  the  light  bearing  NE. ;  distance  800  yards. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Vessels  from  the  North- 
westward. 

When  Gurnet  Lights  (entrance  to  Plymouth  Harbor)  bear  W., 
distance  3  or  4  miles,  make  good  the  course  S.SE.  20%  miles  to 
Red  Buoy  No.  2,  on  bar  at  entrance  of  Barnstable  Harbor ;  as  soon 
as  this  Buoy  is  made  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Barnstable  Harbor  7  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  tides  rise  about  9%  feet. 

Sandwich  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  in  which  there  is  but  little  water  a<; 
low  tide,  bears  from  Race  Point  Light  SW. ;  distance  21  miles. 
It  is  High  Water  at  this  place  about  the  same  time  as  at  Barnstable. 


Plymouth  Harbor. 

Gurnet  Lights, 

These  two  Lighthouses,  which  show  fixed  White  Lights,  are 
located  upon  Gurnet  Point,  north  side  of  entrance  to  Plymouth 
Harbor ;  they  are  31  feet  apart,  and  range  SE.  and  NW. 

Bearings  and  Distances. 
Gurnet  Lights  bear  from  Race  Point  Light  W. ;  distance  16^ 
miles.     From  Billingsgate  Light  NW.  bj'  W.  %  W. ;    distance 
251^  miles.    From  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  S.  by  W.  K  W. ; 
distance  38  miles. 


*  The  Lighthouse  stands  on  the  West  side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  and 
if  350  yards  from  the  Point. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


21 


)r ;  as  soon 


Duxbury  Bier  lAghU 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fi:red  White  Light,  is  placed  in 
7  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  bears  from  Gurnet  Lights  W.  by  S. ; 
distance  2>^  miles.  In  entering  the  Harbor  this  Light  is  left  on 
the  starboard  Ifand. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Plymouth  Harbor  from 

the  Northward. 

Howland'a  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  has  but  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  4,  which  is  placed  off  the  East  side 
of  the  Bocks.  Gurnet  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy  S. ;  distance 
4^  miles.  Vessels  unacquainted  should  not  attempt  to  pass 
between  this  buoy  and  the  shore. 

High  Pine  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides, 
is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  6,  which  lies  off  its  Easterp  part. 
Gurnet  Lights  bear  ttom  this  buoy  S.  ^  W. ;  distance  2  miles. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Plymouth  Harbor  from 
the  Southeastward. 

Vessels  approaching  Plymouth  Harbor  from  the  Southeastward 
should,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Rocks  off  Manomet  Point,  bring  the 
Gurnet  Lights  in  range,  and  run  for  them.  These  last-mentioned 
Rocks,  which  are  not  buoyed  at  this  date  (1879),  bear  about  S.SE- 
fcoxa  Gurnet  Lights ;  distance  about  6  miles. 

Dangers  in  entering  Plymouth  Harbor. 

Upon  the  Southern  side  of  the  Channel  lies  a  Dangerous  Shoal, 
dry  in  some  places  at  Low  Tide,  called  Brown's  Bank,  which  ex- 
toiids  off  Northeasterly  from  Long  Beach,  and  is  marked  upon  its 
outer  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1.  Gurnet  Lights  bear  from 
this  Buoy  about  N.NW. ;  distance  %  mile.  In  passing  in,  this 
Buoy  is  left  to  the  Southward. 

Gurnet  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  bears  from 
Gurnet  Lights  SE.  by  E.  ^  E. ;  distance  Yi  mile.    Between  the 


22 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Buoy  and  the  Lighthouses  there  are  several  Rocks  having  but  little 
water  upon  them  at  Low  Tide.  In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  to 
the  [Northward. 

Baaa  Rock, 

On  which  there  are  about  4  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is  marked 
with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  4.  This  Buoy  bears  from  Gurnet  Lights 
S.  %  W. ;  distance  about  yi  mile.  In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  ia, 
left  to  the  Northward. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Plymouth  Harbor  in  Day. 
time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  may  run  for  Plymouth  Lights,  bear- 
ing  from  S.  by  W.  to  S.SW. ;  *  haul  round  the  Lighthouse  Point 
at  u  distance  of  yi  mile,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  upon  Gurnet  and 
Bass  Rocks  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward.  When  abreast  of 
this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  which  bears  S.  %  W.  from  the  Light- 
houses,  make  good  the  course  W.  %  S.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  to 
the  Northward,  and  the  Black  Buoys  off  Brown's  Bank  to  the 
Southward.  When  about  midway  between  Duxbury  Pier  Light- 
house and  a  Black  Buoy  which  bears  from  the  Light  about  SW.  by 
S.  y2  S.,  distant  |  mile,  make  good  the  course  N.NW.,  leaving 
the  Lighthouse  about  one  cable's  length  to  the  Eastward.  Whea 
abreast  of  it  you  will  see  a  Black  Buoy  bearing  from  it  NW.  K  N., 
distance  %  mile.  Leave  this  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Port 
band,  and  anchor  about  200  yards  from  it,  bearing  S.SW.,  in 
from  3  to  5  fathoms  water  at  low  tide.  This  anchorage  is  called 
the  Cow  Yard,  and  is  well  sheltered  in  Easterly  Gales. 

Large  vessels  may  anchor  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide,  the  Light  bearing  from  SE.  by  E.  to  E.SE. ;  distance  300 
to  400  yards  from  it. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  or  arour.dCape  Cod,  may  bring  Race 
Point  Light  to  bear  E.,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  As  soon 
as  the  Gurnet  Lights  are  made  bring  them  to  bear  from  W.  to  W. 
NW.,  and  run  for  them  until  the  Red  Buoys  on  Gurnet  and  Bass 
Rocks  are  made,  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

*  In  order  to  clear  Rowland's  and  High  Pine  Ledges,  Plymouth  Ligiita 
must  not  bear  South  of  S.  by  W. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


23 


From  the  Southeastward,  bring  the  Gurnet  Lights  in  range, 
bearing  NW.,  and  run  for  them  until  they  are  distant  about  >i 
mile,  then  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Sailing  Direoticas  for  Plymouth  Harbor  at 
Night-time. 

From  the  Northward,  as  soon  as  P'j^outh  Lights  are  made, 
bring  them  to  bear  S-SW.,  and  run  for  them  on  this  course.  Givt 
these  lights  a  berth  of  from  1  to  2  miles,  leaving  them  to  the 
Westward ;  continue  the  course  to  the  Southward  until  Duxbury 
Pier  Light  bears  W.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course ;  if  there  be  no 
en-or  in  the  compass,  oi^  this  bearing  you  will  pass  in  Mid-channel 
between  Brown's  Bunk  and  Bass  Rock.  Continue  the  course  W. 
for  this  light  until  the  Gurnet  Lights  bear  NE.  by  E.,  then  steei 
W.  by  S.  until  Duxbury  Pier  Light  bears  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  dis. 
tance  }i.  mile ;  the  course  is  then  W.  >^  N.  Leaving  this  Light 
from  200  to  300  yards  to  the  Northward,  continue  the  course  W. 
J^  N.  until  it  bears  N.,*  then  run  NW.  by  N.,  leaving  it  about 
two  cables'  lengths  to  the  Eastward,  and  anchor  with  the  Light  bear- 
ing about  E.SE.  from  300  to  400  yards  distant. 

Depth  of  Water  entering  Plymouth  Harbor, 

In  running  into  Plymouth  Harbor  at  Night  (according  to  direc- 
tions before  given) ,  with  strong  winds,  it  is  advisable,  when  the 
Gurnet  Lights  bear  NW.,  to  shorten  sail  and  use  the  lead.  With 
Duxbury  Pier  Light  bearing  W.,  if  there  be  no  error  in  the  Com- 
pass, when  Gurnet  Lights  bear  from  N.NW.  to  N.,  from  3j^  to 
4^  fathoms  water  will  be  found.  From  N.  to  N13.  by  E.,  3^  to 
On  a  W.  by  S.  course  to  Duxbury  Pier  Li^jht,  bearing  W. 


by  N.  J^  N.  54  "^^^®'  ^''o™  3/'2  to  6  fathoms ;  from  this  last  point, 
on  a  W.  y2  N.  course  to  the  Light,  bearing  N.,  distant  three  or 
four  hundred  yards,  from  3 J^  to  11  fathoms ;  fi-om  this  last  point 
to  the  anchorage,  from  5  to  12  fathoms.  The  depths  above  are  all 
given  at  Low  Tide,  it  will  therefore  be  necessary'  at  High  Water  to 


♦  A  Shoal  extends  about  200  yards  Southeasterly  from  Duxbury  Pier  Light- 
liouse,  and  is  very  bold  off  its  Southeastern  part.  Vessels  bound  into  the 
Cow  Yard  Bh«.uld  not  approach  nearer  than  SOO  to  400  yards  until  the  Light 
bears  N. 


24 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


\^  fathom 


make  an  addition  of  V/z  fathoms  to  them;  at  ^  flood 
should  be  added. 

At  Night  from  the  Eastward,  or  around  Cape  Cod,  bring  Race 
Point  Light  to  bear  E.,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  for  Gurnet 
Lights ;  as  soon  as  Duxbury  Pier  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
W.  when  the  courses  are  as  before  given. 

From  the  Southeastward,  bring  Plymouth,  or  Gurnet  Lights,  in 
range  bearing  NW.,  and  run  for  them  until  Duxbury  Pier  Light 
bears  W.,  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Saquiah  Roads. 

In  these  Roads  vessels  may  find  good  shelter  with  winds  from 
W.  to  N.  The  best  anchorage  is  in  about  three  fathoms  at  Low 
Tide,  with  Gurnet  Lights 'bearing  E.NE.,  distance  %  mile.  At 
High  'water  vessels  should  anchor  in  4^  fathoms. 


Plsrmouth  Inner  Harbor. 

If  bound  into  this  Harbor,  follow  the  directions  before  given 
until  abreast  of  the  Red  Buoy  on  Bass  Rock,  which  bears  S-  %  W. 
from  Gurnet  Lighthouses,  distance  Yi  mile.    Leave  this  Buoy  a 
short  distance  to  the  Northward  and  make  good  the  course  W.  ^ 
S.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  to  the  Northward  and  the  Black  Buoys 
off  Brown's  Bank  to  the  Southwai-d.    As  you  approach  Duxbury 
Pier  Lighthouse  you  will  see  the  Black  Buoy  off  Dick's  Flats  bear- 
ing about  SW.  by  S.  J4  S.,  distant  Ys  mile  from  it.    Haul  round 
this  Buoy,  leaving  it  50  feet  to  the  Eastward,  and  make  good  the 
course  SW.  %  S.    As  you  sail  in  j-ou  will  see  on  the  port  hand, 
near  long  Beach  Point,  a  Beacon.    Continue  the  course  SW.  yi  S. 
until  the  beacon  is  in  range  with  Gurnet  Lights,  bearing  E.  by  N. 
^  N.,  then  anchor  in  from  2^^  to  3>4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 
This  harbor  should  be  used  only  by  small  vessels ;  large  vessels 
should  go  into  the  Cow  Yard.     If  bound  up  to  Plymouth  town  it  is 
advisable  to  take  a  pilot  here,  as  the  channel  is  both  narrow  and 
crooked. 

Duxbury  and  Kingston* 

Vessels  unacquainted,  bound  to  eltler  of  these  places,  should 
anchor  a  short  distance  to  the  Westword  of  Duxbury  Pier  Light, 
and  take  pilots. 


ELDKIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


25 


Beating  into  Plymouth  Harbor. 

If  you  are  bound  into  this  Harbor  you  should  not  at  Night-time 
attempt  to  beat  into  the  Cow  Yard,  but  may  anchor  in  Saquish 
Roads.  The  best  anchorage  is  in  about  3  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  and 
41^  at  High  Tide,  the  Gurnet  Lights  bearing  E.NE.,  distance  ^ 
mile.  It  is  5idvisable  at  Night-time  to  use  the  lead,  and  when 
Gurnet  Lights  bear  N.NW.  to  stand  in  for  the  North  side  of  the 
harbor  until  the  water  shoals  to  8^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  and  5  at 
High  Water ;  as  soon  as  you  have  this  depth  tack  ship,  and  do  not 
stand  to  the  Southward  more  than  yi  mile  *  (about  400  yards),  in 
order  to  avoid  Brown's  Bank,  which  lies  on  the  South  side  of  the 
Channel,  and  is  very  bold  at  some  parts  of  it,  and  you  will  have  4 
fathoms  at  one  oast  of  the  lead,  and  be  ashore  at  the  next  before 
you  can  tack ;  but  you  may  boldly  stand  into  S}i  fathoms  at  Low 
Tide,  and  5  fathoms  at  High  Water,  on  the  North  side  of  tlie 
Channel,  until  you  reach  the  above  anchorage. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Plymouth  Harbor  12  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  XO}^  feet. 


Soituate  Harbor. 

•  This  Harbor  is  formed  by  a  8mall  shallow  Cove,  which  at  its 
entrance  has  a  hard  bed  of  stones  and  gravel,  forming  a  Bar  which 
varies  but  little  in  depth  annually.  The  Northern  point  of  the 
Harbor  is  marked  with  a  Light  Tower,  from  which  a  White  Light 
was  formerly  exhibited,  but  for  several  years  it  has  been  discon- 
tinued. At  this  date  (1870)i  however,  a  small  light  is  shown  from 
the  tower  by  private  enterprise.  Also,  at  this  date,  the  Harbor  is 
well  buoyed,  and  strangers,  in  vessels  of  from  8  to  9  feet  draught, 
in  case  of  emergency,  might  at  high  water  run  into  it. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Soituate  Harb<^  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Northward  pass  }^  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  Minot's 
Light  and  make  good  the  coiu'sc  SE.  by  S.,  in  order  to  avoid  the 

*  Or  niako  short  tacks. 


26 


ELDRIDOE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Ledges  which  lie  to  the  Northward  of  this  harbor.  A  little  before 
mgh  Water  bring  the  Light  Tower  to  bear  W.  and  run  for  it. 
When  about  J4  mile  from  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  you  will  see 
two  Buoys,  one  Red  the  other  Black ;  then  steer  more  Southerly, 
and  enter  about  midway  between  them.  When  between  these 
Buoys  you  will  see  in  a  westerly  direction  two  Spindles  or  Beacons, 
one  Black  the  other  Red ;  anchor  a  short  distance  outside  of  them, 
where  you  will  lie  aground  at  Low  Tide,  or  after  passing  between 
these  Spindles  run  directly  for  the  wharves. 

If  the  Buoys  at  the  entrance  of  this  place  should  be  gone  ^^as 
they  sometimes  are),  in  entering  it  keep  midway  between  the 
points  of  the  Harbor,  and  pass  the  Spindles  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Southeastward,  or  round  Cape  Cod,  bring  Race  Point 
Light  to  bear  SE.  by  E.,  and  make  good  the  course  NW.  by  W- 
When  the  Light  Tower  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  N. ;  then 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

The  Light  Tower,  which  is  located  on  the  Northern  side  of  the 
entrance  to  this  Harbor,  bears  S.  by  E.  J^  E.,  about  4^  miles 
from  Minot's  Lighthouse.  From  Race  Point  Light,  NW.  by  W. 
23  miles. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Scituate  Bar  14  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton.   Common  Tides  rise  about  9%  feet. 


Oohasset  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  situated  about  2^  miles  in  a  Southwesterly  direc- 
tion from  Minot's  Light,  and  has  but  little  water  in  it  at  low  tide. 
It  is  very  difficult  of  access  on  account  of  the  numerous  Rocks  and 
Ledges  that  lie  off  its  entrance.  In  approaching  this  Harbor  there 
are  three  Channels  (generally  used)  called  Brush  Island  Channel, 
Middle  Channel,  and  Eastern  Channel.  In  this  work,  however,  we 
shall  only  give  directions  for  Brush  Island,  or  the  Western  Channel, 
which  has  the  most  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  may  be  entered  by 
strangers  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds,  when  the  Buoys  can 
be  seen. 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


27 


Sailing  Direotions  for  Cohasset  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southeastward  leave  Minot's  Light  about  300  yards  to 
the  Southward  and  run  W.  On  this  course  3'ou  will  see,  on  the 
port  hand,  two  Buoys,  one  Black,  the  other  Red.  The  Black  Buoy 
No.  1  is  placed  near  the  western  part  of  Hogshead  Rock,  and  bears 
from  Minot's  Light  W.  X  S. ;  distance  a  little  more  than  J^  mile. 
The  Red  Buoy  No.  2  is  placed  off  the  Northeast  part  of  Grampus 
Ledge,  and  bears  about  W.  from  Minot's  Light ;  distance  Ji  mile. 
Both  these  Buoys  should  be  left  not  less  than  300  yards  to  the 
Southward.  After  passing  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Grampus  Ledge, 
a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  will  be  seen  to  the  Southwestward ;  this 
Buoy  lies  off  the  "West  side  of  Chittenden  Rock,  which  is  bare  at 
half  tide,  and  bears  from  Minot's  Light  W.  ^  S. ;  distance  1  }^ 
miles.  Continue  the  course  W.  until  this  last-mentioned  Buoy 
bears  SW.  by  S.,then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  20 
yards  to  the  Eastward.  When  abreast  of  the  last -mentioned  Buoy, 
off  Chittenden  Rock,  another  Buoy  will  be  seen  (bearing  S.  by  E., 
distance  }(  mile) ,  painted  Red  and  Black  in  horizontal  stripes. 
This  Buoy  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  Barrel  Rock,  which  is  bare 
at  half  tide.  Run  directly  for  this  Buoy,  leaving  it  about  20  3-ards 
to  the  Eastward.  When  abreast  of  this  Buoy,  off  the  northern  side 
of  Barrel  Rock,  jou  will  see  a  dry  Rock,  surrounded  by  ledges  bare 
at  low  tide  ;  these  are  called  Sutton  Rocks  ;  and  j'ou  will  also,  at 
the  same  time,  see  to  the  Westward  of  them  another  small,  round, 
dry  rock :  this  is  called  Quamino  Rock :  the  Channel  is  between 
this  and  the  Sutton  Rocks.  When  you  are  abreast  of  the  Red  and 
Black  horizontal-striped  Buoy  off  Barrel  Rock,  run  for  Quamino 
Rock  bearing  S-SW.,  leaving  it  20  yards  to  the  Westward.  After 
passing  it  bring  it  to  bear  N.NW.,  75  yards  distant,  and  run 
S.SEj.  about  200  yards ;  then  anchor  in  about  8  feet  water  at  low 
tide.  If  bound  up  to  Cohasset,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot 
here.  By  following  the  above  directions,  about  8  feet  water  at  low 
tide  can  be  brought  up  to  this  anchorage. 

From  the  Northwestward  pass  about  }{  mile  to  the  Eastward 
of  Harding's  Rocks,  and  bring  the  Beacon  upon  them  to  bear  NW. 
}i  N.,  distance  1  mile,  and  steer  SE.  }4  S.  If  there  be  no  devia- 
tion from  this  course  you  will  make  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Gram- 
puses a  little  on  the  port  bow,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Chittenden 


28 


^LDBIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Rock  on  the  starboard  hand.  When  this  last-mentioned  Buoy 
bears  S.PW.  run  for  it,  leaving  it  20  yards  to  the  eastward. 
When  abreast  of  it,  make  good  the  course  S.  '/4  W.  into  the  h«»r- 
bor,  passing  between  the  Buoy  on  Barrel  Rock,  the  Ledges  on  the 
West  side  of  the  Channel,  Sutton  Rocks,  and  Quamino  Rock. 
When  this  last-mentioned  rock  bears  N.NW.,  75  yards  distant, 
run  S.SE.  about  200  yards,  then  anchor.  If  bound  up  to  Cobas- 
Mt,  wait  at  this  place  for  high  water  and  a  pilot. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Cohasset  about  12  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  tides  rise  9%  feet. 


Boston  Harbor. 

Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  this  Harbor 
by  the  Main  Ship  Channel, 

Minot's  Ledge, 

Upon  one  of  the  outermost  of  the  Cohasset  Rocks,  on  what  is 
called  the  Outer  Minot,  which  is  bare  at  low  tide,  a  Lighthouse  has 
been  erected,  which  (at  this  date,  1878,)  has  a  Fog  Bell  and  shows 
a  Fixed  White  Light.  From  the  deck  of  a  common  vessel  this 
light  should  be  visible  at  least  15  miles  in  clear  weather. 

The  Bearings  and  Distances  of  this  Light  are  as  follows : 

Distance. 
From  Cape  Ann  (Thatcher's  Island),  SW.  by  S.  nearly  23^  miles. 
Whistling  Buoy  off  NE.  part 

Graves,  ....  SE.  by  S.  ^  S.  "  1% 
Boston  Lighthouse,  .  .  .  SE.  }i  E.  "  6^ 
Spindle  on  Harding's  Ledge,  SE.  ^  E.  "  4i^ 
Race  Point  (Cape  Cod),  .  .  NW.  >^  W.  "  26 J4 
Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,       NW.  5<  W.  "      34 1^ 


To  the  Westward  of  Minot's  Light  there  are  many  bare  and 
sunken  Ledges.  Strangers,  therefore,  should  not  attempt  to  pass 
to  the  Westwart;  of  it. 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  P'LOT. 


29 


Davia*  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  on  which  there  are  about  12  feet  water,  is  marked 
with  a  Black  Buoy  No.  1 ,  which  lies  upon  its  Eastern  part,  and 
bears  E.  ^  S.  from  Minot's  Light,  distance  about  ^  mile.  There 
is  a  depth  of  4  fathoms  water  about  midway  between  the  Buoy  and 
Lii'hthouse.  But  large  vessels  should  not  attempt,  excepting 
tlu'ough  stress  of  weather,  to  pass  through  it.  To  the  Southward 
of  this  Liglithouse  there  are  several  Shoal  Spots  of  from  12  to  15 
feet,  one  of  which  bears  SE.  by  S. ;  distance  about  yi  mile. 

Harding*8  Ledge, 

The  dry  part  of  this  ledge  is  marked  with  an  Iron  Beacon  31J^ 
feet  in  height,  and  also  aa  Iron  Bell  Boat,  which  is  moored  a  short 
distance  Northeastward  from  the  Beacon.  These  Rocks  are  quite 
bold,  and  the  lead  gives  but  Uttle  warning  in  approaching  them. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Beaoon  on  Harding's  Ledge. 

Distance. 
Black  Buoy  No.  1,  offPt.  AUerton,  NW.  by  W.  nearly  I54  miles. 

Boston  Lighthouse,* NW.      "    2%     " 

Minot's  Light, SE.  >^  E.      "    41^      " 

SW.,  nearly  ^  mile  from  the  Beacon  on  Harding's  Ledge  is  a  bare 
Rock.  Between  this  rock  and  the  Flats  off  Nantasket  Beach  is  a 
good  Channel  for  vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught;  but 
large  vessels  should  use  it  with  caution,  as  there  are  several  Shoal 
Spots  /ibout  half-way  from  the  Beacon  to  the  shore,  having  as  little 
as  15  and  17  feet  water  upon  them  at  Low  Tide. 

Thieves*  Ledge, 

Not  less  than  4j^  fathoms  of  water  has  been  found  upon  this 
Ledge.  At  this  date,  1878,  it  is  not  buoyed ;  the  spot  of  4J^ 
fathoms  bears  E.  by  S.  ^  S.  from  Boston  Lighthouse ;  distance 
about  2^  miles. 

The  Graves, 

These  are  very  dangerous  Ledges  extending  about  J^  mile  in  a 
N.NE.  and  S.SW.  direction.  About  NE.  5<  N.,  ^  mile  from 
the  dry  part  of  these  Ledges,  is  a  dangerous  Rock  called  the 
"  Northeast  Grave,"  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide.    At  this  date, 

*  Boston  Lighthouse  shows  a  Flashing  White  light.  A  Steam  Whistle 
placed  near  it,  gives  two  Blaste  of  five  seconds'  duration  per  minute,  at  inter- 
vals of  10  and  4U  seconds. 


80 


ELDKIDOE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


187fl,  tWi  rock  !■  marked  with  nn  Automatic  Whistling  Buoy, 
which  ii  placed  a  ahort  distance  Northeast  fVom  it. 

Baaringa  and  Diatancea  from  thia  Buoy. 

Distance. 

Epcg  Rock  Light  (rod), N.  by  W.  nearly  4  m ilea. 

Long  laiand  Light, W.  by  S-  ^  S.      "      4^  " 

Boston  Lighthouse, SW.  ^  S.      "       2^  " 

Minofa  Light, SB.  by  S.  K  S.      "      7^  " 

SW.  by  W.,  about  ^  mile  ft-om  the  Dry  Graves,  are  several  dan- 
gerous Rocka  called  the  "  Roaring  Bulls";  they  extend  about  yi 
mile  in  a  NB.  by  B.  X  B.  and  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.  direction. 
Heveral  of  these  rocks  are  bare  at  very  low  tides.  Between  the 
Graves  and  the  last-mentioned  rocks  there  is  a  Cliaunel  having  a 
depth  of  fVom  5  to  8  fathoms.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  to 
go  through  thia  passage.  The  Eastern  part  of  the  Graves  are  very 
bold,  and  there  are  10  fathoms  water  within  a  stone's  throw  of  the 
dry  rocks.  From  the  Eastward,  therefore,  in  thick  weather,  the 
lead  gives  no  warning  in  approaching  these  dangerous  rocks :  10 
fathoms  water  was  found  at  a  distance  of  about  200  yards  N.  by  B. 
A-om  the  Northeast  Grave,  and  1 1  fathoms  at  a  dhtance  of  300 
yards  B.  by  S.  fVom  this  rock. 

Martin's  Ledge, 

Upon  the  Eastern  part  of  this  Ledge,  in  six  fathoms  water,  is 
placed  a  Nun  Buoy  (No.  2).  Boston  Lighthouse  bears  from  chis 
buoy  SW.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  distance  1^  miles.  From  Whistling 
Buoy  off  the  Graves  S.  J^  W. ;  distance  1^  miles.  At  very  low 
tides  there  are  but  14  feet  water  upon  this  Ledge. 

Tewkshury  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  at  very  low  tides  has  but  9  feet  water  upon  it, 
bears  W.  ^  N.  from  the  Red  Buoy  on  Martin's  Ledge ;  distance 
yi  mile.    This  rock  is  not  buoyed  at  this  date  (1878). 

BoHtan  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lias  11  feet  water  upon  it,  is  left  to  the  North- 
wanl  in  passing  in.  It  is  now  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  4, 
which  lies  on  the  soutiieasterly  side  of  it.  Boston  Lighthouse  bears 
from  tills  l)iioy  W.  l)y  S.  nearly  ;  distance  1  ^  miles.  The  Buoy 
oil  tills  Ledge  boiirs  A-oni  Martin's  Ledge  SW.  yi  S. ;  distance 
^  mile. 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


81 


Shag  or  Egg  Rocks. 

Theee  are  a  group  of  bare  Rocky  Islets  about  20  or  80  feet  above 
high-water  mark,  and  extending  about  ^  mile  in  an  Kasterly  and 
Westerly  direction.  The  Southern  part  of  these  Islets  bear  B.  ^ 
N.  ftom  Boston  Lighthouse ;  distance  al)out  >^  mile.  These  rocks 
are  bold,  but  they  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  ^  mile  by 
vessels  bound  in. 

Point  Allerton  Bar, 

From  this  Point  a  rocky  Shoal  extends  off  in  a  Northerly  direc- 
tion. It  is  marked  with  a  Beacon,  and  also  a  Black  Nun  Buoy  (No. 
8),  which,  in  passing  in,  le  lefL  on  the  port  band.  This  Buoy  bears 
ft-om  Boston  Lighthouse  S.  by  E.  }4  E. ;  distance  about  ^  mile. 

Mock  near  Boston  Idghthouae, 

A  Rock  bearing  S.  by  E.  f^om  Boston  Lighthouse,  distance 
about  J/j  mile,  hii  frequently  been  struck,  at  very  Low  Tidea,  by 
vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught ;  it  is  not  buoyed  at  this 
date.  Boston  Light  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  yi  mile 
(250  yards)  by  vessels  bound  out  or  into  the  harbor. 

Naah's  Rock. 

This  Rock,  on  which  there  are  13  feet  water  at  Lov  Tide,  Is 
marked  with  a  Red  Buoy  (No.  6),  which  is  placed  in  about  20  feet 
w  ier  off  the  Southern  side  of  the  shoal.  The  Narrows  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  W.  by  N.  nearly ;  distance  about  1  mile. 
Boston  Lighthouse  NE. ;  distance  ^  mile.  Nash's  Rock  Ilea 
nearly  mid-channel,  and  may  be  left  on  either  hand  passing  in. 

Kelp  Ledges, 

These  Ledges,  which  have  fVom  10  to  12  feet  water  upon  them 
at  Low  Tide,  lie  nearly  on  a  line  and  also  about  midway  between 
Boston  and  Narrows  Lighthouses  ;  they  are  not  marked  with  buoys 
at  this  date.  In  sailing  up  the  Lighthouse  Channel,  these  Ledges 
are  left  on  the  starboard  hand. 

Toddy  Rocks. 

These  Rocks  extend  off  about  Yi  mile  in  a  Northerly  direction 
from  the  base  of  Nantasket  Hill.  At  a  distance  of  ^  mile  from 
the  shore  there  are,  at  Low  Tide,  not  more  than  2  or  3  feet  water 
upon  some  of  them.     A  Black  Buoy  (No.  1),  which  marks  their 


82 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


position,  is  placed  in  20  feet  water,  on  the  Northern  side  of  the 
Ledge.  This  Buoy  bears  SW.  >^  W.  from  Boston  Lighthouse ; 
distance  about  l}i  mile.  In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the 
port  hand. 

MunVa  Ledge. 
N.NE.  about  Ys  mile  from  the  Black  Buoy  off  Toddy  Rocks,  a 
Bnoy  will  be  seen  painted  in  Red  and  Black  horizontal  Stripes. 
This  Buoy  lies  upon  Hunt's  Ledge,  which  has  about  10  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  bears  about  SW.  by  W.  from  Boston 
Lighthouse ;  distance  1  mile.  Between  the  Buoys  off  Toddy  Rocks 
and  Hunt's  Ledge  thire  is  a  good  channel  of  from  4  to  5  fathoms 

water. 

'Centurion  Bocks, 

These  Rocks,  upon  which  there  are  about  12  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide,  extend  NW.  and  |3E. :  they  are  marked  with  two  Buoys, 
one  Red,  the  other  Black.  The  Red  Buoy  (No.  2)  is  placed  on  the 
Southeast  end  of  the  Ledge,  and  bears  from  Boston  Lighthouse 
W.SW. ;  distance  Ijt^o  mile.  From  Narrows  Lighthouse,  SE.  yi 
S. ;  distance  about  J^  mile.  The  Black  Buoy  (No.  5)  is  placed  on 
the  Northwest  end  of  it,  and  bears  from  Narrows  Lighthouse  SE. 
^  S. ;  distance  ^  mile.  These  Buoys,  in  sailing  up  the  main 
Ship  Channel,  are  both  left  on  the  port  hand. 

George*8  Island  Rocks, 

I'hese  Rocks  extend  off  nearly  yi  mile  from  the  Eastern  part  of 
George*s  Island,  and  are  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy  (No.  7),  which 
is  placed  on  the  Eastern  part  of  them  in  18  feet  WGler.  Narrows 
Lighthouse  bears  N.  %  E. ;  distance  about  400  yards  from  this 
Buoy.  Between  the  last-mentioned  Buoy  and  the  two  Buoys  on 
the  Centurion  there  is  a  Channel  of  about  4  fathoms  water. 

False  Spit  Beacon. 

A  little  more  thun  ^  mile  in  an  Easterly  direction  from  the 
Narrows  Lighthouse  is  a  Beacon,  which  uarks  the  Southeast  part 
of  a  Sand  Bar,  called  "  False  S^>it."  In  passing  in,  this  Beacon  is 
left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


Narrows  Lighthouse. 

This  Lig!itbouse  is  erected  on  the  extreme  Southwest  part  of  the 
Sand  Spit,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  main  Ship  Channel, 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


88 


nearly  opposite  Fort  Warren,  and  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light.  In 
order  to  avoid  the  shoal  water  extending  from  Oeorge's  Island, 
vessels  bound  up  through  the  Narrows  should  keep  near  to  this 
Lighthouse. 

LovelV8  Island, 
The  Southeast  part  of  this  Island  lies  %  mile  Northwesterly 
from  the  Narrows  Lighthouse,  and  the  Island  also  lies  on  the 
Northeasterly  side  of  the  Narrows.  It  is  bold  on  its  Southwestern 
side,  but  long  Ledges,  and  a  Shoal  called  "  Seventy-four  Bar,"  ex- 
tend from  its  Northern  and  Northwestern  parts.  A  Red  Buoy 
(No.  10)  marks  the  Northwestern  part  of  this  bar,  wbioh,  in  passing 
in,  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Galloup*8  Island, 

This  Island  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Narrows,  nearly 
opposite  Lovell's  lb!  and :  its  sea-face  is  protected  fVom  the  force  of 
the  waves  by  a  granite  sea-wall  nearly  a  mile  in  length.  The  East- 
ern point  of  the  Island  is  bold,  but  Shoal  Water  extends  off  ttoxa 
it  in  a  Northerly  and  Northwesterly  direction.  A  Beacon,  painted 
Black,  is  erected  about  ^  mile  from  it,  which  will  be  seen  on  the 
port  when  sailing  up  the  Narrows.  This  is  called  ♦'  Nix's  Mate 
Beacon."  Northeast  about  }i  mile  from  the  Beacon  is  placed  a 
Black  Buoy  (No.  9),  which,  in  passing  in,  is  left  on  the  port  hand. 

Deer  Island, 

A  dry  Shoal  extends  off  about  }{  mile  in  a  Southerly  direction 
from  this  Island,  upon  the  South  end  of  winch  is  erected  a  Beacon, 
which  is  painted  Red,  and  bears  from  Long  Island  Lighthouse  *  N. 
by  E.  %  E. ;  distance  about  ^  mile.  In  passing  in,  this  Beacon 
is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Long  and  Spectacle  Islands, 

These  Islands  are  both  quite  bold  on  their  Northern  parts.  Shoal 
Water  extends  off  in  a  Northerly  direction  about  200  j-ards  ftom 
tea  first-mentioned  Island,  and  about  the  same  distance  ft'om  the 
latte). 

President  Roads. 

There  is  good  anchorage  between  the  Lower  Middle,  Governor's 
Island  Flats,  and  Apple  Island  Fiats  on  the  North,  Deer  Island 

*  Long  Island  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 


34 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


on  the  East,  Long  and  Spectacle  Islands  on  the  South,  and  Castle 
Island  on  the  West.    The  above  anchorage  is  called  "  President 

Roads." 

Lower  Middle* 

A  short  distance  to  the  Eastward  of  Fort  Independence  (Castle 
Island)  is  the  Lower  Middle,  some  parts  of  which  are  bare  at  Low 
Water.  This  shoal  extends  E.SE.  and  W.NW.  about  1  mile, 
and  is  marked  with  two  Red  Buoys,  one  of  which  is  placed  on  its 
Southeast  part,  the  other  on  the  Northwest  part.  The  Red  Buoy 
(iVo.  6)  on  the  Southeast  part  of  it,  bears  from  Long  Island  Light- 
house NW.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  distance  IJ^  miles.  From  Deer  Is- 
land Beacon  W.  >^  N. ;  distance  1>^  miles.  From  Black  Buoy 
(No.  9),  off  Nix's  Mate,  W.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  distance  2  miles.  The 
Red  Buoy  (No.  10),  upon  the  upper  part  of  Lower  Middle,  bears 
from  the  wharf  at  Fort  Independence  E.  by  N.  K  N. ;  distance  % 
mile.  Between  the  Lower  Middle  and  Governor's  Island  Flats  is 
a  narrow  Channel  having  from  3>^  to  5  fathoms  water  in  it.  Stran- 
gers should  not  attempt  to  go  through  this  passage. 

Castle  Island  Rocks  and  Shoals, 

Shoal  Water  extends  off  in  every  direction  from  this  Island,  ex- 
cepting its  Northeast  part,  which  is  quite  bold.  Southeast,  about 
Yi  mile  from  the  Island,  is  placed,  in  18  feet  water,  a  Black  Nun 
Buoy  (No.  7),  which  bears  from  Long  Island  Light  W.  by  N. 
%  N. ;  distance  2%  miles.  From  Black  Buoy  (No.  9)  off  Nix's 
Mate,  W.  by  N.  \i  N. ;  distance  2^  miles.  A  short  distance  to 
the  westward  of  this  Buoy,  upon  some  of  the  rocks,  there  is  but 
little  water.  Vessels  beating  up,  when  abreast  of  this  Buoy, 
should  keep  to  the  Eastward  of  a  line  drawn  from  the  Buoy  to  the 
Western  part  of  Governor's  Island. '  This  precaution  should  be 
strictl}'  adhered  to  until  more  than  half-way  from  the  Buoy  to  the 
wharf  *  off  Northeast  part  of  the  Fort. 

State  Ledge. 

On  the  Northern  side  of  the  Channel,  nearly  opposite  (and  bear- 
ing NE.  by  E.  y2  E.  from  Black  Buoy,  No.  7,  ott'  Castle  Island), 
is  a  Red  Nun  Buoy  (No.  8),  which  is  placed  a  short  distance  South 
of  the  Ledge,  which  has  but  3  or  4  feet  water  upon  it  af.  Low  Tide. 
In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

♦  The  outer  part  of  this  wharf  is  in  sixteen  feet  water. 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


35 


Governor's  Island  Flats. 

These  Flats  extend  Southwesterly  about  ^  mile  ttom  the  South- 
ern point  of  the  Island.  Some  parts  of  them  are  bare  at  Low  Tide. 
A  Red  Buoy  (No.  12),  placed  in  15  feet  water,  marks  the  Southwest 
end  of  this  Shoal.  The  wharf  at  Fort  Independence  bears  from 
this  Buoy,  SW.  by  S.  >^  S. ;  distance  about  ^  mile.  This  last- 
mentioned  Buoy,  and  also  the  two  Red  Buoys  on  Northwest  part  of 
Lower  Middle  and  State  Ledge,  lie  nearly  on  a  line.  Beating  up 
the  harbor,  vessels  should  not  pass  to  the  Eastward  of  this  line. 

Upper  Middle, 

From  the  Northern  part  of  Castle  Island,  Shoal  Water  extends 
in  a  Northwesterly  direction,  nearly  two  miles,  forming  what  is 
known  as  South  Boston  and  Dorchester  Flats.  About  ^  mile 
N.NW.  from  the  wharf  at  Fort  Independence  is  a  small  spot  of 
3  feet  water  at  Low  Tide ;  this  spot  is  called  the  Upper  Middle. 
Strictly  speaking,  this  Shoal  is  not  a  Middle  Ground,  as  there  is  not 
any  Channel  to  the  westward  of  it.  The  above-mentioned  spot, 
called  the  "  Upper  Middle,"  is  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy  (No.  9), 
which  is  placed  a  short  distance  from  its  Eastern  part.  This  Buoy 
bears  N.NW.  about  ^  mile  from  the  wharf  at  Fort  Independence. 

Governor's  Island  Northwest  Flats, 

These  Flats  extend  about  J^  mile  in  a  Westerly  direction  from 
the  Northwest  part  of  Governor's  Island.  A  Black  Buoy  (No.  7) 
is  placed  on  the  Northwest  part  of  these  flats,  which,  in  passing  in, 
is  left  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


Slate  Ledge. 

About  half-way  from  the  Buoy  on  the  Upper  Middle  to  the  city  is 
a  Black  Buoy  (No.  11).  This  Buoy  lies  in  17  feet  water,  upon  the 
Northeastern  part  of  this  Ledge,  some  parts  of  which  are  bare  at 
very  Low  Tides.  There  is  no  passage  to  the  Westward  of  this 
Buoy  excepting  at  High  Water,  and  then  for  only  light-draught 
vessels. 


36 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT 


By  Main  Ship  Channel, 

Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in 
Day-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

When  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  beard  3W.,  about  3  or  4  miles 
distance,  the  course  to  Boston  Light  (at  this  date,  1879  *)  is  NW. 
by  W.  }i  W. ;  distance  42  miles.    If  there  be  no  deviation  from 
this  course,  Minot's  Light  will  be  left  about  1^  miles  to  the  West- 
ward.   As  soon  as  Boston  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
NW.  by  W.  X  W.,  and  run  for  it.    On  this  course  the  Bell  Buoy- 
off  Harding's  Ledge  will  be  left  about  J^  mile  to  the  Westward. 
Continue  the  course  NW.  by  W.  %  W-  for  the  Lighthouse,  until 
Point  AUerton  f  bears  SW.  by  W.    Boston  Lighthouse  will  then 
be  distant  about  l}i  mile.    The  course  to  enter  the  Lighthouse 
Channel  is  then  W.  %  N.,  leaving  the  Beacon  and  Black  Buoy  off 
Point  AUerton  about  ^  ™ile  on  the  Port  hand.     In  sailing  up  the 
Channel,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  bow  the  Red  Buoy  (No.  6) 
on  Nash's  Rock,  which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  you  will  also 
see  on  the  Port,  the  Black  Buoy  on  Toddy  Rocks,  the  horizontal- 
striped  Buoy  on  Hunt's  Ledge,  the  two  Buoys  on  the  Centurion, 
one  Black  the  other  Red,  and  nearly  ahead  the  Black  Buoy  off  the 
Southeast  part  of  George's  Island :  all  these  last-mentioned  Buoys 
are  left  on  the  Port  hand.     Continue  the  course  W.  %  N.  until 
the  Narrows  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  ^  W. ;  run  for  it  on  this 
course :  give  the  Lighthouse  a  small  berth  of  about  150  yards, 
leaving  it  on  the   Starboard  hand,  and  run  about  NW.  ^-^  W. 
with  the  eastern  point  of  Galloup's  Island  on  the  Port  bow.     In 
sailing  this  last  course  from   Narroivs  Light  to  LovelVs  Island, 
particular  attention  must  be  given  to  the  setting  of  the  Current,  et^pe- 
cially  with  light  winds.    Tlie  Flood  sets  in  strong  through  Black  Jiock 
Channel }  on  to   George's  Island,  while  the  Ebb  sets  out  strong 
through  this  channel.    Through  the  Narrows  the  Flood,  during  a 


•  The  variation  of  Compass  at  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  in  1808  was  5^^'  oO' 
W.     It  is  now  (1879)  12"  00  W. 

t  This  Iteadland  or  point  is  on  the  South  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  M,.in 
Ship  Channel.     It  is  a  bare  hill  115  feet  high. 

X  The  passage  between  Narrows  Lighthouse  and  Southeast  part  of  LovcU's 
Island  is  called  Black  Kock  Channel.  A  ledge  lies  nearly  midway  the  pas- 
sage, having  at  very  low  tides  but  7  feet  water  upon  it. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


37 


part  of  its  period,  sets  to  tbe  Southward,  but  is  not  strong ;  the 
Ebb,  which  is  strong,  sets  to  the  Northward  through  this  last- 
mentioned  place.  When  abreast  of  the  eastern  part  of  Galloup's 
Island,  the  course  is  about  NW.  by  N.,  keeping  nearest  to  Lov- 
ell's  Island,  which  is  quite  bold.  As  j'ou  sail  through  the  Narrows, 
you  will  see,  on  the  port.  Nix's  Mate  Beacon,  and  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  9,  and  also,  on  the  starboard,  the  Red  Buoy  No.  8,  on  Seventy- 
Four  Bar.  Leave  the  Black  Buoy  off  Nix's  Mate  a  short  distance 
to  the  Westward  -,  and  r;in  NW.  for  Deer  Island  Beacon,  about  ^ 
mile,  <^"  until  long  Island  Light  bears  W.SW.  From  this  last 
point  liiake  good  th*^  course  W.  Yi,  N.  until  you  see  the  Black 
Buoy  No.  7,  which  lies  off  Southeast  from  Castle  Island :  you  will 
also  see  the  Red  Buoy  No.  8,  which  lies  on  State  Ledge.  Pass 
about  midway  between  the  two  last-mentioned  buoys,  and  steer 
about  NW.  Yi  N.,  keeping  the  Black  Buoy  No.  9,  on  the  Upper 
Middle,  a  little  on  the  Port  bow.  On  this  last  course  you  will  see 
the  two  Red  Buoys,  Nos.  10  and  12,  on  NW.  part  of  Lower  Mid- 
dle and  off  Governor's  Island,  both  of  which  are  left  on  the  Star- 
board hand.  When  abreast  of  Black  Buoy  No.  9,  on  Upper  Middle 
(which  must  be  left  about  fifty  j'ards  to  the  Westward),  for  the 
deepest  water  make  good  the  course  NW.  Yi,  N.,  about  J^  mile, 
leaving  a  Red  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  abreast  of  this  last-mentioned  buoy,  steer  NW.  by  W.  for 
the  anchorage. 

Sy  Main,  Ship  Channel. 

Vessels  approaching  Boston  Harbor  at  Night  will  find  the  fol- 
lowing directions  best  adapted  to  winds  from  East  to  Southwest 
by  the  way  of  South. 


Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in  the 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Run  NW.  by  W.  K  W.  from  Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light)  as 
before  directed.  As  soon  as  Boston  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
NW.  by  W.  %  W.,  and  run  for  it.  On  this  course  Minot's 
Light  will  be  left  about  Ij/j  mile  to  the  Westward.  Continue  the 
course  NW.  by  W.  %  W.  for  the  Light,  until  the  Narrows 
Light  (Red)  is  in  range  with  Long  Island  Light,  bearing  NW.  by 


88 


ELDBIDOE'S  COaST  PILOT. 


W.  ^  W. ;  then  run  in  on  this  range  *  until  Boston  Light  bears 
NW. :  you  are  then  about  half-way  from  the  Beacon  on  Harding's 
Ledge  to  Black  Buoy  off  Point  Allerton,  and  must  run  a  little  more 
Northerly  (NW.  by  W.  ;4  W.)>  keeping  the  Red  Light  on  Spit  a 
little  open  to  the  Westv/ard  of  Long  Island  Light  in  order  to  clear 
Point  Allerton  Ledge.   When  Boston  Light  bears  N.  by  W.  >^  W., 
you  are  then  on  a  line  with  the  Light  and  Point  Allerton  Buoy,  and 
must  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N.  until  the  Narrows  Light 
bears  NW.  ^  W.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  run  for  it,  leav- 
ing it  about  75  j'ards  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  then  make  allowance 
for  the  current  as  before  directed.    From  this  last-mentioned  light 
to  East  point  of  Galloup's  Island  the  course  is  NW.  J^  W. ;  but 
at  night  the  eye  must  be  the  pilot  through  the  Narrows  to  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Nix's  Mate.   It  is  therefore  recommended  to  keep  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Eastern  part  of  Galloup's  Island,  and  also  the 
Southern  part  of  Lovell's  Island,  both  of  which  are  bold.    When 
abreast  of  the  Eastern  point  of  Galloup's  Island,  keep  nearest  to 
Lovell's  Island.    When  abreast  of  Black  Buoy  off  Nix's  Mate,  run 
NW.  until  Long  Island  Light  bears  W.SW. ;  then  malcegood  the 
course  W.  J^  N.,  until  Long  Island  Light  bears  E.  by  S.  ^  S. ; 
on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  W.  bj'  N.  %  N.,t  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  off  Castle  Island.    In  running  this  last 
course,  use  the  lead,  and  as  soon  as  the  water  shoals  to  3%  fathoms 
at  low  tide  (which  will  be  five  fathoms  at  high  tide),  you  are  then 
close  aboard  of  the  Buoy,  and  must  steer  N.  by  W.  %  W.,  about 
^  mile,  then  about  NW.  ^  N.,  until  up  with  the  Black  Buoy  on 
the  Upper  Middle.    Running  the  two  last  courses,  do  not  go  into 
less  than  4  fathoms  water.     When  abreast  of  the  buoy  on  the 
Upper  Middle,  continue  the  course  NW.  ^  N.  about  Yi  mile,  then 
run  NW.  by  W.  for  the  anchorage :  upon  the  last  two  courses 
use  the  lead,  and  do  not  go  into  less  than  3  fathoms. 


,  ♦  In  ranning  in  with  Long  Island  and  Narrows  Light  in  range,  the  Beacon 
on  Harding's  Ledge  will  be  left  about  >^  mile  to  the  Westward.  This  range 
also  leads  to  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  on  Eight  Foot  Rock,  off  Point  Allerton. 

t  If  there  be  no  error  in  the  compass,  this  course  W.  by  N.  H  N.  from  Long 
Island  Light  leads  direct  to  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  Southeast  from  Castle 
Island. 


ELDRIDQB'S  COAST  PILOT. 


39 


By  Main  Ship  Channel, 

Sailing  DirebUons  tcom.  Cape  Ann  to  Boston  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  weather. 

Bring  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  to  bear  NE.  }i  E.,  distance 
about  two  miles,  on  which  bearing  keep  them,  and  run  SW.  ^ 
W.  for  Point  AUerton ;  distance  22  miles.  If  there  be  no  devia- 
tion from  this  course,  East  Point  Light  will  be  left  about  1J4  miles 
to  the  Northwestward,  Halfway  Rock  2^.  miles,  and  Whistling 
Buoy  off  the  Graves,  1J4  miles  to  the  Northward.  You  will  also 
see  the  Red  Buoys  on  Martin's  and  Boston  Ledges,  which  are  both 
left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the  course  for  Point  AUerton 
(bearing  SW.  ^  W.)  until  Boston  Lighthouse  beai-s  W.  >^  N., 
then  make  good  the  course  W.  by  S.,  and  follow  the  directions 
before  given  from  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in  daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

At  night,  in  fair  weather,  bring  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  to  bear 
NE.  ji  N.,  distance  3  or  4  miles,  and  run  SW.  J<  S.  If  this 
course  be  made  good,  the  following  dangers  —  Halfway  Rock, 
Graves,  Martin's,  and  Boston  Ledges  —  will  all  be  left  a  good  dis- 
tance on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  Boston  Light  bears  W.NW. 
make  good  the  course  W.  by  N.  for  the  Lighthouse  Channel, 
taking  care  to  keep  the  Narrows  Light  (Red)  just  open  to  the  West- 
ward of  Long  Island  Light,  until  Boston  Light  bears  N.  by  W. 
J^  W.,  then  follow  the  directions  fVom  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in  the 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather.  To  guide  the 
mariner  in  thick  weather  (at  this  date,  1878,)  there  is  placed  near 
the  Lighthouses  at  Thatcher's  Island  a  Steam  Whistle ;  at  Eastern 
Point,  a  Fog  Bell ;  off  the  Graves,  a  Whistling  Buoy ;  and  at  Boston 
Lighthouse,  an  Air  Trumpet,  all  of  which  are  sounded  in  Thick 
weather.  The  ear,  there  fore,  assisted  by  the  compass  and  lead, 
will  be  the  pilot  from  Cape  Ann  to  Boston  Light,  when  the  other 
Lights  cannot  be  seen. 

Broad  Sound, 

Dangers  in  entering  Boston  Harbor  through  this 

Sound. 

The  Graves. 

In  sailing  into  Broad  Sound,  those  Dangerous  Rocks  are  left  on 
the  Port  hand.     (See  description  of  Graves,  p.  29,  &c.) 


40 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


MaffiVs  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  on  which  there  are  18  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  bears 
NW.  by  N.  J4  N.  from  Green  Island,*  distance  ^  mile.  It  is 
not  buoyed  at  this  date  (1878),and  Light-Draught  Vessels  pay  no 
attention  to  it  passing  into  this  Sound. 

C(nnnti8Btoner*8  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  on  which  there  are  16  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is  not 
buoyed  at  this  date  (1878).  It  bears  from  the  Northerr  point  of 
Green  Island  NW.  by  W.  >4  W.,  distance  about  J^  mile.  In 
sailing  into  Broad  Sound,  this  Ledge  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

DeviVa  Back, 

This  Ledge,  which  in  several  places  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  extends 
about  300  yards  in  a  NE.  by  N.  and  SW.  by  S.  direction.  It  is 
marked  with  a  Black  Can  Buoy  (No.  1),  which  is  placed  on  the 
Northern  side  of  the  Ledge.  Long  Island  Light  bears  from  this 
Buoy  W.  by  S.  %  S-,  distance  2^  miles ;  Northern  part  of  Green 
Island,  E.  ^  S.,  distance  about  ^s  mile.  The  Eastern  part  of 
these  Rocks  are  very  bold,  and  6  fathoms  water  was  found  within  & 
stone's-throw  of  them.  From  the  Eastward,  in  thick  weather, 
bound  into  the  Sound,  the  lead,  therefore,  gives  no  warning  in  ap> 
proaching  them. 

JldeHdge*8  Ledge. 

Which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  Is  marked  with  a 
Black  Can  Buoy  (No.  3),  which  is  placed  on  the  Northwest  part  of 
it.  Long  Island  Light  bears  from  this  buoy  W.  by  S.  J^  S-,  dis- 
tance 2yi  miles;  Narrows  Light  S.  by  W.  ^  W.,  distance  \yi 
miles. 

Strangers  beating  into  the  Sound  should  not  pass  to  the  East- 
ward of  this  buoy. 

Ram  Head  Meef, 

From  the  Northeastern  part  of  Lovell's  Island  a  Reef  extends  off 
about  ^  mile  in  a  NE.  by  N.  direction.  Some  parts  of  this  Shoal 
are  bare  at  Low  Tide.  It  is  marked  with  a  Black  Can  B-ioy  (No.  5) , 
which  is  placed  off  its  Northeast  point.    Long  Island  Light  bears 


♦  Coining  from  the  Noftlieastward,  bound  into  Broad  Sound,  this  is  tha 
frst  Island  met  with  on  the  South  side  of  the  Channel. 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


41 


firom  this  Buoy  W.  by  S.  }i  S.,  distance  about  l}^  miles ;  Narrows 
Liglit,  S.  ^  Em  distance  lyi  mile.  From  tlie  Black  Buoy  on  the 
Devil's  Back  to  the  Black  Buoy  off  Ram  Head  Reef,  the  channel  is 
narrow,  and  vessels  beating  into  Broad  Sound  at  Low  Tide  should 
not  stand  but  a  short  distance  to  the  Northwest,  until  after  passing 
Ram  Head  Buoy.  The  lead  gives  but  little  warning  in  approach- 
ing this  Reef. 

Chreat  Fawn  Bar. 

This  Bar  extends  off  from  the  middle  of  Deer  Island  in  an  East- 
erly direction  more  than  lj4  miles,  and  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  about 
Ys  mile  from  the  shore.  Upon  the  Eastern  eud  of  this  part  a 
Beacon  is  erected,  which  is  painted  red,  and  has  a  square  granite 
base  surmounted  by  a  granite  cap,  with  iron  spindle  and  cage. 
This  Beacon  bears  from  Whistling  Buoy,  off  the  Graves,  about  W. 
^  S.,  distance  3^  miles;  from  Nahant  Head  SW.  by  S.,  dis- 
tance 4^  miles.  About  E.SE.,  >^  mile  f^-om  the  Beacon,  is  placed 
in  about  13  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  a  Red  Can  Buoj'  (No.  2), 
which  is  intended  to  mark  the  deepest  water  across  this  Bar.  From 
}£  to  }4  mile  in  an  Easterly'  direction  from  the  Baoy  there  are  sev- 
eral shoal  spots  of  from  10  to  12  feet  water.  This  Buoy  bears  from 
Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  W.  ^  S.,  distance  3^  miles ;  Long 
Island  Light  from  it,  SW.  J^  W.,  distance  1^  miles.  Passing 
in,  this  Buoy  is  left  about  25  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


Idttle  Fawn  Bar, 

This  Shoal  extends  off  about  E.  by  S.  1^  miles  from  the  South- 
em  part  of  Deer  Island,  and  is  dry  at  Low  Tide  about  |4  mile  from 
the  shore.  About  200  yards  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Dry  Bar,  in  13 
feet  water,  is  placed  a  Red  Can  Buoy  (No.  4) ,  which  is  intended  to 
mark  the  deepest  water  at  Low  Tide  (13  feet)  across  the  Bar. 
About  250  yards  East  from  the  Buoy  there  are  10  feet  water,  and 
E.  by  S.  Ys  mile  but  8  feet.  This  last  spot  is  called  the  Middle 
Ground,  and  bears  from  the  Red  Buoy  on  Ram  Head  Reef  N.  by 
W.  %  mile.  Long  Island  Light  b  jars  from  the  Buoy  on  Little 
Fawn  Bar  SW.  %  S.,  distance  \}i  miles ;  Beacon  off  South  Point 
of  Deer  Island,  SW.  by  W.  \i  W.,  distance  ^  mile. 


this  is  the 


42 


ELDRIDQE'S   .'AST  PILOT. 


Hemarks, 

In  entering  Boston  Harbor  by  the  way  of  this  Soond,  there  are 
two  passages,  called  the  North  and  South  Channels.  The  North 
Channel,  which  is  marked  with  two  Bed  Can  Buoys,  is  across  Great 
and  Little  Fawn  Bars,  and  has  a  depth  of  about  12  feet  water  at 
Low  Tide.  The  South  Channel  (which  at  this  date  [1878]  is 
marked  with  three  Black  Can  Buoys)  has  a  depth  of  about  20  feet 
at  JjOw  Tide.  With  favorable  winds,  entering  Broad  Sound,  a  ves- 
sel cannot  sail  in  the  deepest  water  on  one  direct  course  for  Long 
Island  Light,  in  either  of  these  Channels. 

Sailing  Directions  trom.  Cape  Ann  to  Boston,  hy 
the  way  of  South  Channel  (Broad  Sound),  in 
Dajrtime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  passing  between  Thatcher's  Island  and  the  Londoner, 
will,  after  leaving  the  latter,  steer  SW.  >4  W.,  which  is  the  direct 
course  ft-om  the  Londoner  to  the  Graves.  As  soon  as  Long  Island 
Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  by  W.  ^  W-,  and  run 
for  it.  On  this  last  course,  if  there  be  no  error  in  the  compass,  the 
Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  will  be  left  on  the  Port  hand  about 
ys  mile ;  and  as  you  approach  nearer  Long  Island  Lighthouse,  you 
will  see  nearly  in  line  three  Black  Can  Buoys.  The  first  is  on  the 
Northern  part  of  Devil's  Back ;  the  second  on  Northwestern  part  of 
Alderidge's  Ledge ;  and  the  third  off  Ram  Head  Ledge.  Continue 
the  course  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.  for  the  Lighthouse,  until  the  first 
Black  Can  Buoy  bears  S.  by  W. ;  then  steer  more  Southerly,  leav- 
ing the  three  Black  Buoys  about  150  yards  on  the  Port  hand.*  On 
these  courses  you  will  have  a  depth  of  not  less  than  20  feet  water 
at  Low  Tide.  When  abreast  the  Black  Buoy  No.  5,  off  Ram 
Head  Reef,  make  good  the  course  W.  by  S.  ^  S<,  until  Nix's  Mate 
Beacon  bears  S.  by  E. ;  then  follow  the  directions  fc  Main  Ship 
Channel  fVom  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in  Daytime,  with  fair  weather. 
The  Southern  Channel  of  Broad  Sound  is  perfectl}'  safe  for  vessels 
of  20  feet  draught,  but  should  not  be  attempted  by  strangers  in 
large  or  heavy-draught  vessels  when  the  Buoys  cannot  be  seen. 


•  The  current  of  Ebb  between  the  Buoys  on  Ram  Head  Ledge  and  Alde- 
ridgj's  Ledge  sets  strong  to  the  Eas^  yard ;  tlierefore,  with  light  winds,  bound 
o-ut  or  in,  care  must  be  taken  not  to  be  carried  on  to  Alderidge's  Ledge. 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


43 


DireotlonB  for  Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  or  11 
feet  draught,  entering  Broad  Sound  in  thick 
weather. 

Having  made  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves,  bring  it  to  bear 
E.  by  N.,  about  ^  mile  distant,  and  make  good  tlit.  "ourseW.  by 
Q. ;  when  the  water  shoals  to  3^  fathoms,  at  Love  Tide,  Long 
Island  iiight  will  bear  SW.  by  W.  >4  W.,  distance  2^  miles. 
From  this  last  point  steer  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  which  course  made 
good,  leads  across  Fawn  Bars,  in  about  11  feet  water  at  Low  Tide, 
into  the  Ship  Channel.  It  is,  however,  advisable  for  vessels  of 
more  than  10  feet  draught  to  wait,  if  possible,  until  at  least  ^ 
flood  before  running  in  upon  these  courses.  In  running  W.  by  S. 
in  thick  weather,  fVom  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  until 
you  shoal  to  3^  fathoms  water,  it  is  highly  important  that  allow- 
ance should  be  made  for  the  Tide,  which  rises  and  falls  about  1  ^ 
fathoms  at  this  place.  It  must  be  evident,  therefore,  that  3}4 
fathoms,  at  ^  flood  becomes  4  fathoms,  at  ^  flood  4^ ,  and  at 
high  water  5  fathoms.  The  judicious  mariner  will  therefore  make 
allowance  for  this  rise  and  fall  as  circumstances  require,  before 
running  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.  into  the  Harbor,  or  Ship  Channel. 


Directions  for  approaching  Nantasket  Roads  in 

thick  Weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught  fVom  the  Eastward, 
making  or  hearing  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves,  may  bring  it 
to  bear  N.  by  E.,  distance  %  mile,  and  make  good  the  course  S. 
by  W.  2^  miles,  or  until  the  Fog  Signal  at  Boston  Lighthouse 
bears  W.  by  N. ;  the  course  is  then  W.  }i  S.  into  the  Roads. 
In  running  this  last  course,  the  ear,  assisted  by  the  compass  and 
lead,  will  be  the  pilot.  The  course  made  good  S.  by  W.  from 
Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves,  passes  }i  mile  to  the  Westward  of 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Martin's  Ledge,  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward 
of  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off  Boston  Ledge,  and  1}^  miles  to  the  East- 
ward of  Boston  Lighthouse. 


44 


ELDRIDOE'B  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Balling  Dlreotloni  from  Oape  Ann  to  Boston,  by 
the  way  of  North  Channel  (Broad  Sound),  In  Day- 
time, with  favorable  wlnda  and  fair  weather. 

Veisels  pawing  between  Thatcher'B  Island  and  the  Londoner  • 
win,  after  leaving  the  lattpr,  run  SW.  ^  W.  for  Long  Island 
Light ;  If  the  course  Is  made  good,  Halfway  Rock  will  be  left  about 
\}i  miles  to  the  Westward,  and  Whistling  Buoy  off  th^  Graves 
about  the  same  distance  to  the  Eastward.  As  soon  as  Long  Island 
Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  >4  W.,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  bearing.  As  you  approach  it,  you  will  see  directly  ahead 
A  Red  Can  Buoy,  No.  2,  which  marks  the  deepest  water  (about  12 
Ibet  at  Low  Tide)  across  Great  Fawn  Bar.  Pass  close  to  this 
Buoy,  leaving  it  to  the  Westward,  and  run  ^  mile  SW.  by  W.  yi 
W.  for  Red  Can  Buoy  No.  4,  on  Little  Fawn  Bar.  This  last  Buoy 
marks  the  deepest  water  (about  12  feet  at  Low  Tide)  across  the 
Bar,  and  must  also  bo  loft  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward. 
When  abreast  of  it,  make  goml  the  course  SW.  for  Long  Island 
Light,  and  proceed  according  to  directions  before  given. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Cape  Ann  to  Boston  (by 
way  of  Broad  Sound)  in  the  Night-time,  with 
fiavorable  winds  and  fair  weather.  ^ 

When  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  bear  W.NW.,  distance  about  3 
miles,  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  and  as  soon  as 
Long  Island  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  SW.  by  W.,  and  run 
for  it  on  this  bearing,  Continue  this  course  until  the  Light  is  dis- 
tant about  J^  mile;  then  proceed  according  to  directions  before 
given  ft'om  Capo  Cod  to  Boston  at  Night-time. 

Although  this  bearing  SW.  by  W.  for  Long  Island  Light 
crosses  both  Great  and  Little  Fawn  Bars,  where  there  is,  in  some 
places,  not  more  than  1 1  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  yet  I  consider  it 
the  safest  course  for  strangers  at  Night,  in  vessels  of  not  more  than 
10  foet  draught.  If  there  should  be  a  heavy  sea  on  the  Bars,  it  is 
recommended  to  wait  until  about  half  flood,  when  14  feet  may  be 


*  Tho  Londoner  is  a  dangoroua  Ledge,  dry  at  low  tide,  and  extends  in  a 
NE.  by  N.  «nd  8W.  by  8.  direction  about  i  mile.  It  is  marked  with  an  Iron 
Bptndle  45  feet  high,  with  an  Octagonal  Cage  on  top.  This  Spindle  bears 
from  the  Northern  Lighthouse  on  Thatcher's  Island  SE. ;  distance  i  mile 
aearly. 


ELDUIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


45 


carried  on  this  course  over  them  without  danger.  From  }^  to  J4 
flood,  at  Night,  you  may  beat  nat'ely  into  Hroad  Sound  if  your  ves- 
gcl  does  not  draw  over  1 2  feet  water,  with  Long  Island  Light  bear- 
ing fVom  SW.  >4  W.  to  SW.  by  W.  'A  W. 

Nantasket  xtoads  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Leave  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off  Point  Allerton,  about  100  yards 
to  the  Soutliward,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N.  for  the 
Horizontal-Striped  Buoy  otf  Northern  part  of  Hunt's  Ledge  ;  leave 
this  last-mentioned  Buoy  a  few  yards  to  the  Southward,  and  run  W* 
}4  S-  until  Long  Island  Lighthouse  is  well  open  to  the  Westward 
of  George's  Island ;  then  haul  up  for  it,  bearing  NW.  j4  N.,  and 
run  in,  under  short  sail,  midway  between  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1, 
off  Eastern  part  of  Hospital  Shoal  and  George's  Island,  and  anchor 
in  from  3^  to  5  fathoms  water,  the  Northwestern  part  of  George's 
Island  bearing  about  E.NE. 


Nantasket  Roads  at  Night,  with  favorable  winds 

and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  directions  given  from  Cape  Cod  to  Boston  in  the 
Night,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather,  until  Boston  Light 
bears  NE-  by  E.  ^^  E.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  SW. 
by  W.  -yi  W.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  on  the  Cen- 
turion. If  there  be  no  deviation  from  this  course,  tlie,  Red  Buoy 
No.  2,  on  Southeast  part  of  the  Centurion,  will  bo  left  about  100 
yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  of  it,  steer  W.  by  S. 
j4  S.,  until  Long  Island  Light  bears  NW.  ^  N. ;  then  run  for  it 
on  this  bearing  under  short  sail,  and  auv'hor  when  Boston  Light  is 
shut  in  behind  George's  Island,  in  from  3^  to  5  fathoms  water. 
In  running  in  SW.  by  W.  ^  W.  ficn  Boston  Light,  if  you 
should  not  make  the  Buoy  on  the  Centurion :  When  the  Narrows 
Light  bears  NW.  by  N.,  steer  W.  by  S.  }i  S.,  until  Long  Island 
Light  bears  NW.  J^  N. ;  then  proceed  as  before  directed.  Ves- 
sels from  the  Eastward  bound  into  Nantasket  Roads  may  bring  the 
Narrows  Light  to  bear  W.  by  N.  J4  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
bearing,  until  Boston  Light  bears  NE.  by  E.  ^^  E. ;  then  follow 
the  directions  before  given.  In  Thick  weather,  at  Daytime, 
when  Boston  Lighthouse  cannot  be  seen,  the  ear,  assisted  by  the 


^ 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


compass  and  eye,  will  be  the  pilot  into  Nantasket  Roads.  Vessels 
from  Nantasket  Roads  u  I  to  the  city  may  pass  between  George's 
and  Galloup's  Island  into  the  Nanows. 

JPresident  Roads, 

If  intending  to  anchor  in  these  Roads,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Broad  Sound  and  Main  Ship  Channel,  at  Night 
or  Day,  until  Long  Island  Light  bears  W-SW. ;  then  make  good 
the  course  W.  ^  N.  until  Long  Island  Lighthouse  bears  SE.  by 
E  :  then  haul  in  SW.  by  S.,  and  anchor  in  from  ^%  to  byi 
fathoms  water,  the  Light  bearing  about  E.  by  S.  j^  S. 


Back  or  Western  Wiy- 

The  entrance  to  this  Passage  is  between   he  Southwest  end  of 
Long  Island,  Moon  Head,  Thompson's  and  J 


tectacle  Islands. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Jack  or  Wentem  Way  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  directions  for  Nantasket  Roads  in  Daytime  until 
abnmst  of  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Southeast  part  of  Centurion ;  then 
run  W.SW.  until  Long  Island  Lighthouse  is  well  open  to  the 
Westward  of  George's  Island,  bearing  NW.  }^  N. ;  then  run  for 
it  OL  this  course,  passing  about  midway  between  George's  Island 
and  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  oflf  Eastern  part  of  Hospital  Shoal.  When 
cii'?  South  part  of  George's  Island  bears  E.  by  S.,  make  good  the 
course  W.  by  N.  until  you  open  the  Passage  between  Rainsford 
Island  and  the  Southeast  point  of  Long  Island ;  then  steer  SW. 
by  W.,  keeping  about  midway  between  the  two  Islands.  Continue 
the  course  SW.  by  W.  until  the  B.ick  Way  opei's ;  then  steer 
N.NW.  through  the  Passage,  keeping  nearest  to  Long  and  Spec- 
tacle Islands.  When  the  Northern  part  of  the  last-mentioned 
Island  bears  E.  by  S-,  run  about  N.  until  abreast  of  Black  Buoy 
No.  7,  off  SE.  part  of  Castle  Island ;  then  proceed  according  to 
directions  before  given.  About  9  feet  water  can  be  carried  through 
this  Channel  it  Low  Tide. 

Vessels  with  strong  NW.  winds  beating  up  the  Harbor  may,  on 
the  first  of  the  flood,  use  this  Channel;  and  vessels  with  SE. 
winds,  on  the  first  part  of  the  ebb,  beating  down  into  Nantasket 
Roads  or  to  sea,  should  ma'iie  use  of  this  Passage,  as  the  current  of 


ELDBIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


47 


ebb  sets  strong  to  the  Northward  through  the  Narrows,  and  U 
requires  a  smart-wurking  vessel  to  beat  through  this  Passage  with 
SE.  winds  and  an  Ebb  Tide.  In  beating  through  the  Back  or 
Western  Passage,  the  deepest  water  will  be  found  nearest  Long 
and  Spectacle  Islands. 


Directions  between  Long  and  Spectacle  IslandB. 

Vessels  with  NW.  winds  beating  up  the  Back  Way,  when 
abreast  of  the  SW.  end  of  Long  Island,  will  see  on  the  Eastern 
side  of  the  Channel  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  which  lies  off  the  SE.  part 
of  Sculpin  Ledge,*  and  is  intended  to  mark  the  Channel  between 
Long  and  Spectacle  Islands.  When  this  Buoy  is  in  range  with 
Long  Island  Light,  bearing  about  NE.  by  E<,  run  for  it,  leaving  it 
about  20  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When  abreast  of  it,  make  good 
the  course  NE.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Hotel  Wharf 
about  }i  mile  to  the  Eastward.  When  this  last-mentioned  Buoy 
bears  SE.  by  S.,  haul  sharp  upon  the  wind  into  the  Main  Ship 
Channel.  About  12  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  carried  through 
between  Long  and  Spectacle  Islands.  This  last-mentioned  depth 
(12  feet)  is  about  SW.  by  W.  H  mile  from  the  Red  Buoy  off 
Sculpin  Ledge. 

The  space  between  Point  AUerton  and  Point  Shirley  is  fUll  of 
Islands ;  the  several  Channels  which  lead  into  Boston  Harbor  are 
between  them.  The  most  common  in  use  is  the  Main  Ship  Chan- 
nel, North  and  South  Broad  Sound  Channels,  and  Back  or  Western 
Waj'.  The  H^'pocrite,  Black  Rock,  and  Shirley  Gut  Channels  are 
considered  as  being  too  intricate  for  strangers;  sailing  diredioHB 
for  them  are,  therefore,  om^'*:ed. 


*  Sculpin  Ledge  lies  about  balf-way  r  d  nearly  on  a  line  between  the  8W. 
and  S.  points  of  Long  and  ifpectacle  Islands.  It  is  a  long  Reef  extending 
E.SE.  and  W.NW.  nearly  400  yards.  Several  of  the  rocks  upon  it  nro  awnih 
at  low  tide.  A  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  is  placed  off  its  SE.  part.  In  beating  up  or 
down  the  Back  Way,  in  order  to  clear  this  ledge,  care  must  be  taken  to  koep 
GoTernorV,  Island  open  to  the  westward  of  Spectacle  Island. 


48 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


Hingham  Harbor. 

For  approaching  and  entering  this  Harbor,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Nantasket  Roads,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather,  when  the  eye,  assisted  by  the  compass,  is 
pilot. 

Bring  Boston  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  on  which 
bearing  keep  it,  and  run  SW.  by  W.  H  W.  until  you  open  the 
Passage  called  Nantasket  Gut ;  *  then  run  through  this  Passage, 
keeping  nearest  Windmill  Point,  which  is  bold,  and  is  left  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  abreast  of  this  Point,  make  good  the  course  S. 
by  E.  }4  E.  to  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Bumkin  Island  Shoal,  which 
you  will  leave  about  75  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  From  this  Buoy 
steer  SE.  by  S.  j4  S.,  leaving  Bumkin  Island  (the  Western  point 
of  which  is  quite  bold)  about  150  yards  to  the  Eastward.  When 
abreast  of  this  Island  you  will  see  nearly  ahead  two  Buoys,  one 
Black,  the  other  Red ;  leave  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2  about  20  yards  to 
the  Westward,  and  run  S.  }4  W-  about  ^  mile ;  then  S.  by  E.  % 
E.,  for  Crow  Point  Wharf  (distance  about  }4  mile),  which  is  left 
about  150  yards  to  the  Westward.  When  abreast  of  this  wharf, 
you  will  see  nearly  ahead  a  Black  Buoj'  No.  3,  which  lies  on  the 
West  side  of  Channel  Rock.  Run  for  this  Buoy,  bearing  S.  by  E. 
%  E.,  and  haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  50  yards,  leaving  it  on 
the  Port  hand ;  then  run  E.  j{  S.  about  }i  mile,  and  anchor  be- 
tween Chandler's  and  Sailor's  Islands  in  from  2J^  to  3^  fathoms 
at  Low  Tide.  About  12  feet  water  can  be  carried  at  Low  Tide 
from  Bumkin  Island  to  this  anchorage.  From  this  point  to  the 
town,  it  is  recommended  for  strangers  to  take  pilots,  as  the  Chan- 
nel is  both  narrow  and  crooked.  The  Channel  is  to  the  Eastward 
of  Sailor's  Island,  and  about  8  feet  water  at  this  date  (1878)  can 
be  caiTied  at  Low  Tide  to  the  first  wharf,  f 

•  The  passage  between  Peddock's  Island  on  the  West  and  Windmill  Point  on 
the  East,  is  called  Nantasket  Gut.  The  entrance  to  this  Gut  bears  South  flrom 
(Jeorge's  Island ;  distance  about  one  mile. 

t  In  entering  Hingham  Harbor,  three  small  Islands  will  be  seen  lying  appar- 
ently in  the  middle  of  the  passage.  The  most  Northerly  of  these  is  called 
Chandler's  Island,  the  most  Westerly  Kagged  Island,  and  the  most  Easterly 
Sailor's  Island. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


49 


Weymouth  Back  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  between  Grape  Island  op 
the  North  and  Long  Neck  on  the  South,  bears  S.SE.  from  Pig 
Rock  Beacon ;  distance  1  mile.  At  High  Tide,  about  17  feet  water 
can  bo  carried  to  the  Bradley  Fertilizer  Company's  Works,  which 
is  about  ^  mile  fVom  its  entrance,  and  about  15  feet  to  the  Coal 
Wharf,  which  is  J^  mile  above  these  works. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Weymouth  Back  Blver  in 
Dasrtime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

By  the  following  directions,  at  High  Water,  vessels  of  not  more 
than  10  feet  draught,  with  winds  from  N.NW.  to  NE.,  may  safely 
enter  this  River. 

FroL.  the  Southward  or  Eastward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Boston  Harbor  until  Boston  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  E. 
^  E. ;  then  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  W.  %  W.  When 
the  passage  called  Nantasket  Gut  *  is  fairly  open,  then  run  in, 
keeping  nearest  Windmill  Point,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
this  Gut ;  bring  this  last-mentioned  Point  to  bear  NE.  by  N.  J4 
N.,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  S.  %  S.  As  you  sail  in, 
you  will  see  to  the  South  westward  Pig  Rock  Beacon ;  continue  tne 
course  SW.  by  S.  j^  S.  until  this  Beacon  bears  SW.  by  W . ; 
then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  passing  between  two  small  Islands 
called  Prince  Head  and  Sheep  Island ;  the  latter,  which  is  low,  is 
left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  J^  mile  from  Pig  Rock  Beacon 
there  ^ill  be  seen,  about  ^  mile  to  the  Southward  of  Sheep  Island, 
another  Island,  which  is  quite  high ;  this  is  called  Gi.ipe  Island. 
When  the  Western  part  of  this  last-named  Island  bears  S.  J^  E., 
run  for  it  on  this  course  until  the  Western  part  of  Sheep  Island 
bears  NE.  by  N. ;  then  steer  SW.  by  S.  until  Pig  Rock  Beacon 
bears  N.  by  W.     If  it  is  Low  Tide,  then  anchor  in  from  3  to  4 

•  The  passage  between  Peddock's  Island  on  the  West  and  Windmill  Point 
on  the  East  is  called  Nantasket  Gut.  The  centre  of  this  Gut  bears  South  from 
George's  Island ;  distance  about  1  mile. 


i.-S' 


--:~^J- 


IjO 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


fathoms  water,  with  the  first  Buoy  (Black) ,  at  the  entrance  of  the 
River,  bearing  SB. ;  distance  about  J^  mile.  At  ?^  Flood,  in  order 
to  avoid  the  Shoal  Water  and  Rocks  which  extend  off  from  the 
Northwest  part  of  Grape  Island,  steer  from  this  anchorage  S.SE. 
until  the  first  Buoy  (Black)  at  the  entrance  bears  about  East ;  then 
run  for  it,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port,  and  haul  round  the  next 
Buoy  (Red)  close  to,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard,  and  steer  to  the 
Southward,  leaving  one  Black  Buoy  on  the  Port,  and  two  Red 
Buoys  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  haul  round  the  last  Buoy  off  the 
Point,  and  if  bound  to  the  Bradley  Fertilizer  Company's  Works, 
keep  tlie  outer  end  of  the  wharf  a  little  on  the  Starboard  bow ;  but 
if  bound  up  to  the  Coal  Wharf,  after  passing  the  above  works  keep 
about  in  the  middle  of  the  River.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  to 
beat  into  Wej'mouth  Back  River. 

It  is  advisable  for  vessels  of  more  than  10  feet  draught  bound  to 
this  river,  to  anchor  in  Nantasket  Roads  and  employ  a  Tug  Boat. 
The  distance  from  the  above  Roads  to  the  entrance  of  Weymouth 
Back  River  is  3  miles. 


Sigh  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Weymouth  B^-k  River  about  the  same  time 
that  it  is  at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9%  leet. 


ELDRIOQE'S  COAST  FILOT. 


51 


Quincy  or  Weymouth. 

Sailing  Directions  for  approachmg  and  entering 
Weymouth  Fore  River  in  Daytime,  with  favor- 
able Winds  and  fair  weather. 

After  passing  through  Nantasket  Gut,  according  to  directions  be- 
fore given  for  Hingham  Harbor,  bring  Windmill  Point  (which  is  on 
the  Eastern  side  of  the  Gut)  to  bear  NE.  by  N.  >4  N.,  on  which 
bearing  keep  it,  and  run  SW.  by  S.  J54  S.,  until  Pig  Rock  Beacon 
bears  SW.  by  W. ;  then  run  v..rectl3'  for  it  on  this  course,  until 
midway  between  Prince  Head  on  the  Starboard,  and  Sheep  Island  * 
on  your  Port  hand ;  then  run  for  the  Western  part  of  Grape  Island 
(which  is  quite  high),  bearing  S.  J^  E.     On  this  last  course  Pig 
Bock  Beacon  will  be  left  about  ^  mile  to  the  Westward,  and  Sheep 
Island  about  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward.    Continue  the  course  S.  Yz 
B.  for  the  Western  part  of  Grape  Island,  until  the  Western  part 
of  Sheep  Island  bears  NE.  Yz  N.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and 
run  SW.  J^  S.  until  you  make  three  Buo3's,  which  lie  off  to  the 
Northward  of  Weymouth  Great  Hill.     The  first  of  these  Buoys  is 
No.  1,  Black,  and  lies  off  the  Northwest  side  of  Jacknife  Ledge ; 
the  second  is  Red,  No.  2,  and  lies  on  the  West  side  of  the  Channel ; 
the  third  is  Red  and  Black,  horizontal-striped,  and  lies  upon  a 
large  rock  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  the  Channel.     The  Black 
Buoy  is  left  on  the  Port,  the  others  on  the  Starboard  hand.    After 
passing  these  Buoj's,  a  pilot  is  necessary,  as  the  river  is  both  nar- 
row and  crooked.     If  the  wind  should  not  be  strong  enough  to  sail 
against  the  current  through  Nantasket  Gut,  bring  the  South  part  of 
George's  Island  to  bear  NE.  J^  E.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and 
run  SW.  Yi  W.,  which  will  take  you  betiveen  the  Northwest 
point  of  Peddock's  Island  and  Sunken  Ledge  Beacon.     As  you  sail 
in  on  this  course  SW.  Y^  W.,  you  will  see  a  Red  Buoj',  No.  4, 
which  lies  off  the  Northeast  side  of  a  rock.     When  this  Buoj'^  bears 
SW.  by  S.  Y^  S.,  run  for  it,  leaving  it  about  20  yards  to  the 
Westward,  and  steer  SE.  by  E.  Y^  E.,  leaving  Pig  Rock  Beacon 
250  yards  to  the  Southward.     When  the  Western  part  of  Grape 
Island  bears  S-  Y2  E.,  the  courses  are  as  before  given. 

♦  This  is  a  small  island  bearing  E.  i  S.  from  Pig  Rock  Beacon ;  distance 
about  \  mile.  At  low  tide,  vessels  of  10  feet  draught  may  approach  its  west- 
f  rn  part  as  near  as  \  mile. 


52 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


At  Low  Tide,  vessels  of  not  i^ore  than  8  feet  draught,  from  the 
city  or  Broad  Sound,  bound  to  Quincy  or  Weymouth,  may  leave 
Long  Island  Light  about  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward,  and  run  SW. 
by  S.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  on  rock  off  Hotel  Wharf,  ^^ 
mile  to  the  Eastward.  As  you  sail  between  Long  and  Spectacle 
Islands,  the  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Sculpin  Ledge,  will  be  seen  nearly 
ahead.  Bring  this  Buoy  to  bear  SW.  by  S.,  and  run  for  it,  leav- 
ing it  on  the  Starboard  hand  about  20  yards,  and  steer  for  Moon 
Head,  bearing  SW.  by  W.,  until  the  Southwest  end  of  Long 
Island  bears  B.  by  S. ;  then  run  SE.  by  S.  >^  S.,  passing  mid- 
way between  Hangman's  Island  and  Sunken  Ledge  Beacon.  After 
passing  the  Beacon,  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  which  bring 
to  bear  SE.  by  S.  Yz  S.,  and  steer  for  it,  leaving  it  20  jards  to 
the  Westward.  From  this  last  Buoy  steer  SE.  by  E.  J^  E.,  leav- 
ing Pig  Rock  Beacon  250  yards  to  the  Southward ;  then  proceed 
according  to  directions  before  given. 


Neponset  River. 

Vessels  bound  into  this  river,  when  about  Yi  mile  to  the  North- 
ward of  Spectacle  Island,  will  see  to  the  Southwestward,  about  ^^ 
mile  distant,  a  Red  Buo}',*  No.  2.  Bring  this  Buoy  to  bear  SW. 
by  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  a  short  distance  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  S.  ^  S.,  passing  midway 
between  two  Buo3-s,  one  Red,  the  other  Black.  From  this  last- 
mentioned  point  the  course  is  SW.  K  W.  to  Red  Buoy  No.  6. 
When  abreast  of  this  Buoj'  (which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand), 
it  is  recommended  to  anchor  and  take  a  pilot,  as  the  Channel  above 
this  is  both  narrow  and  crooked. 


*  This  Buoy  bears  from  the  Northern  part  of  Spectacle  Island  W. ;  distunco 
A  mile.     From  N£.  end  of  Thomson's  Island,  N.  ^  W. ;  distance  \  mile. 


ELDRIDOB'8  COAST  PILOT. 


63 


Lynn  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  between  Boston  Liglithouse  and  Nahant,  or  on 
the  Northern  side  of  what  is  called  Broad  Sound.  Strangers  in 
vessels  of  more  than  7  feet  draught  should  not  attempt  to  enter  this 
place  without  pilots,  as  the  Channels  are  narrow,  crooked,  and 
shallow.  With  a  good  pilot,  about  12  feet  water  (at  this  date, 
1879,)  can  be  carried  to  the  city  at  High  Water.  With  Northerly 
winds,  it  is  usual  for  vessels  to  enter  Boston  Harbor  and  anchor  in 
President  Roads  until  the  winds  are  favorable  for  entering  this 
place. 

Sailing  Directions  for  approaching  Lynn  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  Cape  Cod  may  bring  Minot's  Lighthouse  to  bear 
SE.  by  S.  H  S.,  and  steer  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.  for  Whistling  Buoy 
off  the  Graves;  distance  7^  miles.  Leave  this  Buo}'  a  short  dis- 
tance to  the  Westward,  and  nuiko  good  the  course  NW.  for  Bass 
Point.*  When  this  point  bears  NE.  by  E.,  distance  j4  mile,  then 
wait  for  a  pilot. 

Vessels  passing  between  Thutoher's  Island  and  the  Londoner, 
will,  after  leaving  the  latter,  steer  SW.  }4  W.  until  Nahant  Head 
bears  W. ;  then  haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  ji  mile,  and  wait 
for  a  pilot. 

Strangers  in  vessels  of  not  nioro  than  7  feet  draught  may  enter 
this  Harbor  at  }^  flood  by  the  following  directions  :  — Leave  Bass 
Point  (which  is  bold)  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward,  and  run  NW.  by 
N.  As  you  sail  in  you  will  ««»«  two  Buoys,  one  Black,  the  other 
Bed.  The  Red  Buoy  No.  2  lies  off  to  the  Southwestward  of  Lob- 
ster Rocks,  which  are  bare  at  very  Low  Tides.  The  Black  Buoy 
No.  1  lies  to  the  Southwani  of  White  Rocks,  which  are  awash  at 
Low  Tide.  When  this  last-mentioned  Black  Buoy  bears  N.NW., 
run  for  it,  leaving  it  about  AO  yards  to  the  Westward.  When 
abreast  of  it,  steer  NE.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off  Blpck 
Rocks,  about  100  yartls  to  the  Kastwai-d.  From  this  last-mentioned 
Buoy  make  good  the  course  N.  by  E.  yi  E.  for  the  city.    These 


*  The  western  part  of  Nahant  in  oalUd  Buta  Point, 
it  as  near  as  H  mile  witliout  danger. 


Vessels  may  approach 


54 


BLDRIDOB'S  COAST  PILOT. 


courses  into  Lynn  Harbor  should  not  be  attempted  until  after  ^ 
flood. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Lynn  Harbor  17  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton ;  common  tides  rise  about  9>4  feet.  From  Boston  or  President 
Roads  bound  to  Lynn,  see  sailing  directions  for  Broad  Sound  in 
Dayt'u.  u 

Chelsea  Creese  and  Saugua  Biver, 

:  Ine'u  1  jint,  on  the  West  side  of  tlie  entrance  to  this  River  and 
Creek,  beai.  •  -.out  N.NW.  from  Bass  Point,  the  Western  part  of 
Nahant,  distance  \^^  mile.  Strangers  without  a  pilot  in  vessels  of 
about  7  feet  draught  may,  with  favorable  winds,  at  %  flood,  enter 
as  far  as  the  mouths  of  this  Creek  and  River. 


SaiUng  Directions  for  Chelsea  Creek  and  Saugus 
River,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Southward  or  Eastward,  follow  the  directions  for  Lynn 

Harbor,  and  at  ^  flood  leave  Bass  Point  (which  is  bold)  }i  mile 

to  the  Eastward,  and  run  NW.  by  N.    On  this  course  you  will 

see  the  Red  Buoy  on  Lobster  Rocks,  and  also  the  Black  Buoy 

No.  1,  off  White  Rocks.*    Leave  this  last  Buoy  100  yards  to  the 

Eastward,  and  run  N.  ^  W.,  leaving  the  two  Black  Buoys,  Nos. 

3  and  5,  about  75  yards  to  tiie  Westward.     From  the  last  Buoy  the 

course  is  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  until  the  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  oflT  Pine's 

Point,  at  the  entrance  of  the  River,  bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  run 

for  it,  leaving  it  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward.     From  this  last 

Buoy  haul  up  NW.  >4  W.,  leaving  the  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Round 

Rock,  30  yards  to  the  Eastward.     When  abreast  of  this  Buoy, 

steer  W.NW.  until  the  draw  in  the  Railroad  Bridge  bears  N.  by 

W.  J^  W. ;  then  anchor  a  short  distance  from  it.    i^bove  this 

no  intelligible  directions  can    bo    given.      Strangers,   therefore, 

should  not  attempt  to  go  above  this  anchorage  without  a  pilot. 

It  is  High  Water  at  the   mouth  of  Chelsea  Creek   and   Saugus 

River  15  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.    Common  tides  rise  about 

9^  feet. 

*  Bound  into  Lynn,  the  Bliick  Buoy  off  White  Bocks  is  left  to  the  Westward. 
Bound  into  Saugus  Kiver,  it  is  left  to  tlie  Eastward. 


SLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Co 


Nahant  Harbor. 

Sailing  Direotions  for  Nahant  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Bun  for  the  SE.  part  of  Nahant  (generally  called  Nahant  Head), 
bearing  NE.  until  you  make  the  Spindle  on  Bass  Rock,*  and  the 
Black  Buoy  No.  1  on  Joe  Beach  Ledge.  This  Ledge  has  but 
3  feet  water  upor  it  at  Low  Tide.  Continue  the  course  NE.  until 
this  Buoy  bears  N.  hy  W. ;  then  steer  for  it,  leaving  ";  about  100 
feet  to  the  Westward.  On  this  course  you  will  ale  le  8  Shag 
Rocks  and  Pea  Island  (which  are  both  bold)  a  sb-^rt  d.o,?.nce  to 
the  Eastward.  When  abreast  of  the  Buoy,  run  N.  by  W.  about 
150  yards,  and  anchor  in  about  2  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide 
(which  will  be  3^  fathoms  at  High  Tide).  This  !" .arbor  is  ex- 
posed to  Southerly  winds. 


Swampscott  Harbor. 

Seven-eighths  of  a  mile  N.NE.  from  the  Eastern  point  of  Nahant 
is  a  small  rocky  Island  called  Egg  Rock.  This  Island  is  bold,  and 
extends  nearly  East  and  West  about  }i  mile,  and  is  60  feet  in 
height.  A  Lighthouse  has  been  erected  upon  its  summit,  which 
shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light,  and  is  intended  as  a  guide  to  Swamp- 
scott Harbor. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Swampscott  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, and  also  at  Night,  when  the  Lights  can  be 
seen. 

From  Cape  Cod.  or  the  South  westward,  bring  Egg  Rock  Light 
to  bear  NW.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile  to  the 
Westward.  Wlien  abreast  of  the  Light,  run  N.NW.,  and  anchor 
in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water.  At  Night,  run  for  the  Light  (as 
before  given) ,  until  abreast  of  it ;  then  haul  round  it  to  the  West- 

*  This  Rock  is  bare  at  half  tide.  There  is  a  good  channel  between  the  Spin- 
dle on  this  rock  and  the  Buoy  on  Joe  Beach  Ledge.  Entering  by  this  passage, 
do  not  approach  nearer  to  the  Spindle  than  125  yards,  and  nearer  than  75  yards 
to  the  Buoy. 


5(5 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


ward  at  a  distance  of  %  mile  from  it,  until  it  bears  S.  by  E.  ^ 
E. ;  then  run  N.  by  W.  ^  W.,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Northeastward,  after  passing  between  Thatcher's  Island 
and  the  Londoner,  make  good  the  course  SW.  %  W.  until  Egg 
Rock  Lighthouse  bears  W.  by  S. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
If  there  be  no  error  in  the  compass,  Halfway  Rock  will  be  left  \% 
mile  to  the  Northward,  and  the  Buoys  off  Great  Tig  Rocks  ^  mile 
to  the  Northward.   When  the  Spindle  on  Dread  Ledge  *  bears  NW. 
by  W.  ^  W.,  steer  W.  >4  N.,  leaving  it  about  Yi  mile  to  North- 
ward, and  anchor  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water.    At  Night,  when 
Thatcher's  Island  Lights  bear  W.  NW.,  distance  about  3  miles, 
make  good  the  course  SW.  by  W.,  and  as  soon  as  the  Red  Light 
upon  Egg  Rock  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  West,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  bearing,  leaving  it  ^  mile  to  the  Soutlivvard.    When  the  Light 
bears  S.  by  E.  K  E.,  run  N.  by  W.  yi  W.,  and  anchor  as  before 
directed.     In  coming  from  sea.  Egg  Rock  Light  may  be  safely  run 
for  on  any  bearing  from  W.  Yz  S.  to  NW.     The  Rock  called  the 
Roaring  Bull  is  awash  at  Low  Water,  and  is  marked  with  .a  Red 
Buoy,  No.  2.    This  Buoy  bears  from  Marblehead  Light  S.  by  W. 
]4   W.,  distance  1^  mile;  from  South  part  of  Tinker's  Island 
SW.  by  S.,  distance  %  mile.    Vessels  from  the  Eastward  bound 
to  Swampscott  or  the  Westward  may  leave  the  Buoy  on  the  Roar- 
ing Bull  about  J^  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  run  NW.  until  it 
bears  NE.  by  E.  %.  E.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  SW. 
bj'  W.  ^  W.    On  this  course  the  Great  Pig  Rocks  (which  are 
above  water),   Outer  Breaker,   Southern  Shoal,   und   Southwest 
Breaker,  will  be  left  to  the  Southward ;  Middle  Breaker,  Dolphin 
Rock,  Sammy's  Rock,  Ram  Island,  and  Little  Pig  Rock,  to  the 
Northward.    After  passing  these  Rocks, f  continue  the  course  SW^. 
^y  W.  %  W.,  until  the  Spindle  on  Dread  Ledge  bears  NW.  hy 
W.  Y  W. ;  then  proceed  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 
Swampscott  Harbor  is  exposed  to  winds  from  S-  to  E.NE. 


♦  This  Ledge  extends  from  Philips*  Point,  and  is  marked  on  its  Southern 
part  with  a  Spindle,  which  bears  from  Egg  Rock  Lighthouse  N.  by  E.  i  E. ; 
distance  1^  mile. 

t  The  passage  between  thesf^  Rocks  is  about  4  mile  in  width. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


67 


Marblehead  Harbor.* 

Dangers  in  entering  this  Harbor. 

Halfway  Rock, 

This  Rock  is  about  40  feet  higli,  and  very  bold.  Upon  its  sum- 
mit there  was  formerly  a  Beacon ;  but  all  of  this  is  now  gone  at 
this  time,  except  the  foundation,  which  shows  as  a  white  boulder  on 
the  top  of  it.  It  bears  from  Marblehead  Light  E.  by  S.  >^  S., 
distance  2f^  miles. 

Roaring  Bull, 

Which  is  awash  at  Low  Tide,  bears  S.  by  W.  J^  W.  from  Marble- 
head Light,  distance  1^  mile.  In  going  in,  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2 
off  this  Rock  is  left  to  the  Westward. 

Tom  Moore*8  Rocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  are  bare  at  about  Yz  ebb,  are  marked  off 
their  Eastern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  which  bears  from 
Marblehead  Light  S.  y^  E.  about  S/i  mile.  Bound  in,  this  Buoy  is 
left  to  the  Westward. 

Marblehead  Rock. 

This  Rock,  which  is  high  out  of  water,  is  marked  with  a  Beacon, 
which  bears  from  Marblehead  Light  SE.  by  E.,  distance  |4  mile. 
It  is  bold  on  its  Northern  and  Eastern  sides.  There  is  a  Channel 
of  5  fathoms  water  between  it  and  the  shore. 


La8que*8  Ledge,  called  by  some  Salf-Tide  Rocks, 

This  is  a  Rocky  Shoal,  extending  off  to  the  Northeastward  from 
Marblehead  Light.  At  Low  Tide,  the  Rocks  are  bare  160  yards 
from  the  shpre.  The  Northeast  end  of  the  Ledge  is  marked  with  a 
Black  Buoy  No.  3,  which  bears  from  Marblehead  Light  E.  }4  N., 
distance  about  yi  mile.  In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the 
Port  hand. 

Gordofi^s  Rock, 

Which  lies  off  70  yards  to  the  Northward  of  Marblehead  Point, 
has  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.    It  is  marked  with  a  Black 

*  South  side  of  entrance  to  Marblehead  Harbor  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows 
a  fixed  White  Light. 


58 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Buoy  No.  fi,  which  heart  from  Marblehead  Light  N.  by  B.  ^  B., 
dlitanoo  about  160  yarda.  In  pasiing  in,  thU  Buoy  U  left  to  the 
8outhward. 

Boden*a  Jtock, 
Which  lies  oflf  the  Eastern  ahore  of  the  Harbor,  has  8  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.    It  is  marlced  with  a  Blacit  Buoy  No.  7, 
which  bears  IVom  the  light  W.SW.,  distance  about  ^  mile. 

Bailing  Direotions  for  Marblehead  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

The  course  fVom  Capo  Cotl  Highland  Liglit  to  Marblehead  Light, 
at  this  date,  (1H78,)  is  NW.  J4  N.,  distance  44j^  miles.  Ves- 
•els,  therefore,  IVom  the  Southward  bound  to  Marblehead  will  bring 
Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light)  to  bear  SE.  Yz  S.,  and  make  good  the 
course  NW.  Yi  N.  As  soon  as  Marblehead  Lightliouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  NW.  ^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  As 
you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  bow  what  appears  to  be 
two  small  high  roclty  Islands,  which  are  connected  at  Low  Water. 
This  is  called  Marblehead  Rock.  On  the  top  of  the  Northeastern 
part  of  this  Rock  a  Beacon  has  been  built,  which  is  painted  Black 
and  White  In  Horizontal  stripes.  This  Beacon  must  be  left  % 
mile  to  the  Westward.  When  abreast  of  it,  you  will  see  about 
Yi  mile  to  the  Northwestward  a  Black  Buoy,  which  must  also  be 
left  to  the  Westward.  From  this  Buoy  run  NW.  until  you  open 
the  Harbor ;  then  run  in,  passing  midway  between  Fort  Sewall  and 
the  Lighthouse,  and  run  up  about  SW.  by  W.,  and  anchor  off  the 
town  in  iVom  8^  to  4  fUthoms  at  Low  Tide. 

From  Boston  by  Main  Ship  Channel  or  Broad  Sound,  bring  the 
Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  to  bear  SW.  by  S.  X  S**  ^"^  run 
NB.  by  N.  %  N.  for  Baker's  Island  Lights,  distant  10>^  miles. 
On  this  course  the  Buoy  off  Southern  Shoal  (Great  Pig  Rocks)  will 
be  left  ^  mile  to  the  Northwestward.  As  soon  as  Baker's  Island 
Lighthouses  are  made,  bring  them  to  bear  NE.  by  N.,  on  which 
bearing  keep  them,  and  run  for  them.  On  this  course  the  Roaring 
Bull  will  be  left  about  %  mile  to  the  Westward.  Continue  the 
course  NE.  by  N.  for  the  Lighthouses,  until  Marblehead  Light 
bears  NW.  %  N. ;  thou  run  in  according  to  directions  before 
given. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  between  Thatcher's  Island  and 
the  Londoner,  steer  SW.  by  W.  until  you  make  Halfway  Rock, 


ELDRIDOES  COAST  FILOT. 


59 


which  must  be  brought  to  bear  W.  in  order  to  clear  the  outer 
Brealiers.  The  Southern  part  of  those  Breakers  are  marked  with 
a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  Halfway  Rock  bears  SW.  by  W.  from  this 
Buoy,  distance  ^  mile ;  Marblehead  Light  W-  %  N.,  distance  8^ 
miles;  Baker's  Island  Lights  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.,  distance  \}i 
miles.  Leave  Halfway  Rock  150  yards  on  either  side,  and  run 
for  Marblehead  Light,  bearing  W.  by  N.  H  N.  until  Marble> 
head  Rock  bears  SW. ;  then  proceed  according  to  direction* 
before  given. 

From  the  eastward,  with  Northerly  winds,  vessels  may  enter 
Marblehead  Harbor  by  the  following  directions  :  When  Baker's  Is- 
land Lighthouses  bear  W.  by  N.  >^  N.,  run  for  them  on  this 
course,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  5  off  to  the  Northwest  of 
them,  about  150  3'ards  to  the  Southward.  Ai  you  sail  in  on 
this  course  (W.  by  N.  J4  N.),  you  will  see  to  the  Southward 
the  Black  Buoy  and  Beacon  on  Hardy's  Rocks,  and  the  Horizon- 
tal-striped Buoy  on  House  Ledge.  After  passing  these,  you  will 
see  the  Beacon  *  on  Bowditch's  Ledge  (which  may  be  left  150 
yards  on  either  hand).  After  passing  this  last-mentioned  Beacon 
a  short  distance,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  J^  E.,  on  which  bear- 
ing keep  it  and  run  SW.  %  W.,  until  the  Red  Buoy  No.  6, 
which  lies  off  Northwest  from  Eagle  Island,  is  in  range  with 
Baker's  Island  Lights,  bearing  E.  %  N.,  then  steer  directly  for 
Marblehead  Lighthouse,  bearing  SW.  by  S.  Yi  S.  On  this  course 
you  will  pass  between  Gray's  Rock  f  and  the  Horizontal-striped 
Buoy  on  Chappel  Ledge ;  this  ledge  lies  in  Mid-channel,  and  is  not 
dangerous  for  small  vessels,  as  not  less  than  14  feet  water  has  been 
found  upon  it  up  to  this  date.  Continue  the  course  for  the  Light 
until  you  open  the  harbor,  then  run  in  about  SW.  J^  W.  and 
anchor  off  the  town. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Marblehead  Harbor  in  the 
N  ght-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  run  NW.  J^  N.  from  Highland  Light, 
Cape  CchI,  and  as  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Lights  are  made,  bring 

*  The  Beacon  on  Bowditch's  Ledge  is  painted  Black,  and  bears  W.NW. 
from  Baker's  Island  Lights;  distance  1)^  mile.  The  Ledge  has  but  little 
water  upon  it  at  low  tide. 

t  Gray's  Rock  is  a  small  rocky  Island.  Marblehead  Light  bears  from  this 
Rock  S.  by  W.  %  W. ;  distance  about  %  mile.  Its  Northeastern  part  may 
be  approached  as  near  as  125  yards,  without  danger. 


60 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


them  to  bear  NE.  by  N.  J^  N.,  and  run  for  fiem  on  this  course 
until  Marblehead  Light  bears  W.NW.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it, 
and  steer  directly  for  it.  On  this  last  course  Marblehead  Roclc 
will  be  left  150  yards  to  the  Southward.  Keep  a  sharp  lookout  for 
the  rock,  iind  when  it  bears  SW.,  run  NW.  Yz  N.  On  this  last 
course,  the  Buoy  of  Lasque's  Ledge  will  be  left  about  75  j'^ards  to 
the  Southwest;  continue  the  course  NW.  Y^  N.,  until  Marble- 
head Ligh;;  bears  S.  by  W.,  then  run  SW.  Y^  W*  ^"^^  ^^  ^^r- 
bor,  and  anchor  off  the  towiv  in  from  3^  to  4j4  fathoms  water  at 
low  tide.  If  the  darkness  be  so  great  that  Marblehead  Rock  can- 
not be  seen  from  100  to  200  yards,  run  for  the  Light  bearing 
W.NW.  under  short  sail,  until  you  judge  you  are  about  J^  mile 
from  it,  then  steer  NW.  Y^  N.  until  the  light  bears  W.  ^  S., 
then  haul  round  it  and  pass  the  Lighthouse  point  in  not  less  than  5 
fathoms  water ;  when  the  light  bears  E.  by  N.,  anchor  in  about  4^ 
fathoms  water  at  low  tide. 

From,  Boston  by  Main  Ship  Channel,  passing 
South  of  the  Graved. 

When  abreast  of  the  Whistling  Buo}'  off  the  Graves,  run  NE. 
b}'  N.,  and  as  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Lights  are  made  bring  them 
to  bear  NE.  by  N-  Y^  N.,  on  which  bearing  keep  them,  and  run 
for  them  until  Marblehead  Light  bears  W.NW.,  when  the  courses 
are  as  before  given. 

From  Boston,  hy  way  of  Broad  Sound,  passing 
3/'orth  of  the  Graves. 

When  abreast  of  WhistUng  Buoy,  run  NE.  until  Baker's  Island 
Lights  are  made,  then  bring  them  to  bear  NE.  by  N.  Y  N.,  on 
v/hich  bearing  keep  them,  .nnd  run  for  them  until  Marblehead  Light 
bears  W.NW. ;  then  run  in  according  to  directions  before  given. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  bear  W. 
NW.,  3  or  4  miles  distance,  run  SW.  by  W.  Y  W.  until  Mar- 
blehead Light  bears  W.  NW. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  run 
for  it.  If  there  be  no  error  in  the  compass  on  this  last  course,  Half- 
way Rock  will  be  left  Yi  niile  to  the  Northward ;  it  is,  however, 
advisable,  in  »i  dark  night,  to  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  this  rock, 
which  is  bold.  When  Marblehead  Rock  bears  SW.,  run  in  accord- 
ing to  directions  before  given.  In  beating  into  MarMehead  Harbor 
the  Light  may  be  brougut  to  '^  ^ar  from  N.NW.  to  W.NW., 
until  up  with  MaiMehead  Rock.  This  harbjr  is  exposed  to  NE. 
winds. 


,.* 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Gl 


ivcn.               ^B 

r  W.             ■ 

Mar-            H 

(1  mil             ^1 

Half-             ■ 

vever,             |H 

rock,             ;  ^ 

jcord- 

[arbor               | 

Salem  Harbor. 

JBaker*8  Island  Lights, 

Upon  this  Island  there  are  two  Fixed  Lights,  which  are  intondoa 
as  guides  to  Salera,  Manchester,  and  Beverly  Harbors.  TIioho 
lighthouses  are  40  feet  apart,  and  bear  SE.  and  NW.  ft'om  oacli 
other.    The  Southern  light  is  the  highest. 

Hospital  Point  Light. 

This  is  a  Fixed  White  Light,  and  is  intended  as  a  guide  to  Salora 
Harbor :  it  is  so  arranged  that  it  shows  much  brighter  when  a  ves- 
sel is  in  Mid-channel. 

Fort  .  Ickering  and  Derby  Wharf  Range  LlghtH, 

On  a  bare  Rock,  on  the  North  side  of  the  harbor,  ^  ralle  Kast 
from  the  city  of  Salem,  is  erected  a  Lighthouse  or  Tower,  which 
shows  a  Fixed  White  Light ;  and  also  upon  Derby's  Wharf  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light.  These  two  lights 
form  a  range  to  enter  the  harbor. 

Dangers  in  entering  Salem  Harbor- 
In  entering  this  harbor  there  are  many  dangers,  but  wo  slmll  only 
describe  those  lying  upon  the  sides  of  the  Main  Ship  Chaunelt 

Outer  {or  Southeast)  Breakers. 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  are  not  more  than  3  or  4  foot  of 
water  at  low  tide,  is  marked  upon  its  Southern  part  with  a  Red 
Buoy  No.  2  ;  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy  NW.  by 
N.  ^  N.,  distance  1]4  miles;  Halfway  Rock  SW.  by  W.,  diH- 
tance  ^  mile.  There  are  many  dangers  between  this  Buoy  and 
Baker's  Island ;  strangers,  therefore,  should  not  attempt  to  pass 
between  them.  10  fathoms  water  was  found  200  yards  in  an 
P^asterly  direction  from  the  rocks ;  the  lead,  therefore,  gives  but 
little  warning  in  approaching  it. 

Middle  Breakers. 

These  rocks,  which  are  dry  at  low  tide,  are  marked,  off  tliolr 
Northeast  part,  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  I ;  Baker's  Island  Lijjhts 
bear  from  this  buoy  NW.  by  N. ;   distance  lys  miles.    10  Aith- 


62 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


oms  water  was  found  200  yards  in  a  Southeasterly  direction  from 
these  rocks;  in  approaching  them  from  the  southeast,  the  lead, 
therefore,  gives  but  little  warning.  Bound  in,  the  Buoy  on  these 
rocks  is  left  to  the  Westward. 

SearVn  Mock. 

This  rock,  upon  which  there  are  about  5  feet  water  at  Low  Tide, 
is  marked,  off  its  Northeast  part,  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3.  Baker's 
Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy  NW. ;  distance  about  J^  mile. 
A  little  west  of  a  line  drawn  from  Searl's  Rock  to  the  Middle 
Breakers  is  an  extensive  Shoal,  called  the  "  Inner  Breaker."  Ves- 
sels should  not  approach  nearer  than  6  fathoms  to  this  shoal.  In 
sailing  into  Salem  by  Ship  Channel,  this  buoy  is  left  to  the 
Westward. 

Oale*8  Ledge, 

This  is  a  very  dangerous  Ledge,  having  but  2  or  3  feet  water 
upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides.  It  is  marked  off  its  South  side  with 
a  Red  Buoj',  No.  2.  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy 
SW.  b}'  W.  ji  W. ;  distance  1%  miles.  10  fathoms  water  was 
found  %  mile  E.SE.  from  this  Ledge.  Bound  into  Salem  by  way 
of  the  Main  Ship  Channel,  this  Buoy  is  left  to  the  Northward. 


JPilgrim  Ledge, 

About  5^  mile  to  the  Westward  of  Gale's  Ledge  is  Pilgrim 

Ledge,  which  has  19  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  tide.     Baker's 

Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Ledge  SW.  ^  W. ;  distance  about 

1  mile.  

WJiale's  Back, 

This  Ledge  is  drj'  at  ^  ebb,  and  lies  in  the  passage  from  Baker's 
Island  to  Manchester ;  its  centre  is  marked  with  a  Red  Spindle. 
Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Spindle  S.  by  W.  %  W. ; 
distance  about  ^  mile. 

Little  Misery  Island, 

Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  the  Southern  point  of  this  island 
SE.  y2  S. ;  distance  about  ^  mile.  The  South  point  of  the  island 
is  bold,  and  vessels  maj'  approach  as  near  to  it  as  100  yards  witli- 
out  danger.  The  Main  Ship  Channel  k,  between  this  and  Baker's 
Island. 


!  -a 


k:j>bii>gs'8  coast  pilot. 


63 


Misery  Ledge, 

This  Is  a  small  Rock,  having  about  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide.  It  is  marked  with  a  Buoy  having  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes.  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  buoy  SE.  by  E. ; 
distance  1)4  miles.  Going  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  to  the  Northward. 
Tlie  Main  Ship  Channel  passes  between  this  Buoy  and  Bowditch's 
Ledge. 

John*8  Ledge, 

About  y^  mile  to  the  Westward  of  Misery  Ledge  will  be  seen 
another  Bvioy  having  Red  and  Black  Horizo,ntal  Stripes ;  this  is  on 
John's  Ledge,  a  small  rock  having  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide.  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  E.  ^ 
E. ;  distance  lYi  miles.  In  going  into  Salem  or  Beverly  by  Main 
Ship  Channel,  Gale's  Ledge,  Pilgrim  Ledge,  Whale's  Back,  Little 
Misery  Island,  Misery  Ledge,  and  John's  Ledge,  are  all  left  to 
the  Northward. 

Baker*8  Island  Shoal, 

The  Rocky  Shoal  extending  off  Northwest  from  Baker's  Island 
is  marked  on  its  Northern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  5.  Baker's 
Island  Lights  bear  from  this  buoy  SE.  by  S.  J^  S. ;  distance  yi 
mile. 

Hardy*8  Rocks. 

The  le  Rocks  are  bare  at  half  tide,  and  are  marked  with  a  Beacon 
painted  Black,  and  also  off  their  Northern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy, 
No.  7.  ""aker's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy  E.  by  S.  5^  S. ; 
distance  %  mile.    In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  to  the  Southward. 

House  Ledge. 

In  sailing  in,  a  Buoy  will  be  seen  a  short  distance  to  the  North- 
west of  Hardy's  Rocks  Beacon,  having  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes.  This  is  on  House  Ledge,  which  is  a  small  rock  having  8 
feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  from 
this  Buoy  SE.  by  E.  >4  E. ;  distance  ^  mile.  This  Buoy  is  left 
to  the  Southward  in  going  into  Salem  Harbor. 

JBowditch*s   Ledge, 

After  passing  the  Horizontal-striped  Buoy  on  House  Ledge, 
tbo    next    Beacon,    with    Cage    on    its    top,    painted    Black, 


t 


l.t 


u 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


is  on  Bowditch's  Ledge,  which  has  but  little  water  on  it  at 
Low  Tide.  Bakei's  Island  Lights  bear  from  this  Beacon  E.SE. ; 
distance  U/i  miles.  Bound  into  Salem  or  Beverly,  Hardy's 
Rocks,  House  Ledge,  and  Bowditch's  Ledge  are  aU  left  to  the 
Southward. 

Little  Haste  Bock  and  Shoal, 

When  ubrPidt  of  the  Beacon  on  Bowditch's  Ledge,  you  will  see, 
about  IJ^  miles  distant  on  the  Port  bow,  a  spar  painted  Black,  with 
a  Cask  on  its  top.  This  Beacon  is  on  Little  Haste  Rock,  which  is 
dry  at  low  water.  About  N.NW.  from  the  Beacon  on  the  point 
of  the  Shoal  extending  from  Little  Haste  Rock,  is  placed  in  16  feet 
water,  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  13.  Bowditch's  Ledge  Beacon  bears 
from  this  buoy  E.  J4  S. ;  distance  about  IJ^  miles.  Baker's  Island 
Lights  E.  by  S-  ^  S. ;  distance  25^  miles.  Bound  in,  this  buoy 
is  left  to  the  Southward. 

Middle  Ground. 

When  abreast  of  the  Black  Buoy  No.  15,  on  Haste  Shoal,  there 
will  be  seen,  about  ^  mile  to  the  Southwest,  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  15  ; 
this  is  on  the  Northwest  side  of  the  Middle  Grouml.  Fort  Picker- 
ing Lighthouse  bears  from  this  buoy  W.  by  S.  J^  S. ;  distance  y^ 
mile. 

<?rj'«  Aqua  Vitce. 

When  abreast  of  the  i'lt  A-  Buoy  off  IVIiddle  Ground,  about  ^  mile 
to  the  Southward,  3'ou  will  see  a  Black  Beacon  surmounted  with 
wooden  Staff  and  Cage.  This  is  on  a  large  bed  of  Rocks  called 
"  Great  Aqua  Vitoe,"  which  are  dry  at  ys  ebb.  Fort  Pickering 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Beacon  W.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  distance  a 
little  more  than  yi  mile.  About  W.  by  S.  >^  S.,  2(>0  yards  from 
the  Beacon,  will  be  seen  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  10,  which  lies  off  South 
from  Knapp's  Rock,  which  has  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Bound  into  Salem  by  Main  Ship  Channel,  the  Beacon  and  Buoy  on 
Haste  Rock  and  Shoal,  Buoy  on  Northwest  part  of  Middle  Ground, 
and  Beacon  on  Great  Aqua  \  itte,  are  all  left  to  the  Eastward. 

Abbott's  MorJe. 

NE  yi  mile  from  Fort  Pickei'ing  lighthouse  is  a  Monument 
painted  Red,  and  surmounted  with  a  wooden  Staff  with  a  Square 


%#p* '*^'- 


■%^fl.% 


r^'f-: 


'J 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Cage  on  top.    This  Monument  is  built  upon  Abbott's  Rock,  which 
is  bare  at  Low  Tide. 

Half  Tide  Bock, 

After  passing  Fort  Pickering  Lighthouse,  a  short  distance  to  the 
Southward,  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  12,  will  be  seen,  which  lies  near  a 
rock  called  "  Half-Tide  Rock."  This  Rock  is  bare  at  very  Low 
Tides.  Bound  into  Salem  Harbor,  Abbott's  Monument  and  Buoj' 
off  Half-Tide  Rock  are  both  left  to  the  Westward. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Salem  Harbor,  by  Main  Ship 
Channel,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

The  course  from  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  to  Baker's  Island 
Lights  (at  this  date,  1878,)  is  NW.  %  N. ;  distance  43%!  miles. 
Vessels,  therefore,  from  the  Southward,  bound  to  Salem,  will  bring 
Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  +0  bear  SB.  ^  S-  and  run  NW.  }i  N. 
As  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Lights  are  made,  bring  them  to  bear 
NW".  J^  W.,  and  run  in,  keeping  them  a  little  on  the  Port  bow ; 
if  there  is  no  error  in  the  compass,  the  SE.  and  Outer  Breakers, 
and  also  Searl's  Rock,  will  all  be  left  to  the  AVestward.  Give 
Baker's  Island  Lights  a  berth  of  }^  mile,  leaving  thvm  to  the 
Southward,  and  run  for  the  Lighthouse  on  Hospital  Point,  bearing 
about  W.  by  N.  %  N.  On  tliis  course  the  Black  Buoy  No.  5,  off 
Northwest  part  of  Baker's  Island  ;  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  Hardy's 
Rocks ;  Horizontal- striped  Buoj'  off  House  Ledge ;  and  Black 
Beacon  on  Bowditch's  Ledge,  will  all  be  left  to  tho  Southward. 
Little  Misery  Island,  Horizontal-striped  Buo}'  off  Miser}'  Ledge; 
and  Horizontal-striped  Buoy  off  John's  Ledge,  will  all  be  left  to  the 
Northward.  When  midway  between  Misery  Ledge  and  Beacon  on 
Bowditch's  Ledge*  (which  has  a  Cage  on  its  top  painted  Black), 
run  about  W.  j4-  N.  ;  us  you  sail  in,  you  will  see,  on  the  Port  bow, 
the  beacon  on  Little  Haste  Rock.  (See  description  of  this  Beacon, 
and  also  the  Black  Buoy  off  Haste  Shoal.)  Leave  this  last-men- 
tioned Buoy  about  200  yards  to  the  Eastward,  and  run  in  about 
SW.  by  W.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Northwest  part  of 
Middle  Ground,  Beacon  on  Great  Aqua  Vitje  Rooks,  and  Red 
B  loy  off  Knapp's  Rock,  all  to  the  Eastward.    Abbott's  Monu- 

«  between  Bowditch's  and  Misery  Ledges  tiie  channel  is  but  i  "nile  in  widtht 


66 


ELDBIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


ment,  Fort  Pickering  Lighthouse,  and  Red  Buoy  off  Half-tidj  Eock, 
all  to  the  Westward.  When  Derby  Wharf  Light  bears  west, 
anchor  in  soft  bottom,  in  from  3  to  sj^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide. 

From  Boston  by  Main  Ship  Channel,  or  Broad 

Sound. 

Bring  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  to  bear  SW.  J^  S., 
and  make  good  the  course  NE.  ^2  N.,  leaving  Halfway  Rock  and 
Buoy  on  SE.  Breaker,  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward.  When 
Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  NW.  %  W.,  run  in  as  before  directed. 

From,  the  Eastward, 

After  passing  between  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  and  the  Lon- 
doner, steer  SW.  by  W.  until  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  W.  by 
N.,  then  run  for  them,  leaving  them  }i  mile  to  the  Southward,  and 
proceed  according  to  directions  before  given. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Salem  Harbor  by  Main  Ship 
Channel,  at  Night-lime,  with  favorable  Winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  make  gootl  the  course  NW.  %  N.  from 
Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  and  as  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Lights 
are  made,  bring  them  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  them  T^ith 
the  low  light  open  to  the  Eastward  of  the  high  light.  Give  Ba- 
ker s  Island  a  berth  of  }i  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Southward,  and 
bring  Hospital  Point  Light  *  to  bear  from  W.  by  N.  J^  N. 
to  W.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  for  it 
•'intil  the  White  Light  on  Fort  Pickering  and  the  Red  Light  on 
Derby's  Wharf  are  in  range,  bearing  SW.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  then 
run  for  them  on  this  range  until  the  Light  upon  Hospital  Point 
beavs  N.  by  E. ;  then  steer  SW.  Y^  W.  into  the  harbor.  When 
the  Red  Light  on  Derby's  Wharf  bears  W.,  then  anchor  in  soft 
b'^ttoi!?  in  from  3  to  3J^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.    On  this  last 


♦  Tlie  ship  channel  into  Saletn  Harbor  is  between  Bowditch's  Ledge  and 
Misery  Ledge ;  the  distance  between  these  dangers  is  but  \  mile.  In  order, 
therefore,  to  guide  vessels  safely  at  night,  the  Light  upon  Hospital  Point  is  so 
arranged  that  i;  shows  brightest  when  in  mid-cliannel ,  it  is  therefore  highly 
necessary  in  sailing  in  to  keep  a  sharp  hiokout  for  thii  light,  and  steer  for  it 
when  it  s'  ovvs  brightest,  as  i  point  error  in  the  copjpass  in  sailing  through 
tliis  narrow  passage  may  lead  to  difficulty. 


BLDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


67 


course  into  the  harbor  it  is  recommended  to  use  the  lead  and  not 
go  into  less  than  four  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  until  the  White 
range  Light  at  Fort  Pickering  boars  N.NE. 

From  Boston  by  tvay  of  Main  Ship  Channel  or 

Broad  Sound. 

Bring  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  to  bear  SW.  %  W., 
and  malie  good  the  courHO  NE<  %  E.,  until  Baiter's  Island  Lights 
bear  W.NW. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Eastward. 

When  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  boar  W.  NW.,  3  or  4  miles  dis- 
tant, run  SW.  by  W.  until  Baker's  Island  Lights  bear  W.  by 
N. ;  then  run  for  them  and  enter  according  to  directions  before 
given. 

Thick  Weather. 

At  this  date  (1878)  a  Fog  Boll  is  placed  near  Baker's  Island 
Lights,  which  is  struck  diu-ing  thick  weather.  13  fathoms  water 
was  found  E.  by  S.  >?  milo  from  the  Southeast  Breaker ;  14  fath- 
oms ys  mile  SE. ;  13  fn thorns  150  yards  SW. ;  and  15  fathoms 
W.NW.  ><o  milo  fVom  it.  14  fathoms  water  was  found  E.  by  S. 
J^  mile  from  the  Middle  Breaker.  In  thick  weather  the  Lead, 
therefore,  gives  but  littlo  wnriilng  in  approaching  these  dangers. 

Beating  into  Salem  by  Main  Ship  ChanneL 

In  beating  into  Salem  Harbor,  if  there  is  no  error  in  your  com- 
pass, Baker's  Island  Lights  nuiy  bo  brought  to  bear  from  NW.  J4 
W.  to  W.  by  S.  without  danger.  Another  sure  guide  is,  in 
standing  to  the  Westward,  not  to  bring  Baker's  Island  Lights  in 
range,  but  keep  the  low  light  open  to  the  tiastward  of  the  high  one. 

Cat  Inland  Channel. 

From  the  Southward,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  w*'  is  and  fair 
weather,  vessels  bound  to  Salom  may  safoly  pass  through  this 
Channel.  As  soon  as  Baker's  Issland  Lights  are  made,  bring  them 
to  bear  N.NE.,  and  run  for  them  on  this  course.  As  you  sail 
in  you  will  see  IlallVay  Rock  on  the  Starboard  (see  descrip- 
tion of  this  Rock),  and  another  small  bare  rock  on  the  Port, 
with  a  Red  Spindle  with  round  Cage ;  this  rock  is  called 
"  Satan."  Continue  the  course  for  the  Lighthouses  bearing  N. 
NE.,  until  Halfway  Rook  boara  SE.  Yt  E.,  on  which  bearing 


68 


ELDRIDQE'8  COAST    PILOT. 


keep  it  and  steer  NW.  J4  W.  On  this  last  course  the  bare 
rock  called  Satan,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Northeast  from  a 
large  Island  called  "  Cat  Island,"  and  the  Horizontal-striped  Buoy 
off  Chapel's  Ledge,  will  all  be  left  to  thc-^estward.  The  Horizon- 
tal-striped Buoy  off  Gooseberry  Ledge, "tlie  am  Buoy  No.  "8,  off 
the  Brirables,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off  Mid-channel  Rock,  will 
all  be  left  to  the  Kastwanl.  Continue  the  course  NW.  }^  W., 
until  the  south  point  of  Kagle  Island  *  is  in  range  with  Baker's 
Island  Lights,  bearing  E.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  you  are  then  between  the 
Horizontal-striped  Buoy  on  Chappel'a  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No. 
4  on  Mid-channel  Rock.  From  this  point  make  good  the  course  N. 
l>y  W.  ^  "W.,  leaving  three  black  buoys  on  the  port,  and  one  red 
buoy  on  the  star'aoard.  As  you  sail  in  on  this  course  you  will  see 
on  the  port  the  Beacon  on  Little  Haste  Rock  (as  before  described) 
and  also  the  Black  Buoy  off  Northwest  from  it.  When  this  last- 
mentioned  buoy  bears  W.  by  N..  run  for  it,  leaving  it  200  yards 
to  the  Southeastward,  and  run  in  SW.  by  W.  in  accordance  with 
directions  before  given. 

Oray*H  Mock  Channel. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward  bound  to  Salem  may,  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  und  fair  weather,  safel}'  run  througli  this 
channel  by  the  following  directions.  As  soon  as  Baker's  Island 
Lights  are  made  bring  them  to  bear  N.NE.,  and  run  for  them 
until  Marblehead  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  by  N. ;  then  run  inNW. 
by  N.  ^  N.,  leaving  Marblehead  Rock  (see  description  of  this 
Rock)  200  yards  to  the  Westward.  Bring  the  beacon  on  this  rock 
to  bear  S.  ^  W. ;  distance  ^^  mile.  On  this  beanng  keep  it,  and 
steer  N.K  E.,  leaving  Gray's  Rock  f  }4  mile  to  the  Westward, 
and  the  Horizontal-striped  Buoy  on  Chappel's  Ledge  ^  mile  to  the 
Eastward.  From  Gray's  Rock  continue  the  course  N.  }i  E.,  leaving 
three  Black  Buoys  to  the  Westward.  As  you  pass  in,  you  will  see 
on  the  Port  the  Beacon  on  the  Little  Haste  Rock  (which  is  a  s{)ar 
85  feet  long,  painted  black,  with  a  cask  on  its  top),  and  also  tlie 
Black  Buoy  off  Northwest  IVom  it.  When  this  last-mentioned  Buoy 
bears  W.  by  N.,  run  for  it,  leaving  it  200  yards  to  the  Southeast, 


*  This  i8  a  small  baro  island.  I'Xtonding  NE.  and  SW.  200  yards ;  it  bi-ara 
N.  by  E.  i  E.,  S  niilo  from  tho  hotel  on  Cat  Island. 

t  Gray's  Rock  is  a  small  Rocky  Island.  Marblehead  Light  bears  from  this 
rock  S.  by  W.  ^  W.,  distance  about  J^  mile;  its  Northeastern  part  may  b« 
Approached  as  near  as  126  y.'trds  without  danger. 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


69 


and   run  in  abont  SW.  by  W.,  in  accordance  with  directions 
before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  high  water  at  Salem  Harbor  16  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston ;  common  tides  rise  from  9  to  10  feet. 


Beverly  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Beverly   Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Follow  the  directions  for  Salem  Harbor  by  either  channel,  night 
or  day,  until  abreast  of  the  Beacon  on  Little  Haste  Rock.  (See  de- 
scription of  this  Beacon.)  Bring  the  Beacon  to  bear  SE.  by  E. 
J^  E. ,  and  steer  NW.  by  W.  J^  W.  As  you  sail  in  on  this  course, 
you  will  see  on  the  Port  bow  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  and  Beacon ; 
leave  them  both  to  the  Southward,  and  haul  round  the  Beacon  at  a 
distance  of  75  yards  from  it,  leaving  it  to  the  Eastward.  When  the 
Beacon  bears  East,  75  yards  distant,  you  will  see  to  the  Southward 
two  Red  Buoys  and  a  Beacon.  The  first  Buo}',  No.  4,  is  on  the 
Middle-ground  Ledge,  and  may  be  left  30  feet  to  the  Westward  ; 
the  second  Buoy,  No.  6,*  lies  off"  a  shoal  extending  from  Tuck's 
Point  (Beverly),  and  may  be  left  25  yards  to  the  Northwestward. 
The  Beacon  is  on  the  East  side  of  the  Channel,  and  must  be  left  to 
the  Southeast.  When  abreast  Buoy  No.  G,  j-ou  will  see  a  Beacon 
bearing  about  NW.  by  W. ;  run  for  this  last-mentioned  Beacon, 
leaving  it  100  yards  on  the  port,  and  run  for  the  Eastern  part  of 
the  town,  where,  if  you  wish,  you  may  anchor  off  the  wharves  in 
3j5^  fathoms  water  at  low  tide. 

Danvers. 

If  bound  to  Danvers,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot  at  Beverly. 


♦  From  Buoy  No.  4  to  No.  6  the  Channel,  especially  at  Low  Tide,  is  very 
narrow ;  it  is  therefore  advisable,  in  sailing  in  between  these  buoys,  to  use  the 
lead,  and  not  go  into  less  than  4  fathoms  water,  until  past  Buoy  No.  6. 


70 


BLDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 

Manchester  Harbor. 


Bound  into  Manchester,  Great  and  Little  Misery  Islands,  and 
Sauli's  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  are  left  to  the  Westwr  rd. 
"Whale's  Back,  which  is  dry  at  J^  Ebb  ;  White  Ledge,  dry  at  Lc" 
Water;  House  and  Ram  Islands,  are  all  left  to  the  Eastward. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Manchester  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  weather. 

You  may  run  for  Bakor's  Island  Lij^hts  with  them  bearing  from 

NW.  y2  W.  to  W.  by  S. ;  give  tho  Island  a  berth  of  ^  mile, 

leaving  it  to  the  Southward  ;  when  abreast  of  the  Lights,  bring  them 

to  bear  S.  ^  W.,  on  which  bearing  keep  them,  and  run  N.  Y^  E. 

As  you  sail  in,  3'ou  will  see  on  the  Starboard  bow  the  Spindle 

on  the  Whale's  Back ;  and   the  Red  buoy  No.  2,  which   lies   off 

White  Ledge :  both  of  which  are  left  to  the  Eastward.     You  will 

also  see  on  the  Port  bow  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  on  Sauli's  Rock 

which  is  left  to  tlie  Westward.    Continue  the  course  N.  J^  E.  until 

the  Northern  part  of  Great  Misery  Island  bears  W.SW. ;  then 

anchor  in  about  Z}1  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  which  will  be  5  at 

High  Water.     If  bound  to  Manchester,  wait  for  High  Water ;  and 

it  is  also  advisable  to  take  a  pilot  here.    High  Water  at  Manchester 

village  about  the  same  time  as  at  Boston. 


Gloucester  Harbor. 

Eastern   'Point  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  entrance  to  this 
harbor.  At  this  date,  1884,  it  shows  a  flashing  Red  Light.  A  Fog 
Bell  is  placed  near  the  Lighthouse. 

Ten  Pound  Island  Lighthouse, 

N.  by  E.,  from  Eastern  Point  Lighthouse,  distance  l}(  miles,  is  a 
small  Island  called  Ten  Pound  Island.  Upon  the  Western  part  of 
this  Island  is  a  Lighthouse  which,  at  this  date,  1879,  shows  a  fixed 
"White  Light. 


ELDBIDGE*S  COAST  PILOT.  71 

Dangers  entering  this  Harbor.* 

Eastern  Point  Ledge. 

This  Ledge  extends  Southwesterly  from  the  Lighthouse  about  ^ 
mile ;  the  least  water  upon  it  is  on  Webber's  Rock,  which  has  7  feet 
at  Low  Tide.  This  rock  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  which 
is  placed  on  the  Southern  side  of  it,  and  bears  from  the  Lighthouse 
on  Eastern  Point  SW.  by  S.  about  %  mile. 

Dog  Bar. 

This  Bar,  which  is  dry  in  several  places  at  Low  Tide,  extends 
from  Eastern  Point  (a  little  North  of  the  Lighthouse)  about  400 
yards  in  a  Westerly  direction  ;  it  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No. 
4,  which  bears  from  Eastern  Point  Light  NW.  by  W.  ^  W. ; 
distance  %  mile.  Large  vessels  of  more  than  16  feet  draught 
passing  in  should,  at  Low  Tide,  leave  this  Buoy  300  yards  to  the 
Eastward. 

Norman's  Woe  Rock, 

This  is  a  dry  rock  about  100  yards  square,  and  lies  near  the 
Western  shore.  Vessels  beating  out  or  into  the  harbor  should  not 
approach  nearer  to  it  than  y^  mile,  as  a  Ledge  extends  off  about 
S-SEj.  from  it  %  mile.  Eastern  Point  Light  bears  from  this 
Rock  E.  by  S. ;  distance  \%,  miles. 

Round  Mock  Shoal, 

This  is  a  Ledge  extending  nearly  North  and  South  300  yards, 
and  has,  at  very  Low  Tides,  as  little  as  11  feet  water  upon  it.  A 
Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  placed  in  3^  fathoms  water,  marks  its  South- 
ern end.  Eastern  Point  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  E.  54 
E. ;  distance  2,3  mile.  In  passing  in,  this  Buoy,  which  is  nearly  in 
the  middle  of  the  harbor,  is  left  to  the  Westward.  Between  Round 
Rock  Shoal  and  Dog  Bar  the  channel  is  about  %  mile  in  width, 
and  has  a  depth  of  about  5^  fathou.s  at  Low  Tide. 

Field  Rocks, 

These  are  a  gi'oup  of  Rocks  lying  near  the  Western  shore,  some 
of  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide  ;  they  are  marked  upon  their  South- 
east part  with  a  Black  Buo}',  No.  3,  which  in  passing  in  is  left  on 

*  Since  this  was  written  several  of  the  Bocks  in  Gloucester  Harbor  have 
been  removed. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


l^|28     |2.5 
U£  1^    1 2.2 

2.0 


lb 


1.8 


1^  111^  i!^ 


6" 


^% 


Hiotographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER, NY.  MS80 

(7)6)  872-4503 


\ 


\ 


72 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


the  port  hand.    Ten  Pound  Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  E. 
by  N. ;  distance  about  fi  mile. 

Ten  Pound  Ledge, 

On  this  Rock  or  Ledge,  at  very  Low  Tides,  there  are  but  8  feet 
water ;  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  6,  is  placed  on  the  West  side  of  it.  Ten 
Found  Island  Light  bears  from  it  NE.  Yz  E. ;  distance  yz  mile. 
This  Ledge  lies  nearly  in  midchannel,  but  the  best  water  is  between 
it  and  Field  Rocks,  the  channel  being  nearly  Yz  mile  in  width. 

Bahaon's  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  on  which,  at  very  Low  Tides,  there  are  but  9  feet 
water,  is  marked  on  its  Southeast  side  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  5. 
Ten  Found  Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  S.  ^  W. ;  distance 
^  mile. 

Black  Mock, 


This  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  lies  about  150  yards  from 
the  Eastern  shore,  and  is  marked  with  a  Spindle.  Ten  Found  Island 
Light  bears  from  this  Spindle  SW. ;  distance  about  ^  mile.  The 
current  of  Ebb  sets  out  of  the  harbor  quite  strong  on  to  Black 
Rock,  and  vessels  bound  out  or  in  with  light  winds  must  govern 
themselves  accordingly. 

EU8ha'8  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  lies  near  the  shore  on  the 
Srai'iern  side  of  the  harbor ;  it  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  8. 
This  Buoy  bears  about  E.NE.  from  the  Spindle  on  Black  Rock ; 
distance  li  mile. 


Pinnacle  Rock- 

This  Rock  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  harbor,  nearly  oppo- 
site Elisha's  Ledge ;  it  has  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and 
is  marked  on  its  Southern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  7,  which 
bears  about  E.  300  yards  from  Fort  Foint  Wharf. 


Harhor  Bock,  or  Spindle  Bock, 

NE.,  a  little  more  than  100  yards  from  the  Black  Buoy,  No.  7, 
off  Finnacle  Rock,  is  a  Spindle  with  an  open-worked  Ball  on  top ; 


ELDRIDOS'S  COAST  PILOT. 


73 


the  Spindle  and  Ball  are  both  painted  Black.  This  Spindle  is  on 
Harbor  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide. 

Jjittle  Harbor  Bock. 

NB.  by  B.,  about  100  yards  from  the  Spindle  on  Harbor  Rock, 
is  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  9,  which  lies  off  to  the  Southward  of  this 
Rock.    Little  Harbor  Rook  has  about  6  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 

Tide. 

Five  Pound  Island  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  marked  with  a  Spindle,  is  bare  at  Half 
Tide,  and  lies  about  80  yards  West  from  Five  Pound  Island. 

Black  Ledge, 

which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Eastward  of 
Ten  Pound  Island ;  it  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  which  is  placed 
a  short  distance  Southwest  from  the  Ledge.  Vessels  passing  to  the 
Eastward  of  Ten  Pound  Island  should  leave  this  Buoy  about  30 
feet  to  the  Eastward.  This  passage  \h  narrow,  and  about  8  feet 
water  can  be  carried  through  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Clatn  Bork, 

This  Rock,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  is  marked  on  its  Southern 
side  with  a  Red  Buoy,  which  bears  NW.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  distant 
about  200  yards  from  the  Black  Buoy  off  Pinnacle  Rock.  Vessels 
bound  to  the  Wharves  in  the  Cove  should  leave  this  Buoy  to  the 
Northeastward. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Gloucester  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

The  course  (at  this  date,  1879)  from  Cape  Cod  Highland 
Light  to  Eastern  Point"  Lighthouse  is  NW.  by  N.  >^  N. ;  dis- 
tance 42  miles.  Vessels,  therefore,  from  the  Southward  will 
bring  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  to  bear  SB.  by  S;  %  S-,  and 
steer  NW.  by  N.  J4  N.  When  Eastern  Point  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  from  N.W.  to  NNB.,  and  run  for 
it.  When  about  yi  mile  tcom  the  Lighthouse,  you  will  see 
the  two  Red  Buoys  on  Webber's  Rock  and  Dog  Bar ;  leave  the 
Red  Buoy,  No.  4,  on  Dog  Bar,  about  300  yards  on  the  Star- 
board, and  steer  N.  by  B.  for  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  6,  on  Ten  Pound 
Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  60  fbet  to  the  Eastward,  and  continue  the 
course  N.  by  B.  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Lighthouse  bears  B.SB., 


74 


ELDRIDGB'S  COAST  FILOT. 


«ben  ran  :S.NE.,  and  anchor  near  the  Black  Buoy  off  Babson^s 
Ledge,  Tea  Pound  Island  Lighthouse  bearing  about  S.SE. ;  dis- 
tance ^  mile. 

If  bound  into  the  Inner  Harbor,  leave  the  Black  Buoy  on  Bab- 
son's  Ledge  (which  bears  N.  ^  E.  ^  mile  ttom  Ten  Found  Island 
Lighthouse)  to  the  Northward,  and  run  in  about  E.NE.,  keeping 
midway  of  the  harbor,  and  leaving  the  Spindle,  and  Red  Buoy  on 
Black  Rock,  and  Elisha's  Ledge,  to  the  Eastward.  When  Five 
Pound  Island,  which  is  small,  and  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of 
the  harbor,  bears  NE.,  250  yards  distant,  then  anchor  in  about 
3  fathoms  at  Low  Tide. 

8.  JE.  Harbor. 

Leave  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  4,  on  Dog  Bar  (which  bears  NW.  by 
W.  ^  W.  from  Eastern  Point  Lighthouse)  about  100  yards  to  the 
Eastward,  and  run  N.  }4  E.  until  Eastern  Point  Lighthouse  bear& 
S.  by  E. ;  then  run  NE.  by  E.,  and  anchor  in  about  5  fathoma 
water  at  Low  Tide ;  Ten  Pound  Island  Lighthouse  bearing  N.  by 
W.  j6  mile. 

From  Boston* 

Vessels  from  Boston,  by  way  of  Broad  Sound,  or  Main  Ship 
Channel,  bound  to  Qloucester,  may  bring  the  Whistling  Buoy  off 
the  Graves  to  bear  SW.,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  When 
Eastern  Point  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.,  and  run 
for  it  until  within  j4  mile  from  it,  when  the  courses  are  as  before 
given. 

From  the  Eastward, 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  passing  between  Thatcher's  Island 
and  the  Londoner,  may  bring  the  Spindle  on  it  to  Dear  NE.  by 
E.,  and  steer  SW.  by  W.  until  Eastern  Point  Lighthouse  bears 
W.NW. ;  then  haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  ^  mile,  and  proceed 
according  to  directions  before  givn. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Gloucester  Harbor*  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  bring  Cape  Cod  Highland  Light  to  bear 
SE.  by  S.  %  S.,  and  make  good  the  course  NW.  by  N.  y^  N. 
When  Eastern  Point  I^ht  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  about  N.NW.> 


ELDBIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


75 


and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  this  Light  about  ^  mile  to 
the  Northeastward,  and  continue  the  course  Northwesterly  until  Ten 
Pound  Island  Light  bears  NE.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  then  run  in  on  this 
bearing  for  it  until  Eastern  Point  Light  bears  S.SE. ;  then  make 
good  the  course  N.  %  E.  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Light  bears 
E.  by  S. ;  then  run  E.NE.  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Light  bears 
S.SE. ;  then  anchor.  If  bound  into  the  Inner  Harbor,  or  to  the 
Wharves,  wait  at  this  anchorage  until  daj-light ;  then  proceed  ac- 
cording to  directions  before  given  for  daytime. 

S.  E.  Harbor. 

Run  for  Ten  Pound  Island  Light,  bearing  NE.  by  N.  j^  N., 
according  to  direction  before  given,  until  Eastern  Point  Light 
bears  S.SE. ;  then  steer  NE.  j4  E.  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Light 
bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  anchor  in  about  5  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide.  The  Southeast  Harbor  is  a  good  one  to  enter  at  night  for 
vessels  of  more  than  12  feet  draught,  especially  at  Low  Tide. 

From  Boston, 

From  Boston,  by  the  way  of  Broad  Sound  or  Main  Ship  Channel, 

bring  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  the  Graves  to  bear  SW.  }i  W.,  and 

make  good  the  course  NE.  }4  E.  until  Eastern  Point  Light  bears 

NE.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  until  ^  mile  from  the  Light ;  then  steer 

Northwesterly  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Light  bears  NE.  by  N. 

}{  N.    The  coutL     Te  then  in  ticcordance  with  directions  before 

given. 

From  the  Eastward, 

From  the  Eastward  bring  Eastern  Point  Light  to  bear  W.,  and 
run  for  it ;  haul  round  the  point  at  a  distance  of  }4  mile  from  the 
Light,  and  run  Northwesterly  until  Ten  Pound  Island  Light  bears 
NE.  by  N.  J^  N. ;  then  proceed  according  to  directions  before 
given. 

Thick  Weather,* 

At  this  date,  1879,  there  is  placed  near  the  Lighthouses  at 
Thatcher's  Island  a  Steam-Whistle,  and  Fog  Bells  Lave  also  been 
placed  at  Eastern  Point  and  Baker's  Island.  The  ear,  assisted  by 
the  Lead  and  Compass,  will  therefore  be  the  Pilot  for  vessels  bound 
to  Gloucester  Harbor  in  thick  weather. 

*  A  Whisxling  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  Eastern  Point,  near  the  entrance  to 
Gloucester  Harbor,  in  16>i  fathoms  water.  Eastern  Point  Lighthouse  bears  fron^ 
this  buoy  N.  by  B.,  >i  mile;  Thatcher's  Island  outer  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  B., 
5ki  miles. 


76 


ELDBIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Gloucester  Harbor  25  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  9  feet. 


Dangers  in  Sailing  from  Thatcher's  Island  to 

Boston. 

The  outermost  dangers  are  the  Londoner,  Southeast  or  Outer 
Breaker  off  Baker's  Island,  Halfway  Rock ;  off  Baker's  Island, 
Outer  Breaker  to  the  Southward  of  Marblehead  Light,  Graves, 
Martin's,  and  Boston  Ledges ;  all  of  which  have  been  previously 
described.  (See  Dangers  in  entering  the  different  Hi^rbors  from 
Cape  Ann  to  Boston.) 

Depth  of  Water  to  avoid  Dangers, 

If  a  vessel  should  be  compelled  to  haul  off  or  lay  by  on  account 
of  thick  weather,  when  running  for  Boston,  Salem,  Gloucester,  or 
any  of  the  harbors  between  Minot's  Light  and  Thatcher's  Island 
for  safety,  she  should  not  approach  nearer  the  coast  than  20  fath- 
oms water ;  if  less  thaa  this  is  found,  make  good  the  course  E. 
until  it  deepens  to  20  fathoms.  This  depth  will  clear  all  dangers 
from  rocks  or  shoals. 

Thatcher's  Island, 

This  Island  extends  SW.  and  NE.  nearly  J^  mile  in  length, 
and  a  little  more  than  300  yards  in  breadth.  Its  highest  part  is 
about  50  feet  above  High-Water  Mark,  and  is  destitute  of  trees. 


Thatcher's  Island  Lights  and  Fog  Signals* 

Upon  the  summit  of  this  Island  stand  two  lofty  Towers  (bear- 
ing from  each  other  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  and  S.  by  W.  %  W.,  dis- 
tance 895  feet  apart)  which  show  fixed  White  Lights  of  the  first 
order  of  Freshnel,  elevated  165  feet  above  sea-level.  A  powerful 
Steam- Whistle  is  placed  near  the  Lighthouses,  giving  each  minute 
a  blast  of  8  seconds,  and  one  of  4  seconds,  with  alternate  intervals 
of  4  and  44  seconds. 


BLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


77 


Bearings  and  Distanoes  firom  Thatcher's  Island  Lighthc  ^ses. 

Distance. 
Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light),  S.  by  E.  ^  E., .    421^   miles  nearly. 
Race  Point  Light,    .     .     . 
Gurnet  Lights  (Plymouth), 
Minot's  Light,    .... 
Boston  Light,     .... 
Long  Island  Light, .     .     . 
Newburyport  Lights,    .     . 
Isles  of  Shoals  Light,  .    . 
Boon  Island  Light,       .     . 
Cape  Elizabeth  Lights, 
Seguin  Li^ht,      .... 
Monhegan  Light,     .     .     . 
Mount  Desert  Rock  Light, 
Cape  Sable  Light,    .     .     . 


S.  by  E.    .     .    . 

ZIVz 

S.by  W.  ^W. 

38 

SW.  by  S.    .     . 

24 

SW.  %  W.       . 

23 

SW.  Y^  W.      . 

25 

NW.byN.  .    . 

14J^ 

N.  >^  E.  .    .    . 

20 

N.NE.     .    .    . 

29>^ 

NE.  by.  N.  y2  N.  58>^ 

NE.  5<N.    .    . 

74 

N  E.  1^  E.  .    . 

87>^ 

E.NE.     .    .    . 

133 

E>  f^  S>  •    •    • 

222 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  of  Dangers  firom  Thatcher's  Island 

Lights. 

The   Londoner, 

This  is  a  dangerous  Ledge  extending  about  NE.  by  N.  and 
SW.  by  S.  nearly  yz  mile.  On  its  Southern  end,  which  is  the  dry 
part,  is  placed  an  Iron  Spindle  45  feet  high,  with  an  Octagonal 
Cage  on  top.  This  Spindle  bears  from  Thatcher's  Island,  North- 
ern Lighthouse,  SE. ;  distance  %  mile  nearly.  Between  Thatch- 
er's Island  and  the  Londoner  there  is  a  Channel  ^  mvle  in  width, 
having  a  depth  of  about  6  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  The  Eastern  side 
of  this  Ledge,  in  thick  weather,  may  be  approached  with  the  Lead 
without  danger. 

Oak  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  lies  between  Thatcher's  Island  and  Cape  Ann, 
is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  which  bears  W.NW.  from  the 
Northern  Light  upon  Thatcher's  Island ;  distance  about  ^  mile. 


Thatcher's  Island  Bar. 

A  Bar  extends  from  Thatcher's  Island  to  Milk  Island,  and  ves- 
sels of  more  than  seven  feet  draught  should  not  attempt  this  pas- 


sage at  Low  Tide. 


78 


ELDBIDOE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


Milk  Island  Bar. 

The  passage  between  Milk  Island  and  the  main  loud  is  only  used 
by  boats  at  Low  Tide. 

Dry  Salvages, 

Upon  the  highest  part  of  the  Dry  Salvages  is  a  Tripod,  the  top 
of  which  is  65  feet  above  High- Water  Mark.  About  Yz  of  the 
upper  part  of  this  Tripod  is  covered  so  as  to  present  the  appear- 
ance of  a  Pyramid,  and  is  painted  red.  Thatcher's  Island,  North- 
ern Light,  bears  from  this  Tripod  S.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  distance  2 
miles.  This  Ledge,  including  the  bare  and  sunken  Rocks,  extende 
North  and  South  about  %  mile.  Vessels,  in  thick  weather,  ap- 
proaching this  Ledge  from  the  Eastward  should  proceed  with  cau- 
tion, as  15  fathoms  water  was  found  East,  %  mile  from  the  Tripod, 
13  fathoms  South,  %  mile,  and  10  fathoms  North,  %  mile  tcom  it. 

Little  Salvages, 

These  Rocks,  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lie  about  J^  mile 
West  from  the  Dry  Salvages.  Thatcher's  Island,  Northern  Light, 
bears  from  this  Reef  S.  by  W.  %  W.  about  two  miles.  The  pas- 
sage between  the  Dry  and  Little  Salvages  is  300  yards  in  width, 
but  is  not  safe,  as  there  is  a  rock  lying  in  it.  Thi&  rock  bears 
about  NW.  from  the  Tripod,  distance  yi  mile,  and  is  bare  at  Low 
Spring  Tides. 


Rockport  Harbor. 

Straitsmouth  Island  Light, 

Upon  the  Northeast  part  of  Straitsmouth  Island  *  is  a  Lighthouse 
which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light  This  Lighthouse  bears  from  the 
Northern  Lighthouse  upon  Thatcher's  Island  N.  by  W.  1^  miles. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Rockport  Harbor. 

Avery*s  Ledge, 

These  are  a  sunken  mass  of  Rocks  about  200  yards  square. 
Upon  some  of  these  rocks  there  are,  at  Low  Tide,  not  more  than 

•  There  is  not  any  passage  for  vessels  between  Straitsmouth  Island  and  the 
main  land. 


ELDRIDOB'S  COAST  PILOT. 


79 


4  feet  water.  A  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  marks  the  Sonthwestem  part 
of  the  Ledge.  Straitsmouth  Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  S. 
by  W.  }i  W. ;  distance  J^  mile. 

Dry  Salvages, 

Straitsmouth  Island  Light  bears  fh)m  the  Tripod  on  the  Dry 
Salvages  V7.SW. ;  distance  l>i  miles. 

Idttlo  Salvages. 

These  Rooks,  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lie  about  J^  mile 
West  from  the  Dry  Salvages.  Straitsmouth  Island  Light  bears 
from  the  centre  of  this  Reef  SW.  by  W.  ut  1  mile.  The  pas- 
sage between  the  Dry  and  Little  Salvages  is  300  yards  in  width, 
but  strangers  should  not  attempt  it  on  account  of  a  rock  which  lies 
nearly  midway  between  the  two  Ledges,  and  is  drj)  at  very  Low 
Tides. 

The  Flat  Ground 

Are  three  Ledges  extending  North  and  South  about  ^  mile,  and 
lie  near  each  other.  The  Northernmost  Ledge  has  10  feet  water 
upon  it,  the  Middle  Ledge  9  feet,  and  the  Southernmost  Rock  is  bare 
at  very  Low  Tides.  A  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  is  placed  off  to  the  South- 
ward of  this  Rock.  Straitsmouth  Island  Light  bears  from  this 
Buoy  SW.  by  S.  }i  S. ;  distance  %  mile ;  Rockport  Breakwater 
SW.  by  W.  %  W.  IJ^  miles.  Vessels  from  seaward  bound  to 
Rockport  generally  pass  about  ^  mile  to  the  Northward  of  the 
Salvages,  and  a  short  distance  South  of  this  Buoy.  At  this  date 
(1879)  theio  is  not  any  Buoy  off  the  Northern  part  of  the  Flat 
Orround,  and  vessels  from  the  Northward  bound  to  any  of  the  har- 
bors in  Sandy  Bay  should,  in  order  to  avoid  this  Ledge,  keep  not 
more  than  &om  }4  to  ^^  mile  from  the  main  land. 

Nine-Feet  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  not  Buoyed  (at  this  date,  1879),  has  9  feet 
water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides.  Straitsmouth  Island  Light  bears 
fVom  this  Rock  ES.SE.,  distance  about  ^  mile;  Rockport  Break- 
water W.  J^  S.,  distance  J^  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Rockport  Harbor,  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward,  after  passing  Thatcher's  Island  and  the  Lon^ 
doner,  bring  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear  NW.  }^  N., 


80 


ELDRIDOE'8   COAST   PILOT. 


and  run  for  it ;  give  the  Light  a  berth  of  about  %  mile,  leaving  the 
Red  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Avery's  Ledge,  a  short  distance  to  the  North- 
ward, and  run  W.  by  N.  until  a  large  Granite  Factory  in  the  town 
bears  W.SW. ;  then  run  in  for  it  on  this  course,  passing  midway 
between  the  points  of  the  harbor.  If  it  be  Low  Tide,  anchor,  and 
wait  until  Higli  Water ;  then  run  between  the  pier  heads  into  the 
Basin,  or  Inner  Harbor. 

In  running  in  W.SW.  for  the  Stone  Factory,  the  9  foot  Rock 
will  be  left  250  yards  to  the  Southward.  On  this  course,  the  Rock 
lying  a  short  distance  to  the  Eastward  of  the  end  of  the  Breakwater 
will  be  left  to  the  Northward.  This  last-mentioned  rock  is  nearly 
dry  at  Low  Tide,  and  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy. 

From  the  Northward  or  Northeastward, 

Bring  Andrews  Point,  the  Northeastern  part  of  Cape  Ann,  to 
bear  SW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  Straitsmouth  Island 
Lighthouse  is  in  range  with  the  Northern  Lighthouse  on  Thatcher's 
Island,  bearing  S.  by  E. ;  then  run  for  them  until  the  large  Stone 
Factory  bears  W.SW. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

In  order  to  clear  the  three  Ledges  called  the  Flat  Ground,  ves- 
sels at  night  bound  to  any  of  the  harbors  in  Sandy  Bay  should  keep 
well  to  the  Northward,  until  the  last-mentioned  lights  are  in  range. 

Only  7  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  Rockport  Harbor  at  Low 
Tide.  Vessels  of  more  than  7  feet  draught,  compelled  in  heavy 
easterly  gales  to  enter  this  place  as  a  harbor  of  refuge,  should  there- 
fore wait  until  Half  Flood. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Rockport  32  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston. 
Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides  8^  feet. 


The  Rockport  Granite  Company's  Harbor. 

By  private  enterprise  a  Granite  Breakwater  has  been  constructed 
here,  which  forms  a  small  harbor,  admitting  vessels  of  12  feet 
draught  at  Low  Tide.  The  entrance  to  this  harbor  bears  W.NW., 
Ij^  miles  from  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse,  and  NW.  yi  N. 
about  ^  mile  from  the  end  of  Rockport  Breakwater. 


ELDIUDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


81 


Dangers  in  approaching  this  Harbor. 

Dodge's  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  bare,  lies  about  ^  mile  from  the  shore,  and 
is  marked  with  a  Spindle,  which  bears  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.  from 
Siraitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse ;  distance  1^  miles.  Shoal  ground 
extends  in  every  direction  fVom  this  Spindle,  and  vessels  should  not 
go  near  it.  A  Buoy  is  placed  a  short  distance  to  the  Southward  of 
this  ledge,  which  is  left  to  the  Northward  in  entering  this  harbor. 

MitcheVa  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  not  buoyed  at  this  date  (1879),  has  about  4 
feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  lies  about  one-fifth  of  a  mile 
from  the  shore.  The  Spindle  on  Dodge's  Rock  bears  from  it  S.  % 
W.  yi  mile.  There  are  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water  between  these 
two  last-mentioned  rocks  and  the  shore. 

Sandy  Bay  Ledge, 

This  is  a  small  rocky  Island,  which  lies  about  two  hundred  yards 
from  the  Western  shore,  and  bears  NW>  %  mile  ftom  the  outer 
end  of  Rockport  Breakwater,  -vnd  is  left  to  the  Southward  by  vessels 
bound  into  the  Rockport  Granite  Company's  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Bockport  Granite  Com- 

'  pany's  Harbor. 

From  the  Southward  give  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse  a  berth 
of  %  mile,  and  run  NW.  until  the  Buoy  on  Avery's  Ledge  bears 
E.  by  S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  W.  by  N.  As  you 
sail  in,  you  will  see,  on  the  Starboard  bow,  a  Buoy,  and  the  Spindle 
on  Dodge's  Rock ;  you  will  also  see  on  the  Port,  a  small  rocky 
Island  lying  near  the  shore,  called  "  Sandy  Bay  Ledge."  The 
Buoy  and  Spindle  are  both  left  to  the  Northward ;  the  Ledge  to 
the  Southward.  When  about  midway  between  the  Spindle  and 
this  Ledge,  run  for  the  outer  end  of  the  Breakwater,  and  pass  into 
the  harbor.  In  going  in,  when  abreast  of  the  end  of  the  .Break- 
water, keep  nearer  to  it  than  the  shore. 

From  the  Northward  or  Northeastward  bring  Andrews'  Point 
(the  Northeastern  part  of  Cape  Ann)  to  bear  SW.,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course  until  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse  is  in  range 
with  the  Northern  Lighthouse  on  Thatcher's  Island,  bearing  S.  by 


82 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


B. ;  then  run  for  them  on  this  course  until  the  Tripod  on  the  Dry 
Salvages  bears  East ;  then  steer  West,  and  pass  into  the  harbor, 
leaving  the  Buoy,  Spindle,  and  Ledge  as  before  directed. 


Pigeon  Oove  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Wve  bears  NW.  %  W.  1^  miles  from 
iStraitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse,  and  N.  by  W.  about  1  mile  from 
the  outer  end  of  Rockport  Breakwater.  By  private  enterprise 
this  Cove  has  been  formed  into  a  secure  Harbor,  and  vessels  of 
not  more  thai;  10  feet  draught  can  enter  it  at  low  tide.  It  is 
said  that  a  small  charge  is  made  to  vessels  using  this  cove  as  a 
harbor  of  reftige.  Tlie  only  danger  to  be  avoided  in  entering  it  is 
Pigeon  Rock,  which  lies  a  short  distance  south  from  the  outer  end 
of  the  Breakwater. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Figeon-Cove  Harbor,  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  give  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse  a  berth 
of  about  %  mile,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Avery's  Ledge, 
a  short  distance  to  the  Northward.  When  abreast  of  this  Buoy, 
steer  W.  by  N.  until  Straitsmouth  Island  Lighthouse  bears  SE. 
^  E. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  NW.  yi  W.,  leaving 
Mitchcl's  Rock  and  the  Spindle  on  Dodge's  Rock  to  the  Westward ; 
continue  the  course  NW.  J^  W.  until  you  open  the  cove  bearing 
about  N.NW. ;  then  run  in,  passing  between  the  pier  which  ex- 
tends fVom  the  Dreakwater  towards  the  Western  shore,  and  anchor 
where  you  please.  In  entering  this  harbor,  keep  nearest  the  West- 
ern shore,  to  avoid  Pigeon  Rock,  which  lies  a  short  distance  to  the 
Southward  of  the  outer  end  of  the  Breakwater. 

From  the  Northward  or  Northeastward, 

Run  for  Andrew's  Point  (the  Northeast  part  of  Cape  Ann)  on 
any  bearing  fVom  S.  to  SW.  until  about  %  mile  from  the  shore ; 
then  steer  from  S.  by  W.  to  S.SW.  until  you  open  the  Cove ; 
then  run  in  as  before  directed. 


BLDRIDOB'S  COAST  PILOT. 


83 


Lane's  Cove. 

This  Cove  is  situated  upon  the  Northwestern  shore  of  Cape  Ann, 
about  1}^  miles  Southwesterly  A'om  Halibut  Point.* 

Sailing  Directions   for  Lane's  Cove,  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward  may  give  Straitsmouth  Island  Light- 
house a  berth  of  ^  mile,  leaving  the  lied  Buoy  No.  2,  on  Avery's 
Ledge,  a  short  distance  to  the  North wanl.  iVhen  abreast  of  this 
Buoy,  stfcer  about  N.  by  W.  J4  W.,  and  haul  round  Halibut  Point 
at  a  distance  of  }4  mile.  Wlien  abreast  of  this  Point  bearing  S., 
eteer  about  W-SW.,  keeping  J4  mile  fVom  the  shore.  As  you 
sail  to  the  Westward  a  settlement  will  appear,  with  a  Church  Tower 
rising  abov  e  the  houses ;  this  small  village  is  Lanesvillc,  or  Lane's 
Cove.  Continue  the  course  W.SW.  until  tlie  entrance  to  the  har- 
bor bears  SE. ;  then  run  in,  passing  midway  between  the  points 
of  the  Breakwater. 

In  sailing  in,  the  Black  Buoy  lying  off  to  the  Westward  of  this 
harbor  is  left  about  ^  mile  to  the  South  west  ward. 

About  12  feet  water  can  be  carried  in  between  the  points  of  the 
Breakwater  at  Low  Tide. 

Hodgkins'  Cove,  or  Bay  View. 

This  Cove  lies  upon  the  Northwestern  shore  of  Cape  Ann,  about 
halfway  between  Lane's  Cove  and  Annisquam. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Hodgkins'  Cove,  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  or  Eastward  haul  round  Halibut  Point,  the 
Northern  extremity  of  Cape  Ann,  at  a  distance  of  J4  mile  from  the 
shore.  When  this  point  bears  S.,  steer  about  W.SW.,  keeping 
about  ^2  mile  from  the  land.  When  abrenst  of  Lane's  Cove,  you 
will  see  to  tiie  Westward  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1 ;  this  Buoy  lies  upon 
the  Northern  part  of  a  Ledge  which  extends  from  the  shore. 
Leave  this  Buoy  a  short  distance  to  the  Southward,  and  run  S.SW. 
until  the  outer  end  of  the  wharf  bears  S.SE. ;  then  run  for  it  on 


*  Halibut  Point,  the  Northern  extremity  of  Cape  Ann,  bears  firom  the  Tri- 
pod on  the  Salvages,  NW.  by  W.  8  miles. 


84 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


this  course.  At  this  date  (1879)  there  is  at  the  outer  end  of  this 
wharf  from  8  to  10  feet  water  at  Low  Tide.  Tho  Eastern  side  of 
this  wharf  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Northerly  winds. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Hodgkins'  Cove  30  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  9  feet. 

There  are  extensive  Granite  Quarries  both  at  Bay  View  and 
Laneaville. 


Harbor  of  Annisquam. 

The  entrance  to  this  harbor  is  about  2|^  miles  in  a  Southwesterly 
direction  from  Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  extremitj'  of  Cape 
Ann),  and  there  arc  usually  about  6  feet  water  on  the  Bar  at  Low 
Tide. 

Idghthouaes, 

A  Lighthouse  showing  a  fixed  White  Light  is  erected  upon  Wig- 
wam Point.  This  Light  in  entering  the  harbor  is  left  to  the  East- 
ward. 

Dangers  in  entering  this  Harbor. 

Harviden's  Rock* 

This  Rock,  which  at  very  Low  Tides  has  but  5  feet  water  upon 
it,  is  marked  on  its  Western  side  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3,  which 
in  entering  the  harbor  is  left  to  the  Eastward.  Annisquam  Ligh";- 
house  bears  from  this  Buoy  S.  by  W.  )^  V*  ,  distance  about  yi 
mile. 

Lobster  Rock* 

A  square  Granite  Beacon  of  open  work,  with  its  top  painted 
black,  is  built  upon  this  Rock,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide.  This 
Beacon  bears  from  Annisquam  Lighthouse  SW.  by  S.  >^  S.  about 
^  mile,  and  in  passing  in  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Bam  Rocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  generally  can  be  seen,  are  not  Buoyed  nt 
this  date,  and  lie  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel.  They  are 
but  a  short  distance  from  the  Southern  shore,  and  bear  from  An- 
nisquam Lighthouse  SW.  by  S.  a  little  more  than  Yt  mile.  In 
passing  in,  these  Rocfes  are  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


85 


Sailing  Directions  for  Annisquam  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable   .  inds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Southward  haul  round  Halibut  Point  (the 
Northern  part  of  Cape  Ann)  at  a  distance  of  %  mile,  and  make 
good  the  course  W.SW.  until  Annisquam  Lighthouse  is  made. 
If  your  vessel  draws  as  much  as  10  feet  water,  wait  until  about 
^  Flood ;  then  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  S.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  passing  about  midwa3'^  between  the  Eed  Buoy  upon  the 
Bar  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Harriden's  Rock.  When  this  last-men- 
tioned Black  Buoy  bears  N.NE.  make  good  the  course  S-SW.,. 
leaving  the  Lighthouse  not  more  than  125  yards  to  the  East^.ard, 
and  the  Beacon  on  Lobster  Rock  not  more  than  50  yardc  to  the 
Eastward.  When  abreast  of  the  Beacon,  shorten  sail,  and  steer 
S.  by  W.  %  W.  until  you  see  another  Beacon  which  stands  ofi 
Lane's  Point. 

When  this  last-mentioned  Beacon  comes  in  range  of  Babson 
Point*  bearing  SE.,  run  SE. by  S.  (leaving  Barn  Rocks  on  the 
Starboard  hand)  until  Lane's  Point  Beacon  bears  N.  by  E. ;  then 
anchor  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water. 

If  bound  into  the  Inner  Harbor,  when  Lane's  Point  Beacon  is  on 
with  Babson's  Point,  bearing  SE.,  run  SE.  by  S-  until  the  Beacon 
bears  E.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand.  After  passing  the  Beacon  a  short  distance,  run  for  the 
Wharves. 

From  the  Northeastward  bring  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light  to  bear 
N.NE.,  and  make  good  the  course  S.SW.  to  Annisquam  Bar. 
From  Newburyport  Bar,  bound  to  Annisquam,  steer  S.  by  E.  yi  E» 


At  Night. 

Strangers  in  vessels  of  much  size  should  not  attempt  at  night  to 
enter  this  harbor  except  in  cases  of  emergency,  as  the  Channel  is 
narrow,  and  a  slight  deviation  from  the  course  may  lead  to  diffi- 
culty ;  but  as  it  sometimes  happens  that,  with  heavy  Northerly  or 
Northeasterly  gales,  they  are  compelled  to  enter  it  in  order  to  save 
the  lives  of  those  on  board  of  them,  the  following  directions  may 
therefore  be  of  great  advantage. 

*  Babion's  Point  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  harbor,  and  bears  NW* 
from  Lane's  Point  Beacon ;  distance  800  yards. 


86 


BLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Night-time. 

If  possible,  wait  until  ^  Flood ;  then  bring  Annisquam  Light  to 
bear  S.,  and  run  for  it  under  short  sail,  making  use  of  the  Lead. 
When  the  water  shoals  to  2^  fathoms,  the  Light  will  be  distant 
about  ^  mile.  The  course  is  then  S.  by  W.  ^  W.,  leaving  the 
Light  and  Beacon  on  Lobster  Rock  a  short  distance  to  the  East- 
ward. After  passing  this  Light  about  yi  mile,  steer  more  South- 
erly, and  in  order  to  clear  Barn  Rocks  haul  round  Babson's  Point 
(the  land  on  the  Port  bow)  at  a  distance  of  50  yards,  and  anchor 
with  this  pomt  bearing  N. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Annisquam  Bar  20  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 

Hemarka. 

In  entering  Annisquam  Outer  Harbor,  the  Channel  is  narrow,  and 
the  shoalest  water  is  upon  the  Bar,  which  at  Low  Tide  is  about  6 
feet.    The  above  directions  were  good  for  1879. 


Essex  Harbor,  or  Biver. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  4^  miles  in  a  Southwesterly  direc- 
tion from  Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  extremity  of  Cape  Ann) , 
and  2  miles  Northwesterly  from  Annisquam  Lighthouse.  A  Sand 
Bar  having  at  Low  Tide  about  6  feet  water  upon  it,  extends  across 
its  entrance.  The  Channel  across  this  Bqr  is  constantly  changing, 
and  Buoj's  are  placed  upon  it  to  mark  its  Northern  and  Southern 
spits,  and  likewise  the  Channel  a  part  of  the  way  up  to  Essex. 
This  harbor  may  be  called  a  shoal-water  place. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Essex  Harbor  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Southward  around  Cape  Ann,  leave  Halibut 
Point  about  ^  mile  to  thie  Southward,  and  steer  W.  by  S.  %  S. 
until  you  make  the  Buoys  (one  Black,  the  other  Red)  upon  Essex 
Biver  Bar.    These  Buoys  lie  about  midway  between  Annisquam 


ELDRIDOB'8  COAST  PILOT. 


87 


and  Ipswich  Lighthouses.  After  making  these  Buoys,  anchor,  or 
lay  off  and  on  until  about  ^  Flood ;  then  run  to  the  Southwest- 
ward,  crossing  the  Bar  midway  between  the  two  Buoys,  and  run 
in,  leaving  the  Beacon  and  Ked  Buoys  on  the  Starboard  hand  close 
to.  When  you  are  abreast  of  the  upper  Buoy,  or  can  see  no  other 
Buoy  above  you,  then  anchor.  This  harbor  should  not  be  at- 
tempted by  vessels  of  much  size,  excepting  when  necessity  com- 
pels. Small  vessels  may  make  a  harbor  by  the  above  directions ; 
but  it  is  advisable,  if  bound  up  to  Essex,  to  take  a  pilot. 

Lighthouses* 

At  this  date  (1879)  there  is  no  Light  at  Essex  Harbor. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Essex  River  Bar  18  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 

From  the  Northeastward  bring  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light  to  bear 
NE.  by  N.  ^  N.,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  S.  ^  S. 
to  Essex  Bar ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Ipswioh  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  or  River  is  situated  about  7  miles  in  a  Northwest- 
erly direction  fi*om  Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  extremity  of  Cape 
Ann).  The  Bar  at  its  entraiu^e,  like  those  of  the  other  harbors  in 
Ipswich  Bay,  is  constantly  changing,  and  the  deepest  water  across 
it  is  usually  not  more  than  fl'om  4J^  to  6  feet  at  Low  Tide.  A 
movable  Beacon,  showing  a  fixed  Wlilte  Light,  is  placed  in  front  of 
the  main  Lighthouse.  This  Beacon  is  sbifted  so  as  to  be  always  in 
range  with  the  main  Ligiit,  and  the  line  of  best  water  over  the 
Bar.  Vessels  can  therefore,  if  necessity  compels,  run  in  on  this 
range  at  night  or  day. 

Lighthouses. 

On  Castle  Neck,  South  side  of  the  entrance  to  Ipswich  Harbor, 
are  located  two  Light  Towers  nearly  200  feet  apart,  ranging  East 
and  West.  The  Eastern  Tower,  which,  at  this  date,  is  only  lighted. 


88 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  varied  hy  White  Flashes.  The  West- 
ern Light  has  long  been  discontinued.  These  Towers  bear  from 
Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  extremity  of  Cape  Ann)  W.  ^  N., 
distance  6  miles ;  from  Annisquam  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W.,  dis- 
tance 4  miles ;  fVom  Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse,  SW.  by  S.,  distance 
18^  miles ;  fVom  the  Lighthouse  on  Whale's  Back  entrance  to  Ports- 
mouth Harbor,  S.  by  W.  j^  W.,  distance  23  miles. 

Ipswich  Beacon  Light, 

This  movable  Beacon,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  placed 
near  the  shore  in  front  of  the  Main  Lighthouse,  and  is  shifted  as 
often  as  the  Channel  changes.  In  order,  therefore,  to  oross  the 
Bar  in  the  deepest  water,  vessels  in  daytime  should  bring  this. 
Beacon  in  range  with  the  Eastern  Lighthouse. 

Dangers, 

A  Sand  Bar  extends  across  the  entrance  of  this  harbor,  and  the 
depth  of  water  upon  it  changes  during  every  heavy  gale.  Sand 
Bars  also  extend  from  Plum  Island  Point  and  Castle  Neck,  which 
form  the  Northern  and  Southern  sides  of  its  entrance.  This  place 
may  therefore  be  considered  a  shoal-water  harbor. 

Memarks, 

Vessels  bound  to  Ipswich  should  take  pilots  off  the  Bar ;  but  as 
it  sometimes  happens  that  they  are  compelled  to  make  this  harbor 
in  order  to  save  their  lives,  the  following  directions  may  therefore 
in  such  cases  be  invaluable. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Ipswich  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

If  your  vessel  draws  as  much  as  10  feet  water,  wait,  if  possible, 
off  the  bar  until  about  ^  Flood  ;  then  bring  the  Beacon  or  Light- 
house near  the  shore  in  range  with  the  Eastern  Lighthouse,  bearing 
Southwesterly,  and  run  in  on  this  range.  As  you  approach  the 
Lig.'ts,  you  will  see  the  two  Buoys  (one  red,  the  other  black)  on 
the  Spits  of  the  Bar.  Pass  between  these  two  Buoys,  and  run 
about  SW.  by  W.  %  W.  for  the  Inner  Spit  Buoy  (which  is  red). 
Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


89 


steer  for  the  Beacon  Light  (bearing  about  SW.)  until  you  are 
about  200  or  800  yards  from  the  Beach ;  then  follow  the  shore  to 
the  Northwestward,  keeping  about  the  same  distance  from  it  until 
abreast  of  Ipswich  River  (which  is  the  first  opening  after  passing 
the  Lights).  When  abreast  of  this  River,  steer  more  Northerly 
for  the  middle  of  Plum  Island  Sound,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  6 
fathoms  water,  with  Plum  Island  Point  (which  is  on  the  Eastern 
side  of  the  entrance)  bearing  about  SE.  from  you.  The  anchorage 
in  this  Sound  between  Great  Neck  and  Plum  Island  is  somewhat 
exposed  in  heav}'  Easterlygales  and  very  High  Tides,  and  the  hold- 
ing-ground is  said  to  be  poor.  If  bound  up  to  Ipswich,  when 
abreast  of  the  river  a  Pilot  is  necessary. 

Coming  from  the  Southward  around  Cape  Ann,  leave  Halibut 
Point  about  %  mile  to  the  Southward,  and  run  W.  J^  N.  for  Ips- 
wich Bar.  From  the  Northeastward  bring  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light 
to  bear  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  S. 
^  S.  for  the  above-mentioned  Bar. 

Fluiu  Island  Sound. 

The  entrance  to  Plum  Island  Sound  bears  about  NW.  by  N.  J^ 
N.  from  Ipswich  Lights ;  distance  1 J^  miles.  Upon  the  Western 
side  of  this  Sound  are  several  small  shallow  streams,  one  of  which 
is  called  Parker  River.  The  old  town  of  Newbury  is  built  upon  the 
Northern  bank  of  this  River. 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Ipswich  Bar  about  20  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9}^  feet. 

Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  sailing  into  Ipswich  Bay. 

This  Bay  lies  between  Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  extremity  of 
Cape  Ann)  and  the  Southern  Point  of  Plum  Island.  The  princi- 
pal dangers  to  be  avoided  in  entering  it  are  as  follows:  Plum 
Cove  Ledge,  Annisquam,  Essex,  and  Ipswich  Bars.  Plum  Cove 
Ledge,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  lies  about  %  mile  from  shore, 
and  is  marked  upon  its  Northwestern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No. 
1.  This  Buoy  bears  NE.  %  N.  from  Annisquam  Lighthouse; 
distance  1  %  mile.  In  order  to  avoid  the  above-mentioned  Bars, 
use  the  Lead,  and  do  not  approach  them  in  less  than  5  fathoms 
water. 


90 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Beating  into  Ipswich  Bay. 

Vessels  at  uight-time,  or  in  thick  weather,  beating  into  Ipswich 
Bay  should  take  care  to  avoid  the  Eastern  shore,  especially  from 
Halibut  Point  to  Lane's  Cove,*  as  in  some  places  the  shores  are 
very  bold,  and  there  are  9  fathoms  water  within  a  stone's  throw  of 
the  rocks ;  but  you  may  boldly  stand  into  5  or  6  fathoms  water  on 
the  Western  side  of  this  B  iy  without  danger. 

The  Coast  firom  Ipswich  Entrance  to  Newburyport 

Bar. 

In  sailing  from  Ipswich  entrance  to  Newburyport  Bar,  the  only 
dangers  to  be  avoided  are  the  Sand  Bars,  which  extend  from  %  to 
yi  mile  from  shore.  At  night,  use  the  Lead  (which  is  a  sure  guide) » 
and  do  n  .t  approach  nearer  the  land  than  5  fnthoms  water. 


Newburyport  Harbor.  * 

The  entrance  to  this  harbor  (off  the  Bar  in  6  fathoms  water) 
bears  from  Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  extremity  of  Cape  Ann) 
NW.  by  N.,  distance  \Q]^  miles ;  from  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light, 
SW.  %  W.,  distance  12^  miles;  from  Annisquam  Lighthouse, 
N.  by  W.  }^  W.,  distance  Idyi  miles ;  from  Ipswich  Bar,  N.  % 
W.,  distance  7j4  miles ;  from  Light  on  Whale's  Back,  SW.  by  S. 
^  S.)  distance  15^  miles. 

Lighthouses, 

Upon  the  Northern  end  of  Plum  Island,  South  side  of  entrance 
to  Newburyport  Harbor,  a  Lighthouse  is  built,  which  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light. 

Newburyport  Beacon. 

This  movable  Beacon,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is 
placed  in  front  of  the  Main  Lighthouse,  aud  is  shifted  as  often  as 
the  Channel  changes.  In  order,  therefore,  to  cross  the  Bar  in  the 
deepest  water,  vessels  should  bring  this  Beacon  in  range  with  the 
Lighthouse.f 


*  Lane's  Cotc  is  situated  about  1  ^  miles  Southwesterly  from  Halibut  Point, 
t  A  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  Newburyport  Bar  in  9  fathoms 
water.    Newburyport  Main  Lighthouse  bears  W.  >i  S.  from  this  Buoy. 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


91 


Upper  Harbor  Beacons, 

In  firont  of  the  city  of  Newburyport  are  placed  two  Range 
Lights.  The  Tower  of  the  front  Light  (which  stands  upon  Bai- 
ley's Wharf)  is  painted  black,  and  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light.  The 
Rear  Lighthouse  is  a  Pyramidical  Tower,  red  brick  color,  lantern 
black,  and  shows  a  Green  Fixed  Light.  These  lighthouses,  when 
in  range  bearing  W.  ^  S.t  lead  midway  between  the  two  piers 
to  the  anchorage  off  the  town. 

Dangers  in  entering  this  Harbor. 

A  Sand  Bar  extends  across  the  entrance  of  this  harbor,  and  the 
depth  of  water  upon  it  (which  is  usually  ft-om  4  to  6  feet)  changes 
during  every  heavy  gale.  Buoys  are  placed  upon  this  Bar ;  and,  in 
order  to  show  the  best  water  across  it,  are  shifted  by  the  pilots 
whenever  it  is  necessary.  The  Beacon  in  front  of  the  Lighthouse 
is  also  moved,  so  as  to  be  in  range  with  the  Light  and  Bar  Buoys. 

Extensive  ^lats,  which  are  dry  at  Low  Tide,  lie  on  both  sides  of 
t^  Channel  leading  to  the  city.  There  are  also  several  rocks, 
some  of  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide. 


Black  JRocka. 

These  Rocks,  upon  which  a  Beacon  is  built,  lie  upon  the  North- 
ern side  of  the  Channel,  ind  are  bare  at  Half  Tide.  This  Beacon, 
which  is  painted  red,  bears  from  Newburyport  Main  Lighthouse 
about  N.NW. ;  distance  y^  mile. 

About  SE.  by  E.  >^  E.,  >^  mile  flrom  Black  Rock  Beacon,  is  a 
bare  rock,  which  lies  about  20  yards  fVom  shore. 

Lunt'8  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  ^  .Ebb,  lies  upon  the  Northern  side 
of  the  Channel,  and  is  marked  on  its  Southern  side  with  a  Red 
Buoy,  No.  2.  Newburj'port  Main  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  about  SE. ;  distance  y%  mile. 

Gangway  Bock. 

This  Rock,  which  at  very  Low  Tide  has  but  little  water  upon  it, 
is  marked  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  black  and  white  perpendicular 
si;ripes.  This  is  called  Midchannel  Buoy,  and  bears  SE.  ^  S. 
from  the  Northern  Pier,  distance  100  yards,  and  East  250  yards 


92 


SLDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


ft-om  the  Southern  Pier.  In  order  to  avoid  this  Rock,  bring  the 
harbor  lights  in  range,  and  run  for  them.  This  range  will  carry 
you  nearly  midway  between  the  Northern  and  Southern  Piers,  and 
about  50  yards  to  the  Northward  of  Gangway  Rock. 

Half-Tide  Hock, 

On  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel,  about  300  yards  W.  ^  S. 
from  Channel  Rock  Buoy,  is  a  large  rock  bare  at  Hp.lf  Tide.  There 
are  several  smaller  rocks  near  it  also  bare  at  Low  tide.* 

Tho  Boilers. 

These  are  two  sunken  Rocks  which  lie  close  to  the  end  of  Cus- 
tom-House Wharf. 

The  Sow  and  I^igs. 

These  Rocks,  some  of  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lie  on  the 
Noithern  side  of  the  river,  about  100  yards  SE.  from  the  Ferry 
Wtys,  at  Ferry  Village. 

Iieniark9, 

Upon  Newburyport  Bar  at  High  Tide,  in  the  best  of  the  water, 
there  is  usually  not  less  than  12  feet ;  but  as  the  depth  and  location 
of  the  Channel  is  constantly  changing,  it  is  therefore  advisable  for 
vessels  of  more  than  9  feet  draught,  except  in  cases  of  great  neces- 
sity, to  take  pilots.  It  must  be  also  borne  in  mind  that  in  East- 
erly gales  this  Bar  cannot  be  safely  crossed.  In  such  weather, 
vessels  should,  if  possible,  make  some  other  harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Newbmyiwrt  Harbor  rr  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  ard  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southeastward  bring  Halibut  Point  (the  Northern  ex- 
tremity of  Cape  Ann)  to  bear  SE.  by  S.,  and  make  good  the 
course  NW.  by  N.  for  Newbur}'port  Bar.  If  your  vessel  draws 
as  much  as  10  feet  water,  wait,  if  possible,  until  nearly  High  Water. 
Then  bring  the  Lighthouses  in  range  bearing  about  W.,  and  steer 
for  them  until  you  make  the  black  and  white  perpendicular-striped 
Buoy  upon  the  outer  Bar.  Bring  this  Buoy  in  range  with  the 
main  Lighthouse,  and  run  in,  leaving  it  close  to  on  either  hand. 


*  An  appropriation  has  been  made  bjr  the  United  States  Oovernment  for  the 
improvement  of  the  Channel  leading  into  Newburyport  Harbor ;  it  is  therefore 
pro^ble  that  some  of  these  Bocks  were  removed  before  the  publication  of  this 
work. 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAi  T  PILOT. 


98 


When  abreast  of  it,  keep  the  Lights  in  range  until  yon  see  another 
black  and  .\^ite  perpendicular-striped  Buoy.  This  last  is  the  Inner 
Bar  Buoy.  Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  sner  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  Flum  Island  Spit,  leaving 
it  on  the  Port  hand  ;  thence  between  another  Black  Buoy  and  Bea- 
con. "When  about  midway  between  this  Buoy  and  Beacon,  steer 
for  the  town,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red 
onos  on  the  Starboard  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  two  more 
Beacons  or  Lighthouses.  Bring  them  in  range,  and  steer  for  them. 
On  this  range  you  will  pasp  ab^ut  50  yards  to  the  Northward  of  the 
Buoy  off  Gangway  Rock,  aad  also  midway  between  the  piers  to  the 
anchorage  off  the  city. 

From  the  Northeastward  bring  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light  to  bear 
NE.  54  E.,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  ^  W.  for  Newbury- 
port  Bar,  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Night-time. 

Strangers  should  not  at  night  attempt  to  enter  this  harbor  except 
in  cases  of  emergency,  but  if  necessity  compels,  if  possible,  do 
not  come  nearer  the  bar  than  10  fathoms  of  water  until  nearly  high 
tide  ;  then  bring  the  lights  in  range  and  run  in  for  them,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoys.  When  abreast  of  the  Inner  Bar 
Buoy,  haul  more  Northerlv  and  pass  in,  keeping  nearer  Salisbury 
Point*  than  the  Lighthouse.  When  the  main  or  Western  Light 
bears  S.  by  E.,  steer  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  leaving  the  Beacon  upoh 
Black  Rocks  about  150  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  until  the  Red 
and  Green  Lights  in  front  of  the  city  are  in  one  ;  then  run  for  them 
on  this  range,  which  will  take  you  between  the  piers  to  the  an- 
chorage off  the  town. 

In  crossing  the  Bar,  with  the  Lights  in  range,  if  you  should  not 
make  the  Buoys,  when  you  judge  the  Lights  are  }i  mile  from  you, 
haul  more  Northerly  for  Salsburj-  Pqint,  leaving  it  about  150  yards 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Merrimac  Hiver. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  across  Newburyport  Bar. 

•  Salisbury  Point  is  opposite  Newburyport  Lights,  and  forms  the  Northern 
8id6  of  entrance  to  the  Harbor.  The  passage  between  tills  point  and  the 
Lights  is  about  |  mile  in  width,  and  the  Channel  is  usually  nearest  to  this 
point. 


94 


ELDRIDOE'S   COAST    PILOT. 


ih  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  NewLuiyport  Bar  about  20  minutes  before  it 
is  at  Boston.    Common  tides  rise  about  7^  feet. 

Hampton  Harbor. 

Tliis  harbor  is  about  5  miles  North  IVom  Newburyport  entrance, 
and  at  this  date  (1879)  is  not  buoyed.  A  number  of  dangerous 
roclcs  and  ledges  lie  off  its  entrance,  and  the  harbor  has  but  little 
water  in  it  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  therefore,  bound  into  this  place, 
should  take  pilots. 

Bye  Harbor. 

This  harbor  lies  about  4  miles  Southwesterly  fVom  the  light  on 
Whale's  Back  (entrance  to  Portsmouth  Harbor) ,  and  is  of  but  little 
consequence. 

The  Count  from  Kewhuryport  Bar  to  Entrance 
off  Portsmouth  Harbor, 

From  Newburyport  Bar  to  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  the  course 
is  NE.  by  N.  J^  N. ;  distance  15^  miles.  Vessels  in  sailing 
from  Newburj-port  Bar  to  the  entrance  of  Portsmouth  Harbor 
should  keep  at  least  a  mile  from  shore,  as  there  are  numerous  rocks 
and  shoals  that  lie  off  this  part  of  the  coast.  In  thick  weather  or 
night-time  use  the  lead,  and  do  not  approach  nearer  to  it  than  10 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  11>^  at  High  Tide. 


Portsmouth  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  harbor  is  nearly  North  from  Cape  Ann, 
distant  about  25  miles;  Southwesterly  from  Cape  Elizabeth,  dis- 
tant 37  miles ;  and  Northeasterly  from  Newburyport  Bar,  distant 
about  15  miles. 

Whale's  Back  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light  varied  by 
white  flashes,  is  located  upon  a  Ledge  of  Rocks  called  Whale's 
Back.  In  entering  the  harbor,  this  light  is  left  on  the  Starboard 
hand.    A  Fog  Trumpet  (at  this  date)  is  placed  near  the  Light- 


BLDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


95 


house,  giving  blasts  of  8  seconds'  duration,  at  intervals  of  22  sec- 
onds. Tills  Lighthouse  bears  ft-om  Thatcher's  Island  Lights 
(Cape  Ann)  North  about  26  miles ;  fVom  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light 
N-  by  W.  }i  W.,  distance  6}4  miles ;  from  Newburyport  Bar 
NE.  by  N.^  N.,  distance  15^  miles;  from  Boon  Island  Light- 
house W.  }i  S.,  distance  10>^  miles. 

Portsmouth  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  located  at 
Newcastle,  and  in  entering  the  harbor  is  left  on  the  Fort  hand. 
This  last-mentioned  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Light  upon  Whale's 
Back  N.NW. ;  distance  about  1  mile. 


Dangers  in  approaching  Portsmouth  Harbor. 

York  Ledge, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  extends  Northeasterly  and  South- 
westerly about  ^  mile,  is  bare  at  three-quarters  ebb,  and  is  marked 
with  an  Iron  Spindle  28  feet  high,  with  an  Iron  Cage  on  top. 
From  this  Spindle  the  sunken  portion  of  the  Ledge  extends  about 
NE.  nearly  %  mile.  Vessels  therefore  from  the  Northeastward 
should  give  this  Spindle  a  berth  of  1  mile,  and  ft  ^  the  South- 
westward  should  not  approach  it  nearer  than  J^  mile.  Ten  fathoma 
water  was  found  125  yards  South  from  this  Ledge,  and  9  fathoma 
200  yards  North  from  it.  In  thick  weather  or  night-time,  the  lead» 
therefore,  gives  but  little  or  no  warning  in  approaching  it.  Boon 
Island  Light  bears  from  this  Spindle  E.  ^  N.,  distance  5^ 
miles;  Isle  of  Shoals  Light,  S.SW., distance  7^  miles;  Whale'a 
Back  Light,  W.  by  S.,  distance  5  miles  ;  Stone's  Rocks,  NW.  ^ 
W.,  distance  2  miles.  Cape  Neddick  Light  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  Ayi 
miles. 

Stone's  Rocks, 


This  Ledge,  which  lies  nearly  ]  i  mile  from  the  shore,  abreast  of 
York  Ledge,  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  and  is  marked  with  a  Spindle, 
and  also  upon  its  outer  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  which  in  sailing 
along  the  shore  are  both  left  to  the  Westward.  York  Ledge 
Spindle  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  %  E.  The  Channel  between 
York  Ledge  and  Stone's  Rocks  is  about  2  miles  in  width,  with  not 
less  than  from  4^  to  12  fathoms  water  in  it. 


m 


ELDKI DOE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


THangledf  or  Mnrray*H  Rock, 

These  Ledges  extend  nearly  North  and  South  about  %  mile.. 
Upon  the  Southern  Ledge  in  a  rock,  imvlng  at  very  low  tides  but  ft 
fbet  water  upon  it.  This  is  called  Murray's  Koclc,  and  is 
marked  otr  its  Southern  part  witli  a  Buoy  having  Red  and  black 
horizontal  stripes.  Boon  Island  Lighthouse  bears  fVom  this  Buoy 
B.  by  N.  %  N-,  distance  6>^  miles ;  Isle  of  Shoals  Light,  S.  by 
W.  }i  Wm  distance  6^  miles ;  Whale's  Back  Light,  W.,  dis- 
tance 4  miles;  York  Ledge  Spindle,  NE.  %  N.,  distance  1% 
miles.  The  Channel  between  York  Ledge  and  Murray's  Rock  is 
about  \%  miles  in  width ;  heavy -draught  vessels,  in  passing 
between  them,  should  keep  nearest  York  Ledge. 

Dangers  on  Eastern  Side  of  Entrance  to  Ports- 
mouth Harbor. 

JEastem  Sister. 

This  is  a  small  bare  rock,  surrounded  by  sunken  ledges,  lying 
about  }(  mile  from  shore,  and  bears  from  Whale's  Back  Light  E. 
by  N. ;  distance  1^  miles. 

Western  Sister, 

This  rock  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  and  is  also  surrounded  by  sunken 
ledges ;  it  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  2, 
which,  in  coming  from  the  (Eastward,  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W.  ^  N. ;  dis- 
tance about  1  mile. 

Philip's  Hocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  at  very  Low  Tides  have  but  9  feet  w.ater 
upon  them,  are  not  Buoyed  at  this  date  (1879).  They  lie  about 
SW.,  distance  }(  mile,  from  the  Buoy  on  the  Western  Sister,  and 
E.  by  Sm  a  little  more  than  ^  mile  from  Whale's  Back  Light- 
house. Vessels  of  more  than  8  feet  draught  at  Low  Tide  should 
give  these  Rocks  a  wide  berth.  « 

Kitt'8  Mocks, 

These  sunken  Ledges,  which  have  at  very  Low  Tides  about  11  feet 
water  upon  them,  are  marked  off  their  Southern  part  with  a  Bell 
Buoy,  No.  4,  which  in  passing  in  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
Whale's  Buck  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  by  W. ;  dis- 


ELDRIDOE'B  COAST  PILOT. 


97 


tance  J4  mile.  VesselB  of  more  tlmn  ft  tout  draught  nt  Low  Tide 
should  not  pass  between  this  Buoy  and  tlie  Lighthouse,  as  there  are 
several  sunken  rocks  in  this  Channel. 

Dangers  on  Western  Side  of  Entrance  to  Ports- 
mouth Harbor. 

Gun- Boat  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  about  1  luilo  firom  shore,  has  at  Low  Tide 
about  20  feet  water  upon  it.  Whale's  Back  Light  boars  ftom  the 
centre  of  this  Ledge,  N.  by  E.  }^  E.,  distance  2^  miles;  Isle  of 
Shoals  Light,  SE.  by  S.,  distance  4^  miles. 

SHlettman't*  Mocks* 

These  Rocks,  which  extend  about  /j  mile  ftt)m  the  Western 
shore,  lie  ^  mile  S.  by  W.  fVom  Portsmouth  Lighthouse,  and  are 
marked  on  their  outer  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3,  which  in 
sailing  in  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Memarkti, 

The  depth  of  water  in  entering  Portsmouth  Harbor  is  sufflcient 
to  admit  vessels  of  the  heaviest  draught,  oven  at  the  lowest  Tides. 
With  an  Ebb  Tide  and  light  winds,  or  winds  ahead,  the  harbor  is 
difficult  of  access  on  account  of  the  current,  which  sets  out  verj' 
strong.  The  shores  in  entering  are  very  bold,  and  the  Lead  gives 
but  little  warning  in  approaching  them. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Portsmouth  Harbor,  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward,  after  passing  the  Tripod  or  Spindle  on  the 
Dry  Salvages,  bring  Thatcher's  Island  Lighthouses  to  bear  South, 
and  make  good  the  course  North  for  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  at 
the  entrance  of  Portsmouth  Harbor.  If  there  is  no  deviation  from 
this  course,  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse  will  be  left  about  2  miles 
to  the  Eastward.  As  soon  as  the  Lightliouse  upon  Whale's  Back  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  North,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  When 
from  1  to  2  miles  fVom  this  Lighthouse,  haul  to  the  Northwestward 
until  you  open  the  entrance  to  the  harbor ;  then  run  in  about  N. 
^  E.,  keeping  midway  between  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  and  the 


98 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


Western  shore.  Continue  the  course  N.  ^  E.,  leaving  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Stilesman's  Rocks  and  Portsmouth  Lighthouse,  both  on 
the  Port  hand  ;  haul  round  the  point  on  which  the  Fort  stands  at  a 
distance  of  aboui  200  yards.  As  you  enter  the  harbor,  you  will 
see  the  Black  Buoy,  No.  5,  off  Cod  Rock.  This  Buoy  lies  about 
250  yirds  NW.  from  the  Northeastern  part  of  Fort  Constitution.* 
Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  NW.  by  W.  about  %  mile ;  then  haul  up  about  W.  ^  N., 
keeping  in  mid-channel,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  9,  off  Goat 
Island  Ledge,  about  50  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the 
course  W.  }i  N.  until  you  open  the  two  large  Ship  Houses  at  the 
Navy  Yard  from  behind  Seavy  Point  (which  is  on  the  Starboard 
hand)  ;  then  steer  about  N.NW.,  passing  in  mid-channel  through 
the  Narrows.  As  j-ou  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Port  hand  a 
Black  Beacon,  and  also  two  Buoys,  one  black,  the  other  painted  in 
red  and  black  horizontal  stripes.  Leave  the  Beacon  and  last- 
mentioned  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand,  and  haul  in  for  the  Wharves, 
leaving  another  Black  Buoy,  No.  13,  on  the  Port  hand. 

It  is  advisable  for  vessels  intending  to  anchor  off  the  Wharves  to 
have  a  long  scope  of  Cable  ovei'hauled  around  the  Windlass,  as 
there  is  from  10  to  12  fathoms  water  in  the  harbor  at  Low  Tide. 


From  the  Northeastward, 

From  the  Northeastward  leave  Cape  Neddick  Light  (which  bears 
NW.  yz  W.  from  Boon  Island  Lirhthouse,  distance  5^  miles) 
about  1  mile  to  the  Westward,  and  make  good  the  course  SW.  % 
S.,  passing  midway  between  the  Spindle  on  York  Ledge  and  the 
Buoy  and  Spindle  on  Stone's  Rocks,  and  also  midway  between  the 
Buoy  on  Murray's  Rock  and  shore.  Continue  the  course  SW.  % 
S.  (leaving  the  Red  Buoy  on  the  Western  Sister  on  the  Starboard 
hand)  until  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  bears  W-NW. ;  then  run 
about  West,  leaving  the  Red  Buo}'  off  Kitt's  Rocks  upon  the  Star- 
board hand.  After  passing  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  run  North- 
westerly until  the  entrance  to  the  harbor  is  fairly  open  ;  then  run  in 
midway  between  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  and  the  Western  shore, 
and  proceed  as  before  directed. 


Buoy 


course. 


*  Fort  Constitution  is  about  100  yards  Northwest  from  Portsmoutii  Liglit- 
bouse. 


ELDBIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


99 


Coming  from  Seaward  or  the  Eastward, 

After  passing  Boon  Island  Lighthouse  about  2  miles,  bring  it  to 
bear  E-NE. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  W.SW.,  leav- 
ing the  red  and  black  horizontal-striped  Buoy  on  LIurray's  Rock  to 
the  Northward.  Continue  the  course  W.SW.  until  Whale's  Back 
Lighthouse  bears  W.NW. ;  then  steer  about  W.  by  N.,  leaving 
the  Red  Buoy  off  Kitt's  Rocks  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  pass- 
ing this  Buoy,  run  Northwesterly  until  the  harbor  is  fairly  open ; 
then  run  in  midwaj',  and  proceed  as  befoi'e  directed. 

Anchorage  in  Daytime. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  strong  current  or  tide,  the  following,  in 
daytime,  are  the  best  places  for  anchorage  in  Portsmouth  Lower 
Harbor. 

After  passing  the  Lighthouse  Point  in  accordance  with  directions 
before  given,  bring  Portsmouth  Lighthouse  to  bear  SE.  j4  S. 
(distance  about  }^  mile) ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer 
NW.  J4  N.  As  30U  sail  in,  j'ou  will  see  on  the  Port  hand  Clark's 
Island,  which  is  small,  and  another  nearly  ahead ;  this  is  Jamacia 
Island  ;  and  on  the  Starboard  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  8,  which  lies  off  the 
Southwest  part  of  Hick's  Rocks.  Continue  the  course  NW.  }4 
N.,  passing  about  midway  between  this  lar  -mentioned  Buoy  and 
Clark's  Island.  When  the  Buoy  bears  E.  by  S.  J4  S.,  steer  W. 
by  N.  ^  N.,  and  anchor  about  midway  between  t!  ese  two  last- 
inentioned  Islands  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water.  Or  you  maj'  run 
NW.  }4  N.  from  Portsmouth  Lighthouse  until  abreast  of  the  Red 
Buoy  No.  8,  which  leave  about  100  yards  on  he  Starboard  hand, 
and  run  up  about  N.  bj-  E.  >^  E.,  and  anchor  in  mid-channel  near 
the  Bridge  in  from  5  to  6  fathoms  water.  In  running  this  last 
course,  N.  by  E.  }4  E.,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  which  lies  oflf 
Jamaica  Ledge,  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Beating  into  Portsmouth  Harbor,  in  Daytime. 

In  daytime,  beating  between  the  Isle  of  Shoals  and  main  land, 
bound  into  Portsmouth  Harbor,  do  not  approach  the  Western  shore 
nearer  than  1  mile  until  abreast  of  Odiorne's  Point,  which  bears 
from  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  SW.  ;  distance  1^  miles.  From 
Jerry's  Point  (which  bears  West  from  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse) 
to  Stilesman's  Rocks,  the  Western  shore  may  be  approached  within 
850  yards  without  danger. 


100 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Portsmouth  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  leave  Thatcher's  Island  Lights  3  or  4  miles 
to  the  Westward,  and  when  they  bear  W.  by  N.,  run  N.  ^  W. 
for  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light ;  (on  this  course  the  Salvages  will  be 
left  about  3  miles  to  the  Westward.)  Leave  this  last-mentioned 
Light  (which  is  Red  and  White  Flashing)  about  2  miles  to  the  East- 
ward, and  steer  N.  ^  W.  for  Portsmouth  Harbor.  When  about 
3  miles  from  the  entrance,  bring  Portsmouth  Light  (which  is  Fixed) 
to  bear  N.  ^  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  If  there  is  no 
error  in  the  Compass,  Whale's  Back  Light  (which  is  Flashing)  will 
be  left  %  mile  to  the  Eastward.  Continue  the  course  N.  %  W. 
for  Portsmouth  Light  until  Whale's  Back  Light  bears  ESE. ;  then 
haul  up  N.  ^  E-,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Wood  Island,  and 
also  the  Buoy  off  Stilesman's  Rocks,  the  former  of  which  is  letl  on 
the  Starboard,  and  the  latter  on  the  Port  hand.  If  the  niglit  is 
very  dark  when  abreast  of  Whale's  Back  Light,  use  the  Lead,  which 
is  a  sure  guide,  and  do  not  go  into  less  than  7  fathoms  at  Low  Tide, 
and  Syi  at  High  Tide.  When  abreast  of  Portsmouth  Lighthouse, 
haul  round  the  point  (which  is  bold)  at  a  distance  of  from  200  to  300 
jards.  If  bound  up  to  the  city,  when  the  Light  bears  S.SE.,  dis- 
tance about  Yi  mile,  anchor  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water,  and 
wait  until  daylight. 

Coming  from  the  Northeastward,  leave  Cape  Neddick,  which  is 
bold,  about  ^  mile  to  the  Westward.  When  Cape  Neddick  Light 
bears  NW.,  steer  SW.  by  W.  until  it  bears  NE.  by  N.  >^  N. ; 
on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  SW.  by  S.  ^  S.,  passing  about 
midwa}"  between  York  Ledge  and  Stone's  Rocks.  When  Whale's 
Back  Light  bears  W.NW.,  make  good  the  course  W.  ^  N. 
until  Portsmouth  Light  is  well  open  to  the  Westward  of  Whale's 
Back  Light,  bearing  N.  %  W. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and 
proceed  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Seaward,  leave  Boon  Island  2  or  3  miles 
to  the  Northward,  and  steer  W.NW.  until  it  bears  NF  by  E. 
yi  E. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

Beat  Anchorages  at  Night-time* 

Haul  round  the  Lighthouse  Point  (which  is  bold)  at  a  distance 
of  from  200  to  300  yards,  in  accordance  with  directions  before  given. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


101 


When  Portsmouth  Light  bears  SW.,  haul  up  W.NW.,  and 
anchor  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water,  the  Light  bearing  S.SE., 
distance  about  ^  mile.  Or  when  Portsmouth  Light  bears  S.  by 
W-  J^  W.  make  good  the  oourse  N.  by  E.  J4  E.  until  the  water 
shoals  to  4  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  and  bj4  at  High  Tide ;  then 
anchor  to  the  Westward  of  the  Beacon  upon  Logy  Ledge.  This 
last  place  is  somewhat  exposed  in  heavy  Southerly  winds. 


N. 


Beating  into  Portsmouth  Harbor  at  Night. 

•  Beating  into  Portsmouth  Harbor,  it  is  not  prudent  at  night  to 
stand  to  the  Westward  ftirther  than  to  bring  Portsmouth  Light  to 
bear  U.}4  E. ;  and  in  order  to  cloar  Kitt's  Rocks  in  standing  to  the 
Eastward,  it  is  necessary  to  keep  Portsmouth  Light  well  open  to 
the  Westward  of  Whale's  Back  Light.  When  abreast  of  this  last- 
mentioned  Light,  use  the  Lead,  and  do  not  approach  either  shore 
nearer  than  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  8j4  at  High  Tide. 
When  about  half-way  IVom  Whale's  Back  Light  to  Portsmouth 
Light,  keep  the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard  in  order  to  avoid  Stiles- 
man's  Rocks  which  extend  off  ft'om  the  Western  shore,  and  bear  S. 
by  W.  from  Portsmouth  Light ;  distance  ^  mile. 

Entering  Portsmouth  Harbor  in  Thick  Weather. 

At  this  date  (1879)  there  is  a  Fog  Trumpet  at  Whale's  Back 
(East  side  of  entrance  to  this  harbor)  giving  blasts  of  8  seconds* 
duration  at  intervals  of  22  seconds.  As  soon  as  this  Trumpet  or 
Fog  Signal  is  heard,  bring  It  to  boar  ft'om  North  to  N.  >^  E.,  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Whale's  Back  Lighthouse  about 
200  yards  to  the  Eastward.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned 
Light,  steer  about  N.  }i  W.,  keeping  in  not  less  than  7  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide,  and  8j4  at  High  Tide,  until  past  Portsmouth 
Light ;  then  anchor. 

IHseataqua  River, 

The  entrance  to  Dover  and  other  places  upon  this  River  is  by 
way  of  Portsmouth  Harbor. 


High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Portsmouth  Harbor 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rino  about  9  feet. 


minutes  after  it  is  at 


102 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Isles  of  Shoals. 

These  are  a  group  of  rocky  Islets  (with  many  sunken  Ledges 
near  them)  lying  about  6  miles  Southeasterly  from  the  entrance  of 
Portsmouth  Harbor,  and  extend  Northeasterly  and  Southwesterly 
about  3  miles. 

Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse, 

This  I<ighthouse,  which  shows  a  flashing  Red  and  White  Light, 
is  situated  upon  the  Southern  end  of  White  Island,  which  is  the 
Southwestern  Island  of  this  group. 


Bearings  and  Distances  ftom  Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse. 


Distance 

Cape  Cod  Highland  Light,  .     .     . 

S.  byE.,      .     .     61 

Thatcher's  Island  Lights,     .     .     . 

S.  H  W.,   .     .     20 

Newbury  port  Lights,       .... 

SW.byW.,    .     12% 

Whale's  Back  Light  (entrance  to 

Portsmouth  Harbor) ,  .     .     .    . 

N.  byW.  KW.,  6>^ 

Boon  Island  Lighthouse,      .     .    . 

NE.  yi  E.,    .    nVi 

miles. 


(( 


(( 


(( 


Dangers. 

There  are  numerous  Rocks  and  Ledges  lying  near  these  Islands, 
some  of  which  extend  more  than  %  mile  from  shore.  The  princi- 
pal dangers,  however,  to  be  avoided  in  passing  to  the  Eastward  of 
them  are  Anderson's  and  Cedar  Island  Ledges,  both  of  which  are 
bare  at  Low  Tide.  Isle  of  Shoals  Light  bears  from  Anderson's 
I  edge,  NW.  by  W.  %  W.,  distance  ^  iriile ;  from  Cedar  Island 
Ledge,  W.  by  S.,  distance  1%  miles.  There  is  a  Channel  of  20 
fathoms  water  between  these  Ledges  and  tbe  Islands,  but  vessels 
passing  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Isles  of  Shoals  should  give  these 
dangers  a  wide  berth,  as  neither  of  them  at  this  date  are  Buoyed. 
In  passing  to  the  Westward  of  these  Islands,  they  may  be  ap- 
proached at  a  distance  of  a  mile  from  them  without  danger. 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


103 


Isles  of  Shoals,  or  Gosport  Harbor. 

Remarks, 

These  Roads,  which  lie  about  NE.  by  N.,  one  mile  from  the 
Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse,  are  situated  between  Hog  and  Smutty- 
nose  Islands  on  the  Northeastward,  and  Cedar  and  Star  Islands  on 
the  Southward,  and  only  afford  good  shelter  with  winds  from 
N.NE.  to  SSW.  by  way  of  East. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Isles  of  Shoals,  or  Gosport 
Harbor,  in  Dasrtiuie,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  Southward  leave  the  Isles  of  Shoals  about  1  mile  to  the 
Eastward,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  East,  steer  N.NE., 
leaving  Lunging  Island  (which  is  the  first  North  of  the  Lighthouse) 
a  little  more  than  J^  mile  to  the  Eastward  in  order  to  avoid  the 
Ledges  which  extend  Northwesterly  about  ^  mile  from  it.  When 
the  Northern  part  of  this  last-mentioned  Island  bears  SE.  ]/2  E. 
about  Yz  mile,  steer  E.SE.  until  the  water  shoals  to  7  fathoms  at 
Low  Tide,  and  ^yi  at  High  Tide  ;  then  anchor.  On  the  last  course, 
the  Red  and  Black  Horizontal-striped  Buoy  on  Halfway  Rocks, 
which  are  nearlj'  bare  at  Low  Tide,  will  be  left  about  350  yards  to 
the  Southward.  The  Western  part  of  Hog  Island,  the  largest  of 
the  group,  bears  from  this  anchorage  NW.  by  N.  y^  N.  Or  you 
may  bring  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse  to  bear  N.  by  W.,  and  run 
for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  the  Liguthouse  200  or  300  yards  to  the 
Westward,  and  steer  N.  '^  E.  After  passing  it,  you  will  see 
nearly  ahead  a  Buoy  having  red  and  black  horizontal  stripes,  which 
lies  to  the  Southward  of  Halfway  Rocks,  which  are  nearly  bare  at 
Low  Tide ;  and  on  the  Port  hand  Lunging  Island,  which  is  small. 
Run  in  midway  between  the  Buoy  and  Island,  and  when  about  300 
yards  past  the  Buo}^  haul  in  about  E.  by  S.  for  the  anchorage. 

From  Seaward  you  may  bring  the  Isle  of  Shoals  Light  to  bear  W. 
by  N.,  and  run  for  it,  passing  between  Cedar  Island  and  Anderson's 
Ledges.  When  about  %  mile  from  the  Lighthouse,  steer  about  N. 
by  W.,  passing  about  midway  between  Buoy  off  Hulfwa}'  Rocks 
and  Lunging  Island  (which  is  the  first  island  North  of  the  Light- 
house, and  its  Eastern  part  is  bold).  After  passing  the  Buoy  off 
Halfway  Rock,  according  to  directions  before  given,  haul  in  and 
anchor. 


104 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


From  Portsmouth,  after  passing  the  Buoy  off  Kitt's  Rocks  (which 
bears  S.  by  E.  from  Whale's  Back  Light,  distant  Yz  mile) ,  bring 
the  said  light  to  bear  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.,  and  make  good  the 
course  SE.  hy  S.  ^  S.,  leaving  Hog  Island  (which  is  bold  on  its 
Western  end,  and  is  also  the  largest  of  the  group)  about  300 
yards  to  the  Eastward.  After  passing  the  Western  part  of  this 
last-mentioned  Island,  run  in  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 

From  the  Eastward  give  Duck  Island,  which  is  the  Northeastern- 
most  of  the  group,  a  good  berth,  in  order  to  avoid  the  ledges 
which  extend  off  from  it  in  every  direction.  When  the  Isle  of 
Shoals  Lighthouse  bears  S.  by  W.,  run  for  it.  On  this  course  the 
SW.  Ledges,  extending  from  Duck  Island,  will  be  left  about  % 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  Hog  Island,  vv'hich  is  quite  bold,  about 
i^  mile  also  on  the  Port.  After  passing  the  Western  part  of  this 
last-mentioned  Island,  haul  in  and  anchor  according  to  directiona 
before  given. 

Passages  between  the  Isles  of  Shoals. 

Duck  Island,  which  is  surrounded  hy  rocks  and  ledges,  is  the 
Northernmost  of  the  group.  Between  this  and  Hog  Island  there 
is  a  Channel,  having  a  width  of  more  than  ]/2  mile,  with  from  7  to 
10  fathoms  water  in  it.  Vessels  passing  through  this  Channel 
should  keep  nearest  to  Hog  Island. 

There  is  a  Channel  of  6  fathoms  water  between  Hog  and  Smutty- 
nose  Islands,  but  it  is  so  narrow  that  strangers  should  not  attempt 
it  except  in  cases  of  emergency.  In  such  times  keep  nearest 
Smuttynose  Island. 

With  NW.  winds  shelter  maj'  be  found  under  the  South  side  of 
Smuttynose  Island.  In  coming  in,  pass  to  the  Northward  of 
Cedar  Island  Ledge  and  anchor  close  in  to  the  shore,  as  tnere  are 
20  fathoms  water  %  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Island.  The  Isle 
of  Shoals  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  anchorage  SW.  by  W.  }^ 
W. ;  distance  1^  miles. 


High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  Isles  of  Shoals  20  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  8  feet. 

The  Isles  of  Shoals  Roads,  or  Gosport  Harbor,  is  exposed  to 
both  Westerly  and  Northerly  winds. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


ion 


Been  Island. 

This  is  a  small,  low  Rocky  Island,  lying  about  10  miles  North- 
easterly from  the  Isles  of  Shoals,  and  about  6  miles  from  the  coast ; 
it  is  destitute  of  all  vegetation  except  grass. 

Boon  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  this  Island  is  erected  a  lofty  Tower,  which  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Boon  Island  Lighthouse 

Distance. 
Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light),    .     .     .     S.  J<  E.  .     . 
Thatcher's  Island  Lights,     ....     S.SW.     .     . 
Whale's  Back  Lighthouse,  (entrance  to 

Portsmouth  Harbor,) W.  ^  S. 

Cape  Elizabeth  Lights, NE.  ^  N. 

Seguin  Island  Light, NE.  }i  E. 

Monhegan  Island  Light,      ....    NE.  byE.^E.  63 
Mount  Desert  Rock  Light,  .     .     .     .     E.  byN.  ^  N.  114 


67>^  miles. 
2914     " 

ioy2    " 

29         " 
4Gy2     " 


Dangers. 

Pollock  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  at  this  date  (1879)  is  not  buoyed,  bears  from 
Boon  Island  Lighthouse  W.SW.,  distant  a  little  more  than  ^ 
mile ;  and  at  very  Low  Tides  there  are  15  feet  of  water  upon  it. 
Small  vessels  may  approach  within  ys  of  a  mile  of  Boon  Island 
without  danger,  but  heavy-draught  vessels  should  give  it  a  wide 
berth. 

Soon  Island  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  very  Low  Tides,  is  marked  on  its 
SE.  part  with  a  Buoy  having  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes.* 
This  Buoy  bears  from  Boon  Island  Lighthouse  E.  ^  S. ;  distance 
about  3  miles.  24  fathoms  water  was  found  400  yards  SW.  from 
this  Ledge ;  30  fathoms  J4  mile  North  from  it ;  and  13  fathoms  J/S 
mile  East  from  it.  The  lead,  therefore,  gives  but  little  warning  in 
approaching  it  in  thick  weather  or  at  night-time.  About  East  from 
Boon  Island  \%  miles,  are  several  rocky  places,  which  break  in 
rough  weather.  At  very  Low  Tides  as  little  as  24  feet  water  has 
been  found  upon   some  of  theni.     Heavy-draught  vessels  should 


♦  A  Whistling  Buoy,  with  the  Letters  B. 
300  yards  SE.  by  S.  from  this  Ledge. 


I.  L.  upon  it,  has  been  moorerl 


106 


ELDRIDGB'S  COAST  PILOT. 


not  therefore  attempt  to  pass  between  Boon  Island  Ledge  and  the 
Lighthouse. 

York  River. 

The  en\  ranee  to  this  River,  which  lies  between  Sweat's  Point  on 
the  South,  and  East  Point  on  the  North,  is  about  5'^  miles  North- 
easterly from  Portsmouth  entrance ;  SW.  >^  W.  2>^  miles  from 
Cape  Neddick  Lights  W.  by  N.  >4  N.  6^  mUes  from  Boon 
Island  Lighthouse ;  and  NW.  by  N.  >^  N.  2^  miles  from  York 
Ledge  Spindle.  At  this  date  (1879)  there  is  no  light  at  the 
entrance  to  this  Rivxi. 

Dangers. 

The  first  danger  to  be  met  with  in  approaching  this  River  ia 
Black  Rock,  which  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  Channel,  and 
is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2.  This  Buoy  bears  from  East 
Point  about  SW.  by  W.,  distaut  a  little  more  than  yi  mile. 

Sweats  Point  Reef. 

This  Ledge,  which  extends  off  from  Sweat's  Point,  is  marked 
with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1. 

Vart  Point  Rock, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  is  marked  with  a  Red 
Buoy,  No.  4,  which  lies  about  50  feet  Southeast  from  the  Rock. 

Mock'8  Ifoae, 

This  is  a  ledge  of  Rocks  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lying  about  ^  mile 
above  Sweat's  Point,  and  extending  off  about  200  yards  from  the 
Southern  shore  of  the  River.  In  passing  in,  this  danger  is  left  on 
the  Port  hand. 

Remarks, 

The  Channel  leading  into  this  River  is  both  narrow  and  crooked, 
and  vessels  should  enter  it  upon  the  flood,  as  in  case  of  getting 
ashore  they  may,  with  the  rising  tide,  get  off  again  soon.  About  8 
feet  water  can  be  taken  up  to  the  anchorage  at  Low  Tide. 

The  current  of  ebb  sets  strongly  upon  Stage  Neck  Point,  which 
is  opposite  the  narrowest  part  of  this  River ;  vessels,  therefore,  in 
rounding  it,  —  especially  with  light  winds,  —  should,  if  possible, 
keep  in  the  middle  of  the  River. 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


107 


Sailing  Directions  for  York  Blver  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward,  leave  Cape  Neddick  Light,  which  bears 
NW.  ^2  W.  from  Boon  Island  Light,  about  a  mile  to  the  West- 
ward, and  make  good  the  course  SW.  by  W.,  taking  care  not  to 
approach  nearer  the  shore  tlian  J4  mile.  When  the  River  is  fairly 
open,  run  in,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Black  Rock  on  the  Starboard 
and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Sweat's  Point  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you 
sail  in,  you  will  see  another  Red  Buoy,  which  lies  off  Fort  Point ; 
leave  this  Buoy  about  20  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
about  W.  %  S.,  with  the  Red  Buoy  off  Stage  Neck  Point  a  little 
on  the  Starboard  bow.  On  this  last  course,  the  ledge  called  the 
Rock's  Nose  will  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  Between  this  last-men- 
tioned Ledge  and  the  Northern  shore  of  the  River  the  Channel  is 
very  narrow ;  leave  the  last- mentioned  Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand 
and  haul  round  Stage  Neck  Point  in  mid-channel,  and  run  up  for 
the  first  wharf  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  River,  bearing  NE.  % 
N.,  and  anchor  about  75  yards  from  it.  If  the  wind  should  b© 
light,  with  ebb  tide,  so  that  jou  cannot  get  up  past  Stage  Neck 
Point,  haul  over  and  anchor  in  from  2  to  3  fathoms  water,  the 
point  bearing  NE.  by  E. ;  distance  about  200  yards. 

From  the  Southwestward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  upon  the  Whale's 
Back  (entrance  to  Portsmouth  Harbor)  about  IJ^  miles  to  the 
Westward,  and  steer  NE.  J4  E.,  passing  about  midway  between 
York  Ledge  And  Stone's  Rocks.  When  the  Spindle  upon  York 
Ledge  bears  S.SE.,  run  N.NW.  until  the  River  is  fairly  open; 
then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  York  River  the  same  time  as  at  Boston. 
Common  tides  rise  about  8  feet. 


Cape  Neddick. 

This  prominent  headland  extends  out  about  1  mile  SE.  by  E. 
fron.  the  main  shore.  At  a  distance  of  about  50  yards  from  the 
Eastern  point  of  this  Cape  lies  an  Island  called  Cape  Neddick 
Knubble,  which  at  low  water  is  connected  by  a  sand  bar  with  the 
shore.    Upon  this  Knubble  a  Lighthouse  is  erected,  which  shows  a 


108 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


fixed  Red  Light.*  Boon  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Cape  Ncd- 
dielc  Light  SB.  %  E.,  distance  5f^  miles  ;  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights, 
NE.  y2  E.  281^  miles ;  Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse,  S.  by  W.  ^ 
W.,  12  miles;  Spindle  upon  York  Ledge,  S.  by  W.,  4}^  miles. 

Remarks, 

There  is  good  anchorage  on  either  side  of  this  Cape.  On  the 
Northern  side,  vessels  may  find  shelter  with  winds  from  SW.  to 
N.NW.  by  way  of  West ;  and  on  the  Southern  side  from  West 
to  N.  NE.  by  way  of  West. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cape  Neddick  Roads  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward  or  Southward  may  leave  Cape 
Neddick  Light  about  ]^  mile  to  the  Westward,  and  with  Northerly 
winds  anchor  in  about  6  fathoms  water  at  low  tide,  and  7)^  at 
High  Tide,  the  light  bearing  about  E.  by  N. ;  distance  ^  mile. 
With  Westerly  winds,  anchor  in  6  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  and 
ly^  at  High  Tide,  the  light  blearing  about  South ;  distance  ^  mile. 

Tlie  Coast  frgm  Whalers  Back  Light  {entrance  to 
Portsmouth  Harbor)  to  Cape  Neddick, 

The  principal  dangers  are  the  Sisters,  Stone's  Rocks,  Murray's 
Rock,  York  Ledge,  and  the  ledges  to  the  Northeastward  of  York 
River.  In  order  to  avoid  these  dangers,  vessels  sailing  from 
Whale's  Back  Light  to  Cape  Neddick  should  not  approach  near  r 
than  1  mile  to  the  shore.  By  following  this  last  direction,  Murray's 
Rock  and  York  Ledge  will  be  left  more  than  a  mile  to  the  East- 
ward. 

The  Coast  from  Cape  Neddick  to  Kennebunk 

River, 

From  Cape  Neddick  to  entrance  of  Kennebunk  River  the  course 
is  NE.  yi  N. ;  distance  about  12  miles.  There  are  several  creeks 
or  small  streams  between  these  places,  but  they  are  of  little  impor- 
tance to  commerce.  There  are  also  several  rocks  off  this  part  of 
the  coast.  To  avoid  these  dangers,  vessels  should  not  approach 
the  shore  nearer  than  I  %  miles. 

*  A  Fog-bell  is  placed  near  this  lighthouse. 


ELDKIDOE'8   COAST  PILOT. 


100 


Kennebunk  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  ia  '2j4  miles  to  lie  Westward  of  Cape 
Porpoise  Lighthouse,  and  N.  by  E.  13^  miles  from  Boon  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Lighthoiiaes, 

Upon  the  Eastern  pier  at  the  entrance  of  the  River  there  was 
formerly  a  lighthouse,  but  it  was  destroyed  by  a  gale  some  time 
since.  At  this  date  (1879)  there  is,  therefore,  no  light  at  the 
entrance  of  this  Harbor. 


Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  Kennebunk 

River. 

Fishing  Rocks, 

These  ddligerous  Rocks,  some  of  which  are  bare  at  h:ilf  tide,  are 
marked  upon  their  Eastern  part  with  an  Iron  Spindle,  wliich  bears 
S.SW.  from  the  Lighthouse  Pier  at  the  entrance  of  the  River ;  dis- 
tance ^  mile.  This  Spindle,  in  entering  Kennebunk  River,  is  left 
on  the  Fort  hand. 

Little  Fishing  Rocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  are  a\trash  at  very  Low  Tides,  are  marked 
off  their  Southeast  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3.  The  Lighthouse 
Pier  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  %  E.,  distance  J^  mile;  Spindle 
upon  Fishing  Rocks,  West,  about  200  yards.  Bound  into  Kenne- 
bunk River,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Seven'Feet  Rock,* 

About  half  a  mile  SE.  from  the  Spindle  upon  Fishing  Rocks  is 
a  dangerous  Ledge,  having  at  Low  Tid^s  but  7  feet  water  upon  it. 
In  order  to  avoid  this  Ledge,  vessels  bound  into  Kennebunk  River 
should  carefully  watch  the  Spindle  and  Buoy  upon  Fishing  Rocks. 
The  pier  at  the  entrance  of  the  river  should  bear  North  before 
attempting  to  run  in. 

Remarks, 

The  entrance  to  this  river  is  between  two  piers  which  were  built 
for  the  purpose  of  improving  the  Channel.  About  3  feet  water  at 
Low  Tide,  and  11  feet  at  High  Tide,  can  be  carried  into  this  place ; 
but  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  it  without  a  pilot.     Ves- 

*  A  Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  has  been  placed  off  the  South  side  of  this  Rock. 


no 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


■elfl  mny  find  Hhelter  off  the  mouth  of  the  river  in  firom  8  to  4 
fathooiH  water,  with  winds  fl-om  West  to  North. 

Bailing  Direotions  for  approaching  Kennebunk 
River  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Cape  Neddicic  Light  about  %  mile  on 
the  Port  hund,  and  malte  good  the  course  NE.  by  N.  until  Cape 
Porpoise  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  B. ;  then  run  for  it,  keeping  a 
sharp  looltout  for  the  Spindle  and  Black  Buoy  off  to  the  Eastward 
of  the  Fishing  Rocks.  As  soon  as  these  are  made,  bring  the  end 
of  tlie  pier  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  river  to  bear  North,  and  run 
in,  and  anchor  oil  the  entrance  of  the  river  in  iVom  3  to  4  fathoms 
water.  On  this  last  course,  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Fishing  Rocka 
will  bo  left  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward,  and  buoy  off  Seven- 
feet  Uock  to  tiie  Eastward. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  abreast  Capo  Porpoise  Light,  do  not 
Approach  nearer  the  shore  than  one  mile  until  you  make  the  Spin- 
dle and  Buoy  off  Fishing  Rocks  ;  then  bring  the  Pier  to  bear  Nor-h, 
and  run  in,  leaving  the  Buo}'  and  Spindle  as  before  directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  upon  Kennebunk  Bar  about  15  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston.    Common  tides  rise  about  8  feet. 


Cape  Porpoise  Harbor. 

This  small  harbor  of  refuge,  which  lies  between  a  number  of  Is- 
lands, is  situated  16  miles  Southwesterly  from  Cape  Elizabeth,  and 
Northeasterly  22  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Portsmouth  Harbor. 

Goat  Island  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  built  upon 
the  Southwestern  end  of  Goat  Island,  North  side  of  entrance  to 
this  harbor.  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights  bear  from  Goat  Island  Liglit- 
house,  NE.  }i  E.,  distance  16  miles;  Seguin  Lighthouse,  E.NE., 
distance  36  miles ;  Boon  Island  Lighthouse,  S.  by  W.  ^  W., 
distance  14^  miles ;  Cape  Neddick  Light  SW.,  distance  14  miles. 


ba] 


This  L 
it,  extend 
its  South 
bears  A'oti 
ing  the  ha 


This  L( 

w.sw.. 

The  Westc 
No.  4.  G, 
distance  at 
close  to  on 


About  M 

small  Islan 

land.     The 

and  the  Li^ 

A  dangei 

fVom  the  S( 

Js  bare  at  I 

this  danger 

harbor,  this 


This  Led{ 
is  marked 
Goat  Island 
passing  in, 


The  Cham 
for  ancborac 
but  with  thes 
especially  to 


*( 


ELDRIDQE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Ill 


)or. 


Dangers  in  approaohing  and  entering  Cape 
Porpoise  Harbor. 

The  Old  J*rince. 

This  Ledge,  which  at  very  Low  Tides  has  but  8  fleet  water  upon 
it,  extends  nearly  North  and  South  200  yards,  and  is  marlced  upon 
its  Southern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2.  (toat  Island  Light 
bears  fVom  this  Buoy  about  N.NW. ;  distance  ^  mile.  In  enter- 
ing the  harbor,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the  Starboanl  hand. 

Goat  Island  Point  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  extends  off  about 
W-SW.,  150  yards  fVom  the  Southwestern  point  of  Goat  Island. 
The  Western  part,  which  is  very  bold,  is  marked  with  a  Red  Buoy, 
No.  4.  Goat  Island  Lighthouse  bears  fVom  this  Buoy,  NE.  >4  E. ; 
distance  about  225  yards.  Bound  into  the  harbor,  this  Buoy  is  left 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Folly  Island  Point  Ledge* 

About  350  yai-ds  W.SW.  fVom  Cape  Porpoise  Lighthouse  is  a 
small  Island  destitute  of  grass  or  trees,  which  is  called  Folly  Is- 
land. The  Channel  leading  into  the  harbor  is  between  this  Island 
and  the  Lighthouse. 

A  dangerous  Reef  extends  off  about  S*  by  "W.,  nearly  }i  mile 
from  the  Southern  point  of  this  Island,  and  for  half  that  distance 
js  bare  at  Low  Tide.  At  this  date  (1879)  there  is  no  Buoy  upon 
this  danger,  but  the  sea  generally  breaks  upon  it.  In  entering  the 
harbor,  this  Ledge  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Gangway  Mock. 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  are  but  ()  feet  water  at  Low  Tide, 
is  marked  upon  its  Northeastern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1. 
Goat  Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  >^  N.  ^  mile.  In 
passing  in,  this  Ledge  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Remarks. 

The  Channel  leading  into  Cape  Porpoise  is  nt^rrow,  and  the  place 
for  anchorage  small,  most  of  the  harbor  being  dry  at  Low  Tide ; 
but  with  these  disadvantages,  it  is  sometimoa  of  gn-ut  importance, 
especially  to  vessels  of  light  draught,  when  overtaken  by  a  storm. 


112 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST   PILOT. 


The  holding  ground  is  excellent,  and  when  once  into  it,  you  may 
lie  secure  from  all  winds.  The  current  of  both  Flood  and  Ebb  in 
running  in  and  out  of  this  harbor  sets  strong  in  several  places  upon 
the  Ledges.  Strangers  should  not  therefore  attempt  to  pass  in  or 
out  of  it  unless  they  have  a  fair  and  commanding  breeze. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cape  Porpoise  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southwestward,  leave  Cape  Neddick  Light  about  ^ 
mile  to  the  Westward,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  %  E.,  taking 
care  not  to  approach  nearer  to  Cape  Porpoise  than  1  mile.  When 
Cape  Porpoise  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  W.  ^  W.,  run  for  it, 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Old  Prince. 
Leave  this  Buoy  75  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about 
HrW.  b}'  N.  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Southwest  from  the  Lighthouse, 
leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand  close  to.  When  abreast  this  last- 
mentioned  Buoy,  you  will  see  to  the  Northward  a  pile  of  stones, 
surmounted  b^'  a  pole,  which  stands  upon  a  Dry  Ledge  (this  is 
called  the  Pilot  Beacon) .  Run  in  with  this  Beacon  a  little  on  the 
Starboard  bow,  and  anchor  with  it  bearing  E.  by  S.  in  about  13 
feet  water  at  Low  Tide.  In  ver}'  heavy  weather,  it  is  best  to  run 
upon  the  Flats,  where  30U  will  ground,  at  Half  Tide,  soft,  muddy 
bottom,  and  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 

From  the  Northeastward,  leave  Wood  Island  Light  about  1% 
miles  to  the  Westward,  and  steer  SW.  until  Cape  Porpoise  Light 
l)ears  N.  by  W.  %  W. ;  then  run  in,  and  follow  the  directions 
before  given.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  beat  out  or  into  this 
harbor. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Cape  Porpoise  Harbor  15  minutes  before  it 
is  at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  from  8  to  9  feet. 


Stage  Island  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward  of 
Cape  Porpoise  Light,  is  formed  by  a  group  of  Islands  Ijing  off  the 
main  land.  It  will  afford  shelter  for  vessels  of  light  draught, 
but  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  it  without  a  pilot. 


This 
is  vcioxki 
Island  I 
1>^  mile 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


113 


The  Coast  from  Cape  Porpoise  to  Wood  Island. 

From  Cape  Porpoise  to  Wood  Island  the  course  is  NE.  Yz  E. ; 
distance  7^  miles.  There  are  several  small  streams  between  these 
places,  but  they  are  of  no  commercial  importance.  There  are  also 
several  dangers  lying  off  this  part  of  the  coast.  Strangers  should 
not  therefore  approach  nearer  than  1  mile  to  it. 


Wood  Island,  or  Winter  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  lies  about  9  miles  Southwest  from  Cape  Elizabeth, 
and  about  7  miles  Northeast  from  Cape  Porpoise  Lighthouse. 

Wood  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Eastern  extremity  of  Wood  Island  is  a  Lighthouse 
which  shows  a  flashing  Red  Light.  A  Fog  Bell,  struck  by  machin- 
ery, is  placed  near  the  Lighthouse,  and  is  struck  two  blows  in  rapid 
succession  ;  then  a  pause  of  2.')  seconds,  then  a  single  blow. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Wood  Island  Light. 


Cape  Elizabeth  Lights,   . 

.     .    NE.  ^  E.     .     . 

Diatanc 

e. 
miles 

Seguin  Island  Light,  .     . 

.    .    E.  by  N.  ^  N.  . 

.   29 

u 

Monhegan  Island  Light, 

.     .    E.  by  N.   .     . 

.  48 

(( 

Mount  Desert  Rock  Light,  . 

.    E.  J<  N.    .     . 

.      100 

(( 

Cape  Porpoise  Light,.     . 

.  sw.  y2  w.  . 

.     .     7^ 

(( 

Boon  Island  Light,     .     . 

.    .    SW.by  S.  ]i  S. 

.  21 

(; 

Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light),    .     S.  Yi  W. 


86 


Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  Wood  Island 
Harbor  by  the  Southern  Passage. 

JEEussey's  Mock, 

This  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  but  5  feet  water  at  Low  Tide, 
is  irarked  off  its  Southern  side  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1.  Wood 
Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  NE.  by  N.  }{  N. ;  distance 
1%  miles.     In  passing  in,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 


114 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Dancehury  Meef, 

This  Beef,  upca  .v^hich  there  is  but  5  feet  water,  extends  nearly 
360  yards  North  and  South,  and  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part 
with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2.  Wood  Island  Light  bears  from  this 
Buoy  N.  y^  W. ;  distance  a  little  more  than  ^  mile.  At  this 
date,  this  Ledge  is  not  properly  Buoyed,  as  the  Channel  between  it 
and  the  shore  is  only  300  yards  in  width.  It  is  therefore  advisable 
for  strangers  to  leave  this  Buoy  at  least  400  yards  on  the  Port 
hand. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Wood  Island  Harbor  by 
the  Northern  Passage. 

Negro  Island  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  is  8  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  on  its  Northern  side  with  a  Black  Buoj',  No.  3.  Wood 
Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE. ;  distance  J4  mile.  Be- 
tween this  Buo}'  and  Wood  Island  there  is  a  Channel  300  yards  in 
width,  having  4  fathoms  water  in  it.  The  best  and  widest  Channel, 
however,  is  to  the  Northward  of  this  Buoy. 

^evfiarks. 

This  harbor,  which  has  from  8  feet  to  3  fathoms  water  in  it,  lies 
between  Stage  and  Negro  Islands  (the  former  of  which  has  a 
Monument  upon  it  40  feet  in  height).  About  12  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide  can  be  carried  through  the  Channel  South  of  Wood  Island 
into  the  harbor ;  but  strangers  should  only  attempt  this  passage 
with  fair  winds,  as  it  is  very  narrow  in  some  places.  The  best 
Channel  is  to  the  Northward  of  the  Island  between  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  3,  on  Negro  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  G,  off  Ram  Island 
Ledge.  Between  these  two  Buoys  the  Channel  is  about  Yi  mile  in 
width,  and  has  a  depth  of  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  This 
harbor  is  exposed  to  Northerly-  winds,  but  vessels  may  run  up  into 
the  Pool,  where  they  will  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Wood  Island  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Ship  Channel. 

From  the  Southwestward,  leave  Cape  Porpoise  Light  3  or  4 
miles  to  the  Westward,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  Yz  E.  until 


Wood 
N.,  le 
When 
to  the 
Buoy  a 
ward. 
Southw 
with  a 
about  n 
off  the 
water,  1 
From 
or  Cape 
land  Lie 
course, 
leaving 
Continu 
Island  I 
of  the  ] 
hand),  s 
water,  r 
Southws 


Direct 

Steer 
Wood  Is 
course, 
about  1 
Lighthou 
must  ste( 
the  Souf 
the  Red 
Negro  Is 
hand,  an< 
between 
draught 
winds  ah 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


115 


"Wood  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW. ;  then  run  in  about  NW.  J4 
Km  leaving  the  Lighthouse  about  ^  mile  upon  the  Fort  hand. 
When  this  Lighthouse  bears  W.SW.,  you  will  see  about  J4  mile 
to  the  Westward  the  Black  Buoy  otf  Negro  Ledge  ;  haul  round  this 
Buoy  at  a  distance  of  250  yards  ft'om  it,  leaving  it  to  the  South- 
ward. When  abreast  this  Buoy,  you  will  see,  about  Yz  mile  to  the 
Southw  vrd,  Negro  Island,  which  is  small ;  and  also  Stage  Island, 
with  a  Monument  upon  its  Northeastern  part.  Run  in,  and  anchor 
about  midway  between  this  last-mentioned  Island  and  the  Red  Buoy 
off  the  Southern  Point  of  Negro  Island,  in  from  2J^  to  4  fathoms 
water,  the  Monument  bearing  about  NW.  by  W. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  the  Ledges  off  Cape  Elizabeth, 
or  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights,  boar  N.  by  E.  >^  E. ;  bring  Wood  Is- 
land Lighthouse  tobearfVom  W.  to  W.SW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course.  When  about  a  mile  ft'oni  this  Light,  steer  NW.  by  W., 
leaving  the  Black  Buoy  ofl  Nogro  Ledge  upon  the  Port  hand. 
Continue  the  course  NW.  by  W.  until  the  Monument  upon  Stage 
Island  bears  W.SW. ;  then  run  into  the  harbor.  When  abreast 
of  the  Black  Buoy  off  Negro  Ledge  (which  is  left  on  the  Port 
hand),  steer  more  Southerly,  and  anchor  in  from  2J/^  to  4  fathoms 
water,  midway  between  the  Monument  and  Red  Buoy  off  to  the 
Southward  of  Negro  Island. 


Directions  to  run  in  to  the  Southward  of  Wood 

Island. 

Steer  NE.  J4  E.  fVom  Cape  Porpoise,  as  before  directed,  until 
Wood  Island  Light  bears  NW.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  upon  this 
course,  leaving  the  Buoy  off  Dancobury  Ledge  (before  described) 
about  %  mile  upon  the  Port  hand.  When  about  %  mile  from  the 
Lighthouse,  you  will  be  past  the  Northern  part  of  this  Ledge,  and 
must  steer  about  W.  by  N.  %  N.,  keeping  about  200  yards  from 
the  Souf^^'^rn  part  of  Wood  Island.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see 
the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Southward  of 
Negro  Island.  Leave  this  Buoy  about  100  yards  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  anchor  in  about  2j4  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  about  midway 
between  the  Buoy  and  Monument.  Vessels  of  more  than  10  feet 
draught  should  not  attempt  this  passage  at  Low  Tide,  or  with 
winds  ahead. 


116 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Directions  to  enter  the  Fool. 

If  it  blows  strong  from  the  Northeast,  when  midway  between  the 
Monument  upon  Stage  Island  and  the  Buoy  off  the  Southern  part 
of  Negro  Island,  steer  about  SW.,  leaving  the  Spindle  upon  Half- 
tide  Rock  150  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When  the  entrance 
(which  is  about  IOC  yards  in  width)  is  fairly  open,  run  in  midway, 
and  anchor  as  soon  as  you  are  through  it.  From  the  outer  anchor- 
age about  8  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  taken  into  the  Pool. 
The  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  sets  strong  in  and  out  directly 
through  this  passage. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  Wood  Island  Harbor  at 

night. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Wood  Island  about  30  minutes  before  it  is 
At  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 

Saco  River. 

To  enter  this  River,  leave  Wood  Island  Light  about  J^  mile  to 
the  Southward,  and  steer  W.  b}'  N.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see 
the  Black  Buoy  off  Negro  Ledge ;  leave  this  Buoy  150  3ard8  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  6, 
off  Ram  Island  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  8,  off  Sharp's 
Rocks,  both  to  the  Northward.  When  abreast  the  last-mentioned 
Buoy,  you  will  see  the  lower  bar  Buoy,  which  is  painted  in  Black 
and  White  perpendicular  stripes.  This  last  Buoy  lies  at  the 
entrance  of  the  river ;  in  entering,  the  Channel  is  to  the  Westward 
of  the  Breakwater.  It  is  advisable  for  vessels  bound  to  Saco  to 
enter  Wood  Island  Harbor  and  take  pilots,  as  the  frequent  changes 
of  the  bar  at  the  mouth  of  the  river  render  it  impossible  to  give 
any  correct  sailing  directions.  It  is  High  Water  upon  Saco  Bar 
the  same  time  as  at  Wood  Island  Harbor. 

From  the  mouth  of  the  River  to  Saco  or  Biddeford  the  distance 
is  from  3  to  4  miles. 


Islands  in  Saco  Bay. 
Rmn  Island* 

This  Island,  which  is  very  small,  bears  from  Wood  Island  Light 
NW.  yi  W.,  distance  U/i  miles,  and  lies  Northeast  about  %  mile 
from  the  Buoy  on  the  Bar  at  the  entrance  of  Saco  River.     Thi» 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


117 


Island  is  surrounded  by  shoals,  and  vessels  should  give  '    a  good 
berth. 

Magle  Island. 

This  Island  is  small,  and  bears  from  Wood  Island  Lighthouse 
NW.  by  N.  ji  N.,  distance  2  miles,  and  lies  about  1  mile  from 
shore.  Vessels  of  11  feet  draught  may,  at  Low  Tide,  approach  it 
at  a  distance  of  yi  mile  without  danger. 

Stvatton  and  Bluff  Islands, 

These  two  Islands,  which  lie  near  each  other,  bear  from  Wood 
Island  Lighthouse  about  N.NE. ;  distaace  3  miles.  Sunken  rocks 
extend  off  Yi  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  these  Islands,  and  vessels 
bound  to  Old  Orchard  Beach  should  give  them  a  berth  of  at  least 
y2  mile.  There  is  no  passage  for  vessels  between  these  two  last- 
mentioned  Islands. 


Richmond's  Island  Roads. 

These  Roads  lie  2j^  miles  Southwesterly  from  Cape  Elizabeth 
Lights,  and  &%  miles  Northeast  from  Wood  Island  Lighthouse. 

Dangers. 

There  are  not  really  any  dangers  to  be  avoided  in  entering  these 
Roads.  There  are  two  Rocks,  called  the  Old  Proprietor  and 
Chimney  Rock,  both  of  which  lie  on  the  Northwestern  side,  and 
are  buoyed.  The  Old  Proprietor,  which  is  bare  a  little  before  Low 
Tide,  bears  W.  by  N.  from  the  Western  part  of  Richmond's  Island ; 
distance  2  miles.  Chimney  Rock  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  and  bears, 
from  the  Western  part  of  Richmond's  Island,  NW.  by  N.  J^  N., 
about  yz  mile.  Neither  of  these  rocks  lie  in  the  way,  except  3  ou 
are  obliged  to  beat  in. 

Remarks, 

These  Roads  make  an  excellent  harbor  with  winds  from  West  to 
South  by  way  of  North,  and  can  be  easily  entered  in  daytime,  even 
by  the  largest  vessels,  when  they  cannot  get  into  Portland.  Tlie 
holding-ground  is  good,  and  I  can  see  no  reason  why  a  large  vessel, 
anchoring  in  from  7  to  8  fathoms  water,  could  not  safely  ride  out  a 
heavy  Northeast  gale. 


118 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Richmond's  Island  Roads, 
in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  leave  Wood  Island  Light  about  1% 
miles  to  the  Northwestward,  and  as  soon  as  Cape  Elizabeth  Light- 
houses are  made  bring  them  to  bear  NE.  and  run  for  them  until  the 
Western  part  of  Richmond's  Island  bears  North ;  then  run  in  about 
N.  by  W.  %  W.,  and  haul  round  the  West  part  of  Richmond's 
Island  at  a  distance  of  J^  mile  (leaving  it  to  the  I^stward),  and 
anchor  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water,  good  holding-ground.  The 
best  anchorage  for  large  vessels  is  }{  mile  S<SE.  from  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Chimney  Rock.  Small  or  light-draught  vessels  may  go 
up  to  the  head  of  the  cove  and  anchor  at  their  pleasure  . 

From  the  Northeastward. 

Coming  from  the  Northeastward,   bring  the  Lighthouse  upon 
Half-wa}'  Rock  to  bear  NE.  b}-  "Ej.  %  E.,  and  make  good  the 
course  SW.  by  W.  34^  W .    On  this  course  the  Black  Buoj'  off"  Taj-- 
lor's  Reef  (bearing  SE.  %  S.  from  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights,  distance 
^  mile)  will  be  left  about  yi  mile  on  the  Starboard,  and  Alden's 
Rock  about  ^  mile  upon  the  Port  hand.     When  Cape  Elizabeth 
Lights  bear  N.NE.,  haul  round  Richmond's  Island  at  a  distance  of 
^   mile,  and  anchor  as  before  directed.     In  order  to  avoid  the 
Ledges  in  beating  in,  do  not  approach  nearer  to  Richmond's  Island 
than  J^  mile,  until  past  the' Western  point.     The  first  Cove  to  the 
Westward  of  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights  is  Seal  Cove,  which  is  full  of 
Rocks  and  Ledges.     Strangers  should  therefore  be  careful  and  not 
mistake  this  for  Richmond's  Island  Roads.    The  centre  of  Rich- 
mond's Island  bears  from  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights  SW.  by  W.  % 
W.,  distance  2  miles ;  and  the  passage  into  the  Roads  is  to  the 
Westward  of  this  Island. 


Portland  Harbor. 

This  harbor,  which  is  the  principal  maritime  port  o^'  the  State  of 
Maine,  lies  42  miles  Northeast  from  the  city  of  Po.ldmouth,  and 
62  miles  Northeasterly  from  Cape  Ann. 


ELDRIDOE  S  COAST   PILOT. 


119 


Cape  Elizabeth  Lights, 

Upon  Cape  Elizabeth  are  erected  two  lofty  Light  Towers,  painted 
brown,  with  white  masonry  bases,  923  feet  apart,  ranging  SW.  by 
W.  and  NE.  by  E.  The  Eastern  Tower  shows  a  fixed  White 
Light ;  the  Western,  a  flashing  White  Light.  A  Fog  Signal  is 
placed  near  the  Lighthouses,  giving  two  blasts  of  5  seconds  each, 
with  an  interval  of  8  seconds  between  them,  and  then  a  pause  of 
42  seconds. 


Bearings  and  Distances  ttam  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights. 


A 

Distance. 

Cape  Cod  (Highland  Light), 

S.  5<  W.,     .    .    92 

Thatcher's  Island  Lights,    .     .     . 

SW.  by  S.  J^  S.,  581^ 

Boon  Island  Light, 

SW.  ^  S.,  .     .     29 

Seguin  Island  Light,       .... 

E.byN.,      .     .     21 

Monhegan  Island  Light,      .     .     . 

E.  ?4  N.,     .    .    40 

Matinicus  Island  Light,       .     .     . 

B.  ^  S.,       .     .     59 

Seal  Island  Light  (Cape  Sable),  . 

E.  by  S.  54  S.,     181 

Half-way  Rock  Light,    .... 

E.NE.,    ...      9 

Portland  Light, 

N.  ^  E.,     .    .      ^Yi 

miles. 


(t 


(( 


(( 


i( 


(( 


(( 


K 


Half-Way  Rock  Light, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light  varied  by 
Red  flashes,  is  built  upon  a  small  rocky  Islet,  called  Half-way 
Rock.  Webster  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  8  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide,  bears  from  this  Light  North;  distance  450  yards.  This 
Rock  is  marked  on  its  Northern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No. 
7.  There  is  no  passage  for  vessels  between  this  Rock  and  the 
Lighthouse.  Rocks  also  extend  off  nearly-  ^  mile  to  the  Westward 
of  this  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Half-way  Bock  Light. 

Diatanoe. 

Cape  Elizabeth  Lights, W.SW.,         9     miles. 

Portland  Head  Light, W.  ^  S.,        7^     " 

Seguin  Island  Light,  .......     E.,       .     .     12j^     " 

Since  the  above  was  written,  a  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed 
off  Half-way  Rock  Lighthouse,  in  19  fathoms  water. 

Bearings  and  Distances  trova.  this  Buoy. 

Half-way  Rock  Lighthouse, North  1  mile. 

Portland  Lighthouse, 


Seguin  Lighthouse, 


W.  J^  N.    8  miles. 
E.  Yi  N.   12     '' 


120 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Portland  Head  Light. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  built  on 
Portland  Head.  A  Fog  Signal  is  placed  near  it  which  gives  blasts 
of  8  seconds  at  intervals  of  40  seconds.  Half-way  Rock  bears 
from  Portland  Head  Light  E.  ^  N. ;  distance  7^  miles. 

Portland  Breakwater  Light, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  flashing  Red  Light,  is  erected 
upon  the  outer  end  of  the  Breakwater,  which,  in  entering  Portland 
Harbor,  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 

Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  Passing  Cape  Elizabeth 
by  the  Inshore  Channel. 

Old  Anthony,  or  Vapor  Rock. 

This  Rock,  which  has  18  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides,  is 
marked  on  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  stripes,  and  also  having  the  white  letters  O.  A.  upon  it. 
Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  by  W.  J4 
W. ;  distance  1  ^  miles.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth  bj'  the 
Inshore  Channel  will  leave  this  Buoy  to  the  Southeastward. 

Taylor's  Reef, 

This  Reef,  which  at  verj-  Low  Tides  has  1 1  feet  water  upon  it, 
extends  E.NE.  and  W.SW.  nearly  J^  mile.  It  is  marked  upon 
its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Black  Buo}',  having  the  white  letters 
T.  R.  upon  it.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy 
NW.  %  N. ;  distance  ^  mile.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth 
by  the  Inshore  Channel  generally  leave  this  Buoy  to  the  Northwest- 
ward ;  but  there  is  a  good  Channel  of  6  fathoms  water  inside  this 
Reef  close  to  the  Cape  Shore. 

Alden'8  Rock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  at  very  Low  Tides  has  but  4  feet 
water  upon  it,  is  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy  having  the  white  letters 
A.  R.  upon  it.  This  Buoy  lies  about  %  mile  Southeast  from  the 
Rock.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  it  NW.  by  W. ; 
distance  2%  miles.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth  by  the  Inshore 
Channel  should  leave  this  Buoy  at  least  ^  mile  to  the  Southeast- 
ward. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


121 


Corwin  Mode. 

This  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  18  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  upon  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  Red 
Horizontal  stripes,  and  also  having  the  white  letters  C.  R.  upon  it. 
Cape  EHzabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  NW.  by  W.  ^ 
W. ;  distance  2%  miles.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth  by  the 
Inshore  Channel  should  leave  this  Buoy  to  the  Southeastward. 

West  Cod  Ledge. 

This  Ledge  (which  at  this  date  is  not  Buoyed)  has  4J^  fathoms 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears 
from  it  W.  %  N. ;  distance  a  little  over  3  miles.  V-asels  passing 
Cape  Elizabeth  by  the  Inshore  Channel  should  leave  this  Ledge  to 
the  Southeastward. 

MitcheWs  Hock. 

This  Rock  (which  at  this  date  is  not  Buoyed)  has  5^  fathoms 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  bound  around  Cape  Elizabeth 
by  the  Inshore  Channel  generally  pass  to  the  Eastward  of  it.  This 
Rock  is  not  considered  dangerous  except  in  rough  weather,  when 
the  sea  breaks  heavily  upon  it.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light 
bears  from  this  Rock  W.  lyi  miles. 

Broad  Cove  Mock. 

This  Rock,  which  has  about  7  feet  water  upon  it,  is  marked  off 
its  Eastern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy  having  the  white  letters 
B.  C.  R.  upon  it.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  this 
Buoy  SW. ;  distance  1  %  miles.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth 
by  the  Inshore  Channel  must  leave  this  Buoy  to  the  Westward. 

Trundy  Reef, 

This  Reef  extends  off  about  5^  mile  in  a  Northeasterly  direction 
from  Trundy  Point.  Trund.y  Point  is  1  ^  miles  to  the  Northward 
of  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights.  The  Reef  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  about  Yi 
mile  from  shore.  A  Black  Buoy,  having  the  white  letters  T.  R. 
upon  it,  is  placed  off  the  Northeast  part  of  this  Reef.  Cape  Eliza- 
beth Eastern  Light  bears  from  it  SW.  by  S.  J^  S. ;  distance  1^ 
miles.  Rocky  Bottom  extends  off  to  the  Northeast  of  this  Reef, 
ftnd  the  current  of  Flood  sets  on  to  it.     Large  vessels  should  there- 


122 


??LDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


fore  give  it  a  wide  berth.    Po  ''and  Light  bears  fVom  it  N.  by  W. 
^  W. ;  distance  1^  mi.'es. 

Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  passing  Cape  Elizabeth 
by  the  OfRshore  Channel. 

West  Hue  and  Cry. 

This  Ledge  (which  is  not  Buoyed  at  this  date)  has  4^  fathoms 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears 
from  it  N.NW.  2^  miles. 

East  Hue  and  Cry, 

This  is  a  dangerous  Ledge  with  16  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide.  It  is  marked  upon  its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy, 
No.  1.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  fVom  this  Buoy  NW. 
^  N. ;  distance  3^  miles.  Vessels  passing  Cape  Elizabeth  by 
the  Offshore  Channel  will  leave  this  Buoy  to  the  Northwestward. 

Bache  Rock, 

This  Rock  (which  is  not  Buoyed  at  this  date)  has  4  fathoma 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears 
from  this  Rock,  W.  >^  S.,  distance  5  miles ;  Portland  Head  Light, 
NW.  bj  W.,  byi  miles.  In  Easterly  gales  the  sea  breaks  heavily 
upon  this  Reck. 

Round  Rock, 

This  Rock  (which  is  not  Buoyed  at  'his  date)  has  4^^  fathoms 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears 
from  this  Rock  W.  %  S. ;  distance  1%  miles. 


Bulwark  Shoal, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  has  but  12  feet  water  upon  it  at 
very  Low  Tides,  is  marked  upon  its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Buoy 
painted  in  red  and  black  horizontal  stripes.  Cape  Elizabeth  East- 
ern Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  W.  ^  S.,  6^  miles ;  Light  upon 
Half-way  Rock,  NE.  by  N.,  3^  miles  ;  Portland  Head  Light,  NW. 
by  W.  %  W.,  distance  6^  miles.  Heavy -draught  vessels  passing 
Cape  Elizabeth,  bound  to  Portland,  should  give  all  these  Ledges 
a  wide  berth,  leaving  them  to  the  Northwestward. 


ELDRIDOES  COAST  PILOT. 


123 


Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  approacliin«9;  and  entering 

Portland  Harbor. 

Jordan's  Ledge,  or  Bell  Rx^'^k, 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  tliere  are  18  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  upon  its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Blaclc  Horizontal  stripes.  Portland  Head  Light  bears  fVom  this 
Buoy  NW.  by  W. ;  distance  1  mile. 

IHne-Tree  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  has  i'O  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is  not 
Buoyed  at  this  date.  Poriland  Head  Light  bears  from  it  NW.  % 
W.. ;  distance  1^  miles  nearly.  The  sea  breaks  heavily  upon  this 
Ledge  during  heav}'  Southeasterly  gales. 

Witch   Bock. 

This  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  18  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  off  its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy  having  the 
white  letters  W.  R.  upon  it.  Portland  Head  Light  bears  from  this 
Buoy  W.  by  N.,  1^  miles;  the  Buoy  upon  Jordan's  Reef  bears 
W.  by  S.  |4  S. ;  distance  ^  mile  from  the  Buoy  upon  Witch 
Rock.  The  Ship  Channel  into  Portland  is  between  these  two 
Buoys. 

Ham  Island  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  w^hich  extends  off  to  the  Southward  about  J^  mile 
firom  the  Southwestern  part  of  Ram  Island,  is  marked  upon  its 
outer  part  with  a  Day  Beacon  50  feet  in  height.  Portland  Head 
Light  bears  from  this  Beacon  W.  I  y  S.  J4^  S. ;  distance  about  1 
mile.  In  passing  into  Portland,  this  Beacon  is  left  on  the  Star- 
board hand. 

Catfish  Hock, 

This  Rock,  which  has  18  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
150  yards  from,  the  Southwestern  part  of  Bang's  Island.  A  Red 
Buoy,  No.  2,  is  placed  near  it.  Portland  Head  Light  bears  from 
this  Buoy  S.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  distance  ^  mile. 

Bang's  Island  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  has  2  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
near  the  Northwestern  part  of  Bang's  Island,  and  is  marked  upon 
)ts  Northwestern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  4. 


124 


KLDRI DOE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Mill  Hock, 

This  Rock,  which  lies  near  the  Western  shore,  about  >4  mile  to 

the  Southward  of  Fort  Preble,  has  2  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 

Tide,  and  is  marked  off  its  Northeast  part  with  a  Black  Buoy, 

No.  11. 

Spring  Point  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  some  parts  of  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  extends 
otr  Northeast  350  yards  from  Fort  Preble.  It  is  marked  on  its 
ojitor  paft  with  a  Black  Buoy  having  the  white  letters  S.  P.  L. 
upon  it.  Portland  Breakwater  Light  bears  from  it  NW.  by  W. ; 
distance  y^  mile. 

8taniford*8  Ledge, 

This  Ledge  extends  off  NE.  by  E.  250  yards  from  Portland 
Breakwater  Light.  It  is  marked  upon  its  outer  part  with  a  Black 
Buoy  having  the  white  letters  S.  L.  upon  it. 

Portland  Harbor  Rocks, 

Those  Rocks,  which  lie  in  the  harbor  upon  the  Southern  side  of 
the  Channel,  have  but  4  feet  water  upon  them  at  Low  Tide.  They 
are  marked  upon  their  Northwestern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3. 
Portland  Breakwater  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  by  N. ;  dis- 
tance a  little  more  than  ^^  mile. 

Remarks, 

On  account  of  the  Ledges  that  lie  off  its  entrance,  the  approaches 
to  Portland  Harbor  are  exceedingly  dangerous  for  large  vessels. 
Small  ones  should  give  Alden's  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  but  4 
feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  a  wide  berth.  The  heaviest  draught  ves- 
sels may  enter  the  Outer  Harbor  at  Low  Tide ;  and  21  feet  water, 
at  this  date,  can  be  carried  into  the  Inner  Harbor  at  this  time  of 
Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Portland  Harbor  in  Day* 
time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Cape  Elizabeth  Inshore  Channel, 

Coming  IVom  the  Southwestward,  as  soon  as  Cape  Elizabeth  LightJt 
are  made,  bring  them  to  bear  from  NE.  by  N.  to  N.NE.,  and  ruri 
for  them.    On  this  course,  as  you  approach  these  Lighthouses,  you 


will  see, 

which  hi 

l)oth  Kai 

^  mile. 

you  can 

must  ke 

be  no  df 

by  E.,  8 

abreast  t 

upon  it, 

steer  N.! 

N. ;  thei 

Black  Bi 

Port,  anr 

off  Jords 

mentione 

Light,  st 

Westwar( 

Southwes 

the  Starl 

leaving  t 

When  ab 

Black  Bu 

Red  Buo} 

to  tiio  cit; 

Chan 

Coming 
Cape  Eliz 
upon  the 
N. ;  then 
Black  anc 
than  y2  m 
land  Head 


From  S( 
Elizabeth 
described) 


ELDUIDGF/8  COAST   PILOT. 


125 


will  800,  on  Lho  Starboard  how,  tho  Black  Hiioy  olT  Tnylor'rt  Reef, 
which  httH  ihoiit  11  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  (Cape  Kliza- 
hetii  EaHtcra  Light  hears  from  this  Hiioy  NW.  )^  N.  ;  distance 
li  mile.)  Ah  soon  as  this  liiiov  is  made,  you  will  rememl)er  that 
you  can  pass  it  on  either  side.  If  you  intend  to  go  within  it,  you 
must  keep  midway  between  the  liuoy  and  shore,  and  tliere  will 
1)0  no  danger.  If  you  wish  to  go  without  it,  when  it  hears  NE. 
by  E.,  steer  for  it  and  leave  it  eloso  to  on  the  l*ort  hand.  When 
abreast  this  Buo}'  (which  may  be  knuwi\  by  tho  wliito  letters  T.  II. 
upon  it,  and  also  by  tho  bearings  of  Cape  Kli/abeth  Kastern  Light) 
steer  N.NE.  until  Portland  Head  Light  hears  NW.  by  N.  % 
N. ;  then  run  for  it.  On  these  two  last  courses,  you  will  leave  the 
Black  Buoys  on  Broad  Cove  Rock  und  Trundy  Reef  both  on  the 
Port,  and  the  Buoy  painted  in  Tied  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes, 
off  Jordan's  Reef,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  this  last- 
mentioned  Buoy,  or,  you  aro  about  }^  mile  ft*om  Portland  Head 
Light,  steer  more  Northerly,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  j^  mile  to  the 
Westward.  When  abreast  it,  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  off  the 
Southwest  part  of  Bn  g's  Island.  Leave  this  Buoy  200  yards  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  up  about  N.  ^  W.  in  midchannel, 
leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Fort  Preble  close  to  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  abreast  this  Buoy,  you  will  see  to  tho  Northwestward  another 
Black  Buoy,  which  lies  off  Portland  Breakwater  Light,  and  also  a 
Red  Buoy  ;  pass  midway  between  them  and  run  in,  keeping  nearest 
to  tiio  city  side  of  the  harbor. 


ghtis 
run 
you 


Channel  between  Corwln  Hoek  and  West  Cod 

Jjedffe. 

Coming  from  Seaward  or  the  Southward,  do  not  approach  nearer 
Cape  Elizabeth  than  4  or  5  miles,  or  keep  outside  all  the  Buoys 
upon  the  Ledges  until  Portland  Head  Light  bears  NW.  by  N.  ^ 
N. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in 
Black  and  Red  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Corwin  Rock,  a  little  more 
than  }4  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  ^^  mile  from  Port- 
land Head  Light,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Ship  Channel, 

From  Seaward  or  the  Southward,  do  not  approach  nearer  Cape 
Elizabeth  than  10  miles  until  tho  Light  upon  Halfway  Rock  (before 
described)  is  made ;  then  bring  this  Light  to  bear  North,  and  run 


y 


126 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


for  it  until  Portland  Head  Lighthouse  bears  W.  by  N.  ^  N. ; 
then  run  for  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse  on  this  course  until 
about  %  mile  from  it,  and  proceed  according  to  directions  before 
given.  This  last  course  (W.  by  N.  ^  N.)  passes  %  mile  to  the 
Nci^heastward  of  the  Buoy  upon  Bulwark  Shoal,  and  about  midway, 
in  9  fathoms  water,  between  the  Buoys  upon  Jordan's  Reef  and 
Witch  Rock. 

Northern  Channel, 

Coming  from  the  Eastward,  leave  Seguin  Lighthouse  3  or  4 
miles  to  tiie  Northward,  and  bring  the  Lljrhthouse  upon  Halfway 
Rock  to  bear  W.  by  N.,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile  to  the  North- 
ward. Wasn  past  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse,  bang  Portland 
Head  Lighi  to  bear  W.  %  N.,  and  run  for  it  upon  this  bearing 
until  X  '"^^®  ^^o™  ^*»  *^®"  follow  the  directions  before  given. 
Upon  this  last  course  (W.  %  N.  from  Halfway  Rock),  Outer 
Green  Island  and  ihe  Beacon  upon  Ram  Island  Ledge  will  both  be 
left  to  the  Northward ;  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Witch  Rock  5^  mile 
to  the  Southward. 

White  Head  Passage. 

Remarks, 

The  narrow  channel  leading  into  Portland  Harbor  between  the 
Northern  shore  of  Bang's^  f aland  and  the  Southern  shore  of  Peak's 
Island  is  called  White  Head  Passage.  Strangers  should  not 
attempt  to  pass  in  or  out  this  channel  unless  thej'  have  a  fair  wind, 
and  in  no  case  with  light  winds,  as  there  is  danger  of  being 
carried  ashore  by  the  current,  upon  the  Ledges. 

Sailing  Directions. 

From  the  East^vard,  to  enter  Portland  Harbor  by  White  Head 
Passage,  leave  tie  Lighthouse  on  Halfway  Rock  about  %  mile  to 
the  Northward,  md  steer  about  W.  ]4^  N.  until  the  first  Island 
(Outer  Green  Islai:1)  bears  North;  then  steer  abou^.  W.NW., 
leaving  Ram  Island  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  soe 
two  Spindles  in  the  passage ;  pass  midway  between  them  and  I'ln 
in,  keeping  the  Southern  shore  best  aboard.  You  may  go  on  either 
side  of  House  Island.  If  you  pass  to  the  Southward  of  it  keep 
nearest  to  it,  in  order  tc  avoid  the  shoal  water  that  extends  off 


some  d 
are  froi 
Bang's  1 
fore  ad\ 


Hog 

When 
harbor,  : 
bor,  unti 
until  Poi 
anchor  n 
fathoms 
Hog  Ish 
Harbor. 

Sailing 
time 


•  A  Whi 
water.     ( 

tarice  abo 
From  \ 
Elizabeth 
bears  N. 
Whistling 
the  Port  h 
Rock  will 
course  N! 
N.jJ^N. 
close  to. 
ing  in  mic 
to  Break 
nearer  Foi 
When  the 
this  Ledge 
Light  at  a 

*  Fort  Sci 
board  h.:nd 


w 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


127 


some  distance  from  the  Northern  part  of  Bang's  Island.  There 
are  Arom  4  to  6  fathoms  water  in  White  Head  Passage  between 
Bang's  and'Fe)fkk's  Islands ;  but  the  Channel  is  narrow ;  it  is  there- 
fore advisable  to  proceed  with  caution. 

Hog  Island  Roads,  or  Portland  Outer  Harbor. 

When  abreast  of  Portland  Head  Light,  if  you  wish  to  make  a 
harbor,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Portland  Inner  Har- 
bor, until  abreast  the  Black  Buoy  off  Fort  Preble ;  then  steer  NE. 
until  Portland  Breakwater  Light  bears  West,  then  steer  East,  and 
anchor  midway  between  Little  Hog  and  House  Islands,  in  about  5 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  During  heavy  Northeasterly  gales. 
Hog  Island  Roads  affords  better  shelter  than  Portland  Inner 
Harbor. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Portland  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

'  A  Whistling  Buoy  is  placed  off  Cape  Elizabeth  in  18  fathoms 
water.     Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  from  it  about  N.  by 
W.  %  W.,  distance  2  J^  miles ;  Buoy  off  Old  Anthony,  N-NE.,  dis- 
tance about  ^  mile ; '  Alden's  Rock,  NE.  %  E-,  distance  1^  miles. 
From  the  Southward  or  South  west  ward,  do  not  approach  Cape 
Elizabeth  nearer  than  5  miles  until  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light 
bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  run  for  it,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the 
Whistling  Buoy.     When  you  make  or  hear  it,  leave  it  close  to  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NE.  by  N.  %  N.    On  this  course,  Alden's 
Rock  will  be  left  yz  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.    Continue  the 
course  NE.  by  N.  J4  N.  until  Portland  Head  Light  bears  NW.  by 
N.  K  N. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  pass  it  on  the  Port  hand 
close  to.     When  abreast  of  this  Light,  run  about  N.  by  W.,  keep- 
ing in  mid-channel  until  about  half-way  from  Portland  Head  Light 
to  Breakwater  Light ;  then  haul  a  little  more  Northerly,  keeping 
nearer  Fort  Scammel  *  in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledge  off  Fort  Preble. 
When  the  Breakwater  Light  bears  W.  by  N.  J4  N.,  you  are  past 
this  Ledge,  and  may  haul  in  NW.  and  round  this  last-mentioned 
Light  at  a  distance  of  %  mile,  and  anchor  nearest  the  city  side.   If 


*  Fort  Scammel  is  upon  House  Island,  and  in  passing  in  is  left  on  the  Star- 
board h.:nd. 


128 


KLDEIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


the  night  is  very  dark,  after  passing  Fort  Preble,  use  the  lead,  and 
do  not  go  into  less  than  3^  fathoms  water  until  the  Breakwater 
Light  bears  S.SW. ;  then  haul  in  for  the  city. 

Hog  Island  Roads,  or  Portland  Outer  Harbor. 

If  jou  do  not  like  to  pass  the  Breakwater  Light  at  night,  when 
between  Fort  Preble  and  Fort  Scammel,  run  N.  by  E.,  and  anchor 
in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water,  the  Breakr/ater  Light  bearing  West ; 
distance  about  ^  mile. 

Channel  between  Cortvin  Mock  and  West  Cod 

Ledge, 

The  channel  between  this  Rock  and  Ledge  is  1 J^  miles  in  width, 
and  the  heaviest-draught  vessels  may  safelj-  pass  through  it  at 
night,  provided  there  is  no  error  in  their  compass. 

Coming  from  the  Southward,  do  not  approach  nearer  Cape  Eliza- 
beth than  4  or  5  miles,  and  as  soon  as  you  make  Portland  Head 
Light  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  by  N.  X  N.,  and  run  for  it,  leaving 
this  Light  250  yards,  or  close  to,  on  the  Port  hand,  and  proceed 
according  to  directions  before  given. 

Ship  Channel. 

From  Seaward  or  the  Southward,  do  not  approach  nearer  Cape 
Elizabeth  than  10  miles  until  the  Light  upon  Halfway  Rock  is 
made ;  then  bring  this  Light  to  bear  North,  and  steer  for  it  until 
Portland  Head  Light  bears  W.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  then  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  until  about  }^  mile  from  it,  and  proceed  as  beforo 
directed.  This  last  course  (W.  by  N.  ^  N.)  passes  ^  mile  to 
the  Northeastward  of  the  Buoy  upon  Bulwark  Shoal,  and  about 
midway  in  9  fathoms  water  between  the  Buoys  upon  Jordan's  Reef 
and  Witch  Rock. 

Northern  Channel, 

From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  the  Light  upon  Halfway  Rock  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  N.  (which  course  will  clear  all  the 
Ledges),  and  run  for  this  Light,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile  to  the 
Northward.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse,  bring 
Portland  Head  Light  to  bear  W.  %  N.,  and  steer  for  it  ol  this  bear- 
ing until  ^  mile  from  it,  or  close  to  it ;  then  follow  the  directions 
before  given.     Upon  this  last  course  (W.  %  N.  from  Halfway 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


129 


Rock) ,  Outer  Green  Island  and  the  Beacon  upon  Ram  Island  Ledge 
will  both  be  left  to  the  Northward,  and  the  Buoy  off  Witch  Rock 


i^  mile  to  the  Southward. 


Beating  into  Portland  Harbor  at  Night. 

At  night  or  day,  vessels  of  not  more  than  13  feet  draught,  from 
the  Southwestward,  with  strong  NW.  winds,  at  Half  Tide,  may, 
as  soon  aa  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights  are  made,  bring  them  to  bear 
from  NE.  by  N.  to  N.NE.,  and  run  for  them  on  this  bearing, 
leaving  the  Cape  Shore  about  }(  mile  to  the  Northwestward. 
When  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  bears  NW.  by  W.,  steer 
NE.  by  N.  until  Portland  Head  Light  bears  NW.  by  N.  X  N. ; 
then  haul  sharp  on  the  wind,  or  for  this  last-mentioned  Light.  In 
passing  Cape  Elizabeth  at  Half  Tide,  the  only  danger  for  vessels  of 
not  more  than  13  feet  draught  is  Alden's  Rock.  Remember  this 
Rock  bears  from  Cape  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light  SE.  by  E. ;  dis- 
tance 2  miles. 

At  night  or  day,  after  passing  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights  by  the 
"Inshore  Channel,  vessels  of  not  more  than  15  feet  draught  may 
stand  to  the  Eastward  until  Portland  Head  Light  bears  W.  j4  N., 
and  to  the  Westward  until  it  bears  NW.  by  N.  X  N.  At  night, 
vessels  beating  in  may  stantl  pretty  close  to  the  Western  shore, 
after  passing  Portland  Head  Ijight,  until  abreast  of  the  Southern 
end  of  Bang's  Island.  After  passing  this  to  Fort  Preble,  give  the 
Western  shore  a  wide  bortli ;  and  in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledge  that 
makes  off  from  this  Fort,  when  passing  it,  kiep  nearest  to  House 
Island. 

Ship  Channel, 

Beating  into  Portland  Harbor  in  Ship  Channel  at  night  or  day, 
when  Halfway  Rock  Light  boars  North,  jou  may  stand  to  the 
Northward  until  Portland  Head  Light  bears  W.  J^  N.,  and  to  the 
Southward  until  it  bears  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  When  Cape  Elizabeth 
Lights  bear  SW.,  heavy-draught  vessels  may  anchor,  and  wait  for 
daylight  in  order  to  pass  Jordan's  Reef  and  Witch  Rock. 

Sailing  Directions  for  approaching  and  entering 
Portland  Harbor  in  Thick  Weather.* 

A  Whistling  Buoy  is  placed  in  18  fathoms  water,  bearing  about 

S.  by  E.,  J<  E.  2 1^  miles  from  Capo  Elizabeth  Eastern  Light.    Fog 

Signals  are  also  placed  at  Capo  Rlixabcth  and  Portland  Head  Light. 

*  A  Bell  Buoy  has  been  plaood  'u  inik)  B>BW.  from  Bangs  Island  Point.  This 
Buoy  is  loft  on  the  Starboard  hand  by  vimitols  boiuid  into  Portland.  From  this 
Buoy,  Portland  Head  Li){)>th(mHU  boarM  B.  by  W.,  H  mile. 


130 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Vessels  fVom  the  Southwest,  Southward,  oif  Seaward,  making  or 
hearing  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  Cape  Elizabeth,  will  run  for  it, 
bearing  from  NW.  to  NE.  Leave  it  close  to  on  either  hand,  and 
make  good  the  course  NE.  b}-  N.  ^  N.  until  the  Fog  Signal  upon 
Cape  Elizabeth  (before  described)  bears  W.  by  S.  ^  S.  (Port- 
land Head  Light  will  then  bear  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.,  distance  3^ 
miles)  ;  then  run  for  Portland  Head  Light  on  tb's  last  bearing,  and 
when  you  hear  the  Fog  Signal  near  this  Lighthv:  ie,  pass  it  close  to 
in  7  or  8  fathoms  water,  and  steer  about  N.  by  W.,  keeping  in  not 
less  than  7  or  8  fathoms  water  until  past  Fort  Preble,  when  you 
may  haul  more  Westerly,  and  round  the  Lighthouse  in  not  less 
than  3}4  fathoms,  and  anchor. 

Yusp'^ls  from  the  Eastward  making  or  hearing  the  Whistling 
Bu'>y  which  lies  about  South  1  mile  from  the  L'ght  upon  Halfway 
Kock,  may  leave  it  close  to  on  either  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  W-  }4  N.  for  Portland  Head  Light.  As  soon  as  the  Fog 
Signal  is  heard  at  this  Ligbthouse,  bring  it  to  bear  W-  }4  N<,  and 
run  for  it  en  this  bearing,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Portland  Harbor  12  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 


Yarmouth  River,  or  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  in  Casco  Bay,  about  9  miles  North- 
easterly from  the  city  of  Portland.  From  its  mouth  to  Yarmouth 
Falls  Village  (which  is  situated  upon  its  Western  Bank),  the  dis- 
tance is  1^  miles.  In  going  up,  the  Channel  is  extremely  narrow, 
and  has  but  little  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide.  In  approaching  this 
River,  there  are  two  ways,  the  most  direct  of  which  is  through 
Hussey's  Sound  ;  the  other  by  the  way  of  Portland. 


MusHey's  Sound, 

The  passage  into  Casco  Bay  between  Peak's  Island  and  Long 
Island  is  called  Husse3'8  Sound.  By  keeping  in  the  middle  of  this 
passage,  the  heaviest-draught  vessels  mcy  pass  througli  it  in  safety. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


131 


Sailing  Directions  for  Yarmouth  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 
By  Way  of  Hu88ey*8  Sound. 

Coming  from  the  Southwestward,  Southward,  or  Seaward,  do  not 
approach  Cape  Elizabeth  nearer  than  4  or  5  miles  until  Portland 
Head  Light  bears  NW.  by  N.  >^  N. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this 
course  until  Cape  Elizabeth  Lights  are  in  range,  bearing  SW.  by 
W. ;  then  steer  N.  by  E.  Yz  E.  On  this  last  course,  the  Red  Buoy 
ofT  Witch  Rock,  and  Tripod  upon  the  Southern  part  of  Ram  Island, 
will  both  be  left  on  the  Port ;  and  Outer  Green  Island,  and  the  Buoy 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  off  Hussey's  Ledge, 
on  the  ?'  --board  hand.  Continue  the  course  N.  by  E.  %  E.  until 
Portland  Head  Light  is  in  range  with  the  Northern  point  of  Ram 
Island,  bearing  SW.  by  W.  Hussey's  Sound  will  tlien  be  fairly 
open,  and  you  may  run  in  about  N.  by  W-,  keeping  in  the  middle 
of  it. 

When  abreast  of  the  Northern  part  of  Peak's  Island,  you  will 
see  on  the  Port  hand  a  little  round  Islet  called  Pumpkin  Knob. 
When  the  centre  of  this  Islet  bears  SW.,  the  course  is  N.  by  E. 
y2  E.,  and  distance  3  miles  to  Red  Buoj',  No.  6,  which  lies  about 
100  feet  Southeast  from  Upper  Clapboard  Ledge.  This  last- 
mentioned  Ledge  has  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  150  yards  on  the  Port  hand, 
ami  steer  NE.  72  N-,  leaving  Birch  Point,  which  is  bold,  about 
400  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  this  last-mentioned 
Point  bears  S.  by  W-  J4  W.,  anchor  in  from  3  to  5  fathoms  water, 
and  take  a  pilot,  as  beyond  this  the  channel  is  so  crooked  and  nar- 
row that  no  correct  sailing  directions  can  be  given.  Birch  Point 
bears  NE.  from  the  Red  Baoy  No.  6,  off  Upper  Clapboard  Ledge ; 
distance  1^  miles. 

From  thb  i^-^etward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  on  Halfway  Rock 
about  ^  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  W.  %  N.,  leaving  the 
first  Island  (Outer  Green  Island)  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  When  this  last-named  Island  bears  NE.,  haul  in  about 
NW.,  leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in  Horizontal  stripes  off  Hussey's 
Rock  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  this  Buoy,  Hussey's 
Sound  will  be  open ;  then  proceed  as  before  directed. 


132 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


By  Way  of  Portland, 


From  Portland  bound  to  Yarmouth  River,  bring  the  Lighthouse 
or.  Portland  Breakwater  to  bear  SW.  %.  W.,  and  make  good  the 
course  NE.  ^  E.,  leaving  Fort  George  %  mile  to  the  Southward, 
and  carrying  nothing  less  than  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  past  it. 
When  abreast  this  Fort,  you  will  see  nearly  ahead  the  Red  Buo}' 
No.  2,  off  Hog  Island  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  continue  the  course,  leaving  another  Red 
Buoy  No.  4,  off  Brimstone  Ledge,  also  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buo}',  you  will  see  the 
Spindle  and  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Cow  Island  Ledge,  bearing 
about  NE.  by  E.  Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  b}'  N.  %  N.  for  the  Red 
Buoy,  No.  6,  upon  Upper  Clapboard  Ledge,  which  may  be  left  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  proceed 
as  before  directed. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Yarmouth  River  about  20  minutes  before  it 
is  at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Freeport  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  in  Casco  Bay,  about  11  miles 
Northeasterly  from  the  city  of  Portland.  There  are  several  ways 
to  approach  this  place,  but  the  most  direct  one,  especially  foi* 
strangers,  is  by  the  way  of  Broad  Sound. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Freeport  River,  or  Strout*s 
Point  Village,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

By  Way  of  Broad  Sound, 

From  the  Southward,  Southwestward,  or  Seaward,  keep  outsido 
of  all  the  Ledges  off  Cape  Elizabeth,  and  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse 
upon  Halfway  Rock  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  North,  and  run  tor 
it  on  this  course.  Leave  this  Lighthouse  about  %  mile  to  the 
Westwa  ;;,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  y^  W.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


133 


off  Webster  Rock  (which  lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward  of 
this  Lighthouse)  on  the  Port  hand.  When  Halfway  Rock  Light 
bears  S.  %  ffl.,  Broad  Sound  will  be  fairly  open,  and  j'ou  must 
make  good  the  course  N.  %  W.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on 
the  Starboard  hand  the  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  Red  Horizontal 
stripes,  off  Drunker's  Ledge,  and  also  Mark  and  Eagle  Islands. 
The  former  Island  has  a  stone  Monument  upon  it  50  feet  in  height. 
These  are  all  left  to  the  Eastward.  On  the  Port  hand,  you  will  see 
a  small  bare  Island  with  ledges  around  it ;  this  is  called  the  Brown 
Cow,  and  is  left  to  the  Westward.  Continue  the  course  N.  %  W. 
until  30U  make  the  Red  Buoy  No.  14,  off  Whaleboat  Ledge.  (This 
last-mentioned  Buoy  bears  N.  Yz  W.  from  Halfway  Rock  Light ; 
distance  6  miles.) 

Leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand  close  to,  and  steer  N. 
by  W.  j^  W.  \}i  miles,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  12,  off  Green 
Island  Ledge,  close  toon  the  Starboard  hand.  (This  last-mentioned 
Buoy  lies  Northeast  about  ^  mile  from  the  Northeast  point  of 
Great  Chebeag  Island.)  From  this  Buoy  run  N.NE.  Ij^  miles  to 
Black  Buo}'  No.  1,  off  Mosher  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  N.  by  "W.  %  W.,  when  you  will  see 
another  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  (which  lies  upon  Freeport  Upper  Ledge.) 
Continue  the  course  until  this  Buoy  bears  NW. ;  then  run  for  it, 
leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  this 
Buoy,  you  will  see  at  the  entrance  of  the  River  the  Black  Buoy  No. 
3,  off  Bowman's  Ledge.  Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  close  to 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  up  about  N.  ^  E.,  and  anchor  off  the 
village ;  not  less  than  4  fathoms  may  be  carried  from  sea  to  this 
anchorage.  If  bound  farther  up,  a  pilot  will  be  necessar}'.  In 
running  in,  the  Channel  between  the  two  last-mentioned  Buo^'S  is 
very  narrow ;  it  is  therefore  necessary  to  proceed  with  caution. 

By  Way  of  Portland. 

From  Portland,  bound  to  Freeport  River,  bring  the  Lighthouse 
on  Portland  Bieakwater  to  bear  SW.  J^  W.,  and  make  good  the 
course  NE.  ^  E.,  leaving  Fort  George  %  mile  to  the  Southward, 
and  carrying  nothing  less  than  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  past  it. 
When  abreast  this  Fort,  you  will  see  nearly  ahead  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  2,  off  Hog  Island  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  continue  the  course,  leaving  another  Red 
Buoy,  No.  4,  off  Brimstone  Ledge,  also  close  to  on  the  Starboard 


184 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


hand.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  j'ou  will  see  the 
Spindle  and  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Cow  Island  Ledge,  bearing 
about  NE.  by  E.  Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.  2yi  miles  to 
Spindle  and  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  Lower  Basket  Ledge.  Leave 
this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Fort  hand,  and  run  NE.  >^  E.  2  miles  to 
Red  Buoy  No.  10,  off  Great  Chebeag  Bar,  leaving  it  on  the  Star- 
board hand.  On  this  last  course  the  Red  Buoy  No.  8,  off  Seal 
Ledge,  will  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  The  passage  between 
the  Red  Buoy  off  Great  Chebeag  Bar  and  Little  John's  Island  is 
narrow,  but  there  is  not  less  than  8  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low 
Tide.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  steer  E.  by  N. 
1^  miles  to  Red  Buoy  No.  12,  off  Green  Island  Ledge.  On  this 
last  course  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northeastern  part  of  Great 
Chebeag  will  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the  course 
E.  by  N.  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Green  Island  Ledge  until  about  100 
yards  from  it ;  then  steer  N.NE.  lyi  miles  to  Black  Buoy  No.  1, 
off  Mosher  Ledge,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High    Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Freeport  River  about  20  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Harpswell  Harbor,  or  Stover's  Cove. 

This  Harbor  is  situated  in  Harpswell  Sound,  about  6^  miles 
Northeaiterly  from  the  Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock.  The  only 
obstructions  in  entering  '^  from  the  Sound  is  the  shoal  water  ex- 
tending from  Stover's  Point  and  Stover's  Ledge.  Both  these  dan- 
gers are  marked  with  Black  Buoys,  which  in  entering  are  left  on 
the  Port  hand. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Harpswell  Harbor,  or  Stover's 
Cove,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  SocHhwestward,  Southward,  or  Seaward,  keep  outside 
of  all  the  Ledges  off  Cape  Elizabeth,  and  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse 
upon  Halfway  Rock  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  North,  and  run  for  it 


ELDRIDOE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


135 


on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  %  mile  to  the  Westward.     After 
passing  the  Black  Buoy  off  Webster  Rock  (which  lies  off  a  short 
distance  to  the  Northward  of  this  Light),  bring  the  Lighthouse 
to  bear  S.  by  W.  J4  W. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  run  N. 
by  B.  J4  E.     As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  Red  Horizontal  strii)e8  off  Drun- 
ker's  Ledge.  This  last-mentioned  Buoy  bears  N.NE.  from  Halfway 
Rock  Lighthouse,  distance  2  miles,  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  and  in 
passing  in  is  left  to  the  Eastward.     You  will  also  see  nearly  ahead 
the  Monument  on  Little  Mai-k  Island ;  bring  this  Monument  to  bear 
N.  by  E.  J4  E.,  and  steer  for  it  on  this  course.     When  about  ^ 
mile  from  it,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  1,  off  Mark  Island  Ledge.     When  this  Buoy  bears  E.  by  N., 
distance  Yi  mile,  and  the  Monument  N.  by  E.  Y^  E.,  distance 
about  Y2  mile,  steer  about  NE.  ^  N.  4  miles  to  Black  Buoy  off 
Stover's  Point.     On  this  last  course,  you  will  pass  about  midway 
between  Great  Mark  Island  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Turnip  Ledge. 
After  passing  this  last-mentioned  Island  and  Buoy,  keep  in  the 
middle  of  the  Sound  until  you  make  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  which 
lies  off  Stover's  Point  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Sound ;   haul 
round  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port,  and 
run  in,  leaving  another  Black  Buoy  which  lies  off  Stover's  Ledge 
also  on  the  Port  hand.     When  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  bears  SE., 
distance  about  400  yards,  anchor  in  from  3  to  4J^  fathoms  water. 

F.:om  the  Eastward,  bound  to  Harpswell  Harbor,  as  soon  as 
Halfway  Rock  Lighthouse  is  made,  in  order  to  clear  all  the  Ledges, 
bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  N.,-and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  When 
about  %  mile  from  it,  proceed  according  to  directions  before  given. 

Strangers  from  the  Eastward,  with  favorable  winds,  bound  to 
Ilarpswell  Sound,  by  observing  the  following  directions,  may  safely 
pass  inshore  between  the  Ledges. 

Leave  Cape  Small  Point  (which  bears  W.  %  N.,  distance  3^^ 
miles  from  Seguin  Island  Lighthouse)  about  1  mile  to  the  North- 
ward; and  when  it  bears  N.NE.,  steer  W.NW.  8J^  miles  to 
Monument  on  Little  Mark  Island.  As  soon  as  this  Monument  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
When  about  ^  mile  from  it,  if  bound  to  Harpswell  Harbor,  run  up 
according  to  directions  before  given. 


136 


ELDKIDGE'S  CO/ 


PILOT. 


Pott's  Harbor. 

This  excellent  Harbor  of  rcftige  for  small  vessels  is  situated  at 
the  entrance  of  Casco  hay,  about  half-'\ay  between  the  city  of 
Portland  and  entrance  to  Kennebec  River,  and  bears  N.  by  E.  % 
E.  about  5  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock.  There 
are  two  entrances  to  this  harbor :  one  by  way  of  Broad  Sound,  the 
other  (which  is  Buoyed)  by  way  of  Ilarpswell  Sound.  Vessels  at 
many  times  overtaken  by  a  Southeasterly  storm,  when  sailing  be- 
tween Cape  Elizabeth  and  Kennebec  River,  will  find  this  a  very 
convenient  place. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Fott*s  Harbor  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  South  westward,  Southward,  or  Seaward,  keep  outside 
of  all  the  Ledges  off  Cape  Elizabeth,  and  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse 
upon  Halfway  Rock  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  North,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile  to  the  Westward.     After 
passing  the  Black  Buo}-  off  Webster  Rock  (which  lies  off  a  short 
distance  to  the  Northward  of  the  Light) ,  bring  this  Lighthouse  to 
bear  S-  by  W.  %  W. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  N.  by 
E.  j4  E.     As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand  the 
Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  Red  Horizontal  stripes  off  Drunker's 
Ledge.     This  last-mentioned  Buoy  bears  N-NE.  from  Halfway 
Rock  Light,  distance  2  miles,  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  and  in  passing 
in  is  left  to  the  Eastward.     You  will  also  see  nearly  ahead  the 
Monument  on  Little  Mark  Island ;  bring  this  Monument  to  bear 
N.  by  E.  %  E.,  and  steer  for  it  on  this  course.     When  about  ^ 
mile  from  it,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  1,  off  Mark  Island  Ledge.     When  this  Buoy  bears  E.  by  N., 
distance  y^  mile,  and  the  Monument  N.  by  E.  }4  E.,  distance  yi 
mile,  steer  about  NE.  j4  N.     On  this  last  course  you  will  pass 
between  Great  Mark  Island,  which  bears  NE.  %  N.   from  the 
Monument,  a  little  more  than  J^  mile,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2, 
off  Turnip  Ledge.     After  passing  this  last-mentioned  Island,  you 
will  see  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off  Ram  Island.     When  this  last- 
mentioned  Buoy  bears  North,  steer  for  it,  and  leave  it  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand.     From  this  last  Buoy  run  N-NW.  about  200 
yards ;  then  haul  up  about  W.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2, 
off  Pott's  Point,  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand.     When  past  this 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


137 


Buoy,  run  in  N.NE.,  leaving  two  black  Buo3*8  on  the  Port  Imnd, 
and  anclior  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water,  witli  the  Upper  Buoy 
bearing  about  W.SW. ;  distance  from  300  to  500  yards. 

From  tlie  Eastward,  leave  Cape  Small  Point,  which  bears  W. 
J4  N.,  distance  3J^  miles  from  Seguin  Island  Light,  about  1  mile 
to  the  Northward;  and  when  it  bears  N.NE.,  steer  W.NW. 
8y2  miles  to  Monument  upon  Little  Mark  Island.  As  >oon  as  the 
Monument  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course.  When  about  ^  mile  from  it,  proceed  as  before  di- 
rected. This  course  (W.NW.)  from  Cape  Small  Point  passes 
within  the  Buoys  upon  Lumbo's  Ledge,  Drunker's  Ledge,  and  also 
Mark  Island  Ledge. 

If  the  wind  is  unfavorable  to  leave  this  harbor  b}-  the  passage 
leading  into  Harpswell  Sound,  you  may,  by  the  following  direc- 
tions, go  out  by  the  Western  passage  into  Broad  Sound.  Leave 
the  Upper  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  Thrum  Cap  Ledge,  close  to  on 
the  Port  band,  and  steer  about  W.  by  S.  }4  S.,  leaving  Horse 
Island  (which  is  the  first  to  the  Westward  of  this  Buoy)  not  more 
iban  200  j'ards  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  continue  the  course  until 
Halfway-  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  S.  J^  E.  Broad  Sound  will  then 
be  fairly  open,  and  you  ma}'  run  out  with  this  Light  bearing  S.  %  E. 

In  leaving  Pott's  Harbor  by  the  Western  passage,  when  abreast 
of  Little  Birch  Island,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Westward  of  Horse 
Island,  you  may  steer  W.  >^  N.  about  one  mile,  leaving  tho  Black 
Buoj'  off  the  Northeast  part  of  Stove  Island  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  continue  the  course 
W.  ^2  N.  about  200  or  300  yards.  Luckse's  Sound  will  then  be 
fairly  open,  and  you  may  boldly  steer  out  SW.  by  W.  for  Portland 
Head  Lighthouse,  passing  about  midway  between  Ram  Island  and 
Bang's  Island.  The  Northern  part  of  Ram  Island  bears  NE.  by 
E.  from  Portland  Head  Light;  distance  1^  miles. 


Mackerel  Cove. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  harbor  bears  E.NE.  about  1%  miles 
from  the  Monument  upon  Little  Mark  Island.  The  Cove  is  about 
J4  mile  in  length,  and  its  general  width  is  about  200  yards.     There 


138 


ELDRIDOF'S  COAST  PILOT. 


are  no  dangers  in  entering  it  from  the  Sound,  and  the  holding- 
ground  is  said  to  be  good,  although  somewhat  exposed  to  SW. 
winds. 

Sailing  Direotions  for  Mackerel  Coye  in  Daytime. 

Follow  the  directions  for  either  Harpswell  or  Potfs  Harbors^ 
and  when  the  Monument  upon  little  Mark  Island  bears  W.SW.. 
make  good  the  course  E.NE.  When  at  the  entrance,  keep  mid- 
channel  and  run  in,  and  anchor  near  the  head  of  the  Cove  in  from 
6  to  7  fathoms  water. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Harpswell  Sound  about  30  minutes  before  it 
is  at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 

Quahaug  (or  Quohog)  Bay. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  bears  about  NE.  from  Halfway  Rock 
Lighthouse ;  distance  8  miles.  In  entering  it,  there  are  numerous 
dry  and  sunken  Ledges,  which  lie  off  its  mouth,  and  at  this  date 
(1879)  are  not  buoyed.  Nu  proper  sailing  directions  can  therefore 
be  given  for  this  place. 


New  Meadows  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  bears  NE.  by  E.  from  Halfway 
Rock  Lighthouse ;  distance  about  9^  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  Meadows  Biver  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  South  westward,  Southward,  or  Seaward,  may, 
as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  North,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  the  Light  about 
^  mile  to  the  Westward  and  steer  N.NE.  until  it  bears  W.SW., 
on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E.NE-  for  the  small  Island 
called  the  White  Bull.  This  last  Island  bears  E.NE.  from  the 
Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock,  distance  6  miles,  and  is  the  first 
met  with  on  this  course.  It  may  also  be  known  by  the  Islands 
called  the  Brown  Cow  and  Mark  Island.     The  former  bears  from 


ELDRIDQB'S  COAST  PILOT. 


139 


the  White  Bull  SE.  %  E.,  distance  ly'i  roilos  ;  the  latter,  E.  %  S.., 
distance  \%  miles.  When  up  with  this  island,  tlic  Buoy  painted 
in  Rod  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  otf  Luinbo's  Ledge,  will  be 
Bccn  bearing  S.1W. ;  distance  'iyi  miles.  As  soon  as  the  Island 
called  the  Whico  Bull  is  made,  keep  it  a  little  on  the  Port  bow,  in 
order  to  clear  the  rock  called  Bold  Dick,  which  bears  W.  by  S.  a 
little  more  than  %  m  le  fVom  the  Southwest  Point  of  this  last-men- 
tioned Island,  and  is  bare  at  half  tide.  Leave  the  White  Bull, 
which  is  bold,  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good 
tlie  course  NE.  ^  N.  about  2J/4  miles.  On  this  course  and  dis- 
tance you  will  pass  between  Flag's  Island  om  tlie  South,  and  Long 
Ledge  upon  the  North ;  keep  nearer  the  latter.  After  i)assing 
this  Island  and  Ledge,  you  will  8ee  nearly  ahead  the  Red  Spin- 
dle upon  Goudy  Ledge,  which  may  bo  loft  jn  either  hand.  When 
past  these,  the  river  will  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  N.NE. ; 
you  can  then  run  up,  keeping  tho  Starboard  hand  best  aboard  for 
about  3  miles,  in  order  to  avoid  Sheep  Island  Lodge.  After  pass- 
ing this  Ledge,  anchor  where  you  can  find  less  than  10  fathoms 
water. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Capo  Small  Point,  which  bears  W. 
Y2  N.,  distance  Sj^  miles  from  Seguin  Island  Light,  about  1  mile 
to  the  Northward,  and  when  it  bears  N.NE.  steer  NW.  H  W. 
2Y2  miles,  when  you  will  be  abreast  the  small  Island  called  the 
Brown  Cow.  This  Island  bears  W.NW.,  distance  2%  miles, 
from  Cape  Small  Point,  and  is  bold.  Loavo  tho  Island  about  200 
or  300  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NW.  yi  W.  1J4 
miles,  to  the  White  Bull.  When  about  200  yards  from  it,  proceed 
as  before  directed. 


Horse  Island  Harbor. 

This  small  harbor,  in  which  there  is  excoilcr*  anchorage  in  all 
winds,  in  from  2  to  6  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  is  North  about 
4^  miles  from  Cape  Small  Point,  and  Fast  Northerly  about  10 
miles  from  the  Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Horse  Island  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  pass  a  short  distance  to  the  Southward  of 
the  Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock,  and  bring  it  to  bear  W.  J4 


140 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E.  J4  N.  for  Bahl  Head, 
which  is  distant  about  Syi  miles  from  this  Lighthouse,  and  is  the 
first  Head  to  the  Northwestw  ^  vrl  of  Cape  Small  Point.  As  you 
approach  Bald  Head,  you  will  see  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  stripes,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Lumbo's 
Ledge,  which  has  about  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Leave 
this  Buov  at  least  }(  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  after  passing 
it  continue  the  course  E.  ^2  N.  for  Bald  Head  until  about  24  mile 
from  it;  then  steer  about  N.  J^  E.,  leaving  the  low,  bare,  rocky 
Islet  called  the  Brown  Cow,  and  Mark  Island  (wl  ich  is  wooded), 
and  alco  Wyman's  Ledge,*  which  has  but  3  feet  water  upon  it,  all 
OK  the  Port  hand ;  the  Red  Buoy  off  Gooseberry  Ledge,  and  also 
Wood  Island,  which  lies  about  1  mile  North  from  the  last-mentioned 
Buoy,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  Wood  Island,  keep  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Spindle  on  the  Souther  1  part  of  Jami- 
son's Ledge.  When  this  Spindle  is  made,  leave  'i  250  yartis  on 
the  Port  and  steer  about  NE.  by  N.  J4  N.  As  ,\ou  sail  in,  you 
will  see  on  the  Starboard  a  bare  ro( '  y  Islet,  called  North  Black- 
snake,  which  may  be  left  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  about  250  yards  past  this  last  Islet,  haul  more  Ea&terly,  and 
when  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing  about  N.NE.,  run  in  mid- 
way and  anchor  in  about  3^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  which  will  be  0 
at  High  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  haul  round  Cape  Small  Point  at  a  distance 
of  about  1  mile,  leaving  all  the  Ledges  off  this  point  well  on  the 
Siavboard  hand.  When  Bald  Head,  which  lies  Northwest  about  ^ 
0iile  from  Cape  Small  Point,  bears  E.  }4  N.,  distance  ^  mile, 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

"    High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Horse  Island  Harbor  about  21  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 


*  This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  hns  but  3  feet  water  upon  it  at  low  tiie,  liei 
about  >i  mile  E.  by  S.  from  the  Southern  erJ  of  Mark  Island,  and  about  W* 
miles  NW.  ^  W.  from  Bald  Head.     At  tliis  dnte,  1880,  it  is  not  buoved. 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


141 


Cundiz  Harbor. 

This  small  harbor,  in  which  there  is  good  anchorage  in  from  3^ 
to  4J4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  lies  on  the  Northwestern  side 
of  New  Meadows  River,  about  2  miles  to  the  Northward  of 
entrance  to  Horse  Island  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Oundiz  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Horse  Island  Harbor  until  you  make  the  Black  Spindle 
off  the  Southern  part  of  Jamison's  Ledge.  Leave  this  Spindle 
about  300  yards  on  the  Port,  and  make  good  the  course  about  N. 
j^  W.,  leaving  North  Blacksnake  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Red 
Spindle  on  Goudy  Ledge  on  the  Port.  After  passing  this  last- 
mentioned  Spindle,  New  Meadows  River  will  be  fairly  open,  bear- 
ing about  N.  by  "E.  }4  E. ;  then  run  up,  keeping  midway  the 
entrance.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see,  on  the  Western  side  of  the 
River,  about  1^  miles  from  tne  last-mentioned  Spindle,  a  group 
of  bare  Rocks,  ly?ng  N.NE.  and  S.SW.  These  are  Cedar 
Ledges,  which  form  the  Eastern  side  of  Cundiz  Harbor.  Continue 
tlie  course  of  the  River  until  this  harbor  is  fairly  open ;  then  run  in 
about  midway,  leaving  the  last-mentioned  Rocks  on  the  Starboard, 
anO  anchor  in  from  3^  to  4j^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 


Cape  Small  PoId^i  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  bears  from  tlie  Lightuouse  upon  Halfway  Rock 
about  E.NE.,  distance  9^  miies  ;  from  Cape  Small  Point,  North 
2j^  miles.  A  Bnr,  having  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
extends  across  iXa  mouth,  making  it  only  available  for  light-drauf^ht 

vessels. 


142 


BLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Cape  Small  Point  Harbor  in 
Dasrtime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  \  reather. 

Vessels  from  the  Westward,  bound  to  this  Harbor,  may  bring  the 
Lighthouse  upon  Halfway  Rock  to  bear  W.  by  S.,  distance  about 
^  mile ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E.  by  N.  for  the 
small  Island  called  the  Brown  Cow ;  distance  7  miles  ftom  this  last- 
mentioned  Lighthouse.     On  this  course,  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red 
and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Lumbo's  Ledge,  will  be  left  a 
little  more  than  >^  mile  upon  the  Starboard  hand.     When  up  with 
the  Brown  Cow  (which  is  the  first  Island  met  with  on  this  course 
from  Halfway  Rock  Lighthouse),  you  may  leave  it  150  yards  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  steer  E.  by  N.  1 J^  miles  to  Red  Buoy  No.  2, 
off  Gooseberry  Ledge.    Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  run  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  1  mile,  leaving  Great  and  Little 
Wood  Islands  both  on  the  Port  hand,  and  the  Buo}-  painted  in  Black 
and  Red  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Middle  Ledge,  about  150  yards  on 
the  Starboard  hand.    After  passing  this  Buoy  continue  the  course 
N.  by  E.  /i  lSi.<,  about  ^  mile;  then  haul  up  E.  by  N.,  leaving 
the  Red  Buo}'  No.  4,  off  Pitch  Pine  Ledge,  about  100  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  in  from  3j4  to  5  fathoms  water,  the 
last-mentioned  Buoy  bearing  SW.  by  W.,  distance   300  yards. 
Above  this,  a  pilot  is  necessary. 

From  the  Eastward,  haul  round  Cape  Small  Point  at  a  distance 
of  about  1  mile,  leaving  Bald  Head  Ledge — which  bears  W.  %  N. 
from  Cape  Small  Point,  distance  ^  mile,  and  is  bare  at  half  tide — 
about  }{  mile  to  the  Eastward.  When  Cape  Ismail  Point  bears  E. 
by  S.,  steer  N.  by  E.  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Gooseberry  Ledge,  and 
proceed  as  before  directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Cape  Small  Point  Harbor  about  20  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Upon 

which  si 
of  8  seo 
Lightho 

Bean 

Cape  Co< 

Thatcher 

Boon  Islj 

Cape  Elii 

Whistling 

beth,    , 

Monhegai 

Matinicus 

Seal  Islan 

Pond    IsIj 

trance  t( 

Light  upoi 

Upon  P( 
is  built  a 
Bell  is  plal 
bears  fromf 

Dangers  I 
River  I 

This  Bvai 
house,  distJ 
Small  PoinJ 
should  not 


Eennebeck  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  about  East,  22  miles  from  the  city 
of  Portland  ;  74  miles  Northeasterly  from  Cape  Ann  ;  and  19  miles 
W.  by  N.  from  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse. 


This  Led^ 
upon  its  Soij 
zontal  Stri] 
E. ;  distancj 
and  Seguin 


BLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


143 


Seguin  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  highest  part  of  Seguin  Island  is  built  a  Lighthouse, 
which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A  Steam  Whistle,  giving  blasts 
of  8  seconds'  duration  at  intervals  of  52  seconds,  is  placed  near  this 
Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distiwoeii  flrom  Seguin  Island  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 


Cape  Cod  Highland  Lighthouse,    S.  by  W.  }i  W., 
Thatcher's  Island  Lighthouses,    .SW.  J^  S.,     .     . 


Boon  Island  Lighthouse,      .     . 

Cape  Elizabeth  Lighthouses,     . 

Whistling  Buoy  off  Cape  Eliza- 
beth,     

Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  . 

Matinicus  Island  Lighthouse,    . 

Seal  Island  Lighthouse,  .     .     . 

Pond  Isl'nd  Lighthouse,  en- 
trance to  Kennebec  River,     . 

Light  upon  Halfway  Rock,  .     . 


SW.  H  W., .     . 

W.  by  S.,  . 

W.  by  S.  }i  S., 

Si.  ^  S*t   •  • 
Si.SxBm      * 

p| •,   •    •    •  • 

Vt«,  •        •        •  • 


101 
74 
46J^ 
21 

19 

39 

163 

2 

i2y2 


miles. 


(i 


(( 


n 


n 


t(. 


((. 


((. 


Pond  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Pond  Island,  Western  side  of  entrance  to  Kennebec  River, 
is  built  a  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A  Fog 
Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse.  Seguin  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  ft-om  Pond  Island  Lightjiouse  South ;  distance  2  miles. 

Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  entering  the  Kennebec 
Biver  to  the  Westward  of  Seguin  Lighthouse. 

Fuller's  Mock, 

This  small,  rocky  Island  bears  West  from  Seguin  Island  Light- 
house, distance  3}(  m''  a ,  "nd  South,  about  J^  mile,  from  Cape 
Small  Point.  At  Low  Tide,  vessels  of  more  than  9  feet  draught 
should  not  attempt  to  pass  within  this  Island. 

Mile  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  11  foot  water  has  been  found,  is  marked 
upon  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy,  having  Red  and  Black  Hori- 
zontal Stripes.  Seguin  Lighthouse  boars  fVom  this  Buoy  N.  J^ 
E. ;  distance  1  mile.  There  is  a  good  channel  between  this  Ledge 
and  Seguin  Island. 


144 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


Jack'knife  Ledge, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  has  but  5  feet  water  upon  it  at 
very  Low  Tides,  is  marked  upon  its  Southern  part  with  a  Black 
Buoy.  Seguin  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  S.,  1^ 
miles.     This  Buoy  has  the  letters  J.  K.  upon  it. 

Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  entering  the  Kennebec 
Biver  to  the  Eastward  of  Seguin  Lighthouse. 

Bantum  Ledge. 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  is  marked 
upon  its  Southwestern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  10.  Seguin  Light 
bears  from  this  Buoy  West ;  distance  6  miles.  25  fathoms  water 
was  found  ^  mile  E.  by  S.  from  this  Ledge ;  24  fathoms  West 
400 yards  from  it;  and  11  fathoms  South  300  yards  from  it.  In 
approaching  this  Ledge  in  thick  weather  or  night-time,  the  lead, 
therefore,  gives  but  little  warning.  There  is  a  good  channel 
between  it  and  Damiscove  Islands. 

Toni'8  Rock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  upon  which  there  is  but  little  water  at  Low 
Tide,  is  marked  upon  its  Southwestern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2. 
Seguin  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  by  W.  %  W. ;  distance 
2]/^  miles.  Vessels  passing  to  the  Eastward  of  Seguin  Island, 
bound  into  the  Kennebec  River,  must  leave  this  Buoy  upon  the 
Starboard  hand. 

White  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  is  7  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  upon  its  Eastern  side  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1.  Seguin 
Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  by  S.  >^  S. ;  distance  V/i  miles. 
Vessels  passing  ^,o  the  Eastward  of  Seguin  Island,  bound  into  the 
Kennebec  River,  must  leave  this  Buoy  upon  the  Port  hand.  Be- 
tween this  Buo3'  and  th.i  Northern  point  of  Seguin  there  are  several 
Ledges.  Strangers  should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to  pass  through 
between  them. 

Remarks. 

The  depth  of  water  in  the  Kennebec  River  from  Pond  Island  Light 
to  the  city  of  Bath  is  sufficient  to  admit  even  the  heaviest-draught 
vessels ;  but  the  navigation  is  somewhat  dangerous,  on  account  of 


the  cur 
should 
unless  t 

Saiiinj 
time 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


145 


the  current,  which  in  many  parts  runs  very  strong.  Strangers 
should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to  enter  this  River  without  a  pilots 
unless  they  have  a  fair  and  commanding  winu 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Kennebec  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  "Westward,  pass  without  the  Ledges  off  Cape  Eliza- 
beth, and  as  soon  as  Seguin  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  E. 
NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  Pond  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  N.  by  E.  ^  E. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  bearing.  On  this 
last  course,  Seguin  Lighthouse  U  be  left  a  little  more  than 
y^  mile  to  the  Eastward,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Jack-knife  Ledge 
will  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  approach  Pond  Island 
Lighthouse  you  will  see  a  little  on  the  Starboard  bow  the  Black 
Buoy  No.  3.  This  Buoy  lies  off  Pond  Island  Bar,  and  bears 
from  the  Lighthouse  South,  S/^  mile.  Leave  this  last-mentioned 
Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  hand  and  run  in,  leaving  the  Light- 
house about  300  yards  to  the  Westward.  "When  abreast  of  it, 
or  when  it  bears  West,  the  course  is  about  NW.  by  N.  to  Hunni- 
well's  Point,  or  Fort  Popham.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see, 
nearly  in  mid-channel,  two  small,  bare  Rocky  Islets,  which  are 
called  the  Sugar  Loaves.  You  can  go  on  either  side  of  these,  but 
the  most  direct  course  is  to  the  "Westward  of  them.  The  current 
of  Flood  sets  strong  upon  these  Islets,  and  it  is  advisable,  when 
past  Pond  Island  Light,  —  especially'  with  light  winds,  —  to  haul 
over  for  the  Western  shore,  in  order  to  pass  them  in  mid-channel. 
When  abreast  Fort  Popham,  the  course  is  N.  ^  E.,  1^  miles  to 
the  Buo}'  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Per- 
kins' Ledge.  On  this  last  course.  Shag  Rock,  which  is  small,  will 
be  left  on  the  Starboard,  and  Cox  Head,  which  is  bold,  on  the 
Port  hand.  Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  then  steer  N.  by  E.  1^  miles  to  Bald  Head.  On  this 
last  course,  you  will  pass  about  midway  between  the  Black  Buo}' 
No.  1,  off  Parker's  Ledge,  and  Perkins'  Island.  There  is  good 
anchorage  between  the  last  Island  and  Bald  Head  in  from  4  to  7 
fathoms  water.  As  you  approach  this  last-mentioned  Head  you 
will  see  to  the  Northeastward  another  opening,  which  is  the 
entrance  to  Back  River.  When  Bald  Head  Point  is  distant  about 
300  yaids,  steer  NW.  by  N.  about  1  mile,  leaving  the  Spindle 
upon  Seal  Rocks  on  the  Port  hand.    You  will  then  be  abreast  of 


146 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Phipsburg  Centre,   which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  the  river. 
From  this  point  the  course  is  about  IT.NE.,  leaving  some  small, 
Rocky  Islets  and  also  the  Black  Buoy  off  Lee's  Rock  all  on  the  Port, 
and  Pettis's  Rocks — which  are  above  water — and  the  Spindle  on  the 
Northern  part  of  Ram  Island,  on  the  Starboard  hand.     When  past 
this  last  Spindle,  which  you  must  go  close  to,  haul  a  little  over 
toward  the  Eastern  shore  and  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  river  until 
you  make  the  Black  Buoy  off  Lithgow  Ledge,  which  may  be  left  50 
ycrds  on  either  hand.     From  the  Spindle  upon  the  Northern  point 
of  Ram  Island  to  this  last  Buoy  the  course  is  about  N.  by  E.  j!^ 
E. ;  distance  2}{  miles.    About  ^  mile  above  this  Buoj-  the  river 
suddenly  turns  to  the  Westward,  having  a  width  of  about  300 
yards,  with  a  very  strong  and  dangerous  current.     This  sudden 
turn  is  called  Fiddler's  Reach.     There  are  no  obstructions  in  this 
Reach,  but  on  account  of  the  rapid  current  and  baffling  winds  it 
may  be  considered  one  of  the  most  dangerous  places  in  the  river. 
With  a  head  tide,  unless  the  wind  is  strong  and  nearl}-  aft,  vessels 
must  not  attempt  to  pass  through  it,  but  when  nearly  up  with  the 
last-mentioned  Buoy,  must  haul  in,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  6 
fathoms  water  in  Morris  Cove.     The  best  anchorage  is  about  SW. 
by  W.  from  the  Black  Buoy  off  Lithgow  Ledge ;  distance  about 
}(  mile.     In  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges,  after  passing  Fiddler's 
Reach,  keep  the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard  to  the  city  of  Bath. 
The  distance  from  Pond  Island  Light  to  Bath  is  about  1 1  miles. 
Strangers  bound  farther  up  the  river  should  take  a  pilot  at  Bath. 

From  the  Eastward,  in  order  to  clear  Bantum  Ledge,  as  soon  as 
Seguin  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  ^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course  until  Pond  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  by  W. ;  then 
run  for  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse  on  this  course,  leaving  the 
Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Tom's  Rock,  on  the  Starboard,  and  Seguin 
Dry  Ledges  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  White  Ledge,  upon  the  Port 
hand.  Continue  the  course  NW.  by  W.  for  this  Light  until 
about  300  yards  from  it ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Anchorage,  for  Daytime, 

If  the  wind  and  tide  are  both  ahead,  and  you  wish  to  find  anchor- 
age, follow  the  directions  for  entering  the  Kennebec  River  until 
abreast  Pond  Island  ;  then  bring  the  Light  to  bear  SW.  by  W.  >4 
W..,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  run  NE.  by  E.  yi  E.  until  the 


water  st 
then  anc 

If  you 
tions  1)  of 
Flaty  in 
from  all 

This  ai 
Bluff  on 
Fort  Pop 
Island  Li 

Strang! 
night. 


It  is  Hi 
Kennebec 
mon  Tidei 


The  ent 
Lighthousi 


Upon  H 
River  is 
Light. 


The  dej 
heaviest-di 
nel  from  tl 
14  miles, 
entrance, 
Bnoys  and| 
of  it  runs 
unless  thej 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


147 


water  shoals  to  5  fathoms  at  High  Tide,  and  Byi  at  Low  Tide ; 
then  anchor  between  Stage  and  Salter's  Islands. 

If  you  wish  to  make  a  harbor  when  off  Seguin,  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given  for  Kennebec  River,  and  anchor  upon  Parker's 
Flaty  in  from  3j4  to  6  fathoms  water,  where  you  may  lie  secure 
from  all  winds. 

This  anchorage  is  above  Parker's  Head,  which  is  the  second  High 
Bluff  on  the  Western  side  of  the  river  above  Hunniwell's  Point,  or 
Fort  Popham.  This  anchorage  is  also  about  3^  miles  from  Pond 
Island  Lighthouses. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  the  Kennebec  River  at 
night. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  at  Hunniwell's  Point,  near  the  entrance  to  the 
Kennebec  River,  about  12  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Com- 
mon Tides  rise  ibout  8  feet. 


Sheepscot  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  about  5  miles  Northeast  from  Seguin 
Lighthouse. 

Sendrick'8  Head  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Hendrick's  Head,  the  Eastern  side  of  the  mouth  of  this 
River  is  erected  a  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  revolving  White 
Light. 

Remarks, 

The  depth  of  water  in  this  River  is  sufficient  to  admit  the 
heaviest-draught  vessels,  7  fathoms  being  the  shoalest  in  the  chan- 
nel from  the  mouth  to  the  town  of  Wiscasset,  a  distance  of  nearly 
14  miles.  There  are  quite  a  number  of  obstructions  near  the 
entrance,  and  also  within  the  river,  but  they  are  all  marked  with 
Buoys  and  Spindles  in  the  channel-waj'.  The  current  in  some  parts 
of  it  runs  very  strong,  and  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  it 
unless  they  have  a  fair  and  commanding  wind. 


148 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Sheepsoot  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westv/ard,  leave  Seguin  Island  about  %  mile 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer 
NE.  by  E.  y2  E.     On  this  course  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  No. 
2,  off  Tom's  Rock ;  this  Buoy  bears  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  Seguin 
Light ;  distance  2^3  miles.     Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  stjer  Tor  Hendrick's  Head  Light,  bearing  about  N.NE. 
As  you    .    hi     "  this  course,  you  vill  see  on  the  Port  hand  several 
Dry  Ledt     .and  'Iso  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizon- 
tal stripes  oif  Grifl.' :■    Ledge.     On  the  Starboard  hand  will  be  seen 
a  small  Islet,  with  several  dry  rocks  about  one  mile  to  the  North- 
ward of  it ;  this  Island  is  called  Lower  Mark  Island.     Leave  Ilon- 
drick's  Head  Light  about  300  yards  to  the  Easti»ard,  find  make 
good  the  course  N.  by  E.  J4  E.     On  this  course  the  following 
Buoys,  Islands,  and  Spindle  will  be  left  on  the  Port :    First,  a 
Buo}'  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  ;  second.  Middle 
Mark  Island  ;  third,  a  Spindle ;   fourth,  another  Buoy  painted  in 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  ;  fifth.  Upper  Mark  Island  ;  and 
sixth,  the  Black  Buo}'  No.  3,  off  Ilogdon's  Ledge.     This  last  Buoy 
is  3^  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  on  Hendrick's   Head.     On  this 
course,  two  Red  Buoys  will  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand  :  the  first 
is  2%  miles  above  the  Lighthouse,  and  nearly  opposite  the  Spindle ; 
the  second  is  a  little  more  than  3^  miles  from  the  Lighthouse,  and 
nearly  opposite   Ilogdon's   Ledge.     After  passing  the   two  last 
Buoys,  keep  the  middle  of  the  River  for  2^  miles,  until  abreast 
the  Black  Buoy  off  Greenleaf  s  Ledge.     Leave  this  Ledge  upon  the 
Port  hand,  and  if  the  current  is  running  up,  keep  the  Western 
shore  best  aboard,  to  avoid  being  carried  ashore  or  into  Cross  River. 
After  passing  this  place,  keep  the   middle  of  the   River  again, 
course  about  N.NE.,  2%  miles  to  the  Spindle  on  Merrill's  Ledge, 
which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.     A  little  before  you  come  up 
with  this  last-mentioned  Ledge,  keep  the  Western  shore  aboard 
until  well  past  it ;  then  keep  the  middle  until  up  with  the  Narrows  ; 
here  the  river  turns  suddenly  to  the  Westward.     In  passing  through 
the  Narrows,  with  an  Ebb  Tide,  keep  the  Northern  side  best  abonrd, 
to  avoid  Seal  Rock,  which  is  marked  with  a  Black  Buo}' ;  but  if  liio 
tide  is  running  up,  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  passage,  leaving  the 
Buoy  on  the  Port  hand.     From  this  Buoy  make  good  the  course 
•bout  N.  by  W.  for  the  town  of  Wiscasset. 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


149 


From  the  Eastward,  bring  Seguin  Lighthouse  to  bear  W.  %  N., 
and  run  for  it  until  abreast  the  Buoy  off  Bantum  Ledge  (before  de- 
scribed in  dangers  entering  the  Kennebec  River).  Leave  this  Buov 
about  %  mile  to  the  Northward,  and  make  good  the  course  NW. 
by  N-  >4  N.  unti4  Ilendrick's  Head  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  E.  ^ 
B. ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  run  up  the  Sheepscot  River  at 

night.    • 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  the  Sheepscot  River  about  16  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston.     Common  tides  rise  from  8  to  9  feet. 

In  running  up  the  Sheepscot  River,  be  careful  to  a  jid  Ledge 
having  about  10  feet  water  upon  it.  This  danger  bea»*s  ab  ^^\  South 
from  Hendrick's  Head  Light,  distance  ^  mile,  ana  at  this  date 
(1879)  is  not  Buoyed. 


Ebenicook  Harbor. 

This  safe  and  convenient  Harbor  is  on  the  Northwest  end  of 
Southport  Island,  East  side  of  the  Sheepscot  River,  about  8^  miles 
NE.  by  N.  from  Seguin  Light,  and  \]{,  miles  above  Hendrick's 
Head  Lighthouse ;  it  is  easy  of  access,  and  is  said  to  be  free  from 
ice  in  the  winter.  There  are  no  obstructions  at  its  entrance,  and 
any  stranger  can  safely  enter  it  in  the  daytime  by  the  following 
directions. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Ebenicook  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  leave  Seguin  Island  about  % 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer 
NE.  by  E.  %  E.  On  this  course  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  No. 
2,  off  Tom's  Rock ;  this  Buoy  bears  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  Seguin 
Light,  distance  2j^  miles.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  steer  for  Hendrick's  Head  Light,  bearing  about  N.NE. 
As  you  sail  in  on  this  course,  you  will  see  on  the  Port  hand  several 
Dry  Ledges,  and  also  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizon- 
tal stripes  off  Griffith's  Ledge.  On  the  Starboard  hand  will  be 
seen  a  small  Islet,  with  several  dry  Rocks  to  the  northward  of  it ; 
40 


150 


ELDRIDOES  COAST  PILOT. 


this  Islet  is  called  Lower  Mark  Island.  Leave  this  last-mentioned 
Lighthouse  300  or  400  yards  to  the  Eastward,  and  steer  in  about 
N.  by  E.  y2  E.\  the  first  opening  above  Hendrick's  Head  Light 
upon  the  Eastern  side  is  the  entrance  to  this  harbor.  Continue  the 
course  until  this  entrance  is  fairly  open;  then  nin  in  midway 
(course  about  E.  by  S.)  until  past  the  Southern  point  of  Green 
Island,  which  is  left  on  the  Tort  hand  ;  then  steer  more  Northerly, 
and  anchor  where  you  please. 

From  the  Eastward,  bring  Seguin  Lighthouse  to  bear  W.  %  N., 
and  run  for  it  until  abreast  tlie  Buoy  off  Bantum  Ledge  (before 
described  in  dangers  entering  the  Kennebec  River).  Leave  this 
Buoy  about  ^  ^'^^  to  the  Northward,  and  make  good  the  course 
NW.  by  N.  }i  N.  until  Hendrick's  Head  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by 
E.  ^  E. ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

If  your  vessel  draws  more  than  14  feet  water,  be  careful  to  avoid 
a  Ledge  which  bears  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  from  Hendrick's  Head  Light- 
house ;  distance  ^  mile. 


Booth  Bay,  or  Townsend  Harbor. 

This  excellent  harbor  of  refuge  lies  about  10  miles  Northeast 
from  Seguin  Lighlhouse,  and  Northwest  about  15  miles  from  Mon- 
hegan  Island  Lighthouse. 

Burnt  Island  Lighthou8e, 

Upon  Burnt  Island,  West  side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  is  a  Light- 
house which,  at  this  date  (1884),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light ;  at  this 
time  a  fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse.  Ram  Island  Light- 
house bears  from  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse  SE.  %  S-,  2^  miles. 

Ram  Island  Liyhthouae, 

Upon  Ram  Island,  on  the  Eastern  and  Southern  side  of  the  ap- 
proaches to  Booth  Bay  Harbor,  is  a  Tower  built  of  Granite  to  a  height 
of  20  feet  and  of  Red  Brick  above ;  the  keeper's  dwelling  is  located 
L'80  feet  Southeast  from  the  Lighthouse.  At  this  date  (1884),  this 
Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light ;  also,  between  the  bearings 
of  W.  %  N.  and  W.  ^  N.,  a  Red  Raij,  and  another  between  NE. 
and  NE.  by  E.  Vessels  from  the  Eastward  may  leave  this  Light- 
house about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  vessels  from  the  West- 
ward may  leave  it  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


151 


Dangers  in  approaching  Booth  Bay  Harbor  from 

the  Westward. 

Bantum  Ledge, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  or  Ledge  (before  described  in  dangers  for 
entering  Kennebec  River)  is  bare  at  Low  Tide.  Seguin  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  West  fVom  it,  distance  6  miles ;  Southern  point 
of  Daniiscove  Island  (the  nearest  land  to  it)  NE.  by  N.  %  N., 
distance,  Ij^  miles.  It  is  marked  upon  its  Southwest  part  with  a 
lied  Buoy  No.  10. 

Squirrel  Island  Ledge* 

This  danger,  which  extends  W.NW.  about  ^  mile  from  the 
Northern  end  of  Squirrel  Island,  has  from  6  to  11  feet  water  upon 
it  at  Low  Tide,  and  is  marked  on  its  outer  part  with  a  Fed  Buoy. 
Burnt  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  J^  E-,  5^  mile. 

Remarks, 

In  approaching  and  entering  Booth  Bay  Harbor  there  are  but 
few  obstructions.  The  depth  of  water  in  the  passage  leading  to 
the  Southward  of  Squirrel  Island  is  sufficient  to  admit  Uie  heaviest 
draught  vessel,  and  the  shores  are  generally  bold,  with  but  little 
current  in  the  channels. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Booth  Bay  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

By  the  Western  Passage. 

From  the  Westward  leave  Seguin  about  ]^  mile  on  the  Port 
hand,  passing  about  midwa}'  between  the  Buoy  upon  Mile  Ledge 
and  the  Southern  point  of  the  Island.  When  the  Lighthouse  bears 
North,  steer  NE.  by  E.  J4  E.  On  this  course  you  will  leave  the 
Red  Buoy  off  Tom's  Rock  on  the  Port  hand ;  and  you  will  also 
see  the  Beacon  upon  one  of  the  bare  rocks  called  the  Cuckolds  — 
this  Beacon  is  57  feet  high,  and  the  upper  half  is  covered  with 
boards  painted  Black.  Leave  this  Beacon  about  400  yards  on  the 
Port  hand  and  steer  for  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  N.  by 
E.,  yi  E.,  distant  2^  miles.  As  you  sail  in  you  will  see  on  the 
Starboard  hand  a  Red  Buoy,  which  lies  off  Squirrel  Island  Ledge ; 
leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  make  good  the 
course  N.  bvE.  J^  E.,  leaving  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse  about  200 


162 


ELUIUD(iE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


yartU  on  the  Port  liatid,  niul  another  Island  to  the  Northward  of  it 
ciiUod  Mouse  Island  also  on  the  I'ort  hand,  and  Tumbler  Island, 
which  is  small,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Wlien  past  this  last-men- 
tioned Island  haul  gradually  to  the  Eastward,  and  anchor  in  East 
Harbor,  in  frojn  .'J  to  4  fathoms  water;  or,  when  past  Tumbler 
Island,  which  hea'-.  NE.  by  N.  from  Hurnt  Island  Lighthouse,  haul 
gradually  to  the  Westward  and  anchor  in  West  Harbor,  in  from 
4J4  to  fl  fathoms  water. 

At  Low  Tide,  vessels  of  more  than  21  feet  draught,  from  the 
Eastward  or  Westward,  may,  when  past  Hantum  Ledge  and  the 
Beacon  on  the  Cuckolds,  haul  round  Squirrel  Island  at  a  distance 
of  about  ^  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand  and  carrying  deep 
water ;  when  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  ^  N.  then  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  off  Spruce  and  Tum- 
!)ler  !;;iand  Ledges  well  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when  about  300 
yards  from  this  Lighthouse  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Booth  Bay  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

By  the  Western  Passage* 

From  the  Westward,  in  order  to  avoid  Mile  Ledge,  leave  Seguin 
Light  from  2  to  3  miles  to  the  Northward,  and  when  it  bears  N.  by 
W.  then  steer  NE.  J^  E.,  and  as  soon  as  Ram  Island  Light  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  yd  E.,  which  will  bring  you  into  the 
lied  Liifht^  continue  the  course  for  the  last-named  light,  keeping 
in  the  AW  Ray  until  you  judge  you  are  about  a  mile  from  it,  then 
gradually  haul  to  the  Northward  until  Burnt  Island  Light  bears 
NW.  }i  N,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Ledges 
well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  until  about  200  yards  from  it,  the 
course  is  then  N.  by  E.  J^  E.  about  a  mile,  when  you  may  anchor 
in  flom  T)  to  7  fathoms  water.  In  running  this  last  course,  N.  by 
E.  %  E.  into  the  Harbor,  it  is  advisable  to  keep  a  sharp  lookout 
for  Tumbler  Island,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side,  and  is  small 
and  low,  but  it  is  bold  on  its  Western  side. 

Beating  in  at  Night. 

From  the  Westward,  with  Northeasterly  winds,  when  Ram 
Island  Light  is  made,  keep  in  the  Red  Ray  until  about  1^  .iiiles 
from  it,  then  work  up  between  Squirrel  Island  and  Ram  Isl.ind 
Light  until  Burnt  Island  Light  bears  NW.  ^4  N.,  then  run  for  it 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


153 


on  this  course  until  about  }{  mile  from  it,  thon  Imul  up  sharp  to 
the  wind,  leaving  Tuinltliir  Lodgo,  which  Hon  ahout  ^j  mile  E  yi 
N.  I'roui  liurnt  iHlatul  Light  and  ImH  11  fuet  of  watiu'  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  the  last-named 
Light  there  are  no  dangers  in  the  channel-way  ;  it  is,  thereJ'ore,  only 
necessary  to  keep  off  the  shores,  which  are  bold  on  botli  sides. 

From  the  Westward,  with  Northwesterly  winds,  it  is  advisable  to 
(ro  to  the  Northward  of  Squirrel  Island  ;  providing  there  is  no  error 
in  the  compass,  when  Burnt  Island  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
N.  by  E.  }4  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  ^  mile 
from  it,  you  are  then  past  Squirrel  Island  Ledge,  and  may  steer 
more  Easterly,  leaving  the  Light  200  yards  on  the  I'ort  hand  ;  when 
past  it,  run  in  about  N.  by  E.  J4  E.  about  a  luilo,  where  you  may 
anchor  in  from  o  to  7  fathoms  water. 

At  Night  or  Day,  with  strong  winds  blowing  out  of  the  harbor, 
if  you  have  long  Cables,  you  may  anchor  on  either  side  of  Squirrel 
Island,  with  good  holding-ground,  in  IVora  10  to  20  fathoms  water. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Booth  Bay  Harbor  from 

the  Eastward. 

Pemaqnld  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  are  9  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  upon  its  Southeastern  part  with  a  IJuoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  Stripes.  Ram  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  West  S%  miles,  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse,  NE.  >^  N., 
Ij^  miles. 

Outer  Herring  Inland  Ledge* 

This  Ledge,  upon  which  there  is  but  little  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  off  its  Eastern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  Stripes.  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  NE.  4^  miles,  Northern  White  Island,  N.  Yt  W.,  1^  miles. 

Gangway  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  on  the  Northeastern  side  of  the  approach 
to  Booth  Bay  Harbor,  has  about  G  feet  of  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  and  is  marked  off  its  Southwestern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy, 
which  bears  from  Ram  Island  Lighthouse  N.  by  W.  ^  W.,  ^  mile. 

Card'8  Ledge  and  Hock, 

About  ^  mile  Northwest  from  Gangway  Lodge  is  Cord's  Ledge 
and  Rock,  which  is  marked  off  its  Southwest  part  with  a  Red  Buoy, 


154: 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


which  bears  from  Ram  Island  Lightliciise  NW.  by  N.,  nearly  ^ 
mile  ;  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N"^.  i^  N., 
about  lj4  miles.  In  approaching  Booth  Bay  Harbor  this  Buoy  is 
left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Spruce  Point  Ledges, 

About  ^  mile  Northwesterly  from  Card's  Ledge,  and  near  the 
entrance  to  Linekin's  Bay,  are  Spruce  Point  Ledges,  which  extend 
nearly  north  and  south  nearlj  400  yards,  and  are  bare  in  some 
places  at  Low  Tide.  At  this  date  (1884)  this  danger  is  marked  off 
its  Southwest  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  which  bears  from  Ram  Island 
Lighthouse  N.NW.,  nearly  1|^  miles.  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  about  W.NW.,  nearly  a  mile.  In  approach- 
ing Booth  Bay  Harbor,  this  Buoy  is  left  on  the  Starboard  haud. 

Tumbler  Island  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  small,  lies  at  the  entrance  of  Booth  Bay  Har- 
bor, has  about  11  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tido,  and  is  surrounded 
by  deep  water.  At  this  date  (1884)  this  danger  is  marked  off  its  West- 
ern side  with  a  Red  Buoy.  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  W.  yi  S.,  about  yz  mile.  The  widest  channel  in  entering  the 
Harbor  is  between  this  Ledge  and  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Booth  Bay  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 
By  the  Mastern  Passage, 

From  the  Eastward,  when  Riim  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring 
it  to  bear  W.  J^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the 
Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off  Pemaquid 
Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  the  White  Islands,  which 
are  bold,  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  about  ^^  mile  from  Ram  Island 
Lii^hthouse  steei  more  Mortherly,  leaving  it  and  the  Bell  Buoy  off 
Hypocrite  Ledge  *  both  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when 
past  this  LightJiouse  steer  W.  by  N.  until  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  NW.  ^  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Red 
Buoys  off  Gangway  TiCdge,  Card's  Ledge,  Spruce  Point  Ledges, 
and  Tumbler  Island  Ledge,  all  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
about  200  yards  from  the  last-named  Lighthouse  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

*  Ram  Island  Lighthouse  bo^re  from  the  Bell  Buoy  off  Hypocrite  Ledge  W. 
by  N.  H  mile. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


155 


Sailing  Directio^'.s  for  Booth  Bay  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 
By  the  Eaatem  Passage. 

At  Night-time,  from  the  Eastwai'd,  as  soon  as  Ram  Island  Light 
Id  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  J^  N.,  it  will  then  show  a  Red  Light; 
continue  the  course  for  it,  keeping  in  the  Red  Ray^  until  you  judge 
you  are  about  ^  mile  from  it,  then  gradually  haul  to  the  North- 
ward, leaving  it  and  the  Bell  Buoy  oft'  Hypocrite  Ledge  both  about 
200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  N.  until  Burnt  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  NW.  ^  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  until 
about  200  yards  from  it,  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Beating  in  at  Night  by  the  Eastern  Passage. 

Beatin"'  in  by  this  passage  at  Night,  keep  in  the  Red  Ray  of 
Ram  Islt  .  .  Light  until  you  judge  you  are  about  a  mile  from  it, 
tiien  work  in  with  this  Light  bearing  from  West  to  W.  b}-  S.  ^  S. 
When  past  Ram  Island  Light,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges  which 
lie  on  the  Eastern  side,  do  not  bring  Burnt  Island  Light  to  bear  to 
the  Westward  of  NW.  J^2  N. 

Currents, 

The  current  of  Flood  sets  strong  to  the  Northward  across  Ban- 
tum  Ledge,  and  also  the  Ledges  South  of  Damiscove  Islands  ;  it  is, 
therefore,  necessarj^  for  vessels  in  thick  weather  passing  without 
them  to  proceed  with  caution. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Booth  Bay  27  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston. 
Common  Tides  rise  about  9^^  feet. 


Linekin's  Bay« 

This  Bay,  which  is  only  separated  from  Booth  Bay  by  a  Penin- 
sula called  Spruce  Point,  is  about  'iyd  miles  in  length,  and  about  1 
mile  in  breadth.  The  entrance  or  channel  (which  has  a  width  of 
from  500  to  600  yards)  is  between  Spruce  Point  Ledge  and  Negro 
Island,  the  former  of  which  is  marked  upon  its  Southeastern  part 
with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  6,  which  in  entering  is  left  on  the  Port  hand. 
Burnt  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W.NW. ;  distance 
1  mile.  There  are  several  Ledges  within  this  Bay,  which  at  this 
time  are  not  Buoyed  ;  but  5  fathoms  water  can  be  carried  at  Low 
Tide  up  to  the  head  of  it. 


156 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Linekin's  Bay,  with  favo>>- 
able  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Leave  the  Beacon  upon  the  Cuckolds  (before  described  in  direc- 
tions for  Booth  Bay  Harbor)  about  400  yards  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  steer  for  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  N.  by  E.  ^  E. ; 
distance  2^  miles.     As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard 
hand  a  Red  Buoy  No.  12,  which    lies  off  Squirrel  Island  Ledge. 
Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  E.  % 
N.  one  mile  to  Red  Buoy  No.  6,  which  lies  off  the  Southeast  part 
of  Spruce  Point  Ledge.     Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  run  about  NE.    As  you  enter  the  Bay  you  will  see,  a 
little  on  the  Port  bow.  Cabbage  Island.     From  the  Southern  part 
of  this  Island  shoal  water  extends  off  to  the  Southward  300  yards ; 
but  its  Eastern  and  Western  sides  are  bold.     In  order  to  avoid 
Holbrook's  Ledge,  which  lies  600  yards  to  the  Eastward  of  this 
Island,  and  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  jou  should  not  leave  the  Island 
more  than  250  yards  to  the  Westward.     When  abreast  it,  make 
good  the  course  NE.  by  N.,  leaving  Seal  Rocks  (which  lie  NE.  % 
mile  from  the  Northern  end  of  Cabbage  Island,  and  have  but  4 
feet  water  upon  them  at  Low  Tide)  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor 
at  the  Head  of  the  Bay  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water.     Or  3x11 
may  leave  Cabbage  Island  to  the  Eastward  and  run  in  about  mid- 
wa}'  between  it  and  the  Western  shore.     When  abreast  tlie  Island, 
haul  in  about  N.  by  W.  >^  W.,  and  anchor  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Lewis  Cove  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  Ram  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring 
it  lo  bear  about  W.  J^  N-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off  Pcma- 
quid  Ledge  well  on  the  Staiboard  hand,  and  the  White  Islands, 
which  are  bold,  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  about  ^  mile  from  Ram 
Island  Lighthouse  steer  more  Northerly,  leaving  it  and  the  Bell 
Buoy  about  200  yards  on  tlie  Port  hand  ;  when  past  this  Lighthouse 
steer  W.  by  N.  until  Burnt  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  ^  N., 
then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  off  Gangway 
Ledge  and  Card's  Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  when  the  Red 
Buoy  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Spruce  Point  Ledge  bears  N.  by  E., 
tiien  run  for  it,  leaving  it  a  short  distance  o\  the  Port  hand,  and 
Negro  Island,  which  is  bold,  on  the  Starboard  hand.     If  bound  up 


BLDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


157 


the  Bay,  follow  the  directions  before  given.  Or  when  abreast  of 
the  Buoy  off  Spruce  Point  Ledge,  you  may  run  E.  by  N.  Yt.  N. 
about  ^  mile ;  then  haul  gruduuliy  to  the  vSouthward,  and  anchor 
near  the  shore,  which  is  bohl,  in  from  9  to  12  fathoms  water. 

Upon  the  Eastern   side  of  Liuekin's  Bay  there  are  extensive 
Porgy  Factories. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Linogan's  Bay  about  the  same  time  as  at 
Booth  Bay. 


Damarisootta  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  about  3  miles  to  the  Eastward  of 
Booth  Bay,  and  about  the  sumo  distance  to  the  "Westward  of  the 
Lighthouse  upon  Pemaquid  Point.  From  its  mouth  to  the  towns  of 
Damariscotta  and  Newcastle,  the  former  place  of  which  is  situated 
on  its  Eastern  Bank,  the  latter  upon  its  Western,  the  distance  is 
about  14  miles.  From  Ilogdon'w  Mills  (which  is  situated  on  its 
Western  side,  about  8  miles  above  the  entrance)  to  Damariscotta 
tliere  are  a  number  of  dangers  wltich,  at  this  time,  are  not  Buoyed  ; 
it  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangois  bound  up  to  the  last-men- 
tioned place  to  take  pilots. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Damariscotta  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Booth 
IJay  Harbor  until  Ram  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  then  bring  it 
to  bear  i^E.  ^  E.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course ;  haul  round  tliis 
Lighthoi-se  at  a  disttinco  of  about  '200  yards,  leaving  it  on  the 
Starboard  liand,  and  when  past  it  steer  NE.  by  E.  >^  E.,  keep- 
ing a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Hu.w  No.  2,  which  lies  otf  the 
Western  side  of  Inner  Horon  Island  Ledge,  which  is  on  the 
Eastern  side  of  the  entrnneo  to  Damariscotta  River.  This  Buoy 
bears  from  Ram  Island  Lightiiousc  NE.  by  E.  ^i  E.,  1|4  miles. 


158 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOJ 


Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  up  about 
N.  by  E.  Yi  Em  keeping  in  the  middle  of  the  river  until  abreast 
Vamum's  Point ;  this  point  is  upon  the  Western  side  of  the  ri  .er 
(about  2I/S  miles  from  the  last-mentioned  Buoy).  When  abreast 
Vamum's  Point,  you  will  see  Hogdon's  Mills  on  the  Western  side 
of  the  River ;  anchor  abreast  of  them,  near  the  middle,  in  about  5 
fathoms  water,  where  you  may  lie  safe  from  all  winds.  If  bound 
up  to  Damariscotta,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot  here. 

Directions  to  pass  without  the  IDamiacove  Islands, 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Saguin  Island  2  or  3  miles  to  the 
Northward,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer  E.  by  N., 
leaving  the  Buoy  off  Bantum  Ledge  well  to  the  Northward.  Con- 
tinue the  course  until  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by 
N. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Pumpkir*  twid  Outer 
Heron  Island  Ledges  well  to  the  Westward.  When  the  Northern 
White  Island  bears  NW.  >^  N.,  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Leave 
this  Island  about  300  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  S. 
by  W.  %  W.,  steer  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  Western  part  of  Inner  Heron  Island 
Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboaid  hand,  and 
proceed  as  before  directed. 

Coming  from  the  Eastwnr  ^  -^v  Seaward,  when  Rr.m  Island  Light- 
house is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  V7  .^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off 
Pemaquid  Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when  the  Northern 
White  Island  bears  S.  by  W.  Y^  W.,  then  steer  N.  by  E.  %  E., 
and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Hogdon's  Mills  about  30  minutes  before  it  Is 
at  Boston. 


John's  Bay. 

The  entra  ice  to  this  Bay  is  from  4  to  5  miles  to  the  Eastward 
of  Booth  Lay,  and  about  10  miles  NW-  ^  W.  from  Monhegan 
Island  Lighthouse. 


Upon  ] 
there  is  a 

Bear 

Monhegan 
Franklin  I 
Old  Man's 


This  Lee 
water  upon 
with  a  Buoj 
quid  Lighth 
miles. 

In  the  Lo' 
a  distance  ol 
lie  near  the  s 

Sailing  Di 
fa 

I>irection 

J*>om  the 
Bay  Harbor, 
bearNE.>2 
house  at  a  dij 
hand;  when 
Island,  whichl 
tlie  Buoy  paiij 
quid  Ledge, 
tioned  Buoy 
see  in  the  m\\ 
abovn  the  Li^ 
Js  quiie  high. 
^^   '  "h..  aboui 


J^ii^i^'^ 


^,3'^ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


159 


Pemaquid  Point  lAghthouse, 

Upon  Pemaquid  Point,  East  side  of  entrance  to  John's  Bay, 
there  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  &cm  Pemaquid  Lig>>thou8e. 

DiBtanoe. 

Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,    .     .     .     SE.  }i  E.,    •     9^4  miles. 
Franklin  Island  Lighthouse,       .     .     .     E.byN,  >^  N.,  6^      " 
Old  Man's  Ledge,  off  George's  Island,    E.  by  S.  ^  S.,  8^ 


(( 


Dangers. 
Pemaquid  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  off  the  entrance  to  this  Bay,  has  9  feet  * 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  is  marked  on  its  Southeast  part 
with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes.     Pema- 
quid Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  NE.  ^  N. ;  distance  1% 
miles. 

In  the  Lower  part  of  the  Bay,  from  this  Buoy  to  John's  Island, 
a  distance  of  3  milep,  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  those  which 
lie  near  the  shore. 

Sailing  Directions  for  John's  Bay  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

JHreetions  to  pass  within  the  Damiscove  Islands, 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Boolh 
Bay  Harbor,  until  Ram  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  then  bring  it  to 
bear  NE.  >2  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  haul  round  this  Light- 
house at  a  distance  of  about  200  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboardl 
hand  ;  when  past  it  make  good  the  course  East,  leaving  Thrumcap 
Island,  which  is  bold  off  its  Southern  end,  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Pema- 
quid Ledge,  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  this  last-men- 
tioned Buoy  bears  South,  steer  North.  As  you  sail  in  you  will 
see  in  the  middle  of  the  Bay,  and  nearly  ahead,  about  2^  miles 
above  the  Lighthouse,  John's  Island,  the  Western  part  of  which 
is  quive  higli.  Leave  this  Island,  the  Western  part  of  which 
19   '  .;/;,,  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard,  and  when   abreast 


160 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST    PILOT. 


it,  steer  N.  %  W.,  leaving  Thurston's  Ledge,  which  is  yi  mile 
North  from  John's  Island,  on  the  Starboard,  and  McFarling's  Ledge, 
■which  is  s/%  mile  NW.  Yz  N.  from  this  last-mentioned  Island,  on 
the  Port  hand.  After  passing  McFarling's  Ledge,  keep  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  river,  and  run  up  about  1  ^  miles,  or  where  it  is  wider. 
At  this  place  you  will  find  good  anchorage  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms 
water. 


McFarling's  Cove. 

If  you  wish  to  enter  this  Cove,  when  abreast  the  Northern  point 
of  John's  Island  you  will  see  Beaver  Island,  which  is  small,  and 
lies  about  300  yards  to  the  Northward  of  John's  Island.  Continue 
the  course  N.  ]4-  ^*  ^^^^^  *^®  centre  of  Beaver  Island  bears  E. 
by  S.  }^  S. ;  then  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  leav- 
ing McFarling's  Ledge,  some  parts  of  which  are  above  water,  on 
the  Starboard,  and  Corbett's  Ledge,  which  has  but  4  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  upon  the  Port  hand.  When  the  Cove  is  fairly 
opeu,  haul  to  the  Southwestward,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fath- 
oms water. 

At  the  Soutborn  end  of  this  Cove  there  is  a  large  Porg}-  Factory. 
There  is  also  a  good  harbor  nearly  opposite  McFarling's  Cove,  near 
the  entrance  to  Pemaquid  River.  If  you  wish  to  enter  this  last- 
mentioned  place,  leave  Beaver  Island  (before  described)  about  li) 
3'ards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  haul  in  about  E.  ^  S.,  and 
oncnor  in  from  4  to  7  fathoms  water.  When  you  are  in  this  har- 
bor, there  will  be  seen  to  the  Southward,  nearly  in  mid-channel, 
bet'v,  >>n  John's  Island  and  the  mainland,  Knowle's  Rocks.  There 
ir*  a  liivrrow  Channel  of  10  fathoms  water  between  these  Rocks  and 
John's  1  'and. 

I>ireetiuns  to  pass  without  the  Damiscove  Islands. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Seguin  Island  fVom  2  to  3  miles  to 
the  Northward,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer  E.  by 
N.  On  this  conrse  Bantum  Ledge  will  be  left  well  to  the  North- 
ward. Wh.r  Pemaquid  Lighthouse  bears  N.NE.,  run  for  it  on 
this  course.  When  from  2  to  3  miles  from  this  last-mentionod 
Lighthouse,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  stripes  off  the  Southeast  part  of  Pemaquid  Ledge. 


Leave  this  Bii 

by  W.  until  ii 

Island,  and  fo 

From  the  E 

run  for  Pemaq 

y2  N.  to  N.lj 

W.  from  the  I 

run  up  the  Bay 

hand,  and  proc 

Vessels  of  ii 

Ledge  having  \ 

date  is  not  Bu( 

NW.  %  W. ; 

In  beating  in 

past  John's  Isla 

without  danger. 

cipal  danger  to 

water  upon  it  at 

John's  Island  \ 

part  of  this  last 

and  McFarling's 

John's  Bay  an 

bound  to  the  W 

and  there  are  so  I 

fear  by  following 


It  is  High  WaJ 
Boston.    Commcf 


The  entrance 
Pemaquid  Point 
Island  Lighthous] 
Lighthouse.     ThJ 
with  an  average 
is  deep,  but  very 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


161 


Leave  this  Buoy  about  100  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  in  N. 
by  W.  until  it  bears  South ;  then  steer  North  up  the  Bay  for  John's 
Island,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Seaward,  after  passing  Monhegan  Island, 
run  for  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  on  any  bearing  from  W.  by  N. 
Yi  N.  to  N.NE.  Leave  the  point  (which  bears  SW.  by  W.  % 
W.  from  the  Lighthouse)  about  J4  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
run  up  the  Bay  about  North,  leaving  John's  Island  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Vessels  of  more  than  15  feet  draught  should  take  care  to  avoid  a 
Ledge  having  about  16  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  afthis 
date  is  not  Buoyed.  Pemaquid  Point  Light  bears  from  this  Ledge 
NW.  ^  W. ;  distance  3^  miles. 

In  beating  in  or  out  of  John's  Bay  there  are  no  obstructions  until 
past  John's  Island  ;  vessels  may  therefore  approach  near  the  shores 
without  danger.  After  passing  this  last-mentioned  Island,  the  prin- 
cipal danger  to  be  avoided  is  Corbett's  Rock,  which  has  but  4  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  bears  from  the  Northern  point  of 
John's  Island  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  distance  y^  mile.  The  Western 
part  of  this  last-mentioned  Island  is  bold ;  a  part  of  Thurston's 
and  McFarling's  Ledges  are  above  water. 

John's  Bay  and  River  are  excellent  harbors  of  refuge  for  vessels 
bound  to  the  Westward,  especially  during  a  heavy  Westerly  gale ; 
and  there  are  so  few  dangers  that  strangers  may  enter  them  without 
fear  by  following  the  above  directions. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  John's  Bay  about  30  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 


New  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  harbor  is  2j^  miles  NE.  ^  N.  from 
Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  ;  10  miles  NW.  by  N.  from  Monhegan 
Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  5^  miles  West  from  Franklin  Island 
Lighthouse.  The  harbor  extends  nearly  East  and  West  ^  mile, 
with  an  average  width  of  about  175  yards.  The  water  at  the  mouth 
is  deep,  but  very  narrow  and  crooked.     With  a  good  pilot,  14  feet 


162 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


water  at  Low  Tide  may  be  carried  in  for  about  150  yards  above  the 
Buoy  j  the  remaining  part  of  the  Cove  is  shoal  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  Harbor  in  Daytime. 

From  the  Westwai-d,  run  for  Pemaquid  Point  Light,  bearing  NE. 
by  N.  y^  N.  Leave  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when 
it  bears  W-'st,  steer  about  NE.  >^  N.  2  miles.  On  this  course  you 
will  see  two  dry  Rocks  or  Ledges,  and  a  small  Island  lying  near 
tlie  shore,  which  are  all  left  on  the  Port  hand.  After  passing  this 
Island,  the  harbor  will  open,  and  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy,  which, 
in  passing  in,  '"  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  On  account  of  the 
Channel  being  narrow  and  crooked,  it  is  advisable  for  strangers 
bound  in  to  take  a  pilot. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Seaward,  after  passing  Monhegan  Island, 
run  for  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  on  any  bearing  from  W.  by  N. 
^  N.  to  N.NE.,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Sigh  Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  at  New  Harbor  22  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton.    Common  tides  rise  about  9  feet. 


When  the  en 

Northerly;  ai 

shore  (which 

As  you  ent 

the  Red  Buoy 

both  of  which 

this  last-menti 

yards   from  si 

Poland's  Norti 

the  Port  hand 

about  N.  by  E 

W.  by  N.  ^  : 

water  at  Low  1 

off  Northerly  a 

bor ;  vessels,  tl 

yards  from  its  ] 

From  the  Ymi 

run  for  Pemaqu 

Vz  N.  to  N.NI 


It  is  High  Wa 
it  is  at  Boston. 


Round  Pond  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  harbor  (which  is  situated  on  the  "Western 
side  of  Muscongus  Sound)  is  6^  miles  NE.  by  N.  from  Pemaquid 
Point  Lighthouse.  The  harbor  is  a  round  Cove,  a  little  less  than 
^  mile  in  diameter,  with  good  anchorage  in  all  winds,  with  from 
12  to  15  feet  water  at  Low  Tide. 


MusconJ 

Between  RouJ 
there  are  two  C< 
the  former  lies 
latter  3^  miles | 
have  but  little 


Sailing  Directions  for  Round  Pond  Harbor  in 

Daytime. 

From  the  Westward,  run  for  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse,  bcarinj; 
NE.  by  N.  Yz  N.  Leave  it  about  y^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  iind 
when  it  bears  West,  steer  NE.  J4  N.  When  about  2  miles  pasi 
the  Lighthouse,  you  will  see  two  dry  Ledges,  and  also  a  small  Is- 
land lying  near  the  shore ;  these  are  all  left  about  }{  mile  on  tli*- 
Port  hand.     After  passing  the  Island,  3'ou  will  open  New  Ilarbo' 


The  town  of 
Medomak  Rivei 
NE.  by  N.  fror 
or  4  miles  belo^ 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


163 


When  the  entrance  to  this  harbor  bears  W.  by  S.,  haul  in  more 
Northerly ;  and  in  order  to  avoid  Brown's  Head  Ledge,  follow  the 
shore  (which  is  bold),  keeping  not  more  than  300  yards  from  it. 

As  you  enter  Muscongus  Sound,  you  will  see  to  the  Eastward 
the  Red  Buoys  Nos.  2  and  4,  off  Weber's  and  Bar  Island  Ledges, 
both  of  which  should  be  left  well  to  the  Eastward.  After  passing 
this  last-mentioned  Ledge,  you  will  see  nearly  ahead,  and  about  300 
yards  from  shore,  two  Black  Buoys,  Nos.  1  and  3,  which  lie  off 
Poland's  North  and  South  Ledges ;  these  Buoys  are  both  left  on 
the  Port  hand.  After  passing  these  last-mentioned  Buoys,  steer 
about  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  until  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing  ajsout 
W.  by  N.  J^  N. ;  then  run  in,  and  anclKjr  in  about  2^  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide,  and  4  fathoms  at  High  Tide.  A  Ledge  extends 
off  Northerly  about  200  yards  from  the  Southern  point  of  this  har- 
bor ;  vessels,  therefore,  in  entering  it  should  not  keep  more  than  75 
yards  from  its  Northern  point. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Seaward,  after  passing  Monhegan  Island, 
run  for  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  on  any  bearing  from  W.  by  N. 
J4  N.  to  N.NE.,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Round  Pond  Harbor  about  20  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  9  feet.  . 

Muscongus  Harbor  and  Greenland  Cove. 

Between  Round  Pond  Harbor  and  the  Head  of  Muscongus  Sound 
there  are  two  Coves  called  Muscongus  Harbor  and  Greenland  Cove : 
the  former  lies  about  Ij^  miles  NE.  by  N.  from  Round  Pond,  the 
latter  3j4  miles  NE.  %.  N.  from  Round  Pond ;  both  these  Coves 
have  but  little  water  in  them  at  Low  Tide. 


Waldoboro'  Harbor. 

The  town  of  Waldoboro'  is  situated  upon  the  Eastern  bank  of  the 
Medomak  River,  about  8  miles  from  its  mouth,  and  16j^  miles 
NE.  by  N.  from  Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse.  At  a  distance  of  3 
or  4  miles  below  the  town,  the  water  commences  to  shoal,  so  that 


164 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


at  Low  Tide  but  2  feet  can  be  carried  up  to  it.  The  passage  to 
this  River  leads  up  through  Muacongus  Bay,  in  which  there  are 
many  Rocks,  Ledges,  Shoals,  and  Islands.  Near  the  mouth  of  tlie 
River  are  two  Islands  called  tow  Island  and  Bremen  Long  Island 
which  divide  the  entrance  into  an  Eastern  and  Western  Channel. 
The  Eastern  Channel,  which  lies  between  the  Eastern  part  of  Brctncn 
Long  Island  and  Ilungr}'  Island,  is  very  narrow,  and  on  account  of 
the  current  whicli  rushes  through  it  with  great  strength  and  velocity, 
it  is  called  the  Flying  Passage.  The  Western  Passage,  which  is  on 
the  Western  side  of  Bremen  Long  Island,  is  called  the  Iloconiuck 
Channel,  and  is  also  narrow,  with  a  rai.id  current  in  it.  In  this 
work,  however,  we  shall  on\y  give  directions  for  the  Eastern  Pas- 
sage as  far  as  Hungry  Island,  whicli  is  near  the  entrance  to  the 
Flying  Passage. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Muscongus  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bound  to  Waldoboro',  bring  Pemaquid  Point 
Light  to  bear  NE.  by  N.  }4  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
Leave  the  Lighthouse  from  ^  to  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
when  it  bears  W.  ^  S.,  make  good  the  course  E.  ^i  N.,  leaving 
the    Red     Buoy  No.  8,  off  New  Harbor  Ledges,  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand.     Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W. 
by  S. ;  distance  3  miles.     When  abreast  this  Buo}',  nm  for  Fjank- 
lin  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  E.  by  N.  ^  N.     On  this  courso  the 
Western  Egg  Rock,  and  Western  Egg  Rock  Ledge  (upon  which 
the  sea  always  breaks),  will  be  left  }{  mile  on  the  Port  hand.     As 
you  approach  Franklin  Island  Lighthouse,  the  Tripod   upon  the 
Eastern  Egg  Rock  will  be  seen  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  this  Tripod 
is  54  feet  high,  and  the  upper  half  is  covered  with  boards.     Con- 
tinue the  course  until  this  Tripod  bears  South  ;  on  which  bearing 
keep  it,  and  steer  North  for  Wreck  Island;  distance  1^/^  miles. 
When  Franklin  Island  Lighthouse  bears  SE.  }4  E.,  and  is  just  on 
with  the  Southwestern  part  of  Crane  Island  (you  are  then  past  ilie 
Ledge  called  the  Devil's  Back,  which  is  bare  at  ^  P^bb),  and  is 
left  on  the  Port  hand,  and  must  steer  Northwesterly,  leaving  Wreck 
Island  at  least  }i  mile  upon  the  Starboard  hand.    In  order  to  a\ old 
the  Ledges  which  lie  off  its  Northern  part,  when  the  centre  of  this 
last-mentioned  Island  bears  SE.,  distance  about  ys  mile,  the  course 
is  NE.  14  N.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Garden  Island 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


165 


Ledges,  about  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1, 
off  Cow  Island  Ledges,  about  ^  mile  on  the  I'ort  hand.  As  you 
sail  up  the  Bay,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand  two  small  bare 
Islets  (connected  at  Low  Tide)  called  Gull  Rocks.  Leave  these 
Rocks  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  up  about 
NNE.  1%  miles,  and  anchor  to  the  Southward  of  Hungry  Island 
in  from  7  to  9  fathoms  water.  It  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot  here. 
Coming  from  the  Eastward,  between  George's  Islands  and  Mon- 
begun  Island,  leave  the  Buoy  off  the  Old  Man's  Ledge  about  ^ 
mile  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  W.  by  N.  ^  N.,  leaving  Shark 
Island,  which  is  bold,  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
Wlien  the  Tripod  upon  the  Eastern  Egg  Rock  (before  described)  is 
in  range  with  Franklin  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  N.NE.,  run  N. 
by  W.  %  W.  for  the  Western  Egg  Rock  until  the  last-mentioned 
Light  bears  NE. ;  then  steer  for  it  until  the  Tripod  bears  South ; 
then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High    Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  in  Waldoboro'  Harbor  33  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  10  feet. 

Priondship  Harbor. 

Vessels  bound  to  this  harbor  ma}'  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Waldoboro'  Harbor  or  Muscongus  Bay.  Until  they  make 
the  Gull  Rocks  these  Islets  ma}'  be  left  about  J^  mile  on  the  Port 
hand ;  and  when  they  bear  W.  ^  S.  make  good  the  course  E.  % 
N.  about  1  mile,  which  will  take  j'ou  to  the  mouth  of  the  harbor* 
You  may  then  run  in  about  E.NE.  After  passing  the  entrance^ 
keep  about  in  mid-channel  and  run  up  from  Yz  \x)  %  mile,  and 
anchor  in  from  3>^  to  5  fathoms  water. 


St.  George's  River. 

The  eatrance  to  this  River  is  about  10  miles  E.NE.  from  Fema- 
quid  Point  Lighthouse ;  and  about  the  same  distance  N.  by  E. 
%  E.  from  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse. 


%.  "^  «%, 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


V 


^ 


A 


,<f^ 


I/. 


:/. 


1.0 


I.I 


us  1^ 

Hi    1 2.2 

li 


1.25  1 1.4   III  1  ^ 

^ 

6"     

t, 

Va 


/ 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


33  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14580 

(716)  873-4503 


f/. 


166 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Franklin  Island  Idghthouse, 

Abont  4  miles  SW.  by  W.  J^  W.  from  the  entrance  of  St. 
George's  River  is  Franklin  Island,  upon  the  Northern  part  of  which 
is  a  Lighthouse  showing  a  fixed  Light,  varied  by  White  Flashes. 
This  Lighthouse  bears  from  Pemaquid  Point  Light  E.  by  N.>^  N., 
distance  6^  miles ;  from  Monhegan  Lightbotise,  N.  ^  W.,  dis> 
tance  8^  miles. 

Remarks, 

The  approaches  to  this  River  have  a  sufficient  depth  of  water  for 
the  heaviest-draught  vessels,  but  they  are  rendered  extremely  diffi- 
cult to  strangers  on  account  of  the  numerous  Ledges  and  Shoals 
which  lie  to  the  Southwest  of  it.  There  are  usually  five  or  six 
passages  used  by  coasters,  but  in  this  work  we  shall  only  give  three, 
which  are  the  most  direct  for  vessels  coming  from  the  Eastward, 
Westward,  or  Seawai-d.  The  general  course  of  this  River,  from 
the  entrance  to  Thomaston,  the  head  of  navigation,  is  NE.  by  E., 
and  distance  10  miles.  About  7  feet  water  can  be  taken  up  to  this 
place  at  Low  Tide. 


Sailing  Directions  for  St.  George's  Biver  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bring  Pemaquid  Point  Light  to  bear  NE. 
by  N.  J^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  it  about  ^ 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  as  soon  as  Franklin  Island  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  E.NE.,  and  run  foi  it  on  this  bearing,  leaving 
the  T  u'^hthouse  close  aboard  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  this 
Light,  steer  about  NE.  by  E.  %  E.,  and  leave  the  Red  Buoy  No. 
2,  ofi"  the  Northwest  part  of  Jenks'  Ledge,  about  250  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand ;  distance  from  the  last-mentioned  Light,  3  miles. 
Thence,  ^  of  a  mile  farther  in,  you  will  leave  on  the  Port  hand 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  Goose 
Island  L  'dge,  and  ^  mile  farther  on  the  same  hand,  the  Black 
Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Southern  part  of  Gay  Cove  Ledge.  After 
passing  this  last-mentioned  Buo3%  steer  about  NE.  %  E.,  keep- 
ing in  the  middle  of  the  River,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off 
the  Eastern  part  of  Henderson's  Ledge,  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
you  are  past  the  Narrows,  there  will  be  seen  ahead,  nearly  in  the 
middle  of  the  Riv^  r,  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  5,  which  lies  off  the  Eastern 


ELDRIDGB'S  COAST  PILOT. 


167 


dis- 


part of  Bailey'i  Ledge  (which  is  bare  at  Low  Spring  Tides). 
Leave  this  lait-mentioned  Buoy  on  the  Fort  hand,  and  steer  up 
ohout  NB<  by  B.|  keeping  in  the  middle  of  the  River  until  abreast 
Fort  St.  George.  Above  this  the  channel  is  narrow,  and  the  water 
gradually  sboali  to  Thomaston ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  to  take  a 
pilot  here.  From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  Monhegan  Island, 
bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  S.SE.,  and  run  N.NW.,  until 
Franklin  Island  Lighthouse  bears  E.NE. ;  then  proceed  as  before 
directed. 

Direotions  for  George's  Island,  Western  Channel. 

From  the  Eastward,  Westward,  or  Seaward,  leave  Monhegan 
Island  about  1)4  miles  on  either  hand,  and  after  passing  the  Duck 
Rocks  (the  farthest  of  which  is  about  ^  mile  to  the  Northward  of 
this  Island)  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  S.  %  W.,  on  which 
bearing  keep  It,  and  steer  N.  ^  E.,  with  the  Southwest  point  of 
the  Outer  George's  Island  a  little  on  the  Starboard  bow.  As  you 
sail  in,  you  will  see,  on  the  Starboard  hand,  the  Red  Buoy  No.  6, 
off  the  Southwest  part  of  the  Old  Man's  Ledge,  which  is  bare  about 
two  hours  before  Low  Tide ;  and  }4  mile  farther  to  the  Northward, 
the  Old  Woman's  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide.  Both  the'se 
last-mentioned  dangers  are  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue 
the  course  N>  ^  Em  leaving  the  Southwest  point  of  the  Outer 
George's  Island  (which  Is  bold)  about  300  yards  to  the  Eastward, 
And  also  several  small  Islands  and  Ledges  to  the  Westward.  Wbon 
Franklin  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW.,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1  off 
the  Northeast  part  of  Seal  Ledges,  will  b<.  in  range  of  this  Light ; 
and  about  I  mile  farther  in  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the 
Northeast  part  of  the  Ledge  called  the  Kegs,  which  are  bare  at 
Low  Tide.  Both  these  last-mentioned  Buoys  are  left  on  the  Port 
hand.  Continue  the  course  N.  ^  E.,  until  Franklin  Island  Light- 
house bears  SW.  by  W.  ^  W. ;  then  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

Directioni  for  George's  Island,  Eastern  Channel. 

Coming  ft-om  the  Eastward,  outside  of  Matinicus  Island,  in  order 
to  clear  all  the  Ledges,  bring  the  Lighthouses  upon  the  said  Island 
to  bear  B.  by  S.  J4  S.,  and  steer  W.  by  N.  ^  N.,  until  Monhe- 
gan Island  Lighthouse  bears  SW.  by  S.  J^  S. ;  then  make  good 
the  course  NE.  by  N.  >^  N.,  with  the  Southeastern  part  of  Burnt 


168 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Island  j  jst  on  the  Port  bow.  Leave  this  Island  (itrhioh  is  bold) 
about  300  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  you  have  passed  it, 
steer  N.  ^  E.  1^  miles,  to  the  Black  Buoy  oflf  the  Northwestern 
part  of  the  Sisters,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  steer  N.  %  E.,  or  directly 
for  the  Southeast  point  of  Teal's  Island ;  distance  1  %  miles  ftom 
the  Buoy  on  the  Sisters.  On  this  last  course,  the  Spindle  on  the 
Old  Horse  Ledge  will  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  250 
yards  from  the  Southeast  point  of  this  Island,  steer  NE.  ^  E.  for 
Hooper's  Point ;  distance  1>^  miles.  On  this  last  course  you  will 
see,  to  the  Northward,  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Hori- 
zontal Stripes,  which  lies  off  the  Southern  part  of  Channel  Rock. 
This  Rock  has  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  bears  from 
Hooper's  Point  W.  by  N. ;  distance  %  mile.  Continue  the  course 
NE.  i^  E.,  until  this  Buoy  bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  leave  it  100 
yards  upon  either  hand,  and  continue  the  course  N.  by  W.,  until 
the  River  is  fairly  open,  then  run  up  about  NE.  %  E.,  as  before 
directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  St.  George's  River  about  20  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Davis  Straits. 

These  Straits  (which  lie  between  George's  Islands)  have  a  width 
of  about  300  yards,  and  are  distant  2%  miles  W.SW.  from 
Marshal's  Point  Lighthouse,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the 
entrance  to  Herring  Gut  Harbor.  A  Ledge,  having  about  8  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  near  the  middle  of  the  passage, 
and  is  marked  on  its  Southeast  part  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  8, 
which  in  going  East  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  Between  the  Ledge 
and  the  Southern  shore  there  is  a  narrow  channel  at  Low  Tide  of 
4j4  fathoms  water.  Davis  Straits  at  many  times  are  of  great 
advantage  to  coasters,  especially  with  strong  Northerly  or  Southerly 
winds. 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


169 


Sailing  Direotioiis  for  Davis  Straits  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bring  Pemaquid  Point  Ligiithouse  to  bear 
NE.  by  N.  >^  Nm  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.    Leave  the  Light- 
house about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  W.  X  S., 
steer  E.  }^  N.    As  you  enter  the  Bay,  you  will  soon  see  ahead,  upon 
the  Eastern  Egg  Rock  (which  bears  E.  %  N.  from  Pemaquid  Point 
Lighthouse,  distance  5^  miles),  a  Beacon  54  feet  higli,  the  upper 
half  of  which  is  covered  with  boards.     As  you  approach  it,  you 
will  also  see,  about  ^  mile  to  the  Northward  of  it,  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  4,  which  lies  off  a  Ledge  which  is  awash  at  Low  Tide.    Pass 
about  midway  between  the  Beacon  and  Buoy,  and  steer  E.  by  N., 
leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Northern  part  of  Seal  Ledges 
(which  is  distant  2  miles  from  Egg  Rock  Beacon) ,  on  the  Starboard 
hand.     Continue  the  course  E.  by  N.  from  this  last  Buoy,  and  as 
soon  as  the  Red  Buoy  in  the  Straits  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
E  NEm  and  run  for  it,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand ;  and 
when  about  20  yards  past  it,  steer  NE.  by  S.  about  300  yards,  to 
avoid  the  shoal  water  that  makes  off  from  the  point  on  the  Star- 
board hand.     When  you  are  through  the  Straits  you  will  see  the 
Black  Buoy  No.  5,  off  the  Northwest  part  of  the  Sisters  (bearing 
about  E.NE.) ,  which  you  will  leave  close  to  on  the  Starboard  band, 
and  steer  about  N"^  by  E-  ^  E  ,  for  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3  off  the 
Northwestern  part  of  Allen's  Ledge.    On  this  last  course,  a  Spmdle 
and  Red  Buoy  will  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.    When  past  tbis  last 
Black  Buoy,  Herring  Gut  Harbor  will  be  fairly  open,  and  if  bound 
into  it,  you  may  run  in  about  midway  of  the  entrance,  leaving  a 
Black  Buoy  o.i  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  where  you  please.     If 
bound  farther  Eastward,  leave  the  Red  Buoy  off  Herring  Gut 
Lighthouse  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  E.  ^  Sm  leaving 
the  next  Buoy,  which  is  Red,  off  the  Southeast  part  of  Mosquito 
Island  Ledge,  on  the  Port  hand.    When  abreast  the  last-mentioned 
Buoy  steer  about  SE.  by  E.,  leaving  Great  Mosquito  Island  about 
300  yards  on  the  Port  hand.      The  above  courses  from  Great 
Mosquito  Island  through  Davis  Straits  are  reversed  by  vessels 
bound  to  the  Westward. 


^••■•,i 


170 


ELDRIDOF'S  COAST  PILOT. 


(George's  Harbor. 

This  small  harbor,  or  place  of  anchorage,  which  has  a  depth  of 
from  4  to  12  fathoms  water  in  it,  is  between  the  George's  Islands, 
and  bears  N.  by  E.  i^  E.,  from  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  dis- 
tance 7  miles ;  and  SW.  by  W>  3  miles  fVom  the  Lighthouse  at 
Herring  Gut  Harbor.  This  place  of  anchorage  is  somewhat 
exposed  to  winds  from  W.NW.  to  South,  by  way  of  East,  but 
affords  shelter  with  winds  from  South  to  W.NW.  by  way  of  West. 


Sailing  Directions  for  QeoTge*s  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  vroather. 

Directions  to  enter  this  Harhor  to  the  Westward, 
of  George's  Islands, 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Monhegan  Island  from  2  to  3  miles 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  S.  %  W., 
make  good  the  course  N.  ^  E.,  with  the  Southwest  point  of  the 
Outer  George's  Island  a  little  on  the  Starboard  Bow.  As  you  sail 
in,  you  will  see  the  Buoy  off  the  Old  Man's  Ledge,  and  ^  mile 
frirther  in  the  Old  Woman's  Ledge,  both  of  which  are  left  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  Leave  the  Southwest  point  of  the  Outer  George's 
Island,  which  is  bold,  about  300  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
when  you  are  abreast  it,  steer  N.NE.  As  you  enter  the  Bay,  you 
will  see  on  the  Starboard  hand  the  narrow  passage  between  Bon- 
ner's and  Allen's  Islands  which  leads  into  George's  Harbor ;  but  you 
must  still  continue  the  course  N.NE.  about  ^  mile  farther.  Then 
the  entrance  to  the  harbor  will  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  S.SE. 
You  may  then  run  in,  keeping  midway  of  the  entrr.nce,  and  anchor 
in  from  5  to  10  fathoms  water,  the  entrance  to  the  Gut  bearing 
SW-  by  W.  about  300  yards  from  you. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  through  Egg  Rock  Channel,  follow 
the  directions  for  Davis  Straits,  and  when  abreast  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  1,  off  the  Northern  part  of  Seal  Ledges  (which  is  left  on  tlie 
Starboard  hand),  steer  E.  %  N.  about  \%  miles.  The  entrance  to 
the  harbor  will  then  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  S.SE. ;  then  run 
in,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


*. 


t^.K!* 


ELDBIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


171 


JHrectiona  to  enter  this  Harbor  to  thb  Ma^tward 
of  George's  Islands, 

Coming  from  the  Eastward,  outside  of  Matiuic  Island,  when  past 
the  Ledges  which  lie  to  the  Southwest  of  it,  bring  Burnt  Island, 
which  is  the  Southeasternmost  of  the  George's  Islands,  to  bear 
N>NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  the  Southeastern 
point  of  this  Island  (which  is  bold)  about  300  yards  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  when  you  are  past  it,  steer  N.  %  E.  from  ^  to  ^ 
mile.  The  entrance  to  the  harbor  will  then  be  fairly  open,  and  you 
may  run  in  about  W.NW.,  leaving  Little  Burnt  Island  not  less 
than  350  yards  on  the  Fort  hand,  and  the  next  point,  which  is  the 
Northeast  part  of  Allen's  Island,  not  less  than  200  yards  on  the 
samo  hand,  and  when  the  Gut  bears  SW.  by  W.,  anchor  as  before 
directed. 

From  White  Head,  when  the  Northern  part  of  Burnt  Island  bears 
West,  run  for  it  oc  this  course,  and  proceed  according  to  directions 
before  given. 

Vessels  passing  in  or  out  of  this  harbor  should  take  care  to  avoid 
a  Ledge  which  makes  off  about  150  yards  from  its  Southern  shore. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  George's  Harbor  80  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Monhegan  Island. 

This  Island,  which  is  quite  high,  lies  NE.  and  SW.,  and  is  a 
mile  and  one-third  long.  Its  Southwest,  Southern,  Southeastern, 
and  Eastern  shores,  are  very  bold.  Near  the  middle  of  the  Island, 
on  a  bare  summit,  is  built  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  flashing 
White  Light. 

Fog  Signal, 

About  200  yards  from  the  Western  shore  of  Monhegan  is  a  small 
bare  Island  called  Mananas  Island.  Upon  thi  Southwest  point  of 
this  Island  is  a  Fog  Signal,  giving  blasts  of  15  seconds  at  intervals 
of  40  seconds. 


»V^ 


172 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Bearings  and  Oistanoes  ftom  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse. 


Gape  Cod  Highland  Light,     .  . 

Thatcher's  Island  Lights, .     .  . 

Isle  of  Shoals  Lighthouse,     .  . 

Boon  Island  Lighthouse,  .     .  . 

Cape  Elizabeth  Lights,     .     .  . 

Seguin  Island  Lighthouse,     .  . 
Pemaquid  Point  Lighthouse, 

White  Head  Lighthouse,  .     .  . 

Matinicus  Rock  Light,      .     .  . 
Seal  Island  Light  (off  Cape  Sable), 


DUtanoe. 
SW.  by  S.  y;  S.,  108 
SW.  H  W.,  .     .     87>^ 
SW.byW.J4  W.,74 
SW.byW.^W.,63 
W.  ^  S.,  .     .     .     40 


W.  X  N.> . 
NW.  }i  W., . 
NE.  ^  E.,     . 
E.  by  S.,    .    . 


19 

15^ 
20 


SE.  by  E.  H  Bm   148 


miles. 


Duck  Mocks, 

These  are  fear  bare  rocky  Islets,  the  farthest  of  which  lies  off 
about  ^  mile  from  the  Northern  and  Northwestern  shores  of  Mon- 
hegan Island.  Upon  the  Western  Duck  Rock  a  Beacon  57  feet 
high  has  been  built.  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse  bears  fVom  it 
about  S.SE. ;  distance  ^  mile.  About  N.  hy  W.,  ^  mile  from 
this  Beacon,  in  18  fathoms  water,  is  placed  a  Whistling  Buoy. 


Bearings  and  Distances  flrom  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  to  the 

Northward  of  Monhegan  Island. 

Distance. 

Seguin  Island  Lighthouse,     .     .  W., 19      miles. 

Bantum  Ledge, W., 13^ 

Northern  White  Island,    .     .     .  W.  by  N.  ^4  N.,      10}4 

Pemaquid  Point  Lighbhouse,       .  NW.  }^  W.,  .     .       8yi 

Beacon  upon  Eastero  Egg  Rock,  N.  by  W., ...       5j4 
Buoy  off  the  Southern  part  of 

Old  Man's  Ledge,    ....  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.,      3^^ 
Southeastern  part  of  Burnt  Is^ 

land, NE.  %  N.,      .     . 

Roaring  Bull, NE.  by  E.  ^  E., 


White  Head  Lighthouse,  .  . 
Fog  Signal  on  Southwest  part 
of  Mananas  Island,  .  .  . 
Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  . 
Lighthouse      upon    Matinicus 

XwOvKf     •        •       ••'••       •       • 


NE.  }i  E., 


5>^ 
15 


S.  J^  W.,  .    .    .      l}i 
S.  by  E.  H  E.,   .       1^ 

E.  by  S.  }i  S.,    .     21 


(( 


%, 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


173 


Bearings  and  Distanoes  of  Dangerous  Bocks  and  Ledges. 

Mo8er*8  Ledge, 

This  Ledge  (which  at  this  date  is  not  Buoyed)  has  16  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it 
iSE. ;  distance  5^  miles. 

Sunken  Duck  Mock» 

This  Rock,  upon  which  th<jre  are  5  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  off  its  Northern  side  with  a  Plack  Baoy,  No.  8.  Monhegan 
Uland  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  S.  by  E. ;  distance  1  mile. 

Old  Man's  Let     m. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  about  Kali  Tide,  is  marked  off  its 
Southern  part  with  a  lied  Buoy,  No.  6.  Monhegan  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  S.  by  W.  %  W. ;  distance  4)^  miles. 

Roaring  Bull, 

This  Ledge  (which  is  awash  at  Low  Tide)  is  marked  on  its 
Northwestern  part  with  a  Black  Buo}^  No.  1.  Monhegan  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW.  by  W.  7^  miles. 

Southeast  Breaker, 

This  Ledge  (some  parts  of  which  are  dry  at  Low  Tide)  extends 
G.NE.  and  W.SW.  about  ^  mile,  and  at  this  date  is  not  Buoyed. 
Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  W.SW. ;  distance  7^ 
miles. 

Haddock  Ledge, 

This  Rock  (which  at  this  date  is  not  Buoyed)  has  12  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it 
W.  by  S.  %  S. ;  distance  7^  miles. 


Monhegan  Harbor. 

This  small  harbor  of  reAige  (the  entrance  of  which  bears  W.SW. 
from  Monhegan  LigLthouse,  distance  about  ^  mile)  has  a  width 
of  from  150  to  250  yards,  and  there  are  no  obstructions  or  dangers 
in  entering  it  from  the  Westward.  It  is  exposed  to  Southwesterly 
winds. 


174 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Bailing  DireotionB  for  Daytime. 

Bring  Monhegan  Lighthouse  to  bear  E.NE.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course.  As  soon  as  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing  NE.  ^ 
Nm  nin  in,  and  anchor  in  mid-channel  in  from  5^  to  7  fathoms 
water.  From  the  anchorage  in  the  harbor  there  will  be  seen  to  the 
Northeastward,  nearly  in  mid-channel,  two  small  bare  Islets ;  there 
Is  a  narrow  Channel  of  16  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  between  these 
Islets  and  the  Western  shore  of  Monhegan.  If  the  wind  is  ho 
strong  fVom  the  Southwestward  that  you  cannot  beat  out  by  the 
Western  Passage,  you  may  run  out  the  Eastern  Channel  by  keeping 
midway  between  the  Islets  and  Monhegan.  When  you  are  out 
of  the  harbor,  leave  the  first  small  Island  about  100  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  run  out  between  the  Duck  Islands  about 
NE.  by  N. 


Herring  Gut  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  much  frequented  by  coasters,  bears  NE. 
by  N.  %  N.  from  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  distance  9^  miles ; 
and  E.  by  N.  fVom  Femaquid  Point  Lighthouse,  distance  11^ 
miles. 

Marshall's  JPoint  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Marshall's  Point,  East  side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Herring  Gut  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  outside  of  George's  Islands,  give 
Monhegan  Island  a  berth  of  about  2  miles,  leaving  it  to  the  South- 
wartl.  When  Monhegan  Lighthouse  bears  SW.,  make  good  tiie 
course  NE.  until  Herring  Gut  Lighthouse  bears  N.  b}'  W. ;  then 
run  for  it  on  this  course.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Port 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  off  the  Eastern  part  of  the  Ledge,  called 
the  Old  Cille}',  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide ;  and  also  Black  Rock, 
and  Hart  Island,  all  of  which  are  left  to  the  Westward.  On  tlie 
Starboard  will  be  seen  several  Rocky  Islets,  the  Westernmost  of 
which  are  called  the  Ounniuj;  Rocks.     Leave  these  last-mentioned 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


175 


Books,  which  hear  teom  Herring  Gut  Lighthouse  S.SE.  yi  mile, 
and  are  bold,  about  150  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when 
past  them,  steer  about  N.NW.  until  the  harbor  is  open ;  then  run 
in,  keeping  about  mid-channel,  and  anchor  where  3'ou  please. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  through  George's  Islands  Passage, 
bound  to  Herring  Gut  Harbor,  see  sailing  directions  for  Davis 
Straits. 

From  the  Eastward,  by  way  of  White  Head,  after  passing  Great 
Mosquito  Island,  the  centre  of  which  bears  SW.  by  W.  }4  W. 
fVom  White  Head  Light,  distance  6%  miles,  you  will  open  Herring 
Gut  Lighthouse,  bearing  about  W-NW.  Give  the  Southern  point 
of  this  last-mentioned  Island  a  berth  of  about  800  yards,  and  steer 
NW.  by  W.,  when  you  will  see  nearly  ahead  the  Red  Buoy  upon 
the  Southern  part  of  Mosquito  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  about  West,  leaving  the  Red 
Buoy  off  the  Lighthouse  upon  the  same  hand.  After  passing  this 
last  Buoy,  haul  gradually  tv  the  Northward,  and  when  the  harbor 
is  open,  run  in  about  midway,  and  anchor  where  you  please. 


Beating  into  this  Harbor  hi  Daytime. 

In  beating  in,  the  Lighthouse  must  be  kept  open  to  the  Westward 
of  the  Westernmost  Gunning  Rock  in  order  to  avoid  Gunning  Rock 
Shoal,  which  has  but  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  This  danger 
lies  upon  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel,  nearly  opposite  Black 
Rock,  and  bears  S.SE.  from  the  Lighthouse ;  distance  about  1 
mile.  Care  should  also  be  taken  to  avoid  a  small  Rock  having  but  \ 
14  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide  ;  this  danger  lies  nearly  in  mid- 
channel,  about  400  yards  W.  by  S.  from  the  Western  Gunning 
Rock.  To  avoid  this  danger,  it  is  advisable,  at  Low  Tide,  when 
up  with  the  Western  Gunning  Rock,  to  make  short  tacks  to  the 
Westward  until  past  it.  The  Westernmost  Gunning  Rock  is  very 
bold,  and  may  be  approached  within  100  yards  without  danger. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward  may,  when  Herring  Gut 
Lighthouse  bears  W.NW.,  steer  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving 
Great  Mosquito  Island,  the  Red  Buoy  off  Mosquito  Ledge,  arA 
the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Lighthouse,  all  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
four  rocky  Islets,  and  a  shoal  spot  of  four  feet,  on  the  Port.  The 
Lighthouse  bears  from  the  latter  danger  NW.  by  W.  ^  W. ; 
distance  ^  mile. 


176 


ELDRIDOE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


This  lant  Channel  is  the  best  for  entering  Herring  Gut  Harbor, 
with  winds  fVom  North  to  NE.  by  E. 

Sailing  Direotions  for  Herring  Out  Harbor,  at 

Night-time. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Monhegan  Island,  bring  tho 
Light  to  bear  SW.,  and  steer  NE.  until  Herring  Gut  Light  bears 
N.  ^  W. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  bearing,  leaving  it  fVom  200  to 
300  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  the  Light,  haul 
gradually  to  the  Eastward,  and  anchor  anywhere  above  it  in  mid- 
channel. 

From  White  Head  steer  SW.  by  W.  until  Herring  Gut  Light 
bears  N.  ji  W. ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

It  is  not  advisable  for  strangers  to  attempt  to  beat  into  Herring 
Gut  Harbor  at  night. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Herring  Gut  Harbor  30  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  9j4  feet. 


When  thi 
Vi  S.,  rui 
200  yards 
up  W.  b3 

E.^A  E. 
from  4  to 
From  tl 
to  bear  E 
of  Mosqui 
proceed  as 


It  is  Hig 
at  Herring 


The  entr 
White  Hea 
Monhegan  '. 
in  length,  \ 


Mosquito  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  lies  about  2  miles  Northeast  from  Herring  Gut 
Lighthouse,  and  the  entrance  to  it,  which  is  between  Great  Mos- 
quito Island  on  the  South,  and  Mosquito  Head  on  the  North,  is 
abouc  2}i  miles  Southwest  fVom  the  Lighthouse  at  Tennant's  Har- 
bor ;  or  it  is  the  first  opening  to  the  Southwestward  of  the  last- 
mentioned  Lighthouse.  The  harbor  has  an  average  width  of  ^ 
mile,  and  length  of  ^  mile,  with  from  4  to  10  feet  water  in  it  at 
Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Mosquito  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Great  Mosquito  Island,  the 
body  of  which  bears  E.  }^  S.  from  the  entrance  to  Herring  Gut 
Harbor,  distance  2  miles  ;  Herring  Gut  Lighthouse  will  open  to  the 
Northward  of  this  last-mentioned  Island,  bearing  about  W.  %  S. 


Upon  the 
to  this  Harl 
Red  Light. 

Sailing 
time, 

From  the 
SW.,  and 
about  1  m 
bears  Nortl 

Port  hand. 

about  W. 

Lighthouse 
From  the 

bring  Tenn 

for  it.    Wt 

byN.  ^ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


177 


When  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse  is  open,  bearing  abcut  W. 
^  Sm  run  in,  leaving  the  Southwest  point  of  Mosquito  Head  about 
200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  this  point,  haul 
up  W.  by  N.  until  the  harbor  ia  fairly  open,  bearing  about  N.  by 
E*  >^  E. ;  then  run  in,  keeping  about  midway  of  it,  and  anchor  in 
from  4  to  10  feet  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  White  Head,  bring  the  Light 
to  bear  E.NE.,  and  steer  W.SW.,  leaving  the  Southwest  point 
of  Mosquito  Head  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
proceed  as  before  directed. 

JBigh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Mosquito  Harbor  about  the  same  time  it  is 
at  Herring  Gut  Harbor.     Common  Tides  rise  about  dj4  feet. 


Tennant's  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  excellent  Harbor  lies  about  W.  }4  S.  from 
White  Head  Lighthouse,  distance  2^  miles;  and  NE.  J^  N.  from 
Monhegan  Lighthouse  ;  distance  13 1^  miles.  It  is  about  1%  miles 
in  length,  with  an  average  width  of  about  600  yards. 

Tennant's   Harbor  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Eastern  end  of  Southern  Island,  South  side  of  entrance 
to  this  Harbor,  a  Lighthouse  has  been  built  which  shows  a  revolving 
Red  Light. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Tennant's  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bring  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear 
SW.,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.,  leaving  Mosquito  Island 
about  1  mile  to  the  Westward.  When  Tennant's  Harbor  Light 
bears  North,  steer  N.  by  E.,  leaving  it  at  least  300  yards  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  the  harboV  is  fairly  open,  run  in  midway  (course 
about  W.  by  N.  J4  N.),  and  anchor  about  y^  mile  above  the 
Lighthouse  in  from  3^  to  5  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  the  Bell  Boat  off  White  Head, 
bring  Tennant's  Harbor  Lighthouse  to  bear  W.  %  S.,  ^^^  ^^^^ 
for  it.  When  about  ^  mile  fVom  this  Lighthouse,  run  about  W. 
by  N.  yi  N.,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


178 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Coming  from  the  Eastward,  through  Two  Bush  Island  Channel, 
when  the  Lighthouse  at  Tennant's  Harbor  bears  NW.  by  W.  ^ 
W.,  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

Beating  into  Ternant*s  Harbor. 

Metinic  Ledge,  which  has  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  off  its  Southwest  part  with  a  Buoy,  having  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  Stripes.  Herring  Gut  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
NW.  by  W. ;  distance  4}i  miles.  From  the  Westward,  after 
passing  th?s  I  ''dge,  you  mpy  bring  Tennant's  Harbor  Light  to  bear 
from  North  to  W.NW.,  until  you  are  ^4  mile  from  it ;  then  stand 
farther  to  the  Northward  until  the  Lighthouse  bears  W.  by  S. 
Give  the  shores  a  small  berth,  as  there  are  no  dangers  in  the  harbor 
excepting  a  Ledge,  which  lies  off  the  Western  shore  about  ^  mile 
above  the  Lighthouse ;  these  last  directions  will  apply  to  Night- 
time. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Tennant's  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  give  Monhegan  Island  a  berth  of  from  2  to 
3  miles,  leaving  it  to  the  Southward.  When  the  Light  bejirs  SW. 
make  good  the  course  NE.,  leaving  George's  Islands,  the  Old 
Cilley,  and  Mosquito  Island,  all  to  the  Westward.  On  this  course, 
the  Roaring  Bull,  and  the  other  Ledges  Northeast  from  it,  will  be 
left  well  to  the  Eastward.  Continue  t'vj  course  NE.,  until  the 
Light  at  Tennant's  Harbor  bears  N.  ty  W.,  then  run  for  it. 
Leave  this  Light  from  .300  to  400  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
gradually  haul  to  the  Westward.  When  it  bears  S.SW.  about  400 
yards,  haul  up  W.  by  N.  5^  N.,  and  run  in  about  ^  mile,  taking 
care  not  to  approach  the  shores  in  less  than  4  fathoms  water,  and 
anchor  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms.* 


Negro 


Hifvh    Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Tennant's  Harbor  44  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9%  feet. 

*  If  a  vessel  with  strong  NB.  winds  and  ebb  tide  siiould  reach  Wiiite  Head 
Light  she  should  not  attempt  (especially  at  night)  to  beat  int*  Seal  Harbor, 
but  may  safely  run  into  Tennant's  Harbor  by  the  following  directions  :  After 
passing  the  Bell  Buoy  off  White  Head,  bring  Tennant's  Harbor  Light  to  bear 
West,  and  run  for  it  until  you  judge  you  are  about  X  mile  from  it,  then  steer 
•bout  W.NV7.,  taking  care  not  to  approach  either  side  in  less  than  4  fathoms. 
Wbeo  the  light  beara  SB.,  anchor  in  fk'oin  6  to  7  fathoms  water. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


179 


White  Head  Idghthouae. 

This  Lighthouse,  which  ^  ws  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  built  upon 
the  Southeastern  part  of  ^\  hite  Head  Island,  and  is  intended  as  a 
guide  for  vessels  bound  into  Seal  Harbor,  and  also  through  the 
Muscle  Ridge  Channel  into  Penobscot  Bay. 

Fog  Signal, 

A  Steam  Whistle  has  been  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  giving 
blasts  of  8  seconds  at  intervals  of  52  seconds. 

Bearings  ard  Distanoes. 
White  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  Distance. 

Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,        .  NE.  ^^  E.,       .     .  1j^  miles. 
From  Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses,  NW.  by  N.  J4  N.,  17         " 


From  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse,       .  SW.  %  S., 


m 


OwV8  Head  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  summit  of  a  prominent  headland,  called  Owl's  Head, 
is  built  a  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Light- 
house is  intended  to  guide  vessels  into  Penobscot  Bay.  A  Fog  Bell 
is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse. 

DiBtonoe. 


White  Head  Lighthouse,     .     .     .  SW. 

Brown's  Head  Lighthouse,  en- 
trance to  Fox  Island  Thorough- 
fare,      .     .     .  E.  J^ 

Indian  Island  Lighthouse,  entrance 
to  Rockport  Harbor,    .... 

Negro  Island,  entrance  to  Cam- 
den Harbor, 

The  Rocky  Island,  called  the 
Graves, 

Spruce  Head, 

Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouse,  f   .     . 


s., 


7^  miles. 


s., 


N.  J4  E.,     .    . 

N.  by  E.  ^  E., 

N.  by  E.^  E., 
NE.  by  N.  y2  N. 
S.  ^  E., 


6 

12^ 
20 


u 


Sailing  Directions  from  Monhegan  Island  (by  way 
of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel)  to  Bangor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  Seaward  or  the  Westward,  leave  Monhegan  Island 
fVom  2  ^o  3  miles  on  either  hand,  and  after  passing  the  Duck  Rocks 
bring  t^*^  Lighthouse  upon  the  said  Island  to  bear  SW.  ^  W., 
on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  NE.  ^  E.,  for  White  Head. 


180 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


If  there  is  no  error  in  the  compass,  on  this  course  the  Southeast 
Breaker,  Roaring  Bull,  and  Matinic  Island  Ledge  will  all  be  left 
well  to  the  Eastward.     On  the  other  hand,  George's  Islands,  the 
Ledge  called  the  Old  Cillej',  and  Great  Mosqu'to  Island  will  all  be 
left  to  the  Westward.      As  soon  as  White  Head  Lighthouse  is 
.nade,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  %  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  the  Bell  Boat  off  the  Western  part  of  the  South  Breaker 
about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.     When  abreast  White  Head 
Lighthouse,  which  must  be  left  about  250  yards  on  the  Port  hand, 
steer  NE.  by  E.    As  you  enter  the  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  you 
will  see,  on  the  Starboard  hand,  the  Red  Spindle  on  Yellow  Ledge, 
which  is  left  to  the  Eastward.     On  the  Port  will  be  seen  the  Black 
Buoy  off  Hay  Island  Ledge,  and  farther  in  the  Buoy  painted  in 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Lower 
Gangway  Ledge,  both  of  which  are  left  to  th   Westward.    Leave  this 
last-mentioned  Buoy  off  Lower  Gangway  Ledge,  which  bears  about 
NE.  by  E.  from  Whitehead  Lighthouse  ^  mile,  about  150  yards 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  %  E.  3^  miles 
to  the  Beacon  on  the  Eastern  point  of  Ash  Island.     On  this  last 
course,  from  the  Lower  Gangway  Ledge  to  Ash  Point  Beacon,  the 
following  will  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand  :  First,  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  2,  off  the  Northern  part  of  Hurricane  Ledge ;  second,  a  small 
bare  Rock ;  third,  Otter  Island,  the  Western  part  of  which  is  bold ; 
fourth,  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off 
the  Southwest  part  of  Upper  Gangway'  Ledge.     This  last-mentioned 
Buoy  bears  from  the  Beacon  upon  Ash  Island  Point  S.  %  W., 
distance  %  mile ;  and  lastly,  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  4,  off  the  North- 
west part  of  the  Inner  Grindstone  Ledges.     On  the  Port  hand  will 
be  left,  first,  the  Black  Buoy,  No.  5,  off  the  Southeast  part  of  a 
Sunken  Ledge ;  second,  the  Black  Spindle  on  Garden  Island  Ledge ; 
third,  the  Black  Spindle  on  Otter  Island  Ledge  ;  fourth,  the  Black 
Buoy,  No.  7,  off  the  Southeast  part  of  Ash  Island  Ledge.    The 
Beacon  upon  Ash  Island  Point  is  57  feet  high,  and  is  painted 
White  and  Brown.     Leave  this  Beacon   about   y^    mile  on   the 
Port  hand,  and  gradually  haul  to  the  Northward  until  it  bears  West ; 
then  run  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.  1^  miles,  to  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  off 
Sheep  Island  Bar.     On  this  last  course,  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red 
and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  NW. 
Ledge,  will  be  left  about  y^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.     When 
abreast  the  Buoy  off  Sheep  Island  Bar,  which  may  be  left  close  to 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  steer  NE.,  leaving  the  Black  Spindle  off 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


181 


Dodge's  Point,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  South  from  Owl's  Head  Light, 
both  on  the  Port  hand. 

Sailing  Directions  from  OwPs  Head  Lighthouse 
through  West  Penobscot  Bay  to  Fort  Point  Light- 
house. 

After  passing  Owl's  Head  about  1  mile,  bring  the  Lighthouse  to 
bear  SW.  by  S.  ^  S.,  and  steer  NE.  by  N.  H  N.,  18  miles.     II 
there  is  no  error  In  the  compass,  this  course  and  distance  will  bring 
you  up  with  Brown's  Head,  which  is  the  Southwest  point  of  entrance 
to  Belfast  Bay.     As  you  enter  the  Penobscot  Bay  on  this  course, 
NB.  by  N.  >i  N.,  when  from  5  to  10  miles  from  Owl's  Head,  a 
number  of  small  Islands  will  be  left  from  1  to  IJ^  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand.     You  will  next  pass,  on  the  same  hand.  Seven 
Hundred  Acre  Island,  and  about  2  miles  farther  in  a  Lighthouse, 
which  stands  upon  Grindel's  Point,  the  Western  part  of  Long 
Island.    About  3  miles  above  this  Lighthouse  you  will  see,  on  the 
same  hand,  three  small  Islands,  which  must  be  left  well  to  the 
Eastward,  as  there  are  several  Sunken  Ledges  which  extend  about 
^  milo  NE.  by  N.  from  the  Northeasternmost  Island.     On  the 
Port  hand  will  bo  seen  Rockland  Harbor,  the  Lighthouse  on  Indian 
Island,  entrance  to  Rockport  Harbor,  the  small  Rocky  Islet  called 
the  Ci  raves,  the  Lighthouse  upon  Negro  Island  at  the  entrance  to 
Camden  Harbor;  and  6^  miles  above  this  last-mentioned  Light- 
house, Sprue©  Mend.     When  you  are  abreast  this  last-mentioned 
Head,  the  Lighthouse  upon   Grindel's  Point,  the  Western  point 
of  L<ong  island  will  bear  SE.     About  2  miles  above  this  last- 
mentioned  Head  is  Great  Spruce  Head,  and  about  1  mile  farther 
up    a    small   Inlet  called    Saturday  Cove,   and    lastly,  Brown's 
Head,   which  having  passed,   Belfast  Bay  will  be  seen  to  the 
Northwest.      When  past  this  last-named  Head,  steer  about  E. 
NE.     As  you  sail  up  the  Bay  on  this  last  course,  you  will  see 
on  the  Starbciard  hand  the  Eastern  part  of  Long  Island,  called 
Turtle  Head,  which  must  be  left  at  least  yi  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand.    When  this  Head  bears  S.  j4  W.,  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1, 
will  be  seen  bearing  N.  >^  E.    This  Buoy  lies  off  the  Southwest 
part  of  Brigadier  Island  Ledge,  and  must  be  left  on  the  Port  band 
by  vessels  bound  into  the  Penobscot  River.    After  passing  thi8 
Buoy,  and  Turtle  Head,  continue  the  course  E.NE.  until  the 
Lighthouse  at  Fort  Point  bears  NE. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
As  you  approach  the  Lighthouse  there  will  be  seen,  about  yi  mile 


182 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


South  from  it,  a  Beacon,  with  a  Pole  and  Keg  on  its  top ;  this  is  on 
Fort  Point  Ledge.  Leave  this  Beacon  }i  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  the  Black  Buoy,  which  lies  about  }^  mile  to  the  East- 
ward of  the  Lighthouse,  on  the  Port  hand. 

Sailing  Directions  from  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  to 

Bangor. 

After  passing  the  Blacli  Buoy  off  Fort  Point  Reef,  bring  the  Light- 
house to  bear  SW.  by  S.  X  S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  steer 
NE.  by  N.  }i  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  ofl'  Sandy  Point  Ledge, 
well  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  sail  up  you  will  see  the  Beacon  on 
Odum's  Ledge,  when  it  bears  North  run  for  it  on  this  course,  until 
about  ^  mile  from  it,  then  steer  more  Easterly,  passing  about  mid- 
wji}-  between  it  and  the  Eastern  Shore.  When  past  this  Beacon,  keep 
about  midway,  passing  through  Bucksport  Narrows.  When  about  a 
mile  past  Fort  Knox,  which  is  on  the  Western  side,  keep  tiie  Eastern 
side  best  aboard,  until  you  make  the  Red  Buoys  off  Frankport  Flats. 
When  the  Southern  Buoy  bears  NW.  by  W.,  then  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  them  both  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  these 
Buoys,  gradually  haul  to  the  Northeastward,  leaving  Winterport  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  past  this  place  keep  about  midway,  leavin*' 
tlie  Red  Spindle  on  Buck's  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Bald  Hill 
Flats,  both  on  the  Starboard  hand,  then  keep  about  midway  the 
River  to  Bangor.* 

It  is  High  Water  at  Bangor  about  37  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston. 
Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides  13>^  feet. 

Two  Bush  Channel  at  Night. 

If  you  are  bound  into  the  Penobscot  Bay  it  is  not  advisable,  at 
Night,  to  attempt  the  Muscle  Ridge  Channel ;  but  if  there  is  no 
error  in  your  compass,  you  ma}'  pass  safely  through  Two  Bush 
Channel  into  this  Bay.  This  last-mentioned  Channel  is  free  from 
Rocks  and  Shoals,  and  from  Crow  Island  Ledges  to  Alden's  Rock, 
and  the  Ledge  called  the  Northern  Triangle,  the  passage  is  2^3 
miles  in  width. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Two  Bush  Island  Channel  at 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  Seaward  or  the  Westward,  leave  Monhegan  Island 

from  2  to  3  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  the  I  ight  bears 

•  At  Low  Tide  iibout  Vi  ft.  water  can  be  carried  through  a  narrow  Cliannel,  from 
llaniixlon  to  tiie  city  of  Uantfor;  but,  us  the  Uiver  at  tins  date  (I8H{)  iHuot  Buoyed 
It.  ovi'cii  lliiist!  i»l.i(!('s,  it  is  tiierefore  adviHablo  for  Vessels  of  more  than  8  or  It  ft. 
linitulit,  lit  i'ovv  Tide  to  anclior  at  Hampdeh,  which  is  about  i'-i  miles  below  the 
<j  ly,  a. id  wait  until  :it  least  U  Mood. 


fiouth, a 

keep  it, 

course  tl 

Eastwan 

Red  Rev 

NW.  by 

E.  }4  E. 

then  mak 

see,  on 

Island,  tl 

the  Fixe( 

fare).    B 

on  this  c 

Monroe  L 

Starboard 

N.  by  W 

Port  hand 

tioned  Lig 

before  giv( 

Bay  to  Foi 


l 


RunN 
Black  Buol 
with  the 
Southwest 
Matinic  I 
steer  E.  b 
then  steer 
N.  y2  E.,j 
hand.     A 

Sailing 
wa 

When  3 
you  may 
the  Buoy  j 
east  Ledge 
last-namec 

*  A  Rod 
Island  Ledj 
to  the  East 
bears  N.NV 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


183 


South,  steer  E.NE.  until  it  bears  SW.  }(  W.,  on  wliich  bearing 
keep  it,  and  steer  NE.  ^  E.  for  White  Head  Light.  On  this 
course  the  Roaring  Bull  and  Matinic  Ledge  will  be  left  well  to  the 
Eastward.  Continue  the  course  for  White  Head  Light  until  the 
Red  Revolving  Light  on  the  Port  hand  at  Tennant's  Harbor  bears 
NW.  by  W.  j4  W.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  SE.  by 
E.  }4  E.,  until  the  Fixed  Light  at  White  Head  bears  NW.  by  N. ; 
then  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will 
see,  on  the  Starboard  hand,  the  Fixed  Red  Light  upon  Green 
Island,  the  Southernmost  of  the  Fox  Islands,  and  will  also  make 
the  Fixed  White  Light  at  Brown's  Head  (Fox  Island  Thorough- 
fare). Bring  this  last-named  Light  to  bear  NE.,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course  until  Owl's  Head  Light  opens  to  the  Eastward  of 
Monroe  Island,  or  bears  N.NW.,  and  the  Red  Fixed  Light  on  the 
Starboard  at  Green  Island  bears  about  E.  by  S.  ^  S. ;  then  steer 
N.  by  W.,  leaving  Owl's  Read  Lighthouse  about  lj4  miles  on  the 
Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  N.  by  W.  until  the  last-men- 
tioned Light  bears  SW.  by  S.  ^  S. ;  then  follow  the  directions 
before  given  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  through  West  Penobscot 
Bay  to  Fort  Point  Lighthouse. 

Two  Bush  Channel  in  Daytime. 

Run  NE.  }4  E.  from  Monhegan  Island  Lighthouse,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  ort"  the  Roaring  Bull  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  up 
with  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  off  the 
Southwest  part  of  Matinic  Island  Ledge  (the  Northern  part  of 
Matinic  Island  bears  E.  by  S.  from  this  Buoy,  dist&nce  2  miles), 
steer  E.  by  N.  >^  N  until  White  Head  Lighthouse  bears  NW. ; 
then  steer  NE.  by  E.  about  4  miles.*  You  may  then  run  up  about 
N.  yi  E.,  leaving  several  Islands  from  1  to  Ij^  miles  on  the  Port 
hand.     After  passing  Owl's  Head,  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Sailing  Directions  to  enter  West  Penobscot  Bay  by 
way  of  the  Middle  Channel,  in  Daytime. 

When  you  cOrae  from  sea,  and  make  Matinicus  Rock'Lightl)oiiso, 
you  may  run  for  it  on  any  bearing  from  NW.  to  NE.  L  \  o 
the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  off  the  South- 
east Ledge  (which  bears  NW.  b}' W.,  distance  1^^  miles  from  the 
last-named  Lighthouses)  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand, 

*  A  Rod  Buoy  No,  2  has  been  placed  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Crow 
Island  Ledges.  This  Buoy  is  left  well  on  the  Port  band  by  vessels  bound 
to  the  Eastward  through  Two  Bush  Channel.  White  Head  Lighthouss 
bears  N.NW.  f^om  this  Buoy,  distance  about  2  miles. 


184 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  TILOT. 


and  steer  about  NW.  by  N.  about  3'^  miles,  leaving  the  Euoy 
paiuted  in  Red  and  Black  tlorizontal  stripes  off  Bantum  Ledge 
(whieli  bears  NW.  J4  N.  from  Matinicus  Rock  Lightbouses, 
distance  5  miles)  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard,  and  steer  N.  y^ 
E.,  leaving  Ragged  Island,  Matinicus  Island,  and  the  Buoy  painted 
in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  off  Foster's  Ledge,  all  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  Green  Island  Ledges,  and  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1, 
off  the  Ledge  called  the  Northern  Triangles,  on  the  Port  hand. 
Continue  the  course  N.  J4  E.  until  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  opens 
to  the  Eastward  of  Monroe  Island,  or  bears  N.NW. ;  then  steer 
N.  by  W.,  leaving  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  about  Ij^  miles  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  proceed  as  before  directed.  This  last  Channel 
should  not  be  attempted  by  strangers  at  night. 


Sailing  Directions  for  East  Penobscot  Bay  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  Mount  Desert  Rock  Light- 
house, bring  it  to  bear  E.  by  S.i  and  steer  W.  by  N.  On  this 
course  the  Southern  part  of  Isle  au  Haut,  which  bears  from  Mount 
Desert  Rock  Lighthouse  W.  by  N.  ^  N.,  distance  21  miles,  will 
be  left  about  4  miles  to  the  Northward.  Continue  the  course  W. 
by  N.  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse  upon  Saddleback  Ledge ;  * 
this  Ledge  is  a  high  Black  Rock,  formed  ?omewhat  like  a  Saddle, 
and  lies  about  3  miles  W.NW.  from  the  Southwestern  point  of  the 
Isle  au  Haut.  Bring  the  last-named  Lighthouse  to  bear  NW.  by  N., 
and  run  for  it,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make 
good  the  course  N.  %  E-  about  13  miles  to  Eagle  Island  Light- 
house.f  Give  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  about  Yz 
mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  West,  steer 
N.NW.  6  miles.  In  running  this  last  course  (N.NW.),  you  will 
pass  between  several  Islanc^s,  the  Northernmost  of  which  is  called 
Western  Island.  About  yi  mile  to  the  Westward  of  this  last- 
named  Island  is  a  bare  rock  called  Green  Ledge.  Cape  Rozier,  a 
high  Bluff  Head,  with  White  Roc!'s  here  and  there  upon  its  surface, 
bears  N.  by  E  yi  E.  from  this  Ledge ;  distance  1  Yz  miles.  Leave 
Green  Ledge;  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about 
N.  by  E.  7  miles.     On  this  last  course,  Cape  Rozier,  which  is  bold^ 

*  Upon  Saddlei^ack  Ledge  is  a  Lighthouse  which  ihows  a  fixed  White  Light 
t  This  Light'iouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.      About  H  mile  South  from 
thia  Light  is  a  Ledge  having  but  16  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 


ton.     Coma 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


185 


and  Dice  Head  Lighthouse  (entrance  to  Castine  Harbor)  will  both 
be  left  m  the  Starboard  hand,  and  Black  Buoy  off  Long  Island  Ledge 
on  the  Port  hand.  When  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  N., 
follow  the  directions  before  given,  from  Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way 
of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel. 


Seal  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  lies  about  one  mile  to  the  Northward  of  White  Head 
Lighthouse. 

Sailiug  Directions  for  Seal   Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Wesiwarc ,  follow  the  directions  before  given 
from  Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  until 
White  Head  Lighthouse  (before  described)  bears  NE.  K  E. ;  then 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Bell  Buoy  off  the  Western  part 
of  the  S<vath  Breaker  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
abreast  White  Head  Lighthouse,  which  must  be  left  about  250  yards 
on  the  Port  hand,  steer  NE.  about  Y^  mile,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  1,  off  the  Eastern  part  of  Hay  Island  Ledge  (White  Head 
Light  bears  from  this  last-named  Buoy  SW.  J^  W.,  distance  J^ 
mile),  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  in  about  N.NW.,  leaving 
the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Northeast  part  of  Long  Ledge,  about 
200  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  200  or  300  yards  past 
this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  anchor  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water. 
In  Entering  this  harbor,  after  passing  the  Black  Buoy  off  Hay 
Island  Ledge,  two  Buoys  will  be  left  on  the  Starboard,  one  Black, 
the  other  Red. 

Seal  Harbor  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Southeasterly  gales.  In 
order  therefore  to  find  good  shelter,  with  indications  of  such  gales, 
it  is  advisable  for  vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught  to  haul 
round  the  Black  Buoy  off  Long  Ledge,  and  run  up  about  W.  by 
N.  J^  N.  ^  mile,  and  anchor  under  Long  Ledge  in  about  2j^ 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  White  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  anchorage  S.  ^  E. ;  distance  about  one  mile. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Seal  Harbor  40  minutes  before  it  is  in  Bos- 
ton.   Common  Tides  rise  9^  feet. 


186 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Owl's  Head  Harbor. 


From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  until  the 
Beacon  upon  Ash  Island  Point  bears  West  about  yi  mile ;  then 
steer  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.  1^  miles  to  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Sheep 
Island  Bar.  When  abreast  this  Buoy,  which  may  be  left  cloee  to 
on  the  Starboard  baud,  steer  NE.  by  N.  until  you  open  the  Cove ; 
then  haul  in,  and  anchor  in  from  3^  to  5  fathoms  water,  the  Spin- 
dle on  Dodge's  Point  Ledge  bearing  NE.  by  E. ;  distance  about 
^  mile.  At  night-time,  in  order  to  avoid  Dodge's  Ledge,  vessels 
entering  this  harbor  from  the  Northeastward  should,  after  passing 
Owl's  Head  Light,  keep  the  Southern  shore,  which  is  bold,  best 
aboard. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  water  in  OwI'h  Head  Harbor  23  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


; 


Rockland  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  Northwesterly  from  Owl's  Head  Light* 
house,  is  exposed  to  Easterly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bockland  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  until  Owl's 
Head  Lighthouse  bears  SW.  about  J^  mile  ;  then  haul  up  W.  by 
N.  >^  N.  for  the  town.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Port 
the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Spear  Rock,  and  farther  in  the  Red  Buoy 
off  the  Southern  part  of  South  Ledge.  Leave  this  last-mentioned 
Buoy  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  about  }(  mile  past  it, 
anchor  in  from  4J^  to  6  fathoms  water.  If  bound  to  any  of  the 
Wharves,  wait  until  High  Water. 

If  it  is  night  when  you  pass  Monhegan,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Two-Bush  Channel,  and  haul  round  Owl's  Head  at 
a  distance  of  }4  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand.     When  Owl's 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


187 


Hear*  ''jight  bears  SE.,  make  good  the  course  Nw.j  and  anchor 
in  A'om  5  to  7  fathoms  water. 

Froui  the  Northeastward,  when  past  the  small  rocky  Islet  called 
the  Graves  (Camden  Light  bears  from  this  Islet  N.  by  W.,  dis- 
tance l}i  miles),  steer  SW.  J4  S.  for  Jameson's  Point,*  leaving 
Rockport  Lighthouse,  the  Beacon  on  Portersfield  Ledge,  Brewster 
Point  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  otf  Jameson's  Point,  all  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  the  last-named  Buoy,  which 
may  be  left  close  to  on  t'\e  Starboard  hand,  steer  W.SW.,  leaving 
the  Buoy  painted  in  :;3d  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  off  the  South- 
western part  of  Jameson's  Ledge  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Black 
Buoy  on  a  shoal  spot  on  the  Port  hand.  After  passing  these  Buoys, 
anchor  in  from  3  to  4^  fathoms  water. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Rockland  Harbor  27  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  d}4  feet. 


Rockport  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  bears  North  from  Owl's  Head ;  dis- 
tance 4^  miles.  * 

Rockport  Lighthouse* 

On  the  Southern  point  of  Indian  Island,  East  side  of  entrance 
to  Rockport  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  Red 
Light.  This  Lighthouse  bears  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  N.  % 
E.  4j^  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Rockport  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  ^oUow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel.  When 
past  Owl's  Head,  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  South,  and  steer 
North,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Northeast  part  of 
Ram  Island,  on  the  Port,  and  the  Beacon  on  Portersfield  Ledge 
(Rockport  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Beacon  N.  by  E.  ^  E., 

•  At  this  (liite,  1S84,  a  Breakwater  is  in  course  of  constrnotion,  extondinsr  >  I  t  > 
the  Soutliward  from  Jameson's  Point,  Northern  siUu  of  entrance  to  Uociland 
Harbor. 


188 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


distance  about  ^  tu  about  }(  mile  upon  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  the  Beacon  u^.  '^orterstield  Ledge  bears  East  about  j^ 
mile,  then  run  N.  by  E.,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  and  the  two  Red 
Spindles,  one  below  and  the  other  above  the  Lighthouse,  both  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  the  Upper  Spindle,  keep  midway 
the  harbor,  leaving  the  stone  Beacon  upon  Harbor  Ledge  upon  the 
Port  hand.  When  past  this  last-mentioned  Beacon,  anchor  nearest 
the  £astern  shore  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water. 

Rockport  Lighthouse  bears  fVom  the  Spindle  off  Lowell  Rock 
N.  ^  E. ;  distance  about  }i  mile.  Vessels  therefore  from  the 
Noilih^ard  or  Eastward  may  leave  this  Spindle  about  }i  mile  upon 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  North,  and  anchor  above  the  Beacon 
as  before  directed. 


At  Night. 

Portersfield  Ledge,  which  is'  marked  with  a  Beacon,  is  bold  all 
around  it.  Rockport  Light  bears  from  this  Beacon  ^.  by  E.  >^  E. ; 
distance  about  ^4  mile.  Vessels  bound  into  this  harbor  at  night 
should  not  approach  Rockport  Lighthouse  nearer  than  1  mile  until 
it  bears  North  ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  bearing. 

On  this  last  course,  the  Beacon  upon  Portersfield  Ledge  will  be 
left  about  %  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  for  the 
Light  until  you  are  %  mile  from  it,  or  judge  you  are  past  Porters- 
field Ledge ;  then  haul  more  Westerly,  leaving  the  Spindle  off 
Lowell  Rock  and  Light  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
steer  up  about  N.  K  E.,  keeping  midway  the  harbor,  and  anchor 
to  the  Southward  of  the  Beacon. 

In  beating  into  this  harbor  at  night  or  day,  the  principal  dangers 
to  be  avoided  are  Portersfield  Ledge  (before  described),  Lowell 
Rock,  which  lies  about  %  mile  to  the  Southward  of  the  Lighthouse, 
and  Seal  Ledge,  which  lies  near  the  shore,  about  y%  mile  above  the 
Lighthouse.  This  last-mentioned  Ledge,  which  is  marked  with  a 
Spindle,  is  bare  at  Half  Tide. 


High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Rockport  Harbor  28  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9  feet. 


ELDUIDQE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Oamden  Harbor. 


189 


The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  ia  about  6^  miles  Northeasterly 
fVom  Owl's  Mead  Lighthouse. 

Camden  lAghthouae, 

Upon  Negro  Island,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Camden  Harbor, 
is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Light- 
house  bears  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  N.  by  E.  ^  E- ;  distance 
6^  miles. 

Dangers  in  entering  this  Harbor. 
Outer  JLedgea, 

These  are  a  group  of  dangerous  Rocks  (bare  at  Half  Tide)  lying 
Northeast  about  yi  mile  from  Camden  Lighthouse ;  they  are  marked 
with  a  Spindle  painted  Black,  and  two  Buoys,  one  Red,  the  other 
Black.  The  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  is  placed  a  short  distance  from  the 
Southwest  part  of  the  Ledge,  and  bears  f^om  the  Lighthouse  NE. 
by  E.  ^  E.  ^  mile ;  the  Ship  Channel  is  between  this  Buoy  and 
the  Lighthouse.  The  Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  is  placed  off  the  Northern 
part  of  the  Ledge. 

Inner  Ledges, 

These  Ledges,  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  are  separated  from 
the  outer  Ledges  by  a  Channel  about  100  yards  wide,  with  over  3 
fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide.  They  are  marked  with  an  Iron 
Spindle  painted  Red,  which  bears  about  N.NE-  from  the  Light- 
house ;  distance  Yz  mile. 

Harbor  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  has  about  2  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  Low 
Tides,  is  marked  upon  its  Eastern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3, 
which  in  entering  the  harbor  i  i  left  on  the  Port  hand.  This  last- 
named  Ledge  bears  from  Camden  Lighthouse  N.  by  W.  %  W. ; 
distance  about  %  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for    Camden  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel.    When 


190 


SLDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


past  Owl's  Head,  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  S-SW.,  And  steer 
N-NEm  leaving  the  small  rocky  Islet  called  the  Graves  about  i^ 
mile  upon  the  Port  hand.  Camden  Light  bears  from  this  Islet, 
which  is  bold  all  around  it,  N.  by  W.  1^  miles.  When  past  the 
Graves,  run  for  Camden  Lighthouse,  bearing  about  N.NW.  As 
you  sail  in,  you  will  see  the  Red  buoy  No.  2,  otf  the  Southwent 
part  of  the  Outer  Ledges ;  this  Buoy  bears  trocx  the  Lighthouse 
NE.  by  E.  >^  E.,  distance  ^  mile.  Pass  about  midway  between 
this  last-named  Buoy  and  the  Lighthouse,  leaving  the  latter  on  ttie 
Port,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  On  this  last  course  you  will 
also  pass  midway  between  the  Spindle  upon  the  Inner  Ledges  and 
the  Blaclc  Buoy  No.  3,  off  the  Eastern  part  of  Harbor  Ledge. 
When  past  the  Spindle  on  the  Inner  Ledges,  haul  a  little  more 
Nortlierly,  and  anclior  in  Sherman's  Cove  in  fVom  3  to  5  fathoms 
water,  the  Lighthouse  bearing  S.  ^  W. ;  distance  about  ^  mile. 
There  is  a  Channel  between  the  Northeast  point  of  the  harbor 
and  the  Outer  and  Inner  Ledges.  This  passage  is  frequently  used 
in  coming  down  the  Bay  by  those  acquainted  with  it,  but  it  is  not 
advisable  for  strangers  to  attempt  this  Channel.  The  best  way  for 
them  is  to  run  down  the  Bay  until  Camden  Lighthouse  bears  West ; 
then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  pass  in  the  Ship  Channel,  accord- 
ing to  directions  before  given. 

Beating  into  Camden  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  this  Harbor,  after  passing  the  Graves,  you  may 
bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  from  West  to  Nortli.  When  abreast 
Negro  Island,  upon  which  the  Lighthouse  stands,  the  channel 
between  the  Ledges  is  a  little  more  than  }i  mile  wide.  Negro 
Island  ma}'  be  approached  in  beating  in  at  a  distance  of  150  yards 
without  danger. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Night-time. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Owl's  Head,  bring  the  Light 
to  bear  SW.  by  S.  >4  S.,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  N. 
}4  N.  until  Camden  Light  bears  NW.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  on 
this  course.  Give  the  Light  a  berth  of  about  200  yanls,  leaving  it 
on  the  Port  hand ;  and  when  abreast  it  steer  N.NW.  into  tlie 
harbor  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  5}4  fathoms  water,  the  Light  bear- 
ing South  from  you. 

Coming  from  the  Nortlieastward  down  the  Penobscot  Ba3%  keep 


BLDBIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


191 


In  the  middle  of  it  until  Camden  Light  bears  NW. ;  then  run  for 
it,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  beat  into  this  Harbor  at  Night, 
when  the  Buoys  cannot  be  seen. 

If  you  are  bound  to  town,  it  will  be  necessary,  in  order  to  reach 
the  wharves,  to  wait  until  High  Water. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Camden  Harbor  22  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  tides  rise  9>^  feet. 


Lincolnville,  or  Duok  Trap  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  upon  the  Western  side  of  the  Penobscot 
Bay,  bears  NE.  by  N.  J4  N.  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse ;  dis- 
tance about  12^  miles.    It  is  somewhat  exposed  to  S.SW.  winds. 


Sailing  Direotions  for  Linoolnville,  or  Duck  Trap 
Harbor,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  wmds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  until  the 
L'jghthouse  upon  Grindel's  Point,  North  side  of  entrance  to 
Gilkey's  Harbor,  bears  SE.  by  E. ;  then  run  NW.  by  W.  As 
you  sail  in  on  this  last-named  course  you  will  see  on  the  Port 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  Southern  part  of  Haddock  Ledge, 
which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  On  the  Starboard 
will  be  seen  Spruce  Head,  which  is  quite  bold.  Pass  about  midway 
between  the  Buoy  and  Head,  and  when  the  former  bears  South, 
steer  North  until  Spruce  Head  bears  E.  by  S. ;  then  anchor  in 
from  by2  to  lyi  fathoms  water. 

Coming  down  the  Bay,  haul  round  Spruce  Head  at  a  distance  of 
300  or  400  yards,  and  anchor  as  before  directed.     Spruce  Head  is 
on  the  Western  side  of  the  Penobscot  Bay,  and  bears  from  the 
lighthouse  at  Gilkey's  Harbor  about  NW. ;  distance  1^  miles. 


192 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  at  Lincolnville,  or  Duck  Trap  Harbor,  25 
minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Gilkey's  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  on  the  Western  shore  of  Long  Island,  is 
well  sheltered,  and  is  easy  vi  access ;  in  fact,  it  is  one  of  the  best 
in  the  whole  Bay.  Its  entrance  is  Northeasterly  12^  miles  from 
Owl's  Head,  and  about  NE.  by  E.  6^  miles  from  Camden  Light- 
house. 

GrindeVs  Point  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Grindel's  Point,  North  side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  is 
a  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Lighthouse 
bears  from  Camden  Lighthouse  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  distance  6^ 
miles ;  from  Great  Spruce  Head,  S.  }i.  W.,  distance  2^  miles.  A 
Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this  lighthouse. 

Dangers. 

There  are  no  dangers  in  approaching  this  Harbor  from  Penobscot 
Bay,  but  there  are  several  inside  it,  which  at  this  date  (1879)  are 
not  Buoyed. 

Lobster  Rock, 

The  first  danger  met  with  after  passing  the  Lighthouse  is  called 
Lobster  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide.  This  Rock  bears  SE. 
^  E.  from  Gilkey's  Point  Lighthouse ;  distance  ^  mile.  Shoal 
water  extends  Northeasterly'  some  distance  from  this  Rock. 

Long  Ledge, 

This  Ledge  is  bare  at  Low  Tide  at  a  distance  of  ^  mile  from 
the  Eastern  shore  of  the  Harbor,  and  its  centre  bears  from  Grin- 
del's Point  Lighthouse  SE.  >^  E.  ;  distance  about  ^  mile. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Gilkey's  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  ft  . 
Monhegan  Island  to  Bangor  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel, 


It  is 
Boston. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


193 


until  the  Lighthouse  at  Gilkey's  Harbor  bears  East ;  then  run  for 
it  on  this  course  until  you  are  about  ^  mile  from  it,  or  the  passage 
into  the  Harbor  is  fairly  open ;  then  run  in,  leaving  the  Lighthouse 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  keeping  in  mid-channel  in  not  less  than  5 
fathoms  water  until  it  bears  N'W .  by  N. ;  then  haul  up  E.  y^  N. 
and  anchor  to  the  Northwest  of  Lobster  Rock  in  from  3  to  5  fath- 
oms water,  the  Lighthouse  bearing  about  NW.  by  W.  J^  W. 
from  you. 

Coming  down  the  Penobscot  Bay,  keep  in  the  middle  of  it  until 
the  Lighthouse  at  Gilkey's  Harbor  bears  S.SE. ;  then  run  in, 
keeping  it  a  little  on  the  Port  bow,  and  when  the  passage  leading 
into  the  Harbor  is  fairly  open,  run  in  and  anchor  as  before 
directed.  Or  when  j^ou  are  in  the  Harbor,  if  the  Lobster  Rock 
can  be  seen,  leave  it  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer 
S.  by  E.,  keeping  in  not  less  than  5  fathoms  water,  and  anchor  to 
the  Southwest  of  Long  Ledge  in  from  5  to  ly^  fathoms  water. 
There  is  another  passage  from  the  Southward  into  this  Harbor,  but 
at  this  date  there  are  neither  Lighthouses  nor  Buoys  to  mark  the 
channel. 

In  beating  into  Gilkey's  Harbor,  aft^r  passing  the  Lighthouse,  or 
when  it  bears  N.NW.,  the  channel  is  narrow  for  a  short  distance : 
it  therefore  requires  a  good  working  vessel  to  safely  enter  it,  espe- 
cially at  Low  Tide. 

Hiyh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  G  ilkey's  Harbor  26  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Seal  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  has  no  obstructions  in  entering  it,  lies  on  the 
Western  shore  of  Long  Island,  nearly  opposite  Great  Spruce  Head, 
and  about  3  miles  Northeasterly  A:om  the  Lighthouse  at  Gilkey's 
Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Seal  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  U>  Bangor  until  the  Lighthouse  at  Gilkey's  Harbor  bears 


194 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


East ;  then  run  in,  leaving  the  last-named  Lighthouse  on  the  Star* 
board  hand,  and  follow  the  shore  to  the  Northeastward,  keeping 
not  less  than  ^  mile  from  it.  As  3'ou  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the 
Port  a  small,  low,  flat,  grassy  Island ;  run  in  about  midway 
between  this  Island  and  the  Eastern  shore,  and  anchor  in  the  Cove 
in  from  6  to  8  fathoms  water,  the  last-named  Island  bearing  about 
W.  b}-  S. ;  distance  IjE^  miles  from  you. 

Coming  down  the  Penobscot  Bay,  bring  the  Lighthouse  at 
Gilkey's  Harbor  to  bear  S.  by  W.'  J^  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course  until  past  the  small,  low,  flat,  grassy  Island  before  men- 
tioned ;  then  haul  in  and  anchor  in  the  Cove  as  before  directed. 

Saturday  Cove. 

This  small  Cove,  which  lies  on  the  "Western  shore  of  Penobscot 
Bay,  bears  about  N.  by  E.  from  the  Lighthouse  at  Gilkey's  Har- 
bor ;  distance  3^  miles. 

In  running  up  or  down  the  Penobscot  Bay,  when  the  Cove  is 
fairly  open,  run  in  until  j-^ou  strike  6  or  7  fathoms  water;  then 
anchor.  This  Cove  is  somewhat  exposed  to  winds  from  NE.  by 
N.  to  S.SW.  by  way  of  South. 


Belfast  Harbor. 

From  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  through  West  Penobscot  Bay  to 
Brown's  Head,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Belfast  Bay,  the  course  is 
NE.  by  N.  /i  N.,  di.stance  18  miles;  thence  Northwesterly  about 
4  miles  to  the  city  of  Belfast,  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  the 

River. 

Remarks, 

About  12  feet  water  can  be  carried  up  abreast  the  city  at  Low 
Tide,  and  11  feet  water  can  be  taken  to  some  of  the  wharves  at 
Low  Water.  With  heavy  Southeast  winds  the  Harbor  abreast  the 
city  is  somewhat  exposed  at  High  Water,  but  vessels  at  such  times, 
of  not  more  than  1 2  feet  draught,  can  find  good  shelter  between  the 
Northeast  part  of  the  City  and  Bridge. 

Danger. 

The  principal  danger  in  entering  Belfast  Harbor  is  Steel's  Ledge, 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


195 


which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel,  about  1  mile  below 
the  City,  and  is  marked  upon  its  Southern  part  with  a  Beacon  and 
Red  Buoy  No.  2,  and  on  its  Northern  part  with  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  4. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Belfast  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monbegan  Island  to  Bangor  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel  until 
past  Brown's  Head.  When  Belfast  Bay  is  fairly  open  to  the 
Northwest,  run  in,  keeping  about  ^i  mile  from  the  Western  shore, 
which  is  quite  bold  and  free  from  dangers.  If  bound  to  any  of  the 
wharves,  at  Low  Ticl,j,  it  will  be  necessary  for  vessels  of  12  feet 
draugljt  or  upwards  to  anchor  a  little  below  the  City  in  from  2f^  to 
3  fatlioms  water,  and  wait  until  at  least  two-thirds  Flood. 

From  Penobscot  River  or  the  Eastward,  when  past  the  Black 
Buoy  No.  1 ,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Brigadier  Ledge,  steer  W. 
by  N.,  leaving  the  Monument  and  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  South- 
ern part  of  Steel's  Ledge,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  the 
last-named  Ledge,  run  in  as  before  directed.  Turtle  Head,  the 
Eastern  part  of  Long  Island,  bears  from  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off 
the  Southwest  part  of  Brigadier  Ledge,  S.  ji  W.  The  above- 
named  Lodge  is  bare  at  Low  Tide. 

Tlic  above  directions  for  Belfast  Harbor  will  answer  for  Night  as 
well  as  Day. 

Beating  into  Belfast  Harbor  in  Daytime. 

After  passing  Brown's  Head  (before  described)  you  may  approach 
the  Western  Hliore  at  a  distance  of  y^  mile  without  danger  until 
you  ore  abreast  of  the  Southern  part  of  the  City,  when  it  will  be 
necessary  for  vessels  of  12  feet  draught  to  anchor  and  wait  for 
Flood  Tide. 

Beating  in  at  Night,  after  passing  Brown's  Head,  use  the  Lead, 
and  stand  over  to  the  Western  shore  until  the  water  shoals  ^  « 4 
fatlioras  at  Low  Tide,  and  5^  at  High  Tide,  taking  care  to  avoid 
Steel's  Ledge  (before  described),  and  anchor  below  the  city  as 
before  directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  nigh  Water  in  Belfast  Harbor  25  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


190 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  HLOT. 


Searsport  Harbor. 


This  Harbor,  which  has  no  dangers  in  entering  it  except  Briga- 
dier  Island  Ledge  (before  described),  lies  about  4  miles  to  the 
Eastward  of  Belfast. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Searsport  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bound  to  Searsport  Harbor,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  from  Monhegan  to  Bangor  by  way  of  Muscle 
Rid<'e  Channel  until  the  centre  of  the  Village  of  Searsport  bears  N. 
li  W.,  then  run  in  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  of 
Brigadier  Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  As  you  sail  in  you 
will  see  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Harbor,  the  Red  Buoy  off  \\\v. 
Southwestern  side  of  Long  Cove  Ledge,  which  is  awash  at  very  Low 
Tides ;  leave  this  last  named  Buoy  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  anchor  off  the  Village  in  from  3>^  to  4J^  fathoms  of 
water  at  Low  Tide. 

Coming  through  the  East  Penobscot  Bay,  or  from  the  Southeast- 
ward, when  Dice  Head  (near  the  entrance  to  Castine)  bears  East 
yi  mile,  steer  NW.  by  N.,  leaving  Turtle  Head,  the  Eastern  part 
of  Long  Island,  about  %  mile  on  the  Port.  After  passing  this 
last-named  Head,  bring  it  to  bear  S.  by  E.,  and  steer  N.  by  W., 
which  course  will  lead  to  the  anchorage. 

From  the  Penobscot  River,  when  past  Fort  Point  Lighthouse, 
keep  about  ^  mile  from  the  Southern  part  of  Brigadier  Island 
until  past  the  Blatik  Buoy  off  Brigadier  Island  Ledge.  When  Turtle 
Head  bears  S.  by  E.,  run  in  N-  by  W.  as  before  mentioned. 

Searsport  Harbor  is  exposed  to  Southerly  winds. 


before  it  is  i 


Stocktor ,  or  Cape  Jellison  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  vhich  is  exposed  to  Southerly  winds,  lies  between 
Brigadier  Island  and  Cape  Jellison,  about  3  miles  to  the  Westv  ani 
of  Fort  Point  Lighthouse. 

Dangers. 

The  Eastern  point  of  entrance  to  this  harbor  is  called  Squaw 
Point.    It  is  a  sandy  Bluff,  about  20  feet  high,  and  from  it  extends 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


197 


oat  a  long  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide ;  this  is  called  Squaw 
Point  Ledge,  and  is  the  only  danger  in  entering  the  harbor.  In 
order  to  avoid  this  Ledge,  vessels  bound  into  this  harbor  should 
keep  nearest  Brigadier  Island. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Stockton,  or  Cape  Jellison 
Harbor  in  Da3rtime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monliegan  Island  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel, 
until  about  1  mile  past  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Southwest  part  of 
Brigadier  Island  Ledge ;  then  run  in  N.  by  E.  %  E.,  taking  care 
to  keep  nearest  Brigadier  Island,  or  the  Western  side  of  the  harbor, 
and  anchor  where  you  please. 

From  East  Penobscot  Bay.  when  Dice  Head  Lighthouse  bears  E. 
by  S.  about  ^  mile,  steer  N.  b3'  W.  %  W*  ^"^il  you  make  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Brigadier  Island  Ledge ;  then  run  in  as  before 
directed. 

From  Penobscot  River,  after  passing  Fort  Point  Lighthouse, 
keep  about  ^  mile  from  shore  until  the  Harbor  opens ;  then  run  in 
according  to  directions  before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Stockton  or  Cape  Jellison  Harbor  26  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston.     Comi  jon  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Fort  Point  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  entrance  to  Penobscot 
River,  affords  excellent  anchorage  and  good  shelter. 

Fort  Point  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Old  Fort  Point,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Penobscot  River, 
la  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Dangers. 

The  principal  dangers  in  entering  this  na      r  are  Fort  Point 
i^edge,  Fort  Point  Reef,  and  Sandy  Point  Ledge.     The  former.  Fort 
13 


lf)8 


ELDKI  DOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Point  Ledge,  has  a  stone  Beacon  upon  it,  which  bears  fVom  the  Light- 
house S.  X  ^' ;  distance  Yi  mile.  The  second.  Fort  Point  Reef, 
which  extends  from  the  shore,  is  marked  upon  its  outer  part  with 
a  Black  Buo}',  No.  3  ;  this  last  Buoy  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  E. 
^2  N.,  distance  ^  mile.  The  latter,  Sandy  Point  Reef,  extends  off 
about  ys  mile  from  the  Western  shore,  and  is  marked  with  a  Black 
Buoy,  No.  5.  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SW. 
by  S.  J^  S. ;  distance  1^  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Fort  Point  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
Monhegan  Island  to  Bangor,  by  vfay  of  West  Penobscot  Baj-, 
until  past  the  Black  Buoy  off  Fort  Point  Reef;  then  haul  to  the 
Northwaru,  ann  run  .^oldly  up  into  the  harbor,  and  anchor  accord- 
ing to  draught.  8hoal  water  extends  off  a  long  distance  from  the 
Western  side  of  this  Harbor. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  East 
Penobscot  Bay  until  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  N. ; 
then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Castine  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  lies  between  Dice  Head  upon 
the  North,  and  the  Northern  part  of  Cape  Rozier  on  the  South,  is 
Southwesterly  about  6  miles  from  Fort  Point  Lighthouse,  and  20 
miles  Northeasterly  from  Owl's  Head. 


Dice  Head  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Dice  Head,  North  side  of  entrance  to  Castine  Harbor,  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Lighthouse  is 
about  4  miles  Northeasterly  from  Cape  Rozier,  3  miles  Southeast- 
erly from  Turtle  Head,  the  Eastern  extremity  of  Long  Island, 
5j4  miles  Southwesterly  from  Fort  Point  Lighthouse,  and  21  miles 
Northeasterly  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse. 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


19^ 


Memarka. 

From  Owl's  Head,  the  most  direct  way  to  this  harbor  is  to  the 
Eastward  of  Long  Island,  the  distance  being  4  miles  less  than  by 
the  Channel  to  the  Westward  of  this  Island. 


Sailing  Directions  from  OwPs  Head  Lighthouse  to 
Castine  Harbor,  by  the  Channel  to  the  Eastward 
of  Long  Island,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  from 
J^donhegan  Island  to  Bangor,  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel, 
until  past  Owl's  Head  ;  then  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  SW.  by 
W.  J4  W. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  NE.  by  E.  J4 
E.,  leaving  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes 
off  the  Southwest  part  of  Mcintosh  Ledge  about  yi  mile  on  the 
Port  Hand.  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Ledge,  which 
is  nearly  dry  at  Low  Tide,   SW.  by  W. ;   distance  5}^  miles. 


When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  steer  NE.  /^  E.,  </2 
miles  distance,  to  Mark  Island.  On  this  last  course,  before  you  are 
abreast  of  Long  Island,  several  Islands  and  dry  Rocks  will  be  lefb 
on  the  Port  hand.  The  Egg  Rock  Ledges,  which  are  dry  at  Low 
Tide,  will  be  left  at  least  l}4  miles  on  the  Starboard.  When  30U 
are  abreast  of  the  Southern  part  of  Long  Island,  you  will  see 
Mark  Island,  which  lies  N.NE.  and  S.SW.,  is  nei»rh'  ^  mile  in 
length,  and  about  60  feet  in  height,  and  is  the  Westernmost  of  a 
group  of  Islands.  Cape  Rozier  bears  from  this  last-named  Island 
NE.  J4  N. ;  distance  3^  miles.  Leave  Mark  Island,  which  is 
bold,  about  Vs  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NE.  by  N. 
^^  N.  until  3'ou  make  the  Lighthouse  upon  Dice  Head,  North  side 
of  entrance  to  Castine  Harbor ;  bring  this  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE. 
/2  N.i  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off 
Long  Island  Ledge  well  to  the  Westward.  As  you  approach  the 
Lighthouse,  you  will  see,  about  ^  mile  Southeast  from  it,  a  Black 
Buoy  No.  1,  which  lies  off  Otter  Rock,  and  farther  in  the  stone 
Monument  on  Hosmcr's  Ledge,  which  bears  E.SE.  from  the  Light- 
liouse ;  distance  about  1  mile.  Leave  the  Black  Buoy  off"  the 
Lighthouse  on  the  Port,  and  the  Monument  on  the  Ledge  a  short 
distance  on  the  Starboaru  hand.  When  abreast  the  Monument,  a 
Red  Buoy  will  be  seen  to  the  Northeast;  this  is  off  the  Middle 


200 


ELDRroOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Ground  and  must  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  thi» 
last  Buoy,  anchor  any  nhere  above  it  in  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water. 
If  you  wish  to  go  above  this,  leave  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Southern 
par',  of  Trott's  Ledge,  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  about  ^  mile 
above  it,  in  from  4  to  9  fathoms. 

Coming  through  the  "West  Penobscot  Bay,  from  Owl's  Head  to 
Turtle  Head,  the  Eastern  part  of  Long  Island,  follow  the  directions 
before  given,  from  Monhegan  Island  to  Bangor,  until  past  the  last- 
mentioned  Head,  which  leave  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  run  SE.  by  S.,  leaving  Dice  Head  at  least  1  mile  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  the  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  N.,  then  run  for  it 
until  about  ^  mile  from  it ;  then  steer  about  E.  by  N.,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Otter  Rock  about  200  yards  on  the  Port,  and  the 
stone  Monument  on  Hosmer's  Ledge  about  200  yards  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Coming  through  East  Penobscot  Ba}-,  follow  the  Sailing  Direc- 
tions before  given  for  this  Bay  until  Dice  Head  Lighthouse  bears 
NE.  by  N. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Castine  Harbor  18  minutes  before  it  is  in 
Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Dangers  to  be  avoided  by  Vessels  beating  from 
OwPs  Head  to  Port  Point,  through  West  Penob- 
scot Bay. 

The  following  are  the  principal  dangers,  excepting  those  which 
lie  near  tbe  shores. 

Porterafield  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  lies  ^  mile  from  the 
Western  shore,  and  is  marked  with  a  stone  Beacon  20  feet  high. 
Rockport  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Beacon  N.  by  E.  }^  E. ;  dis- 
tance ^  mile. 

Graves, 

This  is  a  small  rocky  Islet,  with  bold  shores.  Camden  Light- 
house bears  from  the  Graves  N.  by  W. ;  distance  1^  miles. 

J>illingham*8  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  marked  on  its  Eastern  side  with  a  Black 
Buoy,  has  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides,  and  lies  }4  mile 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


201 


from  the  Western  shore.    Cnmdcn   Lighthouse   bears  from  this 
Ledge  SW.  %  S- ;  distnnce  1^'  miles. 

Ledge, 

A  Ledge,  with  7  feet  water  upon  it,  lying  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
the  Bay,  about  ^  mile  from  two  small  Islands  called  Ensign  Is- 
lands. Camden  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Ledge  W.  by  S.  ^ 
S. ;  distance  4  miles. 

Maddock  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  nearly  dry  at  very  Low  Tides,  is  marked 
off  its  Southwest  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2.  Gilkey's  Harbor 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E-SE. ;  distance  about  2  miles. 
The  Ledge  lies  about  s/%  mile  from  the  Western  shore. 

Long  Ledge, 

A  little  more  than  one-half  mile  from  the  Western  shore  of  Long 
Island  is  a  long  Ledge  extending  N-NE.  and  S.SW.,  and  having 
but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  This  Ledge  lies  to  the  North- 
eastward of  three  small  Islets,  which  are  nearly  opposite  Saturday 
Cove. 

Brigadier  Island  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  extends  off  in  a  South- 
westerly direction  from  the  Southwest  point  of  Brigadier  Island ; 
it  is  marked  upon  its  Southwest  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1. 
Turtle  Head,  the  Eastern  part  of  Long  Island,  bears  S.  J4  W. 
from  this  Buo)\ 

Fort  Point  Ledge. 

This  Ledge  is  marked  with  a  square  stone  Beacon,  with  Mast 
and  Keg  on  top.  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Beacon 
North ;  distance  }i  mile,  nearly. 


Matinicus  Bock  Lights. 

Upon  the  highest  part  of  this  Rock,  near  its  Southwest  end,  are 
l)uilt  two  Lighthouses  which  show  two  Fixed  White  Lights.* 

*  The  Lighthouse  Board  give  notice  that  after  July  1,  1883,  there  will 
'be  but  one  Light  shown  at  Matinicus  Rock,  and  that  will  be  Fixed  Red. 


202 


ELDBIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Steam  Whistle  and  Fog  Bell, 

In  thick  weather  a  Steam-Whistle  is  sounded,  giving  blasts  of  h 
seconds  at  intervals  of  25  seconds.  In  case  of  accident  to  the 
Whistle,  a  Fog  Bell,  struck  by  machinery,  will  be  sounded  during 
thick  weather. 

Bearings  and  DiataaooB  from  Matinious  Book  Ugtathouses. 

Diatano*. 

Cape  Coil  (Highland  Light),    .  SW.  J^  S 

Boston  Light, SW.  by  W.  ^  W 

Thatcher's  Island  Lights,     .     .  SW.  by  W.  J4  W 

Boon  Island  Light,     ....  W.  by  S.  >i  S., 

Cape  Elizabeth  Lights,  .     .     .  W.  ^  N., 

Monhegan  Island  Light,      .     .  W  by  N., 


Mount  Desert  Rock  Light,  . 


E.  J4  N., 


116  miles. 

124 

102 

81 

60 

20 

84 

125 

Seal  Island  Light  (Cape  Sable),     SE.  by  E.  ^  E., 

Dangers  to  the  Northward  of  Matinicus  Lights. 

Southeast  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  small,  with  deep  water  all  around  it,  has  6 
feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  It  is  marked  with  a  Buojr,  having 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes.  Matinicus  Rock  Lights  bear 
from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  E.  about  Ifi  miles. 

Bantutn  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  has  deep  water  all 
around  it.  A  Buoy,  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizont.l  stripes, 
marks  its  position.  Matinicus  Rock  Lights  bear  from  this  Buoy 
SE.  y2  S. ;  distance  5  miles. 

Foster's  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  has  6  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  stripes.  No-Man's  Land,  a  small  wooded  Island,  lying 
about  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Northeast  point  of  Matinicus 
Island,  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  %  N.,  distance  about  3  miles; 
Matinicus  Rock  Lights,  S-SE.,  6^  miles.  Vessels  bound  up  the 
Bay  may  leave  the  three  last-mentioned  Buo3'S  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  the  Green  Islands,  with  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the 
Northern  Triangles,  on  the  Port  hand. 


ELDBIDOE-8  COAST  PILOT. 


203 


Malcotn  Ledges, 

These  dangerous  Ledges,  which  are  '>aro  at  Low  Tide,  lie  nearly 
midway  between  Seal  Island  and  Wooilcn  Ball.  Matinicus  Rock 
Lights  bear  from  them  about  SW.  %  W.,  distance  6  miles. 

Hatinious  Island. 

This  Island  lies  about  %  mile  to  the  Northward  of  Ragged 
Island,  and  a  little  more  than  4  miles  N.  by  W.  from  Matinicus 
Rock  Lights.  Upon  its  Eastern  shore  are  several  coves,  some  of 
which  afford  anchorage  for  vessels  of  light  draught ;  but  there  are 
many  bad  Ledges  both  to  the  Eastward  of  this  and  Ragged  Island, 
some  of  which  are  nearly  a  mile  from  shore. 

Matinicus  Roads. 

These  Roads  lie  between  Matinicus  and  Ragged  Islands,  and  the 
anchorage  is  only  suitable  for  vessels  In  moderate  weather. 


Carver's  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  part  of  the  Southern 
Large  Fox  Island,  lies  East  Northerly  26  miles  from  Monhegan 
Light ;  Southeasterly  9  miles  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse ;  North- 
easterly 16  miles  from  Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses;  and  North- 
westerly 5  miles  from  Saddleback  Lighthouse. 

Heron  Neck  lAghthouse, 

Upon  the  South  Point  of  Green  Island  is  a  Lighthouse  which 
shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  This  i^ighthouse  bears  from  Owl's  Head 
Light  SE.  nearly,  distance  9  miles  ;  from  Matinicus  Rock  Lights, 
N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  distance  15  milert;  from  Monhegan  Island  Light, 
NE.  by  E.  y^  E.,  distance  25  miles;  from  Saddleback  Ledge 
Light,  W.NW.,  distance  6  miles. 

^ay  Ledge, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  is  marked  off 
its  Southwest  part  with  a  Red  Buoy,  No.  2.  Heron  Neck  Light 
bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  by  E.  >^  E.,  distance  about  3^  miles ;  Sad' 
dleback  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.,  about  6j^  miles. 


204  ELDIIIDOE'S    COAST  PILOT. 

JiemarkH  on  Carver*»  Harbor, 

This  is  not  a  very  goo<l  liarbor  under  any  circumHtances,  and  in 
approacliing  it  tliero  arc  many  Ledges  and  sunlten  Hoclcs  (but  few 
of  wliicli  are  Buoyed)  ;  it  is  tliereforo  not  advisable  for  strangeris 
to  attempt  to  enter  it  witliout  a  pilot  unless  necessity  con);)els. 


Sailing  Direotioiis  for  Carver 's  Harbor  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Soutbwai-d  and  Westwar'^,  bring  Heron  Neck  Light- 
house to  bear  NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Heron 
Neck  Ledge  (which  bears  S.  by  W.  from  the  Lighthouse  %  mile) 
a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Leave  the  Lighthouse 
Point,  which  is  quite  bold,  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  E.  H  N.  across  Deep  Cove,  keeping  the  Southeast  point  of 
Green  Island  close  aboard ;  haul  round  the  last-named  point  at  a 
distance  of  150  yards  from  it,  passing  midway  between  a  dry 
Ledge  and  the  Island  in  not  less  than  3j4  fathoms  water. 

After  passing  this  Ledge,  you  will  see  to  the  Northcas'.ward  two 
Buoys,  one  Black,  the  other  Red,  lying  at  the  mouth  of  t.ie  harbor; 
run  in  between  them,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  closo  to  on  the  Port 
hand.  Alter  passing  this  Buoy,  the  harbor  will  be  fairly  open ; 
then  run  in  about  NE.  by  E-,  and  anclior  in  from  3  to  5  fathoms 
water,  about  200  yards  above  the  Northern  point.  The  water  is 
shoal  above  tins. 

Coming  from  the  Southeastward,  and  making  the  Lighthouse  upon 
Saddleback  Ledge  (see  directions  for  East  Penobscot  Bay),  bring  it 
to  bear  NW.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  until  you  judge  you  are  about 
4  miles  from  it;  then  steer  W.  by  N.  yd  N.,  leaving  the  Brim- 
stone Islands  well  to  the  Northward,  and  keeping  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Red  Buoy  off  Bay  Ledge  (before  described).  After  passing 
this  Buoy,  which  may  be  left  >^  mile  on  either  hand,  run  NW.  by 
^.  until  Heron  Nock  Lighthouse  bears  NE. ;  then  run  in  as  before 
directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Carver's  Harbor  27  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


ELDUIDOE'S   COAST   TILOT.  205 

Fox  Island  Thoroughflare. 

This  important  passage,  which  has  a  depth  of  not  less  than  15 

feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  is  niucli  used  by  coasters  hound  Kast  or 

West ;  its  entrance  is  East  Southerly  about  4  miles  from  Owl's 

Head. 

Bvown*H  Head  lAghthouae, 

Upon  Brown's  Head,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Fox  Island  Thor- 
oughfare, is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Tliis 
Lighthouse  bears  about  E.  J^  S.  from  Owl's  Head  Lighthouse, 
distance  6  miles ;  from  Beacon  upon  East  side  of  Ash  I«liind  Point, 
E.  by  N.  %  N.,  distance  8  miles. 

Whistling  Buoy. 

A  "Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  the  entrance  of  this  Thor- 
oughfare in  21  fathoms  water,  about  midway  between  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  6,  off  the  Northern  part  of  Inner  Bay  Ledge,  and  Spindle  on 
Drunkard's  Ledge. 

Bearings  and  Distances  of  Prominent  Objects  trova.  Whistling 
Suoy  off  entrance  to  Fox  Island  Thoroughfare. 

Distanoe. 
Brown's  Head  Lighthouse, .     .     .     E.  by  N.  >^  N.,  .     2j^  miles. 
Owl's  Head  Lighthouse,      .     .     .     W-  by  N.  Yz  N.,      3^      " 
Beacon  upon  Eastern  part  of  Ash 

Island W.  by  S.  J^  S-,  .     5^      " 

Rockport  Lighthouse,    ....     NW.  by  N.  14:  N.,  6J/S      " 
Camden  Lighthouse,      .     .     .     .     N.  by  W.  ^  W.,    8         " 

Bearings  and  Distances  of  Dangers  from  Whistling  Buoy  off 
Fox  Island  Thoroughfare. 

Red  Buoy  No.  6,  off  Northern  part  of  '  Distanoe. 

Inner  Bay  Ledge., S-SW.,    .     .     .       J^  mile. 

Spindle  upon  Drunkard's  Ledge,     .  N.NE.,    ...       f|    " 

Spindle  on  Northern  part  of  Dog 

Fish  Ledge,- E., 1/^    " 

Beacon  upon  Southwest  part  of  Fid- 
dler's Ledge, NE.  by  E.  >^  E.,    %  " 

Between  the  Whistling  Buoy,  off  entrance  to  Fox  Island  Thor- 
oughfare, and  the  Lighthouse  on  Heron  Neck,  entrance  to  Carver's 
Harbor,  there  are  many  Islands,  sunken  Rocks,  and  Ledges,  few  of 
which  are  Buoyed  at  this  date. 


206 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Fox  Island  Thoroughfare  in 
Dasrtime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward  by  way  of  Muscle  Ridge  Channel,  follow 
the  directions  before  given  lYom  Monhegan  Island  to  Bangor  until 
past  the  Beacon  upon  Ash  Island  Point.    Bring  this  last-nanied 
Beacon  to  bear  W«  by  S>  ^  Sm  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  steer 
E>  by  N.  %  N.,  leaving  the  buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Hori- 
zontal Stripes  off  N.  W.  Ledge,  and  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1  off  Sheep 
Island  Shoal,  both  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No  2  off  Grind- 
stone Ledge  on  the  Starboard  hand.    As  soon  as  the  Lighthouse 
upon  Brown's  Head  (entrance  to  the  Thoroughfare)  is  made,  bring 
it  to  bearE.  by  N.  ^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.    As  you 
approach  the  Lighthouse  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard  the  Red 
Buoys  upon  Inner  Bay  Ledge,  and  nearly  ahead  the  Whistling 
Buoy.    Leave  the  last-named  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port  and  run 
for  the  Lighthouse,  bearing  About  E.  by  N.  %  N.,  passing  nearly 
midway  between  the  Spindle  and  Beacon  upon  Fiddler's  and  Dog 
Fish  Ledges.     When  a  short  distance  from  the  Lighthouse  you  will 
see  on  the  Port  two  large,  bare  Round  Rocks,  of  a  peculiar  Orange 
color  —  these  are  called  the  Sugar  Loaves  —  and  a  short  distance 
to  the  Northeast  of  them  the  Spindle  on  the  Fox's  Ears,  pass 
about  midway  between  the  Sugar  Loaves  and  Lighthouse.    When 
you  are  abreast  the  last-named  Spindle,  which  is  left  on  the  Port 
hand,  you  will  see  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
Stripes  off  Calderwood's  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  10  off  Cross 
Island  Ledge,  both  of  which  are  left  on  the  Port  hand.    Aftei 
passing  this  last-mentioned  Buoy,  haul  gradually  to  the  Southeast- 
ward, keeping  in  mid-channel  and  leaving  the  Black  Spindle  off 
Young's  Point  on  the  Starboard  hand.    When  nearly  abreast  the 
village  of  North  Haven  (which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  pas- 
sage) ,  there  will  be  seen  nearly  ahead  two  Buoys,  —  the  first  is 
painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes,  and  lies  off  the  South- 
west part  of  Post-OflSce  Ledge,  the  second  is  Red  No.  8,  and  lies  off 
the  Southeast  part  of  Lobster  Ledge.    Leave  both  these  last-named 
Buoys  about  75  yards  on  the  Port,  and  steer  about  E.  by  S.  J^  S, 
passing  about  midway  between  the  Red  Buoy  No.  6  off  the  south- 
east part  of  Grindstone  Ledge  and  the  Spindle  upon  Iron  Po-' t 
Ledge.     When  about  150  yards  past  the  last-named  Spindle,  haul 
over  towards  the  Southern  shore  in  order  to  avoid  a  Rock,  having 
at  very  Low  Tides  but  7  feet  water  upon  it ;  this  Rock,  which  at 
this  date  is  not  Buoyed,  lies  nearly  in  the  Channel,  and  bears 
about  NNE.  from  the  Spindle  upon  Iron  Point  Ledge  (the  last 


*  The 
oughfare, 
of  NE.  b; 
or  leavin 
by  keepii 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


207 


one  named)  distance  250  yards.  After  passing  the  last-named 
Spindle  you  will  sae  to  the  Northeastward  in  the  passage  two 
Buoys ;  the  first  is  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes, 
and  lies  off  the  South  part  of  Waterman's  Ledge ;  the  second  u 
Red  No.  4,  and  lies  off  the  South  Point  of  Fish  Point  Ledge,  both 
these  last-named  Buoys  are  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  abreast 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  which  is  left  close  to,  steer  about  £.  by  S. 
^  mile  to  the  Spindle  upon  the  Goose  Rocks ;  leave  this  Spindle 
about  150  yards  on  the  Port,  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  Bradstreef  s 
Rock  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  SE*  by  £.,  when  you 
will  see  ahead  Channel  Rock,  which  is  bold,  and  lies  at  the  Eastern 
entrance  of  Fox  Island  Thoroughfare. 

Coming  through  Two  Bush  Channel,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  entering  the  West  Penobscot  Bay  by  this  Channel,  until 
Brown's  Head  Lighthouse  bears  E.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  then  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  entering  the  Thoroughfare. 

Entering  the  West  Penobscot  Bay  by  the  Middle  Channel  West 
of  Matinicus  Rock  Lights,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
that  passage  until  Brown's  Head  Lighthouse  bears  E.  by  N.  5^  N. ; 
then  run  into  the  Thoroughfare  as  before  directed. 

Beating  In. 

In  beating  into  Fox  Island  Thoroughfare,  do  not  approach 
Brown's  Head  Lighthouse  nearer  than  3  or  4  miles  until  it  bears 
E.  by  N.  }2  N.  The  narrowest  part  of  the  Channel,  which  is 
about  one-half  mile  in  width,  lies  between  Fiddler's  and  Dog  Fish 
Ledges;  the  former  is  marked  with  a  Beacon,  the  latter  with  a 
Spindle.  The  Channel  between  the  Red  Buoy  upon  the  Northern 
part  of  Inner  Bay  Ledge,  and  the  Spindle  upon  Drunkard's  Ledge, 
the  two  first  dangers  met  with  in  beating  into  this  Thoroughfare,  is 
about  1^  miles  in  width. 


Sailing  Directions  to  enter  Fox  Island  Thorough- 
fare at  Night-time.* 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Two 
Bush  Island  Channel  until  Brown's  Head  Light  bears  E.  by  N.  % 

•  The  White  light  at  Brown's  Head,  Western  entrance  to  Fox  Island  Thor- 
oughfare, will  (after  Sept.  16,  1880)  show  a  Red  light,  between  the  bearings 
of  NE.  by  £.  |  E.,  and  E.  by  N.  i  N.  Vessels  therefore  at  night,  entering 
or  leaving  the  Western  entrance  of  the  Thoroughfare,  will  clear  the  ledgea 
by  keeping  in  the  Bed  light 


208 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


N. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course.  If  there  is  no  error  in  the  Com- 
pass, ycu  "ill  pass  midway  between  Fiddler's  and  Dog  Fish  Ledges. 
Continue  the  course  for  the  Lighthouse,  and,  in  order  to  avoid  the 
Sugar  Loaves,  leave  it  not  more  than  250  yards  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  If  you  have  smooth  water  when  you  are  abreast  the  Light, 
anchor ;  but  if  the  wind  is  strong  from  the  Westward,  run  farther 
in  under  short  sail,  and  in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges  upon  the  Port 
side,  do  not  keep  more  than  200  yards  from  the  Southeastern  shore. 
As  soon  as  the  water  becomes  smooth,  anchor  in  from  5}4  to  7 
fathoms. 

In  running  up  the  Bay  at  night,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges 
which  extend  off  to  the  Westward  of  the  Fox  Islands,  do  not  ap- 
proach the  Light  upon  Brown's  Head  nearer  than  4  or  5  miles  until 
it  bears  E.  by  N.  ^  N. 


On  th 
harbors 
a  pilot. 
Bovoral  I 
are  noltl 
not  advli 


It  li  I^ 
Thorougl 
rise  abou 


Southern  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  about  1%  miles  Northeasterly  from  Brown's  Head 
Lighthouse,  entrance  to  Fox  Island  Thoroughfare. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Southern  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Bound  to  Southern  Harbor,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
Fox  Island  Thoroughfare  until  about  }4  mile  from  the  Lighthouse 
on  Brown's  Head,  when  you  will  see  two  large  round  bare  Rocks  of 
a  peculiar  Orange  color ;  these  are  called  the  Sugar  Loaves,  and 
are  bold  on  their  Southwest  part  Leave  the  Sugar  Loaves  about 
250  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N.  by 
E.  about  %  mile,  when  the  harbor  will  be  fairly  open  ;  then  run  up 
about  E.NE.,  keeping  in  mid-channel,  and  anchor  in  from  3}4  to 
5  fathoms  water. 

The  Large  Fox  Islands. 

There  are  two  large  Islands  known  as  the  Fox  Islands:  the 
Southernmost  is  called  Vinal  Haven,  the  Northernmost  North 
Haven. 


This  T 
at  Low  T 
wholo  lei 
what,  the 
a  little  ov 
between 
about  Ji 


Upon 
fare,  ig 
Trumpet 


Masters 
through 
this  paHHQ 
All  Red  B 
Uorkoutii 


ELDRIDQE'8   COAST  PILOT. 


209 


Harbors. 

On  the  Eastern  shore  of  Vinal  Haven  there  are  one  or  two  good 
harbors  which  are  not,  however,  safe  for  strangers  to  enter  without 
a  pilot.  On  the  Northern  shore  of  North  Haven  there  are  also 
Bevoral  small  harbors  which  have  good  water  in  them,  but  as  thece 
are  neither  Lighthouses  or  Buoys  to  maris  the  dangers,  it  is  thought 
not  advisable  to  give  directions  to  enter  them. 

High  Water* 

It  is  High  Water  at  North  Haven,  Northern  side  of  Fox  Island 
Thoroughfare,  24  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Common  Tides 
rise  about  10  feet. 


Deer  Island  ThoroughflEtre. 

This  Thoroughfare,  which  has  a  depth  of  from  10  to  14  feet  water 
at  Low  Tide,  commences  near  the  Southern  part  of  Deer  Isle  ;  its 
whole  length  is  little  more  than  6  miles.  Its  width  varies  some- 
what, the  narrowest  part  being  abreast  of  Green's  Head,  where  it  is 
a  little  over  200  yards  wide ;  its  widest  part  is.  near  its  Eastern  end, 
between  Lazy  Gut  Island  and  Eastern  Mark  Island,  where  it  is 
about  ^  mile  wide. 

Mark  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Mark  Island,  Western  entrance  to  Deer  Island  Thorough- 
fare, is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A  Fog 
Trumpet  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Note, 

Masters  of  vessels  from  the  Westward,  bound  to  the  Eastward, 
through  this  Thoroughfare,  will  remember  that  all  Black  Buoys  in 
this  passage,  and  also  York  Narrows,  are  left  on  the  Starboard,  and 
all  Red  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand.  Buoys,  painted  in  Red  and  Black 
Horizontal  stripes,  are  placed  upon  Obstructions  in  the  Channel. 


I 


I 


210 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather,  from  the  Eastern  part  of  Fox 
Island  Thoroughfare,  through  Deer  Island  Thor- 
oughfare, across  Jericho  Sound  and  through  York 
Narrows.  Strangers  should  proceed  with  caution. 

Coming  from  the  "Westward  through  Fox  Island  Thoroughfare, 
follow  the  directions  before  given  for  this  passage  until  3'ou  make 
Channel  Rock,  which  lies  near  its  Eastern  entrance.     Leave  this 
Rock  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  E-  by  S., 
leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southeast  part  of  Black  Ledge,  on 
the  Port  hand.    After  passing  this  Buoj',  you  will  see  nearly  ahead 
the  Lighthouse  at  the  entrance  of  Deer  Island  Thoroughfare  ;  bring 
it  to  bear  E.  by  Sm  and  run  across  Isle  Haut  Bay  for  it.    As  you 
draw  near  this  Lighthouse,  you  will  see  about  S/^  mile  to  the  North- 
west of  it  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  Southern  part  of  Mark 
Island  Ledge  ;  leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Port  ard  the  Lighthouse  on 
the  Starboard  hand.     When  abreast  the  Lighthouse,  there  will  be 
seen  to  the  Eastward  of  it  a  Black  Buoy  No.  13,  off  Field's  Ledge  ; 
next,  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  on 
Gangway  Rock ;  leave  the  first  Buoy  75  3'ards  on  the  Starboard, 
and  for  the  deepest  water  the  Buoy  with  Horizontal  stripes  about 
the  same  distance  on  the  Port  hand.   After  passing  this  last-named 
Buoy,  a  Black  Buoy  No.  11  will  be  seen  oflf  the  Northern  part  of 
Crotch  Island  ;  leave  this  last  Buoy  (which  bears  from  the  Light- 
house E.  by  N.  %  N.  about  1 1^  miles)  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  past  this  last-named  Buoy,  the  Red  Buoy  off  Staple's  Lodge 
will  be  seen  ;  leave  tliis  Buoy  on  the  Port  hand.    When  past  it,  the 
course    is   East  nearly,   leaving   the   Black  Buoy  No.  9  off  Russ 
Island,  and  the  Black  Buoy  No.  7  off  Bold  Island  Ledge,  both  on 
the  Starboard  hand  ;  the  Red  Buoy  No.  10  off  Door  Rock,  Red 
Buoy  No.  8  off  Haskell's  Ledge,  and  also  the  Red  Buoy  No.  G  off 
White   Rock,  all  on  the  Port  hand.    There  is  good  anchorage 
Northeast  from  this  last-mentioned  Bioy.    After  passing  the  Red 
Buoy  off  White  Rock  a  Black  Spindle  will  be  seen  ;  this  is  on 
Haycock  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  low  tide,  and  may  be  left  about 
25  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.    When  abreast  the  Spindle,  a 
Black  Buoy,  No.  3,  will  be  seen  lying  about    N.  ^   mile    from 
an  Island  ;  this  Buoy  is  off  East  Mark  Island  Ledge,  and  may  be 
left  on  the  Starboard  hand.    When  past  this  last  Buoy,  st^cr  about 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


211 


"St.  by  S*  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4  off  Lazygut  Island,  on  the 
Fort  hand.  When  past  this  last-named  Buoy,  the  ^»ed  Buoy  No.  2, 
off  Long  Ledge,  will  be  seen ;  leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Port  hand 
and  make  good  the  course  E.  ^  Sm  when  you  will  soon  see  the 
Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  off  Sunken  Egg 
Rock ;  you  must  leave  this  last-named  Buoy  not  less  than  200 
yards  on  either  hand.  After  passing  this  last  Buoy,  you  will  then 
be  near  the  entrance  to  York  Narrows,  and  in  going  through  them 
will  leave  on  the  Port  hand  three  Buoys :  the  first,  No.  6  Red,  is 
off  the  Western  part  of  Long  Ledge ;  thp  xcond  is  No.  4  Red,  and 
lies  off  the  Southeastern  end  of  Long  Ledge  ;  and  the  last.  No.  2 
Red,  is  off  the  Northeast  point  of  Long  Ledge.  Near  this  last- 
named  Buoy  the  Channel  is  narrow ;  the  Buoy,  which  sets  in 
about  2/2  fathoms,  should  therefore  be  passed  close  to. 

The  distance  from  Mark  Island  Lighthouse  through  Deer  Island 
Thoroughfare,  across  Jericho  Sound,  and  through  York  Narrows, 
is  about  11  miles. 

When  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  at  the  Eastern  entrance  of  York 
Narrows,  you  will  then  be  in  Blue  Hill  Bay,  and  if  bound  farther 
Eastward,  may  steer  about  East,  leaving  a  Black  Buoy  on  the  Star- 
board, and  the  Lighthouse  at  Bass  Harbor,  Mount  Desert,  not  more 
than  ^  mile  upon  the  Port  hand.  On  this  last  run,  when  this  Light- 
house bears  N.  by  E.  %  E.,you  will  cross  Bass  Harbor  Bar  in  about 
14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  when  it  bears  North  make  good  the 
course  E.SE.,  which  will  take  you  well  to  the  Southward  of  Baker's 
Island,  clear  of  all  dangers. 


Eggemoggin   Reach. 

This  important  Reach  or  Strait,  which  connects  Penobscot  Bay 
with  Blue  Hill  Bay,  has  a  depth  of  five  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  It 
lies  between  the  villages  of  Brooklin,  Sedgwick,  and  Brooksville 
on  the  North,  and  Deer  Isle  and  Little  Deer  Island  on  the  South. 
The  length  of  this  Reach  is  about  15  miles,  and  its  general  course 
NW.  and  SE. ;  its  width  varies  from  J^  to  3  miles. 

Pumpkin  Island  Idghthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  side  of  the  Reach  at 
its  Western  end,  shows  a  Fixed  White  Light,  and  in  passing  through 
from  the  Westward,  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  A  Fog  Bell  is 
placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 


212 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Masters  of  vessels  from  the  Westward,  bound  to  the  Eastward, 
through  Eggemoggin  Reach,  should  bear  in  mind  that  all  Black 
Buoys  in  the  passage  are  left  on  the  Starboard,  and  all  Red  Buoys 
on  the  Fort  hand.  Buoys  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal 
stripes  are  placed  upon  obstructions  in  the  channel. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Eggemoggin  Reach,  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Penobscot  River,  bound  through  this  passage,  after 
passing  the  Beacon  on  Fort  Point  Ledge,  steer  about  SW.  by  S. 
yi  S-,  passing  about  midway  between  Dice  Head  and  the  Eastern 
part  of  Long  Island ;  haul  round  the  Western  part  of  Cape  Rozier, 
passing  about  midway  between  it  and  Western  Island.    This  Island 
bears  a  lOut  S.  by  W.  from  the  Western  part  of  Cape  Rozier ;  distance 
\%  miles.    When  you  are  midway  between  this  last-noraed  Island 
and  Cape,  you  will  see  to  the  Eastward  the  Lighthouse  upon  Pump- 
kin Island,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to  the  Reach ; 
bring  this  Lighthouse  to  bear  East  and  run  for  it.     On  this  last 
course  you  will  pass  nearly  midway  between  the  Buoy  painted  in 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes,  off  the  Western  part  of  Two- 
Bush  Ledge,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  10,  off  the  Southern  part  of 
Heron  Island  Ledge.    The  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  first-named 
Buoy  E.  by  N.  J4  N.  1  mile ;  from  the  latter  E-  by  S-  IK  miles. 
As  3'ou  draw  nearer  the  Lighthouse  you  will  see  the  following  Buoys 
and  Spindle:   First,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  13,  off  the  Northwest 
part  of  Meriman's  Ledge  (the  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E. 
J^  S.  ^  mile)  ;  second,  a  Black  Spindle  on  a  dry  Rock,  about  200 
yards  Northeast  from  the  Lighthouse  ;  third,  the  Black  Buoy  No. 
11,  off  Northwest  part  of  Pumpkin  Island  Ledge  (the  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  yi  mile)  ;  fourth,  the  Black  Buoy  No. 
9,  off  Western  part  of  Triangles  (the  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  W.SW.  Yz  mile) ;  fifth,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  Eastern 
end  of  Triangles  (the  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W-  by  S- 
%  S.,  distance    ]^  mile)  ;  and  lastly,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  ^,  off 
Northern  part  of  Howard  Ledges.    The   Lighthouse  bears  fiom 
this  last-mentioned  Buoy  NW. ;    distance  1^  miles.     All  tlioso 
Black  Buoys,  going  East  through  the  Reach,  are  left  on  the  Siai- 
board  hand.     When  past  the  Black  Buo3'  off  the  Northern  part 
of  Howard  Ledges,  the  course  is  about  fcJE.,  keeping  nearly  in 
the  middle  of  the  passage.    As  you  sail  in.  Billing's  or  Sargent 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


213 


Cove  will  be  seen  on  the  Northern  side.  On  the  Southern  side 
will  be  seen  the  passage  between  Little  Deer  Island  and  Deer 
Isle ;  farther  in  the  village  of  Sedgwick,  which  is  on  the  West 
bank  of  Benjamin  River.  Stump  Cove  Ledge  makes  off  about  ^ 
mile  from  the  Western  point  of  entrance  to  this  River,  and  is 
marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  8,  which  in 
going  to  the  Eastward  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.*  About  13^  miles 
from  the  entrance  to  the  last-named  River,  is  a  Red  Buoy  No.  G  ; 
this  is  off  the  West  part  of  Torrey's  Ledge,  entrance  to  Centre 
Harbor,  and  must  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  this  last- 
named  Buoy,  Torrey's  Islands  will  be  seen,  a  short  distance  to  the 
Westward  of  which  is  a  remarkable  bare  Rock  with  a  Reddish 
color,  having  two  large  White  Boulders  or  Rocks  on  its  summit. 
This  is  called  Torrey's  Castle,  and  is  left  about  300  yards  on 
the  Port  hand.  After  passing  Torrey's  Castle,  a  Black  Buoy  No. 
3  will  be  seen ;  this  lies  off  the  Northern  part  of  Conary  Ledge, 
and  must  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  The  Northeast  point  of 
Conary  Island  bears  from  this  Buoy  S-SE. ;  distance  ^  mile. 
When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Island,  which  is  left  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  steer  about  SB.  by  Sm  passing  between  Hog  and 
White  Islands,  the  former  of  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the 
channel,  and  close  in  with  the  Main  Land.  When  coming  from 
the  Westward,  it  appears  like  a  mass  of  bare  White  Rock,  and 
shows  a  bold  bluff-head  called  Devil's  Head.  Its  Northern  end  is 
also  high,  bare,  and  rocky,  and  when  coming  from  the  Westward 
the  Island  appears  like  two  Rocky  Hills  with  a  small  valley  be- 
tween them.  There  is  good  anchorage  between  this  last-named 
Island  and  the  Main  Land,  near  the  Porgy  Factory.  When  past 
Devil's  Head  (the  Southern  part  of  Hog  Island) ,  a  Black  Buoy 
No.  1  will  be  seen  ;  this  is  off  the  Northern  part  of  Eastern  Half- 
tide  Rock,  and  must  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Devil's 
Head  bears  from  this  last-named  Buoy  N.  by  E.  about  J4 
mile.  Another  Buoy  will  also  be  seen  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  stripes ;  this  lies  off  the  Western  part  of 
Hog  Island  Ledge,  and  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past 
the    last-named     Buoy,     steer      about    E.,      passing    between 

*  From  1  to  1|<  miles  SE.  by  S.  }4  S.  from  the  Red  Buoy  off  Stump  Cove 
Ledge,  and  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  passage,  are  two  Ledges  having  but  1 1 
and  13  feet  water  upon  them  at  Low  tide.  In  order  to  avoid  these  Ledges, 
vessels  of  more  than  11  feet  draught  sailing  from  Benjamin  River  to  the 
remarkable  Rock  called  Torrey's  Castle,  should  keep  nearest  Deer  Isle. 


214 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Mahoney  and  Smuttynose  Islands ;  the  former  Island  is  small,  low, 
and  dotted  here  and  there  with  scrubby  trees,  and  has  a  Red  Buoy 
off  its  Western  part,  which  is  lefb  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  the  latter 
is  simply  a  bare  Rock  destitute  of  trees.  When  past  these  Islands 
you  are  then  through  the  Reach  and  may  steer  E.NE.,  leaving  Pond 
Island  *  and  the  Black  Buoy  off  its  Northern  part  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand  ;  after  passing  the  last-named  Buoj'  steer  about  SE. 
J4  E.,  leaving  Ship  Island  and  two  small  Islets,  called  the  East  and 
West  Barge,  all  on  the  Port  hand.  Upon  one  of  the  Rocks  called  the 
Shi})  and  Barge  (which  is  bare  at  two  thirds  Ebb)  is  placed  a  Black 
Spindle  30  feet  high,  which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand  by  vessels 
bound  to  the  Eastward.  After  passing  this  Spindle  30U  are  in  Bl'ie 
Hill  Bay,  and  must  steer  about  E.SE.  for  Bass  Head,  leaving  it 
and  the  Lighthouse  not  more  than  ]/^  mile  upon  the  Port  hand.  On 
this  last  run,  when  the  Light  bears  N.  by  E.  J4  E. ,  you  will  cross  Bass 
Harbor  Bar  in  not  less  than  14  feet  at  Low  Tide.  When  the  Light- 
house bears  North,  make  good  the  course  E.SE.,  which  will  take 
j-ou  well  to  the  Eastward  of  Baker's  Island,  clear  of  all  dangers. 

If  30U  intend  to  pass  through  Eggemoggin  Reach,  and  are  from 
Owl's  Head,  or  an}-  place  in  the  West  Penobscot  Bay,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  Castine  Harbor  until  3'ou  make  Cape 
Rozier ;  then  follow  the  directions  for  this  Reach. 


Buck's  Harbor. 

This  excellent  harbor,  which  is  sheltered  from  all  winds,  lies  on 
the  Northern  side  of  entrance  to  Eggemoggin  Reach,  about  2  miles 
Northeasterly  from  the  Lighthouse  upon  Pumpkin  Island. 

Remarlca, 

When  approaching  Buck's  Harbor  from  the  Westward,  it  may  be 
known  by  what  appears  to  be  a  remarkable  straight  White  path  run- 
ning from  the  summit  of  the  hills  down  their  almost  perpendicular 

aides. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Buck's  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Egge- 
moggin Reach  until  Pumpkin  Island  Lighthouse,  on  Western  side  of 

s . . 

*  Pond  Island  is  the  first  large  Island  met  with  after  passing  between  Ma- 
honey  and  Smuttynose  Islands. 


fl 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


215 


entrance  to  the  Reach  bears  about  S.SW. ;  then  steer  N.NE. 
As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Northern  shore  the  large  Cove 
called  Buck's  Harbor,  with  an  Island  lying  nearly  in  the  middle  of 
it ;  the  best  Channel  is  between  this  Island  and  the  Western  point, 
which  is  high  and  quite  bold.  Run  in  about  midway  between  this 
last-named  Point  and  Island,  and  anchor  a  short  distance  to  the 
Westward  of  the  Buoy  off  Buck's  Harbor  Ledge,  in  from  4  to  .5 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  where  you  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Buck's  Harbor  about  25  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  9>^  feet. 


Sedgwick  Village,  or  Benjamin  Biver. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  lies  upon  the  Northern  side  of  Egge- 
moggin  Reach,  about  5  miles  from  Pumpkin  Island  Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Benjamin  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Egge- 
moggin  Reach  until  you  make  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southern 
part  of  Stump  Cove  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  when  the  end  of  the  Steamboat  Wharf  on  the  West  bank  of  the 
River  bears  N.  by  E.  %  E.,  then  steer  in,  with  the  end  of  the 
Wharf  a  little  on  the  Port  bow ;  this  course  will  lead  about  midway 
between  the  two  shores.  In  order  to  avoid  a  Sand  Bar  which  ex- 
tends off  from  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Riveri  when  abreast  the 
Steamboat  Wharf,  keep  the  Western  shore  best  aboard,  and  anchor 
at  your  pleasure.  About  18  feet  water  can  be  carried  to  this 
anchorage  at  Low  Tide. 


Blue  Hill  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  at  the  Head  of  Blue  Hill  Bay,  is  about 
North  10  miles  from  Green  Island  Lighthouse,  and  Ibyi  miles  North- 
westerly from  the  Lighthouse  at  Bass  Harbor,  Mount  Desert. 


216 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Grc  a  Inland  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  built  upon 
a  low  bare  rocky  Islet  called  Green  Island,  which  is  Northeasterly 
from  Eastern  entrance  to  Kggemoggin  Reach.  This  Light  is  in- 
tended as  a  guide  to  Blue  Hill  and  Ellsworth. 

Sailing  Directions  for  approaching  and  entering 
Blue  Hill  Harbor  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  by  way  of  Eggemoggin  Reach,  follow  the 
directions  before  given,  passing  about  niidway  between  Mahoney  and 
Smuttynose  Islands.  The  former  Island  is  small,  low,  and  dotted 
here  and  there  with  scrubby  trees  ;  the  latter  is  simply  a  bare  Rock, 
destitute  of  trees.  When  past  these  Islands,  steer  about  E.NE., 
1^  miles,  leaving  the  Black  Buo}'  off  the  Northern  part  of  Pond 
Island  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  Green  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  NW.  by  N.,  about  a  mile ;  when  past  this 
Buoy  steer  about  NE.  b}-  N.,  leaving  Channel  Rock  and  the  Shoal 
water  which  extends  off  Southeast  from  it  well  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  W.  by  N.,  then  run  up  about 
NW.  by  N.  ^  N.,  leaving  Sand  Island,  which  is  small  and  low, 
well  on  the  Port  hand ;  as  you  sail  in  3'ou  will  see  off  the  North- 
western end  of  Tinker's  Island  the  two  Red  Buoys  off  the  Cow  and 
Calf  Ledges,  both  of  which  should  be  left  a  short  distance  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  When  past  the  Northern  Buoj',  steer  about  N. 
by  W.,  for  the  Western  part  of  Long  Island  (which  is  bold  and 
free  from  dangers),  leaving  Harriman's  Ledge,  which  has  14  I'cct 
water  on  it,  well  on  the  T^rt  hand,  then  keep  midway  between 
Long  Island  and  the  Mainland  ;  when  the  Northern  end  of  the  last- 
named  Island  bears  SE.  by  E.,  steer  NW.  by  W.,  and  anchor  in 
Blue  Hill  Harbor  when  the  water  shoals  to  5j^  fathoms.  If  bound 
into  the  Inner  Harbor,  a  pilot  is  necessary  at  this  anchorage. 

From  the  Eastward,  bound  to  Blue  Hill  Bay  Harbor,  leave  Ba- 
ker's Island  about  2  miles  to  the  Northeastward,  and  steer  W.NW. 
As  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  at  Bass  Harbor  Head,  Mount  Desert,  is 
made^  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  by  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  the  Red  Spindle  off  Bunker's  Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard. 
Leave  this  last-named  Lighthouse  not  more  than  350  yards  on  the 
Starboard,  and  steer  about  W.  by  N.  %  N.  until  it  bears  N.  by 
E.  ^  E.,  when  tou  will  cross  Bass  Harbor  Bar  in  about  14  feet 
water  at  Low  Tide.  Continue  the  course  W.  hy  N.  l{.  N.  until 
Bass  Harbor  Head  Light  bears  E.  ^  S.,  and  the  extremitj'  of  the 
Western  point  of  this  harbor  bears  N.  ^4  E. ;  then  steer  about 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


217 


NW.  by  N.  along  the  West  shore  of  Mount  Desert  Island  for  the 
Southern  point  of  Long  Island ;  distan^^-e  about  8  miles.  As  you 
sail  up  the  Bay  on  this  course,  the  Spindle  upon  the  Barges  will  be 
seen,  which  are  left  about  1  ^  miles  on  tb*  Port  ;  and  about  2  miles 
farther  up,  Tinker's  Island,  which  is  quite  large.  Continue  the 
course  towards  Long  Island  until  the  Northern  end  of  Tinker's 
Island  bears  West,  when  the  Red  Buoy  on  the  Cow  and  Calf  will 
be  seen  ;  this  Buoy  lies  off  about  J^  mile  NW.  from  the  Northwest 
part  of  the  last-named  Island.  Leave  this  Buoy  well  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  steer  about  NW.  >^  N.  for  the  Western  shore  until  Blue 
Hill  Bay  is  fairly  open ;  then  run  up  as  before  directed.  Before 
attempting  to  cross  Bass  Harbor  Bar,  it  is  advisable  for  vessels  of 
more  than  14  feet  draught  to  wait  until  at  least  one-half  Flood. 

High   Water. 

It  is  High  Water  on  Bass  Harbor  Bar  40  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  9;^  feet. 


Union  River  and  Ellsworth. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  13  miles  Northwesterly  from 
the  Lighthouse  at  Bass  Harbor  Head,  Mount  Desert,  and  about  10 
miles  Northeasterly  from  Green  Island  Lighthouse  (Eastern  en- 
trance to  Eggemoggin  Reach),  lies  between  Oak  Point  on  the  East, 
and  Newbury  Head  upon  the  West,  running  in  a  N.NE.  direction 
for  about  10  miles  to  Ellsworth.  It  has  an  average  width  of  about 
a  mile  and  a  half  for  about  7  miles  to  Weymouth  Point,  where  it 
suddenly  contracts,  and  becomes  a  narrow  stream  only  a  few  hun- 
dred yards  wide,  and  gradually  diminishing  to  about  150  yards  at 
the  town  of  Ellsworth. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Union  River  in  Dajrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  by  way  of  Eggemoggin  Reach,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  that  passage  until  past  Mahoney  and 
Smuttynose  Islands.  The  former  Island  is  small,  low,  and  dotted 
here  and  there  with  scrubby  trees ;  the  latter  is  simply  a  bare  rock, 
■destitute  of  trees.    When  uast  these  Islands  steer  about  E.NE-, 


218 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


1^  miles,  leftvlng  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northern  part  of  Pond 
Island  close  to  on  the  Starboard  band ;  Green  Island  LighthouNo 
bears  from  this  Buoy  NW.  by  N.,  about  a  mile;  when  past  this 
Buoy  steer  NE.  by  N.,  leaving  Channel  Rock  and  the  Shoal  wator 
which  extends  off  Southeast  ft-om  it,  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  W,  by  N.  then  run  up  about  NW. 
by  N.  ^  N.,  leaving  Sand  Island,  which  is  small  and  low,  well  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  the  two  Red  Buoys  on  the  Cow  and  Calf 
Ledges  off  the  Northwestern  part  of  Tinker's  Island  is  made,  leave 
them  both  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  steer  abuut 
NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  about  2  miles,  passing  about  midway  between 
the  Southern  end  of  Long  Island  and  Harwood  Island,  then  run  up 
N.  by  E.,  about  2  miles,  passing  about  midway  between  Bartlctl's 
Island  and  the  Eastern  part  of  Long  Island  ;  you  will  then  see  New- 
bury Head,  which  is  high,  and  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  entrarice 
to  Union  River;  then  steer  more  Easterly  until  the  entrance  is 
fairly  open ;  then  run  up  about  N.NE.,  keeping  about  midway, 
until  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Eastern  part  of  Tupper's  Ledge  i* 
made ;  then  leave  this  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
anchor  above  it  in  about  4  fathoms  water  at  low  tide.  A  pilot  is 
necessary  from  this  anchorage  to  Ellsworth. 

From  Newbury  Head,  Western  side  of  entrance  to  Union  River, 
to  the  Black  Buoy  off  Eastern  part  of  Tupper's  Ledge,  the  distance 
is  about  5^  miles,  and  there  are  no  obstractions  in  the  passage 
excepting  those  lying  near  the  shores. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward  bound  to  Ellsworth, 
keep  outside  of  all  dangers  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse  at  Bass 
Harbor  Head,  Mount  Desert ;  then  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  Yi  W., 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Red  Spindle  on  Bunker's 
Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Leave  this  last-named  Light- 
house not  more  than  %  mile  on  the  Starboard,  and  steer  about  W. 
by  N.  %  N.  until  it  bears  N.  by  B.  >^  E.,  when  you  will  cross 
Bass  Harbor  Bar  in  about  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide.  Continue 
the  course  W.  by  N.  ^  N.  until  Bass  Harbor  Head  Light  bears 
E.  X  S.,  and  the  extremity  of  the  Western  point  of  this  harbor 
bears  N.  Yz  E.,  then  steer  about  NW.  by  N.  along  the  West 
shore  of  Mount  Desert  Island,  for  the  Southeast  point  of  Long 
Tcland ;  distttnce  about  8  miles.  As  you  sail  up  the  Bay  on  this 
last  course,  the  Spindle  upon  the  Barges  will  be  seen,  which  are 
l^ft  about  1^  miles  on  the  Port  hand;  and  also  about  4  miles 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


219 


farther  up  on  the  Starboanl,  Ilarwood  Island,  which  lies  about  1  J{ 
mil  8  to  the  Soutlicastwani  of  the  Soutlicrn  cntl  of  Long  Island. 
Pass  about  midway  between  this  last-named  Island  and  the  South- 
east end  of  Long  Island,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Before  attempting  to  cross  Bass  Harbor  Bar,  it  is  advisftble  for 
vessels  of  more  than  14  feet  draught  to  wait  until  at  least  one-half 

Flootl. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  on  Bass  Harbor  Bar  40  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Deer  Isle. 

Upon  the  Western  part  of  this  Island  there  are  several  harbors, 
which  are  seldom  used  except  by  the  people  belonging  to  it ;  they 
lie  somewhat  out  of  the  track  of  vessels  bound  East  or  West,  and 
much  better  harbors  can  be  found  both  among  the  Fox  Islands  and 
in  Eggemoggin  Reach.  Strangers  should  not,  therefore,  attempt 
to  enter  them  without  a  pilot. 

Southeast  Harbor,  Deer  Isle. 

This  Harbor  lies  upon  the  Southeast  part  of  Deer  Isle ;  its 
entrance,  which  is  between  Sheep  and  Laz3-gut  Islands,  is  East 
Northerly  about  6  miles  from  Mark  Island  Lighthouse,  West 
entrance  to  Deer  Island  Thoroughfare,  and  West  about  12  miles 
from  Bass  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Southeast  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Deer 
Island  Thoroughfare  until  past  the  Black  Spindle  upon  Haycock 
Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide.  After  passing  this  last  Rock 
and  Spindle,  you  will  see  to  the  Eastward  a  Black  Buoy.  This  is  off 
East  Mark  Island  Ledge.  When  about  300  yards  from  it,  or  that 
distance  to  the  Westward  of  it,  steer  about  North.  As  you  sail  m, 
you  will  see  the  Buoy,  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes, 
which  lies  off  the  Eastern  part  of  the  Boat  or  Channel  Rock ;  leave 
this  last-named  Buoy  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  more 


220 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Westerly,  when  a  Black  Buoj-  will  be  seen  on  the  Port.  This  lies 
off  the  Northeast  part  of  the  Whale's  Back  Ledge,  and  must  also 
be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  this  last-named  Buoy,  steer 
about  NW.  by  N.  for  the  anchorage.  If  you  wish  to  go  into  the 
Jrner  Harbor,  a  pilot  will  be  necessary. 


Head  Harbor  (Isle  au  Haut). 

This  small  Harbor,  the  entrance  of  which  is  near  the  SE.  end  of 
Isle  Au  Haut,  bears  NE.  ^  E.  from  Matinicus  Rock  Lights,  dis- 
tance 17  miles;  from  Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,  W.  by  N. 
^  N.,  distance  20  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Head  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Matinicus  Rock  Lights  from  2  to  3 
miles  to  the  Northw?ird,  and  steer  about  NE.  by  E.,  leaving 
Wooden  Ball,  Seal  Rock,  and  the  Ledges,  well  to  the  Northward. 
When  the  SE.  Head  of  Isle  Au  Haut,  which  is  a  High  Bluff,  bears 
NE.  by  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  3  miles  from 
it,  tuen  steer  '.riore  Northerly  until  this  Head  bears  E.NE. ;  then 
run  for  it,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Ledge  called  the  Roar- 
ing Bull.  The  Eastern  Head  of  Isle  Au  Haut  bears  from  this 
Ledge  NE.  %  E. ;  distance  about  lyi  miles.  Continue  tiie 
course  E.NE.  for  the  Eastern  Head,  until  about  1  mile  from  it; 
then  haul  in  NE.  ^  N.,  leaving  Flagstaff  Point,  which  is  bold,  and 
lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  entrance,  about  250  yards  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  abreast  this  last  point,  steer  about  E.NE.  Yi 
mile,  leaving  the  next  point  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor  about  75 
yards  on  the  Port  hand.  After  passing  this  last  point  about  200 
jards,  anchor  midway  the  hnrbor  in  about  12  feet  water  at  Low- 
Tide.     Farther  up,  the  water  is  shallow. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  pa-^iing  Mount  Desert  Rock  Light, 
bring  it  to  bear  E.  by  S.,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  ')y  N. 
until  the  Western  Head  of  Isle  Au  Haut  bears  NW. ;  then  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Ledge  called 
the  Roaring  Bull.     The  highest  part  of  the  Western  Head  bears 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


221 


from  this  Ledge  NW.  by  N.  >^  N. ;  distance  1}(  miles.  Con- 
tinue the  course  NW.  for  the  Western  Head,  until  the  Eastern 
Head  bears  E.NG. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  bound  into  this  harbor, 
should  endeavor  to  make  the  Ledge  called  the  Roaring  Bull.*  It 
lies  about  1^  miles  off  the  South  shore  of  the  Island,  about  mid- 
way between  the  Eastern  and  Western  Heads,  and  breaks  with  a 
little  motion  of  the  sea.  After  making  this  Ledge,  you  may  pass  it 
on  either  hand,  and  bring  it  to  bear  S-SW.,  on  which  bearing 
keep  it,  and  run  N.NE.  for  Flagstaff  Point ;  distance  lj4  miles. 
This  point  is  bold,  and  may  be  left  about  250  yards  on  the  Port 
hand,  when  the  course  into  the  harbor  is  as  before  given.  In  order 
to  avoid  the  Ledges  which  lie  off  the  Eastern  Head,  vessels  with  a 
smooth  sea  should  not  approach  it  nearer  than  1^  miles  until  the 
Western  Head  bears  NW. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Head  Harbor  (Isle  Au  Haut)  58  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Bocton.    Common  tides  rise  about  9^  feet. 


Burnt  Goat  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  capable  of  sheltering  a  large  number  of 
vessels,  is  one  of  the  best  on  the  coast  of  Maine.  It  lies  on  the 
South  shore  of  Burnt  Coat  Island.  Its  entrance  bears  from  Mount 
Desert  Rock  Light  NW.  %  N.,  distance  about  16j^  miles;  from 
Matinicus  Rock  Lights,  NE.  by  E.,  about  28  miles.  About  5 
fathoms  water  can  be  taken  into  this  harbor. 

Range  Lights,^ 

Upon  Hockomock  Head,  Northwest  side  of  entrance  to  Burnt 
Coat  Harbor,  are  two  Lighthouses  about  100  feet  apart,  ranging 
nearly  NE.  ^  N.  and  SW.  Y^  S.,  which  show  fixed  white  lights. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Burnt  Coat  Harbor,  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  pass  about  3  miles  South  of  Matinicus 
Rock  Lighthouses,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.,  leaving 

*  An  Iron  Spindle  has  been  placed  ujjon  this  Ledge. 

t  One  of  the  Range  Lights  at  Burnt  Coat  Harbor  has  been  discontinued. 


222 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


the  dangerous  Ledge  called  the  Roaring  Bull  (which  lies  about  Ij^ 
miles  South  from  the  Southern  shore  of  Isle  Au  Haut)  well  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  also  Spoon  Island,  Black  Ledge,  and  Heron  Island 
well  on  the  same  hand.  As  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  at  Burnt  Coat 
Harbor  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  ^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course.  When  about  3  miles  from  the  Lighthouse,  you  will  see  the 
Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Heron  Island  Ledge, 
which  will  be  left  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you 
approach  the  Lighthouse,  you  will  also  see,  about  ^  mile  to  the 
Westward  of  it,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off  the  Southeast  part  of 
Gooseberry  Island  Ledge,  which  is  left  on  the  Port  hand ;  and  farther 
in,  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbor,  about  %  mile  to  the  Southward  of 
th'5  Lighthouse,  in  nearly  mid-channel,  a  Red  Spindle,  which  is  on 
Harbor  Ledge.  Give  this  Spindle  a  berth  of  about  50  yards, 
leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  up  about  J^  mile,  and 
anchor  in  the  Harbor. 

From  the  Eastward,  bring  Mount  Desert  Rock  Light  tabear  SE. 
i^  E.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  NW.  %  W.,  leaving 
Long  Island  about  3  miles  upon  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast 
this  last-mentioned  Island,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large  Red 
Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  John's  Island  Ledge.  Long 
Island  bears  from  it  E.  j^  S.,  about  2  miles.  Leave  this  last-named 
Buo}'  about  ]^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  NW.  ^  W. 
until  the  Harbor  Light  bears  NE.  ^  N. ;  then  run  in  as  before 
directed. 


Dangers  to  be  avoided  in  beating  in. 

In  beating  into  this  Harbor,  care  should  be  taken  to  avoid  Heron 
Island  Ledge,  which  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Black 
Buoy,  No.  1.  The  Lighthouses  bear  from  this  Buoy  NE.  yi  N. ; 
distance  about  2  miles.  Also  Gooseberry  Ledge,  which  is  marked 
off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3.  The  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  E.NE. ;  distance  ^  mile.  The  LighthoMse 
bears  from  Harbor  Island  Ledge  (which  is  marked  with  a  Spindle) 
N.  by  W. ;  distance  about  %  mile.  The  Channel,  which  is  between 
this  Ledge  and  Lightliouse,  is  therefore  narrow,  but  the  Head  on 
which  the  Lighthouses  stand  is  bold,  and  may  be  safely  approached 
within  a  cable's  length. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


223 


Sailing  Directions  for  Night-time. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  keep  outside  all  the  Islands  »nd 
Ledges  until  the  Light  at  Burnt  Coat  Harbor  bears  NE.  ^  N.,  taen 
run  for  it  on  this  course  until  you  judge  you  are  about  150  yards  from 
the  shore,  or  the  Light  is  close  aboard ;  then  run  E.  by  N.  about 
^  mile  to  the  anchorage.  In  running  this  last  course,  E.  by  N., 
keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Spindle  on  Harbor  Island  Ledge,  which 
lies  S.  by  E.  from  the  Northern  Light,  distance  %  mile,  and  in  going 
It  may  be  left  100  feet  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Burnt  Coat  Harbor 
should  not  be  attempted  at  Night,  if  there  is  any  error  in  the  com- 
pass, as  a  slight  deviation  from  the  course  may  lead  to  difficulty. 


Bass  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  situated  upon  the  Southwest  extremity  of  Mount 
Desert  Island.  Its  entrance  bears  N.  by  W.  ^  W.  from  Mount 
Desert  Hock  Lighthouse,  distance  18  miles ;  from  Baker's  Island 
Lighthouse,  W.  >^  N.,  distance  6  ^  miles.  About  7  fathoms  water 
can  be  carried  into  the  outer  harbor. 


Ba88  Harbor  Head  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Bass  Harbor  Head,  which  is  on  East  side  of  entrance  to 
this  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  At 
this  date  (1879)  a  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bass  Harbor  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  outside  of  all  the  Ledges  and 
Islands,  as  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  N<NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Great  and 
Little  Duck  Islands  about  2  miles  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past 
tliG^o  two  last-named  Islands,  haul  in  about  N.NW.  until  the  Light- 
itouso  at  Bass  Harbor  bears  NW.  %  W.,  then  run  in  for  it  on  this 
coui'Hfs  leaving  it  about  350  3'ard8  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
(ibout  W.  by  N.  When  the  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  E.  j^  E., 
you  will  cross  Bass  Harbor  Bar  in  about  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide, 
('onthuio  this  course  W.  by  N.  across  the  Bar,  when  the  Harbor 
will  open,  and  you  will  see,  about  a  mile  to  the  Northwestwa'  »  of 


224 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


the  Lighthouse,  two  Buoys.  The  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  lies  off  the 
Western  part  of  Weaver's  Ledge,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide ;  the 
Black  Buoy,  No.  1,  lies  off  the  Eastern  part.  When  this  last- 
mentioned  Buoy  bears  N.  by  W.,  run  in  about  North,  leaving  it 
on  the  Port  hand.  Large  or  heavy-draught  vessels  may  anchor 
when  past  this  Buoy  a  short  distance ;  but  wishing  to  enter  the 
Inner  Harbor,  when  the  Western  point  of  the  harbor  bears 
W.SW.,  run  up  about  N.NE.  thr  gh  the  Narrows,  leaving  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Harbor  Point  Ledge  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past 
this  Buoy,  and  abreast  the  Eastern  Long  Wharf  on  the  Eastern 
shore  of  the  Narrows,  steer  about  300  yards  N.NW.  and  anchor 
in  about  3  fathoms  water  off  the  wharves.  It  is  not  safe  for 
strangers  to  go  above  this. 

From  the  Westward,  by  way  of  Eggemoggin  Reach,  or  coming 
through  Deer  Island  Thoroughfare  and  York  Narrows,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  .those  passages  until  you  make  Bass 
Harbor  Head  Lighthouse ;  then  bring  it  to  bear  about  E.  by  S.  % 
S.,  and  run  for  it,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the  Eastern 
part  of  Weaver's  Ledge,  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  about  2 
miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  W.  by  N.  until  Buss 
Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  NW. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

Beating  into  Bass  Harbor. 

From  Seaward,  beating  into  this  Harbor  at  Night  or  Day,  you 
may  stand  to  the  Westward  until  the  Red  Light  at  the  entrance 
bears  NW.  J^  W.,  and  to  the  Eastward  until  it  bears  W.NW. 
The  channel  between  the  Lighthouse  and  Eastern  part  of  Weaver's 
Ledge  (which  is  marked  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  1)  is  about  ^  mile 
wide ;  it  is  therefore  necessary,  after  passing  the  Lighthouse,  to 
keep  the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard.  The  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  last-mentioned  Buoy  on  Eastern  part  of  Weaver's  Ledge,  SE. 
by  E.  about  f  mile. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Bass  Harbor  at  Night-time, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  Seaward,  as  soon  as  the  Red  Light  at  Bass  Harbor  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  NW.  ^  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.    Leave 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


225 


this  Light  not  more  than  350  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  haul 
round  it,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy  off  the  Eastern  part 
of  Weaver's  Ledge,  and  follow  the  Eastern  shore,  course  about  N. 
by  W.  (keeping  about  i^  mile  from  it),  into  the  Harbor.  When  the 
Light  bears  about  SE.  ^  S.,  anchor  in  the  Outer  Harbor  in  from  6 
to  8  fathoms  water.  By  keeping  about  ^  mile  from  the  Eastern 
shore  you  will  pass  in  midway'  between  it  and  the  Buoy  off  Eastern 
part  of  Weaver's  Ledge. 

In  running  into  Bass  Harbor  from  Seaward,  when  the  Light 
bears  N.  by  E.  Yz  E.  350  yards,  you  will  cross  the  Bar  in  about  14 
feet  water  at  Low  Tide.      It  is,  therefore,  advisable  for  heavy- 
draught  vessels  to  wait  until  at  least  half  Flood  before  attempting 
50  cross  ibis  Bf.r. 

Sigh,   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Bass  Harbor  28  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton. Common  tides  rise  about  10  feet.  It  is  High  Water  on  Bass 
Harbor  Bar  a  little  before  it  is  in  the  harbor. 

Mount  Desert  Mock  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  is  erected 
upon  a  small  barren  Islet  called  Mount  Desert  Rock.  At  this 
date  (1879)  a  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 


Dangers  near  Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse. 

It  is  said  that  SW.  by  S.,  a  little  more  than  J^  mile  from  this 
Lighthouse,  is  a  dangerous  Rock,  having  but  18  feet  water  upon  it 
at  Low  Tide. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Mount  Desert  Bock  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
Cape  Cod  (Highland)  Lighthouse,     SW.  >^  W.,      .  143    miles. 
Thatcher's     Island     Lighthouses 
(Cape  Ann),     .... 

Boon  Island  Lighthouse,     . 


Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses, 

Baker's  Island  Lighthouse, 

Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,     . 

Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,    E.  by  N.  %  N., 

Northern  part  of  Grand  Menan,    NE.  byE.  ^E., 


W.  SW.,      . 

W.  by  S.  ^  S. 
W.  Yi  S.,      . 
N.  >4  E.,  .    . 
NE.  ^  N.,   . 


133 
114 

34 

16J^ 

27 

54 

76 


(( 


it 
t( 

44 


22d 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Brier's  Island  Lighthouse,  North 

side  of  entrance  to  St.  Mary's  Dtetanoe. 

Bay, E.  ^  S.,  .     .     .     77    miles. 

Cape  Forchu  Lighthouse,  entrance 

to  Yarmouth  Harbor,      .     .     .     E.SE.,      ...     86        " 
Seal    Island    Lighthouse    (Cape 

Sable), SE.  ^  E.,    .    .    98>^     '' 


South- West  Harbor  (Mount  Desert). 

This  fine  harbor,  which  is  on  the  Southern  part  of  Mount  Desert 
Island,  lies  Northeast  38  miles  from  Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses ; 
Northwesterly  20  miles  from  Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse ;  and 
20  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse. 

Bakeir'a  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Baker's  Island,  the  Southeasternmost  of  the  group  l^ing 
off  the  South  shore  of  Mount  Desert,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows 
a  fixed  Light  varied  by  White  flashes.  The  Lighthouse  at  Winter 
Harbor  bears  from  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  NE.  %  E. ;  distance 
9  miles.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  Baker's  Island  Light- 
house E.  by  N. ;  distance  16j^  miles.  There  is  no  passage  for 
vessels  between  Baker's  Island  and  Little  Cranberry  Island. 

Bear  Island  Lighthouse, 

About  4  miles  Northwesterly  from  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse, 
upon  the  Southwest  part  of  Bear  Island,  North  side  of  entrance  to 
Southwest  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White 
Light.  This  Light  is  also  a  guide  to  Northeast  Harbor.  A  Fog 
Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Remarks, 

Southwest  Harbor  is  more  than  a  mile  in  length  in  9n  E.SE.  and 
W.NW.  direction,  with  an  average  width  of  about  J^  mile.  The 
holding-ground  is  excellent,  the  shelter  good,  and  about  6  fathoms 
water  can  be  carried  into  it  at  Low  Tide,  thus  affording  Anchorage 
for  the  heaviest-draught  vessels.     There  are  three  passages  into 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


227 


this  harbor.  First,  the  Western,  which  leads  in  between  Great 
Cranberry  Island  and  Mount  Desert.  The  entrance  to  this  channel 
is  about  4  miles  West  from  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse,  and  has  a 
depth  of  about  14  feet  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide.  Second,  the  one 
North  of  Baker's  Island,  between  Sutton's  and  Great  and  Little 
Cranberry  Islands,  which  has  a  depth  of  4  fathoms  water ;  and 
lastly,  the  Main  Ship  Channel,  which  is  about  3  miles  North  of 
Baker's  Island.  This  last  channel  is  between  Bunker's  Ledge  and 
Beai'  Island  Lighthouse  on  the  North,  and  Sutton's  Island  on  the 
South. 

Western  Passage. 

Sailing  Directions  to  enter  Southwest  Harbor  by 
the  Western  Passage,  in  Dasrtime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouses  about  2 
or  3  miles  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  E.NE.  If  this  course  is 
made  good,  all  the  Islands  and  Ledges  will  be  left  well  on  the  Port 
hand.  As  soon  as  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  N.NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  the  Lighthouse  at 
Bass  Harbor  boars  NW.  (Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  will  then  be 
distant  4  miles) ;  then  steer  NW.  by  N.,  keeping  a  sharp  look- 
out for  Long  and  South  Bunker's  Ledges.  The  former  extends 
off  about  J^  mile  from  the  Mount  Desert  shore,  and  is  marked  on 
its  outer  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  No.  3.*  The  latter  is  marked 
with  a  Red  Spindle.  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  E. 
i^  S. ;  distance  3^  miles.  The  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Long 
Ledge,  bears  from  this  Spindle  West;  distance  ^  mile.  The 
channel  is  between  this  Spindle  and  Buoy.  When  the  Buoy  and 
Spindle  are  made,  pass  in  between  them,  giving  the  latter  a  berth 
of  at  least  250  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard,  and  steer  about 
NE.  by  N.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  about  ^  mile  to  the 
Northeastward  of  the  Spindle  two  Buo3'8,  one  Black,  the  other 
Red.  The  Black  Buoy,  No.  5,  lies  off  the  Eastern  part  of  Flynn's 
Ledge,  M'hich  has  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  The  Red 
Buoy,  No.  2,  lies  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Cranberry  Island  Ledge, 
which  has  but  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  The  channel, 
which  is  between  these  two  Buoys,  is  275  yards  wide,  and  has  a 
depth  of  3}4  fathoms  water.  Pass  in  between  these  two  last- 
named  Buoys,  leaving  the  Black  one  about  50  yards  on  the  Port, 

_  ♦  The  outer  part  of  Long  Ledge  at  this  date  (1882)  is  marked  with  an 
automatic  Bell  Buoy. 


228 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


and  steer  about  N.  by  E.,  keeping  in  about  mid-channel,  and 
crossing  Cranberry  Island  Bar  in  about  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide. 
After  passing  this  Bar,  continue  the  course  N.  by  E.  for  about  W 
miles,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Cow  Ledge  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  the  Southwest  Harbor  is  open,  bearing  abgut  W.NW. 
then  run  in  about  midway,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off  Greening's 
Ledge  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  near  the  Head  of  the 
harbor  in  from  3}4  to  6  fathoms  water.  At  Night-time  strangers 
should  not  attempt  to  enter  Southwest  Harbor  by  this  channel. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  through  Eggemoggin  Reach  or  Deer 
Island  Thoroughfare,  bound  to  Southwest  Harbor  by  the  Western 
channel,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  those  passages  until 
past  Bass  Harbor  Bar,  then  bring  the  Lighthouse  at  Bass  Harbor 
Head  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  steer  E-SE.  until  the  Black  Buoy  off 
Long  Ledge  and  the  Red  Spindle  on  South  Bunker's  Ledge  are  both 
made ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Sailing  Directions  to  enter  Southwest  Harbor  by 
Ship  Channel,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  the 
Western  passage  until  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  is  made ;  then 
leave  it  about  1  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  West 
steer  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  the 
Eastern  part  of  Harding's  Ledge  (which  extends  off  from  Little 
Cranberry  Island),  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  NW. 
by  N.  ^  N.  until  Bear  Island  Lighthouse  (East  side  of  entrance 
to  Northeast  Harbor)  bears  NW.  by  W.  ^2  W. ;  then  steer  for  it 
on  this  course.  The  Monument  on  East  Bunker's  Ledge,  and  the 
Red  Buojs  on  Powden's  Ledge  and  Long  Point  Ledge,  will  all  be 
left  well  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  and  Sutton's  Island  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  abreast  the  Northeast  part  of  this  last-named  Island, 
or  about  1  mile  from  Bear  Island  Lighthouse,  haul  up  about  W.  by 
N.,  passing  about  midway  between  the  Western  part  of  Sutton's 
Island  and  the  Lighthouse.  Continue  the  course  W.  by  N.  until 
the  last-named  Lighthouse  bears  E.NE. ;  then  steer  W.SW.. 
leaving  the  Southeast  part  of  Greening's  Island  about  ^  mile  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  Southwest  Harbor  opens,  bearing 
about  W.NW.,  run  in  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST   PILOT. 


229 


Beating  into  Southwest  Harbor  by  way  of  Ship 

Channel. 

At  Night  or  Day,  in  beating  into  this  Harbor,  the  shores  are  bold» 
and  the  principal  dangers  to  be  avoided  are  Harding's  Ledge,  East 
Bunker's  Ledge,  and  Long  Point  Ledge.     The  first-named  danger 
extends  off  about  East  %  mile  from  the  Southeast  part  of  Little 
Cranberry  Island,  and  is  marked  off  its  Eastern  part  with  a  Black 
Buoy,  No.  1.     Baker's  Island  Light  bears  from  this  Buoy  about 
South ;  distance  1  %  miles.     The  second  danger  is  East  Bunker's 
Ledge,  which  is  marked  with  a  White  square  stone  Beacon.     Bear 
Island  Light  bears  from  this  Beacon  about  W.NW. ;  distance  2 
miles.     In  beating  in  Ship  Channel,  this  last-named  Ledge,  which 
is  quite  bold,  may  be  approached  upon  its  Southern  side  within  250 
yards  ;  but  vessels  passing  North  of  it  should  give  the  Monument 
a  berth  of  at  leasi  Yz  mile.     The  third  and  last  danger  is  Long 
Point  Ledge,  which  has  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  is 
maiked  off  its   Southern   part  with   a  Red  Buoy,  No.    6.     Bear 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  yk  mile. 
In  beating  in  at  Night,  in  order  to  avoid  this  Ledge,  Bear  Island 
Light  should  not  bear  to  the  Westward  of  W.NW.     Greening's 
Ledge,  which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  off 
about  %  mile  from  Greening's  Island,  which  is  on  the  North  side 
of  Southwest  Harbor.     In  order  to  avoid  this  Ledge,  in  going  in, 
keep  the  Southern  shore  of  the  harbor  best  aboard.     In  beating  in, 
the  Southern  side  may  be  approached  by  vessels  of  14  feet  draught 
within  200  yards  without  danger. 

At  Night  or  Day,  coming  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  and 
intending  to  beat  into  Southwest  Harbor,  when  Baker's  Island 
Light  bears  S.  by  W.,  bring  Bear  Island  Light  to  bear  NW.  by 
W.  Yz  W. ;  then  keep  a  sharp  lookout  to  avoid  the  shores,  and 
hkewise  the  dangers  I  have  described,  and  you  will  work  safely 
into  Southwest  Harbor. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Southwest  Harbor,  by  way 
of  Ship  Channel,  at  Night-time,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  when  Baker's  Island  Light 
bears  SW.,  bring  Bear  Island  Light  to  bear  NW.  by  W.  %  W. 
If  there  is  no  error  in  the  compass,  this  last  course  will  take  you 


230 


ELDRIDOB'S  COAST  PILOT. 


nearly  in  mid-channel.  Wb  Baker's  Island  Light  is  shut  in 
behind  Little  Cranberry  Islant.,  or  bears  S.  by  E.  /i  E.,  you  are 
then  past  East  Bunker's  Ledge.  Continue  the  course  NW.  by  W. 
yi  W.  for  the  Light  until  you  judge  you  are  from  ^  to  1  mile 
from  it ;  then  haul  up  W.  by  N  ,  passing  about  midway  between 
Bear  Island  Light  and  Sutton's  Island.  The  channel  between  the 
last-mentioned  Island  and  Light  is  about  J4  mile  wide.  When 
Bear  Island  Light  bears  E.  by  N.  ^  N.,  steer  W.  by  S.  %^  S., 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Southeast  point  of  Greening's 
Island,  which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  this 
Ijoint,  haul  up  about  W.  by  N.  into  the  harbor,  and  anchor  in 
from  3^  to  10  fathoms  water.  The  Southern  shore  of  Southwest 
Harbor  is  bold  ;  in  order,  therefore,  to  avoid  Greening's  Ledge  at 
Night,  keep  this  side  best  aboard. 

If  you  do  not  think  proper  to  attempt  to  enter  Southwest  Harbor 
at  Night,  when  Bear  Island  Light  bears  ENE.,  you  may  anchor  in 
from  10  to  12  fathoms  water  and  wait  until  daylight.  This  last 
anchorage  is  exposed  to  winds  from  East  to  Southeast. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Southwest  Harbor,  Mount  Desert,  28 
minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.     Common  tides  rise  about  10  feet. 


Northeast  Harbor  (Mount  Desert). 

This  Harbor  lies  about  5  miles  Northwesterly  from  Baker's 
Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  1^  miles  Northeasterly'  from  South- 
west Harbor.  Upon  Bear  Island,  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  this 
harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse  (before  described). 

Memarks. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  narrow,  is  about  ^  mile  in  length,  and 
has  good  anchorage,  and  also  good  holding-ground,  in  from  2  to 


%  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Northeast  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westw/jrd  outside  of  all  dangers,  or  through 
Eggemoggin  Reach,  or  Djer  Island  Thoroughfare,  follow  the  direc- 


BLDRTDGE'8   COAST  PILOT. 


231 


tlo.is  before  given  for  the  Western  passage  into  Southwest  Harbor 
until  past  Cranberry  Island  Bar  and  abreast  the  Northwest  part 
of  Great  Cranberry  Island;  then  steer  N.NE.  lyi  miles,  leaving 
the  Lighthouse  on  Bear  Island  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see,  about  J4  mile  Northwest  from 
it,  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  off  the  Northwest  part  of  Northeast 
Harbor  Ledge  (which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide).  Leave  this  Buo}- 
about  50  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  an*'  steer  in  about  North, 
keeping  midway  of  the  harbor,  and  anchor  about  ^  mile  North 
from  the  Buoy  in  about  3^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  Above  thi^  or 
about  J4  mile  from  the  head  of  the  harbor,  the  water  is  shoal. 

By  Ship  Channel. 

Entering  Northeast  Harbor  b\'  this  Channel,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Southwest  Harbor  until  Bear  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  El.NE.,  when  you  will  see,  about  J^  mile  to  the  Northwest 
of  it,  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Northwest  part  of  Northeast  Harbor 
Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  about  50  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Southeast  Hock  off  Petit  Menan, 

This  Rock,  which  has  but  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is 
marked  with  a  Buoy  (painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes) 
which  lies  about  100  feet  Southwest  from  it.  From  this  Buoy, 
Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  by  N.  }(  N.  about  3^  miles.- 

From  the  Eastward. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  bound  to  either  Northeast  or  South- 
west Harbors,  may  leave  the  Buoy  on  this  last-mentioned  Rock 
about  yi  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.  %  N.  for 
Baker's  Island  Lighthouse;  distance  17  miles.  "When  about  4 
miles  from  it,  haul  in  W.NW.,  and  when  the  Beacon  upon  East 
Bunker's  Ledge  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  it, 
leaving  it  %  mile  upon  the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

Beating  into  Northeast  Harbor  by  way  of  Ship 

Channel. 

At  Night  or  Day,  beating  into  this  Harbor,  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  beating  into  Southwest  Harbor  by  Ship  Channel 


232 


ELDRI DOE'S  COAST    PILOT. 


until  past  Bear  Island  Light ;  then  keep  the  Western  shore  of  the 
harbor  (which  is  bold  after  the  Lighthouse  bears  SE.  by  E.)  hcHt 
aboard,  taking  care  to  avoid  Northeast  Horbor  Ledge,  which  In 
marked  otr  its  Northwest  part  with  a  Red  IJuoy.  Bear  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  Yi  E. ;  distance  %  mile. 
At  Night,  aller  passing  this  Buoy,  or  the  Light  bears  SE.  by  S., 
distance  about  Yj  mile,  anchor  in  from  6«4  to  6^  fathoms  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Northeast  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  run  in  according  to  directions 
before  given  for  Southwest  Harbor,  by  way  of  Ship  Channel,  until 
Bear  Island  Light  bears  North ;  then,  in  order  to  avoid  North- 
east Harbor  Ledge,  haul  to  the  Northeastward  around  the  Light, 
leaving  it  not  more  than  250  yards  on  the  Starboard.  When  it 
bears  SE.  by  S.  J4  S.,  steer  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.,  and  anchor  nt 
the  mouth  of  the  harbor  in  from  T)^  to  7  fathoms  water.  North- 
east Harbor  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lies  NW.  500 
3'ards  from  the  Lighthouse ;  the  Red  Buoy  is  placed  about  80  foot 
W-NW.  from  its  Western  part.  There  is  another  Ledge  on  the 
Eastern  side  of  the  harbor  which  has  4  feet  water  upon  it.  This 
last  Ledge  bears  N.  by  W.  from  Bear  Island  Light ;  distance  750 
yards. 

High  Water, 

For  time  of  High  Water  in  Northeast  Harbor,  see  directions  for 
Southwest  Harbor. 


Cranberry  Island,  or  Hadlock's  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  has  fVom  2  to  4  fathoms  water  in  it,  lies 
between  Great  and  Little  Cranberry  Islands.  Its  entrance  is  about 
E.SE.  2^  miles  fVom  Southwest  Harbor,  and  1^  miles  South 
fVom  Bear  Island  Lighthouse. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


233 


Sailing  Directions  for  Cranberry  Island  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  South- 
west Harbor,  by  way  of  the  Western  passage,  until  past  Cranberry 
Islai  d  Bar  and  the  Red  Buo}-  off  Cow  Ledge;  then  haul  to  the 
Northeastward  around  the  Northwest  part  of  Great  Cranberry 
Island,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
about  Eaa^  As  you  pass  in,  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies 
ort'  the  Northern  part  of  Sperlin  Rock.  Leave  this  Buoy  a  short 
distance  upon  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  in  S.SE-  about  ^ 
mile,  and  anchor  abreast  Long  Point,  in  about  3  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide,  which  will  be  nearly  •'i^  fathoms  at  High  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  bound  into  this  Harbor,  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  Southwest  Harbor,  by  way  of  Ship 
Channel  in  daytime,  until  the  Monument  upon  East  Bunker's  Ledge 
hears  E.NE. ;  then  steer  W.SW.  until  the  harbor  is  fairly 
open ;  then  run  in  about  midway,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 
In  beating  in,  after  passing  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  Sperlin  Rock, 
use  the  lead,  and  do  not  approach  either  shore  at  Low  Tide  in 
less  than  3  fathoms  water.  It  is  not  advisable  for  vessels  of  more 
than  14  feet  draught  to  attempt  to  enter  this  harbor,  as  there  are 
several  shoal  spots  of  15  feet  in  it,  some  of  which  lie  nearly  mid- 
way the  entrance. 

Upon  the  Western  side  of  Cranberry  Island  Harbor  is  a  shallow 
Cove  called  The  Pool.  Only  2  feet  water  can  be  taken  into  it  aj 
Low  Tide,  and  vessois  tL  *  enter  it  at  High  Water  must  lie  aground 
when  the  Tide  falls. 

High   Watitr, 

For  time  of  High  Water  in  Cranberry  Island  Harbor,  see  direc- 
tions for  South- West  Harbor. 


Somes,  or  Scsnesville,  Harbor. 

This  Harbor  is  situated  near  the  Head  of  Somes  Sound,  and  bears 
N.  %  E.  about  5%  miles  from  South- West  Harbor.  About  3 
fathoms  water  can  be  carried  at  Low  Tide  up  the  Sound  abreast  the 
village,  but  in  order  to  reach  it  vessels  must  wait  until  High  Water. 
In  sailing  through  this  Sound  from  Bear  Island  Lighthouse  there 
are  but  few  obstructions  to  Navigation,  but  it  is  advisable  for 


234 


ELCSJDGE'-;  COAST  PILOT. 


strangers  to  take  a  pilot  either  at  North-East  or  South-West  Har- 
bors, as  the  sudden  gusts  and  heavy  flaws  of  wind  from  the  Moun- 
tain are  apt  to  capsize  or  carry  a  vessel  ashore. 


Frenchman's  Bay. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  Mount  Desert  Island 
on  the  West,  and  Schoodick  Point  (tht  Mainland)  on  the  East,  is 
about  6  miles  wide,  and  lies  about  20  miles  Northeasterly  from 
Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,  5  miles  East-Northerly  from  Baker's 
island  Lighthouse,  and  about  12  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Petit 
Mauan  Lighthouse.  ' 

Hemarks, 

Frenchman's  Bay  is  about  11  miles  iii  length,  6  miles  in  breadth 
at  its  entrance,  and  about  7  miles  at  its  widest  part,  and  has  a 
general  course  of  nearly  A'orth  and  Souch.  Within  it  is  West 
Goldsboro'  Harbgr,  Sullivan  and  Wei^t  Sullivan  Harbors,  Bar  Har- 
bor, Hull's  Cove,  and  Winter  Harbor,  the  latter  being  one  of  the 
best  on  the  Coast.  There  are  three  large  shallow  streams  which 
empty  into  its  Northern  part,  called  Jordan's  River,  Skillings  River, 
and  Sullivan  River,  all  of  which  are  of  some  Commercial  importance. 
Thtre  are  also  several  Islands  in  this  Bay,  most  of  which  have  bold 
(Chores,  with  deep  water  surrounding  them. 


Egg  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Upon  a  small  bare  rocky  Islet,  called  Egg  Rock,  which  is  nearly 
in  the  middle  of  Frenchman's  Bay,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  at  this 
date  (1883)  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light;  at  this  time  a  Bell  is  placed 
near  this  Lighthouse,  which  is  struck  in  thick  weather.  Shoal  water 
extends  off  both  Northeasterlj,  and  Southwesterly  from  this  Light- 
house, and  vessels  passing  to  the  Westward  of  it,  bound  up  the  Bay, 
should  leave  it  at  least  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  vessels 
passing  to  ihe  Eastward  of  it  not  less  than  yi  mile  on  the  Fort  hand. 


ELDKiDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


235 


Bearings  and  Distances  tvom  Egg  Book  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
Baker's  Island  Lighthouse,      ....     SW.  }4  B.,     1%  miles. 

Whistling  Buoy  off  Schoodic  Point,      .    SE.  ^  E., .    5        " 

Southern  end  of  Turtle  Island  West  side 

of  entrance  to  Winter  Harbor,     .     .     E.SE.,  .     .     1^     " 
Otter  Creek  Poirt,  Southeast  extremity 

Mount  Desert  Island, SW.  5^W.,3>^     " 

Southern  end  of  Iron-Bound  Island,      .    N.  byE.,  •     1^     " 
Eastern  end  of  Round  Porcupine  Island, 

NW.byN.^N.,  254    " 


Bar  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  formed  by  the  Northeastern  shore  of  Mount 
Desert  and  Harbor,  and  Porcupine  Islands,  is  on  the  Western  side 
of  Frenchman's  Bay,  and  lies  about  9^  miles  Northeasterly  from 
Baker's  Island  Light,  and  about  3^  miles  Northwesterly  from  Egg 
Rock  LighthouEw. 

Remarks, 

In  approaching  and  enterirg  this  Harbor  there  are  but  few  dan- 
gers to  be  avoided.  With  Westerly  and  Northerly  winds  there 
is  good  anchorage  off  the  Wharf  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water,  with 
good  holding-ground ;  but  the  Harbor  is  somewhat  exposed  to 
gales  from  East  to  S.  by  E.  by  way  of  East.  This  place  has  re- 
cently become  famous  f,8  a  watering-place,  but  it  is  said  to  be 
rarely  used  by  coa^-ters  as  a  harbor  of  refuge. 


Sailing  Directionf  for  Bar  Harbor  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  give  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  a  berth  of 
about  a  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand  ;  when  it  bears.west,  steer 
about  N.NE.,  leaving  the  shore  of  Mount  Desert  Island  well  on  the 
Port  hand.  As  you  sail  in  you  will  see  a  remarkable,  bare,  perpen- 
dicular Bluff,  a  part  of  which,  at  a  distance,  appears  like  a  schooner 
with  her  three  lower  sails  set;   this  is  called  Schooner  Head. 


236 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


When  abreast  this  Head  there  will  be  seen  to  the  Northward, 
king  near  the  shore,  a  small  Island  which  is  bold,  and  farther  in 
the  Porcupine  Islands.  The  first,  which  lies  nijout  J^  mile  from  the 
Western  shore,  is  high,  and  has  a  peculiar  white  spot  on  its  South 
side ;  this  is  called  Round  Porcupine.  As  you  approach  this  last- 
'uentioned  Island,  3'ou  will  see,  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward 
of  it,  a  dry  Ledge ;  pass  in  about  midway  between  this  Ledge  and 
the  Western  shore,  taking  care  not  to  approach  the  latter  nearer 
than  300  yards.  When  the  end  of  the  Long  W  harf  bears  west 
then  run  for  it  until  the  water  shoals  to  5  fathoms  at  Low  Tide, 
then  anchor. 

If  you  are  bound  to  Bar  Harbor,  and  wish  to  pass  to  the  North- 
ward, or  inside-  the  Cranberry  Islands,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  entering  the  Southwest  Harbor  b}'  the  Western  passage 
until  past  Cranberry  Island  Bar  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  Cow  Ledge. 
When  abreast  the  latter,  steer  N.  by  "E.  %  E.,  until  Bear  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  NE.,  then  run  for  it,  passing  between  Green- 
ing's and  Sutton's  Islands.  Continue  the  course  for  the  Lighthouse 
until  about  }(  mile  from  it,  then  steer  E.  %  S.,  leaving  the  Red 
Buoys  off  Long  Point  and  Bowden's  Ledges  well  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  the  Monument  on  East  Bunker's  Ledge  and  the  Black  Buov 
off  the  Northeast  part  of  Lewis  Rock  both  on  the  Starboard  hand ; 
the  latter  lies  about  400  yards  to  the  Northward  of  the  Monument. 
After  passing  the  Monument  and  Buoy  it  is  only  necessary  to  give 
Mount  Desert  Island  a  good  berth  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

From  the  Eastward,  give  the  Lighthouse  upon  Egg  Rock  a  berth 
of  about  a  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  N.  % 
W.  until  you  make  the  Round  Porcupine  Island  (before  described). 
Leave  this  Island  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand  and  haul  in 
about  W.NW.,  and  anchor  in  about  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide, 
with  the  end  of  the  Long  Wharf  bearing  West. 

In  beating  into  this  Harbor  between  the  Porcupine  Islands  there 
are  no  dangers,  and  vessels  may  stand  to  the  Northwestward  aOer 
they  have  passed  these  Islands  until  the  end  of  the  Wharf  bears 
SW.  by  W.,  it  is  then  necessary  to  tack  ship,  as  there  is  a  Shoal 
Bar  which  extends  from  the  largest  Island  to  the  Western  shore. 


ELDUIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


237 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Bar  Harbor  32  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton.   Common  Tides  rise  about  lOj^  feet. 


Hull's  Cove. 

Tills  small,  shallow  Cove,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Northwestward 
of  Bar  Harbor,  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  Frenchman's  Bay,  and 
til)OUt  6  miles  above  Egg  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Remarks, 

With  Westerly  winds  there  is  good  anchorage  in  Hull's  Cove  for 
Hmall  or  light  draught  vessels,  but  it  is  somewhat  exposed  to  East- 
erly winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  HuU^s  Cove  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Small  or  light  draught  vessels,  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward, 
limy  pass  about  midway  between  Egg  Rock  Lighthouse  and  Mount 
DoHiii't  Island,  and  steer  about  North,  leaving  the  Round  Porcupine 
ImIiuuI  (before  described)  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer 
N.  l)y  W.  ^  W.,  passing  between  Slieep  and  Burnt  Islands,  when 
piiHt  these  Islands  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy,  which 
liuH  on  tlio  North'^astern  side  of  Bald  Rock  Ledges  (some  of  whicli 
fti'o  above  water)  -  When  this  Buoy  is  made  leave  it  a  short  distance 
oil  tlio  Port  hand,  and  run  in  about  West,  and  anchor  off  the  mouth 
of  tliti  Cove  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 


Salisbury  Oove. 

This  small  Cove,  some  part  of  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  is  on 
tlio  Northern  side  of  Mount  Desert  Island,  about  7^  miles  above 
Kfifg  Uock  Lighthouse ;  the  Village  of  Eden  is  built  on  the  shore  of 
tills  Covo. 


238 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Salisbury  Cove. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Hull's  Cove,  until  past  the  Black  Buoy  off  Bald  lioclc 
Ledges,  then  steer  NW.  j^  N.,  leaving  a  Rock  above  water,  and 
the  Black  Buoy  off  Sunken  Ledge  well  on  the  Port  hand,  when  past 
this  Buoy  follow  the  Shore  to  the  Westward,  keeping  about  800 
yards  from  it,  and  anchor  off  the  Cove  in  firom  3  to  5  fathoms  water. 


Jordan's  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  Shallow  River,  which  is  nearly  opposite 
Mount  Desert  Narrows,  lies  at  the  extreme  Northwestern  part  of 
Frenchman's  Bay,  about  11>^  miles  Northwesterly  from  Egg  Rock 
Lighthouse. 

Remarks, 

Jordan's  River  is  a  Shallow  Stream  emptying  into  the  North- 
western part  of  Frenchman's  Bay  ;  with  a  good  Pilot,  at  Low  Tide, 
about  8  feet  water  can  be  taken  up  nearly  abreast  the  village  of 
Lamoine,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side,  about  2  miles  above  the 
entrance,  and  a  short  distance  above  this  it  is  dry  at  Low  Tide. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Jordan's  Biver  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Salisbury  Cove,  until  abreast  the  anchorage ;  you  will  then 
see  about  %  mile  to  the  Northward,  the  Red  Buoys  off  Googin's 
Ledge  ;  leave  the  Southwestern  Buoy  off  this  danger  a  short  distaiu'o 
on  tie  Starboard  hand,  and  run  up  about  2^  miles,  keepl»<?  about 
mid\v>>y  the  Narrows,  and  anchor  off  the  mouth  of  the  River,  in 
from  3  to  ^.  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  ;  a  pilot  is  necessary  at  this 
anchorage. 

High  Water* 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  mouth  of  Jordan's  River  30  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  10>'^  feet. 


BLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


239 


Skilling's  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  at  the  head  of  Frenchman's 
Bay,  is  between  Crabtree  Point  on  the  East,  and  Meadow  Point  on 
the  West,  and  is  about  1^  miles  wide,  and  lies  about  8  miles  North- 
westerly from  Egg  Rock  Lighthoue'3. 

Memarks, 

The  entrance  to  Skilling's  River,  which  is  between  Crabtree  and 
Meadow  Points,  is  about  1^  miles  wide,  but  this  width  rapidly 
diminishes  until  about  2  miles  above  its  mouth,  where  it  is  only 
about  350  yards  wide ;  above  this  it  widens  into  a  sort  of  Bay,  of 
irregular  shape,  about  "-  %  miles  wide.  Deep  water  can  be  carried 
up  as  far  as  the  Narrows,  but  at  this  time  there  are  no  Buoys 
above  this  place ;  it  is,  therefore,  not  prudent  to  go  above  the 
Narrows  without  a  pilot. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Skilling's  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Fron  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  pass  about  midway  between 
the  Lighthouse  upon  Egg  Rock  and  Mount  Desert  Island,  and  steer 
North,  leaving  the  Round  Porcupine  Island  (before  described) 
about  %,  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  Yz  W.,  pass- 
ing about  midway  between  Sheep  and  Burnt  Islands ;  when  past 
these  Islands  continue  the  course  N.  by  W.  J^  W.  about  1^^ 
miles,  to  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northeast  part  of  Bald  Rock 
Ledges ;  leave  this  Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
make  good  the  course  N.  by  W.  J^  W.  about  3  miles,  which  will 
take  you  to  the  mouth  of  the  River ;  you  may  then  run  up,  keeping 
the  Eastern  side,  which  is  bold  and  free  from  dangers  (best  aboard), 
and  anchor  below  the  Narrows.    Above  this  a  pilot  is  necessary. 


Sullivan  Harbor,  or  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of 
Frenchman's  Bay,  is  between  Bean's  Point  on  the  East  and  Crab- 
tree Point  on  the  West,  and  lies  about  7^  miles  to  the  Northward 
of  Egg  Rock  Lighthouse. 


240 


ELDIilDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Memarka. 

The  course  of  this  Harb'^r,  or  River,  is  N.NE.,  about  3  miles  to 
Sullivan,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side,  then  NW.  by  N.  nearly  3 
miles  through  the  Narrows,  thence  the  distance  is  about  3  miles 
Northeasterly  through  Taunton  Bay  to  Franklin.  There  is  suffi- 
cient depth  of  water  for  the  heaviest  draught  vessels  from  the 
entrance  to  Sullivan;  above  this  it  is  not  safe  to  go  without  a 
pilot,  as  there  are  dangerous  Rapids  known  as  the  Falls. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Sullivan  Harbor,  or  River, 
in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  pass  about  midway  between 
the  Lighthouse  upon  Egg  Rock,  and  Mount  Desert  Island,  and  steer 
North,  leaving  the  Round  Porcupine  Island  (before  described)  about 
i^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  >^  W.,  passing 
about  midway  between  Sheep,  and  Burnt  Islands.  When  past  these 
Islands  continue  the  course  N.  by  W.  %  W.  about  1^  miles  to  the 
Black  Buoy  off  the  Northeast  part  of  Bald  Rock  Ledges,  leave  this 
Buoy  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  N.  b}'  E.  about 
21^  miles,  which  will  take  you  to  the  entrance ;  )'0U  will  then  see 
nearly  in  the  middle.  Bean's  Island,  which  is  low  and  rocky,  and 
appears  white  with  scattering  trees  here  and  there  on  its  summit ;  a 
little  more  than  %  mile  to  the  Westward  of  this  Island,  there  will 
also  be  seen  a  Black  Buoy,  which  lies  off  the  Southeastern  part  of 
Eaton's  Ledge ;  pass  about  midway  between  the  last-named  Island 
and  Buoy,  and  steer  about  N.  by  W.  about  J^  mile ;  you  will  then 
see  to  the  Northeastward,  two  Spindles,  one  Black  the  other  Red  ; 
when  the  former  bears  NE.  by  N.  then  run  up,  passing  about  mid- 
way between  them  ;  when  past  these  Spindles  run  up  about  NE.  J4 
N.,  carrying  from  6  to  10  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  anchor 
off  the  Village  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water ;  if  bound  farther  up,  a 
pilot  is  necessary. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  entrance  to  Sullivan  Harbor  30  minutes 
before  it  is  at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  lOyi  feet. 


•  She 
high,  ai 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


241 


West  Gooldsborough  Harbor. 

This  small,  shallow  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Frenchman's  Bay,  lies  Northeasterly  about  7  miles  from  Egg  Rock 


Lighthouse. 


JEtetnarks, 


West  Gouldsborough  Harbor  is  a  Cove  of  irregular  shape,  about 
Y^  mile  wide  at  its  mouth.  Hog  Island,  which  is  nearly  ]^  mile  in 
length,  lies  directly  across  the  entrance,  making  two  narrow  pas- 
sages. The  principal  Channel  leading  into  this  Harbor  is  to  the 
Southward  of  this  Island,  and  has  from  5  to  9  feet  water  in  it  at 
Low  Tide. 


Sailing  Directions  for  West  Gouldsborough  Harbor 
in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward  pass  about  midway  between 
the  Lighthouse  upon  Egg  Rock  and  Mount  Desert  Island,  and  steer 
North,  leaving  the  Round  Porcupine  Island  (before  described)  about 
i^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  yi  W.  passing, 
about  midway  between  Sheep  and  Burnt  Islands.  When  past  these 
Islands,  bring  the  middle  of  Sheep  Island  *  to  bear  SW.  %  W., 
and  make  good  the  course  NE.  %  E.  about  2%  miles,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  and  Black  Buoys  otf  Stave  and  Calf 
Islands.  As  soon  as  these  Buoys  are  made,  bring  the  Southern- 
most, or  Red  Buoy,  to  bear  NE.  J^  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  two  small  Islets  called  Little  Calf  and  the  Thrumb- 
cap,  well  on  the  Port,  and  Stave  Island  on  the  Starboard  hand ; 
haul  round  the  Red  Buoy,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  carrying  not  less  than  11  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  and 
steer  about  E.NE.  about  yd  mile,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  the 
Southeastern  part  of  Half  Tide  Ledge  a  short  distance  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  anchor  about  ^  mile  E.NE-  from  it,  near  the  entrance 
to  the  Harbor,  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms,  and  wait  for  high  water 
and  a  pilot. 

*  Sheep  Island,  which  is  nearly  round,  is  about  M  mile  in  diameter,  is  quite 
high,  and  lies  NE.  by  E.  about  %  mile  from  the  Wharves  at  Bar  Harbor. 


2^12 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Hlyh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  entrance  of  West  Gouldsborough  Har- 
bor about  15  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Common  Tides  rise 
about  10J4  feet. 


Bass  Co^e,  or  East  Sullivan  Harbor. 

Tf:  entrance  to  this  Cove,  or  Harbor,  which  is  between  Ash 
ilanJ  on  the  West  and  the  mainland  on  the  East,  lies  about  2 
miles  Nc.'    westerly  from  West  Gouldsborough  Harbor. 

Retnavks, 

This  Harbor,  which  is  irregular  in  shape,  is  nearly  2%  miles 
long.  The  village  of  East  Sullivan  occupies  its  Eastern  shore. 
From  3  to  7  fathoms  water  c^an  be  taken  into  it  at  Low  Tide,  where 
vessels  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds.  In  crossing  the  Bar  between 
Stave  and  Calf  Islands,  bound  to  Bass  Cove,  there  are  but  11  feet 
water  at  Low  Tide,  but  there  is  deep  water  in  the  narrow  passage 
leading  in  between  the  Northern  End  of  Calf  and  Preble's  Island. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bass  Cove,  or  East  Sullivan 
Harbor,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  to  Bass  Cove,  or  East  Sullivan  Harbor,  may  fol- 
low the  directions  before  given  for  West  Gouldsborough  Harbor  un- 
til past  the  Black  Buoy  otf  the  Southeast  end  of  Half  Tide  Ledge; 
when  past  this  Buoy  (which  is  left  on  the  port  hand),  steer  about 
N.  by  W.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Eastern  side  of  Sunken 
Ledge,  about  100  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  up  about  NW. 
by  N.,  and  anchor  in  the  Cove  in  about  4  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide,  secure  from  all  winds. 


Stave  Island  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  excellent  Harbor,  which  is  between  Jordan's 
Island  on  the^  South  and  Stave  Island  on  the  North,  is  about  ^ 


ELDRIDGE'b  COAST  PILOT. 


243 


mile  wide,  and  lies  Northeasterly  about  4  miles  from  Egg  Rock 
Lighthouse,  and  East-Northerly  about  3^  miles  from  the  Wharves 
at  Bar  Harbor. 

Retnark8. 

This  excellent  Harbor,  which  is  both  commodious  und  easy  of 
access  for  strangers,  will  admit  at  Low  Tide  vessels  of  the  heaviest 
draught ;  in  entering,  the  shores  are  bold  and  there  are  no  dangers ; 
it  is  therefore  only  necessary  to  keep  off  the  shores ;  the  holding 
ground  is  superior  to  any  Harbor  on  the  coast  of  the  United  States. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Stave  Island  Harbor  in  Day- 
tin:iO,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  pa;  about  midway  between 
Egg  Rock  Lighthouse  and  Mount  Desert  Is  id,  and  steer  North 
leaving  Round  Porcupine  Island  (which  ifisTI^;^7.  hv  N.  i, 
miles  from  Egg  Rock  Lighthouse)  about  y^ 
When  the  centre  of  this  Island  bears  Wf  t,  steer  NE.  by  E.,  leav- 
ing Long  Porcupine  Island  on  the  P^  rt  hand.  As  you  sail  in  you 
will  see  on  the  Starboard,  Jordan's  ;  .and.  and  close  to  its  North- 
western end,  at  the  Southern  side  of  the  entrance  to  the  Harbor,  a 
small  low  Islet ;  this  is  called  Yellow  Island  ;  leave  this  Islet  a  short 
distance  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  up  and  anchor  in  the 
Southern  part  of  the  Harbor,  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide,  where  you  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds.  In  the  Northern 
part  of  this  Harbor  the  water  is  shallow. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Stave  Island  Harbor  33  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  10^  feet. 


1  iesNW.  byN.  >^  N.  2^ 
1/  mile  on  the  Port  hand. 


Schoodic  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Spruce  Point  on 
the  Northeast,  and  Schoodic  Point  on  the  Southwest,  lies  West- 
Northerly,  about  iy2  miles  from  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,  and  1^ 
miles  Noiiibeasterly  from  Schoodic  Point. 


244 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Remarks, 

There  is  good  anchorage  in  Sclioodic  Harbor,  with  winds  from 
SW.  to  E.NE.  by  way  of  North,  but  it  is  exposed  to  Southerly, 
Southeasterly,  and  ?]asterly  winds.  In  entering  by  the  passage  to 
the  Northeastward  of  Schoodic  Island,  there  are  several  dangers 
which  at  this  date  (18H3)  are  not  buoyed  ;  but  the  channel  between 
Schoodic  Island  and  Schoodic  Point,  which  is  about  J^  mile  wide, 
is  free  from  dangers,  and  may  with  favorable  winds  be  safely  entered 
in  daytime ;  about  5  fathoms  water  can  be  taken  into  this  Harbor 
at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions   for   Schoodic  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bring  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear 
W.  by  S.  y2  S.,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  by  N.  >^  N.  about 
8  miles,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Whistling  Buoy,  which  lies 
off  to  the  Southward  of  Schoodic  Island.  When  this  Buoy  is 
made,  leave  it  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
about  N.NE.,  passing  about  midway  between  the  last-named 
Island  and  Schoodic  Point.  When  past  Schoodic  Island,  in 
order  to  avoid  a  Ledge  which  lies  to  the  Northward  of  this  Island, 
gradually  haul  to  the  Northward,  keeping  not  more  than  250  yards 
from  the  Western  shore.  As  you  sail  in  you  will  see  an  Islet, 
which  may  bo  left  a  short  distance  on  either  hand,  and  anchor  not 
more  than  300  yards  above  it  in  from  5  to  6  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  Schoodic  Island 
about  ^2  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  proceed  as  before 
directed. 

Whistling  Buoy, 

At  this  date  (1884)  a  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed  in  about 
17  fathoms  water,  Yi  mile  to  the  Southward  of  Schoodic  Island. 

Bearings  and  Diatanoes  from  Whistling  Buoy  off  Sohoodio 

Island. 

Distance. 

Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,   .     SW.  by  S.  %  S.    21^^  miles. 
Baker's  Island  Lighthouse,  .    .     .     W.  by  S.  ^4  S.    8>4       " 
Egg  Rock  Lighthouse,   ....    NW.  ^  W.  5  " 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


245 


Red  Buoy  off  Old  Woman  Ledge,  East  Side  of  Entrance 

to  Prospect  Harbor,      ....     NE.  >^  N.  Sj^  miles. 

Buoy  off  Moulton's  Ledge,    .     .     .     E.  by  N.  >^  N.     5        '' 
Petit  Menan  Liglithouse,       .     .     .     E.J^N.  7^     " 

Buoy  off  Southeast  Rock,      .     .     .     E.  by  S.  J^  S.       9yi     "■ 


Winter  (or  Mosquito)  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  bears  about  NE.  l4  E.  distance  9 
miles  from  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse ;  and  SE.  by  E.  J^  E.,  2}^ 
miles  from  Egg  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Mark  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  South  point  of  Mark  Island,  West  side  of  entrance  to 
this  harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse,  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Winter  Harbor  in  Da3rtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Baker's  Island,  bring 
the  Lighthouse  to  bear  SW.  Y^  S.,  and  steer  NE.  J^  N.  for 
Egg  Rook  Lighthouse;  distance  7^  miles.  As  soon  as  this 
Lighthouse  is  made,  keep  it  on  the  Port  bow,  and  leave  it  about  ]/i 
mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  it  bears  North,  steer  E.  by  S., 
leaving  the  Southern  part  of  Turtle  Island,  which  is  bold,  about  % 
mile  on  the  Port.  After  passing  this  point.  Winter  Harbor  Sound 
will  open,  and  you  will  see  Mark  Island  Lighthouse,  which  in  enter- 
ing the  Sound  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  E.  by 
S-  until  this  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  E. ;  then  run  in  about  mid- 
way between  it  and  the  Eastern  shore.  When  abreast  the  Light' 
house,  steer  N.  by  E.  %  E.  As  3'ou  sail  in  you  will  see,  yi  mile 
to  the  Northward  of  it,  a  Black  Spindle  with  Cage  on  top,  which  is  oq 
Grindstone  Ledge ;  pass  about  midwaj'  between  this  Spindle  and 
the  Eastern  shore,  and  continue  the  course  N.  by  E.  J^  E.  about 
Y^  mile,  when  you  will  see  Winter  Harbor  Point,  which  is  left  on 
the  Port  hand.  On  the  Starboard  will  be  seen  the  Red  Buoy 
off  the  Northwest  part  of  Abijah's  Ledge ;  leave  this  Buoy  about 
100  yards  on  the  Starboard,  and  when  it  bears  SE.  ]^  S-t  haul  up 


246 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


NW.  >4  N.  Into  the  Imrbor,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  and  Spindle 
on  CiuptiU's  Ledge  on  tlio  Starboard  hand.  When  about  100  yards 
past  this  last-named  Buoy,  anchor  in  about  2«4  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide.     Farther  up  the  water  is  shoal. 

Petit  Menun  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
lilnck  Horizontal  stripes,  off  the  Southern  part  of  Southeast  Uock, 
NW.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  distance  about  8;^  miles.  Vessels,  therefore, 
coming  from  the  Eastward,  may  leave  this  Buoy  about  %  mile  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  N.  %  N.  12  miles,  leaving 
the  Whistling  Buoy  off  Schoodic  Point  and  Island  well  on  tlie 
Starboard  hand.  When  the  Lighthouse  on  Mark  Island  bears  N. 
K'  E.,  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  ou  the  Port  hand,  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Beating  into  Winter  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  this  Harbor  the  shores  arc  bold,  and  may  be 
approached  within  200  yards  without  danger.  The  principal  ob- 
structions are  Grindstone,  Abijah's,  and  Guptill's  Ledges.  The 
first-named  (Grindstone  Ledge),  which  lies  upon  the  Western  side 
of  the  Channel,  is  marked  with  a  Black  Spindle  which  bears  from 
Mark  Island  Lighthouse  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  distance  ^  mile;  the 
second  (Abijah's  Ledge),  which  lies  on  the  East  side  of  the  Clian- 
nel,  at  the  entrance  of  the  harbo.,  is  marked  on  its  Northwestern 
side  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  which  bears  from  Mark  Island  Light- 
house NE.  by  N.  %  N.,  distance  \yi  miles;  and  lastly,  Guptill's 
Ledge,  which  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  harbor,  and  is  marked 
off  its  South  part  with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  4,  which  bears  NW.  by  N. 
^  mile  from  the  Red  Buoy  off  Abijah's  Ledge.  In  beating  in  at 
night  or  day,  bring  the  Light  to  bear  from  N.NE.  to  N.  At 
night,  after  passing  it,  in  order  to  avoid  Grindstone  Ledge,  keep 
the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard  until  j'ou  judge  you  are  past  it ;  then 
keep  the  Western  shore  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  Sand  Cove  in 
from  5  to  8  fathoms  water.  This  Cove  is  on  the  Western  side  of 
Winter  Harbor  Sound,  about  1^  miles  above  the  Light. 


ELDRIDQE'8  COAST   PILOT. 


247 


Sand  Oove  Harbor. 

Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  Winter  Harbor  at  night, 
but  ma}'  by  the  following  directions  run  safely  into  thiw  Cove.  This 
fine  harbor,  which  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  Winter  Harbor  Sound, 
\H  a  large  commodious  Cove,  easy  of  access  to  the  heaviest-draught 
vessels.  The  holding-ground  is  good,  the  depth  of  water  about  6j4 
fathoms,  and  there  are  no  dangers  in  it.  After  passing  the  Light, 
the  only  danger  to  be  avoided  is  Grindstone  Ledge,  which  lies  }i 
mile  from  the  Southeast  point  of  Grindstone  Island,  and  is  marked 
with  a  Black  S[)in(lle  with  a  large  Cage  on  top.  This  vSpindle  bears 
N.  by  E.  J4  E.  from  the  Lighthouse  ;  distance  J^  mile. 

Sailing  Direotions  for  Sand  Cove  Harbor,  in  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward  or  Wcst^v^  rd,  bring  Winter  Harbor 
Light  to  bear  from  N.NE.  to  N.  by  E-,  and  run  for  it.  As  you 
approach  the  Light,  haul  gradually  to  the  Eastward,  leaving  it  about 
300  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When  abreast  it,  steer  N.  by  E.  }4 
E-t  and  if  the  night  is  very  dark,  use  the  Lead,  and  do  not  go  into 
less  than  10  fathoms  water  until  past  the  Spindle  on  Grindstone 
Ledge.  When  you  judge  you  are  about  a  mile  past  the  Light, 
haul  up  N.  by  W.,  run  y^  mile,  and  anchor  in  the  Cove  in  from 
5}4  to  7  fathoms  water.  After  passing  Grindstone  Ledge  there 
are  no  obstructions,  and  the  shores  may  be  approached  within  100 
yards  without  danger.      , 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Winter  Harbor  37  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  10^  feet. 


Mosquito  Harbor, 


This  small  shallow  Cove,  which  is  only  fit  for  small  vessels  to 
enter,  lies  on  the  Eastern  shore  of  Winter  Harbor  Sound.     Its  en- 
trance bears  NE.  yi  N.  from  Winter  Harbor  Lighthouse  ;  die 
about  1  mile. 


nee 


248 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Direction!?  for  Mosquito  Harbor  in 

Daytinic. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward  or  "Westward,  follow  the  directions, 
before  given  for  Winter  Harbor  in  daytime  until  abreast  the  Light- 
house ;  then  steer  NE.  by  N.  >4  N.  a  little  more  than  a  mile,  when 
the  Harbor  will  be  fairly  open,  bearing  S-SE. ;  then  run  in  about 
midway,  and  anchor  when  the  water  shoals  to  2  fathoms  at  Low 
Tide,  T.hich  will  be  about  3^  fathoms  at  High  Tide. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Mosquito  Harbor  -^  t>oui.  ILe  same  time  it  is  at 
Winter  Harbor. 


Prospect  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  East  Northerly  about  12  miles 
from  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse,  and  West  Northerly  about  6  miles 
from  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse. 


Prospect  Harbor  Lighthouse,. 

Upon  Prospect  Point,  East  side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  is  a 
Lighthouse  whioh  shows  a  Flashing  Red  and  White  Light.  This 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Baker's  Island  Lighthouse  NE.  b}'  E.,  tlis- 
tance  13  miles  ;  from  Petit  Menan  LigUthouse,  about  NW.  by  W.. 
distance  G;'4  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Prospect  Harbor  in  Day- 
tme,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Baker's  Island,  bring  the 
Lighthouse  to  bear  W.  by  S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  E. 
hy  N.  y  miles,  leaving  the  Whistling  Buoy  on  the  port  hand.  Con- 
tinue thf»  'jourse  E.  by  N.  until  the  Lighthouse  at  Prospect  Harbor 
bears  N.  oy  E  ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Black 
Buo\  off  the  I^astern  part  of  Harbor  Ledge  on  t'.ie  Port,  and  the  Red 
Buo}'  off  the  Western  part  of  the  Old  Woma»:  L.edge  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  When  past  the  last-named  Buoy,  steer  more  Jiasterly  until 
the  Lighthouse  bea]  s  North,  then  run  for  it  ou  this  course  until  about 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


249 


i^  mile  from  it ;  tlien  steer  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  leaving  the  Black 
Spindle,  w'lh  wheel  and  pendant  on  top,  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
the  Lighthouse  bears  E.  by  N.,  anchor  in  the  Inner  Harbor  in  from 
3  to  5  fathoms  water.     Above  this,  the  water  is  shoal. 

Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Buoy  off  Southeast  Rock 
NW.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  distance  3}(  miles.  Vessels  from  the  Eastward 
may  leave  this  Buoy  }i  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  steer  NW. 
by  W.  J4  W.  until  Prospect  Harbor  Lighthouse  (which  is  on  the 
keeper's  dwelling)  bears  N.  by  E. ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

There  is  a  Ledge  which  makes  off  to  the  Southwestward  about 
250  yards  from  the  Lighthouse  Point,  and  at  this  date  (1879)  is 
not  Buoyed.  Vessels  in  running  in  North  for  the  Lighthouse 
should  not,  therefore,  approach  it  nearer  than  400  yards. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Pro&pect  Harbor  32  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  tides  rise  about  lOjij!  feet. 


Petit  Menan  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southern  part  of  a  small  Rocky  Islet  called  Petit 
Menan  a  lofty  Tower  has  been  erected,  which  shows  a  Fixed  Light 
varied  by  Flashes. 

JS'og  Signal, 

Near  this  Lighthouse  is  a  Steam  Whistle,  which  at  this  date 
(1879)  gives  two  blasts  of  5  seconds  each  per  minute,  with  inter- 
vals between  the  blasts  of  8  seconds  and  42  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  of  Lighthouses  tsova.  Petit  Menan 

Lighthouse. 


Mt.  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,  .  . 
Baker's  Island  Lighthouse,  .  . 
Nash's  Island  Lighthouse,  .  .  . 
Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses, 
Bryer's  Island  Lighthouse,  en- 
trance to  St.  Mary's  Bay,    .    . 


SW.  }i  S., 
W.  by  S. 
NE.  by  E., 
E.  }^  S>t 

E^SE.,     • 


Distance. 
27     miles. 

34 


(( 


(( 


ii 


■n  i 


64 


<i 


250 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Petit  Menan  Island  is  surrounded  by  dangerous  Ledges,  Rocks, 
and  Shoals,  some  of  which  are  more  than  3  miles  from  it.  On  its 
North  side  lie  the  two  shoals  known  as  Inner  and  Outer  Bars.  On 
its  East,  West,  South,  and  Southeastern  are  several  dangeroua 
Rocks,  most  of  which  are  at  this  time  Buoyed. 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  of  Dangers. 

Moulton'8  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  extends  in  a  NE.  and 
SW.  direction  about  100  yards,  and  is  marked  off  its  Southwest 
part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes. 
Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  by  S.  5i  S.,  about 
3  miles. 

Petit  Menan  Meef, 

This  Reef  extends  off  from  the  Southern  part  of  Petit  Menan 
Island,  and  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Red  Buoy, 
No.  4.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  %  E. 
about  %  mile. 

Sinim'8  Rock, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  has  but  6  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  is  marked  off  its  Southern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in 
Red  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  N.  %  W.  about  2  miles.  The  channel  between 
Simm's  Rock  and  the  Buoy  off  Petit  Menan  Reef  is  a  iittle  more 
than  a  mile  wide,  and  has  not  less  than  12  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Southeast  Rock, 

This  Ledge,  which  has  but  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides, 
is  the  outermost  danger  to  the  Southward  of  Petit  Menan ;  it  is 
marked  off  its  Southwest  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Red  and 
Black  Horizontal  stripes.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  NW.  by  N.  }i  N. ;  distance  about  Z%  miles;  Whistling 
Buoy,  off  Schoodic  Island  W.  by  N.  ]/i  N.,  9>4  miles. 

Jordan's  Delight  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  extends  off  -.bout  S.  by  E.  over  a  mile  from 
the  Island  called  Jordan's  Delif^ht,  is  marked  upon  its  Southern  part 
with  a  Red  Buoy  No.  2.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
BuoySW.  }i  Sm  distance  3  miles;  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse,  E. 
by  N.  >4  N.,  distance  5  miles.     Vessels  running  from  Petit  Menan 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


251 


to  Naih'ii  Island  should  not  go  to  the  Northward  of  this  Buoy,  as 
thoro  arc  many  dangerous  Rocks  lying  between  it  and  the  Island 
called  Jordan's  Delight. 

Jackson's  Ledge, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  at  this  date  (1879)  is  not  Buoyed, 
has  but  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides.  Petit  Menan 
Lighthouse  bears  from  it  W.  M  S- '  distance  about  4  miles. 

Petit  Mdnan  Channel. 

In  Daytime,  vessels  from  the  Westward,  especially  with  strong 
Northerly  winds,  may  bring  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear 
E.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  As  they  approach  this 
Lighthouse  it  is  necessary  to  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large 
Ued  Buoy  off  Petit  Menan  Reef.  The  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  Buoy  N.  54  E. ;  distance  about  %  mile.  Leave  this  Buoy 
about  %  mile  on  the  Port,  and  in  order  to  clear  Jackson's  Ledge, 
iniiko  good  the  course  E.SE.  From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  is  made,  in  order  to  clear  Jackson's  Ledge, 
bring  it  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving 
the  lied  Buoy  off  Petit  Menan  Reef  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After 
paHsing  this,  make  good  the  course  W.  by  S.  The  channel 
btitwoen  Petit  Menan  Reef  and  Simm's  Rock  is  about  1  }^  miles 
In  width,  and  has  a  depth  of  not  less  than  12  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  this  channel  at  Night,  and  in 
paHMJng  Petit  Menan  Light  at  that  time  should  keep  at  least  5  miles 
to  the  Southward  of  it. 


Gouldsborough  Bay  and  Harbor. 

A  little  more  than  2  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Prospect  Point 
Lighthouse,  and  NW.  >^  N.  about  4  miles  from  Petit  Menan 
Lighthouse,  is  the  entrance  to  Gouldsborough  Bay,  This  Bay, 
which  makes  in  nearly  North  and  South,  has  an  average  width  of 
about  1  %  miles  to  the  Narrows,  which  is  5  miles  above  its  mouth ; 
bctwciui  the  Narrows  and  Steuben  the  water  is  shoal.  At  the 
ontranco  of  this  Bay  there  are  several  small  Islands ;  the  channel, 
which  is  about  ]^  mile  wide,  leads  in  to  the  Westward  of  the  Eastern- 


J: 


252 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  t^ILOI. 


(.1*. 


most  Island.  This  Island  lies  just  to  the  Southwestward  of  Dyer's 
Point,  and  is  bare  except  in  the  middle,  where  there  is,  at  tliis 
time,  a  small  grove  of  bushes.  The  next  Island  to  the  Westward 
of  this  last  named  has  no  trees  upon  it,  and  is  covered  with  moss 
and  grass. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Gouldsborough  Bay  and 
Harbor  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Schoodic  Point  and  Island, 
bring  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  E.  J4  N.,  and  run  for  it 
on  tins  course  until  you  make  the  Buoy  painted  in  Rod  and  Black 
Horizontal  stripes,  off'  the  Southwest  part  of  Moulton's  Ledji;o. 
Petit  Monan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  E.  by  S.  ^  S. ;  dis- 
tance about  3  miles.  Leave  the  Biio}'  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  steer  N.NE-  until  the  passage  hotweon  the  two  East- 
ern Islands  at  the  entrance  of  Gouldsborongli  Uay  is  fairly  open, 
bearing  N.  %  W. ;  then  run  in  midway  between  them.  Wiion 
past  these  Islands,  steer  N.NW.  about  a  mile,  when  j'ou  will  be 
abreast  of  Ward's  Cove,  which  is  on  th<'  Western  side  of  tiie  Bay. 
From  this  Cove  steer  about  North  3^4  mil- 's,  and  anchor  between 
Garden  and  Roger's  Points,  at  the  mouth  oi'  tlie  Narrows,  in  from 
3  to  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  with  good  holding-ground.  If 
3'ou  wish  to  go  above  the  Narrows,  a  pilot  will  be  necessary. 
From  the  Eastswau^  bring  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear 
W.NW.,  and  mn  tor  it,  leaving  Jackson's  Ledge  well  on  tiie 
Starboard  hand.  As  you  approach  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,  keep 
a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large  Red  Bony  off"  Petit  Menan  Rcof. 
Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  ^  E.  ;  distance 
a  little  more  than  %  mile.  Leave  this  last-mentioned  Buoy  about 
^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.NW.  until  the  last- 
named  Lighthouse  bears  NE-  by  E.  j4  E.  about  1  mile ;  then  nm 
NW.  by  N.  until  you  make  the  passage  between  the  two  Eastern 
islands  at  the  mouth  of  Gouldsborough  Bay.  When  this  passage 
is  fairly  open,  bearinf?  N.  J^  W.,  then  run  in,  and  proceed  as 
before  directed. 


High  Water, 

it  is  High  Water  in  Gouldsborough  Bay  about  the  same  time 
that  it  is  at  Prospect  Harbor. 


ELDRIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


253 


Dyer's  Bay. 

The  aext  opening,  which  is  about  1  mile  to  the  Eabtwaid  ol' 
Gouldsborough  Bay,  is  the  entrance  to  Dyer's  Bay.  Petit  Menan 
Point,  which  lies  on  the  East  side  of  this  entrance,  is  low,  and  there 
extends  off  from  it  at  Low  Tide  a  long  Ledge.  This  last-named 
Point  bears  from  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  NW.  by  N.  ^  N. ; 
distance  about  2}(  miles.  On  the  West  side  of  entrance  is  Dyer's 
Point,  which  bears  from  Petit  Menan  Point  NW.  1^  miles.  Sev- 
eral Rocks  and  Ledges  lie  off  to  the  southward  of  this  last-named 
point,  rendering  it  dangerous  of  approach.  From  Petit  Menan 
Point  to  the  Head  of  the  Bay  the  distance  is  about  6  miles.  In 
entering  this  Bay  there  is  a  good  channel  which  leads  in  close  to 
the  Dyer's  Bay  Ledges,  which  are  on  the  West  side  ;  and  there  is 
also,  about  3^  miles  above  this  entrance,  excellent  anchorage  in 
from  4  to  5  fathoms  water.  About  3^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide 
can  be  taken  into  this  Bay. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Dyer's  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Schoodic  Point  and  Island, 
bring  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  E.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course  until  you  make  the  Buoy  with  Red  and  Black  Hoi-izon- 
tal  stripes  off  the  Sctuthwest  part  of  Moulton's  L.  rlge.  Petit  ""Tenan 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buo}'  E.  by  S-  X  S. ;  dis'tance  .  mut  3 
miles.  Leave  the  Buo^'  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  art!  steer 
about  NE.  by  N.  When  the  entrance  to  Dyer's  Bay  is  faii  v  open, 
run  in,  leaving  the  dry  Rock  called  the  Castle  (which  is  (.n  tlie 
Western  side  of  the  Chn.nnel)  close  to  on  the  Port  hand ;  and  \a 
order  to  avoid  a  Ledge  which  extends  off  a  lOUt  ^  mile  frou;  .-.  Sand 
Bhiff  on  the  Eastern  shore,  steer  about  N.  >3  E.  ^  mile  for  Stan  • 
ley's  Point,  which  is  a  White  Rocky  Head  on  the  Western  shore. 
When  abreast  this  last-named  point,  keep  in  the  middle  of  the  Bay, 
course  about  N.  by  E  J^  E.  As  jou  sail  in,  you  will  see  ahead 
the  two  Sheep  Islands  ;  run  for  the  Western  point  of  the  Northern- 
most Island,  which  is  Yellow.  After  passing  these  last-named 
Islands,  which  are  on  the  Starboard  hand,  anchor  any-'here  to  the 
Nortliward  of  them  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  at  Law  Tide.  Small 
vessels  may  run  further  up,  and  anchor  in  Dyer's  Cove. 

From  the  Eastward,  in  order  to  clenr  Jackson's  Ledge,  bring 
Petit  Menan  Light  to  bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 


254 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large  Red  Buoy  off  Petit  Menan 
Reef.  The  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  ^  E. ;  distance  }^ 
mile.  Leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  haul 
gradually  to  the  Northwestward,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  about  % 
mile  to  the  Eastward,  and  steer  about  N.NW.  for  Dyer's  Point, 
which  is  the  Western  entrance  to  the  Bay.  Leave  -the  Ledges  off 
this  point  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  be- 
fore given.  In  running  this  last  course,  N.NW.,  for  Dyer's  Point, 
you  will  leave  the  Rock  called  the  Old  Bull  about  300  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  This  Rock 'lies  about  2  miles  to  the  Northwest- 
ward of  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  and  breaks 
with  a  little  motion  of  the  sea. 

Pond  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southeastern  part  of  Pond  Island  is  a  Lighthouse 
which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  and  is  intended  to  guide  vessels 
into  Narraguagus  and  Pigeon  Hill  Bays.  The  Lantern  is  upon 
the  Keeper's  dwelling.  Pond  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  NE.  by  N.  %  N.,  distance  b]^  miles;  from 
Nash's  Island  Lighthouse  W.  ^  N.,  distance  about  4  miles. 

Fog  Signal, 

A  Bell,  struck  by  hand,  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 


Pigeon-Hill  Bay,  or  Bowbear  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  bears  about  N.  ]/2  E.  from  Petit  Menan 
Lighthouse ;  distance  about  3  miles.  Th»s  is  a  good  harbor  of 
refuge  for  small  vessels. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Figeon-Hill  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Schoodic  Point,  bring  Pcfii 
Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  E-  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  tins 
jouise,  keeping  a  sharj)  lookout  for  tiio  lariio  Hcd  Buoy  off  IVtit 
Menan  Reef.     Petit  Menan  Li<i;htliouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  ^ 


iLDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


255 


B. ;  distance  J^  mile.  When  the  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NE.  by  E.  about  1  mile  ;  then  haul  in  N. 
NW.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Egg  Rock,  and  also  the  Rock 
called  the  Whale.  Egg  Rock  is  simply  a  small  bare  rocky  Islet 
about  10  feet  high ;  the  Whale,  which  is  bare  at  }i  Ebb,  lies  S. 
by  W.  yi  mile  from  Egg  Rock.  Leave  both  these  Rocks  }(  mile 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  N.  ^  E.,  keeping  midway 
the  Channel,  and  anchor  nearly  abreast  Pigeon  Hill,  in  from  2j4 
to  3  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  Above  this  it  is  not  prudent  to 
go  without  a  pilot,  as  the  Lobster  Rocks  (which  are  not  buoyed) 
extend  from  the  Western  shore  more  than  half  way  across  the 
Channel. 

Beating  into  Pigeon  Bay. 

In  beating  into  this  Bay,  after  passing  the  Egg  Rock  and  the 
Whale  Rock  (before  described) ,  the  first  danger  to  be  avoided  is  a 
Rock  (bare  at  Low  Tide)  lying  off  about  100  yards  from  Wood's 
Pond  Point,  which  is  on  the  Western  side.  One-half  mile  above  this 
point,  about  ^  mile  from  shore,  is  another  Rock,  bare  at  very  Low 
Tides.  Above  this  last-mentioned  Rock,  on  the  Eastern  side,  is 
Bowbear  Ledge  which  extends  off  about  300  yards  from  the  Eastern 
shore,  and  is  bare  at  Half  Tide.  From  this  last  Ledge  the  passage 
is  clear  to  the  Lobster  Rocks. 

From  the  Eastward,  bring  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  W. 
NWv  leaving  Jackson's  Ledge  well  to  the  Northward.  Continue 
this  course  for  the  Lighthouse  until  about  ^  mile  from  it ;  then 
steer  N.  by  W.  }4  W.  until  you  make  Egg  Rock  and  the  Whale 
Rock  (before  described)  ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Douglass  Harbor. 

This  convenient  Harbor,  which  lies  between  Pond  Island  on  the 
East  and  the  Douglass  Islands  on  the  West,  bears  about  N.NE.  5 
miles  from  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse.    There  is  good  anchorage  in  it 


'.im 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


in  about  8  fathoms  water,  with  good  holding-ground.     It  is  easy  of 
access,  and  is  said  to  be  free  from  ice  in  the  winter. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Douglass  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Schoodic  Point  and  Island, 
bring  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  about  NE.  by  E.,  and  run 
for  it.  As  you  approach  it,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large 
Bed  Buoy  off  Petit  Menan  Reef.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  N.  ^  E. ;  distance  }i  mile.  Leave  this  Buoy  a 
short  distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  Pond  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  N  by  E.  %^.,  run  for  it  on  this  course.  As  you  approach 
thiS  last-named  Lighthouse,  you  will  see  on  the  Port  bow  a  large 
Island  showing  a  bare  White  Rocky  surface  without  grass  or  trees 
upon  it ;  this  is  Bowbear  Island.  To  the  Eastward  of  this  will  be 
seen  the  Douglass  Islands,  which  are  well  wooded.  The  two  South- 
ernmost of  the  group  present  a  peculiar  appearance,  which  has 
given  them  the  name  of  the  Horse  Heads ;  the  Channel  is  between 
these  last-named  and  Bowbear  Island.  When  this  passage  is  fairly 
open,  run  about  N.  %  W.,  passing  midway  between  them,  leaving 
Bowbear  Island  on  the  Port,  and  the  Douglass  Islands  on  the  Star- 
board hand.  Continue  the  course  N.  %  W.  until  about  %  mile  to 
the  Nortliward  of  the  Western  Douglass  Island  ;  then  steer  E.  J4 
N.  toward  Pond  Island,  passing  about  200  yards  to  the  Northward 
of  the  East  Douglass  Island ;  haul  round  this  last-named  Island, 
and  run  to  the  Southward,  and  anchor  between  it  and  Pond  Island 
in  about  8  fathoms  water,  ^ood  holding-ground. 

In  beating  in  or  out  of  this  harbor,  care  should  be  taken  to  avoid 
a  Ledge  ijing  off  about  %  mile  from  the  North  end  of  the  Western 
Douglass  Island,  and  also  another  Ledge  on  the  Western  side  of  the 
passage  about  250  yards  from  shore. 


45^  miles  fro 


Narraguagus  Bay  and  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  is  about  6  miles  NE.  by  N.  from  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse,  and  about  3  miles  W.  by  N.  from  Nash's  Is- 
land Light.  It  is  over  2  miles  wide,  and  its  general  course  is  about 
North  over  4  miles  to  the  entrance  of  Narraguagus  River.    About 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


257 


4^  miles  from  Pond  Island.  Lighthouse,  upon  the  Western  bank  of 
this  River,  is  the  village  of  Millbridge.  About  7  feet  water  can  be 
carried  up  to  this  place  at  Low  Tide. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Narraguagus  Bay  and  Hiver 
in  Dasrtime,  with  fair  weather  and  favorable 
winds. 

From  the  Westward,  after  passing  Schoodic  Point,  bring  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  byE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large  Red  Buoy  off  Petit 
Menan  Reef.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  ^ 
E. ;  distance  ^  mile.  Whtni  the  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  gradually  haul  to  the  Northward  until  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  bears  SW.  ^  W. ;  on  which  bearing  keep  it, 
and  steer  NE.  ^  E.  for  Nash's  Island  Light,  keeping  a  sharp 
lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  off  the  Southern  part  of  Jor- 
dan's Delight  Ledge.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  boars  from  this 
Buoy  SW.  %  S.  about  3  miles.  When  this  last-named  Buoy  is 
made,  leave  it  well  on  the  Port  hand,  and  continue  the  course  NE. 
Y^  E.  past  Jordan's  Delight  Island,  until  Pond  Island  Lighthouse 
opens  to  the  Eastward  of  it ;  then  steer  in  about  N.  by  W.,  leav- 
ing Pond  Island  about  )4  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  abreast 
this  last-named  Island,  or  its  Southeast  part  bears  West,  haul  up 
NW.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  North  part  of  Pond 
Island  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Star- 
board an  Island  having  some  peculiar  White  Rocks  in  its  middle ; 
this  is  Trafton's  Island.  Haul  gradually  round  the  West  end  of 
this  Island,  leaving  it  about  ]^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
steer  N.  b}'  E.  Y^  E.  On  this  course  you  will  see  a  Red  Spindle 
with  Wheel  on  top ;  this  is  on  Trafton's  Island  Ledge,  and  is  left 
on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  this  last-named  Spindle, 
steer  more  Westerly,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  on  the  Lower 
Middle  Ground,  on  the  Port  hand,  and  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off 
lower  end  of  Upper  Middle,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  If  bound  up 
to  Millbridge,  it  is  advisable  to  anchor  off  the  lower  Steamboat 
Wharf,  and  take  a  pilot.  Vessels  of  more  than  12  feet  draught 
should,  at  Low  Tide,  anchor  between  Trafton's  Island  and  the  Red 
Spindle  on  Trafton's  Island  Ledge. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse  about  j^ 


258 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  for  Pond  Island  Lighthouse, 
bearing  about  W.  by  N.  When  about  ^  mile  from  it,  and  the 
town  opens  to  the  Westward  of  Trarton's  Ishiud,  steer  NW.  by 
N.,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Nash's  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  a  bare  rocky  Islet  called  Nash's  Island  is  a  Li^liibouse 
which  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  This  Lightliouse  bears  from  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  NE.  by  E.,  distance  about  8  miles,  and  is  in- 
tended to  guide  vessels  into  Pleasant  Bay,  Cape  Split  Harbor,  and 
Moose- A-Bec  Reach. 

Harrington  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  bears  about  N.NW.  from  Nash's 
Island  Lighthouse ;  distance  4  miles.  The  general  course  of  tliis 
River  from  Hs  entrance  is  N-NE.  for  5  miles  ;  then  N.NW.  1% 
miles  to  the  villai;*?  of  Harrington.  About  6  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide  can  be  carried  up  to  Nash's  Point,  which  is  about  5  miles 
from  the  entrance.  Above  this,  there  is  no  channel  at  Low  Tide. 
On  account  of  the  numerous  shoals  and  ledges  in  this  River  (none 
of  which  are  Buoyed  at  this  time),  it  is  advisable  for  strangers 
bound  to  this  place  to  take  a  pilot. 

Pleasant  Bay  and  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  is  about  3  miles  North  from  Nash's 
Island  Lighthouse.  Its  general  course  and  distanci;  from  iis  mouth 
to  the  entrance  of  Pleasant  River  is  about  N-NE.  S^^  miles ; 
from  the  mouth  of  Pleasant  River  to  Addison  t)ie  course  is  about 
N.NE.  'i^i  miles.  There  are  raan^'  dangerous  Rocks  and  Ledges 
in  this  Bay  and  River,  which  at  this  date  (1880)  are  not  Buoyed. 
Strangers  should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to  enter  them  without  » 
pilot. 


Cape  Split  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  convenient  harbor  of  refuge,  which  is  easy 
of  access,  bears  about  NE.  hy  N.  from  Nash's  Island  Lightliouse; 
distance  2  miles.     This  Harbor  is  a  wide  cove  alK)i>l  J  \(  miles  in 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


259 


length,  and  more  than  %  mile  in  breadth ;  3  fathoms  water  can  b« 
found  at  the  anchorage,  with  excellent  holding-ground.  It  ig 
exposed  to  Southerly  or  Southwest  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cape  Split  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  allcr  passing  Schoodic  Point,  bring  Petit 
Menan  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  large  Red  Buoy  olf  Petit 
Menan  Reef.  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N. 
^  E.  >^  mile.  When  the  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  gradually  haul  to  the  Northward  until  Petit  Menan 
Lighthouse  bears  SW.  %  W.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  st'  ov 
NE.  %  E.  for  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout 
for  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  off  the  Southern  part  of  Jordan's 
Delight  Ledge.*  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
SW.  'i/i  S.  about  3  miles.  When  this  last  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it 
well  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  for  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse, 
keeping  it  a  little  on  the  Port  bow.  As  you  approach  it,  you  will 
see  Cone  Island,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Light- 
house ;  and  also  Flat  Island,  which  bears  from  Nash's  Island  Light- 
house E.SE.,  distance  1^  miles.  Pass  in  midway  between  these 
two  last-named  Islands,  and  steer  N.  ^  E.,  leaving  a  remarkable- 
looking  Islet,  called  Ladle  Island,  about  Yi  mile  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  past  this  last-named  Island,  the  Harbor  will  be  open ;  then 
run  in,  keeping  the  Western  shore  best  aboard,  and  anchor  where 
you  please,  in  about  3  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  With  strong 
Southerly  or  Southwest  winds,  it  is  advisable  to  anchor  in  Tabbott's 
Cove,  which  is  on  the  East  side  of  this  harbor,  about  }^  mile  above 
its  entrance.  Here  you  may  moor  NW.  and  SE.  and  lie  safe  from 
all  winds. 

Channel  to  fhe  Northward  of  Nash's  Island 

Lighthouse, 

After  passing  the  Red  Buoy  which  lies  off  the  Southwest  part  of 
Jordan's  Delight  Ledge,  steer  NE.  }4  E.  As  you  approach  Nash's 
Island  Light,  you  will  see,  about  1  mile  to  the  Northward  of  it,  a 


♦  There  is  said  to  be  a  Ledge,  with  18  feet  water  upon  it,  lying  about  NE. 
>iE    2>i  miles  from  Petit  Menan  Light. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


1^1^  |2.5 
1^  1^  12.2 
lAo    111112.0 


1.8 


1.25      1.4      1.6 

^ 

6"     

► 

'^^J^^? 
^J^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corporation 


33  WeST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  I4S80 

(716)  S73-4S03 


■  ^^^ 


260 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


small,  high,  bare,  rocky  Islet.  This  is  called  the  Big  Pot ;  and 
about  Yi  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  this,  a  remarkable-looking  Island 
called  the  Ladle.  Leave  both  of  these  last-named  Islands  about  Yj. 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  the  Black  Spindle  on  Norton's  Rock 
a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand.  When  the  entrance  to  the  harbor 
(which  bears  NE.  by  N.  from  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse)  is  fairly 
open,  bearing  about  N-NE.,  then  run  in,  keeping  the  Western  shore 
best  aboard,  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 

Coming  from  the  Eastward,  outside  of  all  the  Ledges  and  Islands, 
when  Nash's  Island  Light  bears  N.  by  W.,  run  for  it  on  this 
course  until  the  passage  between  Cone  and  Flat  Islands  (before 
described)  is  fairly  open ;  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Cape  Split  Harbor  30  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  \\^^  feet. 


Moose-A-Bec  Reach. 

The  Western  entrance  to  this  passage  is  about  2^  miles  North- 
east from  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse.  It  lies  between  the  main 
land  on  the  North,  and  a  group  of  Islands  on  the  South.  Its  length 
from  Tabbott's  Narrows  to  Mark  Island  is  about  8  miles,  and  in 
some  places  it  is  very  narrow.  The  least  water  in  this  Reach  is 
j'bcutl4feet(at  Low  Tide),  which  is  upon  Moose-A-Bec  Bar,  near 
iis  Eastern  entrance.  There  are  many  dangers  in  it,  but  those 
lying  in  and  near  the  channels  are  marked  with  Spindles  and  Buoys. 
Good  anchorage  is  also  found  in  all  winds,  and  strangers  may 
safely  pass  through  it  by  carefully  observing  the  following  directions. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Moose-A-Bec  Reach  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Note, 

Masters  of  vessels  should  bear  in  mind  that  in  sailing  from 
Nash's  Island  Light  through  Moose-A-Bec  Reach,  Black  Buoys  and 
Black  Spindles  must  be  left  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  Red  Buoys 
and  Red  Spinc.es  on  the  Port  hand.    In  sailing  to  the  Westward 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


261 


through  this  Reach  Red  Buoys  and  Red  Spindles  must  be  left  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  Black  Buoys  and  Black  Spindles  on  the 
Fort  hand. 

From  the  Westward  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Cape 
Split  Harbor,  and  run  for  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  NE* 
^  E*  Leave  this  Lighthouse  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  passing  about  midway  between  it  and  the  Islands  called  the 
Big  Pot  and  Ladle  (before  described).  "When  Nash's  Island  Light- 
house bears  SW.  by  W.  %  W.,  keep  it  on  that  bearing  and  steer 
NE-  by  E'  }i  E-  for  the  entrance  of  Tabbott's  Narrows.  As  you 
sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Port,  Sheep  Island,  which  lies  close  to 
the  Main  Land.  This  is  a  remarkable  looking  Island,  being  high, 
rocky,  and  nearly  bare.  On  the  Starboard  will  be  seen  Ram  Island, 
which  is  smaller  than  Sheep  Island,  and  at  this  time  is  covered  with 
a  thick  growth  of  trees.  The  Narrows,  which  are  about  y^  mile 
wide,  lie  between  these  two  Islands.  As  you  enter  this  passage, 
keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  and  Red  Buoys,  oflf  Tabbott's 
Rock  and  Ram  Island  Ledge.  When  these  are  made,  pass  midway 
between  them,  carrying  about  6  fathoms  water,  and  make  good 
the  course  NE.  by  E.,  leaving  Shabbitt  Island,  which  is  low  and 
wooded,  about  400  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the 
course  NE.  by  E.  As  you  enter  the  Reach,  you  will  see  on  the 
Starboard  a  Red  Spindle  with  round  Cage  on  top.  When  this 
Spindle  bears  E.  }i  N.  steer  E.  >^  S.,  leaving  it  about  250  yards 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  ^  S.,  2ji  miles 
to  Red  Buoy  off  Cumming's  Ledge.  Leave  this  Buoy  about  150 
yards  on  the  Port  hand,  tyad  continue  the  course  E.  J^  S.  1^ 
miles  to  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Northern  part  of  Horse  Ledge.  If 
it  is  Low  Tide,  and  your  vessel  draws  more  than  6  ft.  water,  and 
the  wind  is  not  favorable  to  run  through  the  Seguin  Passage,  you 
must  anchor  off  the  village  of  Jonesport,  and,  in  order  to  cross 
the  bar  safely,  wait  for  Flood  Tide.  There  is  about  18  feet  upon 
Moose-A-Bec  Bar  at  High  Water.  Leave  the  Black  Buoy  off 
Horse  Ledge,  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  E. 
by  S.  %  S.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoys  and  Spindle  on  the  Star- 
board, and  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  mid- 
way between  the  Red  Buoy  No.  6  and  Black  Buoy  No.  1,*  you  will 
then  be  on  the  shoalest  part  of  the  Bar,  and  must  make  good  the 
course  East,  leaving  the  two  small,  bare.  Rocky  Islets  called  the 
Virgin's  Breasts,  the  Black  Spindle  on  Gilchrist* s  Rock  and  Mark 

*  The  Black  Buoy  No.  1  has  been  discontinued. 


262 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Island  (which  is  the  first)  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  the  Red 
Buoy  ofl'  Leighton's  Ledge  and  Bay  Ledges  on  the  Port  hand.  In 
order  to  clear  the  dangerous  sboals  called  the  Eastern  Ledges, 
when  abreast  Mark  Island,  which  is  bold  on  the  Northern  part, 
continue  the  course  East  about  2  miles ;  then  make  good  the  course 
E'SE.,  leaving  Libby  Island  Lighthouse  well  on  the  Port  hand. 

Mark  Island  bears  from  the  Eastern  Ledges,  which  are  bare  at 
Low  Tide,  W-  by  N.  J4  N. ;  distance  1}(  miles. 


Seguin  Passage. 

In  sailing  through  Moose- A-Bec  Reach  at  Low  Tide,  with  winds 
from  W.  by  S«  to  N.  by  E.  by  way  of  North,  you  may  safely 
carry  11  feet  water  through  this  passage  by  carefully  observing 
the  following  directions. 

After  passing  the  village  of  Jonesport,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for 
the  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  North  part  of  Horse  Ledge.  Leave  this 
Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course 
E*  by  S.  j^  S-,  leaving  the  following  Buoys  and  Spindle  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  First,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  5,  off  Sand  Ledge ; 
second,  the  Black  Spindle  on  Snow's  Rock  with  Cage  on  top ;  and 
lastly,  the  Black  Buoy  No.  3,  off  the  Northern  part  of  Little  Ledge. 
Haul  round  this  last  Buoy,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  steer  S.  j4  W-,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2  off  the 
South  end  of  Little  Ledge  on  the  Port,  and  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  4 
and  No.  2  off  Nova's  Rock  and  Southwest  Ledge,  both  on  the  Port 
hand ;  leave  the  last-named  off  Southwest  Ledge  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  steer  SS.  by  E.  ^  E.  about  ^  mile,  then  E.  by 
S>  about  J4  mile,  leaving  the  Red  Buoys  on  the  Port,  and  the  Black 
Buoys  and  Black  Spindle  with  Cage  on  top  on  Moose  Rock,  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  If  bound  to  the  Eastward,  after  passing  the 
Black  Buoy  No.  1,  off  Seguin  Ledge,  which  is  the  last  in  the  pas- 
sage, make  good  the  course  E'SE>,  leaving  the  dangerous  shoaU 
called  the  Eastern  Ledges  well  on  the  Port  band. 

Mark  Island. 

This  Island,  which  lies  near  the  Eastern  part  of  the  entrance  to 
Moose- A-Bec  Reach,  is  the  landmark  for  vessels  bound  to  the  West- 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


263 


ward  through  this  passage.  It  is  high  and  rocky,  and  at  this  time 
is  covered  with  trees.  In  coming  from  the  Eastward,  a  large  round 
Head  will  be  seen  on  its  Western  part,  which  appears  over  the  trees 
as  if  it  were  in  the  middle.  The  Northern  part  of  this  Island  is 
bold,  but  a  Ledge  extends  off  about  j/i  mile  from  its  Southern  part. 
Vessels  bound  through  the  Seguin  Passage  must  leave  this  Island 
to  the  Northward,  but  those  bound  over  Moose-A-Bec  Bar  leave  it 
to  the  Southward. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Moose-A-Bec  Reach  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

At  JjOw  Tide  there  are  about  6  feet  water  upon  Moose-A-Bec 
Bar,  at  Half  Flood  12  ft.,  and  at  High  Water  18  feet.  Vessels, 
therefore,  of  more  than  6  feet  draught  must  wait  for  Flood  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Libby  Island  about  2  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer  W. 
^  N.  about  5  miles,  then  Mark  Island,  which  lies  near  the  East- 
ern entrance  to  Moose-A-Bec  Reach,  will  be  distant  about  3  miles ; 
then  haul  more  Northerly,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  danger- 
ous shoals  called  the  Eastern  Ledges.  Mark  Island  bears  from 
them  W.  by  N.  J^  N. ;  distance  1}(  miles.  When  this  last-men- 
tioned Island  bears  West,  run  for  it  on  this  course  and  leave  it 
about  300  yaras  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  j'ou  will  first 
seu  on  the  Starboard  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the  South  part  of 
the  Bay  Ledges.  On  the  Port  will  be  seen  the  Black  Spindle  on 
Gilchrist's  Rock,  and  farther  in  the  Red  and  Black  Buoys  on  Moose- 
A-Bec  Bar ;  leave  the  Red  Buoys  and  Red  Spindles  on  the  Star- 
board, and  the  Black  Buoys  and  Black  Spindles  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  midway  between  the  Red  Buoy  No.  6  and  Black  Buoy  No. 
1,  you  are  then  on  the  shoalest  part  of  the  Bar,  and  must  steer 
about  W.  by  N.  %  N.  ji  mile  to  Black  Buoy  No.  7,  off  the 
North  part  of  Horse  Ledge ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Port, 
and  make  good  the  course  W.  J^  N.  1^  miles  to  Red  Buoy 
off  South  part  Cumming's  Ledge ;  leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  continue  the  course  W.  >^  N.  2fi  miles  to 
the  Red  Spindle  on  Fessenden's  Ledge.  Leave  this  Spindle 
about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard,  and  continue  the  course  about 
%  mile ;  then  steer  SW.  by  W.  for  Tabbott's  Narrows,  leaving 


264 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sbabbit's  Island  about  400  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past 
this  Island,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  and  Black  Buoys  at 
the  entrance  of  the  Narrows.  When  these  are  made,  pass  midway 
between  them,  and  steer  SW.  by  W.  %  W.,  leaving  Nash's 
Island  Lighthouse  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port,  and  also  passing 
about  midway  between  it  and  the  Islands  called  the  Big  Pot  and 
Ladle  (before  described) .  If  bound  inside  the  Petit  Menan  Ledges, 
bring  Nash's  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  ^  E.,  and  steer 
SW«  %  W.  until  you  make  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse ;  then  bring 
it  to  bear  SW.  ^  W.,  and  steer  for  it,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  off 
Jordan's  Delight  Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing 
this  Buoy,  haul  more  Southerly,  and  leave  the  large  Red  Buoy  off 
Petit  Menan  Reef  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Petit  M°ican  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  last-named  Buoy  N.  ^  £•  about  ^  mile. 

Directions  for  the  Seguin  Passage  from  the  East- 
ward. 

If  it  is  Low  Tide,  and  your  vessel  draws  more  than  6  and  not 
more  than  11  feet  water,  you  may  (with  winds  from  E.NE.  to 
S-SW-  by  way  of  South)  safely  pass  through  this  Channel  by 
carefully  observing  the  following  directions. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Libby  Island  about  2  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  steer  W. 
%  N.  about  5  miles,  then  Mark  Island,  which  lies  near  the  East- 
ern entrance  to  Moose- A-Bec  Reach,  will  be  distant  about  3  miles. 
Bring  this  Island  to  bear  NW.  by  W.  %  W.,  and  run  in,  keeping 
it  a  little  on  the  Starboard  bow.  On  this  last  course  the  dangerous 
shoals  called  the  Eastern  Ledges  will  be  left  well  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  Mark  Island  bears  from  these  last-named  dangers  W.  by 
N.^  N. ;  distance  IJ^  miles.  When  about  J^  mile  from  the 
Island,  you  will  see  on  the  Port  the  Buoys  and  Spindle  which 
mark  the  entrance  to  the  Seguin  Passage  ;  the  Easternmost  Buoy, 
'vhich  is  Black,  No.  1,  lies  oflf  the  Northern  part  of  Seguin  Ledge, 
and  bears  from  the  Eastern  part  of  Mark  Island  SW.  by  S<  ^2 
mile.  As  soon  as  this  Buoy  is  made,  run  for  it,  and  leave  it  close 
to  on  the  Fort  hand.  When  past  it,  steer  about  W.  by  N.  Yi 
mile  leaving  two  Red  Buoys  on  the  Starboard,  and  one  Black 
Spindle  and  one  Black  Buoy  on  the  Port.  After  passing  these, 
steer  about  NW.  by  W.  J4  W.  about  one  mile,  leaving  the  Red 
Baoy  No.  6,  off  the  Southwest  part  of  Long  Ledge,  on  the  Starboard 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


265 


hand ;  continue  the  course  NW.  by  W.  }i  W.  for  the  Red  Buoy 
No.  2,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  it,  haul  up 
N>  ^  E.,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy  No.  4  on  the  Starboard,  and  the 
Black  Buoy  No.  8,  o£f  Little  Ledge,  close  to  on  the  Fort  hand. 
When  past  this  last  Buoy,  steer  about  W>  by  N>  %  N.  for  the 
Buoy  off  the  North  part  of  Horse  Ledge,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the 
Fort,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  on  Moose-A-Bec  Bar  32  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  11^  feet. 

Jonesport  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  a  small  shallow  Cove,  lies  on  the  Northern 
side  of  Moose- A'Bec  Reach  near  its  Eastern  entrance.  Vessels 
from  the  Eastwa^ '  or  Westward  bound  to  this  place  should  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  this  Reach,  and  at  Low  Tide  anchor 
off  the  village  in  from  7  to  9  fathoms  water. 


Head  Harbor. 

IAghthouae8, 

Upon  Mistake  Island,  which  forms  the  Southern  side  of  Head 
Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  flashing  White  Light.  This 
Light  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  into  this  Harbor,  and  also  into 
Englishman's  Bay. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Head  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  outside  Petit  Menan  Ledges,  as 
soon  as  the  Lighthouse  on  Mistake  Island  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
NE.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Leave  this  Lighthouse 
about  %  mile  on  the  Fort  hand,  and  when  Head  Harbor  is  fairly 
open,  bearing  North,  then  run  in,  keeping  midway  the  passage, 
and  anchor  off  White  Point,  or  run  up  into  the  Cow  Yard,  or  Inner 


266 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Harbor ;  the  latter  has  from  2  to  4  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide» 
and  is  well  sheltered  from  all  winds. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Libby  Island  Lighthouse  about  2  miles 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  S.  As  soon  as  the  Light- 
house on  Mistake  Island  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  S.,  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course  until  Head  Harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing 
North ;  then  run  in,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  to  the  Westward,  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Whistling  Buoy. 

A  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed  off  about  2  miles  S.  by  E.  ^  E. 
from  the  Lighthouse  on  Mistake  Island. 


Machias  Bay  and  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  lies  between  Libby  Island  on 
the  West  and  Cross  Island  on  the  East,  is  NE.  by  E.  %  E.  from 
Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,  distance  about  49  miles,  and  W. 
SW.  from  West  Quoddy  Head ;  distance  about  21  miles.  About 
6  miles  from  the  entrance  is  Machias  River,  which  empties  into  this 
Bay.  Machiasport  is  situated  on  the  West  bank  of  this  River,  near 
its  mouth,  and  about  4  miles  above  the  port  is  the  citj'  of  Machias. 
About  14  feet  water  may  be  carried  up  to  the  anchorage  off  Machias- 
port at  Low  Tide.  About  12  feet  water  can  be  carried  from  Ma- 
chiasport to  the  Bridge,  but  there  is  not  more  than  £  or  10  feet  in 
the  Channel  up  to  Machias. 

Libby  Island  Idghthouse, 

Upon  the  Southern  part  of  this  Island  is  a  Lighthouse  which 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  At  this  date  (1880)  a  Fog  Bell  is 
placed  near  it. 

Bearings  and  Distances  fi'oin  Libby  Island  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,  .     SE.  J^  E.,     .     .     12  miles. 
Bryer's  Island  Lighthouse,    .     .     .    SE.  j4  E.,     .    .     46     " 
Seal  Ishnd  (Cape  Sable)  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  S.  ^  S.,     92 
Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,     .    SW.  by  W.  K  W. ,  49 


i( 


{{ 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


267 


Avery'8  Mock, 

A  Lighthouse  has  been  built  upon  this  Reck  which  shows  a  fixed 
Bed  Light.  It  bears  ft-om  the  Lighthouse  upon  Libby  Island  NE. 
by  N. ;  distance  5}4  miles. 

Sailing  DireotionB  for  Maohiasport  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  irom  the  Westward  outside  Petit  Menan  Ledges,  when 
up  with  the  Whistling  Buoy  off  to  the  Southward  of  the  Lighthouse 
on  Mistake  Island,  steer  about  NE  by  E.  ^  E.,  leaving  the 
Lighthouse  on  Libby  Island  about  ^  le  on  the  Fort  hand.  After 
passing  this  Lighthouse,  haul  gradually  to  the  Northward  until  it  bears 
SW.  by  S. ;  then  steer  NE.  by  N.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on 
the  Starboard  the  large  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  which  lies  off  the  South- 
west end  of  Cross  Island  Ledge ;  this  Ledge  extends  from  Cross  Is. 
land,  and  the  Buoy,  which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand,  bears  NE. 
by  E.  }i  E.  iVom  Libby  Island  Light.  On  the  Fort  will  be  seen  the 
Lighthouse  on  Avery's  Rock,  which  may  be  left  close  to  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  abreast  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse,  steer 
N>  j4  E.  for  Round  Island,  leaving  it  on  the  Fort  hand.  Wlien  past 
it,  you  will  see,  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward  of  it,  a  Black 
Buoy  No.  3,  which  is  left  on  the  Fort  hand.  When  past  this  Buoy, 
steer  NW.  by  N.  for  the  Black  Buoy  No.  5,  off  the  Middle  Ground ; 
leave  this  Buoy  on  the  Port,  and  steer  about  W.NW.,  keeping 
She  Southwestern  shore  best  aboard,  in  order  to  avoid  the  flats 
which  lie  upon  the  opposite  side  of  the  Channel.  As  you  enter  the 
River  you  will  see  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  which  marks  the  Western 
end  of  Holmes  Point  Flats ;  leave  this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Star* 
board  hand,  and  steer  about  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  keeping  in  the  middle 
of  the  River  to  the  anchorage  off  Machiasport.  On  the  above 
courses  there  will  be  deep  water  as  far  as  the  Lighthouse  upon 
Avery's  Rock,  and  from  that  point  not  less  (in  the  Channel)  than 
14  feet  to  Machiasport.  If  bound  up  to  Machias^  it  is  advisable  to 
take  a  pilot  at  Machiasport.  You  will  have  good  anchorage  a  short 
distance  to  the  Northwest  of  the  Black  Buoy,  which  lies  to  the 
Northward  of  Round  Island. 

Coming  from  West  Quoddy  Head  or  the  Northeastward,  steer 
about  SW.  by  W.  j4  W.  along  the  shore,  and  as  soon  as  Libby 
Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bnng  it  to  bear  W-  by  N.,  and  run  for 


208 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


it  on  this  course  until  about  2  miles  fVom  it ;  then  steer  NW.  unti] 
it  bears  SW.  by  S.  when  the  course  is  as  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Machias  Bay  29  minutes  before  it  is  at  Bos- 
ton.   Common  Tides  rise  about  13^  feet. 


Little  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  excellent  harbor  of  refhge  is  about  10  miles 
Northeasterly  from  Libby  Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  13  miles 
SW.  by  W.  Yz  W.  from  West  Quoddy  Head. 

Little  Hiver  Lighthouse, 

This  Lighthouse  is  built  upon  an  Island  lying  in  the  middle  of  the 
entrance  to  this  River,  and  shows  a  Fixed  Light  varied  by  White 
Flashes.    At  this  date  a  Fog  Bell  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse. 

Remarks. 

The  Ship  Channel  into  this  River  is  between  the  Lighthouse  on 
the  Southwest  and  a  high  steep  rocky  Head  on  the  Northeast  (with 
a  few  trees  upon  it)  called  Eastern  Knubble ;  to  the  Eastward  of 
this  Knubble  is  a  high  square  bare  Tower-like  Head  called  Great 
Head.  Little  River  Head,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  side  of  the 
entrance,  is  of  moderate  height.  The  Rocks  on  the  Southern  and 
Eastern  faces  of  this  Head  have  large  White  spots  painted  on  them 
just  below  the  top  of  the  Cliffs ;  these  are  for  the  purpose  of  en- 
abling vessels  from  the  Westward  to  recognize  the  entrance,  as  no 
opening  can  be  seen  until  past  this  Head. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Little  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  when  Libbj'  Island  Lighthouse  bears  N. 
NW.,  distance  3  or  4  miles,  steer  about  E.NE.  9J^  miles.  As 
soon  as  Little  River  Head  is  made  (which  may  be  known  by  the 
White  Spots  painted  near  it) ,  haul  more  Northerly,  and  when  the 
Lighthouse  is  open,  run  in,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  in  order  to  avoid  Eastern  Head  Ledge,  which  lies  off  the  North- 
eastern shore,  and  is  dry  at  Low  Spring  Tides,  keep  the  Southwest- 
ern shore  best  aboard,  and  anchor  near  the  lower  part  of  the  town 


ELDUIDQES  COAST  PILOT. 


269 


In  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  with  gotxl  holding- 
ground.  To  tho  Westward  of  the  Lighthouse  is  a  passage  into  this 
Uiver  which  is  about  400  yards  in  width,  and  has  a  depth  of  about 
7  feet  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  this 
Channel,  as  there  are  several  Ledges  which  extend  off  from  both 
shores. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  the  Lighthouse  at  Little  River  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  about  West,  and  ruii  for  it  on  this  course  until  close 
to  it ;  then  follow  the  directions  before  given.  In  beating  in,  the 
slioies  are  bold,  and  the  only  danger  to  be  avoided  is  Eastern 
Head  Ledge,  which  lies  off  the  Northeastern  shore.  This  Ledge 
extends  about  50  yards  NW.  and  SE.,  and  is  bare  at  very  Low 
Tides. 

Currents. 

Off  Little  River  the  current  of  Flood  runs  strong  to  the  East- 
ward, and  that  of  the  Ebb  to  the  Westward. 


Machias  Seal  Island. 

This  Island,  which  is  about  600  yardii  in  length  and  400  yards  in 
breadth,  is  elevated  about  20  feet  above  high  water.  A  ledge  ex- 
tends about  J^  mile  Northeastward  from  its  Northern  end,  upon 
the  middle  of  which  is  a  rock  always  above  water  and  connected 
with  the  Island  by  a  part  of  the  ledge  which  is  dry  at  low  tide. 
About  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  this  Island  there  is  a  shoal 
spot  of  12  feet,  at  low  tide,  with  13  fathoms  water  between  it  and 
the  Island ;  on  the  other  sides  there  is  deep  water  close  to  it.  Near 
the  middle  of  this  Island  are  two  Lighthouses  which,  at  this  date 
(1882),  show  two  Fixed  White  Lights;  these  Lighthouses  are  64 
feet  apart,  and  when  in  raiige  bear  W.  by  N.  J^  N.  and  E.  by 

s.  J^  s. 

Fog  Whistle, 

Near  the  Lighthouses  is  a  Fog  Whistle  which  in  thick  weather 
sounds  5  seconds  every  J^  minute. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Maohias  Seal  Island  Lighthoosea. 

Distanoe. 
Mount  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse,     .    W.  by  S.  5^  S.,      54  miles. 
Seal  Island  Lighthouse  (Cape  Sable),  S.  by  E.  %  E.,  .    80     " 
Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,  ....    W.  X  N.,     .     .    34     " 
Libby  Island  Lighthouse,  ....    NW.  J'z  W.,     .    12     " 
West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,     .    NE.  5^  N.,   .    .    20     " 


270 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Dangers. 

From  N.  by  W.  to  S.  by  E.  by  way  of  East  from  these  Light- 
houses there  are  many  Shoals,  Rocks,  and  sunken  Ledges.  We 
shall  therefore  only  give  bearings  and  distances  of  a  few  of  the 
dangers  lying  to  the  Northward  and  Northeastward  of  them,  as  no 
stranger  should  attempt  to  pass  between  Machias  Seal  Island  Liglits 
and  the  Gannett  Rock  Lighthouse. 

North  Shoal. 

Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses  bear  from  this  Shoal  (which  has 
but  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide)  S-  by  E. ;  distance  3  miles. 

North  Rock, 

Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses  bear  from  this  Rock  (which  is 
bare)  SW  by  S. ;  distance  2]^  miles.  Between  the  North  Shoal 
and  this  Rock  there  are  several  spots  having  from  6  to  8  feet  water 
upon  them. 

Middle  Shoal, 

Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses  bear  from  this  Shoal  (which  has 
17  feet  water  upon  it)  W.SW. ;  distance  6  miles. 

It  is  said  that  a  Rock,  upon  which  several  large  vt'ssels  have  been 
wrecked,  lies  about  West  3^  miles  from  these  Lighthouses ;  the 
author  of  this  work  searched  for  it  in  18.57  y;ithout  success.  It 
is,  however,  advisable  for  vessels  bound  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  and 
intending  to  pass  to  the  Northward  of  Grand  Menan  Island,  to  give 
these  Lighthouses  a  good  berth  to  the  Southward. 


Passamaquoddy  Bay  and  St.  Croix  River. 

This  large  deep  Bay,  which  separates  the  British  Provinces  from 
the  United  States,  lies  about  NE.  and  SW.  between  the  shores  of 
Maine  and  New  Brunswick.  Into  the  Northwest  comer  of  Passama- 
quoddy Bay  empties  the  St.  Croix  River,  which  also  separates  the 
Province  of  New  Brunswick  from  the  State  of  Maine.  The  town 
of  Calais  is  situated  on  the  Western  bank,  about  13  miles  from  its 
mouth ;  the  town  of  Eastport  is  situated  on  Moose  Island,  about  10 
miles  below  the  mouth  of  this  River. 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


271 


Passages  into  Passamaquoddy  Bay. 

There  are  several  passages  into  this  Bay :  the  Main  Sliip  Chan- 
nel, which  lies  between  East  Quoddy  Head  and  Deer  Island ;  the 
Southern,  through  Lubeo  Narrows,  which  opens  between  West 
Quoddy  Head  and  the  Southern  part  of  Campobello  Island.  Only 
6  feet  water  can  be  carried  through  Lubeo  Narrows  at  Low  Tide. 
An  appropriation,  however,  has  been  recently  made  by  the  United 
States  government  for  the  purpose  of  improving  this  channel.* 


West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse, 

Upon  West  Quoddy  Head,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Lubec 
Narrows,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Near 
this  Lighthouse  is  placed  a  Steam  Whistle,  giving  blasts  of  8  sec- 
onds at  intervals  of  52  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse. 

Diatanoe. 
Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,   .    SW.  ^  S.,      .20  miles. 
South  Wolf  Island  Lighthouse,  .     .     E.  by  N.  ^  N.,    12      " 
Point  Lepreau  Lighthouses,    .     .     .     E.  by  N.  J4  N.,    26      " 
Cape  Spencer  Lighthouse,       .     .     .    E.  by  N.,     .     .51      " 

East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse, 

Upon  East  Quoddy  Head,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Passama- 
quoddy Bay,  by  Ship  Channel,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  Fixed 
Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  East  Quoddy  Head  Light- 
house. 

Diatanoe. 

West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,  Southwesterly,      .  9      miles. 

Lighthouse  at  Bliss  Harbor,    .     .  NE.  >^  E.,      .     •  4)^     " 

South  Wolf  Island  Ligi)thou8e,  .  SE.  by  E.  ?4  E.,  7%      " 
Lighthouse    on    Swallow's    Tail 

(Grand  Menan), S.  by  E.,     ...  14        " 


*  At  this  date,  1884,  It  is  said  that  12  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken 
through  Lubec  Narrows. 


272 


ELDKIDOE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Eastport  Harbor. 


This*  Harbor  is  situated  at  tlie  end  of  Passamaquoddy  Bay.  It 
has  two  entrances :  the  Main  Ship  Channel,  which  lies  between 
East  Quoddy  Head  and  Deer  Island  ;  and  the  Southern,  by  way  of 
Lubec  Narrows.  The  latter  passage,  however,  at  this  date  (1879) 
is  only  fit  at  Low  Tide  for  light-draught  vessels. 


Sailing  Directions  by  Ship  Channel  for  Eastport 
Harbor,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

V 

From  the  /Westward,  when  past  Mount  Desert  Rock  (which  may 
be  left  about  a  mile  on  either  hand),  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear 
SW.  by  W.  ^  W.,  and  steer  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  for  West 
Quoddy  Head ;  distance  from  Mount  Desert  Rock,  72  miles.  If  this 
<'oiuso  is  made  good,  the  large  Buoy  off  Southeast  Rock,  painted  in 
Had  and  Black  Horizontal  stripes  (and  which  bears  SE.  by  S- 
14^  S.  4  miles  from  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse),  will  be  left  6  miles 
on  the  Port  hand ;  the  Whistling  Buoy  which  lies  S.  by  W.  2  miles 
from  Moose- A-Bec  Lighthouse,  3  miles  on  the  Port  hand ;  Libby 
Island  Lighthouse,  4i^  miles  on  the  Port;  Little  River  Lighthouse, 
2%  miles  on  the  Port ;  and  West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse  about 
3^4  miles  on  the  same  hand.  Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses 
will  be  left  about  7  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the 
course  NE.  by  E.  %  E.  until  West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse  bears 
W.NW.,  distance  about  3^^  miles  ;  thrn  steer  about  NE  by  N. 
3^  N.,  along  the  shore  of  Campobellc  sland  until  you  make  East 
Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse.  When  this  bears  fVom  NW.  by  N-  to 
N.NW.,  run  in,  and,  with  light  winds  and  Flood  Tide,  haul  round 
this  Head,  which  is  bold,  leaving  it  not  more  than  y^  mile  upon  the 
Port  hand.  When  past  this  last-mentioned  Lighthouse,  steer 
Southwesterly,  and  in  order  to  avoid  the  I<edges  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  do  not  keep  more  than  from  J^  to  J^  mile  from  the  Campo- 
bello  shore,  which  is  bold  and  free  from  dangers.  Continue  the 
course  along  it,  leaving  several  Islands  and  Ledges  on  the  Star- 
board, and  a  deep  opening  called  Harbor  Delute  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  the  tov/n  of  Eastport  bears  W.SW.,  then  run  for  it  on  this 
course.  If  bound  to  this  place,  in  order  to  avoid  the  deep  water 
and  strong  current,  anchor  close  in  to  the  Wharves.  In  passing 
near  the  Whar^^es  at  Low  Tide,  heavy-draught  veBsels  must  be  care- 


ELDBIDGE'S    COAST  PILOT. 


273 


ful  to  avoid  two  Rocks,  one  having  14  feet  water  on  it,  the  other 
16  feet.  The  anchorajr'^  off  Eastport  is  called  Friars'  Roads, 
but  the  water  in  them  is  ory  deep,  with  a  strong  current.  These 
Roads  are  also  exposed  to  Northeast  winds.  For  vessels  only 
making  a  harbor  here,  it  is  advisable  to  anchor  in  Broad  Cove,  which 
lies  near  the  Southern  part  of  the  town,  is  free  from  current,  and 
is  also  sheltered  from  all  winds.  This  Cove  is  the  real  harbor  of 
Eastport.  In  running  into  Broad  Cove,  in  order  to  avoid  Shack- 
fqfd  Ledge,  which  lies  on  the  Port  hand  off  Shackford  Head,  keep 
the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide.  Here  you  will  have  excellent  holding-ground. 
In  beating  from  East  Quodd}'^  Head  to  Eastport,  keep  *lie  Campo- 
bello  shore  best  aboard,  as  this  is  bold  and  free  from  dangers. 
Mariners  should  bear  in  mind  that  after  passing  Machias  Seal 
Island  Lights,  bound  to  Eastport  or  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  Ihe  tide 
rises  from  18  to  20  feet.  In  passing  East  Quoddy  Head  Light, 
with  light  winds,  haul  close  round  the  Head,  as  the  first  of  the 
Flood  sets  directly  on  some  of  the  Ledges  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Upon  the  South  Wolf  Island  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a 
White  Revolving  Light.  East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Light  on  the  South  Wolf  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.  7>4 
miles.  Vessels  from  the  Eastv:ard,  bound  to  Eastport,  when  the 
Light  on  the  South  Wolf  Island  is  made,  may  bring  it  to  bear 
W.  J^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile 
on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  it,  steer  NW-  by  W.  for 
East  Quoddy  Head  Light,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Head  Harbor. 

About  %  mile  to  the  Southwest  of  the  Lignthouse  on  East 
Quoddy  Head  is  Head  Harbor  Island.  Between  this  Island  >  nd 
the  Northeast  part  of  Campobello  Island  is  Head  Harbor,  which  is 
about  5^  mile  in  width.  In  entering  this  harbor  by  the  Eastern 
passage  there  are  no  dangers,  and  about  5  fathoms  water  can  be 
carried  into  it  at  Low  Tide. 

A  Fog  Trumpet  has  been  placed  at  this  harbor  near  the  Light- 
house, and  in  thick  weather  will  sound  blasts  of  8  seconds  duration, 
with  intervals  of  35  seconds  between  them. 


274 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  East- 
port  Harbor  until  the  Lighthouse  at  East  Quoddy  Head  bears 
NW.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  until  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bear- 
ing West,  when  you  may  run  in,  leaving  this  Lighthouse  about  300 
yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  near  the  Southwest  part 
of  the  Island  in  from  5  to  8  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

There  is  a  passage  into  this  harbor  to  the  Westward  of  Head 
Harbor  Island  in  which  there  are  about  2%  fathoms  water  at  LoV 
Tide,  but  it  is  narrow.  Strangers  will,  therefore,  unless  necessity 
compels,  enter  by  the  Eastern  passage. 

From  the  Eastward,  bound  into  Head  Harbor,  after  passing  the 
Lighthouse  on  the  South  Wolf  Island,  run  for  East  Quoddy  Head 
Light,  bearing  NW.  by  W.  until  about  300  yards  from  it ;  then 
steer  about  W.  by  S.  into  the  harbor,  and  gradually  haul  South- 
erly, and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


Harbor  Delute. 

This  Harbor,  which  has  but  few  dangers  in  it,  lies  on  the  North- 
ern side  of  Campobello  Island  ;  its  entrance  is  about  2  miles  E.  by 
N.  from  the  town  of  Eastport,  and  Southwesterly'^  about  3  miles 
from  the  Lighthouse  at  East  Quoddy  Head. 

Sailing  Directions  in  Daytime. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  for  East- 
port  Harbor  by  Ship  Channel  until  Harbor  Delute  opens ;  then  run 
in,  leaving  Windmill  Point,  which  is  the  first  on  the  Northeastern 
side,  about  y^  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  this  point,  steer 
about  SE-  by  S.  J4  S-,  leaving  two  small  coves  on  the  Port  hand. 
After  passing  these  (in  order  to  avoid  Racer  Rock,  which  lies  in  the 
middle  of  the  harbor,  and  has  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide) , 
keep  the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  from  8  to  10 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

The  Southwest  a;m  of  this  Harbor  extends  well  up  into  the 
land,  and  is  sheltered  from  all  winds.  About  15  feet  Mater  can  be 
taken  into  it  at  Low  Tide  ;  but  the  channel  is  narrow.     In  entering 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


275 


keep  in  the  middle,  and  when  in,  keep  the  Southeastern  shore  best 
aboard,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Eastport  Harbor  by  way 
of  Lubec  Narrows,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Coming  from  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given 
for  Eastport  Harbor  by  way  of  Ship  Channel,  until  West  Quoddy 
Head  Lighthouse  bears  N.NE. ;  then  run  about  NE.  by  N.  In 
order  to  avoid  Sail  Rock  and  the  dangerous  Whirlpool  (which  both 
lie  Southeasterly  from  this  Lighthouse),  do  not  approach  West 
Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse  nearer  than  ^  mile  until  it  bears  NW. 
by  W.  You  are  then  past  these  dangers,  and  may  haul  to  the 
Northwestward,  keeping  about  300  yards  from  West  Quoddy  Head, 
which  is  quite  bold.  When  past  this  Head,  steer  about  NW., 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy,  No.  2,  off  the  Middle 
Ground.  West  Quoddy  Head  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  S. 
^  S. ;  distance  ^  mile.  Leave  this  last-named  Buoy  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  N.  by  W.  Yz  W.  As  you  sail  in, 
you  will  see  the  Black  Wooden  Beacon,  with  Tripod  on  top,  on  the 
W^tern  Bar.  Leave  this  about  25  yards  on  the  Port,  and  steer 
about  N.  by  E.,  carrying  about  8  feet  at  Low  Tide,  and  leaving 
the  Red  Buoy  No.  4  close  to  on  the  Starboard.  When  past  this 
last  Buoy,  steer  about  NE.  by  N.  Yz  N,,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy 
No.  1  (off  Eastern  part  of  a  Ledge),  on  the  Port  hand.  From 
this  last  Buoj',  steer  N.  by  W.  for  the  Eastern  end  of  Lubec 
Wharves,  and  when  abreast  Leadbury  Point  (which  Is  the  first  on 
the  Port  hand),  steer  through  the  Narrows,  keeping  in  about  mid- 
channel.  When  a  short  distance  past  the  town  of  Lubec,  you  will 
cross  the  Bar,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  has  about  12  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  When  you  are  through  the  Narrows,  the 
first  Island  is  called  Pope's  Foil}-.  Leave  this  small  Island  about 
250  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  up  about  NE.  by  N., 
leaving  Dudley's  and  Treat's  Islands  (which  are  both  bold  on  their 
Eastern  part)  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  these  Islands,  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  Ship  Channel.  Or  when  you  are 
through  Lubec  Narrows,  you  may  steer  up  NW.  ^  N.  about 
1  mile,  passing  to  the  Westward  of  these  Islands,  Gull  Rock,  and 
Burial  Island  (wliich  is  small) .  When  past  this  last-named  Island, 
haul  more  Northerly,  and  anchor  off  the  town  or  in  Broad  Cove. 


276 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


The  Flood  and  Ebb  sets  strong  through  Lubec  Narrows ;  sailing- 
vessels,  therefore,  cannot  pass  through  them  unless  they  have 
strong  favorable  winds.  When  you  pass  West  Quoddy  Head,  if 
the  tide  is  low,  or  wind  unfavorable,  anchor  in  Quoddy  Roads 
about  200  yards  to  the  Southwest  of  the  Red  Buoy  No.  2,  off  the 
Middle  Ground,  in  about  3^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 


Quoddy  Roads. 

These  Roads,  which  lie  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward  of 
West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,  are  exposed  to  Southeasterly 
winds,  but  have  a  good  anchoi'age  in  from  3  to  7  fathoms  water,  with 
winds  from  South  to  N>NE.  by  way  of  West. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Quoddy  Roads  at  Night-time, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  West  Quoddy  Head  Light  at  least  3^ 
mile  to  the  Northward,  and  when  it  bears  W.NW.  haul  in,  leav- 
ing the  Head,  which  is  quite  bold,  about  300  j-ards  on  the  Port. 
When  past  the  Northern  point  of  Quoddy  Head,  run  from  N.  by 
W.  to  N.NW.  Yz  mile,  and  anchor  in  about  V/2  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide,  and  about  6^2  at  High  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  with  Easterly  or  Northeasterly  winds,  as 
soon  as  West  Quoddy  Head  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  West, 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  In  order  to  clear  Liberty  Point 
Ledge,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  harbor,  continue  the 
course  until  you  judge  you  are  ^  mile  from  this  Light,  then  haul 
in  about  North,  and  anchor  with  the  Light  bearing  about  S.SW., 
in  about  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  7  at  High  Tide. 

Beating  in  at  Night. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Quoddy  Head  Light  at  least  }^  mile 
to  the  North wai-d,  and  when  it  bears  NW.  by  W.  haul  sharp  on  the 
wind,  and  in  order  to  avoid  Liberty  Point  Ledge  (which  bears  from 
West  Quoddy  Head  Light  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  distance  1  mile)  keep 
this  Head  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide,  the  Light  bearing  from  S.SW.  to  SW.  from  you.    From 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


277 


the  Eastward,  run  for  West  Quoddy  Head  Light,  bearing  West, 
and  do  not  haul  up  into  the  Roads  until  you  are  J^  mile  from  it ; 
then  anchor  as  before  directed.  After  passing  the  Northern  point 
of  West  Quoddy  Head,  be  careful  to  avoid  Wormell's  Ledges, 
which  lie  E.SE.  and  W.NW.  nearly  )^  mile,  and  are  bare  at 
very  low  tides ;  their  Northern  part  bears  NW.  >^  W.  from  the 
Northern  part  of  West  Quoddy  Head ;  distance  about  %  mile. 

Both  Coves  on  the  Southwestern  and  Northeastern  sides  of 
Quoddy  Roads  are  full  of  Shoals,  with  some  Rocks  and  Ledges ; 
and  Flats  extend  off  on  the  Northern  part  in  some  places  nearly  ^ 
mile.  In  summer  the  Fish  Weirs  are  excellent  guides,  as  their 
outer  parts  are  always  on  the  edges  of  the  channel. 

Campobello  Island. 

The  Eastern  shore  of  this  Island  is  bold  and  quite  free  from 
dangers.  Vessels  bound  East  or  West,  with  tide  and  wind  ahead, 
may  anchor  in  any  of  the  coves  on  this  shore,  in  from  5  to  10 
fathoms  water. 

Steam  Whistle. 

A  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near  West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse, 
which  gives  blasts  in  thick  weather  of  8  seconds  at  intervals  of  52 
seconds.  Vessels,  therefore,  in  thick  weather,  coming  from  the 
Westward,  should  keep  off  at  least  ^  mile  from  the  Lighthouse 
until  it  bears  W.NW. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  you 
judge  you  are  about  300  yards  from  the  Whistle,  then  haul  in 
about  North,  keeping  about  300  yards  from  the  head,  and  anchor 
about  }(  mile  North  of  it  in  the  Roads,  in  from  3}4  to  5  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  in  thick  weather,  as  soon  as  the  Whistle  is 
heard  at  West  Quoddy  Head,  bring  it  to  bear  West,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  until  about  300  yards  from  it;  then  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 


Morton's  Mock. 

Vessels  passing  West  Quoddy  Head  should  beware  of  this  Rock,' 
which  lies  near  the  shore  about  2j4  miles  to  the  Westward  of  the 
Lighthouse  on  this  Head.  This  Rock  is  now  marked  with  a  Red 
Buoy. 


278 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Lubec. 

If  you  are  bound  to  this  place,  follow  the  sailing  directions 

before  given  for  Eastport  Harbor,  by  way  of  Lubec  Narrows.    If 

it  is  Low  Water  when  you  arrive  at  West  Quoddy  Head,  anchor  in 

the  Roads  and  wait  for  High  Water,  when  you  will  have  slack  tide 

to  go  to  the  Wharves. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Eastport  on  the  days  of  the  full  and  change 
of  the  moon  at  llh.  8m.,  or  about  21  minutes  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  18  feet. 


Gobscook  Bay  and  Pembroke  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay  lies  between  Estes  Head  (which  is  the 
extreme  Southern  part  of  the  tu'^n  of  Eastport)  on  the  North,  and 
Seward's  Neck  on  the  South.  The  entrance  to  Pembroke  River  is 
Northwesterly  about  5  miles  from  Eastport.  The  town  of  Pem- 
broke is  situated  about  4  miles  from  the  entrance  to  this  River. 
There  are  many  dangers  in  entering  Cobscook  Bay  and  Pembroke 
River,  and  the  current,  which  runs  ver}-  strong,  sets  in  several  places 
on  to  them ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound  to  Pem- 
broke to  take  pilots  at  Eastport. 


St.  Oroix  River. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  about  N.  5^  W.  from  Eastport ; 
distance  about  10  miles.  About  h  fathoms  water  at  Lov  Tide  can 
be  carried  up  about  7^  miles  above  its  entrance ;  here,  the  River 
divides,  the  main  branch  turning  abruptly  to  the  Westward,  and 
running  with  some  changes  of  course  for  about  5^  miles  to  the 
town  of  Calais.  This  town  .s  built  on  the  South  bank  of  the 
River,  13  miles  above  its  mouth,  and  23  miles  from  Eastport. 
About  11  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  carried  up  to  Hackman's 
Point  (which  is  on  the  North  bank  of  this  River  about  2  miles 
below  Cala'.s),  and  6  feet  from  this  last  point  to  Calais. 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


279 


Dochet  Inland  Lighthouse, 

Uijon  Dochet  Island,  which  lies  about  6j^  rniles  from  the  mouth 
of  the  St.  Croi:.  River ;  and  nearly  in  the  middle,  is  a  Lighthouse 
which  shows  a  Fixed  Light  varied  b3'  flashes. 

Sailing  Directions  for  St.  Croix  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Eastport  Harbor  until  you  are  abreast  this  town  ;  then,  if 
you  intend  to  go  up  without  a  pilot,  and  have  the  tide  with  you, 
and  also  a  favorable  wind,  with  a  commanding  breeze,  keep  about 
250  yards  from  the  Wharves.  When  you  are  nearly  abreast  the 
Northern  part  of  the  town,  you  will  see  Dog  Island,  which  is  small. 
In  order  to  avoid  the  Whirls  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  passage, 
give  this  last-mentioned  Island  a  berth  of  200  yards,  leaving  it  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  past  Dog  Island,  steer  about  NW.  by  N. 
J^  N  for  Kendall's  Head;  distance  about  Ij^  miles.  Leave  this 
Head  about  350  yards  on  the  Port,  and  when  past  it  you  will  soon 
see  the  Black  Buoy  No.  1,  which  lies  off  the  Eastern  part  of  Frost's 
Ledges,  which  are  about  2  miles  above  Kendall's  Head,  opposite 
Clam  Cove  Head ;  leave  this  Buo}'^  on  the  Port,  and  steer  about 
N.  %  W.  5j/^  miles  across  Passamaquoddy  Ba}'  to  the  entrance  of 
the  River.  As  you  enter  this  River,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard 
the  Port  of  St.  Andrews,  and  likewise  a  low  sandj'  Island  South  of 
this  place  called  Navy  Island ;  the  Beacon  to  the  Northwest  of  it  is 
on  Nav}'  Island  Reef.  After  passing  this  Beacon,  keep  about  in 
the  middle  of  the  River,  passing  the  village  of  Robbiston.  As 
you  sail  up,  3'ou  will  see  the  Lighthouse,  which  is  on  Dochet  Island, 
nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  River,  and  also,  about  \%  miles  South 
of  this  Lighthouse,  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Southern  part  of  Middle 
Ground.  You  may  leave  this  Buoy  on  either  hand,  but  the  Chan- 
nel to  the  Eastward  of  the  Lighthouse  is  the  widest ;  you  will 
therefore  leave  this  Buoy  and  the  Red  Buoy  on  Half-Tide  Ledge, 
together  with  the  Lighthouse,  all  on  the  Port  hand.  After  passing 
this  Lighthouse  there  will  be  seen  to  the  Northward  of  it  another 
Red  Buoy,  which  must  be  left  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  this 
last  Buoy,  in  order  to  clear  the  Shoals  which  lie  off  Sandy  Point 
(which  is  on  the  Starboard  side),  steer  for  Devil's  Head,  which  is 
on  the  Western  side  of  the  River,  about  2  miles  above  the  Light- 


280 


ELDHIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


house ;  haul  close  round  this  Head,  and  when  past  it,  steer  about 
NW.,  leaving  two  Black  Buoys  close  to  on  the  Port  hand.  Tliis 
last  course  leads  up  to  the  Beacon  on  the  Ledge ;  this  Beacon  is 
3  miles  below  Calais,  and  in  going  up  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  It 
is  advisable  to  anchor  here,  where  you  can  lie  afloat  at  Low  Water, 
and  take  a  pilot  to  Calais. 


St.  Andrew's  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  well  sheltered,  and  has  from  12  to  14  feet 
water  in  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  on  the  East  side  of  the  entrance  to  the 
St.  Croix  River,  about  lOj^  miles  above  the  town  of  Eastport.  There 
are  two  entrances,  one  of  which  is  to  the  Northwest  of  Navy  Island, 
the  other  to  thd  Southeast  of  it ;  both  these  passages  are  narrow, 
and  have  but  little  water  in  them  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  St.  Andrew's  Harbor. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward  bound  to  this  harbor 
may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Easiport  Harbor  and  St. 
Croix  River  until  they  make  the  Beacon  off  the  Northwtist  part  of 
Nav}'  Island  Reef.  Leave  this  Beacon  about  Ys  mile  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  at  the  Southeastern  part  of 
the  town  bears  SE.  b}-  E.  ^  E.,  run  for  it,  passing  about  midway 
between  this  Beacon  and  the  Northern  shore  of  he  harbor,  and 
anchor  off  the  town.  If  it  is  Low  Tide  when  you  make  the  Beauon, 
anchor  about  y^  mile  Northwest  of  it  in  about  4  fathoms  water, 
and  wait  for  Flood  Tide. 

At  High  Water,  with  Southeasterly  winds,  j'ou  may  enter  this 
harbor  to  the  Southeastward  of  Navy  Island  by  the  following  direc- 
tions :  Leave  the  Southeast  point  of  this  last-named  Island  (which  is 
opposite  the  town)  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  the 
Lighthouse  at  the  Southeastern  part  of  the  town  bears  NW.  }'2 
W..  run  in  between  the  Beacons  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Light- 
house close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  off  the  town. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  St.  Andrew'c  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon  lOh,  50m.,  or  about  39  minutes  before  it 
is  at  Boston.     Common  Tiles  rise  about  23  feet. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


281 


There  is  another  entrance  to  Passamaquoddy  Bay  called  the 
Lettte  Pass.  This  Pass  bears  NW.  by  N.  from  the  Lighthouse  on 
the  South  Wolf  Island,  distance  about  10  miles.  This  last-named 
Channel  is  narrow,  and  has  a  number  of  dangers  at  the  entrance, 
and  also  within  it.  Strangers  bound  to  St.  Andrew's  should  there- 
fore go  by  the  way  of  Eastport. 


Bliss  Harbor. 

The  Western  entrance  to  this  excellent  Harbor  bears  from  the 
Lighthouse  at  East  Quoddy  Head  NE. ;  distance  about  4  miles. 
It  has  two  entrances,  one  of  which  is  to  the  Westward  of  Bliss 
Island,  the  other  to  the  Eastward. 

JBU88  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Bliss  Island,  Southeastern  side  of  entrance  to  this  harbor, 
is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  firom  Bliss  Island  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
East  Quoddy  Het»d  Lighthouse,      .     SW.  J^  W.,  •      4j4  miles. 
Lighthouse  at  South  Wolf  Island,  .     SE.  by  S.  J4  S.,   7         " 
Lighthouse  at  Point  Lepreau,     .     .     E.  by  S.,  .      .17         " 

Sailing  Directions  for  Bliss  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  East- 
port  Harbor  (by  Ship  Channel)  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse  at 
East  Quoddy  Head.  Leave  this  Lighthouse  about  1^  miles  on  the 
Port,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.  until  the  Lighthouse  at 
Bliss  Harbor  bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leav- 
ing the  Island  called  tht.  White  Horse  and  also  the  Ledges  called 
the  North  and  South  Rocks  well  to  the  Westward.  In  order  to 
avoid  the  shoal  water  which  extends  off  Southwest  from  the  Light- 
house point,  give  it  a  berth  of  about  ^  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  East- 
ward. When  the  Lighthouse  bears  East,  haul  up  into  the  harbor, 
and  in  order  to  avoid  Man-of-War  Rocks,  which  bear  from  the 
Lighthouse  NE.  by  N.  about  %  mile,  and  are  bare  at  Half-Tide, 


282 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


follow  the  shore  on  Starboard  hand  (which  is  quite  bold),  keep, 
ing  about  160  yards  in,.»  it.  When  Fisherman's  Cove  opens,  which 
is  the  first  to  the  fjouthward  after  passing  the  Lighthouse,  haul  in 
midway,  and  anchor  in  about  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  The 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  anchorage  W.  by  S. ;  distance  about 
^  mile. 

Coming  from  the  Southeastward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  on  the 
South  Wolf  Island  from  >^  to  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
make  good  the  course  N-NW.  for  Bliss  Island  Lighthouse.  When 
the  Lighthouse  at  this  harbor  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  N.NW., 
and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

From  the  Eastward,  with  Easterly  winds,  bound  to  Bliss  Har< 
bor,  you  ma}'  enter  it  by  the  Eastern  Passage  by  the  following 
directions.  Leave  the  Lighthouse  at  Point  Lepreau  about  1^ 
miles  to  the  Northward,  and  when  it  bears  N.  by  E.,  steer  about 
W.  by  N.  K  N.,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  at  Beaver  Harbor  on  the 
Starboard,  and  the  East  Wolf  Island  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
3'ou  make  the  Lighthouse  on  the  East  side  of  entrance  to  L'Etang 
Harbor,  which  is  about  2  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Lighthouse 
on  Bliss  Island,  continue  the  course  until  L'Etang  Light  bears 
NW.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it.  Give  this  Light  a  berth  of  about  }( 
mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  in  about  N.NW., 
leaving  several  Rocks,  some  of  which  are  only  bare  at  Half-Tide, 
on  the  Port,  and  the  Roaring  Bull  (which  lies  about  300  yards 
Northwest  from  the  Lighthouse,  and  is  awash  at  High  Water)  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Port  Mink 
Island,  which  is  small,  and  bears  from  the  Lighthouse  W.  by  N. : 
haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  250  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Port,  and 
when  it  bears  South,  steer  about  W.  by  S.,  leaving  Flea  Island, 
which  is  also  small,  on  the  Starboard.  When  past  this  last-named 
Island,  run  for  the  Lighthouse  on  Bliss  Island,  bearing  SW.  by 
W.,  until  Fisherman's  Cove,  which  is  the  first  on  the  Port  hand, 
opens ;  then  run  in,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 


Sigh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Bliss  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  llh.  15m.,  or  about  14  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  22  feet. 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


L'Etang  Harbor. 


283 


The  entrance  to  thb  Harbor  is  NE.  by  E.  6  miles  ft-om  the  Light- 
house at  East  Quoddy  Head,  and  W.  by  N.  X  N.  from  Point 
Lepreau  Lighthouse ;  distance  15  miles. 

I*ea  Island  Lighthouse* 

Upon  Pea  Island,  East  side  of  entrance  to  L'Etang  Harbor,  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  at  this  date  shows  a  Green  Fixed  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distanoea  from  Pea  Island  Lighthouse. 

Dlitanoe. 
East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse      .    SW.  by  W.,    .      6j4  miles. 
Lighthouse  on  South  Wolf  Island,     S.  ^  E.,      .     .      7         »* 
Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse,  .     .     .     E.  by  S.  ^  S.,      1^>^      *' 

Sailing  Direotions  for  L'Etang  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  East- 
port  Harbor,  by  Ship  Channel,  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse  at 
East  Quoddy  Head.  Leave  this  Lighthouse  about  1^  miles  on  the 
Port,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  1  .,  leaving  the  White 
Horse  and  the  Ledges  called  the  North  and  Ijouth  Rocks,  and  also 
Bliss  Island  Lighthouse,  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When  the  Light- 
house at  the  entrance  of  L'Etang  Harbor  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
N.NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  ^  mile  from  the 
Lighthouse ;  then  haul  in  for  a  high  Bluff  (on  the  West  side  of  the 
entrance),  bearing  N.  by  W.  J^  W.,  leaving  the  Colt  and  Mare 
Rocks  (the  former  of  which  is  bare  at  Half-Tide)  on  the  Port,  and 
the  Rock  called  the  Roaring  Bull,  which  lies  a  short  distance  North- 
west from  the  Lighthouse,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  the  Light- 
house bears  E.SE.,  steer  ^T.  by  E.  until  it  bears  S.SE. ;  on  which 
bearing  keep  it,  and  run  N.NW.,  passing  about  midway  between 
McCann  Island  and  L'Etang  Head  ;  the  shore  of  the  latter,  which 
is  on  the  Starboard,  is  very  bold.  When  past  this  last-named 
Head,  steer  about  N.  }i  W.,  and  anchor  at  Low.  Tide  in  from  7  to 
9  fathoms  water,  the  Southeastern  part  of  the  town  bearing  from 
NE.  by  E.  to  E.NE. 

Vessels  from  the  Westward,  with  Southerly  or  Westerly  winds, 
bound  to  L'Etang  Harbor,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given 


284 


ELDRIDQE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


for  Bliss  Harbor  until  past  Man-of-War  Rock  (which  bears  NE.  by 
N.  from  tlio  Lighthouse  on  Bliss  Island,  distance  %  mile,  and  ia 
bare  at  Half-Tide)  ;  then  steer  about  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  IcAving 
Flea  and  McCann's  Islands,  which  are  both  bold,  on  the  Port  hand. 
"When  L'Ktang  Lighthouse  bears  S-SE.,  steer  N.NW.,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  this  harbor. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  the  Lighthouse  at  Point  Leprcau  about 
V/i  miles  to  the  Northward,  and  when  it  bears  N.  by  E.,  steor 
about  W.  by  N.  %  N.,  leaving  thp  Lighthouse  at  Beaver  Harbor 
on  the  Starboard,  and  the  East  Wolf  Island  well  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  you  make  the  Lighthouse  on  the  East  side  of  entrance  to 
L'Etang,  which  is  about  2  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Lighthouse 
at  Bliss  Harbor,  continue  the  course  until  L'Etang  Light  bears  NW. 
by  N. ;  then  run  for  it.  Give  this  Light  a  berth  of  about  ^  mile, 
leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  in  about  N.NW.,  leav- 
ing several  Rocks,  some  of  which  are  only  bare  at  Half-Tide,  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  the  Roaring  Bull,  which  lies  about  300  yards 
Northwest  fVom  the  Lighthouse  (and  is  awash  at  High  Water) ,  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  this  last  danger,  haul  more 
Northerly  until  the  Lighthouse  bears  S.SE. ;  then  steer  N.NW., 
and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  L'Etang  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  llh.  16m.,  or  about  13  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  23  feet. 


Wolf  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Southeast  point  of  Southwest  Wolf  Island  is  a  Light- 
house which  shows  a  White  Light  which  revolves  every  1%  min- 
utes ;  this  Lighthouse  is  square,  and  is  painted  White. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Light  on  Southwest  Wolf  Island. 

Distanoa. 
West  Quoddy  Head,     ...      W.  by  S..  ?<  S-,    .     12      miles 
Fog  Whistle  on  Northeastern  part 

of  Grand  Menan,  .  .  .  SW.  by  S.,  .  .  .  9  " 
East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W.  %  W.,  7j^  " 
Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse,      .    E.  by  N.  ^  Nm     •     1^         " 


ELDRIDOB'8  COAST  PILOT. 


2S5 


Dangers. 

The  Southern  part  of  this  Island  is  bold,  and  may  be  approached 
as  near  as  /$  milo  without  danger. 

Point  Lepreau  lAghthouae. 

Upon  Point  Lepreau  are  two  Fixed  Lights,  one  above  the  other. 
The  Lighthouse  is  painted  in  Red  and  White  Horizontal  stripes. 

Bearings  and  Diatanoes  ttoxa  Point  Lepreau  Lights. 

Steam  Whistle  on  Northern  part 

of  Grand  Menan  Island,  .     .    SW.  by  W.  Jj(  W.,  21^  miles. 

Lighthouse  on  South  Wolf  Island,  W.  by  S.  ^  Sm     •     14        " 
Revolving  Red  and  White  Light 

at  Cape  Spencer,    ....  E., 25 

Lighthouse  at  Point  Prim,  Digby 

Gut, SB.  by  3.,    .     .     .  36 

Isle  Haut  Lighthouse,     .    .     .  E.  ^  S.,  •     •    •    •  64 


u 


Stettfn  Whistle, 

A  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which  is  sounded 
twice  a  minute  in  thick  weather. 

Dangers. 

Point  Lepreau  is  very  bold  off  its  Southern  part ;  the  only  danger 
near  it  is  a  Ledge,  which  has  12  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
This  danger  bears  f^om  the  Lighthouse  NW.  by  W.  %  W. ;  dis- 
tance about  %  mile. 


Beaver  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  bears  fVora  the  Lighthouse  at  East 
Quoddy  Head  about  E.NB.,  distance  9}^  miles,  and  W.  by  N.  }4 
N.,  11  miles  from  Point  Lepreau  Lights. 

Beaver  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

On  Drew's  Head,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Beaver  Harbor,  is  • 
Lighthouse  which  shows  a  IBixed  White  Light. 


286 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Beaver  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  "Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  East- 
port  Harbor  by  way  of  Ship  Channel,  until  you  make  the  Lighthouse 
at  East  Quoddy  Head.  Leave  this  Lighthouse  about  2  miles  on 
the  Port,  and  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  E.  J4  E.,  leaving  the 
Island  called  the  White  Horse,  and  also  Bliss  and  L'Etang  Harbor 
Lights,  on  the  Port,  and  the  Wolf  Islands  well  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  When  the  Lighthouse  at  Beaver  Harbor  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  N.  by  W.  Vz  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  you 
judge  you  are  about  Yi  mile  from  it ;  then  steer  more  Northerly, 
leaving  the  Lighthouse  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward,  and 
anchor  on  the  Western  side,  close  in  to  the  village,  in  about  2 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  give  Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse  a  berth  of 
about  ^  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  W.  by  N. 
y^  N.,  leaving  the  Eastern  Wolf  Island  well  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  Beaver  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  N.NW.,  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

This  harbor  is  exposed  to  Southerly  winds,  but  vessels  will  find 
shelter  on  the  Western  side,  close  to  the  village.  A  sunken  Rock 
lies  about  S-  by  E.  from  the  Lighthouse ;  distance  about  300  yards. 
There  is  also  a  shoal  spot  of  13  feet  about  yi  mile  Northeasterly 
from  this  Lighthouse. 

Sigh,   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Beaver  Harbor  about  10  minutes  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  22  feet. 


Musquash  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  bears  from  Point  Lepreau  Light- 


house E.  by  N.,  distance  10^  miles,  and  W. 
Spencer  Lighthouse,  distance  14^  miles. 


N.  from  Cape 


ELDRIDCfE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


MuBQuaah  Harhwi*  Idghthmise, 


287 


Upon  the  Eastern  point  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  a  Lights 
house  which  shows  from  seaward  a  Green  Fixed  Light,  and 
White  in  the  harbor.* 

Hemarka, 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  about  J^  mile  wide,  and  there  is 
good  anchorage  a  little  way  in,  with  3^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide ;  but 
farther  in  a  Bar  extends  across  the  harbor,  upon  which  there  is  but 
little  water  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  can  cross  this  Bar  at  High 
Water,  and  nin  into  the  River,  where  there  is  a  narrow  Channel 
having  from  2  to  3  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Musquash  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  give  Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse  a  berth  of 
about  ^  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Northward.  When  it  bears  North, 
make  good  the  course  E.  %  N.  10  miles,  or  until  Musquash  Har- 
bor Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
When  the  Harbor  is  fairly  open,  ruu  in  about  N.  by  E.,  keeping 
nearest  the  Lighthouse,  which  is  1  ift  on  the  Starboard,  and  anchor 
in  about  3}^  fathoms  water  at  Low  I'ide.  The  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  anchorage  (which  is  exposed  to  Southerly  winds)  S.SE. 
about  }4  mile.     Farther  in  the  water  is  shoal  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  give  Cape  Speni  er  a  berth  of  about  1  mile, 
leaving  it  to  the  Northward.  When  the  Lighthouse  bears  North, 
make  good  the  course  W.  ^  N.  14^  miles,  or  until  the  Lighthouse 
on  the  East  side  of  Musquash  Harbor  bears  N.  by  W. ;  then  run 
in,  and  anchor  as  before  directed* 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Musquash  Harbor  about  the  same  time  as  at 
Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  24  feet. 


Harbor  of  St.  John. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  by  Ship  Channel,  is  Northeast- 
erly about  47  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  at  West  Quoddy  Head, 

♦  A  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  moored  in  about  30  fathoms  water,  about 
li  miles  Soutil  flrom  Musquash  Lighthouse.  Partridge  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  NE.  by  E.  f  E.  lOi  miles;  Cape  Spencer  Lig'.t- 
house  E.  i  N.  14  miles. 


288 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


and  about  21  miles  in  the   same  direction  flrom  Point   Lepreau 
Lights. 

J?artridge  Inland  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Partridge  Island,  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  is  a  Lighthouse 
which  is  painted  in  Red  and  White  Vertical  stripes,  and  shows  a 
fixed  White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Lighthouse  upon  Partridge 

Island. 

Distance. 

Bryer's  Island  Lighthouse,      .     .     SW.  by  S-,    •     •     61     miles. 
Boar's  Head   (entrance   to  Petit 

Pass), SW.byS.  ^S.,     51        « 

Prim  Point  (entrance   to  Digby 

Gut), S 35J^     " 

Steam  Whistle. 

A  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse  which  sounds 
in  thick  weather  10  seconds  every  minute. 

Breakwater  Light, 

At  this  date  a  Red  fixed  Light  is  placed  on  the  outer  end  of  the 
Breakwater  off  Negro  Point.  This  Light,  which  bears  from  Par- 
tridge Island  Lighthouse  N.  by  W.,  distance  ^  mile,  is  said  to  be 
uncertain. 

8t,  John  Harbor  Light, 

To  the  Northward  of  Partridge  Island,  on  a  Spit  or  Bar,  which 
extends  off  nearly  ^  mile  from  the  Western  sTiore,  is  erected  n 
Lighthouse  which  is  painted  in  Red  and  White  Vertical  stripes,  and 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Lighthouse  bears  from  Partridge 
Island  Light  N.  by  E.  ^  E. ;  distance  nearly  1  mile. 

Remarks, 

There  are  two  entrances  to  this  Harbor.  The  Ship  Channel,  which 
has  a  depth  of  about  16  feet  at  very  Low  Tides,  leads  into  the 
Eastward  of  Partridge  Island ;  but  12  feet  of  water,  however,  at 
Low  Tide,  can  be  carried  through  it  on  a  direct  course  for  the  Har- 
bor Light.  The  other  passage,  which  is  to  the  Westward  of  Par- 
tridge Island,  has  about  8  feet  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide. 


?^ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


289 


Sailing  Directions  for  the  Harbor  of  St.  John  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  when  past  Mount  Desert  Rock,  which  may 
be  left  about  a  mile  on  either  hand,  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear 
SW.  by  W.   54   W.,  and   steer  NE.  by  E.   3^  E.  for  Point 
Lepreau  Lighthouse ;  distance  98  miles.    If  this  course  is  made  good, 
the  large  Buoy  off  Southeast  Rock,  painted  in  Red  and  Black  Hori- 
zontal stripes,  and  which  bears  S-E.   by  S.^  S.  4  miles  from 
Petit  Menan  Lighthouse,  will  be  left  6  miles  on  the  Port  hand ; 
the  Whistling  Buoy,  which  lies  S.  by  W.  2  miles  from  Mcose-A-Bec 
Lighthouse,  3  miles  on  the  Port ;  Libby  Island  Lighthouse,  4j4 
miles  on  the  Port ;  Little  River  Lighthouse,  2^  miles  on  the  Port ; 
West  Quoddy  Head  Lightliouse,  3i^  miles  on  the  Port;  and  the 
Lighthouse  on  the  South  Wolf  Island,  2^  miles  on  the  Port  hand. 
Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses  will  be  left  about  6^  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand  ;  Northern  part  of  Grand  Menan  Island,  which  is 
bold  and  free  from  dangers,  about  2^  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  Point  Lepreau  Lights  are  made,  bring  them  to  bear  NE.  by 
B.  ^  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.     Give  this  Lighthouse  a 
berth  of  about  1  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port,  and  when  it  bears 
North,  make  good  the  course  about  E.   Yz  N.  along  the  shore, 
keeping  not  less  than  ^   mile  from  it.     When  Partridge  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  NE.  b}-  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course.     If 
intending  to  enter  the  Harbor  by  the  Ship  Channel,  give  Partridge 
Island  a  berth  of  Y^  mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Westward ;  and  in  order 
to  avoid  the  Reefs  which  lie  to  the  Northeast  of  this  Island,  keep  a 
sharp  lookout  for  the  Bell  Boat,  which  bears  from  Partridge  Island 
Lighthouse  E.   J^  S. ;  distance  about  Yi   ^i'®*     When  this  Bell 
Boat  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port,  and  steer  N.  by  W. 
As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  a  Red  Buoy,  which  is  left  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  past  it,  steer  North  for  the  Harbor 
Lighthouse,  which  may  be  left  about  100  yards  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  past  the  Lighthouse,  make  good  the  course  N-  J4  W.  up  '  \% 
harbor.     In  order  to  avoid  the  deep  water  and  strong  current, 
anchor  close  in  near  the  Northern  part  of  the  city,  or  a  little  below 
the  Southern  Wharves  on  the  West  side  of  the  river,  in  from  3 
to  5  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.     About  12  feet  water  may  be  taken  in 
on  the  above  courses  at  Low  Tide. 

If  you  intend  to  enter  the  Harbor  to  the  Westward  of  Partridge 


■• 


290 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


Island,  follow  the  directions  before  given  until  the  Lighthouse 
on  this  last-named  Island  bears  NE.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  it  oa 
this  course  until  you  make  the  outer  end  of  the  Breakwater  off 
Negro  Point ;  then  haul  to  the  Westward  until  the  end  of  the  Break- 
water bears  NE.  J4  N. ;  then  run  for  it,  and  leave  it  close  to  on 
the  Port.  When  past  it,  steer  NE.  ^  N.  for  a  Red  Buoy ;  leave 
this  Buoy  close  to  on  the  Starboard  and  run  for  the  Harbor  Light, 
bearing  North,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given.  About 
8  feet  water  can  be  carried  through  this  passage  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  after  passing  Cape  Spencer  Lighthouse, 
bring  the  Lighthouse  on  Partridge  Island  to  bear  N.  by  W.  y^ 
W.,  and  run  for  it  until  about  yi  mile  from  it ;  then  steer  about  N. 
by  B.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Bell  Boat,  which  lies  to  the 
Eastward  of  Partridge  Island  Reef.  When  this  is  made,  leave  it 
close  to  on  tlie  Port,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Sailing  Directions  for  the  Harbor  of  St.  John,  at 
Night-time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

If  a  vessel  at  Night,  with  favorable  winds,  take  her  departure 
from  Mount  Desert  Rock  Light,  bound  to  St.  John,  her  best  course 
is  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  for  Point  Lepreau  ;  distance  98  miles.  If  this 
course  is  made  good,  the  Fixed  Light,  varied  by  White  Flashes, 
upon  Petit  Menan  Island,  will  be  left  10  miles  to  the  Northward  ; 
15  miles  farther,  the  Flashing  Light  upon  Mistake  Island,  5  miles  to 
Northward  ;  the  Fixed  White  Light  on  Libby  Island,  4^  miles  to 
the  Northward ;  the  Fixed  Light  varied  by  White  Flashes,  *  at 
Little  River,  2^  miles  to  the  Northward ;  the  Fixed  White  Light 
at  West  Quoddy  Head,  Z]{,  miles  to  the  Northward  ;  the  Revolving 
Light  upon  the  South  Wolf  Island,  2^  miles  to  the  Northward. 
After  passing  this  last-named  Light,  you  will  mak  the  two  Fixed 
Lights,  one  above  the  other^  upon  Point  Lepreau.  On  this  course, 
NE.  by  E.  ^  E.,  from  Mount  Desert  Rock  Light,  the  Machias 
Seal  Island  Lights  will  be  left  654!  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand  ;  the 
Northern  part  of  Grand  Menan  Island,  which  is  bold  and  free  from 
dangers,  2^  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

In  running  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  from  Mount  Desert  Rock 
Light  to  Point  Lepreau,  if  you  judge  your  vessel  is  off  the  line  of 
the  above  course,  you  can  haul  more  Northerly  or  Southerly  as 
circumstances  require. 


ELDBIDOE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


291 


From  Point  Lepreau  Lights  to  St.  John  Harbor. 

At  Night,  when  the  two  Fixed  Lights,  one  above  the  other,  are 
made,  upon  Point  Lepreau,  give  theni  a  berth  of  about  lj4  miles, 
leaving  them  on  the  Port  hand ;  and  as  soon  as  they  bear  North 
make  good  the  course  E.  j4  N.  for  the  Revolving  Red  and  White 
Light  at  Cape  Spencer,  distance  26  miles.     On  this  course,  the 
Green  Fixed  Light  at  Musquash  Harbor  will  be  left  about  2J4  miles 
on  the  Port  hand.     When  Cape  Spencer  Light  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  E.  ^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  the  Fixed  White 
Light  on  Partridge   Island,  entrance  to  the  harbor  of  St.  John, 
bears  N.NE. ;  then  steer  NE.  by  N.     As  you  sail  in,  you  will 
see,  a  short  distance  to  the  Northward  of  the  Light  on  Partridge 
Island,  the  Red  Fixed  Light  upon  the  outer  end  of  the  Breakwater, 
and  also  the  Harbor  Light,  which  is  a  fixed  White  Light.     Con- 
tinue the  course  NE.  by  N.  until  this  last-named  Light  bears  N. 
^  W. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Partridge  Island 
Light  about  }4  mile  on  the  Port.     Give  the  Harbor  Light  a  berth 
of  about  100  yards,ileaving  it  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good 
the  course  N.  }4  W.  up  the  harbor,  and  anchor  off  the  city. 

In  entering  this  Harbor  at  Night,  after  passing  Partridge  Island 
Light,  a  careful  attention  to  the  current  is  necessary.  It  is  also  a 
good  plan  to  have  plenty  of  chain  overhauled,  as  the  water  in  the 
harbor  is  very  deep  in  some  places. 

Vessels  of  more  than  12  feet  draught,  bound  into  the  harbor  of 
St.  John,  should  not  atcempt  to  cross  the  Bar  until  at  least  }^ 


Flood. 


Tliick  Weather, 


In  sailing  from  Mount  Desert  Rock  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  in  thick 
weather,  captains  will  bear  in  mind  that  at  this  time  (1880)  there  is 
placed  at  Petit  Menan  Lighthouse  a  Fog  Whistle  ;  about  2  miles  S. 
by  W.  from  Moose- A-Bec  Lighthouse,  a  Whistling  Buoy;  at 
Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,  a  Fog  Whistle  ;  at  West  Quoddy 
Head,  a  Fog  Whistle  ;  at  Bishop's  Head,  Northern  part  of  Grand 
Menan,  a  Fog  Whistle  ;  at  Point  Lepreau,  a  Fog  Whistle  ;  and  at 
Partridge  Island,  entrance  to  the  Harbor  of  St.  John,  a  Fog 
Whistle.  All  these,  in  thick  weather,  should  be  heard  from  5  to 
10  miles ;  therefore,  in  navigating  this  part  of  the  coast,  the  ear, 
assisted  by  the  compass  and  lead,  will  be  pil  ^ 


292 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  the  Harbor  of  St.  John  on  the  days  of  the 
Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  llh.  21m. ;  or  about  8  minutta 
before  it  is  at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  25  feet. 


Grand  Menan. 

This  Island,  which  is  about  12  miles  in  length,  has  a  width  of 
from  1^  to  6  miles.  On  its  Western  side  the  cliffs  are  nearly  per- 
pendicular, and  from  150  to  400  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

Dangers. 

Off  the  Western  part  of  Grand  Menan,  from  its  Northeast  to 
Southwest  Heads,  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  a  few  Rocks 
which  lie  near  the  Southwest  Head,  close  in  with  the  shore ;  but 
there  are  many  Rocks,  Shoals,  and  Ledges  which  lie  off  to  the 
Southwest,  Southward,  Southeast,  and  Eastward  of  this  Island. 
The  current  of  Ebb  and  Flood  sets  very  strong  across  these  Ledges, 
making  the  navigation,  especially  in  thick  weather,  extremel}'  dan- 
gerous in  this  vicinity.  A  better  knowledge  of  these  dangers  can  be 
obtained  by  closely  inspecting  the  charts  than  by  any  written  de- 
scription. 


Seal  Cove,  or  Wood  Island  Harbor. 

This  Harbor,  which  has  a  depth  of  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water  in 
it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  near  the  Southern  part  of  Grand  Menan,  and 
is  easy  of  access. 

Gull  Head  Lighthouse,  ^ 

Upon  Gull  Head  (Southwest  part  of  Grand  Menan),  West  side 
of  entrance  to  Seal  Cove,  is  a  Lighthouse  which  shows  a  flashing 
Red  and  White  Light. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


293 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Gull  Head  Lighthouse. 


West  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse, 
Little  River  Lighthouse,  .     .     . 
Macbias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses, 
Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse,      .     . 


Distance. 
N.  5^  B.,    .     .     13      miles. 
NW.  by  W.,  .     13 
W.  by  S.  Yz  S.,   10^      " 
SE.  by  S.  Yz  S.,    lYi      " 


Sailing  Directions  for  Seal  Cove  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  on  Gull  Head  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  E.  by  S.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  ;  haul 
round  this  Lighthouse  at  a  distance  of  about  ^  mile,  leaving  it  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  the  harbor  is  fairly  open,  bearing  about  NE., 
run  in,  and  in  order  to  avoid  Buck's  Ledge,  which  lies  off  about  Yi 
mile  from  the  Western  side,  a  little  above  the  entrance,  and  is  left 
on  the  Port  hand,  keep  nearly'  midwa}'  the  entrance,  and  anchor  near 
the  Western  shore,  at  the  head  of  the  harbor,  in  about  5  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide,  and  8  at  High  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  the  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  J^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  the  Spindle  on  the  Old  Propi'ietor  about  1)^  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand  ;  give  the  last-named  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  about 
Y2  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand.  When  it  bears  SE.  by  S.  j^ 
S.,  keep  it  on  this  bearing,  and  steer  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.  for  Gull 
Head  Lighthouse,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

In  beating  into  this  harbor,  after  passing  Buck's  Rock  (before 
described),  there  are  no  dangers  near  the  Western  shore,  and  it 
may  be  approached  at  a  distance  of  ^  mile  without  danger. 

Sigh   Water* 

It  is  High  Water  at  Seal  Cove  (or  Wood  Island  Harbor)  on  the 
days  of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  lOh.  54m.,  or  about 
35  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.     Common  Tides  rise  about  1ft 

feet. 


294 


ELDRIDGE'S  COaST  PILOT. 


Grand  Harbor. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Southeastern  part 
of  Grand  Menan  Island,  is  about  7  miles  East  Northerly  from  Gull 
Head  Lighthouse,  and  about  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.  8  miles  from  Gan- 
net  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Remarks, 

About  9  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  this  harbor  at  Low  Tide, 
and  there  is  a  ndrrow  Channel  of  about  12  feet  water  a  short  dis- 
tance above  the  Lighthouse.  Above  this  the  water  is  shoal,  but 
vessels  may  lie  aground  on  mud  secure  from  all  winds. 

Grand  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Ross  Island,  East  side  of  entrance  to  Grand  Harbor,  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Lighthouse 
bears  from  Ganhet  Rock  Lighthouse  NE.  by  N.  ^  N. ;  distance 
9j4  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Grand  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  as  soon  as  Gull  Head  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  E.  by  S.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Give  this 
Lighthouse  a  berth  of  nbout  y^  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  make  good  the  course  E.  by  S.  J^  S.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will 
see  on  the  Port  hand  the  Wood  Islands,  the  largest  of  which  is 
quite  high,  and  nearly  ahead  will  also  be  seen  the  Three  Islands. 
The  best  Channel  into  Grand  Harbor,  which  is  about  l}(  miles 
wide,  is  between  the  Wood  Islands  and  Three  Islands.  When  this 
passage  is  fairly  open,  run  in,  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing  about 
NE.,  keeping  about  midway  the  passage,  leaving  Green  Island, 
which  is  small,  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  well  past  this  last- 
named  Island,  haul  more  Easterly  until  the  Lighthouse  bears  NE. 
by  N. ;  then,  with  the  harbor  fairly  open,  run  in,  keeping  nearost 
the  Lighthouse,  and  anchor  about  }4  niile  above  it  in  about  2  fath- 
oms water  at  Low  Tide,  and  5  at  High  Tide.  Above  this  the  water 
is  shoal.  A  short  distance  below  the  Lighthouse,  in  nearl}'  mid- 
channel,  there  is  said  to  be  a  Rock.  Strangers  entering  this  harbor 
at  Low  Tide  should  therefore  shorten  sail,  and  proceed  with  cau- 
tion. 

From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  the  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  is 


Upon  Swallo 


Bearings  ai 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


29n 


made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  J4  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  the  Spindle  on  the  Old  Proprietor  about  1%  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand ;  give  the  last-named  Lighthouse  a  berth  of  about 
1^  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand.  When  it  bears  South,  keep 
it  on  this  bearing,  and  steer  North  until  the  passage  between  the 
Wood  Islands  and  Three  Islands  is  fairly  open ;  then  run  in  as 
before  directed. 

In  beating  in,  keep  about  midway  between  the  Wood  Islands 
and  Three  Islands,  as  there  are  Ledges  which  extend  otf  some  dis- 
tance from  them. 

Vessels  of  more  than  9  feet  draught  bound  into  Grand  Harbor 
should  anchor  near  its  mouth  in  from  5  to  8  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide,  and  wait  until  at  least  }{  Flood  before  attempting  to  enter  it. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Grand  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  llh.  9m.,  or  about  20  minutes  before  it  is 
In  Boston.    Common  Tides  rise  about  19  feet. 


Flag  Cove. 

This  deep  Cove,  which  is  easy  of  access,  is  situated  upon  the 
Northern  side  of  Long  Island  Bay,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Grand  Menan  Island,  about  2j^  miles  from  its  Northeast  Head. 

Swallow  Tail  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Swallow  Tail,  north  side  of  entrance  to  Flag  Cove,  is  a 
Lighthouse  which  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Swallow  Tail  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,      .     N.  by  W.,  .     .     13      miles. 
South  Wolf  Lighthouse,  .     .     .     .    N.  by  E.  J^  E.,    10^      " 
Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse,    .     .     .     NE.  >^  E.,      .     21 
Cape  Spencer  Lighthouse,     .     .     .     E.  by  N.  ^  N.,  44 
Point  Prim  Lighthouse,  entrance  to 
DigbyGut, E.SE.,    ...    41 


(( 
(( 


ti 


296 


ELDBIDOES  COAST   PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Flag  Cove  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  East- 
port  Harbor  (by  Ship  Channel)  until  Bishop  Head,  the  Northeast 
part  of  Grand  Menan,  bears  E.  by  S. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this 
course.  Lea\e  this  last-named  Head  about  ^  milo  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  steer  about  S-SE.,  and  haul  round  the  Lighthouse 
on  the  Swallow  Tail  at  a  distance  of  about  >^  mile,  leaving  Flag 
Point,  which  is  the  first  point  to  the  Westward  of  the  Lighthouse, 
about  Yi  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  After  passing  this  last- 
named  point,  haul  in  to  the  Northwestward,  and  as  soon  as  you 
strike  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  which  will  be  7  at  High  Tide, 
anchor  with  the  outer  part  of  Flag  Point  bearing  about  E.NE. 

From  the  Eastward,  run  for  the  Lighthouse  on  Swallow  Tail  on 
any  bearing  from  SW.  to  NW.,  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

In  beating  into  this  Cove  the  only  danger  to  be  avoided  is  a  Ledge 
of  Rocks  which  lies  off  about  ^  mile  Southeast  from  Flag's  Point, 
and  is  bare  at  ^  Ebb. 

This  Cove  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Southeasterly  winds,  but  the 
holding-ground  is  excellent. 


Whale  Cove. 

This  deep  Cove,  which  is  exposed  to  Northeasterly  winds,  is 
about  \y2  miles  Southeasterly  from  the  Northeast  Head  of  Grand 
Menan.  Vessels  beating  down  the  Bay  maj'  anchor  here,  and  wait 
for  the  turning  of  the  Tide.  The  best  anchorage  is  in  from  10  to 
15  fathoms  water^  about  yi  mile  from  shore.  Vessels  entering  this 
Cove  should  always  sound  before  letting  the  anchor  go. 

Steam  WJiistle, 

On  Bishop  Head,  Northeastern  part  of  Grand  Menan,  is  a  Steam 
Whistle,  which  sounds  in  thick  weather.  West  Quodd}'  Head 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Steam  Whistle  NW.  by  W.  %  W., 
distance  7%  miles ;  East  Quoddy  Head  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W., 
distance  10^  miles ;  Lighthouse  on  South  Wolf  Island,  NE.  by 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


297 


N.  /i  N.,  distance  9  miles  ;  Point  Lepreau  Lights,  NE.  by  E.  j^ 
E.,  distance  20^  miles. 

Anchorage, 

There  are  several  more  good  places  of  anchorage  upon  both  the 
Eastern  and  Southeastern  part  of  Grand  Menan  Island,  but  in  no 
case  should  vessels  attempt  to  enter  them  without  a  pilot. 

Currenta, 

The  currents  around  Grand  Mcnan  Island,  especially  near  its 
Southern,  Southeastern  and  Eastern  parts,  run  very  strong. 
Vessels  should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to  navigate  in  this  vicinity 
without  a  commanding  breeze. 


Gape  Spencer  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Cape  Spencer,  Northern  side  of  Bay  of  Fundy,  is  a 
square  white  building  with  tower  on  top,  which  at  this  date 
(1884)  shows  a  Revolving  Bed  and  White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  tcoxa  Cape  Spenoer  Lighthouse. 

Diata&oe. 
Revolving  Light  upon  South- 
west Wolf  Island,    .     .     .     W-  J^  S.,      .     .     .    38  >4  miles. 

Swallow     Tail      Lighthouse 

(NE.  part  Grand  Manan) ,     W.  by  S.  54  S.,  •     .     U% 

Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse,      .     SW.  by  W.  J<  W.,    65  J^ 

Boar's  Head  Lighthouse  (en- 
trance to  Petit  Passage) ,  .     SW.  byS.,    ...     50 

Point  Prim  Lighthouse  (en- 
trance to  Annapolis  Basin) ,     S.  5iW.,      .     . 


t( 


Haute  Island  Lighthouse, 
Quaco  Head  Lighthouse,  . 
Quaco  Ledge,     .     .     .     . 
Sisters  Ledge,     .    .     .     . 


E.byS.  J^S., 

E*  yi  If.)  .    . 


31J^ 

39 

18 


E.byS.  ^S., nearly    23^ 
E.  by  N.,  nearly     .      6^ 


298 


SLDBIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Quaco  Head  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Quaco  Head,  Northern  side  of  Bay  of  Fondy,  la  a 
Tower,  painted  white,  with  keeper's  dwelling  attached.  At  thi» 
date  (1884)  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  Revolving  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Quaco  Head  Lighthouse. 


Cape  Spencer  Lighthouse,  . 
Point  Piim  Lighthouse  (en- 
trance to  Annapolis  Basin) , 
Haute  Island  Lighthouse, 
Apple  River  Lighthouse,  .  . 
Cape  Enrage  Lighthouse, 
Quaco  Ledge, 


Dlstanoe. 

W.  J4  s., .   .   . 

.     18      m 

SW.  byS.,    .     . 

.     40 

SE.  byE.  ^E., 

.     22^ 

E'  /^  S.,    •     .     . 

.     80 

E.  ^N.,  .    .    . 

.     86K     ' 

SE.  by  S.,  nearly 

.       8y^     ' 

ti 


u 


u 


(( 


u 


Inlets  between  Cape  Spencer  and  Quaoo  Head. 

Between  Cape  Spencer  and  Quaco  Head,  a  distanca  of  about 
18  miles,  there  are  several  sn^all  Inlets  or  Creeks,  Thich,  however, 
are  but  little  importance  to  navigation  at  Low  Tide.  Black  River, 
about  5}4  miles  Northeast  from  Cape  Spencer,  although  dry  at 
Half  Tide,  is  a  safe  Inlet  for  a  small  Vessel. 

Dangers  lying  off  the  Coast  from  Cape  Spencer 

to  Quaco  Head. 

From  Cape  Spencer  to  Quaco  Head,  u  distance  of  about  18 
miles,  the  principal  danger  is  a  small  cluster  of  Rocks  called  the 
Sisters.  This  danger,  which  is  about  6%  miles  to  the  Eastward 
of  Cape  Spencer,  lies  about  one-half  mile  from  land,  and  is  cov- 
ered at  High  Wfitei'.  There  is  a  narrow  Channel  of  6  fathoms 
water  between  these  Rocks  and  the  shore. 


Quaco  Ledge, 

This  dangerous  Ridge  of  Rocks,  which  is  about  %  mile  in 
length,  is  bare  about  an  hour  after  Half  Ebb.  When  covered  they 
show  a  heavy  Tide  Rip.  At  Low  Tide  11  fathoms  water  was  found 
%  mile  Southwest  from  this  danger ;  8  fathoms  E.  /^  N.  %.  mile 
from  it ;  and  12  fathoms  ^  mile  North  from  it.    In  night-time  or 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


299 


thick  weather  the  lead,  therefore,  gives  no  warning  in  approach- 
ing  it. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Quaoo  Ledge. 

Diatonoe. 
Quaco  Head  Lighthouse,  .     .    NW-  hyjjt.,      .     .      8^  miles. 
Haute  Island  Lighthouse, .     .    E.  by  S-  ^  S-,       •     IH}^     ^' 
Cape  Spencer  Lighthouse,     .    W.  by  N-  X  N.,  .    23 J^     " 

Chigneoto  Channel. 

This  Channel,  which  lies  between  Cape  ChignecUi  ca  the  South 
and  the  Main-land  on  the  North,  ia  really  the  Nortaeastern 
branch  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy.  Its  width  in  entering  is  about  13 
miles,  with  no  dangers  excepting  those  which  lie  near  the  shores. 


Oape  Enrsige  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northern  side  of  Chignecto  Bay,  near  the  pitch  of 
the  Cape,*  is  a  white  square  building,  which  at  th's  date  (1884) 
shows  a  Fixed  White  Light,  visible  from  NW.  to  NE.  by  way 
of  South.  At  this  time  a  Steam  Fog  Whistle  is  placed  near  this 
Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather  is  sounded  4  seconds  in  each 
minute.  Quaco  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  Cape  Enrage  Light- 
house W.  ^  S.,  distance  36^  miles.  Apple  Biver  Lighthouse, 
SW')  83^  miles.  Grindstone  Island  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  E. 
yi  Em  10;^  miles. 

Salisbury  Bay. 

This  Bay,  which  lies  between  Mathews  Head  and  Cape  Enrage 
Lighthouse,  has  anchorage  in  it  with  winds  from  West  to  East  by 
way  of  North. 

Sailing  Directions. 

Vessels  with  Northeasterly  Winds  and  an  Ebb  Tk]o,  bound  up 
the  Bay,  may  leave  Cape  Enrage  Lighthouse  about  two  miles  to  the 

*  A  dry  Ledge  extends  off  S.SW.  frOiii  Cape  Enrage  Lighthouse  nearlj' 
j{  mile.  Vessels  in  thick  weather  or  night-time  should  therefore  leave 
this  Lighthouse  at  least  a  mile  to  the  Northward. 


300 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Eastward,  and  run  in  about  N.  by  W.,  leaving  Salisbury  Shoal 
(which  has  20  feet  water  on  it  at  Low  Tide)  well  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  anchor  about  a  mile  from  shore  in  about  5  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide. 

Inlets  between  Quaco  Head  Lighthouse  and 
Cape  Enrage  Lighthouse. 

On  the  Northern  side  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  between  Quaco 
Head  and  Cape  Enrage,  a  distance  of  about  36  miles,  there  are 
several  small  Rivers  or  Creeks,  among  which  are  the  Salmon 
Rivers  and  also  Wolf  River.  The  entrance  to  Salmon  River  lies 
Northeasterly  8  miles  from  Quaco  Head  Lighthouse  ;  the  entrance 
to  Little  Salmon  River  is  Northeasterly  14  miles  from  this  Light- 
house ;  the  entrance  to  Wolf  River  lies  Northeasterly  about  25 
miles  from  Quaco  Head  Lighthouse,  and  about  11  miles  to  the 
Westward  of.  Cape  Enrage  Lighthouse ;  the  entrance  to  the  thu-d 
Salmon  River  lies  West-Northerly,  about  7  miles  from  the  Light- 
house at  Cape  Enrage.  These  Inlets  are  of  little  importance  to 
vessels  at  Low  Tide. 


r' 


Dangers  lying  off  the  Coast  from  Quaco  Head 
Lighthouse  to  Cape  Enrage  Lighthouse. 

Quaco  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  lies  about  a  mile  from  shore,  extends  NE. 
and  SW.  one  mile,  and  has  at  Low  Tide  as  little  as  8  feet  water 
upon  it.  This  depth  lies  NE.  ^  E.  about  a  mile  from  Quaco 
Head  Lighthouse.  There  is  a  narrow  Channel  of  6  fathoms  water 
between  this  danger  and  the  shore. 

St.  Martin's  Sead, 

This  Rock,  which  is  elevated  about  100  feet  above  the  water, 
lies  East-Northerly  17^^  miles  from  Quaco  Head  Lighthouse,  and 
about  Yi  mile  from  land ;  there  is  no  passage  £  jr  vessels  between 
this  danger  and  the  shore. 

Salisbury  Shoal. 

This  small  spot,  which  lies  about  2  miles  from  shore,  has  at  Low 
Tide  not  less  than  20  feet  of  water  upon  it.     The  centre  of  this 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


301 


danger  bears  from  Cape  Enrage  Lighthouse  W.  by  N.  j4  N.  3J^ 
miles.  Between  this  Shoal  and  the  shore  there  is  a  Channel  of 
about  6  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  This  passage  has  a  width 
of  about  a  mile.  Between  Quaco  Head  and  Cape  Enrage,  in  sev- 
eral places  shoal  water  extends  off  some  distance  from  the  shore. 
Vessels,  therefore,  navigating  this  part  of  the  coast,  should,  after 
passing  Quaco  Shoal,  keep  at  least  a  mile  from  this  part  of  the 
coast. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Quaco  Head  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  llh.  35m.,  or  about  6  minutes  after  it  is  at 
Boston.  Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  28ft.  From  Cape  Spencer 
to  Cape  Enrage,  the  currents  of  both  Flood  and  Ebb  set  along  the 
coast  from  1^  to  2  knots. 


PETIT  OOUDIAO  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  at  the  head  of  the  North- 
eastern branch  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  lies  East-Northerly  about  65 
miles  from  Cape  Spencer,  about  47  miles  East-Northerly  from 
Quoco  Head  Lighthouse,  and  11  miles  East-Northerly  from  the 
Lighthouse  on  Cape  Enrage. 

Grindstone  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Western  side  of  Grindstone  Island,  West  side  of  en- 
trance to  Petit  Coudiac  River,  is  a  small  white  octagonal  build- 
ing, wliieh  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A  Fog 
Trumpet  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather 
sounds  blasts  of  four  seconds  in  every  minute.  Cape  Enrage 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Grindstone  Island  Lighthouse  SW.  by  W* 
Yi  W.  10>4  miles. 


Grindstone  STioal. 

This  Shoal,  which  is  about  two  hundred  yards  wide,  extends 
NE-byE.  and  SW.  byW.  about  one  mile,  and  at  Low  Tide  has 
about  9  ft.  water  upon  it.    Grindstone  Island  Lighthouse  bears 


302 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


from  this  last-named  depth  NE-  by  N.  ji  N.,  distance  ^  mile. 
Between  the  Northeastern  end  of  this  danger  and  Grindstone 
Island,  there  is  a  passage  of  about  4j4  fathoms  water  at  low  tide. 

HUlahorough  Wharf  Lighthouse, 

On  the  West  side  of  the  River  Petit  Coudiac,  on  the  end  of  the 
wharf  leading  to  the  coal  mines,  is  an  open  frame,  which,  at  this 
date  (1884),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  This  Lighthouse  is 
about  13^  miles  above  Grindstone  Island  Lighthouse,  and  is  in- 
tended to  guide  vessels  up  the  River  and  to  the  coal  and  plaster 
wharves. 

Memarks, 

Shoal  water  extends  oflC  from  both  sides  of  the  Petit  Coudiac 
River.  At  Low  Tide  about  4  fathoms  water  can  be  carried  up 
through  a  narrow  Channel  as  far  as  Cole's  Head,  which  is  on  the 
Eastern  side  about  9  miles  above  the  entrance ;  and  from  this 
Head  to  Moncton  (which  is  18  miles  further) ,  there  is  in  some 
places  but  little  water  in  this  River  at  Low  Tide.  From  Moncton 
to  Salisbury,  a  distance  of  12  miles,  the  direction  of  this  River 
changes  from  North  to  West. 

Dangers, 

About  65^  miles  above  Grindstone  Island  'Lighthouse,  on  the 
Eastern  side  of  the  Channel,  at  the  entrance  to  Grand  Anse  Bay, 
are  some  Rocks  called  Grand  Anse  Ledge.  This  danger  covers  at 
about  one-half  Flood.  On  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel,  a  little 
below  Cole's  Head  (before  mentioned) ,  there  are  also  Rocks  called 
Memramcook  Spit.  Both  the  Grand  Anse  Ledge  and  Memram- 
cook  Spit  can  be  avoided  by  keeping  in  the  middle  of  this  River. 

Currents  in  the  Betit  Coudiac  River, 

From  the  entrance  to  Cole's  Head  (before  mentioned)  the  Cm- 
rent  of  Flood  sets  up  from  2^  to  3^  knots,  and  from  this  last- 
named  Head  to  Hillsborough  Wharves  from  3^  to  4  knots. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Petit  Coudiac  River  in  Day- 
time with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  coming  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  bound  up  the  Petit  Cou- 
diac River,  may  leave  Quaco  Head  about  1  %  miles  on  the  Toi  i 


hand,  an( 

good  the 

order  to 

about  ly^ 

Lighthous 

(before  d< 

with  a  CO 

open,  run 

miles  on  tl 

from  11  t( 

hand.      T^ 

N.NE.,  t 

Ledge  on 

hand ;  con 

fathoms  ws 

up  about  1 

well  on  the 

Hillsboroug 

It  is  advi 

against  the 

'4  Flood,  a 

the  rising  1 

It  is  Hig 
Coudiac  Ri 
]|jIoon  at  llf 
Mean  rise 


The  entra 
Petit  CoudijI 
house. 


*  Cole's  Hel 
nearly  opposj 
Head,  is  the  1 


!l 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


303 


hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  on  this  Head  bears  North,  mike 
good  the  course  E.  ^  N.  about  35j^  miles  to  Cape  Enrage.  In 
order  to  avoid  the  dangers  ofif  this  Cape,  leave  the  Lighthouse 
about  1}{  miles  on  the  Port  hand;  when  past  this  last-named 
Lighthouse,  haul  up  about  E.NE.,  leaving  Grindstone  Shoal 
(before  described)  well  on  the  Port  hand ;  then  at  about  j4  floods 
with  a  commanding  breeze,  with  the  entrance  to  the  Kiver  well 
open,  run  in  about  midway,  leaving  Grindstone  Island  about  1  ^ 
miles  on  the  Port  hand,  and  run  up  about  NE.  3  miles,  carrying 
from  11  to  6  fathoms  water,  and  leaving  the  Ripples  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  Cole's  Head,*  which  is  on  the  eastern  side,  bears 
N-NE',  then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Grand  Ansa 
Ledge  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Middle  Ground  on  the  Port 
hand;  continue  the  course  N.NE.,  carrying  not  less  than  5 
fathoms  water,  until  about  l}i  miles  from  Cole's  Head ;  then  haul 
up  about  N.NW.,  leaving  the  Rocks  called  Memramcook  Spit 
well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  keep  the  middle  of  the  River  to 
Hillsborough  "Wharves.  If  bound  farther  up,  a  pilot  is  necessary. 
It  is  advisable  for  strangers  not  to  attempt  to  enter  this  River 
against  the  Current  of  Ebb,  or  at  Low  Tide,  but  to  enter  at  about 
^  Flood,  as  in  case  of  getting  ashore  they  may  soon  get  off  with 
the  rising  Tide. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Grindstone  Island  entrance  to  the  Petit 
Coudiac  River  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and  the  Change  of  the 
I^oon  at  lib.  47m.,  or  about  18  minutes  after  it  is  in  Boston. 
Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides,  37^  feet. 


MEMRAMCOOK  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the 
Petit  Coudiac,  lies  about  9  miles  above  Grindstone  Island  Light- 
house. 


*  Cole's  Head  is  146  feet  high,  and  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  River, 
nearly  opposite  Folly  Point ;  between  this  last-named  Point  and  Cole's 
Head,  is  the  entrance  to  the  Memramcook  River. 


304 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Memarhs, 

About.  4  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  carried  up  as  far  as 
Dorchester  Island,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel, 
about  Ij^  miles  from  the  entrance.  Above  this  last  named 
Island  there  is  in  some  places  but  little  water  at  this  time  of  tide. 
In  order  to  avoid  Memramcook  Spit,  vessels  in  entering  this  River 
should  keep  nearer  Folly  Point,  which  is  on  the  Port  side.  This 
River  is  so  narrow  that  it  is  advisable  for  strangers  bound  up  to 
take  pilots. 

Anchorage  to  the  Northward  of  Grindstone 

Island, 

There  is  good  Anchorage  in  3J^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide, 
about  ifo  ™^l6  to  the  Northward  of  Gr'ndstone  Island.  In  enter- 
ing, the  Channel  between  Grindstone  Island  and  St.  Mary 
Ledge*  is  narrow.  About  3^  fathoms  water  can  be  taken  in  to 
this  anchorage  at  low  tide. 

Sailing  Directioiis. 

Coming  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  when  past  Cape  Enrage  bring 
Grindstone  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear  NE.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  leaving  Grindstone  Shoal,  before  described,  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  about  %.  mile  from  the  Lighthouse 
steer  NE.  by  N.,  passing  between  St.  Mary  and  Jones  Ledges, 
and  carrying  not  less  than  3^^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tiie  through 
the  narrow  Channel.  When  Grindstone  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
S>  J4  W. ,  then  anchor  in  about  3 J^  fathoms  water,  at  Low  Tide, 
muddy  bottom.  At  Low  Tide  there  is  no  passage  for  vessels  to 
the  Northward  of  Grindstone  Island. 


SHEPODY  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  lies  about  2%  miles  Northwesterly 
from  Grindstone  Island  Lighthouse. 

*  The  Eastern  end  of  St.  Mary  Ledge,  which  exiends  oik  Northeastly  fh)m 
St-  Mary  Island,  bears  flrom  the  Western  part  of  Qrlndstone  Island  NW. 
by  N.,  distance  six-tenth  mile. 


direction  froj 
entrance  to 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


305 


Remarks, 

The  Shepody  River  is  very  narrow  and  crooked,  with  but  little 
water  at  Low  Tide  at  the  entrance.  It  is  therefore  advisable  for 
strangers  bound  up  to  take  pilots. 


Albert  Quarry. 

This  Quarry  is  located  upon  the  Southern  part  of  St.  Mary 
Island,  and  may  be  approached  within 
Tide.    This  Quarry  lies  West  about 
end  of  Grindstone  Island. 


bv  vessels  at  Low 


%  mile 
J  J4  miles  from  the  Western 


Remarks. 

About  12  miles  al;ove  Gape  Enrage,  the  Northeast  Branch  of 
the  Bay  of  Fundy  ii'ivides  into  two  branches,  one  leading  to  the 
Petit  Coudiac  River,  the  other  to  Cumberland  Basin.  It  is  said 
that  the  Cumberland  branch  is  navigable  to  within  13  miles  of 
Vsfte  Bay  in  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence. 


CUMBERLAND  BASIN. 

The  entrance  to  this  Basin,  which  is  about  \y^  miles  wide,  lies 
between  Cape  Maringouin  on  the  North  and  Boss  Point  on  the 
South.  In  entering  there  are  extensive  Flats,  which  extend  off 
in  some  places  a  long  distance  from  both  sides.  At  Low  Tide 
from  214^  to  9  fathoms  water  can  be  carried  up  as  far  as  Woody 
Point,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side,  about  l}i  miles  from  the 
entrance.  Above  this  there  is  at  Low  Tide  but  little  water  to 
Sackville.  There  are  several  Rivers  which  empty  into  the  Cum- 
berland Basin,  among  which  are  Herbert  River,  Macan  River, 
Napan  River,  Amherst  River,  Missiquash  River,  Oulac  River  and 
Tantremar  River.  Most  of  these  Rivers  are  navigable  at  High 
Water. 

Cape  Maringouin  Shoals, 

Dangerous  Shoals,  some  of  which  have  but  little  water  upon 
them  at  Low  Tide,  extend  off  nearly  2  miles  in  a  Southwesterly 
direction  from  Cape  Maringouin,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of 
entrance  to  the  Cumberland  Basin.     Grindstone  Island  Light- 


306 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


house  bears  from  the  outer  end  of  this  danger  NW*?  distance 
about  S}(  miles. 

Currents, 

In  entering  Cumberland  Basin  the  currents  of  Flood  and  Ebb 
set  in  and  out  from  4  to  5  knots. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Cumberland  Basin  in  Day- 
time, with  Favorable  Winds  and  Fair  Weather. 

Vessels  coming  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  bound  to  Cumberland 
Basin,  may  leave  Cape  Enrage  about  a  mile  to  the  Northward. 
When  the  Lighthouse  on  this  Cape  beai's  N W. ,  make  good  the 
course  E.  ^  N.,  leaving  Cape  Maringouin  Shoals  (before  de- 
scribee') well  on  the  Port  hand;  then,  on  the  first  of  the  Flood, 
with  the  passage  leading  to  Cumberland  Basin  well  open,  and 
also  with  a  coxfimanding  breeze,  run  in  about  midway ;  when  past 
Boss  Point  (which  is  the  first  on  the  Starboard  hand  in  entering) 
keep  the  Port  side  Ibest  aboard.  There  is  at  Low  Tide  good 
anchorage  a  short  distance  above  Woody  Point,*  in  about  3^  to 
4  fathoms  water.  If  bound  to  any  of  the  Rivers  in  Cumberland 
Basin  a  pilot  is  necessary  at  this  Anchorage. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Cumberland  Basin  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  11  h.  55  m.,  or  about  26  minutes 
after  it  is  in  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides  about  42  ft. 


APPLE  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Southeast  side  of 
the  Northeast  branch  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  lies  East-Southerly,  30 
miles  from  Quaco  Head  Lighthouse,  Northeasterly  9  miles  from 
Cape  Chinecto,  Southwest  8^  miles  from  Cape  Enrage  Light- 
house, and  West-Southerly  about  19  miles  from  Grindstone  Island 
Lighthouse. 


*  Woody  Point   is  on  the  ]S  'rtbern  side  about  7i  miles  from  the  en- 
trance. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


307 


Apple  River  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Hetty  or  Capstan  Point,  north  side  of  entrance  to  Apple 
River,  is  a  Wiiite  oblong  building  witli  tower  on  top,  which,  at 
this  date  (1884),  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Apple  Biver  Lighthouse. 

Distances. 

W.  ^  N.,    .     .     30      mUes. 

NE. 85^ 

NE.  ^  E.,  .    .    18j4 
W.  by  S.  %  S.,     26 


Quaco  Head  Lighthouse,  .  . 
Cape  Enrage  Lighthouse,  .  . 
Grindstone  Island  Lighthouse, 
Quaco  Ledge, 


(( 


(( 


(( 


Remarks, 

At  Low  Tide  about  6  feet  water  can  be  taken  into  Apple  River 
about  a  mile  past  the  Lighthouse.  Above  this  it  is  only  navigable 
at  High  Tide.    In  entering  keep  nearer  the  Lighthouse  Point. 

High  Water, 

.» 

It  is  High  Water  at  Apple  River  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  11  h.  35  m.,  or  about  9  minutes  after  it 
is  at  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  34  ft. 

Dangers  lying  off  the  Coast  from  Boss  Point  (en- 
trance to  Cumberland  Basin)  to  Apple  River 
Lighthouse. 

Between  Boss  Point  and  Apple  River  Lighthouse,  a  distance  of 
24  miles,  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  those  lying  near  the 
shore.  Vessels,  therefore,  bound  up  or  down  the  Northeast 
branch  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  may  approach  this  part  of  the  coast 
within  a  mile  without  danger. 

Inlets  between  Boss  Point  (entrance  to  Cumber- 
land Basin)  and  Apple  River  Lighthouse. 

Between  Boss  Point  and  Apple  River  Lighthouse,  a  distance  of 
24  miles,  there  are  several  Creeks  or  small  Inlets  which  are  of 
little  importance  to  vessels,  especially  at  Low  Tide. 


308 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Cape  Chignecto. 

This  Cape,  which  is  steep  Cliffs  of  Rocks  and  Red  Earth,  with 
deep  water  close  to  it,  is  elevated  about  800  feet  above  mean 
Low  Water,  and  lies  Southwesterly  about  10  miles  from  Apple 
River  Lighthouse.  From  thie  Cape  to  the  last-named  Lighthouse, 
there  are  no  dangers  excepting  those  lying  near  the  shore.  Ves- 
sels may  therefore  approach  this  part  of  the  coast  within  J^  mile 
without  danger.  Haute  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Cape 
Chignecto  SW.  V2  W.,  distance,  5^  miles;  Cape  D'Or  Fog 
Whistle,  SE.  by  E.,  7^  miles. 

Cape  D*Or. 

This  Cape,  which  is  elevated  about  500  feet  above  the  level  of 
the  sea,  is  bold,  and  bears  from  Cape  Chignecto  about  SB.  by  E., 
distance,  7^4  miles.  On  the  Flood  Tide  heavy  Rips  extend  off 
about  1^  miles  to  the  Southward  of  this  Cape. 


Cape  D^Or  Fog   Whistle, 

Upon  the  extreme  point  of  Cape  D'Or,  North  side  of  entrance 
to  the  Basin  of  Mines,  is  a  Fog  Whistle,  which  in  thick  weather  is 
sounded  6  seconds  in  every  30  seconds.  In  thick  weather  or 
night-time  this  Whistle  may  be  approached  close  to  without 
danger. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cape  D'Or  Fog  Whistle. 


Distanoea. 


Cape  Chignecto,  .  .  . 
Haute  Island  Lighthouse, 
Black  Rock  Lighthouse,  . 
Cape  Spencer,  .... 
Cape  Split, 


NW.  byW., .  . 
W.  >^  N.,  .  . 
S.  by  W.  )i  W., 
£•  y^  J?iM    •      •      • 

E*  ^  S., 


lYi  miles. 
10  J^     " 

12^ 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Cape  D'Or  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  11  h.  42  m.,  or  13  minuter  after  it  is  in 
Boston.  Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  36  ft.  The  Currents  of 
Ebb  and  Flood  run  by  Cape  D'Or  from  5  to  6  knots. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


309 


ADVOCATE  BAY. 

This  Bay,  which  lies  between  Cape  Chignecto  and  Cape  D'Or, 
hds  at  Low  Tide  a  depth  of  from  10  to  18  fathoms  water  in  it. 
Shoal  water  extends  off  from  the  Southeastern  part  of  this  Bay, 
but  the  Northwestern  part  is  bold. 

Isle  Haute  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  highest  part  of  Haute  Island,  at  the  entrance  of  thie 
Gut  leading  into  the  Basin  of  Mines,  is  a  white  square  wooden 
building  nearly  hidden  by  trees,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  an 
Intermitting  "White  Light  40  seconds  in  every  minute .  The  Island  is 
bold  on  all  sides  excepting  its  Eastern  end.  From  this  part  Shoal 
Water  extends  off  about  y>  mile  in  an  Easterly  direction.  From 
the  Eastern  part  of  this  Island  heavy  Rips  extend  oif  about  a  mile 
to  the  Northward,  and  there  are  also  Rips  to  the  Southward  of  it. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Isle  Haute  Lighthouse. 

Diatanoei. 
Cape  Spencer  Lighthouse,  W.  by  N.  J^  N.,  . 
Quaco  Head  Lighthouse,  .  NW.  by  W.  %  W, 
Cape  Chignecto,  .  .  .  NE.  %  "E.j  .  .  . 
Black  Rock  Lighthouse,  .  SE.,  .  .  .  .  . 
Fog  Signal  on  Cape  D'Or,  E.  >^  S.,  .  .  .  . 
Cape  Split, E-  >^  S.,  .     .     .     . 


39 

miles. 

22^ 

u 

5y2 

(( 

ny2 

(( 

^0% 

(( 

(( 


Cape  Spencer. 

This  Cape,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  entrance  to  the 
Basin  of  Mines,  has  deep  water  close  to  it,  and  lies  E-  %  N., 
about  3^  miles  from  Cape  D'Or.  The  currents  of  Flood  and  Ebb 
set  in  and  out  from  5  to  6  knots  by  Cape  Spencer. 


Spencer  Island- 

This  Island,  which  is  small,  lies  about  a  mile  NE>  }^  E>  from 
Cape  Spencer,  and  about  |^  mile  from  shore.  Between  this 
Island  and  the  Main-land  there  is  a  Channel  of  2  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide. 


310 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Anchorage, 

About  a  mile  \o  the  Northward  of  Spencer  Island  there  is  good 
Anchorage  about  ^  mile  from  shore  in  5  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide.  This  is  a  good  place  for  vessels  waiting  for  winds  or 
tides. 

Cape  Sharp. 

This  Cape,  which  has  deep  water  close  to  it,  is  on  the  North- 
ern side  of  entrance  to  the  Basin  of  Mines,  and  lies  E.  ]4t  S.  14 
miles  from  Cape  Spencer,  and  E.  >^  N-  5  miles  from  Cape  Split. 

Black  Rook. 

West-Northerly,  about  a  mile  from  Cape  Sharp  and  J4  mile 
from  shore  is  Black  Rock.  There  is  a  narrow  Channel  between 
this  Rock  and  shore.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  this  passage 
except  in  cases  of  emergency.  At  such  times  keep  neai'er  the 
Bock. 


Dangers  between  Cape  Sharp  and  Spenoer  Island. 

From  Spencer  Island  to  Black  Rock  (before  described),  a  dis- 
tance of  about  12  miles,  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  those 
lying  near  the  shore.  Vessels  navigating  this  part  of  the  coast 
may  therefore  approach  the  shore  within  ^  mile  without  danger. 

Inlets  between  Cape  Spenoer  and  Cape  Sharp. 

Between  Cape  Spencer  and  Cape  Sharp  there  are  but  few 
Inlets,  which  are  of  little  importance  to  commerce. 

Cape  Split. 

This  Cape,  which  lies  on  the  Southwest  side  of  entrance  to  the 
Basin  of  Mines,  is  elevated  about  400  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea,  and  lies  E.  f^  S.  1'2J^  miles  from  the  Fog  Whistle  at  Cape 
D'Or.  A  Rocky  Shoal  extends  off  Northwesterly  nearly  a  mile 
from  the  Northwest  point  of  this  Cape,  over  which  the  currents 
of  Flood  and  Ebb  set  in  and  out  with  great  strength  and  velocity. 
At  the  time  of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon  there  are  Whirl* 
pools  which  are  said  to  be  dangerous. 


about  .5  mi 


ELDUIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


311 


BASIN  OP  MINES. 

The  entrance  to  the  Basin  of  Mined,  which  is  between  Cape 
Split  on  the  Southwest  and  Cape  Sharp  on  the  Northeast,  is  in 
its  nan'owest  part  about  3  miles  wide,  and  lies  about  15  miles  to 
the  Eastward  of  Cape  D'Or. 

Memarks, 

The  length  of  tlie  Basin  of  Mines  from  Cape  Split  to  Economy 
Point  (the  Northirn  side  of  entrance  to  Cobequid  Bay)  is  about 
26  miles,  and  its  average  width  about  12  miles.  There  are  ex- 
tensive flats  or  shoals  which  at  Low  Tide  extend  off  from  both 
sides.  The  principal  Inlets  on  the  Northern  side  are  Parrsboro 
River  and  East  River,  both  of  which  are  not  navigable  at  Low 
Tide.  On  the  Southern  tide  are  Cornwallis  River,  Horton  River 
and  Avon  River,  the  latter  of  which  at  Low  Tide  is  navigable  for 
very  light  draught  vessels  as  far  as  Hantsport.  On  account  of 
the  great  strength  and  velocity  of  the  currents  there  are  but  few 
good  places  of  anchorage  in  the  Basin  of  Mines. 

Anchorage  in  the  Basin  of  Mines, 

EDEN  COVE. 

The  entrance  to  this  Cove,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of 
entrance  to  the  Basin  of  Mines,  lies  between  Cape  Sharp  on  the 
West  and  Partridge  Island  on  the  East,  and  bears  East  from 
Cape  Split  distance  about  6  miles,  and  from  Cape  Blomidon  North 
about  5  miles.  On  the  last  of  the  Flood  it  is  advisable  for 
strangers  (especially  with  light  winds)  when  past  Cape  Split  to 
haul  in  and  anchor  in  this  Cove,  in  about  11  fathoms  at  High 
Water,  which  will  be  5  <'athoms  at  Low  Tide.  Then,  if  bound  to 
Windsor  or  Cornwallis,  get  under  way  a  little  before  Low  Water, 
in  order  to  get  into  the  stream  which  runs  to  the  Southward  by 
Cape  Blomidon*  into  the  Cornwallis  and  Avon  Rivers ;  otherwise, 


*  Cape  Blomidon,  which  is  elevated  about  600  feet  above  the  level  ot 
the  sea,  has  deep  water  close  to  it,  and  Ilea  about  7^  miles  to  the  South- 
eastward of  Cape  Split,  which  is  on  the  Southwest  side  of  entrance  to  the 
Basin  of  Mines. 


312 


ELURI DOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


witli  light  winds,  there  id  danger  of  being  carried  up  with  the 
Cobc(iuid  Bay  tide,  which  runs  with  great  strength  and  velocity. 

Ancliorage  to  the  Southward  of  Cape 
Blomidon, 

Vessels  bound  to  tins  Anchorage  may  leave  Capo  Bloraidon 
about  a  mile  to  the  Westward  and  make  good  the  course  SS-W. 
"When  the  water  shoals  to  4  fathoms  at  Low  Tide  then  anchor. 
This  depth  will  be  about  12  fathoms  at  High  Tide.  Masters  of 
vessels  will  therefore  govern  themselves  according  to  time  of  tide. 
Capo  Blomidon  bears  from  this  Anchorage  N.  by  E.  about  5 
miles. 


OORNWALLIS  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  near  the  Southwest  side  of 
the  Basin  of  Mines,  lies  Southwesterly  about  12  miles  from  Capo 
Blomidon.  About  3  miles  above  the  entrance,  on  the  South  side 
of  this  River,  is  Cornwallis. 

Kingsport  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Oak  Point  Pier,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Cornwallis 
River,  is  an  open  frame  painted  brown  ;  the  upper  part,  which  is 
enclosed,  is  painted  white,  and  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed 
White  Light. 

Iteniark8, 

Cornwallis  River,  which  is  narrow  and  crooked,  is  not  navi- 
gable at  Low  Tide.  Strangers  bound  to  this  place  should  there- 
fore employ  pilots. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Cornwallis  River  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  Weather. 

Strangers  coming  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy  bound  to  Cornwallis  River, 
may,  with  a  commanding  breeze,  on  the  first  of  the  Flood,  leave 
Cape  Spencer  (before  described)  about  a  mile  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  make  good  the  course  £.  by  N-,  leaving  the  Tide  Rips  and 
Whirlpools  off  Cape  Split  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.    When  the 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST   PILOT. 


313 


iiv  c-nained  Capo  bears  &£•  hy  S.,  steer  more  easterly,  paaHing 
iu  about  luiilway ;  leave  Cape  LUomidon  about  a  mile  on  the  Star- 
board, and  baul  up  about  S>SW'  When  the  water  Hlioalu  to  4 
fatUoniH  at  low  tide,  then  anchor.  A  pilot  is  necessary  here. 
Cape  lUomiudon  boai's  from  this  anchorage  N-  by  £}.  about  5 
miles.  With  light  winds  and  the  last  of  the  Flood,  when  abreast 
Capo  Spencer,  it  is  advisable  for  strangers  to  haul  in  and  anchor 
about  a  mile  to  the  Northward  of  Spentser  Island  in  about  5 
fathoms  at  Low  Tide. 


AVON  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  southern  side  of  the 
Basin  of  Mines,  lies  between  Horton  BlufiC  on  the  Southwest  and 
Indian  Point  on  the  Northeast,  and  bears  from  Cape  Blomidon 
about  South  1 2  miles. 

Horton  Bluff  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Horton  Bluff,  "West  side  of  entrance  to  Avon  River,  is  a 

white  square  building  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed 

White  Light. 

Memarks. 

The  approaches  to  Avon  River  are  rendered  extremely  diffi- 
cult on  account  of  extensive  Flats  which  extend  off  to  the  North- 
ward more  than  .5  miles  from  the  entrance.  On  account  of  the 
rapid  current  these  Flats  are  constantly  changing,  leaving  narrow 
channels  without  any  well-defined  leading  marks.  No  stranger 
should  therefore,  under  any  circumstances,  attempt  to  enter  this 
River  without  a  local  pilot.  From  Horton  Bluff  Lighthouse  to 
Hantsport  (which  is  on  the  West  side),  the  distance  is  3^  miles ; 
thence  about  5  miles  to  Windsor. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Avon  River  in  Day-time, 
with  favorable  Winds  and  fair  Weather. 

Strangers  coming  up  the  Bay  of  Fundy  bound  to  Aron  River  or 
Windsor,  may  with  a  commanding  breeze,  on  the  first  of  the  Flood, 
leave  Cape  Spencer  (before  described)  about  a  mile  on  the  Fort 


3M 


ELDEIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


hand,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Tide  Rips 
and  Whirlpools  of  Cape  Split  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
the  last-named  Cape  bears  SEI.  by  S.,  steer  more  easterly,  pass- 
inet  in  about  midway.  Leave  Cape  Blomidon  about  a  mile  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  haul  up  about  S.SW.  When  the  water 
shoals  to  4  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  which  is  about  11  at  High 
Water,  then  anchor,  and  take  a  pilot  to  Avon  River.  With  light 
winds  and  the  last  of  the  Flood,  when  abreast  Cape  Spencer,  it  is 
advisable  for  otrangers  to  haul  in  and  anchor  about  a  mile  to  the 
Northward  of  Spencer  Island  in  about  5  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide.     See  directions  tor  this  Anchorage  before  given. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  the  Avon  River  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  12  h.  30  m.,  or  1  h.  1  m.  after  it  is  in 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  44  ft. 


WALTON  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Southern 
Bid?  of  the  BaRin  of  Mines,  lies  East-Northerly  11  miles  from  the 
entrance  to  the  Avon  River,  West-Southerly  10  miles  from  the 
Lighthouse  at  Burntcoat  Head,  and  East-Southerly  14  miles  from 
Cape  Blomidon. 

Walton  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Northeast  side  of  entrance  to  Walton  Harbor  is  a 
square  white  building  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed 
Red  Light. 

Remarks, 

A  Bar  which  is  dry  rit  Low  Tide,  extends  off  Northerly  nearly 
2  miles  from  the  entrance  of  this  Harbor.  Strangers  should  not 
therefore  attempt  to  enter  this  {narrow  shallow  place  without  a 
pilot. 

Upon  the  Southern  side  of  the  Basin  of  Mines  there  arc  several 
small  Creeks  and  Rivers,  which  are  of  little  importance  to  com- 
merce at  Low  Tide. 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


PABRSBORO  RIVER. 


315 


The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of 
the  Basin  of  Mines  near  the  entrance,  lies  abont  8  miles  East 
from  Cape  Split,  and  about  6  miles  Northeasterly  from  Cape 
Blomidon. 

^Parrahoro  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  West  side  of  entrance  to  Parrsboro  River,  is  a  Square 
White  Dwelling  with  lantern  on  top  which  at  this  date  (1884) 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Remarks, 

Parrsboro  River  is  only  navigable  at  High  Water.  Strangers 
bound  to  Parrsboro  should  anchor  in  Eden  Cove  (before  described) , 
and  take  pilots  into  this  place. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  entrance  of  Parrsboro  River  on  the 
days  of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  12  h.  05  m.,  or  36  m. 
after  it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides,  40  feet. 

Remarks, 

On  the  Northern  side  of  the  Basin  of  Mines,  from  Partiidge 
Island  (West  side  of  entrance  to  Parrsboro  River)  to  Economy 
Point,  there  are  several  Rivers,  among  which  are  North  River, 
East  River  and  Economy  River.  The  entrance  to  the  two  former 
lies  Northeasterly  from  the  Five  Islands ;  the  latter  lies  on  the 
Western  side  of  Economy  Point.  These  Rivers  are  only  navi- 
gable at  High  Water,  and  to  safely  enter  them  the  services  of  a 
pilot  are  necessary. 


OOBEQUID  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  at  the  Eastern  part  of  the 
Basin  of  Mines,  is  about  4  miles  wide,  and  lies  between  Economy 
Point  on  the  North,  and  Burncoat  Head  on  the  South.      The  en- 


316 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


trance  to  this  Bay  bears  from  Cape  Blomidon  E-  by  S.  J4  S., 
distance  21  miles.  The  length  of  this  Bay  from  Bumcoat  Head 
Lighthouse  to  Truro  is  21  miles. 

Bumcoat  Head  Idghthouae, 

Upon  Burncoat  Head,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Cobequid  Bay, 
is  a  Square  White  Dwelling  with  lantern  on  top,  which  at  this  date 
(1884)  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Cape  Blomidon  bears  from 
this  Lighthouse  W-  by  N.  ji  N.  22^  miles.  Western  part  of  the 
Brick-kiln  Ledges  NW-  by  W.  %  W.  6^4  miles,  and  Economy 
Point  NW.  ^  N.  4  miles.  Vessels  bound  in  or  out  of  Cobequid 
Bay  may  at  Low  Tide  approach  Burncoat  Head  within  a  mile 
witliout  danger. 

Economy  Point. 

This  Point  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  entrance  to  Cobequid 
Bay.  Rocky  Shoals  called  the  Brick-kiln  Ledges  extend  off 
to  the  Westward  nearly  4  miles  from  it.  The  Southern  part  of 
these  dangers  bears  from  Economy  Point  West  about  3  miles.  In 
order  to  avoid  these  dangers  vessels  bound  up  or  down  Cobequid 
Bay  should  keep  nearer  the  Southern  side. 


Spencer  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Spencer  Point,  North  side  of  Cobequid  Bay.  is  a  small 
Building  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  from  one  of  the  win- 
dows a  fixed  White  Light.  Burncoat  Head  Lighthouse  bears 
from  Spencer  Point  Lighthouse  W.  ^  S.  9j^  miles. 

Memarka, 

By  keeping  in  the  middle,  at  Low  Tide  about  5  fathoms  water 
can  be  carried  up  about  4  miles  past  Burncoat  Head  Lighthouse 
Above  this  there  are  extensive  Flats,  most  of  which  at  this  time 
of  Tide  are  dry.  Between  Burncoat  Head  and  Point  Economy 
(entrance  to  this  Bay)  the  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  set»  out  and 
in  from  4  to  5  knots. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


sii 


SHUBENAOADIB  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  ia  on  the  South  side  of  Cobe- 
quid  Bay  near  its  head,  lies  East-Southerly  about  13  miles  from 
Burncoat  Head  Lighthouse,  and  Southeasterly  6j4  miles  from 
Spencer  Point  Lighthouse. 

Memarka, 

From  the  entrance  to  "Welsford,  a  distance  of  about  15  miles, 
the  Shubenacadie  River  is  navigable  at  High  Tide.  Upon  the 
the  Western  side  of  the  entrance  of  this  River  is  Maitland. 

Truro. 

About  8  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the  entrance  to  Shubenaca- 
die River,  near  the  head  of  the  Bay,  is  Truro.  Vessels  at  High 
Tide  can  pass  up  to  this  place. 

Inlets  on  the  Northern  Side  of  Cobeqnid  Bay. 

Upon  the  Northern  side  of  Cobequid  Bay,  there  are  several 
small  Inlits  or  Rivers,  none  of  which  are  navigable  at  Low  Tide. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Cobequid  Bay  on  the  days  of  the  Full  ana 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  12  h.  41  m.,  or  about  1  h.  12  m.  after  it 
is  at  Boston.  Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  48  ft.  This  is  the 
highest  rise  in  Bay  of  Fundy. 


Black  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southern  side  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy  is  a  White  Square 
Building  with  lantern  on  top,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a 
fixed  White  Light.  Haute  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Black 
Rook  Lighthouse  NW.  Ilj4  miles;  Fog  Whistle  on  Cape  D'Or, 
N.  byE.  }4  E.,  7^  miles;  Cape  Split,  E.  by  N.  ji  N.  15 
miles. 


318 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


SCOTSMAN'S  COVE. 

To  the  Southward  of  Cape  Split  is  a  large  deep  bend  called 
Scotsman's  Cove,  which  has  hut  litile  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Vessels  navigating  this  part  o^  the  coast  should  therefore  give 
this  Cove  a  wide  berth. 

Dangers  between  ScotsnLiLii's  Cove  and  Black 
Rock  Lighthouse. 

Between  Scotsman's  Cove  and  Black  Rock  Lighthouse  there  are 
no  dangers  excepting  those  lying  near  the  shore.  Vessels  there- 
fore navigating  this  pai't  of  the  coast  may  keep  about  %  mih 
from  the  shore  without  danger. 

Margaretville  Idghthouse. 

Upon  the  extremity  of  the  Point  (South  side  of  Bay  of  Fundy) 
is  a  Lighthouse  painted  in  Horizontal  Black  and  White  Stripes. 
At  this  date  (1884)  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light. 

A  short  distance  to  the  Eastward  of  this  Lighthouse  is  a  small 
Pier  or  Breakwater.  Black  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  from  Mar- 
garetville Lighthouse  £.  by  N.  15  miles,  Haute  Island  Light- 
house NE.  by  N.  ^/(  N.  12j4  miles,  and  Fog  Whistle  on  Cape 
D'Or  NE.  by  E.  X  E-    19  miles. 


Dangers  between  Black  Rock  Lighthouse  and 
Margaretville  Lighthouse. 

Margaretville  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  is  about  ^  mile  from  shore,  lies  E.NE-  and' 
W.SW.  about  ^  mile,  and  at  I-ow  Tide  has  but  little  water 
upon  it.  The  shoalest  part  of  this  danger  bears  from  Margaret- 
ville Lighthouse  NE.  by  E.  K  E.  about  a  mile.  There  is  a  nar- 
row Channel  between  this  obsti'uction  and  the  shore.  There  are 
no  other  dangers  off  this  part  of  the  coast,  and  vessels  bound  up 
or  down  the  Bay  may  approach  the  shore  within  a  mile  without 
danger. 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


319 


Part  Williama  or  Marshall  Cove  Idghthouse, 

Upon  the  South  side  of  Bay  of  Fundy  is  a  White  Square  Build- 
ing with  lantern  on  top.  At  this  date  (1884)  two  fixed  White 
Lights  (one  above  the  other)  are  shown  from  this  Lighthouse. 
A  short  distance  to  the  Westward  of  this  Lighthouse  is  a  small 
Pier  or  Breakwater.  Point  Prim  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  Annap- 
olis Basin,  bears  from  Port  Williams  Lighthouse  W.  by  S.  ji  S-j 
27  miles ;  and  Margaretville  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.  }4  N,  10^ 
miles. 

Dcngers  between  Margaretville  Lighthouse  and 
Fort  Williams  Lighthouse. 

Between  Margaretville  Lighthouse  and  Port  Williams  Light- 
house there  are  not  any  dangers  excepting  those  which  lie  near 
the  shore.  Vessels  bound  up  or  down  the  Bay  of  Fundy  may 
approach  this  shore  within  j^  mile  without  danger. 

Currents  between  Fort  Williams  Lighthouse  and 
Black  Bock  Lighthouse. 

Between  Port  Williams  Lighthouse  and  Black  Rock  Lighthouse, 
a  distance  of  about  26  miles,  the  currents  of  Flood  and  Ebb  set  up 
and  down  the  Bay  from  2  to  3  knots.  The  current  turns  out  of 
the  Bay  off  shore  about  20  minutes  after  High  Water,  and  turns  in 
about  20  minutes  after  Low  Water. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Port  Williams  Lighthouse  on  the  days  of 
the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  11  h.  15  m.,  or  about  14  min- 
utes before  it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  25  feet. 


St.  Croix  Bay. 

This  small  Bay  or  Cove  lies  about  2j4  miles  to  the  Westward 
of  Port  Williams  Lighthouse.  In  Summer,  with  good  weather 
and  winds  off  the  land,  small  vessels  may  anchor  in  this  place  iu 
about  5  fathoms  of  water  at  Low  Tide. 


320 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


ANNAPOLIS   BASIN. 

The  entrance  to  this  Basin,  which  is  by  the  narrow  passage 
called  Digby  Gut,  lies  West-Southerly  about  26  miles  from  Port 
Williams  Lighthouse,  about  35  miles  S.  %  lii*  from  Partridge 
Island  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  the  Harbor  of  St.  John ;  East- 
Southerly  44  miles  from  the  Northeast  part  of  Grand  Manan,  and 
East-Northerly  about  26  miles  from  Boar's  Head,  entrance  to  the 
Petit  Passage. 

Point  PHm  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Point  Piim,  Southern  side  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  and 
West  side  of  entrance  to  Annapolis  Basin,  is  a  Lighthouse  painted 
in  Red  and  White  vertical  Stripes,  with  square  Tower.  At  this 
date  (1884)  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A 
Whistle  is  placed  near  the  Lighthouse  which  in  thick  weather 
sounds  8  seconds  in  each  minute. 


Bearings  and  Distances  f^om  Point  Frim  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
.    E.  by  N.  ^  N.,     .    27  miles. 


Port  Williams  Lighthouse,  .     . 

Partridge    Island    Lighthouse, 

enti'ance  to  St.  John,    .  .     . 

Swallow  Tail  Lighthouse,  .     . 

Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse,  .     . 

Boar's  Head  Lighthouse,  en- 
trance to  Petit  Passage,  .     . 


Ncwrth,   ....  35 

NW.byW.?<W.,  41 

W.  5^  N.,    .    .    .  44 

SW.byW.  ^W.,  25 


Remarks, 

There  is  but  little  water  at  Low  Tide  in  the  Southern  and 
Eastern  part  of  Annapolis  Basin  ;  but  there  is  good  Anchorage  at 
Low  Tide  on  the  Western  side  in  about  6  fathoms  water ;  this 
Anchorage  is  about  3J^  miles  above  the  Lighthouse,  and  about  % 
mile  Northeasterly  from  the  town  of  Digby ;  this  last  named 
place,  which  lies  in  the  Southwesterly  corner  of  this  Basin,  is 
about  4  miles  from  the  entrance.  The  currents  of  Flood  and 
Ebb  set  in  and  out  through  the  Gut  from  4  to  5  knots. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


321 


Sailing  Directions  for  Annapolis  Basin  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  to  Annapolis  Basin  may,  with  a  commanding 
breeze  on  the  Flood,  run  in,  keeping  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Gut 
best  aboard  until  past  Man-of-War  Rock,  which  is  on  the  West- 
ern side  about  1}^  miles  above  the  Lighthouse,  then  haul  over  for 
the  Western  side,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  end  of  the  Spit, 
about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  a  short  distance 
Southwest  from  it,  in  from  5  to  6  fathoms  water.  If  bound  to 
Digby  it  will  be  necessary  to  Wiiit  at  this  Anchorage  until  High 
Water. 

Rivers  emptsring  into  Annapolis  Basin. 

The  principal  Rivers  which  empty  into  Annapolis  Basin  are 
Bear  River  and  Annapolis  River.  The  entrance  to  the  former, 
whicli  lies  Southeasterly  about  G  miles  from  Point  Prim  Light- 
house, is  navigable  for  some  distance  at  High  Tide ;  the  latter, 
which  runs  parallel  with  the  Bay  of  Fundy  for  a  considerable 
distance,  is  separated  from  it  only  by  a  narrow  tract  of  hilly  land 
not  more  than  3  or  4  miles  wide.  On  the  banks  of  the  Annapolis 
River  are  the  towns  of  Annapolis  and  Bridgetown. 

Hemarks, 

From  the  entrance  of  Digby  Gut  to  Annapolis  the  distance  is 
about  14  miles,  and  from  thence  to  Bridgetown  about  12  miles. 
At  Low  Tide  about  19  feet  water  can  be  taken  up  abreast  Annap- 
olis, and  from  this  point  the  river  is  not  navigable  to  Bridgetown 
at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Annapolis  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Light  draught  vessels  bound  up  the  Annapolis  River  may,  with 
a  commanding  breeze  on  the  first  of  the  Flood,  run  in,  keeping  the 
Eastern  side  of  the  Gut  best  aboard.  When  through  this  Gut  make 
good  the  course  SE.,  until  the  Northern  part  of  the  town  of 
Digby  bears  W.  by  S-  }4  S. ;  then  make  good  the  course  E-  by 
"N.  j4  N.,  carrying  from  4  to  6  fathoms  through  the  narrow 
channel.  As  you  sail  up  you  will  see,  nearly  in  the  middle,  Goat 
Island ;  when  about  a  mile  from  this  Island,  haul  more  northerly, 


•'^•. 
3 


322 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


passing  about  midway  between  it  and  tlie  Northern  shore ;  when 
past  this  Island  keep  midway  in  the  river,  carrying  deep  water  to 
Annapolis.  If  bound  farther  up,  a  pilot  is  necessary.  Wlien  past 
Annapolis  there  is  good  anchorage  on  the  Southern  side  of  the 
river  in  from  4  to  10  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  Strangers  in 
large  vessels  bound  up  the  Annapolis  River  should  take  pilots  at 
Dig  by  Anchorage. 


BEAR  RIVER. 

The  .^atraace  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  South  side  of 
Annapolis  Basin,  lies  about  6  miles  Southeasterly  from  Point 
Pi'im  Lighthouse,  Strangers  bound  to  this  River  should  take 
pilots  at  Digby  Anchorage. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Annapolis  Basin  on  the  days  of  the  Fhll 
and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  11  h.  0  m.,  or  about  29  minutes 
before  it  is  in  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  26  feet. 

Dangers  between  Fort  Williams  Lighthouse  and 
Point  Prim  (entrance  to  Digby  Gut). 

From  Port  Williams  Lighthouse  to  Digby  Gut  (entrance),  a 
distance  of  about  26  miles,  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  those 
lying  near  the  shore.  Vessels  navigating  this  part  of  the  coast 
may  therefore  approach  the  shore  within  j^  mile  without  danger. 


Gulliver  Hole. 

This  small  Cove,  in  which  there  is  temporary  Anchorage  in  from 
5  to  8  fathoms  water,  lies  West-Southerly  7j^  miles  from  Point 
Prim  Lighthouse,  and  East-Northerly  about  18  miles  from  Boar  s 
Head  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  the  Petit  Passage.  This  place  only 
affords  safe  Anchorage  in  summer,  with  settled  weather  and  winds 
blowing  off  the  land. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


323 


PETIT  PASSAGE. 

The  entrance  to  this  narrow  Passage,  which  leads  into  St.  Mary 
Bay,  is  on  the  Southern  side  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  and  lies  South- 
westerly about  25  miles  from  Point  Prim  Lighthouse,  Southwest- 
erly about  51  miles  from  Partridge  Island  Lighthouse,  entrance 
to  the  Harbor  of  St.  John,  East-Southerly  25  miles  from  Gannet 
Rock  Lighthouse,  and  East-Northerly  about  9  miles  from  the 
entrance  to  the  Grand  Passage. 

Boar's  Head  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Boar's  Head,  West  side  of  North  entrance  to  Petit  Pas- 
sage, is  a  White  Square  Building  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows 
alternately  every  minute  a  Revolving  Red  and  White  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  f^om  Boar's  Head  Lighthouse. 


P^int  Prim  Lighthouse,  en- 

Distanoes. 

trance  to  Digby  Gut, .     . 

NE.  by  'E.Ji'E,      . 

25     miles. 

Partridge  Island  Lighthouse, 

entrance  to  the  Harbor  of 

St.  John, 

NE.  byN.  54N.,     . 

51         " 

Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse, . 

N.  KE.,    .    .    .    . 

41         « 

Swallow  Tail  Lighthouse,    . 

NW.byN.  J^N.,    . 

31 

Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse,   . 

NW.  by  W.  J4:  W., 

25         " 

Bryer  Island  Lighthouse,     . 

SW.byW.,   .    .    . 

12 

Northwest  Ledge,      .     .     . 

W.byS.  >^  S.,   .     . 

9J4      " 

Memarks, 

Petit  Passage  is  about  2  miles  long,  and  about  }(  mile  wide, 
with  a  depth  of  from  6  to  20  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  In 
navigating  this  Passage  the  principal  danger  is  Boar's  Head  Shoal, 
which  lies  at  the  Northern  entrance,  and  at  Low  Tide  has  7  feet 
water  upon  it.  Boar's  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger 
SW.  by  S.  y3  mile.  There  is  a  narrow  Channel  of  4  fathoms 
water  between  this  Shoal  and  the  Lighthouse.  Strangers  should 
not,  however,  attempt  to  pass  through  this  last-named  passage 
except  in  cases  of  emergency. 


KLDltlDGES   COAST  TILOT. 

C?    rents* 

The  current  of  Flood  sets  to  the  Northward  through  this 
passage  at  the  rate  of  about  7  knots,  while  the  YMb  sets  through 
to  the  Southward  with  about  the  same  strength  and  velocity, 
btrangers  should  uot  therefore  attempt  this  passage  with  light 
winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Petit  Passage  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  coming  down  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  and  wishing  to  pass 
through  the  Petit  Passage  into  St.  Mary  Bay,  may,  with  a  com- 
manding breeze,  on  the  Ebb,  run  through,  keeping  about  midway 
the  Passage.  In  order  to  avoid  Boar's  Head  Shoal  (before  de- 
scribed), in  entering,  keep  nearer  the  Eastern  side. 

Vessels  from  St.  Mary  Bay,  wishing  to  pass  through  the  Petit 
Passage  into  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  may,  with  a  commanding  breeze, 
on  the  Flood,  run  through,  keeping  midway  the  passage.  In 
order  to  avoid  Boar's  Head  Shoal,  when  abreast  the  Lightliouse 
Jceep  nearer  the  Eastern  side.  ♦ 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  entrance  of  the  Petit  Passage  on  the 
days  of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  10  h.  41  m.,  or  about 
48  minutes  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Mean  Rise  and  Fall  of  Tides, 
20  feet. 


Dangers  between  Point  Prim  Lighthouse  (entrance 
to  Annapolis  Basin)  and  Boar's  Head  Lighthouse 
(entrance  to  the  Petit  Passage). 

Between  Point  Prim  Lighthouse  and  Boar's  Head  Lighthouse,  a 
distance  of  25  miles,  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  those  lying 
near  the  shore.  Vessels,  therefore,  bound  up  or  down  the  Bay  of 
Fundy,  may  approach  this  part  of  the  coast  within  ^  mile  with- 
out danger. 

Currents, 

The  currents  of  Flood  and  Ebb  from  Point  Prim  Lighthouse  to 
Petit  Passage  set  along  the  shore  at  the  rate  of  from  2  to  2^ 
knots. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


325 


Orand  Passage. 

The  entrance  to  this  Passage  which  leads  into  the  entrance  of 
St.  Mary  Bay,  is  on  the  Southern  side  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  and 
lies  West-Southerly  about  9  miles  from  Boar's  Head  Lighthouse  i 
Southwesterly  58  miles  from  Partridge  Island  Lighthouse  ;  South- 
westerly about  47  miles  from  Point  Lepreau  Lighthouse ;  South- 
easterly about  2314  miles  from  the  Ga^rot  Rock  Lighthouse, 
and  East-Northerly  3^  miles  from  Bryer  Island  Lighthouse. 

Weatport  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Peters  Island  near  the  middle  of  the  Southern  entrance 
to  the  Grand  Passage  is  a  White,  Square  Building,  which  at  this 
date  (1884)  shows  two  fixed  White  Lights  24  feet  apart;  these 
lights  are  visible  fi-om  the  Northward  between  the  bearings  of 
S.  by  W-,  and  S.SWm  and  from  the  Southward  between  the 
bearings  of  NE.  by  E.,  and  NW.  by  N-  %  N 

.  Dangers  in  Navigating  the  Orand  Passage. 

Peters  Island  Ledge, 

This  Ledge  extends  off  about  ^  mile  to  the  Northward  of  the 
Lighthouse  on  Peters  Island ;  but  the  Eastern,  Western  and 
Southern  sides  of  this  Island  are  quite  bold. 

•  Passage  Shoal, 

This  small  Rocky  Shoal,  which  at  Low  Tide  has  about  19 
feet  water  upon  it,  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  Passage,  and 
has  deep  water  on  both  sides  of  it.  Peters  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  danger  S.  %  W.  ]^  mile.  Heavy  draught  ves- 
sels should  avoid  this  danger. 


Cow  Ledge, 

About  %  mile  from  tlie  Northern  entrance  to  the  Grand  Pas- 
sage, upon  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel,  is  Cow  Ledge.  This 
danger,  which  extends  off  from  the  Eastern  side  about  J^  mile,  is 
bold  on  its  Western  side.  In  order  to  avoid  this  danger,  vessels 
navigating  this  Passage  should  keep  the  Western  shore  close 
aboard. 


326 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Cow  Ledge  Shoal, 

At  the  Northern  entrance  to  the  Grand  PuHsage,  nearly  in  the 
middle  of  the  Channel,  is  Cow  Ledge  Shoal,  which  at  Low  Tide 
has  about  13  feet  water  upon  it.  The  best  Channel  is  to  the 
Westward  of  this  danger.  Shoal  water  also  extends  off  about 
250  yards  Northeasterly  from  the  Northern  Point  of  Bryer  Island, 
West  side  of  entrance  to  this  passage. 

Remarks, 

The  length  of  the  Grand  Passage  from  tne  Northern  entrance 
to  Peters  Island,  which  is  near  the  Southern  entrance,  is  1^ 
miles ;  its  width  varies  from  ^  to  -)4  mile.  At  Low  Tide  about 
€  fathoms  water  can  be  taken  through  this  Passage. 

Currents, 

The  currents  of  Flood  and  Ebb  run  through  this  Passage  at  the 
rate  of  from  f)  to  6  miles  an  hour ;  the  Flood  sets  to  the  Northward, 
while  that  of  the  Ebb  runs  to  the  Southward.  With  light  winds 
strangers  should  not  attempt  this  Passage. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Grand  Passage  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Bay  of  Fundy  intending  to  pass  through  the 
Grand  Passage  may,  with  a  commanding  breeze  and  Ebb  Tide, 
run, through  ;  in  order  to  avoid  Cow  Ledge  Shoal  and  Cow  Ledge 
'  (both  of  which  have  before  been  described),  keep  the  Western 
shore  close  aboard ;  when  past  Cow  Ledge  large  or  heavy  draught 
vessels  should  run  for  Peters  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  S-  by 
W.  %  W.,  leaving  Passage  Shoal  on  the  starboard  hand;  when 
about  y^  mile  from  the  Lighthouse,  steer  moi'e  Southerly,  leaving 
it  not  more  than  300  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when  past  this 
Lighthouse  steer  SSW-  out  of  the  Passage. 

Vessels  from  St.  Mary  Bay  bound  through  the  Grand  Passage 
may,  with  a  commanding  breeze  and  Flood  Tide,  leave  the  Light- 
house on  Peters  Island  about  300  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  about  North  (leaving  Passage  Shoal  which  has  19  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide)  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  past  this  danger,  in 
order  to  avoid  Cow  Ledge  and  Cow  Ledge  Shoal,  keep  the 
Western  shore  close  aboard,  and  run  out  of  the  Passage. 


Thor 
(opposi 
Isl'  nd, 

Vess« 
in  and 
Northeii 
from  th 

At  Lc 
vessels  < 
Passage 


It  is  I 

and  Chai 
at  Bostoi 


Upon  t 
onal  Bull 
Light. 

A  Steal 
weather 
of  4  secoi 
house  bee 
miles. 

TheNc 
the  Granc 
no  dangei 
therefore, 
danger. 

Fi'om  tl 
is  dry  at 
and  termii 
named  dai 
water  clos 
Lighthous 
bound  out 


ELDRIDGF/S  COAST   PILOT. 


327 


Anchorage  in  the  Qrand  Passage. 

There  is  Anchorage  on  the  Western  Hide  of  this  Passage 
(opposite  the  vilhij^e  of  VVestport),  about  J^  mile  above  Peters 
Isl'  ad,  in  from  7  to  U  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Vessels  bound  either  way  through  tlie  Grand  Passage  may  haul 
in  and  anchor  in  from  7  to  9  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide ;  the 
Nortlieaf  c  end  of  Peters  Island  bears  about  SB.  by  S.,  ^  mile 
from  this  Anciiorage. 

At  Low  Tide,  by  keeping  midway  the  channel,  which  is  narrow, 
vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught  can  enter  the  Grand 
Passage  to  the  Westward  of  Poters  Island. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  the  Graad  Passage  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  10  h.  43  m.,  or  about  46  ra.  before  it  is 
at  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides,  19  feet. 

Bryer  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Northwestern  point  of  Bryer  Island  is  a  Wliite  Octag- 
onal Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  White 
Light. 

A  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick 
weather  sounds  three  blasts  of  4  secords  duration,  with  intervijls 
of  4  seconds  between  them,  in  each  minute.  Gannet  Ilock  Light- 
house bears  from  Bryer  inland  Lighthouse  NW-  by  N.  yi  N.  23 

miles. 

Remarks, 

The  Northwestern  side  of  Bryer  Island  from  the  entrance  of 
the  Grand  Passage  to  the  Lighthouse,  is  quite  bold,  and  there  are 
no  dangers  excepting  those  \y'\\>%  near  the  shore.  Vessels  may, 
therefore,  approach  this  part  of  the  Island  within  y^  mile  without 
danger.    . 

From  the  Southwest  end  of  Bryer  Island,  a  Rocky  Shoal,  which 
is  dry  at  about  Yz  Ebb,  extends  off  Southwest  about  l]^  miles, 
and  terminates  with  a  small  Rock  called  Gull  Rock.  This  last- 
named  danger  is  about  6  feet  above  High  Water,  and  has  deep 
water  close  to  it  except  on  its  Southwest  side.  Bryer  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Gull  Rock  N.  by  E.  2^  miles.  Vessels 
bound  out  or  into  St.  Mary  Bay  should  beware  of  this  danger. 


328 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Bryer  Island  S^  W,  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  small,  has  at  Low  Tide  about  12  feet 
water  upon  it.  Gull  liock  (before  described)  bears  from  the 
centre  of  this  danger  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  about  2  miles,  Bryer 
Island  Lighthouse  NE.  %.  N.  about  4  miles.  One-half  mile 
S.SW.  from  this  danger  8  fathoms  water  is  found ;  SE.  by  S. 
)4  S.,  ^  mile,  14  fathoms;  E-NE.  ^  mile,  7  fathoms;  W. 
NW.  %  mile,  5  fathoms ;  and  North  J^  mile,  20  fathoms.  Iq 
approaching  this  danger  in  thick  weather  or  night-time,  the  lead 
therefore  gives  but  little  warning. 

Currents  near  8.  W.  Ledge, 

The  currents  of  Flood  and  Ebb  run  st'-ong  across  the  S.  W. 
Ledge  making  a  heavy  Tide  Rip ;  there  ai  e  also  strong  Ripples 
between  the  Gull  Rock  and  this  danger,  b':t  the  Channel  between 
them,. which  is  nearly  2  miles  wide,  has  irom  6  to  13  fathoms 
water  in  it. 

Northwest  Ledge, 

This  small,  dangerous  Ledge  has  but  4  or  5  feet  water  on  it  at 
Low  Tide.  Bryer  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  S.  by  W. 
about  4  miles.  This  danger  is  very  bold  on  its  Northern,  North- 
eastern and  Northwestern  parts,  and  cannot  be  approached  by 
the  lead 

JBeatson  Ledge, 

This  small  Ledge,  which  at  Low  Tide  has  about  12  feet  water 
upon  it,  lies  West-Southerly  about  a  mile  from  the  Northwest 
Ledge.  This  danger  is  also  bold,  and  cannot  be  approached  by 
the  lead.  Bryer  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Beatson  Ledge  S. 
K  E.,  3^  miles,  to  the  Southeastward  and  South  westward  of 
Beatson  and  Northwest  Ledges.  There  are  several  spots  of  from 
5  to  10  fathoms  water.  Between  these  dangers  and  Bryer  Island 
Lighthouse  the  Channel  is  about  3  miles  wide,  with  a  depth  of 
from  20  to  30  fathoms  water. 

Currents, 

The  currents  of  Flood  and  Ebb  set  strong  across  these  dangers, 
forminf^  heavy  Tide  Rips  ;  and  tliere  are  also  strong  Tide  Ripples  in 
this  vicinity.  With  light  winds  vessels  bound  up  or  down  the 
Bay  of  Fundy  should  give  these  dangers  a  wide  berth. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


329 


ST.  MARY  BAY. 

Thi8  Bay  lies  between  Cape  St.  Mary  and  the  Mainland  on  the 
South,  and  Bryer  Island,  Long  Island  and  the  narrow  Peninsula 
called  Digby  Neck  on  the  North,  and  extends  Northeasterly  and 
Southwesterly  about  30  miles.  At  the  entrance  it  is  about  11 
miles  wide,  and  gradually  diminishes  to  4  miles  near  its  Head. 
Near  the  entrance  the  depth  of  water  is  from  20  to  30  fathoms, 
but  gradually  dec: eases  to  10  and  5  fathoms.  Near  its  Head  it  is 
dry  at  Low  Tide. 

Cape  St,  Mary  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Cape  St.  Mary,  South  side  of  entrance  to  St.  Mary  Bay, 
is  a  White  Octagonal  Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows 
a  Revolving  Red  and  White  Light  every  minute. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cape  St.  Mary  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

CapeFourchu, S.  by  W.,    .     .     .  ITJ^  miles. 

Peters   Island    Lighthouse, 

South  entrance  to  the  Grand 

Pass, N.  by  W.,  .     .     .  Uj^     " 

South  entrance  to   the   Petit 

Pass, NE.  byEj^E.,  .  17j^      " 

Trinity  Rock, SW.  3^  W.,     .     .  7         «' 

Bryer  Island  S.  W.  Ledge,     .    NW- 5^  N.,     .     .  11         " 

Upon  the  Northern  side  of  Cape  St  Mary  the  shore  is  bold,  and 
vessels  may  approach  within  J^  mile  without  danger ;  but  a  Rocky 
Shoal  runs  off  Southwesterly  nearly  ^  mile  from  the  Lighthouse, 
over  which  the  current  rui  j  strong,  showing  a  heavy  Tide  Rip. 

Montegan  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southern  side  of  St.  Mary  Bay  about  8^  miles 
N'>rtheasterly  from  Cape  St.  Mary  Lighthouse,  upon  the  extreme 
end  of  the  Breakwater,  is  a  Lighthouse  painted  in  lied  Vertical 
Stripes  on  the  seaward  side.  Lantern  Black.  At  this  date  (1884) 
this  Lighthouse  shows  a  Green  Fixed  Light.  The  tide  leaves  the 
Breakwater  upon  which  the  Lighthouse  stands,  about  an  hour 
before  Low  Tide.     Southern  entrance  to  Grand  Passage  bears 


330 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


from  Montegan   Lighthouse  NW.  by  W-   %   W.  8>^    miles. 
South  entrance  to  Petit  Passage,  N.  %.  £•  10  miles. 

From  Montegan  Lighthouse  Shoal  Water  e  .tends  off  North- 
westerly about  a  mile,  and  vessels  bound  up  or  down  St.  Mary 
Bay  should  beware  of  this  danger. 

Church  Point  Idghthouae, 

About  15J^  miles  Northeasterly  from  Cape  St.  Mary  Light- 
house, upon  Church  Point,  which  is  on  the  Southern  side  of  St. 
Mary  Bay,  is  a  White  Square  Wooden  Building,  which  at  this  date 
(1884)  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light.  South  entrance  to  Grand  Pas- 
sage bears  from  Church  Point  Lighthouse  W.  by  S    ^  S.  lOj, 


miles  ;  South  entrance  to  Petit  Passage,  NW.  |4  N.  4^^  miles. 

Between  Montegan  Lighthouse  and  Church  Point  Lighthouse 
Shoal  Water  extends  off  in  some  places  nearly  a  mile.  A  Rocky 
Shoal  also  makes  off  a  considerable  distance  Northeasterly  from 
the  last-named  Point.  Vessels  bound  up  or  dowu  St.  Mary  Bay 
should  not  therefore  approach  this  part  of  the  coast  nearer  than 
IJ^  miles. 


SISSIBOU  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Southern  side  of  St. 
Mary  Bay,  lies  Northeasterly  23  miles  from  Cape  St.  Mary  Light- 
house, East-Northerly  18  miles  from  the  South  entrance  to  the 
Grand  Pass,  and  East-Northerly  9  miles  from  the  South  entrance 
to  the  Petit  Pass. 

8i88ibou  River  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Southern  side  of  St.  Mary  Bay,  about  8  miles  North- 
easterly from  Church  Point  Lighthouse,  and  on  the  South  side  of 
entrance  to  Sissibou  River,  is  a  White  Square  Wooden  Building, 
which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  White  Light. 

Remarks, 

On  account  of  a  Bar  which  lies  near  t'je  entrance,  the  Sissiboa 
River  is  only  navigable  for  vessels,  at  High  Water,  of  from  14  to 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


331 


1 7  f (!et  draught.  Near  its  entrance  upon  its  Eastern  side  is  the 
village  of  Weymouth.  From  Church  Point  Lighthouse  to  the  en- 
trance of  this  River  in  some  places  Shoal  "Water  makes  off  nearly  a 
mile  from  shore.  Vessels  bound  up  or  down  St.  Mary  Bay  should 
beware  of  this  danger. 

XJast  Sandy  Cove, 

This  Cove,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  St.  Mary  Bay,  \a 
very  small,  and  lies  about  8j^  miles  above  the  Southern  entrance 
to  the  Petit  Passage,  and  neai'ly  opposite  the  entrance  to  Sissibou 
Eiver.     At  High  Water  about  6  feet  can  be  taken  into  this  Cove. 

St.  Mary  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  is  about  4  miles  above  the  entrance  of  the 
Sissibou  River,  extends  Northeast  and  Southwest  about  2  miles, 
and  has  a  general  width  of  about  a  mile.  Near  the  middle  of  the 
shoal  is  a  small  rocky  spot  of  4  feet.  With  this  exception  the 
soundings  upon  it  at  Low  Tide  range  from  9  to  18  feet.  Between 
this  danger  and  the  Northern  side  of  the  Bay,  close  to  the  shore, 
there  is  a  narrow  Channel  of  5  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  and  there  is 
also  a  Channel  of  from  5  to  15  fathoms  between  it  and  the  South- 
ern shore.  Above  St.  Mary  Shoal,  to  the  head  of  the  Bay  there, 
is  but  little  deep  water  at  Low  Tide.  The  Northern  side  of  this 
Bay,  from  St.  Mary  Shoal  to  the  entrance  of  the  Grand  Passage,  is 
very  bold,  and  vessels  may  approach  it  within  ^  mile  without 
danger. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  St.  Mary  Bay  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  10  h.  45  m.,  or  abou*^^  44  minutes  before 
it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  Rise  and  Fall  of  Tides,  19  ft. 


Gannet  Hock  Lighthouse, 

Gannet  Rock,  which  is  small,  is  elevated  about  25  feet  above 
water  at  High  Tide.  The  Lighthouse,  which  is  an  Octagonal 
Tower,  is  painted  in  Vertical  Stripes,  Black  and  White,  and  at  this 
date  (1884)  shows  a  Flashing  White  Light.  A  Gun  is  fired  to 
answer  signals  in  thick  weather. 


332 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Oannet  Book  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Point  Prim  Lighthouse  (en- 
trance to  Annapolis  Basin) ,     E.  ^  Sm  •     •     •     •     44      miles. 

Boar's  Head  Lighthouse  (en- 
trance to  Petit  Passage) ,    .     SE.  byE.  5<E.,    .     25        « 

Bryer  Island  Lighthouse,       .     SE.  by  S.  ^  S-,     .     23        " 

Machais  Seal  Island  Light- 
houses,   W.  by  N.  }i  N.,    .     14        " 

Gull  Head  Lighthouse  (Grand 

Manan), NW.  byN.  J^N-,       1%     « 

Beacon  on  Old  Pi'oprietor,      .     E.  by  N.,      .     *    .      b}i     " 

Remarks, 

Both  to  the  Eastward  and  Westward  of  Gannet  Bock  Light- 
house there  are  many  Rocks,  Shoals  and  Ledges,  with  deep  water 
olose  to  them.  The  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  sets  very  strong 
across  these  shoals,  making  the  navigation  (especially  in  thick 
weather)  extremely  dangerous  in  this  vicinity.  A  better  knowl- 
edge of  these  dangers  can  be  obtained  by  closely  inspecting  the 
charts  of  this  locality  than  by  any  written  description.  We  shall, 
bowever,  attempt  to  describe  some  of  the  most  prominent  dangers 
in  the  vicinity  of  this  Lighthouocs. 

Murr  Ledges, 

These  Ledges,  some  of  which  are  above  water,  lie  to  the  West- 
ward of  the  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse,  and  extend  North  and 
South  about  4  miles,  with  deep  water  around  and  between  them. 
The  Flood  runs  to  the  Eastward  and  Ebb  to  the  Westward  ovcir 
these  dangers  with  a  velocity  of  from  3  to  4  knots.  No  stranger 
should,  therefore,  attempt  to  go  between  them. 

St.  Mary  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  the  Southermost  of  the  Mun*  Ledges,  is 
very  small,  f.nd  only  covered  at  High  Water.  Gannet  KocI: 
Lighthouse  bears  from  St.  Mary  Ledge  E.  by  N.  ^/i  N.  2^ 
miles.  Yellow  Ledge  (Southern  Rock  10  feet  above  water)  bears 
from  St.  Mary  Ledge  NW.  by  W-  J4  W.  }i  mile.  Between 
St.  Mary  Ledge  and  the  Southern  Rock  (of  Yellow  Ledge)  thoro 
is  a  Sunken  Rock  having  but  4  feet  water  on  it  at  Low  Tide. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


333 


Long  Ledge. 

The  Northern  part  of  this  Ledge,  some  parts  of  which  are  bare 
at  Half  Tide,  extends  N.NE.  and  S-SW-  more  thdn  a  mile,  with 
deep  water  close  to  it.  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  from  the 
centre  of  this  danger  E.  by  S.  ^  S.  3jl^  miles  ;  St.  Mary  Ledge, 
S.  by  E.  Yz  E.  2^  miles.  Between  Long  Ledge  and  St.  Mary 
Ledge  there  are  a  number  of  dangers  which  are  too  numerous  to 
mention  here. 

West  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  the  Northern  part  of  which  is  awash  at  High  Tide, 
has  deep  water  all  round  it.  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  danger  E>SE>  4  miles.  Between  West  Ledge  and  the 
Northern  part  of  Long  Ledge  there  is  a  Channel  ^  mile  wide, 
with  a  depth  of  10  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 


Wallace  Ledge, 

This  small  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  about  y^  Ebb,  is  the 
Northernmost  of  the  Murr  Ledges,  and  has  deep  water  all  round 
it.  Gaunt .,  Rock  Lighthouse  beai's  from  this  danger  SE.  by  E. 
41^  miles ;  Gull  Head  Lighthouse  (Southwest  Head  Grand 
M;inan)  N-  ]4.  E.  4^^  miles ;  Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses, 
W-  Y^  N.  10  miles.  Between  Wallace  Ledge  and  the  Southwest 
Head  of  Grand  Manan  th«jre  is  a  clear  Cliannel  4  miles  wide, 
having  a  depth  of  from  10  to  20  fathoms  water  ;  but  between  this 
last-named  Ledge  and  Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses  there  are 
two  dangerous  Rocks  called  the  Bull  and  S.E.  Shoal.  The  former 
is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  while  the  latter  has  about  9  feet  water  upon 
it  ut  this  time  of  tide. 

Bull  JRock, 

This  small  Rock,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  has  deep  water  rU 
round  it.  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  E.  by 
S.  /i  S.,  7  miles ;  Gull  Head  Lighthouse  (Southwest  Head 
Grand  Manan),  NE.  by  N.,  ^%.  miles;  Machias  Seal  Island 
Lighthouses,  W.  by  N.  Yt  N.,  7  miles. 

Southeast  Ledge, 

This  danger,  on  which  the  sea  breaks  in  heavy  weather,  has  not 
less  than  5  fathoms  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.    The  current  of 


334 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT 


Flood  and  Ebb  sets  strong  across  this  Ledge,  forming  heavy  Tide 
Rips.  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  from  Southeast  Ledge  E. 
Yi  N.  10  miles;  Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses  NW.  Yt  N., 
5  ^  miles. 

Southeast  Shoal, 

This  is  a  small,  Rocky  Shoal,  having  but  7  feet  water  upon  it 
at  Low  Tide.  Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses  bear  from  this 
danger  NW.  1^  miles. 

Machia8  Seal  Island  Ledge. 

This  danger,  upon  which  there  are  about  12  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide,  lies  E.  by  S.  J^  S.,  from  Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses, 
distance  Yz  mile. 

Cross  Jack  Ledge, 

This  danger,  which  is  above  water,  has  deep  water  all  round  it. 
Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  C  by  S.*  2  miles. 

Half-Tide  Rock. 

This  danger,  which  has  deep  water  all  round  it,  lies  W.  Y2  N. 
about  ^  mile  from  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Gannet  Rock  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  has  12  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
about  Y^  ™il6  SE.  by  S.  ^  S.  from  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Manan  Ledges, 

The  Ledges  which  lie  to  the  Southward  of  White  Head  Island  * 
are  Black  Rock,  the  Northeasternmost  of  which  is  above  water ;  the 
Brazils,  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide ;  the  Tinker,  Northwestern- 
most,  dry  at  Low  Tide  ;  the  Diamonds,  which  are  also  dry  at  Low 
Tide ;  the  Rans,  or  Westernmost ;  the  Proprietor,  just  seen  at  Low 
Tide,  with  Shoal  Water  about  ^  mile  to  the  Southward  of  it ; 
and  lastly,  the  Old  Proprietor,  or  the  Outer  or  Southernmost  of 
these  dangers. 


T^iis  dj 

Ledges,  i 

marked  w 

is  elevate 

was  found 

W.,  1  mil 

covered,  t 

and  veloci 

from  this  ] 

Islands  N" 

Between 

Island  thei 

and  Ebb  se 

and  Rippl( 

Strangers  s 

of  tuis  Bea 


Between  1 
Lighthouse 
20  fathoms 
vessels  in  t 
about  20  f( 
from  this  ds 

Sailing  D 
i 

Vessels  fi 
as  soon  as  tf 
W.  Y2  N., 


''2  mil 
I/, 


*  White  Head  Island  lies  Southeasterly  about  3  miles  from  the  South- 
east end  of  Gran<l  Manan  Island. 


the  Old  Pro 
about  I 
byN.  /3  _ 
bring  it  to  b 
If  bound  t 
free  from  da| 
From  the 
Gannet  Roc 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


335 


Old  Proprietor, 

TJiis  dangerous  Ledge,  which  is  the  outermost  of  the  Manan 
Ledges,  is  bare  at  about  half- tide,  and  at  this  date  (1884)  is 
marked  with  a  Beacon  painted  Red,  with  cage  on  top ;  this  cage 
is  elevated  about  30  feet  above  High  Water ;  30  fathoms  water 
was  found  }i  mile  South  from  this  Beacon ;  8  fathoms  S  W.  by 
Wv  1  mile  from  it,  and  40  fathoms  CNEm  J4  mile  from  it ;  when 
covered,  the  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  sets  with  great  strength 
and  velocity  over  this  danger.  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Beacon  W.  by  S.  6%  miles ;  South  Point  of  the  Three 
Islands  NW.  by  W.  J^  W-,  4  miles. 

Between  the  Beacon  on  the  Old  Proprietor  and  White  Head 
Island  there  are  many  dangers  over  which  the  currents  of  Flood 
and  Ebb  set  with  great  strength  and  velocity,  forming  Tide  Rips 
and  Ripples,  which  in  some  places  are  said  to  be  dangerous. 
Strangers  should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to  pass  to  the  Northward 
of  tuis  Beacon. 

Gannet  Mock  Channel, 

Between  the  Beacon  on  the  Old  Proprietor  and  Gannet  Rock 
Lighthouse  there  is  a  passage  about  5  miles  wide,  with  from  10  to 
20  fathoms  water  in  it.  The  principal  danger  for  heavy  draught 
vessels  in  this  Channel  is  Kent  Shoal,  which  has  at  Low  Tide 
about  20  feet  water  upon  it.  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  danger  SW.  by  S.  >^  S.  2^^  miles. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Gannet  Rock  Channel,  with, 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  with  a  commanding  breeze,  may, 
as  soon  as  the  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
W.  J4  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Beacon  on 
the  Old  Proprietor  about  l}i  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when 
about  }4  mile  from  this  Lighthouse  make  good  the  course  NW. 
byN.  J^  N.,  and  as  soon  as  Gull  Head  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  NW.  by  N.  }4  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
If  bound  to  the  Northward  leave  Gull  Head,  which  is  bold  and 
free  from  dangers,  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

From  the  Northward  or  Westward,  wishing  to  pass  through 
Gannet  Rock  Channel,  leave  Gull  Head  Lighthouse  about  ^  mile 


33G 


ELDUIDOE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  make 
good  tlie  course  SE.  by  S.  As  soon  as  Gaunet  Rock  Lighthouse 
is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  SE.  by  S-  %  S.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  it  about  ^2  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

High  Water. 

It.  i  J  High  Water  at  Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  on  the  days  of  the 
r  U  !»'»d  Change  of  the  Moon  at  10  h.  50  m.,  or  about  39  minutes 
h(  fon  1^  is  at  Boston.     Jlean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  18  feet. 


Trinity  Ledge, 

.  This  Ledge,  which  in  some  parts  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
about  6  miles  from  the  Nova  Scotia  coast,  and  extends  E.NE. 
and  W.SW.  about  yi  mile,  and  has  a  width  of  about  %  mile. 
At  this  time  it-  is  marked  off  its  Western  side  with  a  Bell  Buoy. 
Cape  St.  Mary  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  NE.  by  E.  7 
miles ;  Bryer  Island  Lighthouse,  N.  %  E.  15^  miles ;  Cape 
Fourchu,  S.  by  E.  13^  miles;  Whistling  Buoy,  off  Lurcher 
Shoal,  SW.  by  W.  12^^  miles ;  N.,  >^  mile  from  this  Ledge,  8 
fathoms  water  was  found;  NE.  by  E.  1^  miles,  6  fathoms; 
E.SE.  yi  mile,  9  fathoms ;  S.,  ^  mile,  7  fathoms,  and  W., 
\%  miles,  30  fathoms.  The  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  sets  strong 
over  this  danger ;  the  Flood  sets  North  2y^  knots,  and  the  Ebb 
South,  with  about  the  same  velocity. 

Lurcher  Shoal* 

This  dangerous  Shoal,  which  lies  about  14  miles  from  the  Nova 
Scotia  shore,  extends  about  NE.  and  SW.  about  3^  miles,  and 
has  from  9  feet  .to  8  fathoms  water  on  it.  A  Whistling  Buoy  has 
been  placed  in  13  fathoms  water  about  Yz  mile  to  the  Westward 
of  this  danger.  Cape  Fourchu  bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  E. 
54E.  14^4  miles;  Cape  St.  Mary  Lighthouse  NE.  by  E.  ?.9i^ 
miles;  Bryer  Island  Lighthouse  NE.  by  N.  j^  N.  25^  miles; 
Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse  N.  42 ^^  miles;  Machias  Seal  Island 
Lighthouses  N.  by  W.  >^  W.  47j^  miles ;  Bell  Buoy  of  Trinity 
Ledge  NE.  by  E.  Viy^  miles.  All  round  and  close  to  this  Ledge 
there  are  from  8  to  13  fathoms  water  and  a  little  farther  off  on  all 
sides,  excepting  the  Northern,  from  20  to  30  fathoms. 

Between  the  Lurcher  Shoal  and  Trinity  Ledge  there  is  a  Chan- 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


337 


nel  10  miles  wide,  having  from  10  to  30  fathoms  water  in  it.  The 
current  of  Flood  sets  strong  to  the  Northward  across  the  Lurcher 
Shoal,  while  that  of  the  El ')  sets  to  the  Southward.  Both  these 
currents  make  a  heavy  Tide  Rip  upon  this  danger. 

Coast  f^om  Cape  St.  Mary  to  Cape  Fourchu. 

From  Cape  St.  Mary  the  coast  runs  Southwesterly  about  17j4 
miles  to  Cape  Fourchu.  Between  the  two  last-named  Capes  there 
lire  several  Inlets  which  are  of  little  importance  to  commerce. 

Dangers, 

From  Cape  St.  Mary  to  Cape  Fourchu  tl  le  'e  but  few  dan- 
gers excepting  those  lying  near  the  shor**.  \..'3el8,  therefore, 
navigating  this  part  of  the  coast  may  approach  it  within  a  mile 
without  danger. 


YARMOUTH  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Western  coast  of 
Nova  Scotia,  lies  about  North  24j^  miles  from  Seal  Island  Light- 
house, Southwesterly  18  miles  from  Cape  St.  Mary,  Southeasterly 
29)^  miles  from  Bryer  Island  Lighthouse,  Southeasterly  about 
51  miles  from  the  Gannct  Rock  Liglithouse,  and  Southeasterly 
about  59  miles  from  Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses. 

Yarmouth  Lighthouse, 

About  Yi  mile  fi'om  the  Southern  point  of  East  Cape,  West  side 
of  entrance  to  Yarmouth  Harbor,  is  an  Octagonal  Tower  painted 
in  Red  and  White  Vertical  Stripes,  which  at  this  date  (1884) 
shows  a  Revolving  White  Light.  A  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  near 
this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather  sounds  10  seconds  every 
minute. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Yarmouth  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
Gannet  Rock  Lighthouse,   .    N.  by  W.  %  W.,     .    51      miles. 
Machias  Seal  Island  Light- 
houses,     NW.  byN.  ^N.,  .    69        " 


338 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Seal  Island  Lighthouse,      .     S>  %  Wm    •     •     • 
Bunker    Island    Lighthouse 

(Yarmouth  Harbor),  .     .     NE-, 

Whistling  Buoy  ofif  Lurcher 

Shoal NW.  by  W.  %  W.,     l^)%     " 

Roaring  Bull  (about  3  feet 


24;^  mUes. 


above  Low  Water),    .     .     S.  by  W.  X  W-, 
Southern  Point  Cape  Four- 
chu, NW.  by  W.,  .     . 


2^ 


(( 


mile. 


Between  East  Cape  and  Cape  Fourchu  is  Outer  False  Bay. 
This  entrance  must  not  be  mistaken  by  strangers  bound  to  Yar- 
mouth, as  the  entrance  to  the  last-named  place  is  to  the  Eastward 
of  the  above  Lighthouse. 

Bunker*8  Island  Idghthouae, 

Upon  the  end  of  Reef  off  Southwest  point  of  Bunker's  Island, 
East  side  of  entrance  to  Yarmouth  Harbor,  is  a  Dwelling,  with 
Lantern  on  top,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  Fixed  Red 
Light,  which  in  entering  may  be  left  close  to  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  Y'armouth  Lighthouse  bears  from  Bunker's  Island  Light- 
house SW.  IX  niiles.  This  Light,  which  is  intended  to  guide 
vessels  into  Yarmouth  Harbor,  is  only  visible  from  the  South- 
ward between  the  bearings  of  N.  ^  £•  und  NE.  by  N. 


Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  Yarmouth 

Harbor. 

Roaring  Bull, 

This  small  Rock,  which  has  deep  water  all  round  it,  lies  about 
a  mile  from  shore,  and  is  about  3  feet  above  Low  Water.  Yar- 
mouth Lightliouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.  by  E.  %  E.  '^Yi 
miles.  Between  the  Roaring  Bull  and  entrance  to  Yarmouth  ILir- 
bor  there  are  no  dangers  for  common  vessels  excepting  those  lying 
near  the  shore. 

Foul   Ground. 

About  X  i"ile  to  the  Southward  of  the  Roaring  Bull  and  -% 
mile  from  shore,  is  a  spot  of  Foul  Ground  having  from  7  to  12 
feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.     The  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


339 


makes  a  Tide  Rip  over  tliia  danger.  In  entering  the  Harbor 
there  arc  also  two  obHtructions  lying  near  the  channel-way,  one  a 
short  distance  below  Bimlter's  Island  Liglithouse,  the  other  above 
it.  Both  these  dangers  are  said  to  be  marked  at  this  time  with 
Buoys. 

Remarks, 

In  entering  Yarmoutli  Harbor,  Shoal  Water  extends  off  from 
botli  sides,  making  the  Channel  in  some  places  very  narrow.  At 
Low  Tide  about  IH  feet  water  can  be  carried  up  abreast  Bimkcr's 
Isliind  Lighthouse,  and  from  tliis  about  10  feet  water  can  be 
taken  to  the  end  of  tlie  Long  Wharf.  Witli  winds  from  West  to 
Sontii  by  way  of  North,  tliere  is  Anchorage  in  about  4  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide,  about  ]/>,  mile  E.  by  S.  from  Yarmoutli  Light- 
house ;  and  there  is  also  good  Anchorage  about  ^  mile  above 
Bunker's  Island  Lighthouse.  At  this  time  it  is  said  that  the 
Channel  leading  up  to  Yarmouth  is  well  marked  with  Beacons  and 
Buoys.  In  entering,  Red  Buoys  should  bo  left  on  the  Starboard, 
and  Black  on  the  Port  hand. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Yarmouth  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  ai^d  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Bay  of  Fundy  bound  to  Yarmouth  Harbor, 
may,  when  past  Trinity  Ledge  and  the  Lurcher  Shoal  (before  de- 
scribed) bring  Yarmouth  Lightliouse  to  bear  East,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  leaving  it  at  least  yi  mile  on  tlie  Port  hand. 
Wlien  the  entrance  to  Yarmoutli  Sound  is  well  open,  then  run  in 
about  midway  until  Bunker's  Island  Lighthouse  is  made ;  bring 
this  Lighthouse  to  bear  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  and  run  for  it,  leaving 
the  lieu  and  Chickens,  which  lie  on  the  P^astern  side  and  are  cov- 
ered at  Yi  Flood,  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  well  past 
Yarmouth  Lighthouse,  leave  the  Red  Buoys,  Red  Beacons  and 
Bunker's  Island  Lighthouse  on  the  StarboaVd,  and  Black  Buoys 
and  Beacons  on  the  Port  hand,  as  they  are  placed  to  mark  the 
narrow  Channel  up  to  the  wharves.  At  Low  Tide  vessels  bound 
to  the  wharves  sliould  anchor  about  %  mile  above  Bunker's 
Island  Lightliouse,  and  wait  for  High  Water. 

Vessels  from  the  Southward  bound  to  Yarmouth  Harbor 
should  leave  the  outer  dangers,  Gannet  Ledge  (which  is  bare  at 
about  Half  Tide),  the  Gannet  Rock  above  water,  and  Green 


340 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST   PI  LOT. 


Island,  all  oa  tho  Starboard  hand,  and  us  soon  as  Yarmouth 
Lighthouse  is  mado,  briuf^  it  to  hour  NE.  by  N-,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  courso,  leaving  tho  Rocic  called  the  Roaring  Hull  well  oa 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  Yarmouth  Sound  is  well  open,  pro- 
ceed us  before  directed. 

Beating  into  Yarmouth  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  Yarmouth  Harbor,  wiien  the  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  boar  from  E.  to  NE.  by  N.  Yz  N.  until  past  tho 
Roaring  IJuIl  (before  described).  You  may  then  stand  farther  in 
until  about  ^  mile  from  shore,  and  anchor  at  the  entrance  in 
about  .'J  fatlioms  water  at  Low  Tide,  tlie  Liglitljouse  luiaring  "W. 
by  N.  about  '^3  mile.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  beat  into 
this  Harbor,  as  the  Channel  in  some  places  is  very  narrow. 


as- 


sailing Directions  for  Yarmouth  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

When  Yarmouth  Light  is  made,  bring  it  t(j  bear  from  NE-  to 
E-NEm  a"d  run  for  it  on  this  course,  until  you  judge  you  are 
about  tt  mile  from  it;  then  steer  more  Kastcrly,  leaving  tliis 
Lighthouse  not  less  tlian  Y^  mile  on  tlie  Port  hand.  Wiieu 
Bunker's  Island  Light  (Red  fixed)  bears  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  tlieu 
run  for  it  on  tiiis  course,  carrying  not  less  than  .'J  fathoms  water 
at  Ix)w  Tide,  until  Yarmouth  Lightliouse  bears  W-SW. ;  then 
anchor  in  from  3^  to  5  fathoms  water,  and  wait  for  <laylight. 

Thick  Weather, 

In  thick  weather,  as  soon  as  the  Whistle  at  the  Lighthouse  is 
heard,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  by  N-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course 
under  short  sail,  until  you  judge  you  are  about  ^  mile  from  it ; 
then,  in  about  12  fathoms  water  at  Ijow  Tide,  haul  to  the  East- 
wai'd,  carrying  not  less  than  h]^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  until  it 
bears  North;  then  steer  about  N.NE.,  and  when  the  water 
shoals  to  4  fathoms  at  I^w  Tide,  then  anchor  with  the  Lighthouse 
bearing  about  W-  by  N.  Yz  mile  distant. 

It  is  advisable  for  large  or  heavy  draught  vessels  bound  to 
Yarmouth  to  take  pilots. 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST   IMLOT. 


341 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Ytvrmoutii  IIarl)or  on  tlic  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  10  h.  9  m.,  or  about  1  h.  20  m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  15  feet. 


JEBOUGE  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  wliich  is  between  Cape  Jebouge*  on 
the  North,  and  Itcef  Island  on  tlic  South,  lies  about  4J^  miles 
Southeasterly  from  Yarmoutli  Li<>;htliouse,  and  20 ^^  miles  North- 
easterly from  Seal  Island  Liglithouse. 

Dangers  in  approaching  this  Biver. 

Jchouge  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide» 
generally  breaks  with  an  ordinary  swell.  The  current  of  Flood 
and  Ebb  sets  across  tliis  danger,  making  Tide  Rips  which 
can  be  plainly  seen,  especially  in  moderate  weatlier.  Cape  Je- 
bouge bears  from  this  Ledge  NE-  >^  E.  al)out  a  mile ;  Southern 
point  of  Reef  Island  (which  is  about  50  feet  high),  E.  by  S. 
about  2  miles. 

Jehongc  Point  Shoal, 

This  Slioal,  which  lies  between  Jebouge  Ledge  and  Cape  Je- 
bouge, has  not  less  than  13  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Cape  Jebouge  bears  from  this  danger  NE.  by  N-  ji  N.  about  ^ 
mile;  South  point  of  Reef  Island  E.  by  S.  /^  S.  1^  miles. 
About  midway  between  this  Shoal  and  Cape  Jebouge  there  is  a 
Channel  of  about  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Meef  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  has  about  12  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  has  deep  water  close  to  it,  and  generally  shows  by  the  Tide 

♦  Cape  Jebouge,  which  Is  30  feet  high,  lies  S.  \  E.  about  4  miles  *;  >»;,i 
Yarmouth  Lighthouse. 


'T*     Z  : 


342 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Rip8  upon  it.  Cape  Jebouge  bears  from  vbis  danger  N.  J^  W. 
about  1}4  miles  ;  South  point  iiccf  island,  E.  by  N.  J^  N.  about 
a  mile.  There  is  a  good  Channel  of  not  leac  than  6  fathoms 
between  this  Shoal  and  the  Jebouge  Ledge. 

Meef  Island  Ledge. 

This  Ledge  shows  at  about  %  Ebb.  Shoal  "Water  extends  to 
the  Southward  from  it  about  a  mile,  and  Shoal  Water  also  makes 
off  to  ^he  Westward  .''.nd  Northward  some  distance  from  it. 
Cape  Jebouge  bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  NW.  by  N. 
Vi  N.  15^  miles ;  Southern  part  of  Reef  Island,  E.  by  S.  }i  S., 
a  little  more  than  %  mile. 


Metnarks, 

Near  the  entrance  to  Jebouge  River  is  Fox  Island,  which 
divides  the  entrance  into  two  passages.  The  entrance  to  the 
Western  passage,  which  is  about  ^  mile  wide,  lies  between  Cape 
Jebouge  and  the  Southwest  part  of  Fox  Island,  which  is  about 
40  feet  high,  and  is  called  Garden  Head.  The  entrance  to  the 
Eastern  Passage,  which  is  narrow,  lies  to  the  Eastward  of 
Robbins  Head,  which  is  the  Southeast  part  of  the  last  named 
Island. 

There  is  good  anchorage  on  both  sides  of  Fox  Island.  By  the 
Western  Passage  about  12  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  carried 
U|)  to  the  Anchorage,  wliich  is  about  a  mile  from  the  entrance  ;  by 
tlie  Eastern  Passage  about  7  feet  at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  to  tiic 
Anchorage,  wiiich  is  a  Utile  more  than  a  mile  from  the  entrance. 
Above  Fox  Island  there  is  in  some  places  but  little  water  at  Low 
Tide. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Jebouge  River  in  Day-time, 
with  favorable  win(|s  and  fair  weather. 

At  Low  Tide  vessels  of  not  jnore  than  10  or  11  feet  draught, 
from  the  Northward  with  a  couiinanding  breeze,  may,  as  soon  sis 
Cape  Jebojgc  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  E.SE.,  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  leaving  the  Roaring  Bull  and  Foul  Ground  (before 
described)  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  a  mile  from  the 
Cape  steer  more  Southerly,  leaving  it  abont  l^  mile  on  the  Port, 
and  Jebouge  Jiedge  (before  described)  about  the  same  distance 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


343 


on  the  Starboard  hand.  "When  Garden  Head,*  the  Southwest 
part  of  Fox  r,4aud,  bears  E.NE*,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
carrying  from  3^  to  4  fathoms  water.  Continue  the  course  until 
111  tout  ^  mile  from  this  Head;  then,  in  about  3J^  fathoms  at 
Low  Tide,  steer  NE.  by  N.  ^  N.,  keeping  not  more  than  200 
yards  from  the  Northern  part  of  Fox  Island,  and  carrying  at  Low 
Tide  from  12  feet  to  6  fathoms  through  the  narrow  Channel,  and 
anchor  about  2o0  yards  to  the  Northward  of  the  last  named 
Island,  in  from  3  to  4^^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

The  Channel  leading  up  to  tlie  anchorage  to  the  Eastward  of 
Fox  Island  is  considered  too  intricate  for  strangers. 

Vessels  with  a  commanding  breeze  from  the  Soutwestward  may 
leave  Green  Island,t  which  is  50  feet  high,  and  is  bold  on  its 
N^orthern  side,  about  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer 
i'  .st  until  the  highest  part  of  this  Island  bears  SW-,  on  which 
bearing  keep  it  and  steer  NE.,  leaving  Jebouge  Ledge  (before 
described)  well  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  NE. 
until  Garden  Head,  the  Southwest  part  of  Fox  Island,  bears 
ENE> ;  then  run  for  it,  and  follow  the  du*ections  before  given. 

Sigh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Jebouge  River  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  10  h.  4m.,  or  about  1  h.  25  m.  before  it 
is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides,  13j^  feet. 


LITTLE   RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  between  the  main  land  on 
the  East  and  Pinkney  Point  on  the  West,  is  about  a  mile  wide, 
and  lies  Southeasterly  about  4  miles  from  Cape  Jebouge,  and 
E.  by  S.  4^  miles  from  Green  Island. 


♦  Garden  Head  is  40  feet  high,  and  bears  E.  by  S.  J^^  S.  from  Cape 
Jebouge,  distance  about  a  mile. 

fCape  Jebouge  bears  from  Green  Island,  which  is  small,  NE.  yi  N., 
2}j(  miles. 


344 


ELDRID&E'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Memarks. 

The  Channe*  leading  up  this  River  in  some  places  is  very  nar- 
row. About  8  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  about  2  miles 
above  the  entrance.  There  are  several  Sunken  Rocks  lying  in  the 
Channel-way.  It  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound  up  to 
take  pilots. 

Tusket   Islands, 

The  centre  of  these  Islands  lie  Southeasterly  about  10  miles 
from  Yarmouth  Lighthouse,  7  miles  Southeasterly  from  Cape 
Jebouge,  and  Northeasterly  about  15  miles  from  Seal  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Pease  Island  Idghthouse. 

Upon  the  Southern  part  of  one  of  the  Tusket  Islands  is  a  White 
Square  Wooden  Dwelling,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  two 
lights,  one  above  the  other.  The  upper  light  is  a  Revolving  Red 
and  White,  the  lower  Fixed  Red. 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  from  Pease  Island  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
Seal  Island  Lighthouse,  .     S-  by  W.  }(  W.,     .     .     14      miles. 
White  Head  Lighthouse,  .     E., lyi      " 

There  are  many  Rocks,  Shoals  and  Ledges  in  the  vicinity  of 
this  Lighthouse.  We  shall,  liowcver,  only  attempt  to  de8cril)o 
some  of  the  most  dangerous.  Tlie  current  of  Flood  and  Kl)b  sets 
strong  across  those  dangers,  and  strangers  should  beware  of  vhis 
part  of  the  coast,  especially  witii  light  winds  and  thick  woathcM'. 
By  inspecting  the  charts  of  this  locality  a  better  idea  of  the 
dangers  can  be  obtained  than  by  any  written  description. 


Bearings  and  Distances  of  Dangers  from  Pease 
Island  Ligbthouse. 

Old    Woman's  Mock, 

This  danger,  whicli  has  Shoal  Water  all  round  it,  is  bare  at  2 
hours  Ebb.  Pease  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Rock  W- 
^ilH.'l^  miles. 

Old  Mail's  Rocks* 

Shoal  Water  extends  about  y';  mile  to  the  Southward  of  these 
Rocks,  which  are  bare  about  1  hour  before  Ix)w  Tide.     Pease 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


345 


Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  thia  danger  NW.   by  N.  54  N., 
1^  miles. 

Cleopatra  Shoal, 

This  danger,  over  which  the  current  sets  strong,  making  a 
heavy  Tide  Rip,  has  at  Low  Tide  about  11  feet  water  upon  it. 
Pease  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Shoal  N.  nearly  3^ 
miles,  and  Bald  Tusket,  50  feet  high  (the  Southernmost  of  the 
Tusket  Isles),  N.  by  W.  1^  miles. 

Tliirteen  Foot  Spot, 

Between  Cleopatra  Shoal  and  Bald  Tusket  is  a  small  spot  hav- 
ing about  13  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.     Pease   Island 


Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger 
Tusket,  N.NW.  y&  mile. 


N.  nearly  2j4  miles ;  Bald 


Soldier  Ledge. 

Shoal  Water  extends  Northerly  about  J4  mile  from  this  danger- 
ous Ledge,  which  is  bare  about  2  hours  after  High  Water,  and 
the  sea  generally  breaks  upon  it  when  covered.  Pease  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NE.  by  IJ .  ^  N.  5j4  miles  ; 
Northern  Mud  Island  S-SE.  '^Yz  miles;  Bald  Tusket,  which  is 
the  Southernmost  of  the  Tusket  Isles,  NE.  by  N-  %  N.  3^ 
miles;  Cleopatra  Shoal  NE.  ^  N.  2^  miles.  Between  Soldier 
Ledge  and  Cleopatra  Shoal  there  is  a  Channel  more  tlian  2  miles 
v'ide,  with  a  depth  of  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water.  From  the  Bald 
Tusket  to  Soldier  Lec^ge,  a  distance  of  3^  miles,  the  current  of 
Fli,  aI  and  Ebb  sets  strong,  forming  heavy  Tide  Rips,  which  at 
times  are  said  to  be  dangerous  to  small  and  deeply-laden  vessels. 
The  Flood  sets  about  NW.,  and  Ebb  SE. 

Jacko   Ridge. 

This  Ridge,  which  is  the  Southwosternmost  danger  lying  off  the 
Tusket  Isles,  consists  of  two  small  spots  having  at  Low  Tide 
about  25  feet  water  upon  them.  Seal  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
from  Jacko  Ridge  S-  by  E.  J^  E.  10  miles ;  Pease  Island  Light- 
house, NE.  by  E.  }^  E.  "tyi  miles ;  Flat  Island,  the  Northwest- 
ernmost  of  the  Mud  Islands^  SE.  by  E.  (i^i  miles  ;  Gannet  Dry 
Ledge,  N-  %  B.  4^  miles ;  Gannet  Dry  Rock,  N.  by  E.  Yz  E. 
6^  miles.     The  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  sets  strong  across  the 


H 


iff  II!  I 


34G 


ELDRIDGE'3  COAST  PILOT. 


Jacko  Ridge,  forming  heavy  Tide  Rips ;  and  tlio  sea  is  said  ta 
break  upon  it  in  heavy  weather. 

Gannet  South  Shoal, 

This  small  spot,  which  has  about  24  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  has  deep  water  all  round  it.  Pease  Island  Liguthouse  bears 
from  this  danger  NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  5j4  miles ;  Soldier  Ledge, 
SE-  3^  miles.  The  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  sets  strong  across 
it,  causing  Ripples,  which  sometimes  break  in  a  heavy  »ea. 

Gannet  SW.   Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  which  has  about  18  feet  water  upon  its  Northern 
part,  extends  about  yi  mile  North  and  South,  with  deep  water  all 
round  it.  Pease  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  E. 
J4  N.  Q/4  miles ;  Soldier  Ledge,  SE.  6  miles ;  Gannet  Dry 
Ledge,  N.  about  1^  miles.  Tliis  Shoal  shows  a  small  Ripple, 
and  the  sea  breaks  upon  it  in  heavy  weather. 

Gannet  Dry  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  the  Westernmost  danger  lying  off  the 
Tusket  Isles,  extends  North  and  South  about  ^/^  mile,  and  is  bare 
at  about  two  hours  Ebb.  Seal  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Ledge  S.  by  B-  14^  miles ;  Pease  Island  Lighthouse,  E.  ^  S. 
6j4  miles.  Yarmouth  Lighthouse,  NN.E.  10^  miles ;  Gannet 
Rock  (50  feet  ab<  v  ,ter),  NE.  by  EV  1^  miles  ;  Green  Island 
(50  feet  above  wat«»  ,  NE-  by  N.  4:'4  miles;  Southeast  Rock, 
E.  }i  S.  Iji  miles;  South  Rock,  covered  at  j4  tide,  E-  by  N. 
1^  miles. 

Southeast  Mock, 

This  Rock,  upon  which  the  sea  generally  breaks  in  heavy 
weather,  has  about  15  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  from 
5  to  10  fathoms  round  it.  Pease  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  danger  E.  by  S.  4^  miles;  Gannet  Rock  (50  feet  above 
"ater),  N.  by  W.  X  W.  1^4  miles. 

Gannet   Mock, 

This  is  a  small  Rock,  about  50  feet  above  High  "Water,  and 
whi  ened  by  the  dung  of  birds.  Pease  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Rock  E-SE-  5i<3  miles ;  Grecu  Island  (50  feet  above 
High  Water),  NN-E.  3  miles. 


iiLDllIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


347 


South   Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  small,  lies  nearly  midway  between  the 
Gannet  Bock  and  Southeast  Rock,  and  is  bare  at  about  Half 
Tide. 

North   Mock. 

This  small  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  lies  North  about 
i^mile  from  the  Gannet  Rock,  and  has  deep  water  all  round  it. 

Green   Island, 

This  Island,  from  which  Shoal  Water  extends  off  to  the  South- 
ward nearly  %  mile,  is  about  50  feet  above  High  Water.  Be- 
tween this  and  Gannet  Rock  there  is  a  good  Channel  two  miles 
wide,  having  from  5  to  18  fathoms  water  in  it.  Pease  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Green  Island  SB-  ^  S.  Gj/^  miles ;  Spec- 
tacle Island,  the  Westernmost  of  the  Tusket  Isles,  SE.  by  S. 
i^  S.  5  miles  ;  Cape  Jebouge,  NE.  J4  N.  2^  miles ;  Yarmouth 
Lighthouse,  N-  by  E.  6j4  miles.  Green  Island  is  the  Northern- 
most danger  lying  off  the  Tusket  Isles. 

Sarriet  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  about  a  inile  to  the  Northward  of  the 
Bald  Tusket  (which  is  the  Southeroraost  of  the  Tusket  Islef^),  is 
bare  at  Low  Tide.  Pease  Island  Lighthouse  bears  froi:  tbis 
danger  NE.  1^  miles. 

Spectacle  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  about  a  mile  Southwesterly  from  Spec 
tacle  Island  (which  is  the  Westernmost  of  the  Tusket  Isles)  has 
about  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Pease  Island  Light- 
house bears  from  this  danger  E-  by  N-  J^  N.  1%.  miles.  Be- 
tween Spectacle  Ledge  and  Harriet  Ledge  there  is  a  Channel 
nearly  a  mile  wide,  having  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water  in  it. 
There  is  also  a  good  Channel  3^  miles  wide,  between  Spectacle 
Ledge  and  the  Gannet  Rock  (before  described)  having  from  (i  to 
15   fathoms   water  in   it. 

Remarks, 

There  are  many  Shoals,  Rocks  and  Ledges  among  the  Tusket 
Islands,  and  there  are  several  Passages  leading  through,  among 


fi 

■     t 

>■ 

^^;i  *^' 

• 

•»«*;■!#■:  vi'  .is 

^ 

■"'-'fmms'l 


J  ml. 

---  -.Si 


348 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT 


which  are  the  EUenwood  and  Schooner  Passages.  About  18  feet 
water  at  Lovr  Tide  can  be  taken  through  the  foi'mer,  and  4 
fathoms  can  be  carried  through  the  latter,  but  these  Passages  are 
considered  too  intricate  for  strangers.  There  arc  also  several 
places  of  Anchorage  where  vessels  may  lie  secui'c  from  all  winds, 
but  it  is  not  advisable  for  strangers  to  undertake  to  enter  these 
places  excepting  in  cases  of  emergency.  We  shall  therefore  only 
give  directions  to  enter  when  a  pilot  cannot  be  obtained. 

Sailing  Directions  for  the  Tusket  Islands  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  14  feet  draught,  from  the  Northward 
and  compelled  to  seek  shelter  among  the  Tusket  Islands,  may, 
after  making  Green  Island  (before  described) ,  leave  it  about  j^ 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  S.  by 
E.,  leaving  the  North  Rock,  Gannet  Rock,  South  Rock  and 
Southeast  Rock  (all  of  which  have  been  described)  well  on  the 
Starboard,  and  Spectacle  Island,  the  Westernmost  of  the  Tusket 
Islands,  well  on  the  I'ort  hand ;  when  past  this  last  Island,  keej) 
a  sharp  lookout  foi  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Southern  part  of 
Pease  Island.  When  this  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  carrying  about  3  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide.  When  about  %  mile  from  this  Lighthouse, 
steer  N-NE.  for  the  Eastern  part  of  Allen  Island,  passing  about 
midway  between  Pease  and  Mark  Island.*  When  past  the  latter, 
which  is  left  on  the  Port  hand,  haul  up  about  N.NW-,  aiul 
anchor  to  the  Westward  of  Bird  Rock,  between  Allen  and  EUeu- 
wood  Islands,  in  from  G  to  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  This 
is  called  EUenwood  Anchorage. 

The  shore  on  the  Western  side  of  this  Anchorage  is  quite  bold 
and  free  from  dangers,  while  on  the  Eastern  side  there  is  Foul 
Ground  with  Sunken  Rocks. 

Between  the  Tusket  Islands  the  current  of  Flood  sets  to  tlie 
"JS\?rthward,  while  that  of  the  Ebb  sets  to  the  Southward. 

From  the  Westward,  as  soon  as  the  Lighthouse  on  Pease 
Island  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 


*  riark  Island  lies  about  J  mile  NW.  ftora  Pease  Island  Lighthouse. 


ELDKIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


349 


leaving  the  Gannet  Dry  Ledge  and  South  Rock  well  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given 

High  Water, 

It  it  High  Water  at  Ellenwood  Anchorage  (Tusket  Islands)  on 
the  days  of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon  0  h.  54  m.,  or  1  h. 
S5  ra.  before  it  is  in  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides,  12  feet. 

Seal  Island, 

This  Island,  which  lies  about  17  miles  to  the  Westward  of 
Cape  Sable,  is  a  little  more  than  2  miles  in  length  from  North  to 
South,  and  its  average  width  is  about  ^  mile.  This  is  the  outer- 
most Island  off  the  Western  part  of  Nova  Scotia,  and  at  this  date 
(1884)  its  Northern  and  Southern  parts  are  thickly  wooded. 
Seal  Island  is  surrounded  by  Shoal  Water  which  on  its  Southern 
and  Western  parts,  extends  off  nearly  J^  mile  from  shore. 

Seal  Island  Lighthouse, 

Near  the  South  point  of  this  Island  is  a  White  Octagonal  Tower 
which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  Fixed  White  Light.  A  Fog 
Whistle  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather 
sounds  blasts  of  5  seconds  duration  with  intervals  of  5  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Seal  Island  Lighthouse. 


Cape  Sable  Lighthouse,   .     . 
Bon-portage  Lighthouse, 
Piibnico  Harbor  Lighthouse, 
"White  Head    Island   Light- 
house,   

Tusket  River  Lighthouse,     . 
Pease  Island  Lighthouse, 
Yarmouth  Lighthouse,     .     . 
Machias  Seal  Island  Light- 
houses,       

Mt.  Desert  Rock  Lighthouse, 
Matinicus  Rock  Lighthouse, 
Mouhegan  Island  Lighthouse, 
Cape  Elizabeth  Lighthouses, 


Distance. 

E.  by  S.  y2  R.,    . 

.     llVi  miles 

E., 

.     12>^      " 

WK.  byE.,     .     . 

.     16 

NE.  %  N.,    .    . 

.  \iy2   " 

NE.  by  N.  Ya  N., 

.     19          " 

N.  byE.  K  E.,  . 

.     14         " 

N.  ^  E.,  .    .    . 

.     24^      " 

N.  by  W.  ^  W.,    .     80 

NW.  34  W.,       .     .     98 J^ 
NW.  byW.  -5^8  W.,  125 
NW.byW.  3/^W.,  148 
W.  by  N.  ^  N.       .  181 


u 


«( 


u 


;]50 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Thatcher's  Island  Light- 
houses, W.  3^  N.  (nearly),  205>^  miles. 

Cape  Cod  (Highland)  Light- 
house  W.  by  S.  (nearly),.  197         « 

"Whistling  Buoy  oft  Blonde 

Rock, ^'  H  ^-1    ....       4 


(( 


Dangers  in  the  Vicinity  of  Seal  Island. 

Elbow  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  extends  North  and  South  about  ^  mile,  has 
from  24  to  15  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  but  near  the  middle 
thcie  18  a  Rock  which  is  called  Elbow  Rock,  which  has  less  water 
upon  it  Seal  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.  by  E. 
}^  "K.  \i/i  miles.  The  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  runs  strong 
across  the  Elbow  Shoal,  forming  a  heavy  Tide  Rip  both  to  the 
Northward  and  Southward  of  it.  The  Flood  sets  to  the 
Westward,  and  that  of  the  Ebb  to  the  Eastward.  Between  this 
Shoal  and  Seal  Island  there  is  a  Channel  about  J^  mile  wide, 
having  from  6  to  8  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Blonde  Mock, 


This  Rock,  upon  which  the  sea  generally  breaks,  is  bare  at  Low 
Tide,  and  has  from  5  to  10  fathoms  waters  close  to  it.  Witli 
light  winds  it  is  very  dangerous,  as  the  current  of  the  Ebb  sots 
directly  for  it,  forming  heavy  Tide  Rips  to  the  Southward  of  it. 
At  this  date  (1884)  a  Whistling  Buoy  has  been  placed  in  about  H 
fathoms  water,  j4  mile  to  the  Southward  of  this  Rock.  Seal  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N-  }{  W.  4  miles ;  Cape  Sable 
Lighthouse,  E.  >^  S.  16}i  miles;  Elbow  Rock,  N.  by  W.  2;^ 
miles ;  Purdy  Rock,  NE.  by  N.  '4  N.  3J^  miles.  The  Blonde 
Rock  is  the  Southernmost  danger  lying  off  Seal  Island. 

About  a  mile  to  the  Westward  of  the  Blonde  Rock  arc  some 
very  heavy  Tide  Rips,  which  at  certain  times  have  the  appeaiance 
of  Breakei-s  ;  but  lot  less  than  9  fathoms  water  have  been  found 
upon  and  around  them. 

Zetland    Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  lies  a  mile  to  the  Westward  of  the  Kll)ow 
Rock,  has  at  Low  Tide  about  20  feet  water  upon  it.     Seal  Island 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


351 


Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NE.  ji  N.  ij4  miles ;   Whis- 
tling Buoy,  off  Blonde  Kock,  SE.  by  Q.  %  S.  3  miles. 

The  Zetland  Shoal  is  the  Southwesternmost  danger  lying  off 
Seal  Island.  About  NE.  %  mile  from  Zetland  Shoal  there  are 
several  spots  of  broken  ground,  having  from  4j^  to  6  fathoms 
water  upon  them  at  Low  Tide. 


I^urdy  Hock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  small,  has  about  13  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  with  deep  water  all  round  it,  and  breaks  in  heavy 
weather.  Seal  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NW. 
by  W.  ^  W.  2}^  miles ;  Whistling  Buoy,  off  Blonde  Rock,  SW. 
by  S.  /i  S-  3J^  miles.  Between  Purdy  Rock  and  Seal  Island  there 
is  a  passage  about  1}^  miles  wide,  with  a  depth  of  from  G  to  12 
fathoms.  Vessels  navigating  this  Channel  should  keep  nearer  the 
Rock.  Purdy  Rock  is  the  Easternmost  danger  lying  off  Seal 
Island. 

J)eviV8  Idmh, 

This  Ledge  is  about  8  feet  above  High  Water.  Seal  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  it  SE.  J^  E.  1  Ji(  miles ;  the  Ledge  called 
the  Limb's  Limb,  N.  by  E.  J^  E.  ^  mile.  About  j{  mile  to  the 
Southward  of  the  Devil's  Limb  are  some  Rocks  called  Loch  Foyne, 
which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide.  Between  these  last  named  dangers, 
and  the  Devil's  Limb  there  is  a  Channel  of  15  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide  ;  but  strangers  should  attempt  it  only  in  cases  of  emergency. 
In  thick  weather  vessels  from  the  Southwestward  or  Westward 
should  not  approach  the  Devil's  Limb  in  less  than  15  fathoms, 
water. 

Limb's   Limb, 

This  Ledge  is  bare  about  one  hour  after  high  water.  Shoal 
Water,  with  Sunken  Rocks,  extends  about  ]^  mile  Southeasterly 
from  it.  Seal  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  this 
danger  SE.  by  S-  j^  S.  1^  miles.  The  Ledges  called  Limb's 
Limb,  and  Devil's  Limb,  are  the  Westernmost  dangers  Ivinj;  off 
Seal  Island.  Between  these  last  mentioned  dangers  and  Seal 
Island  there  is  a  narrow  passage  of  3  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 
This  Channel  should  not  be  attempted  by  strangers  excepting  in 
cases  of  emergency  ;  at  such  times  keep  nearer  the  Ledges. 


352 


ELUKIDGES   COAST  PILOT. 


Anchorage  under  Seal  Island. 

With  Westerly  winds  vessels  may  Anchor  off  the  Bend  on  the 
Eastern  side  of  Seid  Isliind,  in  from  ;"j  to  0  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide,  and  there  is  also  Anchorage  witli  Easterly  winds  on  tlie 
Western  side,  in  what  is  called  Crowell  Cove,  in  fro  .<  4  to  f) 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Seal  Island  Anchorage  in 

Daytime. 

Vessels  from  the  Westward  with  AVesterly  winds,  may,  as  soon 
as  Seal  Island  is  made,  bring  the  Northern  end  to  bear  about 
!E*SEi-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  %  mile  on 
the  Starboard  hand ;  and  gradually  haul  to  the  Southward,  and 
Anchor  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing  S- W.  by  W.  }{>  W.,  in  from 
4^  to  5^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Directions  to  pass  to  the  Southward  of  Seal  Island. 

From  the  Westward,  as  soon  as  Seal  Island  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  t(^  bear  about  East,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course 
In  order  to  avoid  the  Shoal  Water  which  extends  off  from  the 
South  point  of  the  Island,  leave  it  about  ^  mile  to  the  North- 
ward, and  the  Elbow  Kock  and  Shoal  (before  described)  well  to 
the  Southward,  carrying  about  0  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  When 
the  Lighthouse  bears  NW-^.  then  gradually  haul  to  the  Nortii- 
ward,  and  anchor  with  it  bearing  SW".  by  "W".  ] .:  W.,  iu  from 
4j4  to  Tti^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Directions  for  Crowell  Cove. 

From  the  P^astward,  with  Easterly  winds,  as  soon  as  Seal 
Island  is  made,  bring  the  Northern  end  to  bear  W.NW.,  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course  and  haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  J^ 
mile,  leaving  it  to  the  Southward ;  when  the  Lighthouse  on  this 
Island  bears  S.  ^  E-,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  the 
water  shoals  to  4  or  4^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide ;  then  Anchor  in 
Crowell  Cove. 

A  strict  watch  should  be  icept  while  lying  here,  and  the  Cove, 
especially  in  autumn,  winter  or  spring,  should  be  left  on  the 
first  indications  of  a  Northwesterly  wind,  which  brings  in  heavy 
Bea. 


ELDRIDGE'S   C0A8T  PILOT. 


353 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Seal  Island  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  t)  h.  2  ra.,  or  about  2  h.  27  m.  before  it 
is  at  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides,  10 1^  feet. 

Mud  Islands, 

These  Islets,  which  lie  from  2J^  to  r>  miles  Northeasterly  from 
the  Northern  end  of  Seal  Island,  extend  North  and  South  about 
y  miles.  Commencing  from  the  Southernmost  they  are  called 
Noddy  Island,  Mud  Island,  Round  Island,  and  Flat  Island. 
Round  Island,  the  highest  of  the  cluster,  has  an  elevation  of  k5 
feet  above  High  Water,  and  is  wooded,  as  is  also  Mud  Island,  tho 
largest  and  central  of  the  group.  These  Islets  are  surrounded  by 
Shoal  Water  with  from  12  to  18  foot  between  them  at  Low  Tide. 
These  passages  should  be  attempted  by  strangers  only  in  light 
draught  vessels,  and  then  only  in  cases  of  emergency.  In  going 
througli  between  them  keep  about  midway  the  passages. 

Black  Ledge, 

About  a  mile  to  the  Westward  of  Mud  Island,  the  largest  of  the 
group,  is  Black  Ledge,  which  is  covered  at  High  Water ;  the 
Southern  part  of  the  lust  named  Island  bears  from  the  centre  of 
this  danger  SE.  34  E.  about  a  mile  ;  N.  by  E.  >^  E.,  about  J^ 
mile  from  Black  Ledge,  are  several  Sunken  Rocks,  and  near  this 
last  danger  is  a  Shoal  spot  of  15  feet  at  Low  Tide. 


Mud  Island  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  upon  which  the  sea  breaks  in  heavy  weather,  is  sur- 
rounded by  deep  water,  and  at  Low  Tide  has  not  loss  than  24  feet 
water  upon  it.  The  Southern  part  of  Mud  Island  (the  largest  of 
the  group)  bears  from  this  danger  E.  by  S-  ^  S.  2^  miles. 
Mud  Island  Shoal  is  liie  Westernmost  danger  lying  off  the  Mud 
Island. 

Anchorage  under  the  Mud  Islands, 

There  is  Anchorage  on  both  sides  of  these  Islands  where  vessels 
may  And  moderate  protection  in  both  Easterly  and  Westerly 
winds. 

Upon  the  Eastern   side  of   Noddy  Island,  Mud   Island,  and 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


■  50     "^^        ll^H 


1125  1 1.4 


■  1.6 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


33  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER, NY.  USSO 

(716)  S73-4503 


354 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Round  Island,  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  those  lying  near 
the  shore.  Vessels  may  therefore  approach  them  on  this  side 
within  ys  mile  without  danger. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Mud  Island  Anchorage  in 

Daytime. 

With  Westerly  winds,  vessels  from  the  Westward  should,  as 
soon  as  the  Mud  Islands  are  made  (in  order  to  avoid  the  Shoal 
Water  which  extends  off  to  the  Northward  from  them) ,  leave  the 
Northwesternmost  about  a  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
gradually  haul  to  the  Southward,  leaving  Round  Island  about 
}4  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  abreast  Mud  Island 
(the  largest  of  the  group)  about  yi  mile  from  shore  in  from  5  to  8 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Vessels  from  the  Westward  may  pass  to  the  Southward  of  these 
Islands  by  the  following  directions :  as  soon  as  the  Islands  are 
made,  bring  Noddy  Island,  the  Southernmost  (which  is  18  feet 
high),  to  bear  £.  by  S<,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it 
about  j4  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  crossing  the  Tide  Rips  which 
lie  to  the  Southward  of  it,  in  not  less  than  6  fathoms  water. 
When  past  the  last-named  Island,  haul  gradually  to  the  North- 
ward, and  anchor  abreast  Mud  Island  (which  is  the  largest  of  the 
group) ,  about  y}  mile  from  shore,  in  from  5  to  8  to  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide. 

With  Southeasterly  winds  there  is  Anchorage  on  the  Northwest 
side  of  Flat  Island  (the  Northwesternmost  of  the  group)  iu  about 
5j4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  There  is,  however,  very  little 
shelter  here  except  in  moderate  weather. 


JTigfi  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  Mud  Islands  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  9  h.  2  m.,  or  about  2  li.  27  m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides,  10  feet. 

Between  the  Northern  part  of  Seal  Island  and  Noddy  Island 
(the  Southernmost  of  the  Mud  Islands) ,  there  is  a  clear  Channel 
2J^  miles  wide,  having  from  G  to  18  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low 
Tide.  The  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  sets  through  this  Passage 
from  3  to  4  miles  per  hour.    The  Flood  runs  NW.,  and  Ebb  SE. 

Between  Soldier  Ledge  (before  described)  and  Flat  Island  (the 


ELDBIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


355 


Northwesternmost  of  the  Mud  Islands) ,  there  is  a  clear  Channel 
1^  miles  wide,,  having  from  4j4  to  6  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low 
Tide.  The  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  sets  through  this  Passage 
from  2  to  3  miles  per  hour.    The  Flood  runs  NWm  and  Ebb  SE. 


TUSKET  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River  is  Northeasterly  19  miles  from  Seal 
Island  Lighthouse,  East-Northerly  5J^  miles  from  Pease  Island 
Lighthouse,  Northwesterly  24  miles  from  Cape  Sable  Lighthouse, 
and  Northwesterly  4j4  miles  from  White  Head  Lighthouse. 

Tusket  River  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Southwest  point  of  Big  Fish  Island,  at  the  entrance  of 
Tusket  River,  is  a  Square  White  Wooden  Building  whinh  at  this 
date  (1884)  shows  two  fixed  White  Lights  24  feet  apart.  These 
lights  are  intended  to  guide  vessels  into  Tusket  River. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Tusket  Biver  Lighthouse. 


Distanoe. 

Seal  Island  Lighthouse,   .     . 

SW.  by  S.  ^  S., 

.     19     miles. 

Bon-portage    Island    Light- 

house,   

S.  by  E.  ji  E.,   . 

.      173^       " 

White  Head  Lighthouse, .     . 

S£«  /^  S>,      • 

.       4^      " 

Dangers  in  approaching  Tusket  River. 

In  approaching  Tusket  River  there  are  many  dangers  lying  in 
the  Bay,  some  of  which  are  sunken,  and  some  are  above  water. 
We  shall  only  attempt  to  describe  those  lying  in  the  Channel-way. 


Chill  Ledge, 

This  Ledge  has  about  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Tus- 
ket River  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  N.  ji  W.  5  miles ;  White 
Head  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  E.  yi  E.  3  miles ;  Pease  Island  Light- 
house, W.  by  N.  ^  N.  5^  miles. 


356 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Southwest  Shoal. 

This  Shoal  has  about  14  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Tus- 
ket  River  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.  ^  C  3  miles ; 
White  Head  Lighthouse,  E.  ^  S-  3^  miles ;  Pease  Island  Light- 
house, W.  ^  S.  4^  miles. 

Fish  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  Half  Tide,  lies  on  the  Eastern  side 
of  the  Channel.  Tusket  River  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger 
N.  ^  W.  about  a  mile ;  Little  Fish  Island  N.  by  W.  %  W.  a 
little  more  than  y^  mile. 

Big  Fish  Mocks. 

These  Rocks,  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lie  nearly  in  the 
Channel-way.  At  Low  Tide  about  19  feet  water  can  be  carried 
up  to  the  Westward  of  this  danger,  and  about  15  feet  to  the  East- 
ward of  it.  Tusket  River  Lighthouse  bears  from  these  Rocks 
SE.  by  S.  ^  S-A  niile. 

Memarks. 

By  the  Channel  to  the  Westward  of  Big  Fish  Rocks  about  19 
feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  carried  up  to  the  Anchorage  above 
Tucker  Island,  and  about  15  feet  to  the  Eastward  of  these  Rocks. 
From  Tucker  Island  Anchorage  to  Tusket  Village  (which  is  on 
the  P^astern  side  of  the  River),  the  distance  is  about  9  miles,  and 
in  some  places  there  is  but  little  water  in  the  River  at  Low  Tide. 
A  pilot  is  therefore  necessary  from  the  above  Anchorage  to  the 
Village. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Tusket  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weatber. 

From  the  Southwestward,  when  Seal  Island  is  made,  br'ng  the 
Northern  end  to  1)ear  E.  by  S.,  and  run  for  it  (  a  this  course, 
leaving  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when  past  the 
Northern  end  of  this  Island,  haul  gradually  to  the  Northward, 
leaving  the  Mud  Islands  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  Bring 
Round  Island  (which  is  the  highest  of  the  Mud  Islands)  to  bear 
S.SW.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  N.NE.,  leaving  Cleo- 
patra Shoal,  Old  Man  Ledge,  and  Old  Woman   Ledge,  all  of 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


357 


which  have  heretofore  been  described,  on  the  Port  hand.  Aa 
soon  as  Tusket  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
N-NE-j  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Gull  Ledge,  South- 
west Shoal,  and  Fish  Ledge,  and  lastly  Little  Fish  Island,  which 
lies  about  %  mile  to  the  Southward  of  the  Lighthouse,  all  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  Continue  the  course  for  the  Lighthouse  until 
about  y^  mile  from  it;  then  gradually  haul  to  the  Westward, 
carrying  about  3  fathoms  -rater  at  Low  Tide.  Leave  the  Light- 
house not  more  than  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when 
abreast  it  make  good  the  course  N.  by  E.  %  E.  until  it  bears 
S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it.  and  steer  N.,  carrying  about 
15  feet  water  across  the  Flat  Ground,  and  leaving  Big 
Fish  Rocks  on  the  Port  hand;  continue  the  course  N.,  until 
the  water  deepens  to  4j4  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  then  haul  up 
about  NE  by  N.  J^  N.,  carrying  not  less  than  4  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide  through  the  narrow  Channel,  and  leaving  Tucker 
Island,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Northeastward  of  the  Lighthouse, 
about  400  yards  on  the  Starboard,  and  Tucker  Island  Ledge  which 
lies  o>  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel,  nearly  opposite  this 
Island  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  about  J^  mile  past  the  last 
named  Island  steer  more  Easterly,  and  anchor  with  the  Northern 
point  of  it  bearing  S.  by  W.  Yi  mile,  in  from  G  to  7  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide.    Above  this  a  pilot  is  necessary. 

From  the  Southeastward,  when  past  Cape  Sable,  leave  Bon- 
portage  Island  Lighthouse  about  2  ..  .  es  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  make  good  the  corpse  N.  by  W.  J^  W.,  leaving  Gull  Ledge 
and  Southwest  Shoal  (both  of  which  have  been  described)  well 
on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when  Tusket  Island  Lighthouse  is  made, 

,  aad  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


bring  it  to  bear  N-NE. 


Directions  to  pass  betwef^n  the  Tusket  Islands. 

From  the  Northward  leave  Green  Island  (before  described) 
about  J^  Inile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course 
S.  by  E.  When  Pease  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
East,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  carrying  not  less  than  16  feet 
water  at  Low  Tide,  and  leaving  Spectacle  Island  on  the  Port,  and 
Half  Bald  Island,  and  Little  Half  Bald  Island  on  the  Starboard 
hand ;  when  about  ^  mile  from  the  Lighthouse  steer  about  SE> 
by  E'  Yz  Ev  passing  about  midway  between  the  last  named 


358 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


f 


Island  and  Lighthouse ;  when  this  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  make 
good  the  course  "K.  by  Sm  leaving  the  Old  Woman  Ledge  (before 
described)  well  on  the  Fort  hand ;  when  Tusket  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  N«NE!>)  then  follow  the  du'ections  before  given. 

Sigh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  entrance  of  Tusket  River  on  the  days 
of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon,  9  h.  30  m.,  or  about  2  hours 
before  it  is  at  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides,  12  feet. 

fjiones  Anchorage,  or  Argyle  Harbor, 

This  Anchorage,  which  is  among  the  Islands,  lies  2^  miles  to 
the  Northward  of  White  Head  Lighthouse. 

Argyle  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  South  Point  of  White  Head  Island  is  a  White,  Square 
Wooden  Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  Red  Fixed 
Light.  This  Lighthouse  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  to  Argyle, 
and  also  to  Jones  Anchorage. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Argyle  Lighthouse. 

Diatanoe. 
Seal  Island  Lighthouse,     .     .     .    SW>  ^  S.?  •     •     17^  miles. 
Bon-portage  Lighthouse,   .     .     .     S.^C,.     •     •     14 
Pease  Island  Lighthouse,  .     .     .     WOSt^  (nearly)       lyi 
Tusket  Island  Lighthouse,     .     .    NW.  J^  N.,      .      4>4 


(( 


(( 


(( 


Bearings  and  Distances  of  Dangers  in  approach- 
ing Jones  Anchorage  and  Argyle. 

In  approaching  Joneo  Anchorage  and  Argyle  there  are  many 
dangers.  We  shall  only  describe  some  of  the  most  prominent 
lying  in  the  Channel-way. 

St,  Ann  Shoal, 

This  danger  has  about  13  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  North  about  Z% 
miles;  centi-e  of  Gull  Island  NW.  by  N.  %  N.  4^  miles; 
Pease  Island  Lighthouse,  NW-  by  W-  >^  W-  8  ^  miles ;  Gull 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


359 


Ledge,  NW-  J4  W.  3j^  miles.  The  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb 
«ets  strong  across  this  Shoal,  forming  Tide  Kips,  which  are 
plainly  visible  excepting  at  Slack  Water. 

*  Gull  Ledge. 

This  Ledge  has  about  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Tuskfct  River  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  N.  J^  W.  5  miles ;  White 
Head  Island  Lighthouse,  NE-  by  E.  j^  E.  3  miles ;  Pease 
Island  Lighthouse,  W-  by  N.  ^  N.  SJ^  miles;  St.  Ann  Shoal, 
SE-  J4  E.  3j4  miles. 

White  Head  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  very  Low  Tides,  has  Shoal  Water 
around  it.  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger 
W.  ^  N.  ^  miles. 

West  Shoal. 

This  Shoal  has  about  11  feet  water,  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides. 
White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  bears  f.jm  the  centre  of  it  SE. 
about  J4  mile. 

Between  West  Shoal  and  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  there 
is  a  Channel  about  %  mile  wide,  with  a  depth  of  6  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide. 

Bumpkin  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  in  the  Channel-way,  is  about  %  mile  to 
the  Eastward  of  Pumpkin  Island,  and  has  but  5  feet  water  upon 
it  at  Low  Tide.  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
danger  SW.  by  W.  ^  mile ;  between  this  Ledge  and  Pumpkin 
Island,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Northward  of  the  Lighthouse, 
there  is  a  Channel  Y^  mile  wide,  having  from  4  to  6  fathoms 
water  in  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Jones  Ledge. 

This  Ledge,  which  extends  N.NE.  and  S.SW.  nearly  y^  mile, 
lies  to  the  Northwest  of  Pumpkin  Island,  and  in  some  places  has 
but  little  water  upon  it,  at  Low  Tide.  White  Head  Island  Light- 
house bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  S.  }i  E.  Ij^  miles. 


JRemarks. 

Vessels  bound  to  Jones  Anchorage  can  pass  on  either  side  of 
White  Head  Island  Lighthouse.    The  Channel  leading  in  is  the 


360 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


widest  to  the  Eastward  of  this  Lighthouse.  After  passing  Pump> 
kin  Island,  keep  nearer  Jones  Islands,  which  lie  on  the  Western 
side  about  2j4  miles  to  the  Northward  of  the  Lighthouse. 
When  past  Pumpkin  Island  (which  is  the  first  to  the  Northward 
of  the  Lighthouse) ,  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water  can  be  taken  to 
the  Anchorage. 

Sailingr  Directions  for  Jones  Anchorage  in  Daytime, 
•With,  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Southwestward,  when  Seal  Island  is  made,  bring  the 
Northern  end  to  bear  E-  by  S.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  it  about  J4  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  the 
Northern  end  of  this  Island,  haul  gradually  to  the  Northward, 
leaving  the  Mud  Islands  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  Bring 
Round  Island,  which  is  the  highest  of  the  Mud  Islands,  to  bear 
SW.  ^  W.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  NS.  J^  E» 
When  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
N.NE!-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  St.  Ann  Shoal  on 
the  Starboard,  and  Gull  Ledge  on  the  Port  hand.  Leave  the 
Lighthouse  about  J^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears 
W.,  make  good  the  course  N.  by  E.  }(  E.,  carrying  not  less 
than  3^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  leaving  White  Head 
Ledge  and  Pumpkin  Ledge  both  well  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Port,  Pumpkin  Island,  which  is 
the  first  to  the  Northward  of  the  Lighthouse.  Leave  the  Northern 
point  of  this  Island,  which  is  quite  bold,  not  more  than  300  yards 
on  the  Port,  and  gradually  haul  to  the  Northwestward  until  the 
centre  of  this  Island  bears  S.  ^  E.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it» 
carrying  not  less  than  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  leaving 
Thrum  Island  and  Lear  Island  (the  former  of  which  is  small)  on 
on  the  Starboard,  and  Jones  Island  (the  Eastern  parts  of  which 
are  bold)  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  2  miles  above  Pump- 
kin Island,  anchor  in  from  6  to  7  fathoms  water.  If  bound  to 
Abraham  River  a  pilot  is  necessary  at  this  Anchorage. 

From  the  Southeastward,  when  past  Cape  Sable,  leave  Bon- 
port'  ye  Island  Lighthouse  about  2  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  when  it  bears  E  ,  make  good  the  course  N.  by  W.,  leaving 
St.  John's  Ledge  well  on  the  Starboavd  hand.  When  White  Head 
Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  beai*  N.NE.,  ard  run  for 
it  on  this  course,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


361 


Directions  to  p^ss  between  the  Tusket  Islands. 

From  the  Northward,  leave  Green  Island  (before  described) 
about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course 
S.  by  S.  When  I'case  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  brmg  it  to 
bear  Em  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  carrying  not  less  than  IG 
feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  leaving  Spectacle  Island  on  the  Port, 
and  Half  Bald  Island  and  I  ittle  Half  Bald  Island  on  the  Star- 
board hand.  When  about  yi  mile  from  the  Lighthouse,  steer 
about  SB.  by  E-  J4  E.,  passing  about  midway  between  the  last- 
named  Island  and  Lighthouse.  When  this  Lighthouse  bears 
NW.,  make  good  the  course  E.  }i  S.,  leaving  the  Old  W<  'nan 
Ledge  (before  described)  on  the  Port,  and  Gull  Ledge  w  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
N'NEm  then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Jones  Anchorage  (Argyle)  on  the  days  of 
the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon,  9  h.  27  m.,  or  2  h.  2  m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  12  feet. 


PUBNIOO  HARBOB. 

The  entrance  tu  this  Harbor  is  14  miles  Northwesterly  from 
Cape  Sable  Lii,hthouse,  8  miles  North  from  Bon-portage  Light- 
house, East-Northerly  about  10  miles  from  the  Mud  Islands,  and 
East-Southerly  about  11  miles  from  Pease  Island  Lighthouse. 

.  Fuhnico  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Beach  Point,  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  Pubnico  Harbor, 
about  120  yards  from  Low  Water  mark,  is  a  Square  White  Build- 
ing which  at  thia  date  (1884)  show  J  a  fixed  White  Light.* 


*  The  Canadian  government  gives  notice  that  this  Light  has  been  dis- 
<Mntinued  until  Airther  notice. 


362 


jiiLLRIDCE'3  COAST  PILOT. 


Bearings  and  Distanoes  from  Pubnioo  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

Diitano*. 

Seal  Island  Lighthouse,  .     .    SW«  by  W>   ...    16     iniles^ 

BouDd  Island  (the  North- 
easternmost  of  the  Mud 
Islands), W-  by  S  J^S.,    .     .    10>4     '^ 

Remarks, 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  St.  Ann  Point 
on  the  West,  and  the  Main  Land  on  the  East,  is  about  a  mile 
wide,  and  gradually  contracts  to  Beach  Point,  where  the  Light- 
house stands,  to  less  than  %  mile.  From  this  last  point  the  Bay 
runs  up  Northeasterly  nearly  6  miles,  and  the  greater  part  of  it  is 
occupied  with  Flats,  which  are  dry  at  Low  Tide,  with  a  narrow 
winding  Channel  between  them.  Eight  fathoms  water,  at  Low 
Tide,  can  be  carried  to  the  Anchorage,  which  is  about  a  mile. 
above  the  Lighthouse. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Fubnico  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  14  feet  draught,  from  the  Northward, 
may,  after  making  Green  Island  (before  described) ,  leave  it  about 
^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  S.  by  E., 
leaving  the  North  Rock,  Gannet  Rock,  South  Rock,  and  Southeast 
Bock  (all  of  which  have  been  described) ,  well  on  the  Starboard, 
and  Spectacle  Island,  the  Westernmost  of  the  Tusket  Islands, 
well  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  this  last  Island  keep  a  sharp 
lookout  for  the  Lighthouse,  on  the  Southern  part  of  Pease  Island  \ 
when  the  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  East  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  carrying  about  16  feet  at  Low  Tide ;  when  about 
yi  mile  from  this  Lighthouse,  steer  about  SE.  by  E.  %  E.,  pass- 
ing about  midway  between  Little  Bald  Island  and  the  Lighthouse ; 
when  about  a  mile  past  this  Lighthouse  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  by 
W.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it  and  steer  SE.  by  E.,  leaving  Gull 
Ledge  and  St.  Ann  Shoal  well  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  the  Light- 
house in  Pubnico  Harbor  is  made,  bring^  it  to  bear  NE.  byE-i 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  ^  mile  from  it,  then 
gradually  haul  to  the  Northward  and  leave  it  about  200  yards  on 
che  Starboard  hand ;  when  pas^t  it,  bring  it  to  bear  S.  by  W.  ^ 


ELDRIDOE'S    ..OAST  PILOT. 


363 


Wm  und  make  good  the  course  N.  by  E.  ^  E.,  leaving  the  buoy 
wliit'h  lies  off  the  Eastern  part  of  a  Ledge  which  is  about  j^  mile 
from  the  Lighthouse,  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  carrying 
from  7  to  10  fathoms  water  through  the  narrow  Channel ;  when 
about  a  mile  past  the  Lighthouse  anchor  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide.  If  bound  further  up  it  is  advisable  to  take 
a  pilot  at  this  Anchorage,  as  there  are  several  dangers  which  are 
only  seen  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Southwestward,  as  soon  as  Seal  Island  is  made, 
bring  the  Northern  end  to  bear  about  E.  by  S. ,  and  run  for  it 
on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand ; 
wlien  past  the  Island  continue  the  course  E.  by  S.  until  Seal 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  SW.  by  W.,  on  which  bearing  keep 
it  and  steer  NE.  by  E.  ;  when  Pubnico  Harbor  Lighthouse  is 
made  ;  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course 
and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

From  Cape  Sable,  leave  Bon-portage  Island  Lighthouse  about 
2  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  goo  l  the  course  N.  by 
Wm  leaving  St.  John's  Ledge  and  St.  John's  Island,  the  former 
of  which  generally  breaks,  both  well  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when 
Pubnico  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  E.,  then  run  for  it  on 
this  course  and  follow  the  du'ections  before  given. 

In  beating  into  Pubnico  Harbor,  in  order  to  avoid  St.  John's 
Ledge  (which  generally  breaks) ,  keep  Pubnico  Harbor  Light- 
house open  to  the  Westward  of  John's  Island  ;*  when  near  the 
entrance  of  the  Harbor,  in  order  to  avoid  the  dangers  lying  near 
the  shores  on  both  sides,  keep  nearly  in  mid-channel,  and  anchor 
about  Ys  mile  to  the  Southwestward  of  the  Lighthouse,  in  from  5 
to  10  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  Strangers  should  not  attempt 
to  enter  Pubnico  Harbor  at  night-time. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  in  Pubnico  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  9  h.  25  m.,  or  about  2  h.  4  m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  11  feet. 


*  Pu})ntco  Harbor  Llghtbouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  John's  Island, 
which  is  80  feet  high,  NE.  by  N.  8i  miles. 


364 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Cockerwit  Passage, 

This  passage,  which  is  between  Bon-portage,  Mutton  and  St. 
John  Islands  on  the  West,  and  the  Main  Land  on  the  Kant,  in 
from  1^  miles  to  ^  mile  in  breadth,  and  about  0  miles  in  lenf^tli. 
Its  Northern  entrance,  which  is  narrow  and  shallow,  is  about  -ly, 
miles  Southwest  from  Pubnico  Harbor  Lighthouse.  Tlie  Southc.  n 
entrance,  which  lies  between  Bon-portage  Island  and  Stoddard 
Island,  is  more  than  a  mile  wide,  and  is  called  Shag  Ilurhor 
Sound.  This  last  named  entrance  is  East  14  miles  from  Seal 
Island  Lighthouse,  and  Northwesterly  about  6  miles  from  Cape 
Sable  Lighthouse. 

Bon-portage  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  South  Point  of  Bou-portage  Island  is  a  White,  Square, 
Wooden  Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  Red,  Re- 
volving Light,  which  is  intend<'d  to  guide  vessels  into  Shag 
Harbor  Sound,  and  also  Barrington  West  Bay. 

About  lyi  miles  to  the  Southwestward  of  Bon-portage  Light- 
house are  heavy  Tide  Rips,  which  extend  North  and  South  about 
2  miles.  Not  less  than  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  has  been 
found  upon  these  Rips. 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  frova.  Bon-portage  Island  Lighthouse. 


Cape  Sable  Lighthouse,     . 
Seal  Island  Lighthouse, 
Pease  Island  Lighthouse,  . 
Stoddard  Island  Lighthouse, 


Stoddard  Island  Idghthouse, 

Upon  the  Northwest  Point  of  Stoddard  Island  is  a  small, 
White,  Square  Tower,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed 
Red  Light  which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  to  the  Anchorage  in 
Stoddard  Harbor,  and  also  into  Shag  Harbor  Sound.  Bon-portage 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Stoddard  Island  Lighthouse  SW.  by  W. 
J^  W.,  1^4  miles. 

Remarks, 

About  7  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  taken  through  the 
Cockerwit  Passage,  but  as  there  are  many  obstructions  lying  iu 


Distance. 

SB*  ^  Sm    • 

6^^  miles 

West,     .    .    . 

1-1%     " 

NW.  by  N.,    . 

16>^     " 

NE.byE.  XE., 

ly^   '' 

ELDRinOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


36'i 


<ho  Channel-way,  it  iu  therefore  considered  too  dangcrouH  for 
strangers.  VcsscIh  passing  ontsido  of  Hon-portagc'  iHhind  and 
Mutton  Inlands,  should,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Uocks  tmd  Shoals 
which  lie  off  these  Islands,  give  them  a  wide  berth.  The  outer- 
nioMt  of  these  dangers  is  called  John's  Ledge,  which  generally 
hreaks.  Pubnico  Harbor  Lighthouse,  open  to  the  Westward  of 
John's  Island,  clears  this  danger.  See  directions  for  Fubnico 
Ilurbor. 

Shag  Harbor  Sound, 

The  entrance  to  this  Sound,  which  is  between  Bon-port  ige 
Island  Lighthouse  on  the  West,  and  Stoddard  Island  Lighthouse 
on  the  East,  is  a  little  more  than  a  mile  wide.  There  is  good 
shelter  in  this  Sound  with  winds  from  N.NE.  to  S-S£.  by 
way  of  E.  and  there  is  also  moderate  protection  with  winds 
from  SW.  to  N.NE.,  by  way  of  W.,  but  the  Sound  is  open  to 
Southerly  winds.  In  entexing  Shag  Harbor  Sound  from  the 
Southward,  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  those  lying  near  the 
shores.  About  6  fathoms  water  can  be  taken  up  about  2  miles 
above  Stoddard  Island  Lighthouse  ;  above  this  there  are  obstruc- 
tions lying  in  the  Channel-way.  The  current  of  Flood  runs  to 
the  Northward  through  Shag  Harbor  Sound,  and  Cockerwit 
Passage,  and  that  of  the  Ebb  to  the  Southward. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Shag  Harbor  Sound  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Northward,  bound  to  Shag  Hfrbor  Sound, 
may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Pubnico  Harbor,  pass- 
ing between  the  Tusket  Isles ;  when  about  three  miles  past  Pease 
Island  Lighthouse,  then  make  good  the  course  S.  by  E.  j4  E., 
leaving  the  Old  Man  Ledge  on  the  Starboard,  and  John's  Ledge 
well  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  Bon-portage  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  East,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  haul 
round  it  at  a  distance  of  ^  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  run  up  about  midway  the  Sound,  and  anchor  with  Stoddard 
Island  Lighthouse  bearing  S.SE.,  distance  about  1^  miles, 
in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Southwestward,  as  soon  as  Seal  Island  is  made,  bring 
the  Northern  Point  to  bear  E.  byS.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when 


366 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


past  this  Island  make  good  the  course  E.  hy  S-  j4  S. ;  when 
Bon-portage  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  East, 
and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

From  the  Southward,  when  past  the  Southwest  Ledge,  which 
lies  about  1^  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Cape  Sable  Lighthouse 
run  for  Bon-portage  Lighthouse,  bearing  from  North  to  N.NE-  • 
leave  this  Lighthouse  about  3^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 

In  beating  into  Shag  Harbor  Sound,  there  are  no  obstructions 
excepting  those  extending  from  the  shores.  Vessels  may  there- 
fore keep  midway  until  past  Stoddard  Island  Lighthouse ;  then 
keep  nearer  the  Eastern  side. 

Migh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Shag  Harbor  Sound  on  the  days  of  the 
Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  8  h.  58  m.,  or  2  h.  31  m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  9J^  feet. 

Stoddard  Cove, 

This  small  Cove,  which  lies  between  Stoddard  Island  Light- 
house and  the  Southwest  end  of  Prospect  Island,  is  about  }(  mile 
wide,  and  has  good  Anchorage,  at  Low  Tide,  for  small  vessels  of 
from  9  to  12  feet  draught,  in  winds  from  N.  by  W.  to  W.SW, 
by  way  of  E. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Stoddard  Cove  in  Do^time, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  to  Stoddard  Cove  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Shag  Harbor  Sound  until  Stoddard  Island  Liglit- 
house  is  made.  Then  run  in,  and  haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of 
not  more  than  300  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Starboard  hiind.  and 
anclior  with  the  Lighthouse  bearing  from  SW.  to  W.SW.,  in 
from  9  to  12  feet  ut  Low  Tide.  In  entering  this  Cove.  Ik; 
careful  to  avoid  a  Ledge  which  is  bare  at  very  low  Tides.  Stod- 
dard Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  about  S.  by  W. 
500  yards.  The  Channel  is  between  this  obstruction  aiu  tlio 
LigJithouse.  It  is  High  Water  in  Stoddard  Cove  the  same  time 
that  it  is  in  Shag  Harbor  Sound. 


:'■':{■. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


367 


when 

East, 

which 

thouse, 

.NE.; 

follow 

•actions 
f  there- 
,e ;  then 


3  of  the 
a.  before 


id  Light- 
it  %  mile 

vessels  of 

w.sw» 


o/TT  timer 
er. 

directions 
ind  Light- 
istancc  of 
hand,  and 

Cove,  lie 
1^8.       Stod- 

S.  by  W. 
Ion  a-u'i  tlio 

same  time 


CLARK  HARBOP 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of 
Cape  Sable  Island,  lies  about  SE.  by  E.  4  miles  from  Bon-port- 
ago  Lighthouse  and  about  3j4  miles  to  the  Northward  of  Cape 
Sable  Lighthouse. 

Remarks, 

About  3  fathoms  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  taken  through  a 
narrow  Channel  to  the  Anchorage  in  this  Harbor,  which  is  some- 
what exposed  to  Northwesterly  winds ;  but  as  there  are  many 
Rocks,  Ledges  and  Shoals  lying  netir  *the  entrance,  and  also  in 
the  Harbor,  it  is  advisable  for  strangers  not  to  undertake  to  enter 
it  without  a  pilot. 

Cape  Sable  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Southern  point  of  Cape  Sable  is  a  White  Octagonal 
Tower  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  White  Revolving  Light,. 
A  Steam  Whistle  at  this  time  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse, 
which  in  thick  weather  sounds  a  blast  of  10  seconds  duration 
each  minute. 

BearingB  and  Distanoes  from  Cape  Sable  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
.     W.  by  N.  Yz  N., 


Seal  Island  Lighthouse, 

Thatcher's  Island  Light- 
houses (Cape  Ann),. 

Boston  Lighthouse,    .     .     . 

Capo  Cod  (Highland)  Light- 
house,       

NauHct  (3)  Lighthouses,     . 

Chatham  Lighthouses,    .     . 

Sable  Island  Lighthouse 
(West  end),      .... 

Sambro  Island  Lighthouse,     East-Northerly,    . 

Cranberry  Island  Light- 
house (Cape  Canso) , .     .     East-Northerly,    .     .     230 

Bon-portage  Island  Light- 
house,      NW.  ^  N.,  .    .    .        6^ 


W.  ^  N.,      .    . 
W.  nearly,      .     . 

w.  ^  s., .   .   . 

W.  by  S.,  .     .     . 

W.  by  S.  3^  S.  nearly,     217 

E.  by  S.  ^  S.,    . 


17/3 

miles.. 

222 

(( 

239 

(& 

212 

a 

212 

(( 

217 

u 

236 

(( 

108 

(( 

(t 


4( 


k'/Vi 


368 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


Baccaro  Point  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.,  •  •  • 
Whistling  Buoy  off  Blonde 

Rock, W.  Yz  N.,       •     . 

Bell  Buoy  off   South   part 

BrazU  Rock,      ....     SE.  byE.  J<E., 


7j4  miles. 

8         « 


Dangers  in  the  Vicinity  of  Cape  Sable. 

Green,  Island. 

This  small  Island,  which  is  about  20  feet  high,  lies  NW.  byN". 
about  3  miles  from  Cape  Sable  Lighthouse.  Green  Island  is 
quite  bold  on  its  Northwestern  and  Northern  sides,  but  Shoal 
"Water,  with  Rocks  and  Ledges,  extends  off  a  long  distance  from 
its  Southern,  Southwestern  and  Eastern  parts.  Strangers  should 
in  no  case  attempt  to  pass  between  this  Island  and  Cape  Sable 
Island. 

Southwest  Ledge, 

Cape  Sable  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Ledge  (upon  which  the 
sea  generally  breaks  heavily)  E.  by  N.  >^  N*  1^  miles.  About 
^  mile  Northeasterly  from  this  danger,  there  are  several  Rocks, 
which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide.  Between  Southwest  Ledge  and  the 
shore  there  are  several  Shoal  spots,  over  which  the  current  of 
Flood  and  Ebb  sets  very  strong,  forming  heavy  Tide  Rips  which 
are  visible  excepting  at  Slack  Water.  Between  the  last-named 
danger  and  Green  Island  there  are  also  Ledges.  It  is  therefore 
advisable  for  strangers  to  give  this  part  of  the  coast  a  wide  berth. 
The  Southwest  Ledge  is  the  Westernmost  danger  lying  near  Cape 
Sable. 

Columbia  Rock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  is  surrounded  by  Shoal  Water, 
has,  at  very  low  Tides,  as  little  as  6  feet  water  upon  it.  Cape 
Sable  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.  by  W.  %  W.  about 
a  mile.  Shoal  Water  extends  off  nearly  a  mile  to  the  Southward 
of  this  Rock,  over  which  the  current  of  Flood  and  Ebb  sets  very 
strong,  forming  heavy  Tide  Rips  which  are  seen  excepting  at 
Slack  Water.  About  ^  mile  to  the  Southward  of  Cape  Sable 
Lighthouse,  there  is  a  Channel  of  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 
Small  or  light  draught  vessels  may  therefore  pass  about  midway 
between  Columbia  Rock  and  the  Lighthouse. 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


369 


Shoal  Spot, 

This  Spot,  upon  which  there  are  Ripples,  has  about  14  feet 
water  upon  it  Low  Tide.  Cape  Sable  Lighthouse  bears  from  it 
NW.  }i  N.  about  a  mile.  Between  this  danger  and  the  Light- 
house there  is  a  Channel  having  from  4  to  6  fathoms  water  in  it 
lit  Low  Tide.  | 

Black  Hock, 

This  Rock,  which  always  shows,  has  deep  water  all  round  it. 
Cape  Sable  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  W.  5^  N.  5^  mile. 
Between  this  danger  and  the  shore  there  is  a  narrow  Channel  of 
4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 


White  Knoll  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  otf  about  a  mile  from  the  Eastern  shore 
of  Cape  Sable  Island,  has  about  10  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  and  only  breaks  with  a  heavy  sea.  Cape  Sable  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  danger  SW-  by  W.  /^W-  2^  miles.  There  are 
many  Rocks,  Shoals  and  Ledges,  which  lie  off  the  Eastern  shore 
of  Cape  Sable  Island.  In  order  to  avoid  these  dangers,  vessels 
bound  out  or  into  Barrington  Eastern  Bay  should  not  approach 
nearer  than  a  mile  to  this  part  of  the  Island. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  Blonde  Rock,  Brazil  Rock  and  also  the 
other  dangers  lying  off  to  the  Southward  of  Cape  Sable,  vessels  in 
thick  weather,  should  not  approach  this  part  of  the  coast  in  less 
than  20  fathoms  water. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the 
Moon  at  Cape  Sable  at  8  h.  30  m.,  or  3  hours  before  it  is  at 
Boston.  Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides  8  feet.  The  current  of 
Flood  sets  to  the  "Westward,  and  that  of  the  Ebb  to  the  Eastward, 
by  Cape. Sable. 

Memarks  on  approaching  and  entering  the  Bay 

of  Ftindy, 

If  a  Chart  of  the  Southwest  part  of  Nova  Scotia  be  examined, 
the  mariner  will  readily  perceive  that  on  account  of  the  Rocks, 
Ledges,  and  Shoals,  the  navigation  must  be  extremely  dangerous 


370 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


in  this  locality ;  but  when  we  take  into  consideration  that  the 
atmosphere,  during  spring  and  summer,  is  almost  constantly  en- 
veloped in  thick  fog,  with  the  currents  setting  with  great  strength 
and  velocity  over  these  dangers,  and  a  difficulty  of  obtaining 
anchorage  on  account  of  the  depth  of  the  water,  it  must  bo 
obvious  to  every  intelligent  mariner,  at  such  times,  that  the  only 
remedy  to  prevent  disaster  is  to  use  the  deep-sea  lead  often. 

It  is  therefore  advisable  in  thick  weather  for  vessels  from 
Europe  or  the  Eastward,  bound  to  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  to 
round  Cape  Sable  and  Seal  Island  in  not  less  than  40  fathoms 
water ;  when  past  the  latter  haul  gradually  to  the  Northward, 
passing  to  the  Westward  of  the  Lurcher  Shoal  (before  de- 
scribed) in  not  less  than  55  fathoms,  and  also  to  the  Westward 
of  JMachias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,  in  not  less  than  45  fathoms. 
The  passage  to  the  Westward  of  Grand  Manan  Island  is  con- 
sidered safer  than  to  the  Eastwartl  of  it,  and  there  are  also 
better  shelter  in  the  Harbors,  with  less  current,  on  the  Northern 
side  of  the  Bay  of  Fundy  than  on  the  Southern  side.  At 
this  date  (1884)  there  is  a  Whistling  Buoy  about  2  miles  to 
the  Southward  of  Mistake  Island  Lighthouse ;  a  Steam  Whistle 
at  Machias  Seal  Island  Lighthouses,  which  in  thick  weatlier 
sounds  5  seconds  in  ^  minute ;  a  Steam  Whistle  at  West 
Quoddy  Head  which  sounds  8  seconds  at  intervals  of  52  sec- 
onds ;  and  a  Steam  Whistle  on  the  extreme  Northern  end  of 
Grand  Manan,  which  sounds  4  seconds  duration,  with  intervals  of 
16  seconds.  Between  the  coast  of  Maine  and  Grand  IVIauau 
loland  the  passage  is  free  from  danger,  the  soundings  varying 
from  10  to  50  fathoms  water;  the  shores  are  bold,  and  the  tidal 
currents  regular.  The  Channel  between  Grand  Manan  and  the 
coast  of  Maine  is  therefore  recommended  as  the  best  and  safest 
for  vessels  bound  out  or  into  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  especially  in 
thick  weather.  When  running  between  Grand  Manan  and  Bryer's 
Island,  the  utmost  caution  is  requisite,  especially  in  thick  weather 
and  with  light  winds,  as  vessels  are  sometimes  drawn  by  tiic 
current  among  the  licdges  and  Rocks ;  at  such  times  it  is  advis- 
able to  have  the  anchors  and  cables  ready  for  immediate  use. 
The  author  of  this  work  spent  most  of  the  summer  of  1851  in  ex- 
ploring this  |)art  oi  the  coast,  and  found  by  experience  that  the 
only  safety  in  thick  weather,  with  light  winds  or  calms,  was  the 
cables  and  anchors. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


371 


Barrington  (West)  Bay, 

This  passage,  which  is  between  the  Northwestern  part  of  Cape 
Sable  Island  and  the  Main  Land,  leads  to  liarrington.  About  3 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  through  a  narrow, 
winding  Channel,  as  far  as  the  Lightship,  but  there  are  so  many 
Rocks,  Ledges,  and  Shoals  lying  in  the  Channel-way,  and  also  a 
rapid  current,  that  no  stranger  should  attempt  this  passage  with- 
out a  pilot. 

Barringtori  (Bast)  Bay, 

The  entrance  to  Barrington  (East)  Bay,  which  is  between  the 
Eastern  part  of  Cape  Sable  Island  on  the  West,  and  Baccaro 
Point  on  the  East,  is  about  4  miles  wide,  and  lies  about  6J^  miles 
Northeasterly  from  Cape  Sable  Lighthouse. 

Baccaro  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Baccaro  Point,  East  side  of  entrance  to  Barrington  Bay, 
is  a  White  Square  Building  with  Black  Ball  to  Seaward ;  at  this 
date  (1884)  this  Lighthouse  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  Rocks, 
with  Shoal  Water,  extend  oflf  about  %  mile  Southwesterly  from 
this  Lighthouse. 


Bearings  and  Distances  from  Baeoaro  Point  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 
Cape  Sable  Lighthouse,  .     .     .    W-  by  S.,     •     •     •     7J^  miles. 


Barrington  Bay  Lightship,  .     .     NW.  by  N. 
Brazil  Rock  (Bell  Buoy),     .     .     S.  J^  W., 


N., 


6^ 
55/8 


Bearings  and  Distances  of  Dangers  from  Baccaro 
Lighthouse  in  entering  Barrington  East  Bay, 
from  the  Eastward. 

Brazil  Mock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  has  deep  water  all  round  it,  has  as 
little  as  11  feet  water  upon  it  at  very  Low  Tides.  At  this  date 
(1884)  it  is  marked  off  its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Bell  Buoy. 

The  sea  breaks  heavily  upon  this  Rock  in  heavy  weather,  and 
iu  fine  weather  only  shows  itself  by  a  Tide  Rip.  In  thick  weather, 
or  night-time,  the  lead  gives  no  warning  in  approaching  this 
danger.      Baccaro  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  Bell  Buoy  off 


372 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Brazil  Rock  N.  J^  E.  o^  miles.  Cape  Sable  Lighthouse, 
NW.  by  W.  ^  W.  8  miles.  Cape  Negro  Lighthouse,  NS.  % 
N.  lOYz  miles. 

Baccaro  Outer  Ledge, 

This  Ledge  has  about  20  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Baccai'o  Point  Light^iouse  bears  from  it  NW-  ^  W.»  about  1}^ 
miles. 

Bantam  Mocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  are  bare  at  very  Low  Tide,  generally  break 
with  a  little  motion  of  the  sea.  Baccaro  Point  Lighthouse  bears 
from  these  dangers  NE.  about  1}^  miles;  there  is  a  Passage 
about  ^  mile  wide  between  Bantam  Rocks  and  Baccaro  Poiut, 
having  from  5  to  8  fathoms  water  in  it ;  vessels  passing  through 
this  Channel  should  keep  nearer  Bantam  Rocks,  as  Shoal  Water 
with  rocks  extends  off  to  the  Southwestward,  nearly  ^  mile  from 
Baccai'o  Point. 


Stony  Island  Shoal. 

This  small  Shoal,  which  has  about  20  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  lies  nearly  midway  to  the  entrance  of  Barrington  East  Bay. 
Baccaro  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  E.  by  S.  X  S. 
3^  miles. 

BarHngton  Bay  Lightship, 

In  Barrington  East  Bay,  in  mid-channel,  in  about  6  fathoms 
water,  is  placed  a  Lightship  which  is  painted  Red,  with  the  word 
Barrington  in  AVhite  letters  on  both  sides.  This  Lightship  at 
this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  White  Light,  and  is  intended  as  a 
guide  to  Barrington  East  and  West  Bays.  Baccaro  Point  Light- 
house bears  from  this  Lightship  SE.  by  S.  ^  S-  6^  miles. 

Itemarks, 

Shoal  "V^'ater,  with  many  Rocks  upon  it,  extends  off  from  both 
sides  of  Barrington  East  Bay.  Vessels,  therefore,  bound  up  to 
BaiTington,  should  keep  about  midway  until  the  Lightship  is 
made.  About  20  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  carried  up  as 
far  bs  the  Lightship,  and  from  this  about  10  feet,  at  Low  Tide, 
can  be  taken  up  abreast  the  wJ  a'ves.    Above  the  Lightship  the 


ELDllIDGE'S  COiST  PILOT. 


373 


Channel  is  very  narrow,  with  Flats,  Rocks  and  Ledges  on  both 
Bides.  It  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  not  to  go  more  than 
j^  mile  above  the  Lightsh  p  without  a  pilot. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Barrington  East  Bay  in  Day- 
time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
bound  to  Barrington,  in  order  to  avoid  the  dangers  to  the  South- 
ward of  Cape  Sable,  should  leave  it  about  3  miles  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  when  it  bears  NW.,  steer  about  NE.  by  N.,  taking 
care  to  not  approach  either  shore  nearer  than  a  mile.  When  the 
Lightship  in  Ban-ington  Bay  bears  NW.  by  N.  Yz  N.,  then  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  carrying  not  less  than  3^  fathoms  water 
across  the  Flat  Ground.  Leave  the  Lightship  close  to  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  cours;i  N.  J^  E.  about  yi 
mile.  Then  anchor  in  about  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  It  is 
not  prudent  to  go  above  this  without  a  pilot,  as  the  Channel  is 
very  narrow,  and  the  Flats  are  steep,  too. 

From  the  Eastward,  in  wrder  to  avoid  Bantam  Rocks  (before 
described) ,  leave  Baccaro  Point  Lightliouse  about  "2  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  when  it  bears  NE.  by  E.,  gradually  haul  to 
the  Northward.  When  Barrington  Bay  is  wt!l  open,  then  run  in 
about  midway ;  when  about  3  miles  past  the  last-named  Light- 
house, bring  the  Lightship  to  bear  NW.  by  TS.  %  N.,  and  follow 
the  du'ections  before  given. 


Beating  into  Barrington  East  Bay. 

In  beating  into  Barrington  East  Bay,  do  not  approach  either 
side  nearer  than  a  mile,  until  about  3  miles  from  the  Lightship. 
Then  keep  this  Lightship  bearing  about  NW.  by  N.  >^  N. ,  and 
make  use  of  the  lead ;  and  when  the  water  shoals  to  3  fathoms  at 
Low  Tide,  tack  ship,  and  anchor  on  either  side  of  the  Lightship, 
close  to  it.  Wauses  Ledge  lies  SW.  by  W.  ^/z  W.  about  ^ 
mile  from  this  Lightship. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Barrington  East  Bay  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from   the  Westward  may,  as  soon  as  Baccaro  Point 
Light  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 


374 


ELDTUDOE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


course,  leaving  the  dangers  off  Cape  Sable  well  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  the  Lightship  in  the  Bay  bears  N-  by  W.,  Baccaro  Point 
Ligiit  will  tlien  be  distant  about  2  miles.  Then  staer  N.  yi  E. 
until  this  Lightship  bears  NW-  by  N.  ^^  N-  Then  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor 
a  short  distance  above  it  in  from  4j4  to  5  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  in  order  to  avoid  Bantam  Rocks  (before 
described),  leave  Baccaro  Point  at  least  2  miles  on  Starboard 
hand,  and  when  it  bears  NE.  by  E.  haul  up  N-  J4  E.  until  the 
Lightship  bears  NW.  by  N.  J4  N. ;  then  follow  the  directions 
before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Barrington  East  Bay  on  the  days  of  the 
Full  .and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  8  h.  27  m.,  or  3  h.  3  m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  7^  feet. 


PORT  LATOUR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Baccaro  Point 
Lighthouse  on  the  West,  and  a  small  Island  on  the  East,  called 
Blanche  Island,  lies  East-Northerly  about  9  miles  from  Cape 
Sable  Lighthouse. 


Dangers  in  entering  this  Harbor. 
South  Ledge, 

This  Ledge  consists  of  several  Rocks,  some  of  which  are  sunken 
and  some  are  above  water.  Baccaro  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
danger  West,  nearly  lyi  miles. 

North  Ledge* 

This  also  consists  of  severaJ  Rocks,  some  of  which  are  sunken 
and  some  are  above  water.  Baccaro  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  danger  SW.  by  W.  %  W-  IJ^  miles;  between  Baccaro 
Point  and  the  North  and  Soutli  Ledges  there  is  a  Channel  having 
from  G  to  9  fathoms  water  in  it.  The  Ship  Channel,  in  entering 
Port  Latour,  is  to  the  Eastward  of  both  these  Ledges. 


ELDKIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


375 


Cuckold  Mock, 

This  oinall  Rock,  whicJ  L  awash  at  very  Low  Tides,  has  deep 
water  all  round  it.  Baccaro  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
diinger  W.  %  S.  fj  mile.  Between  the  South  Ledge  and  Cuck- 
old Rock  there  is  a  Channel  about  ^  mile  wide,  with  a  depth  of 
from  7  to  9  fathoms  water. 

Memarks, 

Port  Latour  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Southerly  winds,  and  is 
principally  used  by  small  fishing  vessels.  Aijout  9  feet  water  at 
Low  Tide  can  be  taken  into  this  place,  out  as  the  Channel  is 
narrow,  and  there  are  several  dangers  in  entering,  it  is  therefore 
advisable  for  strangers  to  employ  a  pilot. 

There  is,  however,  safe  Anchorage  in  a  small  hole  on  the  East- 
ern side  of  John's  Island,  in  about  3  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 
Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  enter  this  hole  except  in  cases  of 
emergency. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Fort  Latour  Anchorage  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  "Westward,  of  not  more  than  12 
feet  draught,  may,  when  the  entrance  to  Port  Latour  is  well 
(ipen,  run  in,  leaving  the  South  and  North  Ledges,  which  are 
both  above  water,  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  past 
these  Ledges  (both  of  which  have  been  described)  steer  about 
N.  by  E-,  keeping  not  more"  than  y^  mile  from  Green  Island, 
which  is  quite  bold,  and  lies  on  the  Starboard  side  of  the  passage  ; 
as  you  sail  in  you  will  see  on  the  Port,  John's  Island,  which  is  60 
feet  high,  and  midway  between  it  and  Green  Island,  a  little 
Island  lying  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  passage ;  this  is  called 
Rain  Island.  In  order  to  avoid  two  sunken  Rocks  which  lie  about 
400  yards  Northeast  from  Rain  Island,  it  is  necessai'y  to  leave  it 
not  more  than  75  yards  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  abreast  the 
Northern  part  of  Rain  Island  make  gooC  the  course  N.  }4  E., 
carrying  about  2^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide  across  the  Flat  Ground, 
and  anchor  about  }4  mile  above  the  last  named  Island,  in  about 
3J^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide. 


376 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


NEGRO  HARBOR  AND  C      "DE  RIVER. 

On  account  of  Negro  Island,  this  Harbor  and  River  has  two 
entrances ;  the  Eastern,  which  is  the  Ship  Channel,  is  between 
Grey  Rocks  and  Negro  Island,  and  is  about  3^  mile  wide ;  the 
Eastern  entrance  to  this  Harbor  and  River  is  about  7  miles  South- 
westerly ironi  Ciipe  Roseway  (entrance  to  Shelburne  Harbor),  imj 
East-Northerly  7^  miles  from  Baccaro  Point  Lighthouse. 

Negro  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Northeastern  part  of  Negro  Island  is  a  White,  Square 
Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  Red  and  White  Re- 
volving Light. 

Bearings  and  Distanoes  from  ITegro  Island  Lighthouse. 

Dlatanoe. 
Bell  Buoy,  off  South  part  Brazil 

Rock, 

Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse,  west 

side  of  entrance  to  Shelburne 

Harbor, 

Grey  Rocks  (Southwest  part), 


SW.  %  s., 


10^  miles. 


JM^^j.)       .... 

NE.  by  E.  ^  E., 

Budget  Rock, NE.byN.  i^N., 


1 

5/8 


Dangers  to  the  Eastward  of  Negro  Island. 

Grey  Rocks. 

These  Rocks,  which  are  on  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to 
Negro  Harbor,  extend  Northeasterly  and  Southwesterly  about  Yi 
mile,  and  are  mostly  above  water;  the  largest,  which  is  about  10 
feet  above  High  Water,  lies  near  the  Southwestern  part ;  they  arc 
very  bold  and  may  be  approached  close  to  on  their  South  wester  u 
side.  These  Rocks  are  of  great  service  in  pointing  out  the 
Channel  between  Budget  and  East  Point  Rocks.  Negro  Isltuul 
Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Southwest  part  of  Grey  Rocks  SW. 
by  W.  %  W.  about  a  mile. 

Budget  Rock. 

This  dangerous  Rock,  upon  which  there  are  but  3  feet  water  at 
Low  Tide,  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel  between  Negro  Island  and 


ELDUIDGKS   COAST   PILOT. 


377 


Kiiist  Point.  Negro  Island  LighthouKo  boars  from  this  danger 
SW".  l>v  S.  Vi  S.,  uijout  y%  milo ;  Soutliwestom  part  Gri-y  Uocks 
E-  %  S.  y^  inilo.  A  Buoy  has  been  placed  to  mark  Uadget 
Kock,  but  too  much  reliance  should  not  be  placed  on  its  being  in 
the  proper  position.  Between  tliis  Rock  and  Negro  Island  there 
is  a  narrow  Channel  of  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide ;  in  going 
tlirougli  it  is  necessary  to  keep  nearer  the  Rock,  as  Shoal  Water 
extends  off.  Northeasterly  nearly  %  mile  from  Negro  Island. 

Ea8t  Point  Hocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  lie  Southwesterly  nearly  j{  mile  from 
East  Point,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance,  are  bare  at 
Low  Tide ;  they  are  nearly  on  a  line  with  Budget  Rock  and  the 
Lighthouse.  The  Ship  Channel,  which  is  about  }(  mile  wide,  and 
has  a  depth  of  8  fathoms  water,  lies  between  Budget  and  East 
Point  Rocks. 

Dangers  to  the  Westward  cf  Negro  Island. 

The  Salvages, 

These  Rocks,  which  extend  NE.  by  N.  and  SW.  by  S.  nearly 
2  miles,  are  very  bold  on  their  Eastern  part,  and  are  the  South- 
ernmost dangers  in  approaching  Negro  Harbor  from  the  West- 
ward. Some  of  these  dangers  are  10  feet  above  High  Water, 
while  others  are  only  bare  at  very  low  Tides.  The  Southwestern 
part  of  Negro  Island  bears  from  the  Northeastern  part  of  the 
Salvages  NE.  about  a  mile. 

Triangle  Mocks, 

These  three  Rocks,  which  lie  nearly  in  mid-channel,  form  a  tri- 
angle. They  are  nearly  }^  mile  apart,  and  have  about  4  fathoms 
water  between  them.  The  two  Western  show  at  low  spring  Tides, 
while  the  Easternmost  has  3  feet  water  upon  it.  About  J^  mile 
to  the  Northward  of  the  Triangles,  and  a  short  distance  from  the 
Western  part  of  Negro  Island,  is  Mackerel  Rock,  which  is  above 
High  Water.  Between  Mackerel  Rock  and  the  Triangles  the 
Channel  leading  into  Negro  Harbor  is  about  ^  mile  wide,  with  a 
depth  of  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  The  Southwest  part  of 
Negro  Island  bears  from  the  Northeastern  Triangle  E>SE.  ^ 
mile. 


378 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Shag  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  xa  ul)oiit  (>  feot  above  High  Water,  \s  upon 
the  WcHtiMD  Hide  of  the  Channel,  und  lioH  about  i^  mile  W.SW. 
from  tlie  Western  Triangle.  This  danger  is  of  great  eervico  iu 
pointing  out  the  widest  Channel  leading  into  Negro  Harbor.  Be- 
tween Shag  Uock  and  the  Western  Triangle,  the  Channel  iu  nearly 
^  mile  wide,  with  a  depth  of  from  7  to  8  fathoms  water. 

Remarks, 

Negro  Island,  which  is  upwards  of  2  miles  in  length,  has  the 
appearance  of  2  islands,  the  connecting  link  being  a  low 
narrow  shingle  Causeway.  The  Southeastern  end  of  this  Island 
(which  is  called  Cape  Negro)  is  Dark  and  Rocky,  and  gradually 
'  .es  to  nearly  100  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  Siioal 
'  ater,  with  sunken  Kocks,  extends  off  about  %  mile  from 
its  Northeastern  and  Southwestern  sitles,  and  a  long  8hlu<>;lo 
Spit  extends  off  Northeasterly  ^  mile  from  its  Northwetsteru 
point.  By  the  Ship  Channel  about  24  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide, 
can  be  taken  in  past  Negro  Island,  and  from  this  about  21  feet 
can  be  canied  up  a  short  distance  above  Davis  Island.*  By 
the  Western  Passage  about  21  feet,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  carried 
in  past  Negro  Island. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Negro  Harbor  and  Clyde 
River  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and 
fair  weather. 

By  Ship  Channel, 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  15  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
in  order  to  avoid  the  Salvages  (before  described),  may,  as  soon 
as  Negi'o  Island  is  made,  bring  the  highest  part  to  bear  N.  byE., 
and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Southeast  point  about 
}4  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  the  last-named  po'nt, 
steer  about  N.  by  E.  J^  E.,  keeping  a  sharp  look-out  for  Grey 
Rocks  (before  described).  When  these  are  made,  leave  them 
about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  gradually  haul  to 


*  Davis  Island  is  on  the  West  side  of  the  Channel  about  5  miles  above 
Negro  Island  Lighthouse. 


ELDRIDOE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


379 


the  Northwunl  until  the  SouthwcHtern  Hock  al)ovc  water  bcurs 
ESE-  Then  nuike  good  the  eouiHe  W-NW.,  pasHlng  about 
midway  between  lludj^et  und  Kuwt  Toint  UockH.  Wlion  the  Llj^lit- 
hoU8C  l)ear8  8.,  you  are  then  puwt  llnd^'t  Uoek.  and  may  Htew 
more  Nortlicrly,  about  NW.  hy  "W.,  li-aving  tlie  Northwewt  Spit 
wcU  on  the  Port  hand.  Wlien  puwt  Xe}j;r()  Ishmd,  tlie  lIurl>or  will 
bo  well  open,  und  you  may  run  up,  keeping  the  Wewtern  whoro 
best  aboard  for  alwnit  1^  miles.  Then  keep  the  Eastern  shore 
best  aboard,  and  anchor  about  '2y^  miles  above  the  Nortliwest 
point  of  the  last-named  Island,  in  about  3^  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  Negro  Island  Lighthouse  is 
iimde,  l>ring  it  to  bear  W.  by  8.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
VViien  about  2  miles  from  it,  keep  a  shari)  look-out  for  Grey 
Kocks  (before  described).  When  these  are  made,  haul  round  the 
Southwestcrnmost  (which  is  about  10  feet  above  High  Water), 
leaving  it  about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  this 
Rock  bears  E-SE.,  make  good  the  course  W.NW.,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 

By  the  Western  Channel, 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  1 '>  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
wishing  to  enter  this  Harbor  by  the  Western  Passage,  in  order  to 
avoid  the  Salvages  (before  described)  should,  as  soon  as  Negro 
Island  is  made,  bring  the  highest  part  to  bear  N.  by  E.,  and  run 
for  it  on  this  course  ;  when  about  a  mile  from  the  Island  keep  a 
sharp  lookout  for  Shag  Rock  (before  described)  ;  when  this  is 
made  bring  it  to  bear  W-NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  it  about  300  yards  on  the  Port  hand ;  when  past  this 
Rock  steer  about  North,  keeping  near  the  middle  of  the  Passage, 
leaving  the  Triangles  and  Northwest  Spit  well  on  the  Starboard 
band,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Beating  into  Negro  Harbor, 

When  the  Eastern  Passage,  or  Ship  Channel,  is  fairly  open, 
keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  Grey  Rocks ;  when  these  are  made  leave 
them  about  200  yards  to  the  Eastward,  and  work  in  between  the 
Buoy  on  Budget  Rock,  and  East  Point  Rocks  (before  described)  ; 
when  past  these  keep  the  Island  side  best  aboard,  until  past  the 


380 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Northwest  Spit,  then  keep  nearer  the  Western  side,  until  about 
lj4  miles  past  the  Northern  end  of  Negro  Island ;  then  keep  in 
the  middle  to  the  Anchorage. 

•  When  the  Western  Passage  is  fairly  open  bring  Shag  Rock  to 
bear  from  W.  by  N.  %  N.  to  NW-  by  W.  J^  W. ;  then  work 
in  between  this  Rock  and  the  Triangles,  taking  care  to  not  stand 
more  than  j^  mile  to  the  Northeastward  of  the  former ;  when 
about  ^  mile  past  Shag  Rock,  keep  the  middle  of  the  Passage 
until  past  the  Northwest  Spit.  Then  keep  nearer  the  Western 
side  until  about  lj4  miles  past  the  Northwest  end  of  Negro 
Island.  Then  keep  the  Eastern  side  best  aboard  to  the 
Anchorage. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Cape  Negro  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  8  h.  12  m.,  or  3  h.  17  m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


NORTHEAST  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  East  Point  on 
the  South,  and  John's  Point  on  the  North,  is  about  2  miles  wide, 
and  lies  about  lj4  miles  North  from  Negro  Harbor  Lighthouse. 

Hemarks, 

The  entrance  to  this  shallow  Harbor  is  much  obstructed  with 
Rocks,  Shoals  and  Ledges,  which  narrow  the  Harbor  at  the 
entrance  to  }{  mile.  About  9  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be 
taken  up  above  Tony  Island,  which  ic  'ery  small. 

On  account  of  these  obstructions,  it  is  advisable  for  vessels 
bound  to  this  Harbor  to  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
Cape  Negro  Harbor  (Ship  Channel) ,  and  when  past  Budget  Rock, 
take  a  pilot. 


SHELBURNE  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  excellent  Harbor,  which  is  between 
McNutt's  Island  and  the  main  land,  is  a  little  more  than  a  mile 
wide,  and  lies  East-Northerly  22  miles  from  Cape  Sable  Light- 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


381 


it  is 


lionse,  Eost-Northerly  about  9  miles  from  Negro  Island  Light- 
lioUHO,  and  West-Southerly  about  89  miles  from  Sambro  Light- 
house. 

Cape  Roseway  Idghthouae, 

Near  the  Southeast  end  of  McNutt's  Island,  "West  side  of 
iMitranco  to  Shelburne  Harbor,  is  a  White  Octagonal  Tower, 
piiintud  in  Black  and  White  Vertical  Stripes,  which  at  this  date 
(1881)  shows  two  fixed  White  Lights,  one  above  the  other.  At 
this  tinio  a  Fog  Horn  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which,  in 
tliick  weather,  sounds  10  seconds,  with  intervals  of  110  seconds. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Cape  Bose;:7'a7  Lighthouse. 

Diatanoe. 

Negro  Island  Lighthouse,     .     SW., 7j4  miles. 

Rugged  Island  Harbor  Light- 
house,   E.  5^  S.,      .    .    .     .    7J4     " 

Dull  Hook  (which  generally 
breaks), E.  by  S.,      ....     5^4     " 

UoU  lloek  (above  water),     .    E.  by  N.  >^  N.,    .     .    2j^     " 

.)!;>•  Uoc'k  (which  breaks  with 
a  heavy  swell),  ....     SW.  by  S-  J<  S.,      .     1^     " 

Dangers  in  approaching  Shelburne  Harbor  from 

the  Eastward. 

Bull  Rock, 

This  danger,  which  has  but  3  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  T  :le, 
is  surrounded  by  deep  water,  and  breaks  with  a  little  motion  of 
tho  sou.  Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  W-  by  N-  5^4 
miles ;  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  E.  yi  E. 
about  2  miles  ;  Bell  Rock,  NW.  by  W.  ^  W.  3^  miles  ;  about 
](  mile  N.NE.  from  Bull  Rock  is  another  Rock,  having  about 
10  foot  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide  ;  between  this  last  Rock  and 
Wostorn  Head  there  is  a  Channel  about  ^  mile  wide,  having  from 
13  to  14  fathoms  water  in  it. 


Bell  Bock. 

This  danger,  which  is  always  visible,  has  deep  water  all  round 
it.  Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  W.  by  S.  J^  S.  ^yi 
miles  J  Bony's  Point,  the  nearest  land,  N.NW.  1^4  miles ;  Shoal 


382 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Water,  viith  Rocks,  extend,  off  Southwesterly  nearly  J^  mile. 
From  Bony's  Point,  the  outermost  danger  is  called  Strap-tub 
Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide ;  there  is  a  Channel  about  ^ 
mile  wide  between  Bell  and  Strap-tub  Rocks ;  vessels  in  passing 
between  them  should  keep  nearer  the  former. 

Jiff  jRock, 

This  Rock,  which  breaks  with  a  heavy  swell,  has  7  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Shoal  water  extends  both  North  and 
South  about  250  yards  from  it.  Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  danger  NE.  by  N.  /^  N-  1  ^  miles ;  between  Jig  Rock 
and  the  Southern  end  of  McNutt's  Island,  there  is  a  Channel  ^ 
mile  wide,  having  about  4  fathoms  water  in  it.  Vessels  passing 
be  twee  ^  this  danger  and  the  Island  should  keep  nearer  the  Rock, 
as  Shoaj  'Vater  extends  off  more  than  ^  mile  from  the  Southern 
end  of  li!)  jNutt's  Island. 

Sand  Spit  Lighthouse. 

Off  Sand  Point,  East  side  of  entrance  to  Shelburne  Harbor, 
upon  a  Pier,  is  a  White,  Square  Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884) 
shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  Sand  Spit  Lighthouse  is  about  5  miles 
above  Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse. 

Bearings   and   Distances  of  Dangers  in  entering 

Shelburne  Harbor. 

Middle  Rock. 

This  danger,  upon  which  there  are  about  13  feet  v/ater  at  Low 
Tide,  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel,  and  has  from  3J^  to  4  fathoms 
water  round  it.  Sand  Spit  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger 
N.  by  W.  }i  W.  about  a  mile  ;  the  Ship  Channel  is  to  the  West- 
ward of  this  danger. 

Adamant  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  is  more  than  %  mile  in  extent,  lies  neitrly 
in  the  middle  of  Shelburne  Harbor,  and  has  an  average  depth  of 
from  2i)  to  30  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  The  real  dansfers 
are  Adamant  and  Man  )f-War  Rocks,  which  lie  on  the  Northwest 
part  of  the  Shoal ;  the  former  has  10  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  while  the  latter  has  but  4  feet ;  these  Rocks  lie  E.  by  S- 


Lighthc 

nearly 

Koeks, 


This 
Tide,  lie 
the  usua 


McNui 

nearly  3 

part  is  el 

part  of  tl 

deep  wat( 

of  access, 

about  5  f{ 

mile  of  th 

Sand   Spii 

Nutt's  Isl 

extensive 

Tides,  wit 

Sailing 
time, 

From  tt 

scribed) , 

bring  it  to| 

it  about  y- 

haul  gradi 

Eastern  sil 

When  pa/ 

than  13  fel 

Leave  thiJ 

Lighthousj 


*  Surf  Po 
Tills  pohit : 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


383 


^  S.,  and  W.  by  N.  ^  N.,  about  300  yards  apart.  Sand  Spit 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Adamant  Rock  the  Easternmost,  S.  %  El. 
nearly  1J4  miles.  There  is  deep  water  on  both  sides  of  these 
Rocks,  but  the  Eastern  Channel  is  recommended  for  strangers. 

Hero  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  has  about  13  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  lies  on  the  Western  side,  near  the  head  of  the  Harbor,  above 
the  usual  place  of  Anchorage  for  large  vessels. 

Memarks. 

McNutt's  Island,  at  the  entrance  of  Shelburne  Harbor,  is 
nearly  3  miles  long,  and  about  Ij^  miles  wide,  and  its  highest 
part  is  elevated  130  feet  above  sea  level ;  between  the  Eastern 
part  of  this  7.sland  and  the  main  land,  the  Channel  is  clear,  with 
deep  water.  The  hai'bor  is  safe  and  commodious,  and  being  easy 
of  access,  is  most  admirably  adapted  for  vessels  seeking  shelter ; 
about  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  carried  up  within  ^ 
mile  of  the  village ;  but  there  is  safe  anchorage  anywhere  above 
Sand  Spit  Lighthouse.  The  Passage  to  the  Westward  of  Mc- 
Nutt's Island  and  the  main  land  is  rendered  impassable  by  an 
extensive  Bar,  which  in  some  places  is  nearly  dry  at  very  Low 
Tides,  with  scattering  Rocks  upon  it. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Shelburne  Harbor  in  Day> 
time,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  in  order  to  avoid  Jig  Rock  (before  de- 
scribed), when  about  3  miles  from  Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse,, 
bring  it  to  bear  N.  ^  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving; 
it  about  y^  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  the  Lighthouse,, 
haul  gradually  to  the  Westward,  keeping  about  ^  mile  from  the 
Eastern  side  of  the  Islana,  which  is  bold,  and  free  from  dangers. 
When  past  the  Northwestern  end  of  this  Island,  vessels  of  more 
than  13  feet  draught  should  steer  for  Surf  Point,*  bearing  NW. 
Leave  this  ^oint  about  300  yards  on  the  Port,  and  Sand  Spit 
Lighthouse  about  300  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  in  order 


♦  Surf  Point  is  the  first  on  the  West  side  after  passing  McNutt's  Island. 
This  point  is  bold,  and  has  a  remarkable  Bowlder  lying  on  the  Shore. 


384 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


to  avoid  Adamant  and  Man-of-War  Rocks  (before  described), 
keep  about  ^  mile  from  the  Eastern  shore,  and  anchor  anywhere 
above  the  last-named  Lighthouse,  in  from  5j^  to  6  fathoms  water. 
From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  W-  by  N-  }4  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  Bull  Rock  and  Bell  Rock  (before  described)  well 
on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the  course  W.  by  N.  %  N. 
for  the  Lighthouse,  until  about  a  mile  from  it.  Then  gradually 
haul  to  the  Northward,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Beating  into  Shelbume  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  Shelburne  Harbor,  in  order  to  clear  the  Rocks 
on  both  sides,  bring  Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse  to  bear  from  N. 
J^  E.  to  W-NW.  When  past  the  last-named  Lighthouse,  keep 
nearer  the  Eastern  side  of  McNutt's  Island,  which  is  quite  bold. 
When  past  this  Island,  vessels  of  more  than  12  feet  draught 
should  look  out  for  Middle  Rock  (before  described).  When  past 
this  Rock,  keep  nearly  in  mid-channel,  until  past  Sand  Spit  Light- 
house. Then,  in  order  to  avoid  Adamant  and  Man-of-War 
Rocks,  keep  nearer  the  Eastern  shore. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Shelbume  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
may  bring  Cape  Roseway  Lights  to  bear  Nm  and  run  for  them  on 
this  course,  leaving  them  about  a  mile  on  the  Port  band.  When 
they  bear  W.,  the  entrance  to  the  Harbor  will  then  be  fairly  open, 
and  they  may  then  run  in  about  NW.  by  N.  j4  N.,  keepinjr 
about  midway  the  Passage.  When  about  2}4  miles  past  Capo 
Roseway  Lights,  bring  the  Red  fixed  Light  on  Sand  Spit  to  bear 
N.NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  not  more  than 
}(  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  the  last-named 
Light,  in  order  to  avoid  Adamant  and  Man-of-War  Rocks  (before 
described) ,  keep  the  Eastern  shore  b  .;st  aboard,  and  anchor  a])out 
2  miles  above  Sand  Spit  Light,  in  pbout  G  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  Cape  Roseway  Lights  are  made, 
bring  them  to  bear  W-NW.,  and  run  for  them  on  this  course, 
leaving  Bull  and  Bell  Rocku  well  on  the  Staiboard  hand.    Whea 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


385 


about  a  mile  from  these  Lights,  the  Passage  leading  into  the 
Harbor  will  be  fairly  open.  Then  run  in  midway  until  about  2j4 
miles  above  the  Lights.    Then  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Shelburne  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  8  h.  4  m.,  or  3  h.  25  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6J^  feet. 

Birchtoivn  Bay, 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  on  the  "Western  side  of  Shel- 
burne Harbor,  is  about  a  mile  wide,  and  extends  Northwesterly 
about  2  miles.  There  arc  many  dangers  in  this  Bay,  some  of 
which  lie  near  the  shores,  and  others  in  mid-channel.  It  is 
therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound  into  this  place,  to  employ 
pilots. 


JORDAN  RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  about  1 5^  miles  wide,  la 
between  a  small  Island  called  Blue  Gull,  on  the  "West,  and  Green 
Island  on  the  East,  and  lies  East-Northerly  about  4^  miles  from 
Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse. 

Memarks, 

Jordan  River  extends  nearly  North  and  South ;  from  the  en- 
trance to  Enslow  Point,  the  distance  is  about  5J^  miles  ;  about  5 
fathoms  water  can  be  taken  up  as  far  as  the  Sisters,  which  lie  on 
the  Western  side  about  J^  mile  from  Shore,  and  3  miles  above 
the  entrance ;  from  these  dangers  about  2j4  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide,  can  be  carried  as  far  as  Onslow  Point ;  above  this,  the 
River  divides  into  two  parts,  which  have  but  little  water  in  them 
at  Low  Tide.  In  this  River  there  is  good  Anchorage,  in  all  ex- 
cept Southerly  winds,  which  bring  in  a  heavy  sea ;  there  are  no 
dangers  in  this  River  excepting  the  Sisters,  which  lie  on  the  AVest- 
ern  side,  and  are  bare  at  Half  Tide ;  vessels,  therefore,  bound 
into  this  place,  should  keep  the  Eastern  shore  best  aboard. 


386 


ELDKIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Jordan  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  when  Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  N.  by  Em  Jvnd  run  for  it  on  this  course;  leave 
this  Liglithouse  about  a  mile  on  the  Port  hand  and  when  it  bears 
W.  NW.,  steer  NE.  by  E  ,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Bell 
Rock.  Cape  Roseway  bears  from  this  danger  (which  is  always 
visible)  W'  by  S.  Y^  S.  2J^  miles  ;  when  Bell  Rock  is  made, 
leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  NE.  Yi  E.  about  2 
miles.  Jordan  River  will  then  be  fairly  open,  bearing  N.  ^  E. 
Then  run  in  about  midway,  leaving  Blue  Gull  Island,  which  is 
small,  on  the  Port,  and  Green  Island,  which  is  70  feet  high,  well 
on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when  past  the  last-named  Island,  in 
order  to  avoid  the  Sisters,  which  lie  on  the  Western  side,  keep 
the  Eastern  side  best  aboard,  and  anchor  about  4  miles  above  the 
entrance  in  from  3J4  to  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Lighthouse, 
about  Yi  n^il^  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  W-  by  N.  about  3J^ 
miles,  leaving  Bull  Rock  on  the  Port,  and  Western  Head  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  The  entrance  to  Jordan  River  will  then  be 
fairly  open,  when  you  may  run  in  midway,  and  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Jordan  River  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  8  h.  1  ra.,  or  .'3  h.  28  m.  before  it  is  at  Boston. 
Mean  rise  and  fall  of  tides,  7  feet. 


Ancho: 
South  1 

Suilin 

Froir 

dan  Ri^ 

tl)(;  Por 

Green  I 

then  rui 

wutor,  8 

From 

dan    Ri 

N.NE., 


The  61 
the  East 
and  lies 
house,  E 
house, 
bouse. 


Green  Harbor, 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Green  Island 
and  the  main  land,  is  about  a  mile  wide,  and  lies  East-Northerly 
5J^  miles  from  Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse,  and  about  3  miles 
Northwesterly  from  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Lighthouse.  ' 


Hemarks, 

In  entering  this  harbor  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  those 
lying  near  the  shores ;  G  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken 
up  about  2  miles  from  the  entrance,  and  about  2^^  fathoms  at 
Low  Tide,  can  be  carried  about  a  mile  further  up ;  there  is  good 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


387 


Anchorage  in  this  Harbor,  in  all  windt   excepting  those  from 
South  to  South-West ;  these  bring  in  a  heavy  sea. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Green  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Jor- 
dan River,  until  Bell  Rock  is  made ;  leave  this  danger  (dose  to  on 
tlu!  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  E.NE.,  about  3  miles, 
(ircen  Harbor  will  then  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  N.NE. ; 
then  run  in  about  midway,  and  anchor  in  from  3j4  to  G  fathoms 
wutor,  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  directions  before  given,  for  Jor- 
dan River,  until  Green  Harbor  is  fau*ly  open,  bearing  about 
NNE-,  then  run  in  as  before  directed. 


RUGGED   ISLAND   HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Black  Point  on 
the  East,  and  Western  Head  on  the  West,  is  about  3  J^  miles  wide, 
and  lies  East-Northerly,  about  28  miles  from  Cape  Sable  Light- 
house, East-Northerly  about  8  miles  from  Cape  Roseway  Light- 
house, and  West-Southerly  about  82  miles  from  Sambro  Light- 
house. 

Mugged  Island  Sarbor  Lighthouse, 

Upon  a  small  Ledge  called  Gull  Rock,  nearly  midway  the  en- 
trance to  Rugged  Island  Harbor,  is  a  White,  Square  Building 
which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Cape 
Roseway  Lighthouse  bears  from  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Lis^ht- 
house,  W.  ^  N.  7>^  miles ;  Negro  Island  Lighthouse,  W-SW- 
13^^  miles  ;  Sambro  Island  Lighthoui|e,  E.  by  N-  }4  N.81  miles  ; 
and  Hope  Island  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N-  }i  N.  18  miles.  Shoal 
water  extends  off  some  distance  to  the  Southward,  from  Rugged 
Island  Harbor  Lighthouse. 


:'^--<mi-' 


388 


ELDRIDGE'S  OOAST  PILOT. 


Dangers  in   Approaching  and  Entering  Rugged 

Island  Harbor. 

Hull  Mock. 

This  is  the  Southwesternraost  danger  lying  ofif  Rugged  Island 
Harbor  Lighthouse ;  it  has  only  3  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  and  is  generally  marked  with  breakers.  Rugged  Island 
Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  Bull  Rock,  NE.  byE.  ^  E.  about 
2  miles.  About  ^  mile  N-NE.  from  Bull  Rock,  is  another  dan- 
ger, having  about  10  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Long  Shoal, 

This  danger  has  20  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  with  deep 
water  around  it.  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from 
it  NE.  about  a  mile ;  between  Long  Shoal  and  Bull  Rock,  there 
IS  a  Channel  1^  miles  wide,  having  from  9  to  IG  fathoms  water 
in  it. 

South  Ledge* 

This  is  a  small  spot,  having  at  very  Low  Tides  about  1 7  feet 
water  upon  it.  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  danger,  N-  %  W-  ^8  mile ;  between  the  South  Ledge  and 
Long  Shoal,  there  is  a  Channel  about  ^  mile  wide,  having  from 
10  to  14  fathoms  water  in  it ;  there  is  also  a  Channel  between  the 
South  Ledge  and  Gull  Island  Lighthouse,  which  is  about  J^  mile 
wide,  and  has  a  depth  of  not  less  than  5  fathoms  at  Low  Tide. 

Emulous  Breakers, 

This  is  quite  an  extensive  Shoal,  with  scattering  rocks  upon  it, 
some  of  which  are  above  and  some  below  water  at  Low  Tide ; 
from  this  danger.  Shoal  Water  with  rocks  extends  in  a  Northeast 
direction  to  Ram  Island,  which  is  distant  nearly  a  mile  ;  there  are 
also  several  Rocky  patches  outside  the  Emulous  Breakers ;  in 
order  to  avoid  these,  vessels  from  the  Eastward  bound  to  Rugged 
Island  Harbor,  should  not  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  to  the 
Westward  of  W.NW.  Ragged  Island  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears 
from  the  Emulous  Breakers  West,  nearly  3  miles. 

Eastern  Bull,  or  Blow  Breaker, 

This  Rock,  which  has  but  4  feet  water  upon  it,  has  deep  water 
all  round  it.    Rugged  Island  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  it 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


389 


W-  by  S.  J^  S.  1^  miles;    this  danger  lies  nearly  midway  the 
Eastern  Passage  leading  into  Rugged  Island  Hai'bor. 

Block  Point  Rock* 

This  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  is  the  outer  danger 

extending  from  Black  Point,  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  the 

Harbor.     Rugged   Island   Harbor  Lighthouse  bears   from   this 

danger  SW.  by  W.  nearly  2  miles ;  Eastern  Bull  S.  54  W.  Y^ 

mile ;  between  Black  Point  Rock  and  the  Eastern  Bull,  there  is 

a  Channel  about  ^  mile  wide,  with  from  6  to  7  fathoms  water  in 

it. 

Whale  Rock  and  Kelp  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  lies  but  a  short  distance  to  the  Northeast- 
ward of  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Lighthouse,  extends  North  and 
South  nearly  %  mile,  with  but  little  water  in  several  places  upon 
it  at  Low  Tide ;  near  the  middle  of  this  Shoal  is  Whtile  Rock, 
which  always  breaks.  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Rock  SW.  by  W.  J4  mile. 

Trinidad  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  about  a  mile  Northeasterly  from  Rugged 
Island  Harbor  Lighthouse,  has  10  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
This  danger  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel,  in  the  Westward  passage 
leading  into  Rugged  Island  Harbor  ;  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Light- 
house bears  from  this  danger  S.SW.  ^^  mile  ;  between  Trinidad 
Rock  and  Whale  Rock,  there  is  a  Channel  about  %  mile  wide, 
with  from  3^  to  4  fathoms  water  iii  it ;  vessels  passing  through 
this  Channel  should  keep  nearer  Trinidad  Rock. 

Chain  Ledges, 

This  is  a  Rocky  Shoal  extending  about  N-NE.,  and  S.SW. 
about  ^  mile ;  some  of  the  Rocks  upon  this  Shoal  are  10  feet 
above  High  Water.  The  Chain  Ledges  are  bold  on  their  Eastern 
side,  and  in  order  to  avoid  Trinidad  Rock,  vessels  bound  into 
Rugged  Island  Harbor  should  not  leave  them  more  than  300 
•yards  on  the  Port  hand.  The  Channel  between  the  Chain  Ledges 
and  Trinidad  Rock  is  about  J^  mile  wide,  with  a  depth  of  about 
7  fathoms  water*  at  Low  Tide.  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Light- 
bouse  bears  from  the  Southwestern  end  of  the  Chain  Ledges  S- 
%  E.  about  ^  mile. 


390 


ELDRIDGES   COAST  PILOT. 


Carter  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Carter  Island  (which  is  small)  entrance  to  Rugged 
Island  Harbor  is  a  Wliite,  Square  Wooden  Building,  which  at 
this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  Rugged  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Carter  Island  Lighthouse  S.  by  W.  %  W. 
3  miles. 

Middle  Ground, 

This  is  an  extensive  Shoal  extending  off  to  the  Westward  from 
(Gooseberry  Island  and  having  maixy  Rocks  upon  it,  some  of 
which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  bound  into  Rugged  Island 
Iltirbor  should  leave  this  danger  to  the  Eastward;  Carter  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Southwest  end  of  the  Middle  Ground 
S   j^  £•  about  a  mile. 

Jiemarks. 

Rugged  Island  Harbor  derives  its  name  from  the  rough  and  un- 
even appearance  of  the  coast  in  its  immediate  vicinity.  In  ap- 
proaching this  Harbor  there  are  two  passages,  one  to  the  West- 
ward, the  other  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Lighthouse  on  Gull  Rock ; 
both  these  Channels  are  much  obstructed  by  numerous  Rocks  and 
Ledges,  which  render  the  approaches  dangerous.  Within  the 
Harbor  the  Anchorage  is  safe  in  all  winds.  It  is  said  that,  dur- 
ing heavy  Southerly  g.'iles,  at  the  entrance  the  sea  breaks  from 
side  to  side.  About  17  feet  water  can  be  taken  into  this  place  at 
Low  Tide. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Rugged  Island  Harbor 
in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
may  when  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Bull  Rock 
(before  described) ,  well  on  the  Port  liand.  Continue  the  coursi', 
crossing  Long  Shoal  (before  described),  until  about  >4  mile  from 
the  Lighthouse  ;  then  gradually  haul  to  the  Northward,  leaving  it 
not  more  than  .'300  yards  on  the  Starboanl  hand;  when  it  bears- 
£i.SEi.,  make  good  tlie  course  N-NE-,  leaving  the  Chain  Ledges 
(before  described),  about  100  yards  on  the  Portliand,  and  Trini- 
dad Rock  (before  described),  about  the  same  distance  on  the 
Starboard  hand ;  when  about  ^  mile  past  the  Chain  Ledges  you 


ELDllIDOE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


391 


will  Hcc  on  the  Port  a  number  of  small  Islands ;  these  are  called 
Cnuil)erry  Islands.  In  order  to  avoid  the  Rocky  Shoal  called 
tlio  Middle  Ground,  haul  j^radually  to  the  Northward,  and  leave 
llu'se  last  named  Islands  not  more  than  200  yards  on  the  Port 
liuad,  and  Carter's  Island  Lighthouse  not  more  than  i^  mile  on 
the  same  hand  ;  when  abreast  the  Lighthouse  make  good  the 
course  NE.  by  N.  }i  N.  about  1%  miles,  carrying  3  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide  across  the  flat  ground,  and  anchor  on  the  East- 
ern side  in  from  4  to  -1^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught,  from  the  Eastward, 
should,  when  Rugged  Island  Harbor  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to 
bear  W-NW-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  When  about  1J4 
miles  from  the  Lighthouse,  keep  a  sharp  look-out  for  Whale  Rock, 
which  lies  NE-  by  E-  J^  mile  from  this  Lighthouse,  and  always 
breaks.  When  this  Rock  is  made,  iuiul  to  the  Northward,  and  leave 
it  about  yi  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  it  bears  W.NW. ,  make 
good  the  conrse  N.  yi  W-,  leaving  the  Blow  Breaker  well  on  the 
Starboard,  and  Trinidad  Rock  well  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you 
sail  in,  you  will  see  the  Cranberry  Islands.  In  order  to  avoid  the 
Rocky  Shoal  called  the  ISIiddle  Ground,  leave  these  Islands,  which 
are  bold,  not  more  than  250  yards  on  the  Port  Hand,  and  Carter's 
Island  Lighthouse  not  more  than  ^  mile  on  the  same  hand,  and 
follow  the  diiections  before  given. 

T/ie  Basin. 

Small  vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  of  not  more 
than  7  feet  draught,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  until 
about  %  mile  from  Carter's  Island  Lighthouse.  Then  haul  to  the 
Westward,  leaving  this  Lighthouse  not  more  than  "^00  yards  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  in  the  Basin,  with  the  Lighthouse 
bearing  E-NE.,  distant  not  more  than  Yz  mile,  in  about  9  feet 
water  at  Low  Tide.     Nearer  the  village  there  is  less  water. 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Rugged  Island  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the 
Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  7  h.  59  m.,  or  3  h.  30  m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  7  feet. 


392 


ELDUIDOES  COAST  PILOT. 


SABLE  RIVER. 

Tho  entrance  to  this  River,  wliich  is  between  Harding  Point  on 
tlio  East,  and  Raspberry  Head  on  the  West,  is  about  lj4  miles 
wide,  and  lies  East-Northerly  about  7  miles  from  Rugged  Island 
Harbor  Lighthouse,  and  West-Southerly  about  10  miles  from 
Little  Hope  Island  Lighthouse. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Sable  River. 

Bantam  Rock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lies  about  ^ 
mile  from  the  entrance  of  Sable  River.  Harding  Point,  the  near- 
est land,  bears  from  this  danger  NE.  by  N.  '^^  mile ;  centre  of 
Ram  Island,  SW.  by  W.  %  W.  ^i^  miles ;  Green  Island  (40 
feet  high) ,  NE.  by  E.  2^^  miles.  From  ^  to  ^  mile  to  the 
Southward  of  Bantam  Rock,  there  are  two  small  Spots,  having 
from  19  to  22  feet  water  on  them  at  Low  Tide. 

Jiemarka, 

About  Ji  mile  above  the  entnuici'  to  this  River  is  a  Bar  with 
only  2  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  which  l)reak8  heavily 
in  Southerly  gales.  The  Channel  leading  up  is  very  nai*row,  witli 
but  little  wat(  '  in  some  places,  and  also  requiring  a  favorable 
wind  to  entei  or  leave  the  River.  It  is  therefore  advisable  for 
vessels  bound  to  this  place  to  take  pilots. 

Sigh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  entrance  of  Sable  River  on  the  days  of 
the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  8  h.  4  m.,  or  3  h.  25  m. 
before  it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


PORT  L'HEBERT. 

The  entrance  to  Port  L'Hebert,  which  is  between  Thrum  Point 
on  the  East,  and  Richardson  Head  (which  is  130  feet  high)  on  the 
West,  is  about  ^  mile  wide,  and  lies  East-Northerly  about  19 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


393 


miles  from  Cupo  UoHCway  Li<^htliou8e,  East- Northerly  about  12 
miles  from  Uuggod  lalautl  Harbor  Lighthouse,  and  Wost-North- 
erly  '>}i  miles  from  Little  Hope  Island  Lighthouse. 

Port  L'Hebert  lAghtfiouae, 

About  1 J4  miles  above  the  entrance  to  Port  L'Hebcrt,  upon 
Shingle  Point,  East  side,  is  a  White  Scjuare  Building,  winch  at  this 
date  (1884)  shows  a  lied  fixed  Light. 

Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  Fort 

L'Hebert. 

Green  Island, 

About  ^  mile  from  shore,  and  SW.  by  S.  2^  miles  from  the 
entrance  to  Port  L'Hebert,  is  a  small  Island  called  Green  Island, 
which  is  45  feet  high.  About  Southwest  ^  mile  from  the  South- 
west point  of  this  Island,  is  a  ftock  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide. 
Between  Green  Island  and  the  shore,  there  is  a  narrow  Channel 
of  3^  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  to 
pass  through  it,  as  there  are  sunken  liocks  lying  on  both  sides. 

Ebert  Bocks, 

About  ^  mile  from  the  entrance  to  Port  L'Hebert,  and  a  little 
more  than  ^  mile  from  the  Western  side,  are  Ebert  Rocks,  which 
are  bare  at  Low  Tide.  The  Lighthouse  on  Shingle  Point  just 
open  to  the  Eastward  of  Richardson  Head,  clears  these  dangers. 

Ttirum  Point  Shoal. 

From  Thrum  Point,  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  Port 
L'Hebert,  Shoal  Water  extends  off  Southwesterly  nearly  J^  mile. 

Remarks, 

The  entrance  to  Port  L'Hebert  may  be  easily  known  by  the 
steep  and  abrupt  appearance  of  its  Western  side  (Richardson 
Head) .  About  ^  mile  above  the  entrance,  is  a  Bar  having  but 
2^  fathoms  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  The  sea  breaks  heavily 
upon  this  Bar  during  heavy  weather.  Above  this  the  Channel  is 
narrow,  with  many  obstructions  lying  in  it.  Strangers  should  not 
attempt  to  enter  this  place  without  a  pilot. 


394 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAS">    PILOT. 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Port  L'Hebert,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  8  h.  9  m.,  or  3  h.  20  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


PORT  JOLIE. 

The  entrance  to  Port  Jolie,  which  is  between  Jolie  Point  on  the 
East  and  the  main  land  on  the  West,  is  about  2  miles  wide,  and 
lies  East-Northerly  22  miles  from  Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse, 
East- Northerly  about  3  miles  from  the  entrance  to  Port  L'Hebert, 
and  West-Northerly  about  3  miles  from  the  Lighthouse  upon  Lit* 
tie  Hope  Island. 

Remarks, 

Port  Jolie  is  open  to  Southerly  winds,  which  bring  in  a  heavy 
sea.  From  the  entrance  to  the  Head  the  distance  is  5  miles.  In 
entering,  Shoal  Water  with  rocks  extends  off  a  long  distance  from 
both  sides,  and  there  is  also  but  little  water  about  2  miles  above 
the  entrance,  making  it  only  available  for  small  vessels  with  off> 
shore  winds. 


Little  Hope  Island  Lighthouse, 

Near  the  centre  of  Little  Hope  Island,  which  is  about  2  miles 
to  the  Eastward  of  Jolie  Point  (the  nearest  land),  is  a  White 
Square  Building  with  Lantern  on  top,  which  at  this  date  (1884) 
shows  every  minute  a  Revolving  Red  Light. 

Bearings  and  Distances  ^om  Little  Hope  Island  Lighthouse. 

Distance. 

Rugged  Island  Harbor  Light- 
house,    W.  by  S.  ^  S.,  . 

Coffin  Island  Lighthouse,      .  N£-,      .... 

West    Iron-bound    Light- 

honse, NE.  byE.,    .     . 

Sambro  Island  Lighthouse,  .  E.  by  N.  %  N., 

Little  Hope  Shoal,       .     .     .  W.  ^  S.,  .     .     . 

Jolie  Point  (nearest  land) ,  .  W.NW.;  .     •    • 


18 

miles 

15 

(( 

34 

(( 

63 

(( 

2 

(( 

2 

44 

ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


395 


Shotil  Water,  with  Rocks,  extends  off  Southwesterly  about 
yj,  mile  from  Little  Hope  Island,  and  Shoal  Water  also  extends 
o\t  about  the  same  distance  from  its  Northern  and  Eastern  parts. 
lU'twccu  this  Island  and  Jolie  Point  (the  nearest  land)  there  is  a 
(/luuuiel  about  lj4  miles  wide,  having  from  10  to  15  fathoms 
water  in  it.  Vessels  navigating  this  Channel  should  keep  about 
midway  between  the  last-named  Point  and  Island. 

Little  Hope  Shoal, 

This  Rocky  Shoil,  which  is  about  yi  mile  long,  has  about  10  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  In  heavy  weather  the  sea  breaks 
upon  this  danger.  The  Lighthouse  upon  Little  Hope  Island  bears 
from  the  centre  of  Little  Hope  Shoal,  E.  ^  N.  2  miles. 

Slack  IPoint* 

About  2^  miles  North  from  Little  Hope  Island  Lighthouse  is 
lUuck  Point,  from  which  Ledges  extend  off  nearly  J^  mile.  Ves- 
sels passing  within  Little  Hope  Island  should  therefore  give  this 
Point  a  good  berth. 


PORT   MOUTON. 

About  7  miles  Northc^asterly  from  Little  Hope  Island  Light- 
house, and  about  8  miles  West-Southerly  from  the  entrance  to  Liv- 
erpool Bay,  is  a  deep  Bay  called  Port  Mouton. 

Port  Mouton  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Northeastern  end  of  Spectacle  Island  (which  is  in  this 
Bay)  is  a  Square,  Wooden  Building  which  at  this  date  (1884) 
uhows  a  Red  Fixed  Light. 

Dangers  in  approacliing  and  entering  Fort  Mouton 
by  the  Eastern  Passage. 

White  Point  Bock, 

This  small  Pock,  on  which  there  is  about  15  feet  water  at  Low 
Tide,  has  deep  wnter  all  round  it.  Port  Mouton  Lighthouse 
boars  from  this  danger  W.  ^  N.  3^  miles. 


396 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Brazil  Mocks, 

About  W.  by  S.  >^  S.  1  i  uiiles  from  White  Point  Rock  is 
the  Brazil  Rocks,  which  form  a  cluster  about  ^  mile  in  length ; 
several  of  these  Rocks  are  bare  at  different  times  of  Tide,  Imt 
one  known  as  Round  Rook  is  always  above  water,  and  is  conse- 
quently of  great  advantage  in  entering  Port  Mouton  by  the  East- 
ern Channel.  Port  Mouton  Lighthouse  bears  from  Round  Rock 
W.  by  N.  2}4  miles.  About  }i  mile  Southeast  from  Rouiul 
Rock  is  a  small  detached  Rock  having  but  3  feet  water  upon  it 
at  Low  Tide.  Between  the  Brazil  Rocks  and  Mouton  Island  the 
Channiii  is  more  than  a  mile  wide,  with  deep  water  and  no 
dangers. 

Mouton  Island  (Northern  Shoal), 

From  the  Northern  point  of  Mouton  Island  an  extensive  Spit 
extends  off  about  N-NW.  nearly  a  mile.  Vessels  of  not  more 
than  12  feet  draught,  bound  out  or  into  Port  Mouton  (by  the 
Eastern  passage) ,  may  cross  the  Spit  J^  mile  from  the  point,  and 
vessels  of  15  feet  draught  about  ^4  ™^ile  from  it. 

South  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lies  about  J^  mile  from 
the  Southern  point  of  Mouton  Island.  Thei'e  is  no  passage  for 
vessels  between  this  Rock  and  Island. 

Devastation  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  which  is  nearly  %  mile  in  length,  extends  N-NW. 
And  S.SEm  and  has  on  its  Northern  end,  at  Low  Tide,  as  littlo  as 
11  feet  water  upon  it.  The  Southern  point  ol  Mouton  Island 
bears  from  the  Northern  end  of  this  danger  W.  ^4  S.  %  niilc ; 
between  Devastation  Shoal  and  Mouton  Island  there  is  a  narrow- 
Channel  of  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 


Memarks, 

Upon  the  Southwestern  side  of  this  Bay  are  several  Islands, 
among  which  is  Mouton  Island,  the  largest  and  Easternmost  of 
the  Group.  By  their  position  these  Ishinds  form  a  safe  and  com- 
modious Anchorage  for  vessels  of  any  draught.    There  are  two 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


397 


Passages  leading  to  this  harbor ;  the  Eastern  Passage,  which  is  to 
the  Eastward  of  Mouton  Island,  is  available  for  vessels  of  any 
size  or  draught,  but  on  account  of  the  obstructions  the  Western 
Channel  is  narrow  and  not  adapted  for  vessels,  only  with 
favorable  winds,  of  more  than  15  feet  draught  at  Low  Tide. 

Eastern   Passage, 

Sailing  Directions  for  Port  Mouton  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  when  about  a  mile  past  Little  Hope 
Island,  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  SW.  }4  W.  and  make 
good  the  course  N.E-  J4  E.  about  5  miles,  leaving  the  Southern 
point  of  Mouton  Island  about  lj4  miles  en  the  Port  hand. 
When  this  point  bears  W-NW.,  then  gradually  haul  to  the 
Northward,  leaving  Devastation  Shoal  (before  described)  well 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Round  Rock 
(before  described)  ;  when  this  is  made,  pass  about  midway  be- 
tween tliis  Rock  and  the  Island,  and  in  order  to  avoid  the  Spit 
which  extends  off  to  the  Northward  of  this  Island,  steer  NW. 
until  the  Lighthouse  at  the  entrance  of  the  Harbor  bears  SW- 
by  S.  /4  S.  The  Harbor  will  then  be  fairly  open  and  you  may 
run  in,  leaving  the  Lighthouse  about  %  mile  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  anchor  in  about  6  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  the 
Lighthouse  bearing  about  E-  by  N.  J^  N.  ^  miie  distant. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  15  feet  draught,  when  about  midway 
between  Round  Rock  and  Mouton  Island,  may  steer  NW-  until 
the  Lighthouse  at  the  entrance  of  the  Harbor  bears  W-  by  S., 
then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  crossing  the  Spit  in  not  less  than 
S}(  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  Haul  round  this  Lightliouse  at  a  dis- 
tance of  ^  mile,  leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  as  be- 
fore directed. 

From  the  E.astward,  when  Mouton  Island  is  made,  bring  its 
Northern  end  to  bear  West  and  run  for  it  on  this  course ;  when 
iibout  3  miles  from  it,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  Round  Rock,  the 
top  of  which  is  always  seen ;  when  this  Rock  is  made,  leave  it 
about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  W.NW.  until  the 
Lighthouse  bears  SW«  by  S*  J^  Sm  then  run  in  and  anchor  as 
before  directed. 


398 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Beating  into  Fort  Mouton. 

In  beating  into  Port  Mouton  by  the  Eastern  passage,  when  past 
Devastation  Shoal,  ressels  may  approach  within  }^  mile  of  the 
Eastern  part  of  Mouton  Island,  and  when  past  Brazil  Rooks  may 
stand  within  ^  mile  of  the  Northern  and  Western  shores.  When 
past  the  Lighthouse,  vessels  may  approach  the  Northwestern  part 
of  Spectacle  Island*  within  350  yards  without  danger ;  and  also 
approach  Mink  Island  (which  is  small  and  lies  W.  by  N.  about 
a  mile  from  the  Lighthouse)  within  350  yards  without  danger. 

Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  Fort  Mouton 
by  the  Western  Channel. 

Bull  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  about  4  feet  above  High  Water,  lies  on 
the  Western  side  of  the  Channel,  in  the  NaiTows  between  Bull 
Point  on  the  mainland  and  Mouton  Island  on  the  East.  Bull 
Bock  is  of  great  advantage  to  vessels  bound  through  the  Western 
Passage,  as  by  its  position  the  Channel  can  be  determined  with 
certainty.  The  Southern  end  of  Mouton  Island  bears  from  this 
danger  SE.  >^  E.  1^  miles  ;  about  300  yards  N.  by  W-  J4  W- 
from  Bull  Rr;ck  is  a  Rock  with  3  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Jacket  Island, 

This  small  Island,  which  is  in  the  Western  Passage  leading  to 
Port  Mouton,  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel,  and  is 
steep-to  on  its  Northwestern  side,  but  Shoal  AVater  extends  from 
its  Southern  end  to  Mouton  Island.  Between  Jacket  and  Mou- 
ton Islands  the  ground  is  foul ;  strangers  should  not  therefore  at- 
tempt to  pass  between  them. 

Middle  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  has  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  Narrows  between  Bull  Kock  and 
Jacket  Island ;  there  is  a  narrow  Channel  of  about  18  feet  nt 
Low  Tide  on  both  sides  of  this  Rock,  but  vessels  bound  in  should 
pass  to  the  Westward  of  it. 


The  LijflttUouiso  stands  uu  Spectacle  Island. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Massacre  Island, 


399 


This  small  Island,  which  is  in  the  Western  Passage  between 
the  Northern  end  of  Mouton  and  Spectacle  Islands,  lies  on  the 
Western  side  of  the  Channel.  Port  Mouton  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Island,  which  is  bold  on  its  Eastern  side,  North  ^  mile. 
Between  Massacre  Island  and  the  Southwestern  part  of  Spectacle 
Island  there  is  no  passage  for  vessels. 

Spectacle  Hock. 

This  small  Rock,  which  lies  a  short  distance  from  Port  Mou- 
ton Lighthouse,  is  quite  bold  on  all  sides,  and  is  elevated  about 
3  feet  above  High  Water.  Port  Mouton  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  danger  NW.  by  W.  }4  W.  400  yards  ;  between  this  Rock 
and  Lighthouse  there  is  a  narrow  Chanc'^l  having  7  fathoms 
water  in  it.  Vessels  passing  through  this  Channel  should  keep 
nearer  the  Rock. 


JBy  the  Western  Passage, 

Sailing  Directions  for  Fort  Mouton  in  Daytime  > 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  15  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
when  about  a  mile  past  Little  Hope  Island,  may  bring  the  Light- 
house to  bq^r  SW.  by  S.,  and  make  good  the  course  NE-  by  N. 
about  2^4  miles.  The  Western  Passage  leading  into  Port  Mouton 
will  then  be  fairly  open.  Then  run  ;n  about  midway,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  Bull  Rock  (before  described) .  When  this  is. 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  N.  by  W.  ^  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  thisi 
course,  leaving  it  not  more  than  150  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
carrying  about  3  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  through  the  narrow 
Channel.  When  past  Bull  Rock,  make  good  the  course  N.,  leav- 
ing Massacre  Island  and  Spectacle  Rock  wdll  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  haul  round  the  Lighthouse,  leaving  it  about  }{  mile  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  run  up  to  the  South  westward,  and  anchor  as 
before  directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Port  Mouton,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  54  m.,  or  3  h.  35  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  G}4  feet. 


400 


SLDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


IiIVERPOOL   BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  the  Southei'n  point 
of  CofHn  Island  on  the  East  and  the  mainland  on  the  West,  is 
about  1^  miles  wide,  and  lies  East-Northerly  about  57  miles  from 
Cape  Sable  Lighthouse,  East-Northerly  about  38  miles  from  Cape 
Roseway  Lighthouse,  Northeasterly  about  13^  miles  from  Little 
Hope  Island  Lighthouse,  and  West-Southerly  about  52  miles  from 
Sambro  Lighthouse. 

Coffin  Island  Lighthouse* 

Upon  the  South  point  of  Coffin  Island,  East  side  of  entrance  to 
Liverpool  Bay,  is  a  Tower  pcinted  in  Horizontal  Stripes,  Red  and 
White,  eight  in  number,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  Revolv- 
ing White  Light.  This  Light  is  seen  30  seconds  in  every  2 
minutes.  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  Coffin  Island  Light- 
house NW.  by  W.  ]^  W.  3^  miles ;  Brooklyn  Pier  Lighthouse, 
NW.  by  W.  about  3  miles ;  Sambro  Lighthouse,  E.  %  N-  51 
miles.  There  is  no  passage  for  vessels  between  the  Northern 
point  of  Coffin  Island  and  the  mainland. 

Fort  Point  Lighthouse. 

Upon  Fort  Point,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Liverpool  Harbor, 
is  a  White  Square  Wooden  Building,  which  at  this  ^ate  (1884) 
shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light.  Coffin  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from 
Fort  Point  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  E.  ]^  E.  about  3j^  miles; 
Brooklyn  Pier  Lighthouse,  E-  by  S-  f^  mile. 

Brooklyn  Pier  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  end  of  Brooklyn  Pier  or  Breakwater,  at  the  entrance 
to  Herring  Cove,  is  a  White  Square  Wooden  Building,  which  at 
this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  White  Light  when  coming  up  the 
Bay,  and  a  Red  Fixed  Light  towards  the  Harbor.  Fort  Point 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Brooklyn  Pier  Lighthouse,  W.  by  N-  Y^ 
mile  ;  Coffin  Island  Lighthouse,  SE.  by  E.  about  8  miles. 

Remarks, 

In  entering  Liverpool  Bay,  there  is  deep  water  >>nd  no  dan  jCis 
excepting  those  lying  near  the  shores,   but   it    it>    exposed  to 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


401 


Southeasterly  winds,  and  is  not  considered  safe,  especially  during 
spring,  autumn  and  winter  months. 

Herring  Cove, 

This  Cove,  which  lies  at  the  Head  of  the  Bay,  about  a  mile  to 
the  Eastward  of  the  town  of  Liverpool,  has  a  Breakwater  where 
vessels  of  not  more  than  18  feet  draught  may  find  shelter  with 
Southerly  winds.  At  the  entrance  to  Liverpool  Harbor  there  is 
a  Bar  which  will  not  admit  vessels,  at  Low  Tide,  of  more  than  4  or 
5  feet  draught. 

Formerly  the  town  of  Liverpool  had  a  population  of  7,000,  and, 
iu  connection  with  Milltown  above,  carried  on  an  extensive 
trade  with  Halifax,  the  United  States  and  West  Indies.  The 
exports  were  principally  lumber,  cord-wood,  fish  and  farm- 
produce.  Ship-building  was  carried  on  to  a  small  extent,  and  a 
considerable  amount  of  tonnage  belonged  to  the  port.  There  was 
a  patent  slip,  adapted  for  vessels  of  600  tons,  and  also  a  foundry 
whare  small  repairs  could  be  effected.  Provisions  and  water 
could  always  be  procured. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Liverpool  Bay  and  Herring 
Cove  Anchorage  in  Daytime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Westward,  of  not  more  than  20  feet  draught, 
may,  when  Coffin  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
NE.  by  N.  %  N-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Western 
Head,  which  is  quite  bold,  about  a  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
about  2  miles  from  the  Lighthouse,  steer  more  Northerly  until 
Liverpool  Bay  is  well  open,  then  run  up  to  the  Northwestward 
about  midway  ;  as  you  sail  in,  there  will  be  seen  near  the  head  of 
the  Bay  on  the  Eastern  side,  Brooklyn  Pier  Lighthouse  ;  when 
about  a  mile  from  this  Lighthouse,  bring  it  to  bear  N.W.  by  N. 
y2  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  Haul  round  the  outer  end 
of  the  Breakwater  leaving  it  a  short  distance  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  anchor  inside,  about  250  yards  N.NE-  from  it,  iu 
about  3j4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  Coffin  Island  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  N.  ^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  it  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.    When  past 


402 


ELDUIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Coffin  Island  Lighthouse,  IJverpool  Bay  will  then  be  fairly  open, 
and  you  may  then  run  up  midway  and  follow  the  directions  be- 
fore given. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Liverpool  Bay  and  Herring 
Cove  Anchorage  at  Night-time,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  when  Coffin  Island  Light  is  made,  bring 
it  to  bear  N-NEj.^  fvnd  run  for  it  on  this  course,  until  the  fixed 
AV'hite  Liglit  on  Brooklyn  Pier  bears  NW-  by  N.,  then  run  for 
it  on  this  bearing,  and  haul  round  it,  leaving  it  a  short  distance 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  about  2o0  yards  N.N£i.  from 
it  in  about  3%  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  Coffin  Island  Light  is  made,  bring 
it  to  bear  W".  by  N.  j4  N.,  and  i-'m  for  it  on  this  course,  leav- 
ing it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  it  bears 
N-NE-,  steer  W.NW.  until  the  fixed  White  Light  on  Brooklyn 
Pier  bears  NW.  by  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  bearing,  and  fol- 
low the  directions  before  given. 

Directions  for  entering  Liverpool  Bay  in  thick 

weather. 

A  Whistling  Buoy,  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpendicular 
Stripes,  has  been  placed  in  about  20  fathoms  water  at  the  en- 
trance of  Liverpool  Bay.  Coffin  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  Buoy  N.  /^  E.,  distance  about  1^  miles;  Western  Head 
(which  is  the  first  point  on  the  Western  side  of  entrance)  W.  ^ 
S.  2^  miles. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Liverpool  Bay  and  Brooklyn 
Anchorage  in  thick  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  making  or  hearing 
the  Whistling  Buoy  at  the  entrance  of  Liverpool  Bay,  may  leave 
it  close  to  on  eitlier  hand,  and  make  good  tlie  course  NW.  ^  N. 
4  miles,  wliich  will  bring  them  up  witli  the  Lighthouse  on  the  end 
of  Brooklyn  Pier.  In  running  this  course,  after  the  first  mile 
from  the  Buoy,  the  water  will  Shoal  gradually  from  li)  fathoms  to 
4  fathoms  it  Low  Tide.  If  there  be  no  deviation  fi-om  tlie  course, 
the  last  named  depth  (4  fathoms)  will  be  near  the  Lighthouse. 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST   PILOT. 


403 


Sailing  Directions  for  Liverpool  Harbor. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught,  bound  to  Liverpool 
Harbor,  may  at  High  Water ^  follow  the  directions  before  given 
for  Liverpool  Baj'  and  IIoiTing  Cove  Anchorage.  When  abreast 
Brooklyn  Pier  Liglithouse,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Buoy 
which  lies  al)out  3^0  yards  Noi'theast  from  Fort  Point  Lighthouse. 
When  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  about  West,  crossing  the  Bar  in  from  10  to  12  feet  water  at 
High  Tide.  When  Fort  Point  Lighthouse  bears  SEv  steer  more 
Southerly,  keeping  nearer  the  wharves,  and  anchor  below  the 
bridge  in  from  12  to  lo  feet  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Beating  into  Liverpool  Bay. 

Shoal  AVater  extends  oflE  Southerly  and  Southwesterly  a  consid- 
erable distance  from  Coffin  Island.  Vessels  in  beating  into  Liver- 
pool Bay,  should  not  therefore  approach  nearei  than  %  mile  to 
this  Island.  The  Western  side  of  the  Bay  is  quite  bold,  and  may 
be  approached  within  400  yards  without  danger,  but  the  Eastern 
side  is  foul,  and  should  not  be  approached  nearer  than  Yz  mile 
until  within  }(  mile  of  the  Lighthouse  on  the  outer  end  of  Brook- 
lyn Breakwater.  The  Eastern  side  may  then  be  approached 
within  250  yards  without  danger. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Liverpool  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  50  m.,  or  3  h.  39  m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


PORT  METWAY. 

The  entrance  to  Port  Metway,  which  is  between  a  small  Island 
on  the  East,  called  Frying  Pan  Island,  and  Metway  Head  (which 
is  110  feet  high)  on  the  West,  lies  East-Northerly  about  6  miles 
from  Coffin  Island  Lighthouse,  West-Southerly  9^  miles  from 
Cape  Le  Hftve,  and  West-Southerly  45  miles  from  Sambro  Light- 
house. 


404 


ELDRIDOE'S  TOAST  PILOT. 


Port  Metway  Lfffh^house, 

Upon  Metway  Iload,  Wewt  side  of  er  .  -ance  to  Port  Metway, 
i:>  a  White,  Square  Building  witli  a  I'laek  Square  to  Seaward, 
which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  AVhite  Light. 

Dangers  in  entering  Fort  Metway. 

The  Eastwrn  side  of  the  entrance  to  Port  Metway  consists  of  a 
iminbor  of  small  islands  extending  off  S.  by  W.  %  W-  about  .'} 
miles  from  the  mainland  (with  no  Channels  for  strangers  between 
them),  and  terminating  in  Frying  Pan  Island,  a  small  Rocky 
Islet  about  10  feet  above  High  Water;  Port  Metway  Lighthouse 
bears  from  the  centre  of  Frying  Pan,  the  outermost  Islet,  NW. 
by  W.  y2  W.  ^4  miles. 

Stone  Horse  Hock* 

This  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  very  Low  Tides,  lies  about  J4  mile 
SE.  from  Frying  Pan  Island.  There  is  a  narrow  passage  of  -ij^ 
fathoms  water  between  the  Stone  Horse  Rock  and  Frying  Pan 
Island.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  pass  between  them  ex- 
cepting in  cases  of  emergency ;  at  such  times  keep  nearer  the 
Rock. 

Southwest  Breaker, 

This  danger  extends  North  and  South  about  %  mile ;  near  its 
Southern  part  is  a  rock  having  but  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide  ;  Port  Metway  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Southwest  Breaker 
N.NW.  1%  miles. 

Rugged  Rock. 

This  is  a  detached  Rock,  with  but  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  and  lies  off  a  Spit  extending  from  the  Western  shore  about 
1  ^  miles  South  from  Port  Metway  Lighthouse  ;  this  last-named 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.NE.  about  ^^  mile. 
Strangors  should  not  attempt  to  pass  between  this  Rock  and  the 
Western   shore. 


Middle  Island  Rock, 

This  danger,  which  has  about  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel  about  lyi  miles  above  the 
Lighthouse. 


ELDRIDQE'S   COAST   TILOT. 


405 


Middle  Led'je, 

This  danger,  which  is  bare  at  Half-Ebb,  lies  on  the  Eastern  iiide 
of  the  Channel.  The  Northern  part  of  the  village  beara  from 
the  centre  of  Middle  Ledge  W.  by  N.  about  l>i  miles. 

Nautiliia  Hock, 

This  Rock,  which  lies  on  the  "Western  side  of  the  Channel,  has 
about  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Between  this  danger 
and  tbe  Middle  Ledge  is  the  Channel  which  leads  to  Port 
Met  way. 

Reniark8, 

In  entering  Port  Metway  there  is  a  giod  Channel  about  Ij^ 
miles  above  the  Lighthouse.  There  is  then  an  irregular  basin, 
having  Shoal  Water,  with  numerous  Rocks  and  Ledges  lying  in  it. 
The  Nautilus  Rock  and  Middle  Ledge  (both  of  which  have  been 
described),  narrow  the  Channel  to  }l  mile  in  width.  About  15 
feet  water  can  be  carried  at  Low  Tide  up  to  the  A  nchorage  off  the 
wharves.  About  3^  miles  Northwest  from  Port  Metway,  is  Mill 
Village  ;  but  little  water,  however,  can  be  taken  to  this  village. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Port  Metway  in  Daytime, 
■vTith  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  moi'e  than  10  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
may  leave  Coffin  Island  about  a  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
when  the  Lighthouse  upon  this  Island  bears  N.  by  W.»  make 
good  the  course  E.  by  N.,  leaving  the  Rocks  and  Ledges  off  Pud- 
ding Pan  Island  well  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  E. 
by  N.  until  Port  Metway  Lighthouse  bears  North,  then  at  about 
i^  Flood  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Sout.'wost  Breaker 
well  on  the  Starboard,  and  Rugged  Rock  on  the  Port  hand. 
Wlien  about  J^  mile  from  the  Lighthouse,  haul  gradually  to  the 
Eastward,  leaving  it  about  %  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it 
bears  West,  make  good  the  course  North,  keepi*  g  not  more  than 
yl  mile  froni  the  Western  side,  and  carrying  not  less  than  16  feet 
water.  When  the  Northern  end  of  the  wharves  at  the  village 
bears  W-NW.,  then  steer  NW.  by  N.  /4^  N-,  passing  about 
midway  between  the  Middle  Ledge  and  Nautilus  Rock  (the  former 
of  which  is  bare  at  %  Tide),  and  carrying  not  less  than  1:2  feet 
water  across  the  flat  ground.  When  the  Northern  end  of  the 
\vl\arves  at  the  village  bears  W-  ^  N-^  then  run  for  them,  car- 


400 


ELDUIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


ryinj?  from  l  to  7  futljoms  through  the  narrow  Channel,  and 
anchor  a  uhort  di8tauco  to  the  Kuatward  of  them,  in  from  5  to  7 
futhomH  water. 

Knjui  the  Eastward  leave  Cape  Le  Have  (which  is  about  150 
feet  liigli)  about  2  miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about 
W.  by  S.  yi  S.,  until  Port  Metway  Lighthouse  bears  North,  thou 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 
Vessels  of  more  than  10  feet  draught  may  find  good  Anchonuro 
off  Neil's  Point*  in  from  lij/j  to  4>4  fathoms  wattu*  at  Low  Tide, 
with  winds  from  SW.  to  E-SE.  by  way  of  North.  From  the 
Ktistward  or  Westward  when  Port  JNIetway  Lighthouse  is  made, 
biing  it  to  bear  North,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it 
al»out  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand;  when  al)reast  this  Lighthouse 
steer  North,  keeping  about  ^  mile  from  the  Western  side,  and 
anchor  about  a  mile  above  the  Lighthouse  in  from  3j4  lo  ij^ 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  This  Anchorage  is  exposed  to 
Southerly  winds  ;  it  will  therefore  be  necessary  for  vessels  of 
more  than  10  feet  draught,  if  bound  farther  up,  to  take  pilots. 

Beating  into  Fort  Metway. 

In  beating  into  Port  Metway,  when  past  the  Southwest  Breaker 
(before  described),  bring  the  Lighthouse  to  bear  from  NW.  % 
N-  to  North,  and  when  past  it,  keep  the  Western  side  best 
aboard,  and  anchor  J^  above  the  Lighthouse,  nearer  the  Western 
side,  in  from  6  to  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Port  Metway  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  li.  ^){)  m.,  or  ;5  h.  3i>  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  CJ^  feet. 


GREEN  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  Green  Point  oa 
the  East,  and  the  luamland  on  the  West,  is  about  2%  miles  wide, 


•  Neil's  Point  is  on  the  West  side  of  entrance  to  Port  Metway,  about  a 
mile  above  the  Lighthouse. 


ELDUIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


407 


uiid  lips  Kast-Nortliorly  li /^  miles  from  Coffin  iMlnml  Light- 
lioiisc ;  KiiHt-Nortlu'ily  ul»o>it  (>^^  miles  from  Port  Motway  Liglit- 
lioiise,  und  West- Northerly  .'l^  miles  fiom  Cupe  Le  Iluve. 

Indian  Inland, 

This  Island,  which  is  about  2^^  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Capo 
I,e  Have,  extends  about  N-NE.  and  S-SW.  nearly  >^  mile,  and 
lies  off  the  entrance  to  (Jreen  Bay.  Shoal  Water  extends  off 
some  distance  from  all  parts  of  this  Island.  Vessels  should  not 
therefore  approach  it  nearer  than  ^  mile. 

Dangers  in  entering  Oreen  Bay. 

G^reen  Ledf/e, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  nearly  '/(  mile  in  extent,  is  bare  at  ^ 
Ebb,  and  lies  nearly  midway  the  entrance  to  (Jreen  Hay.  Green 
Point,  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  this  Bay,  bears  from  the 
centre  of  this  Ledge  SE.  by  E.  Ij4  niiles. 

Halfway  Itock. 

About  S.  by  E.  }^  mile  from  Green  Ledge  lies  Halfway  Rock, 

which  is  surrounded  by  Deep  Water  and  has  15  feet  upon  it  at 

Low  Tide.     Green   Point   bears   from   this  danger  E.  by  S.  1^ 

miles. 

Or  fen  Point  Rock. 

About  yi  mile  NW.  %  W.  from  Green  Point  la  Green  Point 
Rock,  which  has  U  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Memarka. 

The  above  are  the  only  dangers  in  entering  Green  Bay,  except- 
ing those  lying  near  the  shores  on  each  side.  About  6  fathoms 
water  can  be  carried  up  2  miles  past  Green  Ledge  ;  and  from  this 
4  fathoms  can  be  taken  up  near  the  head  of  the  Bay,  a  short  dis- 
tance from  the  Petite  River,  which  empties  into  this  Bay.  There 
is  good  anchorage  at  the  Head  of  Green  Bay  with  winds  from 
W-SW.  to  S'SE.  by  way  of  North  ;  but  it  is  exposed  to  South- 
westerly winds,  which  bring  in  a  heavy  sea.  At  such  times,  with 
the  assistance  of  a  local  pilot,  vessels  may  find  good  shelter  upon 
the  Eastern  side  of  this  Bay,  among  the  Islands,  in  what  is  called 


408 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Crooked  Channel  Anchorage.  About  4  fathoms  water  can  be 
taken  into  this  place  at  Low  Tide.  In  entering,  the  Channel  is 
very  narrow,  with  a  strong  Current. 

Sailing  Direction; .  for  Green  Bay  in  Daytime,  with, 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bound  to  Green  Bay,  leave  Coffin  Island 
a])out  a  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  upoa 
this  Island  bears  N.  by  W.,  make  good  th6  course  E.  by  N. 
about  8  miles.  You  will  then  see  on  the  Port,  Cape  Le  Have, 
which  is  an  abrupt  Cliff  with  a  Reddish  face,  nearly  iOO  feet  high. 
"When  this  Cape  hi  made,  steer  more  Northerly,  keeping  a  sharp 
lookout  for  Indian  ]  Uand,  which  lies  about  2/^  miles  to  the  West- 
ward of  Cape  I.e  Have.  When  this  Island  is  made,  leave  it  about 
^  mile  on  the  Starboard,  and  steer  N.NE.  until  the  Northern 
end  bears  S.  ^  E.  Then  make  good  the  course  N.  j4  W.,  leav- 
ing Halfway  Rock  and  Green  Ledge  (before  described)  well  on 
the  Port,  and  Green  Point  Rock  (before  described)  on  the  Star- 
board hand.  When  Green  Point,  which  is  the  first  in  entering  on 
the  Eastern  side,  bears  SE.,  thou  steer  N.NE.  up  tlie  IJay,  and 
auchm"  when  the  water  whoals  to  4  fathoms,  nearly  midway. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Cape  Le  Have  about  2  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  run  for  Indian  Island  bearing  about  W. 
NW. ,  leaving  it  sibout  y^  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  the 
Northern  point  of  this  Island  bears  S.  J^  E.,  make  good  the 
course  N.  j4  W.,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


Beating  into  Green  Bay. 

In  beating  into  Green  Bay,  when  past  Green  Point,  keep  the 
Eastern  side  best  aboard  until  about  a  mile  from  the  Head. 
Then  keep  midway. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Green  Bay,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  50  m.,  or  3  h.  39  m.  before  it !  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tidep  t'^l^  feet. 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


409 


in  be 

nel  is 


with 

Island 
5  upon 
byN. 
Have, 
it  high. 
I  sharp 
e  West- 
it  about 
orthern 
r.,  leav- 
well  on 
le  Star- 
ering  on 
Jay,  and 

y- 

!S  on  the 
)out  W. 
Then  the 
good  the 


le 


eep  the 
Head. 


Full  and 
ire  it  -   at 


LE  HAVE   RIVER. 

Tho  entrance  to  this  River,  which  ia  between  West  Ironboand 
Ishiud  on  the  East,  and  Mosher  Island  on  the  "West,  is  about  1  ^ 
inilos  wide,  and  lies  East-Northerly  78  miles  from  Cape  Sable 
Li}J!hthou8e,  East-Northerly  33  miles  from  Little  Hope  Island 
Lijjhthouse,  East-Northerly  18j4  miles  from  CoflSn  Island  Light- 
house, and  33  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Sambro  Lighthouse. 

West  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Southern  end  of  West  Ironbound  Island,  Eastern 
sido  of  entrance  to  Le  Have  River,  near  the  edge  of  the  Cliff,  is 
a  White,  Square  Wooden  Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows 
u  Revolving  White  Light.  Cross  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from 
West  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse  NE.  by  E.  j4  E.  6^  miles ; 
Sambro  Lighthouse,  East  31^2  miles ;  Mosher  Island  Lighthouse, 
NW.  H  W.  1^  miles ;  Black  Rock,  5  feet  above  High  Water, 
SW.  }i  W.  4  miles. 

Mosher  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  East  end  of  Mosher  Island,  West  side  of  entrance 
to  Le  Have  River,  is  a  White  Square  Building,  which  at  this  date 
(IHH4)  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  West  Ironbound  Island  Light- 
hoiiMO  bears  from  Mosher  Island  Lighthouse,  SE.  ^  E-  1^ 
milos ;  Black  Rock,  SW.  by  S.  ^  S.  3J^  miles ;  Cape  Le  Have, 
SW.  l4  S.  3^/8  miles ;  Fort  Point  Lighthouse,  West  side  of 
entrance  to  Le  Have  River,  N-  ^  W.  3^  miles. 

Fort  Point  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Fort  Point,  West  side  of  Le  Have  River,  is  a  White 
Square  Wooden  Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a 
llxcd  Red  Light.  Mosher  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Fort 
I'oiut  Lighthouse,  S'  ^  E.  ^yi  miles. 

Dangers  in  Approaching  and  Entering  Le  Have 

River. 

Bantam  Shoal, 

This  ttinall  Slioal,  which  has  about  2  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
TidOt  Ues  between  Cape  Le  Have  and  Indian  Island.    Cape 


410 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Le  Have,  which  is  an  abrupt  Clifif,  nearly  100  feet  high,  bears  from 
this  danger  about  E  by  S-  1  ^  miles.  Vessels  passing  between 
Cape  Le  Have  and  Indian  Island  should  keep  nearer  the  latter. 

Black  Rock, 

This  small  Rock,  which  is  surrounded  with  Shoal  Water,  is  5 
feet  above  High  Water.  Cape  Le  Have  bears  from  this  dangei-^ 
NW.  about  a  mile ;  West  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse,  NE. 
^  E.  4  miles ;  Mosher  Island  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  N.  ^  N. 
3^  miles. 

Cape  Le  Have  Mock, 

This  Rock  has  about  19  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cape 
Le  Have  bears  from  this  danger  N.  ^  E.  %  mile ;  Black  Rock 
SE*  by  E.  %  E'  about  ^  mile.  Between  Cape  Le  Have  Rock 
and  Black  Rock  there  is  a  channel  ^  mile  wide,  having  from  8  to 
10  fathoms  water.  Heavy  draught  vessels  passing  between  Cape 
Le  Have  and  Black  Rock,  should  therefore  keep  nearer  the  latter. 

Ironbound  Island  Breaker, 

This  Ledge  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  West 
Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  E*  ^  S' 
nearly  }4  mile.  Vessels  should  not  attempt  to  pass  between  this 
Ledge  and  the  Lighthouse. 

Shag  Bock, 

This  Rock,  which  lies  off  the  Northeast  part  of  West  Iron- 
bound  Island,  has  Shoal  Water  close  to  it.  West  Ironbound 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  from,  this  danger  SW.  by  S-  ^  mile.  Be- 
tween Shag  Rock  and  West  Ironbound  Island,  there  is  a  narrow 
Channel  having  5  fathoms  water  in  it.  Strangers  should  not  at- 
tempt to  pass  through  it,  excepting  in  cases  of  emergency ;  then 
keep  nearer  the  Rock.  Between  the  Northern  end  of  West  Iron- 
bound  Island  and  Gaff  Point,  there  is  a  Channel  of  about  t 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  passing  through  should  keep 
nearer  West  Ironbound  Island. 


Cockawee  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  extends  about  E.  by  S.   and  W-  by  N. 
about  Yi  mile,  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  river,  and  has  but 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


411 


4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.     Fort  Point  Lighthouse  beara 
from  the  centre  of  this  danger  N-NE.  Ij4  miles.    The  Channel 


leading  up  this  river  is  on  both  sides  of  this  Shoal, 
however,  should  go  to  the  Eastward  of  it. 


S''(- 


rangers, 


Bull  Mock, 

This  small  Rock,  which  is  surrounded  with  Shoal  Water,  is 
always  visible,  and  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel  about 
^  mile  Southwesterly  from  Fort  Point  Lighthouse.  Vessels 
bound  up  should  leave  this  danger  about  }{  mile  on  the  Port 
hand. 

JRemarks. 

About  24  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  to  the  Anchor- 
age above  Spectacle  Island,  and  from  this  about  14  feet  water 
can  be  carried  to  the  Eastward  of  Coekawee  Shoal  across  the  Bar. 
Le  Have  River  is  navigable  for  light  draught  vessels  as  far  as 
Bridgewater,  a  settlement  on  the  Left  bank  of  the  River,  nearly 
15  miles  from  West  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Le  Have  River  in  the  Day- 
time, with  ffl'^'oralle  winds  and  fair  weather- 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Coffin  Island  Lighthouse  about  a 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  by  N. 
When  Cape  Le  Have  (which  is  an  abrupt  Clifif,  with  a  Reddish 
face,  nearly  100  feet  high)  is  made,  steer  more  Northerly,  leaving 
Black  Rock  (before  described)  about  }^  mile  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  this  Rock  bears  NW.»  then  steer  about  NNE-,  with 
Mosher  Island  Lighthouse,  which  is  on  the  West  side  of  entrance 
to  the  river,  on  the  Port  hand.  Leave  the  last-named  Lighthouse 
about  5^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  W.SW-,  liaul 
up  about  N.NW.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see,  on  the  Port  hand, 
Spectacle  Island.*  Leave  the  Eastern  part  of  this  Island  about 
}4.  mile  on  the  Port,  and  gradually  haul  to  the  Westward,  carry- 
ing not  less  than  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  and  anchor  with 
the  Western  end  of   Spectacle  Island  bearing  S-  ^  E-  ^  mile 


♦  Spectacle  Island,  some  parts  of  which  are  108  feet  high,  appears  like 
two  Islands,  and  lies  about  a  mile  Northwesterly  from  Mosher  Island 
Lighthouse. 


412 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


distant,  in  about  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  of  not 
more  than  18  feet  draught  may  go  farther  up,  and  anchor  with 
the  Western  end  of  the  last-named  Island  bearing  SE.  by  S.,  in 
3J4  fathoms  water. 

A  lom  the  Eastward,  when  West  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse 
is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  from  W.  by  S.  to  NW.,  and  run  for  it 
without  fear.  In  order  to  avoid  Ironbound  Breaker  (before  de- 
scribed) ,  leave  this  Lighthouse  about  ^  mile  to  1  3  Eastward, 
and  run  in  about  N.NW-,  leaving  Mosher  Islanu  Lighthouse 
about  }(  ^^^^  ^^  *^®  ^^^'^  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

A?ichorage  between  Spectacle  and  Mosher 

Islands, 

Theie  is  good  anchorage  to  the  Southwestward  of  Spectacle 
Island  in  about  4  fathoms  water  in  all  winds.  The  onlv  danger 
in  entering  is  French  Roclc,*  which  lies  nearly  midway  between 
Mosher  and  Spectacle  Islands,  and  has  about  7  feet  water  upon 
it  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  in  Daytime. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  until  Mosher  Island  Lighthouse  bears  AYest,  then  make 
good  the  course  NW.  ^  mile.  Then,  in  about  3^  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide,  with  the  Eastern  end  of  Spectacle  Island  bearing 
N.  by  E  Yi  E.,  steer  W.  %  N.,  carrying  about  15  feet  water 
across  the  Bar  at  Low  Tide,  and  anchor  in  about  4  fathoms  watLi, 
with  the  Eastern  end  of  Spectacle  Island  bearing  E.  by  N-  J8 
mile.  It  is  not  prudent  to  go  farther  up,  on  account  of  Moslur 
Ledge,  which  has  but  3  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Tln' 
Western  end  of  Spectacle  Island  bears  from  this  danger  N.  % 
E.  yz  mile. 

If  bound  farther  up  the  River,  follow  the  directions  befoio 
given,  leaving  Mosher  Island  Lighthouse  about  %  mile  on  tlie 
Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N.NW.,  leaving  Spectaolo 
Island  well  on  the  Port  band.     When  the  Lighthouse  at  Fort 


*  Mosher  Island  Lighthouse  bears  flrom  French  Bock,  which  has  7  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  SE.  |  mile. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


413 


)f  not 

»r  with 

S.,  iu 

ithouse 
1  for  it 
)re  de- 
3tward, 
lithouse 
before 


ler 

•pectacle 

r  danger 

between 

iter  upon 


iS  before 
len  make 
ims  water 
[l  beariuj^ 
(eet  water 
is  water, 

|by  N-  ?a 

Moslior 

ide.    TliL' 

[ev  N.  /2 

13  before 
le  on  tlu' 
I  Spectacle 
at  l''ort 


Point  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  about  N.,  and  run  for  it,  leaving 
Bull  Re.  :  (before  described)  on  the  Port  hand,  and  carrying 
about  14  feet  water  at  Low  Tide,  across  the  Bar.  When  about  ^ 
mile  from  Fort  Point  Lighthouse,  Imul  gradually  to  the  Eastward, 
keeping  in  mid-channel,  and  carrying  deep  water.  "When  about 
i^  mile  past  this  Lighthouse,  which  is  left  on  the  Port  hand,  haul 
gradually  to  the  Westward,  and  anchor  about  a  mile  above  the 
Lighthouse,  in  from  5  to  8  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  If  bound 
to  Bridgewater,  it  is  advisable  to  take  a  pilot  at  this  Anchorage. 

Beating  into  Le  Have  River. 

In  beating  into  Le  Kfive  River,  when  past  Black  Rock  (before 
described),  bring  .  osber  Island  Lighthouse  to  bear  from  N.NE. 
to  N.NW.  When  past  this  Lighthouse,  keep  the  Eastern  shore 
best  aboard  until  above  Spectacle  Island.  Then  anchor  as  before 
directed. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Le  Have  River  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  as  soon  as  West  Ironbound  Island  Light  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  NE.  by  N-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course 
until  Mosher  Island  Light  bears  N.  Then  steer  for  it  on  this 
bearing,  leaving  it  not  more  than  }{  mile  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  this  Light  bears  W.,  haul  up  N-NW.,  and  run  about  1^ 
miles.  You  are  then  past  Spectacle  Island,  and  may  steer  more 
Westerly,  can'ying  not  less  than  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide, 
and  anchor  when  Mosher  Island  Light  is  shut  in  behind  Spectacle 
Island,  in  about  4  fathoms  water.  With  Easterly  winds,  when 
abreast  Mosher  Island  Lighthouse,  haul  up  about  N'NE.,  and 
when  the  water  shoals  to  5  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  then  anchor 
on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  entrance.  This  Anchorage  is  open  to 
Southerly  winds. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  entrance  of  Le  Have  River,  on  the  days 
of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  51  m.,  or  3  h.  38  m. 
before  it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  Tides,  6^  feet. 


has  7  feet 


414 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


LUNENBURG  HARBOR. 

The  en^'-ance  to  this  Harbor,  which  lies  at  the  Head  of  Lunen> 
burg  Bay,  is  between  Battery  Point  on  the  South,  and  Moreau 
Point  on  the  North,  and  is  about  ^  mile  wide,  and  lies  about  7^ 
miles  Northwesterly  from  Cross  Island  Lighthouse. 

Cross  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Eastern  end  of  Cross  Island,  East  side  of  entrance  to 
Lunenburg  Bay,  is  a  Red  Tower  with  Octagonal  base,  which  at 
this  date  (1884)  shows  two  Lights,  one  above  the  other.  The 
upper  Light  is  flashing  White,  the  lower  fixed  White.  At  this 
time  a  Horn  is  placed  near  this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick 
weather  sounds  10  seconds  in  every  IJ^  minutes.  West  Iron- 
bound  Lighthouse  bears  from  Cross  Island  Lighthouse  SW.  by 
W.  yi  W.,  6^  miles ;  Green  Island  Lighthouse,  E.  by  N.  ^ 
N.,  6^  miles ;  Sambro  Lighthouse,  E.  ^  S.  26  miles ;  centre  of 
Big  Duck  Island,  NE.  'iyi  miles. 

Battery  Point  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Battery  Point,  South  side  of  entrance  to  Lunenburg  Har- 
bor, is  a  White  Square  Tower  on  dwelling,  which  at  this  date 
(1884)  shows  a  fixed  White  Ligh*. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Lunenburg  Harbor. 

Sculpin  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  Lunenburg  Bay, 
consists  of  several  Rocky  Patches  which  extend  E.  by  N.  3^  N. 
and  W.  by  S.  ^  S.  about  j^  mile,  and  there  is  but  three  foot 
water  upon  the  Western  patch.  This  danger  breaks  in  heavy 
sea.  Battery  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NW-  l)y 
N.  2%  miles. 

Outer  Middle  Rock, 

In  Lunenburg  Bay  about  a  mile  NW.  by  W.  Yz  W.  from  Scul- 
pin Shoal,  is  Outer  Middle  Rock,  wliich  has  15  feet  water  upon  it 
at  Low  Tide.  Battery  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  daugor 
N.  by  W.  3^  W.  154  miles. 


danger 
in  it. 


This 

about  3 

from  Mo 

Lunenbi 

danger  £ 

nel  abon 

Rock,  w^ 

no  Char 

shore. 

The  pi 
but  there! 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


415 


men- 
oreau 


,nce  to 
lich  at 
The 
\.t  this 
i  thick 
t  Iron- 
iW.  by 

jntre  of 


irg  Har- 

his  date 


)or. 


[irg  Bay» 

[u-ee  feet 
|ia  heavy 
[W.  1'y 


I'om  Scul- 
k"  upoi\  it 
|b  daugei' 


Inner  Middle  Mock, 

In  Lunenbxirg  Bay,  about  NW.  by  N.  j4  N.  ^  mile  from  Outer 
Middle  Rock,  is  Inner  Middle  Rock,  which  has  13  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Battery  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
danger  N.  by  W*  about  a  mile. 

Shingles, 

Upon  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel  leading  to  Lunenburg 
Harbor,  is  a  Rocky  Shoal  called  the  Shingles,  which  extends  N. 
NW-  and  S-SE.  about  ^4  mile.  Some  parts  of  this  danger  is 
bare  at  %  Ebb.  Battery  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  North- 
ern part  of  this  Shoal  NE.  about  %  mile.  Between  the  Shingles 
and  Mosher's  Head,  which  is  on  the  Western  side,  there  is  a  nar- 
row Channel  of  3  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  Strangers  should 
not,  however,  attempt  to  pass  through  this  Channel. 

Long  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  has  about  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 

Tide,  lies  near  the  entrance  to  Lunenburg  Harbor,  and  extends 

about  N.NW.  and  S-SE.  ^  mile.     Battery  Point  Lighthouse 

bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  N.NE.  about  J4  mile. 

Channels  lead  up  to  Lunenburg  on  both  sides  of  Long  Shoal.  The 

one  between  this  danger  and  the  Lighthouse  is  narrow,  and  has 

about  18  feet  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide  ;  while  the  one  between  this 

danger  and  the  Shingles  is  wider,  and  has  about  4  fathoms  water 

in  it. 

Moreau  Point  Mock. 

This  Rock,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel,  has 
about  3  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  lies  about  400  yards 
from  Moreau  Point,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to 
Lunenburg  Harbor.  Biittery  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
danger  SE.  about  }4  mile.  Upon  the  Western  side  of  the  Chan- 
nel about  W.  by  N.  ^  mile  from  Batteiy  Point  Lighthouse,  is  a 
Rock,  which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  There  is 
no  Channel  for  vessels  between  this  danger  and  the  Western 

shore. 

Meniarks. 

The  principal  dangers  in  Luuenburg  Bay  have  been  described ; 
but  there  are  other  dangers  lying  near  the  shore  on  both  sides. 


416 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


In  order  to  avoid  these,  vessels  should  give  the  shores  a  l)erth  of 
yi  mile.  About  15  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  in 
about  J-a  mile  past  the  Lighthouse  on  Battery  Point,  and  from 
this,  about  1)  feet  water  can  be  carried  within  a  short  distance  of 
the  wharves. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Lunenburg  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
bound  to  Lunenburg  Harbor,  may  leave  West  Ironbound  Island 
about  a  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears 
W-NW.,  make  good  the  course  NE.  j4  E.  about  4  miles, 
Luenburg  Bay  will  then  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  North. 
Then  run  in  about  midway  between  Cross  Island  and  Rose  Point, 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Battery  Point  Lighthouse.  When 
this  last-named  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  by  N. 
^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  the  Rocks  off  Ovens 
Point  well  on  the  Port,  and  Sculpin  Shoal  well  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  Continue  this  course  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.  for  the  Light- 
house, until  about  Ys  mile  from  it.  T.hen  gradually  haul  to  the 
Westward,  passing  to  the  Northeastward  of  Long  Shoal.  Haul 
round  the  Lighthouse  at  a  distance  of  400  yards,  and  run  up, 
keeping  the  Starboard  side  best  aboard,  and  anchor  about  J^ 
mile  above  the  Lighthouse  in  about  15  feet  water  at  Low  Tide. 
From  this  Anchorage  the  Lighthouse  bears  S.  by  E.  %  E.  Small 
or  light  draught  vessels  may  go  farther  up,  and  anchor  off  the 
wharves  in  about  9  feet  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Piastward,  when  Cross  Island  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  from  W.  to  W-NW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course.  Haul  round  this  Lighthouse,  leaving  it  about  J^  mile  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  Wher  Lunenburg  Bay  is  well  open,  then 
run  in  midway,  and  in  order  to  avoid  Sculpin  Shoal  (before  de- 
scribed) bring  Battery  Point  Lighthouse,  as  soon  as  it  is  made,  to 
bear  NW.  by  N.  5^  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 

With  Northerly  or  Northeasterly  winds,  vessels  from  the  East- 
ward may  pass  inside  Cross  Island  by  the  following  directions. 
When  Cross  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  by 
S.,  and  run  for  it  ori  tixis  course.  When  about  4  miles  from  this 
Lighthouse,  you  w.'U  see  on  the  Starboard,  Big  Duck  Island, 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


417 


which  lies  about  2  miles  NE.  from  Cross  Island  Lighthouse,  and 
is  bold  on  its  Southern  part.  When  this  Island  is  made,  leave  it 
about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  past  it,  haul  up 
NW.  until  its  centre  bears  E.  J^  S.  Then  make  good  the  course 
W.  %  N.,  leaving  Hound's  Ledge  (which  lies  off  the  Northern 
part  of  Cross  Island,  and  is  bare  at  ^  Ebb)  well  on  the  Port,  and 
East  Point  Rock,  which  has  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the  course  W.  >^  N.  until 
Battery  Point  Lighthouse  bears  NW-  %  W-  Then  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  leaving  Sculpin  Shoal  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
about  2  miles  from  Battery  Point  Lighthouse,  haul  to  the  West- 
ward until  it  bears  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.  Then  follow  the  directions 
before  given.  It  is  not  advisable  for  strangers  to  attempt  to  beat 
into  Lunenburg  Harbor,  but  with  Northwesterly  or  unfavorable 
winds,  they  may  anchor  in  Rose  Bay. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Lunenburg  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  54  m.,  or  3  h.  35  m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


ROSE  BAY. 


The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  Ovens  Point  on  the 
North  and  Rose  Point  on  the  South,  is  about  1^^  miles  wide,  and 
lies  on  the  Western  side  of  the  entrance  to  Lunenburg  Bay,  or 
about  "W.  by  N.  54  N.  2^^  miles  from  the  South  end  of  Cross 
Island. 

Dangers  in  entering  Hose  Bay, 

About  J^  mile  to  the  Northward  of  Rose  Point  are  several 
Rocks,  one  of  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide.  Shoal  Water  extends 
ofif  a  long  distance  from  the  Head  of  this  Bay.  Rocks  also  extend 
ofif  to  the  Southward  and  Eastward  of  Ovens  Point,  some  of  which 
are  bare  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  in  entering  or  leaving  this  Bay 
should  therefore  keep  about  midway  of  it. 


418 


ELDKIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


jRemarka, 

The  depth  of  water  in  this  Bay  is  sufflcieat  to  admit  the 
heaviest  draught  vessels,  and  there  is  good  Anchorage  in  it  with 
winds  from  South  to  North  by  way  of  West,  but  it  is  exposed  to 
Easterly  winds. 

Sailing    Directions    for    Rose    Bay   in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Lunenburg  Harbor,  until  Rose  Bay  is  fairly  open  :  then 
boldly  run  in  midway,  and  anchor  with  the  Northern  point  of  en- 
trance bearing  E.N£i>,  in  about  8  fathoms  water. 


MAHONE  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  New  Harbor  Point 
on  the  East  and  Lunenburg  Promontory,  on  the  West,  is  about  8 
miles  wide,  and  lies  East-Northerly  about  90  miles  from  Cape 
Sable  Lighthouse,  and  West-Northerly  about  23  miles  from  Sam- 


bro  Lighthouse. 


Remarks, 


In  Mahone  Bay  there  are  numerous  Islands.  The  largest, 
which  lie  on  the  Eastern  side  near  to  the  entrance,  are  Great  jtiid 
Little  Tancook  Islands.  The  Eastern  part  of  this  Bay  is  steep-to 
and  comparatively  free  from  dangers.  But  on  the  Western  side 
the  Islets,  Rocks  and  Shoals  are  almost  innumerable,  rendering 
an  intelligible  description  nearly  impossible.  There  are  several 
Harbors  in  it,  and  also  several  good  places  of  anchorage.  In  ap- 
proaching Mahone  Bay  from  Seaward,  it  may  be  known  by  tiie 
Highlands  of  Aspatageon,  whose  appearance  in  three  regular 
swellings,  is  very  remarkable,  from  a  distance,  sometimes,  of 
more  than  20  miles. 

G^^een  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  South  Point  of  Green  Island,  oflf  the  entrance  to  Ma- 
hone and  St.  Margaret  Bays,  is  a  White,  ^--quare  Building,  with 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


419 


<3welling  attacheu,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  Red  and 
White  Revolving  Light.  South  Rock,  with  15  feet  water  upon  it, 
lies  about  225  yards  to  the  Southward  of  this  Lighthouse. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Oreen  Island  Lighthouse. 

Diatanoe. 
Cross  Island  Lighthouse,     .    W.  by  S.  ^  S.      •     .     6^  miles. 
Hobson's     Nose    Light- 
house,        NW.  by  W.     .     . 

East   Ironbound    Island 

Lighthouse, N.   J^f  W.   .     .     . 

Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse,    .    NE.  by  E.  ^  E.  . 


Betty  Island  Lighthouse, 
Sambro  Lighthouse,  .     . 


■El-  /4  S.  .     .     • 
E.  by  S.  ^  S.  . 


125/^ 
20 


Dangers  in  approaching  Mahone  Bay. 
•  Middle  Ledge, 

This  is  a  Rocky  Shoal  extending  E.  by  S.  and  W.  by  N.  about 
J^  mile,  with  but  3  feet  water  upon  it  in  some  places  at  Low 
Tide.  Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  this 
danger  E.  by  S.  J4  S-  3)^  miles  ;  East  Point  of  Big  Duck  Island 
SW-  J4  S.  2  miles ;  West  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse  NE- 
about  4  miles ;  Cross  Island  Lighthouse  on  with  the  East  end  of 
Big  Duck  Island,  bearing  SW.  J4  W.,  clears  this  Ledge  on  its 
Eastern  side,  and  this  Lighthouse  on  with  the  West  end  of  the 
last-mentioned  Island  bearing  SW.  ]/i  S.,  clears  this  danger  on 
its  Western  side. 

Northeast  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  lies  Northeasterly  from  Green  Island,  is 
about  %  mile  in  extent,  and  has  about  3  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide.  Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger 
SW.  by  S.  1^  miles ;  West  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse  NW. 
by  N;  2^4  miles. 

East  Ironbound  Island, 

This  Island,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  of 
Mahone  Bay,  extends  E.  by  S.  and  W.  by  N.  about  a  mile,  and 
is  elevated  about  60  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  It  may  be 
approached  upon  all  sides  within  y^  mile  without  danger. 


420 


ELDRIDOE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


JSaat  Ironhound  Island  lAghthouae, 

A  little  to  the  Eastward  of  the  centre  of  this  iHland,  is  a  Wiiite, 
Oblong  Tower  on  Dwelling,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a 
fixed  White  Light.  In  approaching  this  light  at  niglit,  it  may  he 
seen  from  all  points  of  the  compass,  but  in  the  daytime  the  lantern 
at  this  time  is  only  visible,  the  other  parts  of  the  building  being 
hidden  by  trees.  Hobson's  Nose  Lighthouse  bears  from  East  Inni- 
bound  Island  Lighthouse ,  W.  %  N.  6 J4  miles ;  Peggy's  Point 
Lighthouse  E.  H  N.  7^  miles. 

Flat  Island, 

About  2  miles  to  the  Westward  of  East  Ironbound  Island  Light- 
house-, is  Flat  Island,  which  is  about  ^  mile  in  extent.  Upon  ita 
Northern  part  is  a  narrow  eminence  40  feet  high,  whilst  the  re- 
mainder is  very  low.  This  Island  may  be  approached  on  all  sidoa 
within  %  mile  without  danger.  About  ^  mile  from  the  Soutliern 
part  of  Flat  Island,  is  a  small  Shoal  with  about  16  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Between  East  Ironbound  Island  and  Flat 
Island  there  is  a  Channel  about  1^  miles  wide,  having  from  7  to 
10  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Bull  Rock, 

This  Rocky  Shoal,  which  extends  East  and  West  about  %  mile, 
is  bare  at  %  tide,  and  lies  upon  the  Eastern  side  of  the  main  Ship 
Channel  which  leads  into  Mahone  Bay.  The  Western  part  of 
Flat  Island  bears  from  this  danger  £.  ^  N.  about  a  mile.  Hob- 
son's  Nose  Lighthouse  W-NW.  3^4  miles. 


HEOKMAN'S  ANCHORAGE. 

This  Anchorage,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to 
Mahone  Bay,  lies  Northwesterly  6^  miles  from  Cross  Island 
Lighthouse,  7j4  miles  to  the  Westward  of  East  Ironbound  Light- 
house, and  Southwesterly  about  \%  miles  from  Hobson's  Nose 
Lighthouse. 

Mobaon's  Nose  lighthouse. 

Upon  Hobson's  Nose,  Western  side  of  entrance  to  Mahone  Bay, 
is  a  White,  Square  Wooden  Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884) 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


421 


BhowB  a  fixed  Red  Light.  Green  lalnnd  Lighthouse  bears  from 
Hobson's  Nose  Lighthouse  SE.  byE.  8^  miles;  East Ironbound 
Island  Lighthouse  E.  %  S.  6^  miles ;  Westhaven  Island  Light- 
house NW.  by  W.  4^  miles. 

Remarks, 

About  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  carried  into  Heck- 
man's  Anchorage,  which  is  '.i^ell  sheltered  from  ivll  winds.  Hut 
there  are  several  dangers  lying  between  this  Anchorage  and  the 
Lighthouse,  with  no  leading  marks  or  bearings  to  clear  them. 
Strangers  should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to  enter  this  place  with- 
out pilots. 


PRINCES   INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of 
MahoneBay  between  Little  Harmon's  Island  and  the  mainland,  is 
about  %  mile  wide,  and  lies  West-Northerly  about  4  miles  from 
Hobson's  Nose  Lighthouse. 

Remarka* 

The  Anchorage  in  Princes  Inlet,  though  small  in  extent,  is  safe 
from  all  winds.  About  6  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be 
taken  into  this  place. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Princes  Inlet  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bound  to  Princes  Inlet,  leave  Crosa 
Island  Lighthouse  about  a  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about 
Nm  leaving  Big  Duck  Island  (which  lies  NE.  about  2  miles  from 
Cross  Island)  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past 
this  Island,  haul  to  the  Eastward  until  its  highest  part  bears  S. 
J^  E.  Then  make  good  the  course  N.  Yz  Wm  passing  about  mid- 
way between  Middle  Ledge  (before  described)  and  Little  Duck 
Island.  Continue  the  course  N.  J^  W-,  leaving  Bull  Rock  (be- 
fore described)  well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  until  Hobson's  Nose 
Lighthouse  bears  W.  by  N.  Then  haul  to  the  Westward,  leaving 
the  last-named  Lighthouse  about  Yi  mile  on  the  Port  hand  until  it 


'M.  ; 


422 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


bears  S.  Then  make  good  the  course  W-  54  N.  As  you  sail  in, 
yon  will  see  on  the  Starboard,  Bookman's  Island,  which  has  the 
appearance  of  two  Islands,  and  farther  in  Little  Harmon's  Island. 
Pass  about  midway  between  the  forme  'nd  the  mainland  until 
about  abreast  the  latter ;  then,  in  order  to  avoid  a  Spit  which  ex- 
tends ofif  from  the  Eastern  side,  keep  the  Western  side  best  aboard, 
and  anchor  in  about  6  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  East  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  by  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  Northeast  Shoal  (before  described)  well  on  the  Port  hand. 
"When  about  2  miles  from  this  Lighthouse,  haul  gradually  to  the 
Northward,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  until  it 
bears  S. ;  then  haul  up  about  W.  for  Hobson's  Nose  Lighthouse, 
leaving  the  Southern  part  of  Great  Tancook  Island  about  J^  mile 
on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  about  a  mile  from  the  last-r.amed 
Lighthouse,  haul  gradually  to  the  Northward,  leaving  it  about  y^ 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  until  it  bears  S.  Then  follow  tLv  direc- 
tions before  given. 

High   Water. 

It  i«  ""ligh  Water  in  Frincco  lulot,  on'  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Chai  i  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  45  m.,  cr  3  h.  44  m.  before  it  is  at 
Bostoa.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  03^  feet. 


MAHONB   HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  Mahono  Bay,  lies 
West-Northerly  about  Wy?  miles  from  East  Ironbound  Island 
Lighthouse,  and  Northwesterly  a  little  more  than  5  miles  from 
Hobson's  Nose  Lighthouse. 

Westhaven  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Westhaven  Island  is  a  Lighthouse  which  at  this  date 
(1884)  showed  a  fixed  Light.  Hobson's  Nose  Lighthouse  bears 
from  Westhaven  Island  Lighthouse  SE-  by  E-  4|/^  miles. 

Meniarks* 

Mahone  Harbor  is  well  sheltered  from  all  winds,  but  it  is  some- 
what difficult  of  access  on  account  of  the  many  Islands,  Rocks  and 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


423 


Ledges  which  lie  on  the  Western  side  of  Mahone  Bay.    About  6 
fathoms  water  can  be  carried  to  the  Anchorage  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Mahone  Harbor  in  Dajrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  tlie  Eastward  or  "V^estward  bound  to  Mahone 
Harbor,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Princes  Inlet, 
imtil  Ilobson's  Nose  Lighthouse  bears  SE.  by  E.  Then  make  good 
tlu'  course  NW.  Yz  W.,  leaving  Soutliwest  and  Gull  Ledgeswell 
on  tliO  starboard,  and  Bockman's  Shoal  and  Covey's  Ledge  (which 
is  bare  at  J^  Tide)  well  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course 
NW.  Vz  W.  until  Westhaven  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  by 
W.  V2  W.  Then  run  for  it  on  this  bearing  until  about  a  mile 
I'rom  it.  Then  haul  to  the  Westward,  passing  not  less  than  Yi 
mile  to  the  Southward  of  the  Lighthouse,  and  follow  the  Western 
nliore,  keeping  about  2o0  yards  from  it,  carrying  6  fathoms  water 
tliruugb.  the  narrow  Channel,  and  leaving  the  Lighthouse  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  above  Ham  Island  (which  is  the  first 
to  the  NorthAvard  of  the  Lighthouse) ,  in  about  6  fathoms  water. 
The  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Anchorage  SE.  by  S.  Y^  S-,  dis- 
tant Yi  iwi^*^-  Farther  up  the  t>  ater  is  shallow,  with  several  dan- 
gors  lying  in  the  Channel-way. 

High  Water* 

It  is  Hiu'h  Water  in  Mahone  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
luul  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  47  m.,  or  3.  h.  42  m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


MARTIN'S  RIVER  ANCHORAGE. 

This  safe  and  connnodious  Anchorage,  which  is  on  the  Western 
side  of  Mahone  Bay,  is  between  Birch  Island  on  the  East,  Earnest 
Inhmd  on  the  South,  and  Indian  Point  (the  main  land)  on  the 
Wost,  and  lies  Northwesterly  about  5  miles  from  Ilobson's  Nose 
Lighthouse,  and  East-Northerly  about  2^  miles  from  Mahone 
Uai'bor. 


424 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Memarhs, 


About  7  fathoms  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  taken  into  Mar- 
tin's River  Anchorage,  but  the  approaches  are  narrow  and  lead  i,p 
among  Islands,  Rocks,  Ledges  and  Shoals,  without  any  leading 
marks  or  bearings  to  clear  them.  Strangers  should  not,  there- 
fore, under  auj"  circumstances,  attempt  to  enter  this  Anchor- 
age without  pilots. 


CHESTER  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Northern  part  of  Mahone  Bay,  is 
commodious  and  safe,  and  is  between  Zinc  Head  on  the  East, 
Norse  Island  on  the  South,  and  Peninsula  Point  on  the  West, 
and  lies  Northwesterly  about  9  miles  from  East  Ironbound  Island 
Lighthouse,  Northeasterly  7  miles  from  Hobson's  Nose  Light- 
house, and  East-Northerly  about  7^  miles  from  Westhaven  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Chester  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Quaker  Island,  about  Ij^  miles  to  the  Southward  of  the 
town  of  Chester,  is  a  Square  Tower,  painted  White,  which  at  this 
date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light. 


Dangers  in  approaching  Chester  Harbor. 

Lynch  Shoal. 

This  danger,  which  extends  about  N.NW.  and  S.SC  l4)  mile. 


has  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
from  it  NW.  -^  mile. 


Chester  Lighthouse  bears 


Middle  Shoal, 

This  small  Spot  has  about  17  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Chester  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.  l^miies. 

Bii'ch  Shoal. 

This  small    Shoal    has  14   feet  water  upon  it  at  Lo.v  Tide. 
Chester  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  EI.NE.  1^  miies. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


425 


Remarks, 

Upon  the  Northern  side  of  this  Harbor  is  the  town,  the  streets 
of  which  run  at  right  angles  to  each  other.  The  population  num- 
bers several  thousands,  the  majority  of  whom  are  engaged 
in  the  fisheries  and  lumber  trade,  and  a  good  business  was  for- 
merly done  in  manufacturing  fish  barrels  for  out  ports.  There 
are  three  passages  leading  into  this  Harbor;  the  two  from  the 
Southward  being  more  direct  than  the  one  to  the  Eastward, 
which  is  narrow  and  somewhat  intricate.  About  4  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  in  to  the  Westward  of  Quaker  Island 
Lighthouse,  and  6  fathoms  by  the  Passage  to  the  Eastward  of 
this  lighthouse. 

Chester  Rock, 

This  small  Rocky  Patch,  which  has  about  10  feet  water  upon  it 
at  Low  Tide,  is  surrounded  by  deep  water,  and  lies  in  the  middle 
of  the  Harbor,  about  400  yards  to  the  Southward  of  the  wharves. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Chester  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bound   to   Chester  Harbor,  leave  Cross 
Island  Lighthouse  about  a  mile  on  the  Port  hand  and  steer  about 
North,  leaving  Big  Duck  Island  (which  lies  NE.  about  2  miles 
from  Cross  Ig^cind)  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.     When 
past  this  Island  haul  to  the  Eastward  until  its  highest  part  bears 
S.  }i  E.     Then  make  good  the  course  N.  ^  W.,  leaving  Bull 
Keck  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.     As  you  sail  in  you  will  see  on 
the  Starboard,  Great  Tancook  Island,  and  on  the  Port  will  be  seen 
Refuse  Island.     In  order  to  avoid  the  Shoals  ■='hich  extend  from 
these  Islands,  keep  midway  between  them  and  steer  North,  keep- 
ing a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Lighthouse  on  Quaker  Island.     When 
this  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  North  and  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  leaving  Middle  Shoal  and  Lynch  Shoal  well  on  the 
Starboard  hand  and  Birch  Shoal  on  the  Port  hand.     Continue 
the  course  North  for  the  Lighthouse  until  about  J^  mile  from  it. 
Then  haul  to  the  Westward,  leaving  the  Western  end  of  Quaker 
Island  (on  which  the  Lighthouse  stands)  about  350  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  run  in  about  NE.  J4  N.,  keeping  midway 
between  the  Islands,  and   anchor  outside  Chester  Rock  in  from 
7  to  9  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 
From  the  Eastward,  when  East  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse  is 


426 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


made,  bring  it  to  bear  NW.  by  W.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  Northeast  Shoal  (before  described)  well  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  about  2  xa}\ea  from  this  Lighthouse  haul  gradually  to  the 
Northward,  leaving  it  about  %  mile  on  the  Port  hand  until  it 
bears  South.  Then  haul  up  about  West,  leaving  the  Southern 
part  of  Great  Tan  cook  Island  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  the  passage  between  this  last-named  Island  and  Refuse 
Island  is  fairly  open,  then  run  in  midway  and  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

Sigh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Chester  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  7  h.  44  m.,  or  3  h.  45  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


EAST  RIVER  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  at  the  extreme  Northeast- 
em  part  of  Mahone  Bay,  is  about  J^  mile  wide,  and  lies  about  9 
miles  to  the  Northward  of  East  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse, 
10  miles  from  Hobson's  Nose  Lighthouse,  and  3J^  miles  East- 
Northerly  from  the  town  of  Chester. 

Memarks, 

In  entering  this  Bay,  there  are  no  dangers  excepting  those 
lying  near  the  shores.  About  6  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be 
taken  up  to  the  Anchorage,  but  it  is  somewhat  exposed  to  South- 
westerly winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  East  River  Bay  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather- 
Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward  bound  to  East  River 
Bay,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Chester  Harbor, 
until  past  Refuse  IslancV  Then  bring  its  Eastern  end  (which  is 
50  feet  high),  to  bear  SW.  'j  W.,  and  make  good  the  course 
NE.  %  E.,  leaving  Coachman  Ledge,  which  in  bare  at  J^  Ebb, 
well  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Middle  Shoal,  which  has  not  less 
tha^  18  feet  upon  it,  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you 
will   see  on  the  Fort,  a  number  of  Islands,  the  Northeastern- 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


427 


most  of  which  is  called  Snake  Island,  which  is  bold  on  its  East- 
ern side.  Leave  this  Island  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  about  North  for  the  high  Bluff  on  the  Western  side  of  the 
Bay.  When  East  River  Bay  is  fairly  open,  bearing  about  NE. 
by  N.  J4  N.,  then  run  in  about  midway  and  anchor  in  muddy 
bottom  when  the  water  shoals  to  G  fathoms  at  Low  Tid<j. 

High    Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  East  River  Bay  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  47  m.,  or  3  h.  42  m.  before  it 
is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  G^  feet. 


DEEP    COVE. 

The  entrance  to  this  narrow  Cove,  which  is  upon  the  Eastern 
side  of  Mahone  Bay,  lies  a  short  distance  from  the  Highlands  of 
Aspatageon. 

IRmnarks, 

Upon  the  Western  side  of  the  entrance  to  this  Cove,  lies  a 
Ledge  of  Rocks  which  are  just  covered  at  High  Water.  These 
are  the  only  dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  it.  About  24 
feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  in  through  a  very  narrow 
Channel,  about  %  mile  above  the  entrance,  and  from  this,  12  feet 
can  be  carried  to  the  head  of  this  Cove.  The  average  width  of 
this  Cove  is  about  200  yards,  and  the  Channel  at  the  entrance 
not  more  than  80  yards.  Strangers  should  not,  therefore,  at- 
tempt to  beat  in,  but  may  enter  with  winds  from  W.SW-  to  E. 
NE.  by  way  of  North. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Deep  Cove  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward  bound  to  Deep  Cove 
may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Chester  Harbor  until 
past  Refuie  Island.  Then  bring  its  Eastern  part  (which  is  50 
feet  high)  to  bear  SW.  ^  W-,  and  make  good  the  course 
NE.  J^  E.,  leaving  Coachman  Ledge,  which  is  bare  at  J^  Ebb, 
well  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  Middle  Shoal,  which  has  not  less 


428 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


than  18  feet  water  upon  it,  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you  sail  in 
there  will  be  seen  on  the  Port  hand  a  number  of  Islands,  the 
Northeasternraost  of  which  is  called  Snake  Island,  and  is  bold-to 
on  its  Eastern  side.  When  abreast  of  this  Island,  which  may  be 
left  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  bring  the  highest  part  to 
bear  W-  by  N-  ^  N.,  and  make  good  the  course  E.  by  S.  ^  S. 
for  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Bay,  which  is  bold  and  free  from 
danger.  When  about  }^  mile  from  it  the  entrance  to  Deep  Cove 
will  then  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  SE.  by  S.  ^  S.,  distant 
about  yi  mile.  It  is  then  advisable  to  shorten  sail,  go  aloft,  and 
look  out  for  the  Rocks  which  lie  on  the  AVestern  side  of  the  en- 
trance, and  are  just  covered  at  High  Water.  When  these  are 
made,  run  the  Eastern  side  of  the  entrance  aboard,  within  a 
stone's  throw,  leaving  the  Rocks  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  pass 
through  the  narrow  Channel,  and  anchor  in  the  Cove  in  from  2 
to  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  entrance  of  Deep  Cove  on  the  days  of 
the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon  at  7h.  44  m.,  or  3  h.  45  m. 
before  it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  G^  feet. 


SOUTHEAST  COVE. 

The  entrance  to  this  Cove,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Great  Tancook  Island,  lies  between  South  Head  on  the  South  and 
Reef  Point  on  the  North,  is  about  ^4  mile  wide,  and  lies  West- 
Northerly  about  3  miles  from  East  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse 
and  Northeasterly  about  8  miles  from  Cross  Island  Lighthouse. 

Grassy  Island, 

Off  the  entrance  to  Southeast  Cove  lies  Grassy  Island,  which  is 
small,  and  is  elevated  about  10  feet  above  High  Water.  This 
Island  is  bold  on  its  Southern  part,  but  Shoal  Water  extends  oft' 
about  \  mile  from  its  Western,  Northern  and  Eastern  parts. 

HemarJcs, 

There  are  two  passages  leading  into  Southeast  Cove ;  by  the 
Southern  Passage,  which  is  to  the  Southward  of  Grassy  Island, 


of  the  Passag 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


429 


iibout  8  fathoms  water  can  be  carried  in,  but  only  4  fathoma  can 
be  carried  in  to  the  Northward  of  this  Island.  There  is  good 
Anchorage  in  this  Cove,  in  winds  from  W.  to  N.NE.  by  way  of 
N.>  but  it  is  exposed  to  Easterly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Southeast  Cove  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Cross  Island  Lighthouse  about  a 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  N.,  leaving  Big  Duck 
Island  (which  lies  NE.  about  2  miles  from  Cross  Island)  about 
1/2  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  past  this  Island,  haul 
to  the  Eastward  until  its  highest  pai*t  bears  S.  5^  E  Then 
make  good  the  course  N.  %  W.,  leaving  Bull  Rock  well  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  When  Hobson's  Nose  Lighthouse  bears  W.  by 
N.,  then  steer  about  E.  by  N.,  with  the  Southern  part  of  Great 
Tancook  Island  on  the  Port,  and  leaving  Flat  Island  well  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  When  the  Passage  leading  into  Southeast  Cove 
is  fairly  open,  bearing  about  N-,  then  run  in  midway,  leaving 
Grassy  Island  (which  is  small)  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
anchor  with  this  Island  bearing  about  SE.  %  E.,  in  from  5  to  8 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  East  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  about  W.NW-?  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course,  leaving  Northeast  Shoal  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
about  2  miles  from  this  Lighthouse,  haul  gradually  to  the  North- 
ward, leaving  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about 
W.,with  the  Southern  part  of  Great  Tancook  Island  on  the  Star- 
board bow ;  when  the  Passage  leading  into  Southeast  Cove  is 
fairly  open,  then  run  in,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 

With  Northerly  winds,  vessels  of  not  more  than  20  feet  draught 
may  enter  Southeast  Cove  to  the  Northward  of  Grassy  Island. 
At  such  times,  keep  midway  the  Passage. 

Beating  into  Southeast  Cove. 

In  beating  into  this  Cove  by  either  Channel,  keep  in  the  middle 

of  the  Passages. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Southeast  Cove,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  45  m.,  or  3  h.  44  m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


430 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


ASPATAGEON  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  Southeasterly  about  2 
miles  from  the  high  land  of  Aspattigeon,  lies  Northeasterly  about 
4^  miles  from  East  Ii'onbound  Island  Lighthouse  and  West- 
Noi  ■  herly  about  5  miles  from  Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse. 


Dangers  in       cT^aching  and  entering  Aspatageon 

Harbor. 

S-sa,l  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  consists  of  broken  ridges  of  Rocks,  is  about 
}^  mile  in  extent,  is  covered  at  about  J^  Flood,  and  generally 
breaks.  East  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  dan- 
ger SW.  by  W-  'i%  miles ;  Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse,  E.  J^  S. 
6^  miles.  Between  this  Ledge  and  the  main  land  there  is  a 
Channel  about  ^  mile  wide,  having  11  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Horseshoe  L^dge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  near  the  entrance  to  St.  Margaret  Bay, 
consists  of  ridges  of  Rocks  running  about  N.NW.  and  S.SE. 
about  %  mile.  This  danger,  which  generally  breaks,  is  bare  at 
%  Ebb,  and  the  ridges  resemble  somewhat  the  form  of  a  Horse- 
shoe. East  Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre 
of  this  danger  W.  ^  S.  4^  miles ;  Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse 
E.  3  miles. 

Gravel  Island. 

This  Island,  which  is  about  GO  feet  high,  lies  at  the  entrance  of 
Aspatageon  Harbor.  Shoal  "Water  with  Ledges,  some  of  wliicli 
are  bare  at  ^  Ebb,  extends  off  more  than  J^  mile  from  the  South- 
ern part  of  the  Island,  making  the  approach  to  it  on  its  Southoiu 
and  Western  sides  very  dangerous.  East  Ironbound  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  this  Island  SW-  %  W-  ^ 
miles ;  Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse  E.SE-  about  5  miles. 

Saddle  Island, 

At  the  entrance  to  Aspatageon  Harbor  and  about  ^  mile 
Northwesterly  from  Gravel  Island  is  Saddle  Island,  which  is  low 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


431 


and  extends  about  W.  by  S-  and  E.  by  N.  a  little  more  than  }( 
mile.  This  Island  is  bold  on  its  Northern  part,  but  Shoal  Water 
with  Ledges,  some  of  which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  extends  nearly 
1/3  mile  from  the  Southwestern  end  of  this  Island.  Between 
Gravel  Island  and  Saddle  Island  there  is  a  narrow  Channel,  hav- 
ing about  4  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide.  Strangers  should 
not,  however,  attempt  to  pass  through  it.  There  is  also  a  Chan- 
nel of  5  fathoms  water  between  Saddle  Island  and  the  mainland ; 
but  there  are  numerous  Rocks  and  Ledges  extending  off  nearly  j4 
mile  from  the  latter.  As  there  are  no  leading  marks  or  bearings 
to  clear  these  dangers,  it  is  advisable  for  strangers  not  to  attempt 
it  without  pilots. 

Hetnarks, 

The  main  Channel,  which  leads  into  Aspatageon  Harbf  ,  is 
nearly  %  mile  wide,  and  lies  between  Gravel  Island  on  the  South- 
west and  Black  Island  (which  is  bold  on  its  Southern  part)  on  the 
Northeast.  About  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  in 
past  Black  Rock,  which  is  small,  and  lies  nearly  in  the  m  Me  of 
the  Harbor.  There  is  good  Anchorage  in  this  Harbor,  with 
winds  from  W-SW.  to  !B>S£i.  by  way  of  North ;  but  it  is  some- 
what exposed  to  Southerly  winds.  At  such  times  vessels  may 
find  shelter  close  in  under  the  Northern  side  of  Saddle  Island, 
which  is  bold  and  free  from  dangers  on  its  Northern  part. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Aspatageon  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Green  Island  Lighthouse  about  ^4 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  NE-,  leaving  Northeast 
Shoal  (before  described)  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past 
this  Shoal,  steer  more  Northerly,  until  Green  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  SW.  by  S-  Then  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  N-, 
leaving  Horseshoe  Ledge  (before  described)  well  on  the  Star- 
board, and  Seal  Ledge  and  Gravel  Island  Ledges  well  on  the 
Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  NE-  by  N-  until  Peggy's 
Point  Lighthouse  bears  E.SE.  The  entrance  to  Aspatageon 
Harbor  will  then  be  open,  bearing  about  NW.,  then  run  in  about 
midway  between  Gravel  and  Black  Islands  (the  latter  of  which 
is  very  bold  and  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand).  As  you  sail  in 
you  will  see  to  the  Northward,  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  Har- 


432 


ELDHI DOE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


bor,  Black  Rock,  which  is  hold  on  all  aides.  When  this  Rock 
bears  N.  by  W..  lun  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  close  to  on 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  about  300  yards  above  it,  in 
from  i')!^  to  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  bound  into 
this  Harbor,  should  be  careful  to  avoid  a  Sunken  Rock  haviui; 
but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  This  danger  lies  SE.  about 
400  yards  from  Jllack  Rock. 

From  the  Southeastward,  leave  Betty  Island  Lighthouse  about 
a  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NW., 
leaving  Horseshoe  Ledge  (before  described)  well  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  Peggy's  Island  Ligiithouse  bears  E.SE-,  then 
make  good  the  course  W.NW.  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

With  strong  Southerly  winds,  vessels  from  the  Eastward  or 
Westward,  bound  to  Aspatageon  Harbor,  may  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given  until  the  Southern  end  of  Black  Island  bears 
E.  by  S.  J4  S. ;  then  steer  W-  by  N.  Yz  N.,  and  haul  to  the 
Westward,  and  anchor  close  in  under  Saddle  Island  (which  is 
bold  on  it:i  Northern  part)  in  from  6  to  10  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Aspatageon  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the 
Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  44  m.,  or  3  h.  45  m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


ST.  MARGARET  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Buy,  which  is  about  7  miles  to  the 
Eastward  of  Mahone  Bay,  is  between  Middle  Point  on  the  East 
and  Southwest  Island  on  the  West,  and  is  a  little  more  than  2 
miles  wide,  and  lies  East-Northerly  about  &%  miles  from  P2ast 
Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse,  and  West-Northerly  about  18  miles 
from  Sambro  Lighthouse. 


Peggy^s  Point  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Peggy's  Point,  East  side  of  entrance  to  St.  Margaret  Bay, 
is  a  White,  Scjuare  Building  with  lantern  on  top,  which  at  this 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


433 


date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  Betty  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  from  Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse  SB.  7^  miles;  East  Iron- 
bound  Island  Liglithouse  W.  J^  S.  lys  miles ;  Horseshoe  Ledge 
W.  3  miles.  Vessels  bound  up  St.  Margaret  Bay  should  not 
approach  this  Lighthouse  nearer  than  yi  mile. 

Meniarks, 

St.  Margaret  Bay  is  a  noble  sheet  of  water,  about  10  miles  in 
length  and  in  some  places  5  miles  in  breadth,  and  compared  with 
other  portions  of  this  coast,  is  unusually  free  from  dangers. 
The  water  in  it  is  deep,  and  in  several  parts  of  it,  there  are 
Harbors  capable  of  admitting  vessels  of  the  heaviest  draught. 
The  entrance  to  this  Bay  may  be  known  by  the  high  land  of 
Aspatageou,  which  is  elevated  nearly  500  feet  above  the  level  of 
the  sea,  and  is  a  very  conspicuous  landmark.  Vessels  from  sea, 
may  bring  the  summit  of  this  eminence  to  bear  NW.  X  N.,  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  which  will  lead  to  the  entrance. 


Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  St.  Margaret 

Bay. 

Horseshoe  Ledge. 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  lies  near  the  entrance  to  St.  Mar- 
garet Bay,  consists  of  Ridges  of  Rocks  running  about  N-NW. 
and  S-SE-  about  %  mile.  This  danger  is  bare  at  %  Ebb,  and 
the  Ridges  resemble  somewhat  the  form  of  a  Horseshoe.  East 
Ironbound  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  this  dan- 
ger W.  ^  S.  4^  miles  ;  Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse  East  3  miles  ; 
Summit  of  the  high  land  of  Aspatageon  NW.  by  N.  o  miles. 
In  thick  weather  this  danger  should  not  be  approached  nearer 
than  10  fathoms  water. 


Southwest  Island, 

This  Island,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  the  entrance  to 
St.  Margaret  Bay,  is  about  J^  mile  from  the  main  land,  and  ex- 
tends North  and  South  about  J^  mile.  Peggy's  Point  Light- 
house bears  from  the  centre  of  this  Island  SE.  by  E.  about  31^ 
miles.  Southwest  Island  is  bold  on  its  Eastern  side.  Between 
this  Island  and  the  main  land,  there  is  a  passage  having  from  6 


434 


ELDUIDOKS   COAST   PILOT. 


ta  H  fiithorriH  water  in  it ;  but  there  in  a.  Rock  which  lies  to  the 
Nortiiward  of  this  Island  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  Channel,  with 
only  H  fi't't  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Strangers  should  not, 
therefore,  attempt  this  passage. 

Charley  Rock, 

This  (lanjiferous  Rock,  which  is  small,  has  about  8  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  with  deep  water  all  around  it,  and  lies  on 
thi'  Western  side  of  entrance  to  vSt.  Marj^aret  Bay.  Pe}jf<ry's 
Point  Li<j;lithou8e  bears  from  tliis  danger  SE.  %  £.  3  mih's ; 
southern  part  of  Southwest  Island  (before  described),  W.SW. 
about  1^2  nnle.  In  order  to  avoid  this  Rock,  vessels  bound  up  the 
Hay,  HJiould  keep  midway  between  Southwest  Island  and  Eastern 
side  of  entrance. 

Shut-in  Island. 

This  Island,  which  is  elevated  200  feet  above  the  level  of  the 
sea,  lies  about  ^  mile  from  the  Eastern  shore  of  St.  Margaret 
Bay,  and  extends  N-NW.  and  S-SE-  about  %  mile ;  Southwest 
Island  (before  described),  bears  from  the  cercre  of  this  Island 
SW-  yi  W.  3  n:iles.  Shut-In  island  is  bold  on  its  Western 
side.  Between  the  bouthern  end  of  the  last-named  Island  and 
Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse,  there  are  many  dangers,  some  of  which 
lie  nearly  y^  mile  from  shore.  Vessels  bound  out  of  or  into  St. 
Margaret  Bay,  should  not  approach  this  part  of  the  coast  nearer 
than  ^  mile. 

Middle  Shoal, 

This  dangerous  Shoal,  which  has  about  5  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  St.  Margaret  Bay,  and  is 
about  %  mile  in  extent.  The  Northern  end  of  Shut-in  Island 
bears  from  this  danger  S.  by  W.  ^  W.  2^  miles.  Croucher'ti, 
Island  Lighthouse  N.NIj.  2^  miles. 


NORTHWEST   COVE. 

This  small  Cove,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  St.  Margaret 
Bav,  lies  about  2  miles  above  the  entrance. 


ELDRIDOC'S  COAST   PILOT. 


435 


Horae   iHland, 

( )ff  the  entrance  to  Northwest  Cove,  is  a  small  Island  called 
lIcn'He  Island,  which  is  quite  l)oUl  on  all  sides.  The  Chan- 
nel leading  into  this  Cove  is  on  both  sides  of  tiiis  Island.  Ves- 
sels i)a98ing  to  the  Northward  of  it,  should  beware  of  Horse  Rock, 
which  is  small  in  extent  and  has  about  8  feet  water  on  it  at  Low 
Tide.  This  Rock  lies  about  NW.  by  W.  about  200  yards  from 
the  Northern  end  of  the  Island. 

lie  marks. 

With  Westerly  winds,  there  is  Anchorage  in  Northwest  Cove 
in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water,  but  it  is  somewhat  exposed  to  East- 
erly winds,  and  is  therefore  not  considered  a  good  place  of  shelter 
for  vessels. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Northwest  Cove  in  Dayi^iTie, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
Aspatageon  Harbor  until  past  Horseshoe  Ledge  (before  de- 
scribed). St.  Margaret  Bay  will  then  be  well  open,  and  you  may 
run  in,  leaving  Charley  Rock  (before  described)  well  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  about  1  ^  miles  past  Southwest  Island  you  will  see 
Horse  Island,  which  lies  off  the  entrance  to  Northwest  Cove. 
When  thiii  is  made,  run  in  about  midway,  leaving  the  last-named 
Island  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  to  the  Westward  of 
Horse  Rock  (before  described)  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse  about  ^ 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  atd  make  good  the  course  NW.  by 
N.  J^  N.,  leaving  Charley  Rock  well  on  the  Port  hand-  When 
Horse  Island,  which  lies  off  the  entrance  to  Northwest  Cove,  is 
made,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Vessels  enter' ng  this  Cove,  to  the  Northward  of  Horse  Island, 
should,  in  order    o  avoid  Horse  Rock,  keep  nearer  the  main  land. 

Hiffh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Northwest  Cove,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  46  m.,  or  3  h.  43  m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


.'^^,  I! 


436 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


MILL  COVE. 

This  Cove  is  on  the  Western  side  of  St.  Margaret  Bay,  about  6 
mUes  from  the  entrance. 

Remarks, 

"With  "Westerly  winds  there  is  good  Anchorage  in  Mill  Cove, 
close  to  the  shore,  in  from  7  to  10  fathoms  water. 

Sailing  Directiont:  for  Mill  Cove  in  Daytime. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Northwest  Cove,  until  abreast  Horse  Island.  Tl  en  luu 
up,  keeping  about  }i  mil§  from  the  Western  side,  whic'i  is  bold 
and  free  from  dangers.  When  Mill  Cove,  which  is  the  first  to  the 
Northward  of  Northwest  Cove,  is  well  open,  then  haul  in,  and 
anchor  close  to  the  dhore,  in  about  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Mill  Cove,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  46  m.,  or  3  h.  43  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


HUBBARD  COVE. 

This  Cove,  which  is  at  the  extreme  Northwest  corner  of  St. 
Margaret  Bay,  runs  in  about  a  mile  N-NW-  Then  it  turns  to 
the  Northeastward  for  y'l  mile,  where  it  receives  the  waters  of  a 
small  Lake.  The  entrunce  to  this  Cove,  which  is  about  ]/^  milo 
wide,  lies  Northwesterly  about  9^  miles  fiv,m  Peggy's  Point 
Lighthouse,  7^  miles  North  from  Southwest  Island,  and  West- 
Northerly  4  miles  from  Croucher's  Island  Lighthouse. 

Dangers  in  entering  Hubbard  Cove. 

8latinwhite*s  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  the  principal  danger  in  entering  Hu'jbard 
Cove,  lies  nearly  midway  the  er^ trance,  and  .,  ttends  North'',  esterly 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


437 


and  Southeasterly  about  f  mile.  Some  of  the  Rocks  upon  it  are 
just  covered  at  High  Water.  In  entering,  the  best  Channel  is  to 
the  Westward  of  this  danger. 


Three-Fathom  Spot, 

This  small,  detached  Rocky  Spot,  with  18  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  lies  about  400  yards  from  the  Western  side  of  entrance 
to  this  Cove,  and  Northwesterly  about  ^  mile  from  the  Northern 
end  of  Slaunwhite's  Ledge.  This  danger,  which  is  very  small, 
has  deep  water  all  around  it,  and  may,  in  entering,  be  passed 
close  to  on  either  side. 

Memarks, 

Hubbard  Cove  affords  good  shelter  to  vessels  in  all  winds. 
With  a  pilot,  5  fathoms  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  carried  about 
^  mile  above  the  ;trance,  and  from  this  about  4  fathoms  can  be 
carried  within  a  short  distance  from  the  Head. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Hubbard  Cove  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  16  feet  draught  from  the  Westward, 
may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Aspatageon  Harbor 
until  past  Horseshoe  Ledge  (before  described).  St.  Margaret 
Hay  will  then  be  well  open,  and  you  may  run  in,  leaving  Charley 
llock  (before  described)  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past 
Southwest  Island,  run  up  the  Bay,  keeping  not  more  than  }4  mile 
from  the  Westeru  side,  which  is  bold  and  free  from  dangers. 
In  order  to  avoid  Slaunwhite's  Ledge,  when  Green  Point  is  made 
(which  is  the  first  on  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to  Hubbard 
Cove),  leave  this  point  not  more  than  400  yards  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  past  it  keep  about  midway,  and  run  up  and  anchor 
in  the  narrow  Channel  opposite  the  wharves  in  about  4  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Peggy's  Island  Lighthouse  about  j4 
iiiiU'  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NW>  by 
N.  J4  N.,  leaving  Charley  Rock  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
past  Southwest  Island,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


438 


ELDRIDGES   COAST  PILOT. 


High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Hubbard  Cove,  on  the  days  of  the  Pull  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  4&  m.,  or  3  h.  43  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


INGRAM   RIVER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  on  the  Northern  part  of 
St.  Margaret  Bay,  is  between  East  and  "West  Heads,  and  lies 
Northeasterly  about  9  miles  from  Southwest  Island,  West  side  of 
entrance  to  this  Bay,  East-Northerly  about  4  miles  from  the  en- 
trance to  Hubbard  Cove,  and  North  about  a  mile  from  Croucher's 
Ijland  Lighthouse. 

Croucher's  Island  Lighthouse* 

Upon  the  Southern  point  of  Ci'oucher's  Island  is  a  Lighthouse, 
which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  South- 
west Island,  West  side  of  entrance  to  this  Bay,  bears  SW-  by 
S.  %  S.  '^%  miles ;  Northern  end  of  Shut-In  Island  S-SW.  5i^ 
miles ;  Middle  Shoal  S.SW-  'i%  miles.  Vessels  may  approach 
this  Island  on  its  Southern  end  within  \  mile,  but  Shoal  Water 
extends  off  a  long  distance  from  its  Northeastern  part. 

Croucher's  Shoal* 

In  approaching  and  entering  Ingram  River,  the  only  danger  is 
Croucher's  Shoal,  which  hns  al)()ut  20  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide.  Croucher's  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  SE. 
^  S.  about  ^  mile. 

Semarks. 

The  entrance  to  Ingram  River  is  about  J^  mile  wide,  and  runs 
in  about  N.  by  E.  ]{  E.  5i])<)ut  \%  miles,  whence  it  receives  the 
v/aters  of  a  fresh-wiitor  stream  ;  0  fjithoms  water  at  Low  Tide  can 
be  taken  in  '^  "lilc  al)ove  the  entrance,  and  4  fathoms  can  bo 
carried  within  yl  mile  of  the  fresh-water  stream.  There  is  good 
Anchorage  in  this  River  in  all  excepting  Southerly  »vinds. 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


439 


Sailing  DirectioDS  for  Ingram  River  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  sailing  directions 
ht'fore  given  for  Hubbard  Cove,  until  past  Southwest  Island, 
then  steer  about  N.  by  E.,  leaving  Shut-In  Island  and  Middle 
Shoal  (before  described)  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
Croucher's  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  continue  the  course  until 
it  bears  NE.  >4  E.  Then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  leave  it 
about  a  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand;  when  it  bears  SE-,  In- 
gram River  will  then  be  fau'ly  open,  bearing  about  N-NE- ;  then 
run  in  keeping  the  Western  side  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  from 
4  to  G  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Ingram  River,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  4G  m.,  or  3  h.  43  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


HEAD    HARBOR, 

The  entrance  to  this  excellent  Harbor,  which  is  at  the  extreme 
Northeastern  part  of  St.  Margaret  Bay,  is  between  Croucher's 
Island  Lighthouse  on  the  Northwest  and  Indian  Point  on  the 
Scntheasl,  and  lies  Northeasterly  about  Sj^  miles  from  South- 
west Island,  West  side  of  entrance  to  St.  Margaret  Bay,  North- 
easterly 5  miles  from  the  Northern  end  of  Shut-In  Island. 

Remarks*  • 

Head  Harbor  is  both  capacious  and  safe  from  all  winds,  and 
will  admit  vessels  of  the  heaviest  draught.  The  best  Anchorage 
is  above  Clam  Island  (which  lies  E-NE.  1^  miles  from  Crouch- 
er's Island  Lighthouse),  and  is  small  in  extent,  and  has  a  Shoal 
Si)it  extending  off  about  200  yards  from  its  Northeastern  end. 
Tiiore  is  deep  water  on  either  side  of  this  Island,  but  the  Chan- 
nel on  the  Northern  side  is  the  widest,  and  consequently  is  pref- 
erable with  favorable  winds. 


MO 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Head  Harbor  in  Daytime,, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Green  Island  Lighthouse  about  J^ 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  NE.  Yz  £.,  leaving 
Northeast  Shoal  and  Horseshoe  Ledge  (before  described)  well 
on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  these  dangers,  St.  Margaret  Bay 
will  then  be  well  open,  and  you  may  then  run  in,  leaving  Charley 
Rock  (before  described)  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past 
iSouthwest  Island,  steer  up  the  Bay  about  N.  by  E-,  leaving  Shut- 
in  Island  and  Middle  Shoal  (before  described)  well  on  the  Star- 
board hand.  When  Croucher's  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  con- 
tinue the  course  N.  by  E.  until  it  bears  NE.  Yz  E.,  then  run  for 
it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  this  Lighthouse  bears  W.NW.,  make  good  the  course 
NE-  by  E.,  leaving  Strawberry  Island,  which  is  the  first  to  the 
Northeastward  of  the  Lighthouse,  at  least  J^  mile  on  the  V\\x\, 
hand.  As  you  sail  in  you  will  see,  nearly  in  the  middle  of  ilio 
passage,  Clam  Island ;  leave  this  last-named  Island  about  4(!0 
yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  past  it,  haul  gradually  to 
the  Eastward  and  anchor  in  about  9  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tido. 
The  centre  of  Clam  Island  bears  from  this  Anchorage  W.SW. 
about  Yi  mile. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse  about  '4 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NW-  by 
N.  Yi  N.,  leaving  Charley  Rock  vc':  •..>..  the  Port  hand.  When 
past  Southwest  Island,  steer  aboi't  M.  by  E.,  and  follow  tiie 
directions  before  given. 

Hiyh   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Head  Harbor  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  46  m.,  or  about  3  h.  43  ra.  before  it 
is  at  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  C^  feet. 


FRENCH   VILLAGE   HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  P^astern  side  of 
Si.  Margaret  Bay,  iy  between  Davy's  Point  on  the  South  and 
Iiidiun  Point  on  the  North,  and   lies   Northeasterly  about  ly^ 


ELDRIDGE'S  OOAST  PILOT. 


441 


miles  from  the  entrance  to  St.  Margaret  Bay,  and  Southeasterly 
about  a  mile  from  Croucher's  Island  Lighthouse. 

Wedge  Island. 

About  a  mile  Southwesterly  from  the  entrance  to  French  Vil- 
lage Harbor,  and  about  J^  mile  from  the  Eastern  shore,  is  Wedge 
Island,  which  extends  Northeast  and  Southwest  about  300  yard'^ 
From  the  Southwest  end  of  this  Island  a  Shoal  extends  off  }( 
mile  to  the  Westward ;  a  Spit  also  extends  off  about  300  yards 
from  the  Northeast  end  of  it.  Croucher's  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
from  the  centre  of  Wedge  Island  N.  ^  E.  about  1^  miles. 

Davy's  Bock, 

This  Rock,  which  lies  nearly  midway  the  entrance  to  French 
Village  Harbor,  has  about  t)  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Davy's  Point,  South  side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  bears  from 
this  danger  SE.  j4  mile. 

JKetnarlef^, 

The  Channel  leading  into  this  Harbor,  to  the  Northward  of 
Davy's  Rock,  is  contracted  to  }{  mile  by  a  Spit  which  extends  off 
from  Indian  Point.  The  best  Channel,  which  is  about  }(  mile 
wide,  is  to  the  Southward  of  this  Rock.  About  11  fathoms  water, 
at  Low  Tide,  can  be  carried  in  to  the  Auchoraije  by  the  last- 
named  Channel,  and  o  fathoms  can  be  taken  up  1^  the  Head  of 
the  Harbor.  A  small  Rock,  with  21  feet  water  upon  it,  lies  a 
little  more  than  y^  niile  above  Davy's  Point,  and  about  300  yards 
from  the  Southern  shore  of  the  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  French  Village  Harbor  in 
Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  du-ections  before 
given  for  Head  Harbor  until  Croucher's  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
NE-  ^4  E. ;  then  run  for  it  on  this  course.  When  about  1^ 
miles  from  this  Lighthouse,  French  Village  Harbor  will  tlien  be 
fairly  open,  bearing  about  E.  Thou  run  in,  and  in  order  to 
avoid  Davy's  Rock,  leave  the  first  Point,  which  is  bold,  on  the 
South  side  of  tntraace  to  this  Harbor,  not  more  than  300  yards 
on  the  St?.  '  .:;  vxl  hand.      When  past  this  Point,  with  Westerly 


MM 


•in  lip 


Mill 


442 

• 

ELDKIDGE'S 

COAST 

PILOT. 

winds, 

anchor 

midway  the  first 

Cove 

on  the 

Southern 

side, 

iA 

about  11  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  in  French  Village  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the 
Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  47  m.,  or  3  h.  42  m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


LUKE  ANCHORAGE. 

This  Anchorage,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  St.  Margaret 
Bay,  is  between  Luke  and  Troop  Islands  on  the  West  and  Gram- 
pus Island  and  the  main  land  on  the  East,  and  lies  Northeast 
about  2  miles  from  the  Northern  end  of  Shut-In  Island,  about  3 
miles  to  the  Southward  of  entrance  to  French  Village  Harbor,  and 
Z}d  miles  to  thv  Southward  of  Croucher's  Island  Lighthouse. 

Idttle  Thfmm  Island, 

About  l4  mile  to  the  Northward  of  Luke  Island  are  several 
Islets.  The  smallest  and  outermost  of  these  is  Little  Thrum 
Island,  which  is  about  100  yards  long.  From  it  a  Shoal  Spit 
extends  Northwesterly  nearly  ^  mile.  There  is  also  Shoal  Water 
on  its  Southwestern  aud  Northwestern  Bides,  which  should  not 
be  approached  nearer  than  500  yards. 

Memarks, 

Within  Luke  Island,  which  is  40  feet  high,  there  is  excellent 
Anchorage  for  the  heaviest  draught  vessels,  secure  from  all  winds. 
Sh.jal  Water  extends  off  about  250  yards  from  the  Southwestern 
part  of  this  T.-;!and.  About  7  fathoms  water  can  be  taken  in 
betwt on  Luke  i^^and  and  the  main  land. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Luke  Anchorage  in  Dajrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  f^astward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Head  Harbor,  until  past  Charley  Rock  and  Southwest 
Island  (before  described)  ;  then  steer  about  N.N£I>    As  ycu  sail 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


443 


up  the  Bay,  you  will  see  on  the  Starboard,  Shut-In  Island  (before 
described).  Leave  the  Northern  end  of  this  Island,  which  is 
bold,  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  it  bears  S., 
steer  E-NEm  with  Luke  Island  on  the  Port  bow;  leave  the 
Southern  end  of  this  Island  about  400  yards  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  haul  gradually  to  the  Nortlmard,  and  anchor  with  the  North- 
ern end  of  it  bearing  W.  by  N.,  in  about  8  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Luke  Anchorage,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  47  m.,  or  3  h.  42  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  G^  feet. 

The  Coast  from  Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse  to 
Sambro  Light- 

The  coast  from  Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse  to  Sambro  Light- 
house is  Craggy,  Broken  and  Barren.  The  shore  is  also  Iron- 
bound  and  Steep,  and  scarcely  a  tree  is  seen.  Fish,  however, 
were  formerly  abundant,  and  the  Harbors  are  conveniently  situ- 
ated for  this  business. 


PORT  DOVER. 

The  Eastern  entrance  to  Port  Do.  3r,  which  is  between  several 
Islands  and  Ledges,  lies  East-Southerly  3  miles  from  Peggy's  Point 
Lighthouse,  4^4  miles  Northwesterly  from  Betty  Island  Light- 
house, and  E.  by  N.  H  N.  lOj^  miles  from  Green  Island  Light- 
house. 

^Remarks, 

This  Harbor,  in  which  there  is  good  and  safe  Anchorage,  hcs 
two  passages  which  lead  into  it.  The  Eastern,  which  is  the  best, 
has  deep  water  in  it,  and  leads  in  to  the  Eastward  of  Taylor's  and 
Fleming's  Islands.  The  Western  entrance  has  several  dangers 
lying  in  it.     In  entering  this  Harbor  there  are  no  leading  marks 


or  bearings. 


No  sailing  directions  can  therefore  be  given. 


h 


m 

'fflU 

m 

'V'    M%(l 

I 

m     m^ma 

■'' 

V  S^i 

i 

£Ji  '^^#h1|B;I 

m\  -Ml 

m 

444 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


BLIND  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  Black  Point  on  the 
East  and  Coyle's  Head  on  the  West,  is  about  ^  mile  wide,  and 
lies  East-Southerly  about  4  miles  from  Peggy's  Point  Lighthouse, 
about  4  miles  Northwesterly  from  Betty  Island  Lighthouse,  and 
E.  by  N.  about  llj4  miles  from  Green  Island  Lighthouse. 

Shag  Bay  Breakers, 

This  dangerous  Shoal,  which  lies  off  the  entrance  to  Blind  Bay, 
extends  NE.  J^  N-  and  SW.  J^  S.  J4  mile,  and  has  but  little 
water  in  some  places  "^ou  ii  at  Low  Tide.  Betty  Island  Light- 
house bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  SE.  by  S.  3^  miles ; 
Peggy's  Point  Ligh-  house,  NW.  %  W.  4  miles ;  Shag  Head, 
NE.  by  E.  1^  milt;  Outer  Gull  Rock,  NE.  %  N.  i^j  mUe; 
Black  Point  (Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  Blind  Bay),  NE.  by  N. 
>^  N.  1^  miles.  Shag  Bay  Breakers  are  the  leading  mark  for 
the  entrance  to  Blind  Bay. 


Green  Shoal, 

This  small  Rocky  Shoal,  which  lies  about  yi  mile  to  the  East- 
ward of  Shag  Bay  Breakers,  has  6  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Thert'  is  a  Channel  of  10  fathoms  water  between  this  danger  and 
Shag  Breakers. 

Bemarks, 

In  approaching  and  entering  Blind  Bay  there  are  upon  the 
Western  side  many  dangers,  and  there  are  also  dangers  upon  the 
Eastern  side  until  abreast  Black  Point,  which  is  the  first  in  enter- 
ing. From  the  last-named  point  to  the  Anchorage,  which  is  to 
the  Northward  of  Myra  Dry  Ledge,  the  Eastern  shore  is  free  from 
dangers.  About  5^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  to 
this  Anchorage,  which  is  safe  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions    for   Blind    Bay  in   Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Green  Island  about  ^  mile  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  make  good  the 
course  E-  by  N.  about  11  miles,  which  will  bring  you  up  with 


gers,  SOI 
best  Chi 


ELDllIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


445 


on  the 
de,  and 
thouse, 
ise,  and 


nd  Bay, 

lut  little 
i  Light- 
^  miles; 
g  Head, 
^9y  mUe; 
E.  by  N. 
mark  for 


Shag  Bay  Breakers  (before  described) .  When  these  are  made, 
bring  them  to  bear  E.  by  N.,  and  run  for  them  on  this  course, 
and  leave  them  about  300  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
past  these  Breakers,  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  N.  for  Black 
Point,  leaving  the  Outer  Gull  Rock,  Frying  Pan  Rock,  which  is 
covered  at  High  Water,  and  Black  Point  Ledge  above  water,  all 
on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  abreast  Black  Point,  which  is  left 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  keep  about  250  yards  from  the  Eastern 
shore  until  past  Myra  Island  and  Dry  Ledge,  which  are  on  the 
Western  side  about  ^  mile  to  the  Northward  of  Black  Point. 
Then  haul  to  the  Westward  and  anchor  about  250  yards  to  the 
Northward  of  this  Ledge  in  about  5j4  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Betty  Island  Lighthouse  about  ^ 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N.NW., 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Shag  Bay  Breakers  (before  de- 
scribed) ,  and  leaving  the  dangers  to  the  Northward  of  the  last- 
named  Lighthouse  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  Shag 
Breakers  are  made,  leave  them  about  300  yards  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 


the  East- 
,ow  Tide, 
nger  and 


upon  the 
upon  the 
,  in  entei- 
iich  is  to 
free  from 
taken  to 


High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Blind  Bay,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  46  m.,  or  3  h.  43  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet. 


SHAG  BAY. 

The  enti'ance  to  Shag  Bay  is  but  a  short  distance  to  the  East- 
ward of  Blind  Bay.  Vessels  bound  to  the  last-named  Bay,  must 
leave  Black  Point  on  the  Starboard  hand,  while  those  bound  to 
Shag  Bay  must  leave  this  Point  on  the  Port  hand. 

Metnarks. 

At  the  entrance  of  Shag  Bay,  which  is  between  Shag  Head  on 
the  South  and  Black  Point  on  the  North,  there  are  several  dan- 
gers, some  of  which  are  above  water  and  some  are  sunken.  The 
best  Channel  is  between  Black  Point  Ledge  and  Black  Point. 


11 

Pi! 


446 


ELDBIDGES  COAST  I'lLOT. 


About  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tirle  can  be  carried  to  the  An- 
chorage off  Northwest  Cove,  which  is  on  the  Northwestern  side 
about  1%  miles  above  the  last-named  Point. 

Sailing  Directions  for    Shag  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward  bound  to  Shag  Bay,  follow 
the  directions  before  given  for  Blind  Bay  until  Shag  Bay  Break- 
ers iue  made,  then  leavo  them  about  300  yards  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  when  past  them,  make  good  the  course  NE.  by  N. 
for  Black  Point,  leaving  the  Outer  and  Inner  Gull  llocks,  and 
Frying  Pan  Rock,  which  is  covered  at  Higli  Water,  well  on  tho 
Starboard  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the  Star- 
board, Black  Point  Ledge,  which  is  about  3  feet  above  Iligli 
Water,  and  lies  Southwesterly  about  400  yards  from  Black  Point. 
Leave  this  Ledge  about  150  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 
steer  about  E.  by  S.  until  Shag  Bay  is  fairly  open,  then  run  up 
about  midway  and  anchor  at  the  mouth  of  Northwest  Cove  (which 
is  the  first  ou  the  Northwestern  side) ,  in  about  7  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide.  It  is  High  Water  in  Shag  Bay  about  the  same  time 
that  it  is  in  Blind  Bay. 

Betty  Island   Lighthouse, 

Upon  Brig  Point,  Southwest  eud  of  Betty  Island,  is  a  Square, 
Wooden  Building,  painted  White  with  Two  Horizontal  Red  Bands, 
with  Dwelling  attached  ;  at  this  date  (1884)  this  Lighthouse  shows 
a  Revolving  Red  Light.  Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from 
Betty  Island  Lighthouse  W.  ^  N.  12^4  miles ;  Peggy's  Point 
Lighthouse  N.W.  !%■  ^^^^^  '■>  ^l^rs  Head  (70  feet  high)  E.SE. 
1^  miles. 


Dangers  in  the  vicinity  of  Betty  Island  Lighthouse. 

Southwest  Shoal, 

This  is  a  small  Rocky  Patch  having  at  Low  Tide  about  9  iwt 
water  on  it.  Betty  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  E. 
by  N.  about  Yi  mile.  Strangers  should  not  attempt  to  pass  be- 
tween this  Shoal  and  the  Lighthouse. 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


447 


the  An- 
jrn  side 


time, 
r. 

y,  follow 
ly  Break- 
jtarboard 
E.  by  N. 
)cks,  and 
ell  on  tho 

the  Star- 
love  High 
ack  Point. 

hand,  and 
len  run  up 
ove  (which 
loras  water 
\  same  time 


3  a  Square, 
Red  Bands, 
lOUse  shows 
bears  from 
Tgy's  Point 

tub)  E.SE. 


rhtliouse. 


ibout  9  fL'L't 
is  danger  E- 
to  pass  be- 


Devereux  Shoal, 

This  small  Rocky  Patch,  which  has  20  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  is  the  outermost  danger  lying  off  Betty  Island.  The 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Shoal  E.  by  N.  j4  N.  nearly  ]4  mile. 

JDuck  Island, 

About  }i  mile  Northwesterly  from  the  Northern  part  of  Bett> 
Island  is  Duck  Island,  which  is  small.  There  is  a  Channel  of  3j4 
fathoms  water  between  this  last-named  Island  and  Betty  Island ; 
but  as  there  are  dangers  lying  in  it,  strangers  should  not  attempt 
this  passage. 

Hopaon's  Island, 

About  ^  mile  Northwesterly  from  the  Northern  part  of  Betty 
Island  is  Hopson's  Island,  which  is  about  80  feet  high.  Between 
this  last-named  Island  and  Duck  Island,  there  is  a  narrow  Chan- 
nel of  8  fathoms  water,  but  as  there  are  numerous  dangers  lying 
in  the  Passage,  it  is  advisable  for  strangers  to  not  attempt  it. 

Norri8  Bald  Rock, 

About  yi  mile  Northwesterly  from  the  Northern  end  of  Hopson's 
Island,  is  Norris  Bald  Rock,  which  is  20  feet  above  High  Water. 
Betty  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Rock  SB-  by  S.  %  S. 
154  miles.  Norris  Bald  Rock  is  the  leading  mark  for  vessels. 
bound  to  Prospect  River. 

White  Horse  Rock, 

Nearly  midway  between  Norris  Bald  Rock  and  Hobson's  Island, 

is  White  Horse  Rock,  which  has  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 

Tide.     Betty  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  S.S£. 

about  \}i  miles. 

Southeast  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  has  16  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is 
small,  and  generally  breaks  in  bad  weather.  Betty  Island  Light- 
house bears  from  this  danger  W.  by  N.  %  N.  about  5^  mile. 

Kittee  Wittee  Shoal, 

This  small  Rocky  Patch,  which  lies  off  the  Western  entrance  to 
Prospect  River,  has  about  30  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and 
generally  breaks  in  bad  weather.  Betty  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  danger  SE.  14-  S-  2^  miles. 


-1 


i' 


\w 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-S) 


4^0 


1.0 


l;|28 

■  50    *^" 


2.2 


I.I     i.*^  I- 


11:25  1111114    11.6 


% 


/ 


% 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14SS0 

(716)  873-4S03 


m 


\ 


iV 


\\ 


« 


^ 


6^ 


'9>'- 


K^ 


o 


i\ 


9> 


448 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


PROSPECT   HARBOR 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Church  Point  on 
the  West  and  Heron's  Island  on  the  East,  is  about  ^  mile  wide, 
and  lies  Northeasterly  1^  miles  from  Betty  Island  Lighthouse, 
and  East-Southerly  about  6}^  miles  from  Fegg/s  Point  Light- 
house. 

Memarka, 

When  Norris  Bald  Rock  (before  described)  is  made,  there  is  no 
difficulty  in  entering  this  Harbor  in  daytime.  The  Anchorage  is 
to  the  Eastward  of  Heron's  Island,  where  vessels  of  the  heaviest 
draught  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds.  About  7  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  into  Prospect  Harbor.  On  the  Western 
side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  is  the  town  of  Prospect. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Prospect  Harbor  in  Daytiice, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bound  to  Prospect  Harbor,  leave  Green 
Island  Lighthouse  about  j4  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  E> 
for  Betty  Island  Lighthouse.  When  this  last-named  Lighthouse 
is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until 
about  a. mile  from  it.  Then  steer  N.,  leaving  Hopson's  Island 
Cbefore  described)  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
abreast  this  Island  keep  a  sharp  look-out  for  Non-is  Bald  Rock 
(before  described).  When  this  is  made,  run  for  it  bearing  NE. 
byE.,  and  leave  :  :  bout  100  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When 
past  it  you  will  see  Heron's  Island,  which  is  107  feet  high.  Run 
for  the  Northern  end  of  this  Island,  bearing  about  E.  by  N.?  and 
haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  about  300  yards,  leaving  it  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  with  the  Northern  part  of  it  bearing 
W>  by  S.,  in  about  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  A  Rock,  which 
is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lies  E.  about  150  yards  from  the  Northern 
end  of  the  last-named  Island. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Betty  Island  Lighthouse  about  a  mile 
on  the  Starboard  band,  and  when  it  bears  E.,  steer  N.f  leaving 
Hopson's  Island  (before  described)  about  %  mile  on  the  Star- 
board hand.  When  abreast  this  Island,  keep  a  sharp  look-out  for 
Norris  Bald  Rock.  When  tLxS  is  made,  follow  the  directions 
before  given. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


449 


If  bound  up  Prospect  River,  a  pilot  is  necessary  at  Heron's 
Island  Anchorage,  as  there  are  several  dangers  lying  nearly  in  the 
middle  of  this  River. 

There  is  a  Passage  to  the  Eastward  of  Betty  Island  Lighthouse, 
which  leads  into  Prospect  Harbor,  but  as  there  are  several  dangers 
lying  in  the  Channel-way,  without  any  leading  marks  or  bearings 
for  strangers,  sailing  directions  are  therefore  omitted  for  this 
Passage. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Prospect  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  46  m.,  or  3  h.  43  m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6|^  feet. 


BACK  BAY. 

About  2  miles  East-Northerly  from  Betty  Island  Lighthouse  is 
the  entrance  of  Back  Bay,  which,  on  account  of  the  numerous 
sunken  Rocks  and  Ledges  at  the  entrance,  is  of  little  consequence 
to  shipping,  especially  to  strangers. 


PENNANT  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Westward  of 
Sambro  Harbor,  is  between  Pennant  Point  on  the  East  and  Mars 
Head  on  the  West,  and  lies  East-Southerly  3}^  miles  from  Betty 
Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  5  miles  West-Northerly  from  Sam- 
bro Lighthouse. 

Mara  Head, 

This  Head,  which  is  about  70  feet  high,  is  on  the  Western  side 
of  entrance  to  Pennant  Bay,  and  lies  E.SE>  2  miles  from  Betty 
Island  Lighthouse,  and  W-NW.  3^  miles  from  Pennant  Point. 
Shoal  Water,  with  dry  and  sunken  Ledges,  extends  oflf  South- 
westerly nearly  %  mile  from  Mars  Head.  The  outermost  of 
these  dangers,  which  has  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and 
breaks  with  a  little  motion  of  the  sea,  is  called  the  Grampus.    lu 


450 


ELDhlDGF/S  COAST  PILOT. 


order  to  avoid  these  dangers,  vessels  bound  out  or  into  Pennant 
Bay,  should  not  approach  Mais  Head  nearer  than  ^  mile. 

Dangers  in  entering  Pennant  Bay. 

Puffer  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  always  breaks,  lies  a  short  distance  within 
the  entrance  to  Pennant  Bay.  The  highest  part  of  Mars  Head 
bears  from  this  danger  W>  1^  miles. 

Broad  Rock* 

This  danger,  which  is  covered  at  High  Water,  lies  on  the  West- 
ern side  of  Pennant  Bay,  and  is  about  Yz  mile  from  Wood  Island. 
Vessels  bound  up  this  Bay,  should  leave  this  danger  on  the  Port 
hand. 

Middle  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  extends  about  400  yards  NE.  by  £.  and 
SW.  by  W.,  has  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  The  highest 
part  of  Mars  Head  bears  from  this  danger  W<  %  S.  1|^  miles; 
Eastern  part  of  Pennant  Point,  SE<  ^  S.  about  2  miles.  Ves- 
sels bound  up  Pennant  Bay  may  leave  thi&  danger  on  either  hand. 

Long  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  entrance  to 
Pennant  Bay,  extends  E.SE.  and  W.NW.  about  600  yards. 
Pennant  Point  bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  SE.  by  S. 
%  S.  2J^  miles.  This  Ledge  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand  by 
vessels  bound  up  Pennant  Bay. 


Bay. 


TURNER  BAY. 

About  2  miles  above  Mars  Head  (before  def<cribed)  at  the 
Northwestern  corner  of  Pennant  Bay,  is  Turner  Bay,  where  ves- 
sels may  find  good  Anchorage  in  about  7  fathoms  water,  sheltered 
from  all  but  Southeasterly  winds. 

Tumhay  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  lies  near  the  Head  of  Pennant  Bay,  is  about 
100  yards  in  extent,  and  is  the  leading  mark  for  entering  Turner 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


451 


Bny.  Pennant  Point  bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  SB. 
^  S.  25^  miles ;  Southern  part  of  Pennant  Island,  which  is  90 
feet  high,  SE.  J4  E.  1)4  miles.  Vessels  bound  into  Turner  Bay 
may  leave  this  Rock,  which  is  quite  bold,  al^out  100  yards  on 
either  hand. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Turner  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bound  to  Turner  Bay,  leave  Green  Island 
(before  described)  about  J4  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  the 
Lighthouse  bears  N.,  make  good  the  course  E.  yi  S.  When 
Betty  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  leave  it  about  a  mile  on  the 
Port,  and  haul  to  the  Southeastward,  leaving  Mars  Head  (before 
described)  about  the  same  distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it 
bears  N.,  you  are  then  past  the  Grampus,  and  may  steer  for  this 
Head  on  the  last-named  course,  until  about  %  mile  from  it. 
Then  steer  NE.  by  E.  for  Tumbay  Rock,  leaving  Broad  Rock, 
which  i»  covered  at  High  Water,  on  the  Port,  and  Puflfer  Rock, 
which  always  breaks,  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Haul  round 
Tumbay  Rock  at  a  distance  of  100  yards,  leaving  it  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  run  up  about  NW.  by  N.  ^  N.,  and  anchor  about 
400  yards  to  the  Westward  of  Cat  Island,  in  from  7  to  8  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  P^astward,  leave  Peunar  ""oinc,  which  is  the  first  on 
the  Eastern  side  of  the  entrance  to  Pennant  Bay,  about  %  mile 
on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  it  bears  E.,  steer  N.  by  W-  J4 
W.,  leaving  the  Middle  Shoal  well  on  the  Port  hand.  As  you 
sail  in,  keep  a  sharp  look-out  for  Tumbay  Rock  (before  de- 
scribed). When  this  Rock  beais  NW.,  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  it  about  100  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given. 

On  account  of  the  dangers  before  described,  heavy  draught 
vessels  entering  Pennant  Bay  should  proceed  with  caution. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Pennant  Bay,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  47  m.,  or  3  h.  42  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6j4  feet. 


452 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 

Turner  Basin, 


The  entrance  to  this  Basin  is  at  the  Northwestern  part  of  Pen- 
nant Bay.  Aboat  9  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  carried  up 
through  a  narrow' Passage  to  this  place,  where  vessels  may  lie 
secure  from  all  winds. 


PENNANT  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  at  the  Northeast  corner 
of  Pennant  Bay,  is  about  ^  mile  wide,  and  lies  between  Pennant 
Point  on  the  South  and  Pennant  Island  on  the  North. 

Middle  Crvound, 

This  Rocky  Shoal,  which  is  about  250  yards  in  extent,  lias  12 
feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  lies  nearly '  midway  the 
Passage  leading  into  Pennant  Harbor.  The  Northern  end  of 
Pennant  Island  bears  W.NW.  about  J^  mile  from  this  Shoal. 
Vessels  bound  into  this  Harbor  may  leave  this  Shoal  on  either 
band. 

Memarks, 

Within  Saddle  Island  there  is  Anchorage  for  quite  a  number  of 
vessels.  About  7  fathoms  water  can  be  taken  into  this  place  at 
Low  Tide. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Pennant  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weatiier. 


From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
Turner  Bay,  until  Mara  Head  bears  North  about  ^  mile  distant ; 
then  run  for  Pennaut  Point  bearing  E.  by  S.  As  you  sail  in,  you 
will  see  ou  the  Port,  I'jnnant  Island,  which  is  about  90  feet  high, 
and  farther  in  Saddle  Island,  which  appears  like  two  Islands. 
Pass  about  midway  between  Pennant  Point  and  Pennant  Island, 
and  in  order  to  avoid  the  Middle  Ground  (before  described), 
when  the  Southern  part  of  the  last-named  Island  bears  West, 
haul  over  for  the  Southern  shore  and  run  in,  keeping  not  more 
than  300  yards  from  it.  When  past  the  Middle  Ground,  there 
will  be  seen  on  the  Port,  a  small  Island  called  the  Thrum  Cap. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


453 


HaoI  round  this  Island,  leaving  it  about  250  yards  on  the  Fort 
band,  and  anchor  with  it  bearing  South  in  about  7  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  keep  outside  the  dangers  off  Sambro  Light- 
hou§e  until  Pennant  Point  bears  North ;  you  are  then  past  these 
dangori,  and  may  run  for  this  Point  on  the  last-named  bearing. 
Haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  about  j^  mile,  leaving  it  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  run  in  about  midway  between  Pennant 
Point  and  Pennant  Island,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Pennant  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  47  m.,  or  3  h.  42  m.  before  it  is 
at  BoitOQ.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6}^  feet. 

Sambro  Idghthouae. 

Upon  the  middle  of  Sambro  Isl.  .d  is  a  White  Octagonal- 
Shaped  Lighthouse  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  White 
Liglit.  A  Steam  Whistle  is  placed  ou  the  South  side  of  this 
Island,  which  in  thick  weather  sounds  each  minute  a  blast  of  10 
seconds  duration.  In  entering  Sambro  Hai*bor,  this  Lighthouse 
is  left  to  the  Eastward  and  in  entering  Halifax  Harbor  to  the 
Westward. 

Bearings  and  Distances  from  Sambro  Lighthouse. 

Diatance. 
.  108     miles. 


Cape  Sable  Lighthouse,  .     .  West-Southerly,  . 
Rugged  Iilnnd  Harbor  Light- 
house, . W.  by  S.  J^  S.)  .    .  81 

Little  Hope  Island  Light- 
house,      • W.  by  S.  Ji  S.J  •    •  63 

Coffin  Island  Lighthouse,    .  W.  J^  S.,      ...  51 
West    Ironbound    Island 

Llglitliouse, West, 31J^ 

Greon  Inland  Lighthouse,    .  W.  by  -N.  ^  N.,   .  20 

Chobuoto  Head  Lighthouse,  NE., 4J^ 

Devil  Island  Lighthouse,     .  NE.  X  E.,    .    .    .  9^ 

Jodore  llock  Lighthouse,     .  E.  ^  N.,  •    .    .    .  27^ 

Kgg  Island  Llgttthouse,  .    .  E.  ^  N.,  •    .    •    •  33 


(( 
u 

(i 

(( 

(( 
(( 
it 


¥' 


454 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


Beaver  Island  Lighthouse,   .    E.  %  N.,  ....     58     miles. 

White  Head  Island  Light- 
house,   E*  /^  Nm  ....  114         « 

Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse,    East-Northerly,    .     .125         »« 

Sable  Island  Lighthouse, 

(West  End),       ....    SE.  by  E.,     .     .     .145         *« 

Whistling  Buoy  off  entrance 

to  Halifax  Harbor,  .     .     .    E.  ^  S., .    .     .     .        8j^     '* 

Dangers  in  the  vicinity  of  Sambro  Island. 

Sambro  Island  is  surrounded  with  Rocks  and  Ledges,  some  of 
which  are  sunken  and  some  are  above  water.  We  shall,  how- 
ever, only  give  a  description  of  the  outermost  of  these  dangers, 
as  strangers  should  not  attempt  to  pass  between  these  Rocks  nor 
within  Sambro  Lighthouse.  In  thick  weather  the  lead  gives  but 
little  warning  in  approaching  the  dangers  in  the  vicinity  of  Sam- 
bro Island. 

Southwest  Breaker, 

This  Rock,  which  is  surrounded  by  deep  water,  almost  always 
shows.  At  this  date  (1884)  this  danger  is  marked  off  its  South- 
ern part  with  a  Black  Buoy  with  Staff  and  Vane  ;  Sambro  Light- 
house bears  from  this  Buoy  NE.  >^  N.  If^  miles;  Pennant 
Point  NW.  8^  miles. 

Smithson  Rode. 

This  Rock,  which  has  about  12  feet  water-upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
is  the  Southwesternmost  danger  lying  o^f  Sambro  Lighthouse. 
This  Rock  has  deep  water  close  to  its  Southern,  Eastern  aad 
Western  sides;  the  lead,  therefore,  gives  no  warning  in  ap- 
proaching it  from  the  Eastward,  Westward  or  Seaward.  Sam- 
bro Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  E.NE.  2%  miles.  About 
a  mile  Northeasterly  from  Smithson  Rock  are  three  dangerous 
Ledges,  which  are  called  the  Colt,  Horse  and  Mare ;  the  two  latter 
dangers  have  but  little  water  upon  them  at  Low  Tide. 


Bull  Bock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  above  water,  lies  ^  mile  to  the  Southeast- 
ward of  Pennant  Point,  and  is  the  Westernmost  danger  lying  off 
Sambro  Lighthouse.    This  Rock  is  bold  on  its  Southern  side,  but 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


455 


Shoal  Water  extends  about  300  yards  in  a  Northerly  direction 
from  its  Northern  end.  Sambro  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  dan- 
ger E.  by  S-  3  miles ;  outer  part  of  Pennant  Point  NW.  by  W. 
about  ^  mile.  Bull  Rock  is  the  leading  mark  for  entering  Sam- 
bro Harbor  by  the  Western  Channel. 

Sisteifs, 

The  Sisters  are  nearly  }^  mile  in  extent,  and  are  the  Eastern- 
most danger  lying  off  Sambro  Island.  Sambro  Lighthouse  bears 
from  the  centre  of  this  danger  W.  }(  8.  ly'  miles,  forty  fath- 
oms water  was  found  yi  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  this  danger. 

Blind  Sister, 

About  yi  mile  Southwesterly  from  the  Sisters  is  a  Rock  hav- 
ing at  Low  Tide  but  9  feet  water  upon  it.  This  danger  is  called 
the  Blind  Sister,  and  is  mrrked  at  this  date  (1884)  off  ita  South- 
ern part  with  a  Bell  Buoy.  Sambro  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  W.  by  N.  y^  N.  iy2  miles.  Fifty  fathoms  water  was 
found  }i  mile  Southeast  from  this  Buoy. 


SAMBRO  HABBOB. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Inner  Sambro 
Island  on  the  East  and  Penrant  Neck  on  the  West,  Is  about  a  mile 
wide,  and  lies  Northwesterly  about  2  miles  from  Sambro  Light- 
house, and  No  'theasterly  about  2^  miles  from  Pennant  Point. 

liemarka. 

In  entering  Sambro  Harbor  there  are  many  Rocks,  Shoals  and 
Ledges,  but  there  are  two  good  Channels  leading  to  the  Anchor- 
age ;  one  of  these  Channels  is  to  Eastward  of  a  small  Islet  called 
Fairweather  Rock,*  the  other  is  to  the  Westward  of  this  Rock. 
The  Anchorage  (which  is  in  about  6  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide), 
is  about  }^  mile  to  the  Northward  of  a  small  Islet  called  the  Isle 
of  Man. 


*  Sambro  Lighthouse  bears  from  Fairweather  Bock  SE.  %  E.  lyi  miles. 


456 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Direotions  for  Sambro  Harbor  in  Dasrtime^ 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Pennant  Point  about  %  mile  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  run  for  Sambro  Lighthouse,  bearing  E.  by  S., 
keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Bull  Rock  (before  described)  ;  when 
this  Rock  is  made,  haul  round  it,  leaving  it  close  to  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NS.  %  C,  leaving  Eldad  Ledge 
and  Island  Rock  well  on  the  Port,  and  Paddle  Rock  and  Torpcy 
Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see 
on  the  Starboard,  Fairweather  Rock  which  is  small,  and  further 
in  Inner  Sambro  Island,  the  Western  end  of  which  is  bold.  Con- 
ttnue  the  course  NE.  }i  E.  until  the  Western  end  of  the  last- 
named  Island  bears  E.  by  N.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  Fairweather  Rock  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Leave 
the  Western  end  of  Inner  Sambro  Island  about  150  yards  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  in  order  to  avoid  Cowley  Rock  (which  has 
9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide),  steer  NE.  %  E.  As  you  sail 
in,  there  will  be  seen  on  the  Port  hand,  several  Islets,  the  North- 
ernmost of  which  is  called  Isle  of  Man.  When  this  last-named 
Islet  bears  N.  by  W.,  you  are  then  past  Cowley  Rock,  and  may 
run  for  this  Islet  on  this  last  course,  leaving  it  about  100  yards  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  with  it  bearing  about  South  300  yard& 
distant,  in  about  6  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  If  bound  into 
the  Basin,  a  pilot  will  be  necestary  at  this  Anchorage. 

From  the  Eastward  do  not  approach  Sambro  Lighthouse  nearer 
than  2  or  3  miles,  until  it  bears  NE.  %  N. ;  then  run  for  it  on 
this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Black  Buoy  off  the 
Southwest  Breaker  (before  described) .  When  this  Buoy  is  made, 
leave  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the 
course  N.  yi  Wm  leaving  the  Rocks  called  the  Horse,  Mare  and 
Colt  well  on  the  Port,  and  Shag  Rock  and  Sambro  Lighthouse 
well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  on  the 
Port,  Fairweather  Rock  (before  described).  Leave  this  Rock 
about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  past  it  steer  more 
Northerly,  leaving  the  Western  end  of  Inner  Sambro  Island  about 
150  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  be- 
fore given. 

There  is  a  Channel  inside  Sambro  Lighthouse  which  leads  into 
Sambro  Harbor,  but  as  there  are  many  sunken  rocks  in  it,  some 


ELDRIDOE'S  C    AST  PILOT. 


457 


of  which  have  but  little  water  upoa  them  at  Low  Tide,  it  is 
therefore  advisable  for  strangers  not  to  attempt  this  passage 
without  pilots. 

High  Water* 

It  is  High  Water  in  Sambro  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  d7  m.,  or  3  h.  42  m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6  feet. 


OATOH  HABBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  Harbor,  lies  Northeasterly  about  3 
miles  from  Sambro  Lighthouse,  and  West-Southerly  about  1^ 
miles  from  Chebucto  Head  Lighthouse. 

Hemarka, 

A  Bar  having  about  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  on  which 
the  sea  breaks  heavily  with  strong  winds  from  seaward,  e:ctends 
across  the  entrance  to  this  Harbor ;  near  its  head  there  is  An- 
CQorage  in  about  2  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide ;  but  it  is  so  small 
and  the  access  so  difficult  that  it  is  only  frequented  by  the  small- 
est vessels  with  the  assistance  of  local  pilots. 


HALIFAX  HARBOR. 

The  Western  entrance  to  this  excellent  Harbor,  which  is  be- 
tween a  small  Islet  called  Thrum  Cap  on  the  East,  and  Sand- 
wich Point  (the  main  land)  on  the  West,  is  about  1}^  miles  wide, 
and  lies  East-Northerly  about  113  miles  from  Cape  Sable  Light- 
house, 93  miles  East-Northerly  from  Cape  Roseway  Lighthouse, 
(entrance  to  Sfielburne  Harbor)  East-Northerly  58  miles  from 
Coffin  Island  Lighthouse,  entrance  to  Liverpool  Harbor,  and 
about  117  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Cape  Canso. 


458 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Chebucto  Head  Idghthouae, 

Ui)on  Chebucto  Head,  West  Bide  of  approach  to  Halifax  Har> 
bor,  is  a  White,  Squure  Wooden  Building,  which  at  this  dato 
(1884)  bhows  a  Revolving  White  Light.  Sambro  Lighthousn 
bears  from  Chebucto  Head  Lighthouse  8 W.  4^  miles;  Devil 
Island  Lighthouses  NE.  ^  E.  5}4  miles  ;  Maugher  Beach  Light- 
house N.  by  E.  5^  E.  6  miles ;  Outer  Whistling  Buoy  off  Halifiix 
Harbor  SE.  by  E.  6^  miles ;  Inner  Whistling  Buoy  NE.  ji  E. 
1^  miles.  Chebucto  Head  is  bold,  and  vessels  bound  into  Halifax 
Harbor  may  approach  the  Lighthouse  within  ^  mile  without 
danger. 

Devil  Island  Lighthouaea, 

Upon  the  South  Point  of  Devil  Iflacd  and  East  side  of  ap- 
proach to  Halifax  Harbor,  are  Two  Whit<3  Octagonal  Towers  175 
yards  apart,  which  range  E.  }i  N.  and  ^.  ^  S. ;  at  this  date 
(1884)  these  Lighthouses  show  fixed  White  Lights.  Chebucto 
Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  Devil  Island  Lighthouses  SW.  % 
W-  ^%  miles;  Sambro  Lighthouse  SW.  ^  W.  9^  miles. 
Shoal  Water  extends  off  more  than  ^  mile  from  all  ports  of  this 

Island. 

Maugher  Beach  Idghthouae, 

Upon  the  West  end  of  Maugher  Beach  East  side  of  entrance  to 
Halifax  Harbor,  is  a  White  Tower,  with  Red  Roof  which,  at  this 
date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  Chubuoto  Head  Light- 
house  bears  from  Maugher  Beach  Lighthouse  S*  by  W.  J4  W<  Q 
miles;  George  Island  Lighthouse  (Halifax  Harbor)  N.  }i  W. 
2^  miles.  Maugher  Beach  Lighthouse  is  also  a  guide  to  the  An- 
chorage in  Macnab  Cove.  A  Fog  Bell  has  been  placed  near  this 
Lighthouse  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  7  times  in  each  min- 
ute. 

George  laland  Idghthouae, 

Upon  the  West  side  of  George  Island,  in  Halifax  Harbor,  is 
a  Drab  Square  Wooden  Buildmg,  which  at  this  date  (1884) 
shows  two  fixed  White  Lights,  one  above  the  other. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Halifax  Harbor. 
Bell  Bock. 

This  danger,  which  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  the  approach  to 
Halifax  Harbor,  has  6  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.    At  this 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


459 


date  (1884)  this  danger  ia  marked  off  its  Southoast  part  with  a 
Blaclc  Buoy  with  staflf  and  vune,  which,  in  approaching  Halifax 
Harbor,  is  left  '.u  the  Port  hand.  Cheliucto  Head  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  by  E.  about  a  mile. 

JPortugueae  Shoal, 

Upon  the  Eastern  side  of  the  approach  to  Halifax  Harbor,  ia 
Portuguese  Shoal.  This  danger  has  about  30  feet  water  u()on  it  at 
Low  Tide,  and  at  this  date  (1884)  is  marked  on  its  SoutliwcHtern 
side  with  a  Buoy,  painted  in  Ucd  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes^ 
which  is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand  by  vessels  approaching  HtpU- 
fax  Harbor.  Chebucto  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
SW.  2f^  miles ;  Devil  Island  Lighthouses,  NE.  ^  E.  8  miles ; 
Maugher  Beach  Lighthouse,  N.  ^  W>  ^  miles. 

Bockhead  Shoal. 

About  NE.  by  E.  J4  E.  ^  mile  from  the  Buoy  off  Portuguese 
Shoal,  is  Rockhead  Shoal,  which  has  about  19  feet  water  upon  it 
at  Low  Tide.  This  is  the  Easternmost  danger  in  approaching 
Halifax  Harbor.  At  this  date  (1884)  this  Shoal  is  marked  off  ita 
Southern  part  with  a  Buoy  painted  in  Black  and  White  Perpen- 
dicular Stripes.  Chebucto  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
SW-  jl4  W.  3  miles ;  Devil  Island  Lighthouses,  NE.  ^  E.  2«4 
miles;  Maugher  Beach  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W.  4  miles.  This 
Buoy  may  be  left  }(  mile  on  either  ha,nd  by  vessels  bound  to 
Halifax.  Between  Portuguese  Shoal  and  Rockhead  Shoal  thexe  ia 
a  Channel  about  }^  mile  wide,  having  from  7  to  8  fathoms  water 

in  it. 

Neverfail  Shoal, 

This  small  Shoal,  upon  which  there  is  about  26  feet  water  at 
Low  Tide,  lies  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  approach  to  Halifax 
Harbor.  Chebucto  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of 
this  danger  S.  by  W-  ^  W.  3^4  miles ;  Devil  Island  Lighthouses, 
E-  ^  N*  3  miles;  Maugher  Beach  Lighthouse,  N.  ^  E.  2^ 
miles.  The  ship  Channel  leading  to  Halifax  Harbor  is  to  the 
Westward  of  this  Shoal. 

Lichfield  Mock, 

This  small  Shoal,  which  is  surrounded  by  deep  water, 
haa  about  15  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  lies  about 


460 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


}i  mile  from  the  "Western  shore.  At  this  date  (1884)  it  is 
marked  on  its  Eastern  side  with  a  Black  Buoy,  which,  in 
approaching  Halifax  Harbor,  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  Chebuclo 
Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  S.  ^  W.  3^  miles; 
Devil  Island  Lighthouses,  E-  J4  N.  3J^  miles ;  Maughor  Beach 
Lighthouse,  N.  by  E-  ji  E.  2|4  miles.  The  Ship  Channel  in 
approaching  Halifax  Harbor  is  between  Litchfield  Rock  and 
Neverfail  Shoal,  and  is  about  ^  mile  wide,  with  a  depth  of  about 
9  fathoms  water.  The  leading  marks  for  sailing  between  these 
dangers,  is  the  Flagstaff  of  the  Citadel  at  Halifax,  just  open 
East  of  Sandwich  Point,*  bearing  about  N.  X  W.  There  is  a 
good  Channel  ^  mile  wi(ie  betwecL  Lichfield  Rock  and  the  "West- 
ern shore. 

Thrum  Cap  Shoal. 

This  dangerous  Shoal,  which,  at  Low  Tide  is  dry  in  some  places, 
lies  on  Lhe  Eastern  side  of  the  entrance  to  Halifax  Harbor,  and 
extends  off  more  than  a  mile  from  the  Southern  end  of  Macnab 
Island.  At  this  date  (1884)  it  is  marked  off  its  Southwest  part 
with  a  Red  Buoy,  which,  in  entering  Halifax  Harbor,  is  left  on  tbo 
Starboard  hand.  Chebucto  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  SW.  by  S.  J^  S-  4  miles ;  Devil  Island  Lighthouses,  E.  J4 
N.  2^  miles ;  Maugher  Beach  Lighthouse,  N.  by  W*  2^  miles. 
Between  the  Buoy  off  the  Thrum  Cap  and  Neverfail  Shoals,  there  is 
a  good  Channel  ^  mile  wide,  having  from  7  to  9  fathoms  water  in 
it.  In  thick  weather,  vessels  from  the  Eastward  may  approach 
the  Thnim  Cap  Shoal  by  the  lead,  and  haul  round  it  in  about  8 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 


Mars  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  has  about  20  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
lies  about  J^  mile  to  the  Southward  of  Sandwich  Point,  and  about 
2/^  mile  from  the  "Western  shore.  At  this  date  (1884)  this  dan- 
ger is  marked  off  its  Southeastern  part  with  a  Black  Buoy,  which, 
in  entering  Halifax  Harbor,  is  left  on  the  Port  hand.  Chebucto 
Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  S.  by  W.  4j4  miles; 
Devil  Island  Lighthouses,  E.  by  S.  ^  S.  3j^  miles ;  Maughor 


*  Sandwich  Point,  which  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  the  entrance  to 
Halifax  Harbor,  is  about  1%  miles  to  the  Northward  of  the  Buoy  off 


Lichfield  Uock. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


461 


Beach  Lighthouse,  NE.  by  N.  5^  N.  1^  miles.  Heavy  draught 
vessels  should  not  attempt  to  pass  between  this  Buoy  and  the 
Western  shore. 

Maugher  Beach  Shoal. 

Shoal  Water  extends  off  about  Yz  mile  to  the  Southward  of 
Maugher  Beach  Lighthouse,  and  also  some  distance  to  the  North- 
ward and  Westward  of  this  Lighthouse.  This  danger  is  marked 
off  its  Western  part  with  a  Red  Buoy.  Maugher  Beach  Light- 
house bears  from  this  Buoy  SE.  by  E.  about  ^  mile. 

Middle  Ground, 

This  small  Shoal,  which  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel  in  entering 
Halifax  Harbor,  has  about  26  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
with  deep  water  all  round  it.  Maugher  Beach  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  danger  SE.  by  S.  J^  S.  ^  mile.  The  Ship  Channel 
leading  into  Halifax  Harbor  is  to  the  Westward  of  this  Shoal. 

P'leaaant  Shoal. 

This  Rocky  Shoal,  which  extends  off  nearly  ]^  mile  Southeast- 
erly from  Pleasant  Point,  is  marked  off  its  Eastern  part  with  a 
Black  Buoy.  Maugher  Beach  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
S-SE  1%  miles;  George  Island  Lighthouse  N.  }i  E.  lyi 
miles   (nearly) . 

Meed  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  has  about  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
lies  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel,  and  at  this  time  is 
marked  off  its  Eastern  side  with  a  Black  ;puoy.  George  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N,  by  E.  ^  E.  i^  mile. 

Ives  Knoll, 

This  small  Shoal,  which  is  nearly  dry  at  very  Low  Tides,  lies 
about  ^  mile  from  the  Northern  end  of  Macnab  Island.  At  this 
time  this  danger  is  marked  off  its  Western  side  with  a  Red  Buoy. 
George  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  N.  by  W.  %  W. 
about  a  mile.  The  Ship  Channel  which  is  between  this  Knoll  and 
Reed  Rock  is  about  ;4  mile  wide,  with  a  depth  of  from  10  to  16 
fathoms  water. 


f' 


C^f-yi 


462 


ELDRroOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Belleiale  Spit, 

This  Spit,  which  is  nearly  abreast  the  Southern  end  of  the 
city  of  Halifax,  extends  oflf  about  %  mile  from  the  Western 
shore,  and  at  this  time  is  marked  off  its  Eastern  part  with  a  Blac],: 
Buoy.  George  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  NE.  by 
N.  a  little  more  than  %  mile ;  about  %  mile  further  in  on  the 
Western  side  of  the  Channel  and  nearly  opposite  George  Island 
Lighthouse,  is  a  Black  Buoy  which  lies  off  the  Eastern  part  of 
Leopard  Shoal. 

Remarka, 

In  entering  Halifax  Harbor  there  are  two  Channels,  one  to  the 
Westward  of  Macnab  Island,  the  other  to  the  Eastward  of  it ;  the 
former  which  is  nowhere  less  than  J^  mile  wide,  has  in  it  not  less 
than  10  fathoms  water,  while  the  latter  has  about  9  feet  at  Low 
Tide.  This  Harbor,  which  is  one  of  the  finest  in  British  America, 
is  easy  ot  approach  and  is  also  accessible  at  all  seasons,  and  is 
large  enough  to  accommodate  a  large  number  of  vessels  in  per- 
fect security. 


Sailing  Directions  for  approaching  and  entering 
Halifax  Harbor  in  Dasrtime,  with  favorable 
winds  and  fair  weather. 

Note. 

In  approaching  and  entering  Halifax  Harbor,  Red  Buoys  are 
left  en  the  Starboard,  and  Black  Buoys  on  the  Port  hand.  Buoys 
paint'id  in  Red  and  Black  Horizontal  Stripes  or  Black  and  White 
Perpendicular  Stripes  are  on  dangers  in  the  Channel-way,  and 
may  be  left  on  either  hand. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  22  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
may  leave  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  Southwest  Breaker,  which  lies 
off  Sambro  Lighthouse,  about  %  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  stetr 
about  E>  by  N.,  leaving  the  Bell  Buoy  off  the  Southern  part  of 
the  Sisters  well  on  the  same  hand.  When  Chebucto  Head  Light- 
house bears  North,  then  steer  about  N.  5^  E.,  leaving  the  Bhuk 
Buoy  off  Bell  Rock  well  on  the  Port  hand,  and  this  Lighthoui-e 
about  yi  mile  on  the  same  hand.  When  Chebucto  Head  Liglit- 
housc  bears  W.  NW-ithen  make  good  the  course  N.  J'2  E., 
leaving  the  Whistling  Buoy  to  the  Northeastward  of  Chebucto 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


463 


Head,  the  Buoy  off  Portuguese  Shoal,  and  the  Red  Buoy  off  the 
Thruiri  Cap  Shoal  well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  the  Black 
Buoys  off  Lichfield  Rock  and  Mars  Rock  both  on  the  Port  hand. 
"When  past  the  Black  Buoy  off  the  last-named  danger,  continue 
the  course  N-  J4  E',  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Maugher  Beach 
Lighthouse  well  on  the  Starboard  hand ;  when  past  this  Light- 
house, there  will  be  seen  on  the  Port,  the  Black  Buoy  off  Pleas- 
ant Shoal,  the  Black  Buoy  off  Reed  Rock,  and  further  in  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Belleisle  Spit,  which  are  all  left  on  the  Port  hand. 
On  the  Starboard  will  be  seen  the  Red  Buoy  of  Ives  Knoll,  which 
is  left  on  the  Starboard  hand.  You  may  pass  on  either  side  of 
George  Island,  which  is  bold  on  its  Western  side,  and  lies  off  the 
Southern  part  of  the  city ;  if  you  go  to  the  Westward  of  this 
Island  in  order  to  avoid  Leopard  Shoal,  keep  nearer  the  Light- 
house. When  past  George  Island,  there  is  good  Anchorage  any 
where  above  it  in  from  7  to  13  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Devil  Island  Lighthouses  about  a 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  W.  by  N.,  keeping 
a  sharp  lookout  for  the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southern  part  of  Thrum 
Cap  Shoal  (before  described)  ;  when  this  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it 
about  200  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand  and  steer  NW.  for  the 
Black  Buoy  off  Mars  Rock.  Leave  this  last-named  Buoy  about 
200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

Beating  into  Halifax  Harbor. 

From  Chebucto  Head  Lighthouse  to  Pleasant  Point,  a  distance 
of  7j4  miles,  the  Western  shore  is  bold,  and  vessels  beating  into 
Halifax  Harbor  will  keep  this  side  best  aboard,  taking  care  to 
avoid  Lichfield  and  Mars  Rocks  (before  described) .  When  past 
Pleasant  Point  and  Macnab  Island,  it  is  advisable  to  keep  nearer 
the  Eastern  side,  and  pass  in  to  the  Eastward  of  George  Island 
where  there  are  neither  Rocks  or  Shoals  excepting  those  lying 
near  the  shores. 

At  this  date  (1884)  the  Neverfail  and  Middle  Ground  Shoals 
are  not  marked  with  BuOys.  Both  these  dangers  lie  nearly  in 
mid-channel  and  have  about  26  feet  water  upon  them  at  Low 
Tide  ;  it  is  therefore  advisable  for  heavy  draught  vessels,  bound 
to  Halifax,  to  employ  pilots. 


464 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Halifax  Harbor  at  Night- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  dangers  off  Sambro  Island,  vessels  from 
the  "Westward  of  not  more  than  18  feet  draught,  should  give  the 
Light  a  berth  of  at  least  3  miles,  leaving  it  to  the  Northward. 
When  the  Kevblving  Light  on  Chebucto  Head,  Western  side  of 
approach  to  Halifax  Harbor,  bears  North,  you  may  then  run  in 
leaving  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand;  when  abreast  this 
Light,  steer  for  Maugher  Beach  Light,  bearing  N<  |^  E.  until 
you  judge  you  are  about  a  mile  from  it ;  then  haul  to  the  West- 
ward, passing  about  midway  between  this  Light  and  the  Western 
shore.  When  Maugher  Beach  Light  bears  E.SESm  in  order  to 
avoid  Pleasant  Point  Shoal,  steer  N.  by  E.  until  George  Island 
Lights  (which  are  located  one  above  the  other,)  bear  North, 
then  run  for  them  on  this  course  leaving  them  not  more  than  200 
yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  anchor  about  ^  mile  above  the 
Lights  in  from  7  to  13  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  the  Revolving  Light  on  Chebucto 
Head  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.NW*,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course  until  you  are  about  ^  mile  from<  it,  then  run  for  Maughc 
Beach  Light  bearing  N.  ^  E.,  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

Thick  Weather. 

In  order  to  guide  vessels  to  Halifax  Harbor,  at  this  date 
(1884)  two  Whistling  Buoys  have  been  placed  without  the  en- 
trance. These  Buoys  bear  from  each  other  NW.  }4  N.  and  SE. 
J4  S.  6  miles.  The  outer  Buoy,  which  lies  in  about  37  fathoms 
water,  is  painted  Black.  Sambro  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  W. 
J4  N.  8^  miles  ;  Chebucto  Head  Lighthouse,  NW.  by  W.  614 
miles.  The  inner  Buoy,  which  is  painted  Bed,  lies  in  about  18 
fathoms  water.  Chebucto  Head  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
SW.  54  W.  1^  miles. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  Westward  or  Seaward,  making  or 
hearing  the  outer  Whistling  Buoy,  must  leave  it  close  to  on  either 
hand,  and  make  good  the  course  NW.  j^  N.  6  miles,  which  will 
bring  them  up  with  the  inner  Whistling  Buoy.  Jjcave  this  last- 
named  Buoy  clof  e  to  on  either  hand,  and  make  good  the  course 
N.  ^  W.  5  miles,  which  will  take  them  up  with  Maugher  Beach 
Lighthouse.    When  the  Fog  Bell  at  this  Lighthouse  is  heard,  it  is 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


465 


advisable  for  strangers  to  haul  in,  and  anchor  in  Macnab  Cove. 
(See  sailing  directions  for  this  Cove.) 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  Halifax  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  49  m.,  or  3  h.  40  m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5^  feet. 


MACNAB  COVE. 

The  entrance  to  this  Cove,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  en- 
trance to  Halifax  Harbor,  lies  \Q%  miles  Northeasterly  from 
Sambro  Lighthouse,  6>^  miles  Northeasterly  from  Chebucto  Head 
Lighthouse,  and  about  3  miles  below  the  city  of  Halifax. 

Maugher  Beach  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  West  end  of  Maugher  Beach,  East  side  of  entrance 
to  Halifax  Harbor,  and  South  side  of  entrance  to  Macnab  Cove, 
is  a  White  Tower  with  Red  Roof,  which  at  this  date  (1884) 
shows  a  fixed  White  Light.  A  Fog  Bell  has  been  placed  near 
this  Lighthouse,  which  in  thick  weather  is  struck  7  times  in  each 
minute.  This  Light  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  to  Halifax  Har- 
bor, and  also  into  Macnab  Cove. 

« 
Memarks, 

Macnab  Cove,  in  which  there  is  suflicient  depth  of  water  for 
the  largest  vessels,  is  somewhat  exposed  to  Northwesterly  winds. 
The  holding  ground  in  this  Cove  is  excellent,  and  vessels  well 
found  in  ground  tackle  may  safely  ride  in  it  with  all  winds  and 
weathers. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Macnab  Cove  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  bound  to  Macnab  Cove,  may  follow  the  directions 
before  given  for  Halifax  Harbor,  until  abreast  the  Lighthouse  on 
the  West  end  of  Maugher  Beach.  Then  haul  round  this  Light- 
house at  a  distance  of  about  Yi  mile,  leaving  the  Red  Buoy,  which 
lies  to  the  Northwestward  of  it,  well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and 


466 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


anchor  ^ith  the  Lighthouse  bearing  S.SWm  in  from  7  to  8 
fathoms  water,  good  holding  ground.  These  directions  will 
answer  for  night  or  day. 

In  entering  Macnab  Cove,  be  careful  to  avoid  a  Rocky  Shoal 
which  extends  off  to  the  Noiiihward  of  the  Lighthouse  nearly  i^ 
mile. 

Eastern  Entrance  to  Halifax  Harbor. 

Small  or  light-draught  vessels  may  enter  Halifax  Harbor  to  the 
Eastward  of  Macnab  and  Lawler  Islands ;  but  as  there  is  a  Sand 
Bar  in  this  Passage  having  but  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
with  no  leading  marks  or  bearings  for  the  Channel,  it  is  therefore 
advisable  for  strangers  bound  through  this  Passage  to  take  pilots. 


HERRING   COVE. 

This  small  Cove,  which  is  on  the  "Western  side  of  entrance  to 
Halifax  Harbor,  lies  about  1  ^  miles  Southwesterly  Trom  Sand- 
wich  Point,  and  about  4^  miles  to  the  Northward  of  Chebucto 
Head  Lighthouse. 

Remarks* 

The  enti'ance  to  this  Cove  is  about  200  yards  wide,  with  a  depth 
of  about  4  fathoms  water,  at  Lovf  Tide,  as  far  as  the  elbow  that 
forms  the  Inner  Cove,  and  above  this  6  feet,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be 
taken  in,  where  small  vessels  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 
Vessels  bound  to  Herring  Cove  should  take  pilots  off  the 
enti'ance. 


COLE  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Eastward 
of  Halifax,  lies  East-Northerly  about  4  miles  from  Devil  Island 
Lighthouses. 

Remarks* 

At  the  entrance  to  Cole  Harbor  there  is  a  danger  v>us  Sand  Bar, 
having  but  3  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Within  the  Harbor 
are  extensive  Mud  Flats,  which  are  mostly  dry  at  Low  Tide. 
Only  small  or  light-draught  vessels  can  therefore  enter  this  place 
at  High  Water,  with  pilots. 


ELDUIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


467 


Egg  Island, 

About  2  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the  entrance  to  Cole  Harbor, 
and  tt  tniloM  East-Northei  ly  from  Devil  Island  Lighthouses,  is 
Kgg  iHlund,  which  is  small.  Shoal  Vater  also  extends  from  the 
ibore  to  this  Island,  and  Shoal  Water  also  extends  off  about 
^  mllo  to  the  Southward  of  it. 

Shut-In  Island, 

Thli  iMlnnd,  which  is  small  in  extent  and  very  low,  is  connected 
with  tho  main  land  by  a  Reef  of  Rocks,  and  lies  East-Northerly 
about  8  mlle«  from  Devil  Island  Lighthouses. 

Shut'In  Island  Shoals. 

A  llttlo  more  than  J4  mile  from  the  Western  end  of  Shut-In 
Island,  Is  a  small  Rocky  Shoal  with  15  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tido,  and  about  a  mile  from  the  Western  end  of  this  Island  is 
anothit'  spot  with  about  the  same  depth  upon  it.  These  Shoals 
aro  very  dangerous  for  heavy-draught  vessels,  especially  in  thick 
waathor  or  night-time.  In  ^rder  to  avoid  them,  the  coast  should 
sot  be  approached  in  less  than  15  fathoms  water. 


OHISSETOOOK  INLET. 

The  antranoe  to  this  Inlet,  whLh  is  between  Story  Head  on  the 
East  and  Capo  Entry  on  the  West,  is  about  ^  mile  wide,  and 
lies  about  4  miles  Northeast  from  Shut-In  Island,  and  9^  miles 
West-Northerly  from  Jedore  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Memarks, 

In  entering  this  Harbor,  a  Bar  extends  across  the  principal 
Channel,  with  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  There  are 
also  within  the  entrance  extensive  Mud  Flats,  which  are  mostly 
dry  at  Low  Tide.  This  harbor  is  therefore  of  but  little  use  to 
«blpplQg. 

PBRPISAWIOK   INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Eastward 
of  Cblssetoook  Inlet,  is  about  ^  mile  wide  and  lies  East-North- 


468 


ELDRIDGE'S  C04ST  PILOT. 


erly  about  13^  miles  from  Devi!  Island  Lighthouses,  and  about 
7  miles  West-Northerly  from  Jedore  Rock  Lighthouse. 

Hemarks, 

A  Sand  Bar  having  about  6  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
extends  across  the  entrance  to  this  Inlet ;  from  this  there  is  a  nar- 
row Channel  between  the  Mud  Flats  (which  are  dry  at  Low  Tide) 
to  the  head  of  this  Inlet,  a  distance  of  5  miles.  This  Channel  has 
a  sufficient  depth  for  vessels  which  can  cross  the  Bar.  About  a 
mile  from  the  head  is  a  deep  hole  having  6  fathoms  water  in  it. 
In  entering  Perpisawick  Inlet,  Reefs  lie  off  some  distance  from 
the  shores  on  both  s'.des.  Strangers  should  not,  therefore,  at- 
tempt to  enter  this  place  without  pilots. 

High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  at  the  entrance  of  Perpisawick  Inlet,  on  the 
days  of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  50  m.,  or  3  h. 
39  m.  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5^ 
feet. 


MUSQUIDOBOIT  INLET. 

The  entrance  to  this  Inlet,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Eastward 
of  Perpisawick  Inlet,  lies  about  17  miles  East-Northerly  from 
Devil  Island  Lighthouses,  and  Northwesterly  about  3^  miles 
from  Jedore  Rock  Lighthouse. 

JReniark8, 

Musquidoboit  Inlet  is  navigable  at  High  Water  for  small  craft 
and  boats  about  7  miles  above  the  entrance.  The  Channel,  after 
crossing  the  Bar,  leads  up  among  Sand  and  Mud  Flats,  which  are 
dry  in  many  places  at  Low  Tide.  Strangers  should  not,  there- 
fore, attempt  to  enter  this  place  without  pilots. 

Musquidoboit  Shoal, 

This  Rocky  Shoal,  which  extends  NE.  and  SW.  about  ^  mile, 
has  about  17  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Jedore  Rock 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  E.  by  S.  3j4  miles.  To  the 
Northward  and  Westward  of  Musquodoboit  Shoal  are  several 
patches  having  from  4^  to  5  fathoms  water  upon  them      In  or- 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


469 


der  to  avoid  these  dangers,  in  thick  weather  or  night-time,  large 
or  hea"y  draught  vessels  f 'lould  not  approach  the  coast  in  less 
than  80  fathoms  water. 


JEDORE  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  the  first  Ship  Harbor  to 
the  Eastward  of  Halifax,  lies  East-Northerly  about  29  miles  from 
Sambro  Lighthouse,  2  miles  Northeas;  riy  from  Jedore  Rock 
Lighthouse,  and  Northwesterly  6J^  miles  from  Egg  Island  Light- 
house. 

Jedore  Mock  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  summit  of  Jedore  Rock  about  2  miles  Southwesterly 
from  the  entrance  to  Jedore  Harbor,  is  a  "White,  Square  Wooden 
Building  with  Dwelling  attached ;  at  this  date  (1884)  this  Light 
house  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light. 

Dangers  in  appi'oaching  Jedore  Harbor. 

Arnold  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  can  almost  always  be 
seen.  Jedore  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  trom  it  N.  by  E.  }i  E.  about 
J^  mile.  In  entering  Jedore  Harbor  the  best  Channel  is  to  the 
Westward  of  this  Rock. 


Old  Man  Rock, 

This  small  Rock  is  about  12  feet  above  High  Water.  Jedore 
Rock  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  NW.  J^  W*  about  }^  mile.  A 
small  sunken  Rock  with  only  4  feet  upon  it  at  Low  Tide  lies 
about  200  yards  Southwest  from  Old  Man  Rock. 

Chill  Rock, 

Shoal  Water  extends  in  every  direction  from  this  Islet.  Jedore 
Rock  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  W.  by  S.  >X  S.  1^  miles.  Be- 
tween this  Lighthouse  and  Gull  Rock  there  is  a  Channel  of  15 
fathoms  water.  Vessels  bound  to  Jedore  Harbor  should  keep 
nearer  the  former. 


470 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Roger  lalani 

These  Islands  among  which  there  art  ny  Rocks,  some  of 
which  are  sunken  and  some  are  above  water,  lie  about  2  miles 
Northeasterly  from  Jedore  Rock  Lighthouse,  and  are  left  well  on 
the  Starboard  hand  by  vessels  bound  into  Jedore  Harbor. 

Jedore  Head* 

This  remarkable  Headland,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of 
entrance  to  Jedore  Harbor,  attains  an  elevation  of  200  feet  above 
the  level  of  the  Sea,  and  lies  about  1^  miles  N.NW.  from 
Jedore  Rock  Lighthouse ;  on  the  Western  side  of  the  head  are 
Cliffs  of  Red  Clay  nearly  70  feet  high,  and  on  its  Southeast  side 
arc  Cliffs  of  the  same  color,  about  140  feet  high.  In  approach- 
ing Jedore  Harbor  these  Cliffs  form  an  excellent  landmark  for 
mariners. 

Hemarks, 

The  entrance  to  Jedore  Harbor  from  East  Head  to  West  Head 
is  nearly  }i  mile  wide  ;  but  Thorn  Shoal  with  only  9  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  extends  from  the  Western  side  nearly  half 
way  across,  making  the  Channel  narrow.  About  4  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  into  the  Anchorage,  which  is  about  2 
miles  above  the  entrance,  and  with  a  pilot  vessels  can  go  further  up. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Jedore  Harbor  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  when  Jedore  Rock  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  from  £.  by  N.  to  NE.,  and  run  for  it  on  thene 
courses,  leaving  it  about  }4  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
past  this  Lighthouse,  haul  to  the  Eastward  until  it  bears  SW.  by 
S.,  on  which  bearing  keep  it,  and  steer  NE.  by  N.  for  Eastern 
Head,  leaving  Thorn  Shoal,  which  extends  on  the  Western 
side,  well  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  Nfi.  by  N., 
until  about  ^  mile  from  the  last-named  Head.  Then  haul  to  the 
Northwestward  around  Thorn  Shoal,  keeping  about  midway  and 
carrying  not  less  than  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  When 
about  ^2  mile  above  the  entrance,  in  order  to  avoid  Bar  Shoal, 
gradually  haul  over  for  the  Western  shore,  keeping  it  best  aboard, 
carrying  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water  until  about  yi  mile  from 
Marsh  Point  (which  is  on  the  Western  side,  about  \%  miles  above 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


471 


the  entrance).  Then  keep  midway,  and  anchor  alwut  y^  mile 
above  it,  nearer  the  Eastern  side,  in  from  G  to  7  fatlioms  water  at 
Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  keep  a  sharp  look-out  for  the  Bell  Ruoy  off 
to  the  Southward  of  Brig  Rock.  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  Buoy  E-  by  N-  J4  N.  4  miles.  When  this  Buoy  is 
made,  leave  it  close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good 
the  course  NW-i  leaving  Arnold  Rock  (before  described)  well 
on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the  course  NW.  until  Jedore 
Rock  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  N.  Then  steer  more  Northerly, 
leaving  this  Lighthouse  well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 

With  Northerly  winds,  vessels  from  the  Eastward  may  pass 
within  the  Southwest  Ledges  by  the  following  directions.  As 
soon  as  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W- 
NWv  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  When  about  2  miles  from 
this  Lighthouse,  keep  a  sharp  look-out  for  the  Transport  Ledges, 
which  lie  about  }4  niile  to  the  Southward  of  it.  As  soon  as  these 
Ledges  (which  are  above  water)  are  made,  run  for  them,  leaving 
the  Western  part  about  }{  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
Egg  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NE.,  make  good  the  course  NW. 
by  W.  l4  W- )  leaving  Southwest  Ledges  well  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  Macdonald  Rock  an(i  Hopkin  Rock  well  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  As  you  draw  near  Jedore  Rock  Lighthouse,  you  will  see 
on  the  Port,  Old  Man  Rock  (before  described),  and  on  the  Star- 
board, Gull  Rock.  Keep  nearer  the  former,  and  leave  Jedore 
Rock  Lighthouse  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Jedore  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  45  m.,  or  3  h.  44  m.  before  it  ia  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5^  feet. 


CLAM  BAY. 

This  Bay,  which  lies  but  a  short  distance  to  the  Eastward  of  the 
entrance  to  Jedore  Harbor,  has  many  dangers  in  it,  some  of  which 
are  below  and  some  above  water,  and  affords  no  safe  Anchorage 
for  vessels. 


472 


ELDRIDGE'8  COAST  PILOT. 


Mgg  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  centre  of  Egg  Island  is  a  Tower,  painted  on  the  Sea- 
ward side  in  Black  and  White  Vertical  Stripes,  which  at  this  duto 
(1884)  shows  a  Flashing  Red  and  White  Light.  This  Light  is 
intended  to  guide  vessels  clear  of  the  Jedore  Ledges.  Egg  Island 
is  bold  on  its  Northern  side,  and  there  is  a  good  Channel,  ^  milo 
wide,  between  it  and  Flint  Ledge  and  Long  Island.  Vessels  pass, 
ing  through  this  Channel  should  keep  nearer  Egg  Island. 

Dangers  in  the  Vicinity  of  Egg  Island  Lighthouse. 

Transport  Ledges* 

These  two  Ledges,  which  lie  about  ^  mile  to  the  Southward  of 
Egg  Island,  are  about  b  feet  above  High  Water,  and  extend  E. 
by  N.  and  W.  by  S.  Yi  mile.  They  are  bold  on  all  sides  except 
the  Western,  where  a  Rocky  Shoal  extends  off  W-  by  S.  about 
250  yards.  There  is  a  narrow  Channel  of  10  fathoms  water 
between  these  Ledges  and  the  Lighthouse.  Vessels  navigating 
this  Passage  should  keep  nearer  the  Ledges. 

Pyche  Rock* 

This  Rock  has  18  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Egg  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  W.NW.  about  ^  mile. 

€h*i»zle  Rock, 

This  Rock  has  24  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Egg  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NW.  J^  N.  -^  mile. 

Rrig  Rock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  ha^  but  3  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  is  marked  at  this  date  (1884)  off  its  Southern  part 
with  a  Bell  Buoy.  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
E.  by  N.  }4  N.  4  miles.  In  heavy  weather  largo  vessels  should 
leave  this  Buoy  at  least  a  mile  to  the  Northward,  as  there  are 
several  Shoal  Spots  to  the  Westward  of  it,  one  of  which  has  but  5 
fathoms  water  upon  it. 

Bull  Shoal, 

About  1  %  miles  to  tlie  I^astward  of  Brig  Rock  is  Bull  Shoal, 
which  has  18  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.     Egg  Rock  Light- 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


473 


houao  bears  from  this  danger  E.NE.  2^  ratios.    This  Shoal  rarely 
breaks,  and  m  therefore  oxtremoly  dangerous  for  largo,  vessels. 

Bull  Hock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  lies  about  2  miles  to  the  Eastward 
of  Brig  Rook,  has  about  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and 
generally  breaks  with  a  little  motion  of  the  sea.  Egg  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  E.NE*  about  2  miles. 

Southwest  Ledges, 

These  are  three  Rocky  Patches  extending  NE.  by  E*  and  SW. 
by  W.  600  yards,  and  are  bare  at  Low  Tide.  They  lie  North- 
easterly about  1%  miles  from  Brig  Rock.  Egg  Island  Light- 
house bears  from  the  centre  of  these  dangers  E.  %  N<  2^  miles. 

Barae  Bock, 

This  Rock,  which  has  not  less  than  24  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  is  the  Southeasternmost  danger  lying  ofif  Egg  Island. 
Egg  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NW.  3  miles. 
E-  by  N.  J4  N.  about  Ji  mile  from  Barse  Rock,  is  Hurley  Rock, 
with  24  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Both  these  dangers 
should  be  avoided  by  heavy  draught  vessels. 

Zittle  Bock, 

This  Rock,  which  has  deep  water  all  around  it,  has  24  feet 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
danger  W-  ^  N.  7  miles. 

Thick  Weather. 

In  order  to  avoid  the  Jedore  Ledges,  and  also  the  Ledges  in 
the  vicinity  off  Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  vessels,  in  thick  weather, 
should  not  approach  these  dangers  in  less  than  85  fathoms  water. 


OWL'S  HEAD  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  Black  Ledge  on 
the  West  and  Friar  Island  on  the  East,  is  about  IJ^  miles  wide, 
and  lies  East-Northerly  about  88  miles  from  Sambro  Lighthouse, 


474 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAF.T  PILOT. 


5  miles  East-Northerly  from  Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  and  about 
20  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse. 

Remarks, 

Owl's  Head  Bay,  it  is  said,  is  much  frequented  by  coasters  on 
account  of  the  facility  in  beating  in  and  out,  there  being  but  one 
danger  in  the  Channel,  Owl  Rock,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side, 
and  has  but  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Five  fathoms 
water  cac  be  "arried  in  as  far  as  Cable  Point,  which  is  on  tho 
Eastern  side  about  2  miles  above  the  entrance.  Above  this  tho 
water  shoals  gradually  to  the  Head.  This  Bay  is  exposed  to 
Southeasterly  winds,  but  vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught 
may  find  shelter  on  either  side,  according  to  the  direction  of  tlio 
wind,  in  about  2J^  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Owl's  Head  Bay  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

'  From  the  Westward,  leave  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  about  ^ 
mile  on  the  Fort  hand  and  steer  about  £•  by  N.  leaving  Bald 
Rock  (which  is  8  feet  above  High  Water  and  lies  E.  %  N.  2iJ^ 
miles  from  the  Lighthouse)  about  yi  mile  on  the  Port.  Continue 
the  course  E.  by  N.  about  \%  miles  past  Bald  Rock  ;  Owl's  lloiul 
Bay  will  then  be  open  and  you  may  run  in  about  North ;  when 
past  Black  Ledge,  which  lies  at  the  Western  side  of  entrance, 
in  order  to  avoid  Owl  Rock  keep  the  Western  side  best  aboard 
and  anchor  above  Cable  Island,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side, 
according  to  the  wind,  in  from  3  to  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tiile. 

Fi'om  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  is  nuulo, 
bring  it  to  bear  West  and  run  for  it  en  this  course.  When  abt)ut 
5  miles  from  this  Lighthouse,  Owl's  Head  Bay  will  be  open,  niul 
you  may  then  run  in.  In  order  to  avoid  Owl  Rock,  which  ha8  I) 
feet  water  upon  it,  after  entering  the  Bay  keep  the  Western  siilo 
best  aboard,  and  anchor  as  before  directed. 

In  beating  in  you  may  approach  the  Western  side  within  'lOU 
yards  without  danger. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Owl's  Head  Bay,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  54  m.,  or  3  h.  35  m.  before  it  ia 
in  Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5^  feet. 


i*:** :, 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


475 


SHIP  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Black  Point  on 
t^a  East  and  Beach  Point  on  the  West,  is  about  ]^  mile  wide  and 
lies  East-Northerly  40  miles  from  Sarabro  Lighthouse,  11  miles 
East-Northerly  from  Jedore  Rock  Lighthouse,  7  miles  North- 
easterly from  Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  and  West-Northerly  20 
miles  from  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Ship  Harbor. 

In  approaching  Ship  Harbor  from  the  Westward,  there  are  a 
number  of  dangers  which  lie  off  Nichol  Island,  which  is  on  the 
Western  side,  among  which  are  the  Rocks  called  Eastern  and 
Western  Bulls,  Friar  Ledges  and  Flat  Ledge  ;  the  two  latter  are 
above  water.  Vessels,  therefore,  in  entering  should  leave  these 
Ledges  well  to  the  Northward. 

In  approaching  Ship  Harbor  from  the  Eastward,  there  are 
several  Ledges  which  lie  off  Charles  Island,  which  is  on  the  East- 
ern side ;  the  outermost  is  the  Bull  Rock,  which  has  4  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  generally  shows  a  breaker.  Vessels, 
therefore,  in  entering  should  leave  these  dangers  well  on  the  Star- 
board hand. 

Bear  Rock, 

This  small  Rock,  which  lies  nearly  midway  the  entrance,  is  ele- 
vated about  4  feet  above  High  Water.  It  is  quite  bold  on  its 
Eastern  side,  but  a  Reef,  mostly  dry,  extends  about  300  jirds 
from  its  Western  side,  there  is  a  good  Channel  on  both  sides  of 
this  Bock. 

Northeast  Shoal, 

This  small  Shoal,  which  has  15  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
lies  W.  ^  S.  ^  mile  from  Bear  Rock ;  Northeast  Shoal  is  left 
to  the  Westward  by  vessels  bound  to  Ship  Harbor.  There  are 
also  several  outlaying  dangers  off  the  approach  to  this  Harbor, 
among  which  are  Little  Rock  and  Broad  Breaker ;  the  former, 
which  has  24  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  S.SE.  about  2 
miles  from  Flat  Ledge,  which  is  on  tlie  Western  side  of  the  ap- 
proach to  Ship  Harbor;  the  latter,  which  has  the  same  depth 
upon  it,  lies  1>^  miles  S.  by  E.  from  Charles  Point,  which  is  on 
the  Eastern  side  of  the  approach  to  this  Harbor. 


j«A';,«£|gwmw 


-mm 


476 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Remarka, 

Ship  Harbor  is  an  Inlet  more  than  4  miles  in  length,  but  the 
entrance  is  but  ^  mile  wide.  "With  favorable  winds  it  is  not 
difficult  of  access.  There  is  a  sufficient  depth  of  water  for  the 
heaviest  draught  vessels  to  enter  at  Low  Tide,  and  when  once  in 
they  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Ship  Harbor  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  about  a  mile 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  North,  make  good  the  course 
E.  by  N.  7J^  miles,  leaving  Bald  Rock,  Friar  Ledges  and  Flat 
Ledges  well  on  the  Port  hand.  The  approach  to  Ship  Harbor 
will  then  be  fairly  open,  and  you  may  then  run  in,  keeping  a 
sharp  lookout  for  Bear  Rock  (before  described).  When  this 
small  Rock,  which  lies  nearly  midway  the  entrance  is  made,  in 
order  to  avoid  the  Reef,  which  extends  about  300  yards  to  the 
Westward  of  it,  leave  this  Rock  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  make  good  the  course  N.  by  W.  yi  W.  Ij^  miles  to 
Wolf  Point,  which  is  80  feet  high  and  is  on  the  Western  side. 
Leave  the  last-named  point  %  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make 
good  the  course  NW-  about  2  miles  to  Lapstone  Point.  In  or- 
der to  clear  Black  Ledge,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  near  the 
entrance  of  the  Harbor,  keep  about  300  yards  from  the  Western 
shore,  carrying  not  less  than  5  fathoms  water.  Haul  round 
Beach  Point  (which  is  the  next  on  the  Western  side)  at  a  dis- 
tance of  about  150  yards,  and  run  up  about  ^  mile  carrying  deep 
water,  and  anchor  in  fron  4  to  5  fathoms  water  secure  from  all 
winds. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  about  3 
miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  it  bears  N.,  make  good  the 
course  W.  J^  N.  17  miles,  leaving  the  numerous  Rocks  and 
Ledges  which  lie  to  the  Westward  of  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse 
well  to  the  Northward.  The  approach  to  Ship  Harbor  will  then 
be  open,  bearing  about  N.NW. ;  then  run  in,  keeping  r.  sharp 
lookout  for  Bear  Rock  (before  described) .  When  this  is  made, 
leave  it  close  to  on  the  Port  hand,  and  make  good  the  course 
WW.  by  N.  J^  N.  1^  miles  to  Wolf  Point,  and  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


477 


Beating  into  Ship  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  Ship  Harbor  there*  are  two  Reefs  or  Ledges,  ' 
both  of  which  lie  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel.  The 
former,  Black  Ledge,  lies  about  }(  mile  below  Black  Point,  which 
is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  entrance.  The  latter,  O'Brien 
Ledge,  lies  about  yi  mile  above  the  entrance.  In  order,  there- 
fore, to  avoid  these  dangers,  vessels  beating  into  this  Harbor 
should  keep  the  "Western  shore  best  aboard,  and  make  short  tacks 
to  the  Eastward.  It  is,  however,  advisable  for  vessels,  with 
Northerly  winds,  intending  to  make  a  Harbor,  to  anchor  in  Day 
Cove. 


DAY  COVE. 

This  Cove,  which  lies  on  the  Western  side  about  a  mile  below 
the  entrance  to  Ship  Harbor,  has  good  Anchorage  in  from  2}i 
to  4  fathoms  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Day  Cove  in  Dajrtime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward  may  follow  the  direc- 
tions before  given  for  Ship  Harbor,  until  abreast  Wolf  Point ; 
then  steer  about  NW.  IJ^  miles.  Day  Cove  will  then  be  fairly 
open,  bearing  about  W.  by  S.  J^  S.  Then  run  in  about  midway 
and  anchor  in  from  2^  to  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Beating  up  to  Day  Cove. 

In  beating  up  to  this  Cove,  when  past  Bear  Rock  (before  de- 
scribed) ,  keep  in  mid-chani:el  until  the  Cove  is  fairly  open.  Then 
run  in  as  before  directed. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Ship  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  54  m.,  or  3  h.  55  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5j4  feet. 


mw^?i^^^^^sr^^W^W^W'' 


478 


BLDRroOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


\W^ 


SHOAL  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Eastward  of 
Ship  Harbor,  lies  East-Northerly  9j4  miles  from  Egg  Island 
Lighthouse,  and  about  15  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Beaver 
Island  Lighthouse. 

Dangers  in  entering  Shoal  Bay. 

Baltee  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Shoal  Bay,  has 
20  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Charles  Point,  Western  side 
of  entrance  to  this  Bay,  bears  from  this  danger  W.  by  S>  ^  S. 
about  1^  miles. 

Borgle  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  Shoal  Bay,  has 
16  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  A  Red  Clifif  at  the  upper  end 
of  the  Bay,  just  open  to  the  Eastward  of  Borgle  Bluflf  (which  is 
on  the  Western  side),  bearing  N.NW.,  leads  up  to  the  Eastward 
of  this  danger. 

Net  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  has  about  18  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 

Tide,  lies  upon  the  Eastern  side  of  Shoal  Bay,  nearly  opposite 

Borgle  Bluflf,  which  lies  on  the  Western  side,  and  is  about  80  feet 

high. 

Eve  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  awash  at  High  Water,  lies  near  the  Head 
of  the  Blj  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel.  Borgle  Bluff 
bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  S.  by  W.  about  ^  mile. 

Middle  Ground, 

This  Shoal  Spot,  which  has  about  12  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 

Tide,  lies  near  the  Head  of  the  Ba^ ,  on  the  Western  side  near  the 

Anchorage.     Borgle  Bluff  bears  from  this  danger  SB.  about  a 

mile. 

Remarks, 

Although  this  Inlet  is  called  Shoal  Bay,  it  has  a  sufficient  depth 
of  water  to  admit  the  heaviest  draught  vessels.    Five  fathoms  can 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


479 


be  taken  in  to  the  Anchorage,  which  is  on  the  Northwestern  part, 
and  is  excellent,  especially  for  large  vessels.  By  avoiding  the 
dangers  given,  this  Bay  is  sufficiently  wide  for  large  vessels  to 
beat  in. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Shoal  Bay  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Egg  Island  Lighthousd  about  a  mile 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  N.,  make  good  the  course  E. 
y^  N.  10  miles,  leaving  Little  Bock,  which  has  24  feet  water  upon 
it,  well  on  the  Starboard,  and  Broad  Rock,  which  has  the  same 
depth  upon  it,  well  on  the  Port  hand.  Shoal  Bay  will  then  be 
fairly  open,  and  you  may  run  in,  keeping  about  midway.  As  you 
sail  in.,  there  will  be  seen  on  the  "Western  side,  Borgle  Bluff,  which 
is  80  feet  high.  Leave  this  Bluff,  which  is  bold,  about  %  mile  on 
the  Port  hand,  and  when  past  it,  haul  up  NW.,  carrying  from  6 
to  8  fathoms  water.  When  past  the  Middle  Ground  (before  de- 
scribed), steer  about  W.,  and  anchor  at  the  Head  of  the  Bay,  in 
from  4  to  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  Borgle  Bluff  bears  from 
this  Anchorage  SE.  1^  miles. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  about  3 
miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  it  bears  N.,  make  good 
the  course  W.  J^  N.  about  13^2  miles,  leaving  the  numerous 
Bocks  and  Ledges  which  lie  to  the  Westward  of  Beaver  Island 
Lighthouse  well  to  the  Northward.  Shoal  Bay  vdll  then  be  fairly 
open,  bearing  about  N.NW.  Then  run  in  midway,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 

Beating  into  Shoal  Bay. 

In  beating  into  this  Bay  keep  midway  until  past  Borgle  Shoal 
(before  described)  ;  then  keep  the  Western  side  best  aboard  and 
anchor  as  before  directed. 


m- 


m. 


\ 


Sigh  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Shoal  Bay,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon  at  7  h.  45  m.,  or  3  h.  44  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5j4  feet. 


:^-.       f^ 


480 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


W 


TANGIER   HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  the  first  to  the  East- 
ward of  Shoal  Bay,  is  between  Tangier  Island  on  the  "West  and 
Ironbound  Island  on  the  East,  is  about  ^i  mile  wide,  and  lies 
East-Northerly  11  miles  from  Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  and  West- 
Northerly  13  miles  from  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse.  There  is  a 
narrow  passage  leading  from  Shoal  Bay  to  Tangier  Harbor,  hav- 
ing about  12  feet  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Dangers  in  entering  Tangier  Harbor. 

Tangier  Island  Shoal, 

This  small  Shoal,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to 
Tangier  Harbor,  has  about  15  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
and  lies  about  yi  mile  to  the  Southward  of  Tangier  Island. 

JPope  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  lies  off  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  Tan- 
gier Harbor,  is  elevated  about  3  feet  above  High  Water.  The 
Southern  Point  of  Tangier  Island,  which  lies  on  the  Western  side 
of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  bears  from  this  danger  W.  >^  S.  1>^ 
miles ;  Western  end  of  Ironbound  Island  (Eastern  side  of  en- 
trance) NW.  about  a  mile.  Shoal  water,  with  sunken  Rocks, 
extends  off  to  the  Southward  more  than  ^  mile  from  Pope  Rock, 
and  Shoal  Water  also  extends  some  distance  Northeasterly  from 
it.  Vessels  in  passing  in  or  out  should  therefore  give  this  Rock 
a  wide  berth. 

Horse  Hock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  has  but  3  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  is  the  outermost  danger  lying  off  the  Eastern  side  of 
entrance  to  Tangier  Harbor,  and  generally  breaks  with  a  little 
motion  of  the  sea.  Pope  Rock  (before  described)  bears  from 
this  danger  NW.  by  N.  X  N.  1>^  miles. 

Drunken  Dick, 

This  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lies  off  the  Eastern  side 
of  entrance  to  Tangier  Harbor.     Pope  Rock  bears  from  this  dan- 


ger obo 
Island  I 
about  fj 

This 
obaQQol, 
Point*  b 
up  oa  bo 


TbIsL 
at  Low  'I 
Tangier  ] 
SE.  atia 
Lodge. 

Tangle] 
oi'ly  wlndi 
above  Poi 
more  than 
is  on  the 

Sailing 

From  til 
oa  the  Pol 
E.  ^  KT.I 
opoa  beai 
UoMcrlbodi 
band,    \^ 
log  from 
on  the  Ef 
plnu  H\\oi\ 
foot  WUtt'l 
and  Hhaj 
not  more 

•  Porcul 
the  EiiMtori 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


481 


ger  ftbont  E*SE>  nearly  J^  mile ;  Western  end  of  Ironbound 
Illand  Kttitorn  side  of  entrance  to  Tangier  Harbor  NW.  by  N. 
about  fi  milo. 

Whale  Back, 

This  Lodge,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lies  nearly  in  mid- 
ohaooal,  a  little  more  than  a  mile  f"om  the  entrance.  Porcupine 
Point*  bean*  from  this  danger  SB.  about  }^  mile.  Channels  lead 
up  OQ  both  sides  of  Whale  Back. 

Shag  Ledge, 

This  Lodge,  which  is  about  yi  mile  above  "Whale  Back,  is  bare 
at  Low  Tide,  and  lies  nearly  midway  the  passage.  In  entering 
TaBgior  Harbor,  Porcupine  Point  bears  from  this  danger  about 
aoarly  a  mile.    Channels  lead  up  on  both  sides  of  Shag 


Jtemarks, 

Tanglor  Harbor  affords  good  Anchorage  to  all  but  Southeast- 
erly winds.  About  20  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  carried  in 
ftbovo  Porcupine  Point,  and  secure  Anchorage  for  vessels  of  not 
more  tlitin  12  or  14  feet  draught  is  found  in  Mason  Cove,  which 
is  on  tho  Eastern  side  about  2J^  miles  from  the  entrance. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Tangier  Harbor  in  Dasrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  about  a  mile 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  North  make  good  the  course 
E>  ^  N<  about  l\%  miles.  Tangier  Harbor  will  then  be  fairly 
open  bearing  N.NW-,  then  run  in  leaving  the  Ledges  (before 
doseribod)  on  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  well  on  the  Starboard 
band.  When  past  Ironbound  Island,  keep  about  midway,  carry- 
ing from  3J4  to  4  fathoms  water  until  Porcupine  Point,  which  is 
on  the  Eastern  side,  bears  about  East ;  you  are  then  past  Porcu- 
pine Hhoai,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  and  has  15 
foot  water  upon  it.  Then  in  order  to  clear  Whale  Back  Ledge 
and  Hhag  Ledge,  steer  more  Easterly,  leaving  Porcupine  Point 
not  more  than  aoo'yards  on  the  Starboard  hand.    When  past  this 


♦  Porcupine  Point  Is  a  conspicuoua  Landmark  120  feet  high,  lying  on 
the  EttMtorn  side  of  tlie  entrance  to  Tangier  Harbc. 


482 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  TILOT. 


Point  run  up  and  anchor  to  the  Eastward  of  the  last-named 
Ledges  in  from  3j4  to  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  Porcupine 
Point  bears  from  this  Anchorage  (which  is  about  ^  mile  from 
the  Eastern  side)  S.SE-  -%  mile. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  12  or  14  feet  draught  may  go  farther 
up  and  leave  Hog  Island  Point  (which  is  the  first  on  the  iiastern 
side  above  Porcupine  Point)  not  more  than  300  yards  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  anchor  about  350  yards  to  the  Northward  of 
Hog  Island  Point,  secure  from  all  winds,  in  from  12  to  15  feet 
water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  about  3 
miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  it  bears  North,  steer 
about  W.  J4  N.  about  13  miles,  leaving  the  numerous  Rocks 
and  Ledges  which  lie  to  the  Westward  of  Beaver  Island  Light- 
house well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Tangier  Harbor  will  then  be 
fairly  open,  and  you  may  run  in,  leaving  Horse  Rock  and  Pope 
Shoals  (before  described)  well  on"  the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  "Water  in  Tangier  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  40  m.,  or  3  h.  49  m.  before  it 
is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  byi  feet. 


POPE  HARBOR. 

The  enti'ance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  the  next  to  the  East- 
ward of  Tangier  Harbor,  is  between  Pope  Head  on  the  East  and 
Ironbound  Island  on  the  West,  and  lies  East-Northerly  12  miles 
from  Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  13  miles  to  the  West- 
ward of  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse. 

Pope  Harbor  Idghthouse, 

Upon  the  Western  end  of  Harbor  Island  fs  a  White  Square 
Wooden  Building,  with  dwelling  attached,  which  at  this  date 
(1884)  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light.  Vessels  bound  in  should  leave 
this  Lighthouse  at  least  250  yards  oc  the  Starboard  hand. 


Dangei 


This  d 
on  it  at 
Pope  Ha 
trance  to 
miles;  P 
miles. 

This  R< 
Harbor,  is 
which  is  I 
from  this 
Shoal  Wa1 
more  than 
some  dista 
in  passing 
Westward. 

This  dai 
lies  nearly 
this  dange: 
Eastward 

This  Ro 
on  the  We! 
Rock.  Pc 
}4  mile. 
Channel  o^ 


This  dai 
of  the  ent 
very  bold 
from  the  ^\ 
j4  mile. 
Harbor,  ji 
clears  this 


ELDRIDOE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


483 


Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  Pope  Harbor. 

Horse  Rock, 

This  dangerous  Rock  (before  described)  has  but  3  feet  water 
on  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  approach  to 
Pope  Harbor.  Pope  Head,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  en- 
trance to  this  Harbor,  bears  from  this  danger  N.  ^  E.  1^ 
miles;  Pope  Rock  (before  described)  NW.  by  N.  %  N.  1J4 
miles. 

Pope  Rock. 

This  Rock,  which  lies  off  the  "Western  side  of  entrance  to  Pope 
Harbor,  is  elevated  about  3  feet  above  High  Water.  Pope  Head, 
which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  bears 
from  this  danger  E.  by  N.  5^  N.  a  little  more  than  a  mile. 
Shoal  WatCx',  with  Sunken  Rocks,  extends  off  to  the  Southward 
more  than  j4  mile  from  Pope  Rock,  and  Shoal  Water  also  extends 
some  distance  to  the  Northeastward  from  it.  "Vessels,  therefore, 
in  passing  in  or  out  should  give  this  Rock  a  wide  berth  to  the 
Westward. 

Schooner  Rock, 

This  danger,  which  has  about  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
lies  nearly  in  mid-channel.  Pope  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  danger  N.  ^  W.  about  %  mile.  The  best  Channel  is  to  the 
Eastward  of  this  Rock. 

Black  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  above  water,  is  bold  on  all  sides,  and  lies 
on  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel  about  -^  mile  above  Schooner 
Rock.  Pope  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.  by  E* 
j4  mile.  Between  this  Rock  and  the  Western  shore,  there  is  a 
Channel  of  20  feet  water  at  Low  Tide. 

Barrier  Reef, 

This  dangerous  Reef,  which  extends  off  from  the  Eastern  side 
of  the  entrance  to  Pope  Harbor,  is  dry  in  some  places,  and  is 
very  bold  on  its  Western  part.  Pope  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears 
from  the  Western  part  of  this  danger  NW.  by  N.  %  N.  about 
}4  inile.  A  Roman  Catholic  church  on  the  Northern  side  of  the 
Harbor,  just  open  to  the  Westward  of  Pope  Harbor  Lighthouse, 
clears  this  danger. 


484 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Mink  Islands. 

These  Islands,  of  which  there  are  two,  are  small.  Shoat 
Water,  with  Rocks  above  and  below  the  surface,  extends  Nortu- 
easterly  to  the  shore.  Pope  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  the 
Westernmost  of  these  Islands  SE.  ^  S'  about  yi  mile. 

Remarka. 

This  small  Harbor,  which  lies  to  the  Northeastward  of  Pope 
Harbor  Lighthouse,  has  Anchorage  which  is  safe  from  all  winds. 
About  24  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  taken  in.  It  is  neces- 
sary for  large  vessels  to  moor,  as  its  width  is  not  more  than  300 
yards.  There  is  a  narrow  Passage  having  about  8  feet  water  in 
it  at  Low  Tide,  leading  from  Pope  Harbor  to  Spry  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Pope  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  about  a  mile 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  N-,  make  good  the  course 
E*  yi  N.  12j^  miles,  keeping  a  sharp  look  out  for  Horse  Uock 
(befoi'e  described).  The  sea  generally  bi'eaks  upon  this  danger. 
When  this  is  made,  leave  it  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand, 
and  when  it  bears  S-,  steer  N.  for  Pope  Head  (which  lies  on  the 
Eastern  side  /f  entrance) ,  leaving  Pope  Rock  and  Shoals  well  on 
the  Port  hand.  When  about  %,  mile  from  Pope  Head,  which  is 
bo!i,  haul  up  about  NW.  by  N.,  leaving  Schooner  Rock  and 
Black  Rock  (before  described)  well  on  the  Port  hand,  and  Bar- 
rier Reef  (before  described)  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Haul 
round  the  Lighthouse  at  a  distance  of  about  300  yards,  and 
anchor  about  midway,  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 
The  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Anchorage  SW>  by  W.  about 
400  yards. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  about  3 
miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  it  bears  N.,  make  good 
the  course  W-  J^  N.  11  miles,  leaving  the  dangers  which  lie  to 
the  Westward  of  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  well  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  Pope  Harbor  will  then  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  N. 
NW.  Then  run  in  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  look  out 
for  Horse  Rock  (before  described).  When  this  is  made,  leave  it 
about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer  about  N.  by  W.,  leav- 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


485 


ing  Pope  Rock  and  Shoals  well  on  the  Port  hand.  AVhen  alwut 
^  mile  from  Pope  Head  (which  lies  on  the  Jiastern  t  le  of 
entrance,  and  is  bold),  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Pope  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  40  ra.,  or  3  h.  49  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  b%  feet. 


SPRY  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  the  next  to  the  Eastward 
of  Pope  Harbor,  is  between  Taylor  Head  on  the  East  and  Pope 
Head  on  the  West,  is  about  3  miles  wide,  and  lies  about  14  miles 
to  the  Eastward  of  Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  and  West-Northerly 
lOj^  miles  from  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse. 

Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  Spry  Harbor. 

Maloney  Shoals, 

These  dangers,  which  lie  near  each  other,  are  small,  and  have 
about  12  feet  water  upou  them  at  Low  Tide.  They  lie  nearly 
midway  the  entrance  to  Spry  Harbor.  Maloney  Rock,  which  is 
always  above  water,  bears  from  the  Eastern  Shoal  about  N.  by 
E.  about  Yz  mile.  The  best  Channel  leading  to  Spry  Harbor  is 
to  the  Eastward  of  these  dangers. 

Herring  Shoals, 

These  dangers,  which  are  about  y^  mile  to  the  T/estward  of 
Maloney  Shoals,  lie  on  the  Westeru  side  of  the  entrance  to  Spry 
Harbor,  and  have  12  feet  water  upon  them  at  Low  Tide.  Ma- 
loney Rock  bears  from  these  dangers  NE.  by  E.  about  a  mile. 

Mad  Moll  Reef, 

This  dangerous  Reef,  which  is  bare  in  some  places,  extends 
about  a  mile  to  the  Westward  from  Taylor  Head  (Eastern  side 


486 


KLDHIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


of  entrance  to  Spry  Harbor) ,  and  Is  bold  on  Its  Western  side. 
Maloney  Rock,  always  above  water,  boars  from  the  Western  end 
of  this  Reef  NW.  H  N.  about  ^  mile. 

Maloney  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  the  guide  in  entering  Spry  Ilai-bor,  is  al- 
ways above  water,  and  lies  a  short  distance  above  the  entrance, 
and  is  nearly  in  mid-channel.  Taylor  Head,  Kasturn  side  of  en- 
trance, bears  about  E!>SEi-  IH  miles.  There  is  a  narrow  Chan- 
nel of  6  fathoms  water,  about  ^  mile  wide,  to  the  Westward  of 
this  Rock. 

Never  fail  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  has  17  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
E.  %  S.  about  ^  mile  from  Maloney  Rock.  The  best  Channel 
leading  up  to  Spry  Harbor  is  to  the  Eastward  of  this  danger. 

Shoal  Spots,  ' 

These  dangers,  which  have  from  28  to  30  feet  water  upon  them, 
lie  Northeasterly  from  }4  to  ^  mile  from  Maloney  Rock. 

Bald  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  above  water,  is  quite  bold  on  its  Western 
side,  and  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel  about  1^  miles 
above  Malon(  Rock.  To  the  Eastward  of  this  Rook  are  Leslie 
and  Green  Isli.nds,  both  of  which  are  small  and  surrounded  by 
Shoal  Water. 

Ham  Hock, 

This  danger,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  is  nearly  opposite 
Bald  Rock,  and  lies  about  }£  mile  from  the  Western  shore.  The 
Channel  leading  up  to  Spry  Harbor  is  between  Ram  Rock  and 
Bald  Rock  and  is  about  ^  mile  wide. 

Memarka,  ^ 

Spry  Harbor  is  situated  at  the  Southwest  end  of  Spry  Bay  and 
is  sufficiently  commodious  to  accommodate  a  large  fleet.  The 
Anchorage,  wliich  is  considered  safe  from  all  winds,  is  near  tUu 
Southwest  part  in  from  7  to  8  fathoms  water,  good  holding  ground. 
About  6  fathoms  water  can  be  taken  into  this  Harbor  at  Low 
Tide. 


miles  on  the  {■ 


Boston.    Me 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


487 


Sailing  Directions  for  Spry  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  about  a 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  North,  make  go«)d  the 
course  E.  J4  N.  l''J>4  miles,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  llorso 
Rock  (before  described).  The  sea  generally  breaks  upon  this 
danger.  When  this  Rock  is  made,  leave  it  about  %  miK  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  steer  NE.  by  E.  for  Taylor  Head,  which  is  com- 
posed of  large  White  Rocks,  is  destitute  of  trees,  lies  ou  the  East- 
ern side  of  entrance,  and  is  easily  distingnished.  As  you  ap- 
proach this  head,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  IMaloncy  Rock,  which 
is  always  above  water.  When  this  boars  N.  by  W.  %  W.,  then 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  leavin/^  it  about  300  yards  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  past  this  Rock,  steer  about  North,  keeping  a  sharp 
lookout  for  Bald  Rock  (before  described)  ;  when  this  is  made, 
leave  it  about  300  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  gradually 
haul  to  the  Westward,  and  run  in  about  midway,  and  anchor 
near  the  Southwest  part  of  the  Harbor  in  from  7  to  8  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  about  3 
miles  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  when  it  bears  North,  make  good 
the  course  W.  J^  N.  about  9J^  miles,  leaving  the  dangCi-s  which 
lie  to  the  Westward  of  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  well  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  When  Taylor  Head  (which  is  composed  of 
large  White  Rocks,  is  destitute  of  trees,  and  lies  on  the  Eastern 
side  of  entrance  to  Spry  Harbor)  bears  North,  then  run  in  about 
N.NW.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Maloney  Kock  (which  is 
always  above  water)  ;  when  this  Rock  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
N.  by  W.  /4  W.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  and  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Spry  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  8  h.  2  m.,  or  3  h.  27  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5j4  feet. 


TAYLOR  BAY. 

This  Bay  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  Spry  Harbor,  and  affords 
good  Anchorage  for  light  draught  vessels. 


488 


ELDRIDGE'F   COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing  Directions  in  Daytime. 

Vessels  bound  to  Taylor  Bay,  should  follow  the  directions  bo- 
fore  given  for  Spry  Harbor,  until  past  Bald  Rock.  Thou  make 
good  the  course  NW.  by  N.  about  a  mile  ;  Taylor  Bay  will  thca 
be  fairly  open  and  you  may  then  run  in.  In  order  to  avoid  tbo 
Sunken  Rocks,  which  lie  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel, 
keep  the  Western  side  best  aboard,  and  anchor  when  the  water 
shoals  to  3  fathoms  at  Low  Tide,  about  J^  mile  above  the  en- 
trance. It  is  not  prudent  for  strangers  to  go  above  this  without 
a  pilot. 


MUSHABOON  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  next  to  the  Eastward  of  Spry  Harbor,  is 
exposed  to  Southeasterly  winds  and  affords  no  shelter  for  vessels 
only  on  the  Eastern  side  near  its  head  ;  during  these  winds  it  is 
therefore  advisable  for  vessels  seeking  shelter,  to  make  eithiir 
Spry  Harbor  or  Sheet  Harbor,  both  of  which  are  near  the  en- 
trance to  Mushaboon  Harbor. 


SHEET  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  fine  Harbor,  which  is  between  Danbury 
Island  on  the  East  and  Western  Island  on  the  West,  is  about  Yi 
mile  wide,  and  lies  East-Northerly  about  52  miles  from  Sanibro 
Lighthouse,  19  miles  East-Northerly  from  Egg  Island  LighthouHo, 
74  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Canso  Lighthouse,  and  West-Norlli- 
erly  about  7  miles  from  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse. 


Sheet  Hock  Lighthouse, 

A  little  more  than  J^  mile  without  the  entrance  to  Sheet  Harbor 
is  a  small  Islet  which  presents  to  Seaward  a  remarkab.le  Cliff  of  Clay 
Slate  resembling  somewhat  a  suspended  sheet.  This  is  colled 
Sheet  Rock.  Upon  this  Rock  is  a  White  Square  Wooden  Build- 
ing, with  dwelling   attached,   which  at  this  date  (1884)   shows 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


489 


every  40  seconds  a  Red  Revolving  Light.  From  Seaward  tliia 
Light  is  only  seen  from  NE.  by  E^  ^  E-  to  NW.  %  W-  Ves- 
sels bound  to  the  "Westward  of  this  Lighthouse  should  leave  it  at 
least  300  yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  vessels  bound  to  the 
Eastward  of  it  should  leave  it  at  least  250  yards  on  the  Port 
hand. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Sheet  Harbor  from  the 

Southwestward. 

Yankee  Jack, 

This  small  dangerous  Rock  has  3  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide.  Sheet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NE.  by  N. 
^  N.  4  miles ;  Taylor  Head  (composed  of  large  "White  Rocks) , 
NW.  by  N.  K  K".  2^  miles.  "With  a  smooth  sea  Yankee  Jack 
is  very  dangerous.  About  ^  mile  W.N  W.  from  Yankee  Jack 
is  another  Rock  with  12  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Taylor  Goose. 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  lies  about  ^  mile  to  the  North- 
westward of  Yankee  Jack,  is  awash  at  High  "Water,  and  is  bold 
on  its  Southeastern  side.  "Vessels  may  pass  to  the  Southward  of 
this  danger  within  a  cable's  length,  but  Shoal  "Water  extends 
Northwesterly  about  J^  mile  from  it.  Sheet  Rock  Lighthouse 
bears  from  Taylor  Goofee  NE.  by  N;  4  miles ;  Taylor  Head 
(composed  of  large  "White  Rocks),  NW-  by  N.  ^  N.  IJ^  miles. 

JIushaboon  Shoal, 

This  small  Rocky  Patch,  which  lies  about  ^  mile  NE.  by  N. 
from  Taylor  Goose,  has  about  17  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Sheet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NE.  by  N.  3^ 
miles;  Taylor  Head,  NW.  l4  W.  1^  miles.  The  sea  upon 
Mushaboon  Shoal  seldom  breaks,  but  its  position  may  be  known 
by  the  bearings  of  Taylor  Goose,  which  is  awash  at  High  "Water. 

Pyche  Shoals, 

These  Shoals,  which  lie  about  a  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  Taylor 
Head,  have  in  some  places  about  16  feet  water  upon  them  at  Low 
Tide.  Sheet  Pock  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  these 
Shoals  NE.  ^  E.  2J^  mUes. 


?^.  »■*?«»" 


490 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Dangers  in  approaching  Sheet  Harbor  from  the 
Southward  and  Eastward. 

Logan  Rock* 

This  Bock,  which  has  about  20  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
lies  E.  by  S.  }i  S-  1J4  miles  from  Yankee  Jack.  Sheet  Rock 
Lighthouse  bears  from  Logan  Bock  N.  %  E.  ^}i  miles. 

Western  Shagroost. 

This  Bock,  which  is  about  6  feet  above  High  Water,  is  always 
visibifc  m  daytime.  A  Beef,  which  is  dry  in  some  places,  extends 
about  Yz  mile  from  it  in  a  Southwesterly  direction.  About  % 
mile  to  the  Eastward  of  this  Bock  there  are  several  Bocky 
Patches.  Sheet  Bock  Lighthouse  bears  from  Western  Shagroost 
N.  by  W.  }i  W.  ^yi  miles.  Vessels  bound  into  Sheet  Harbor 
should  give  this  Bock  at  leaet  a  berth  of  %  mile  on  either  hand. 

Munroe  Mock, 

This  Bock,  which  lies  about  7^  mile  to  the  Southward  of  West- 
em  Shagroost,  has  11  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Sheet 
Bock  Lighthouse,  Western  Shagroost  and  Munroe  Bock  lie  nearly 
on  a  line. 

JEastem  Shagroost, 

This  is  a  low  Bocky  Ledge  about  6  feet  above  High  Water. 
Shoal  Water  lies  from  yi  to  %  mUe  to  the  Northward  and  West- 
ward of  it.  Sheet  Bock  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NW. 
Z%  miles.  There  is  deep  water  between  the  Eastern  Shagroost 
and  Pumpkin  Island,  the  latter  of  which  lies  E-  by  N.  }i  N. 
about  \7/i  miles  from  the  former.  About  a  mile  NW.  by  N. 
from  Eastern  Shagroost  is  a  Bocky  Patch  having  ubout  19  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Bdbin  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  lies  about  NW.  by  N.  54  N.  1^^  miles 
from  Western  Shagroost,  has  14  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Sheet  Bock  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.  by  W.  1% 
miles.  Between  Western  Shagroost  and  Babin  Shoal  are  several 
Bocky  Patches  having  from  24  to  30  feet  water  upon  them. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


491 


Macdonald  Mock  and  Shoals, 

This  Rock,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  approach  to  Sheet 
Harbor,  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  and  lies  on  the  extensive  Macdonald 
Shoals,  which  extend  oflE  SW.  by  W.  about  j4  mile  from  Mac- 
donald Point.  Sheet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Western 
part  of  these  Shopils  N.  by  W.  about  a  mile. 

White  Bock. 

This  Rock,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Sheet  Harbor, 
has  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Sheet  Rock  Light- 
house bears  from  this  danger  S.SW.  1^  miles.  In  order  to 
clear  this  Rock,  when  running  up  the  Lighthouse  should  be  kept 
open  about  a  vessel's  length  to  the  Westward  of  Danbury  Island. 
This  last-named  Island,  which  is  60  feet  high,  lies  on  the  Eastern 

side  of  entrance  to  Sheet  Harbor,  and  bears  NE.  by  N.  %  N. 

^  mile  from  the  Lighthouse. 

Memarks, 

ThiM  excellent  Harbor  of  Refuge,  the  entrance  of  which  is  be- 
tween Western  Island  and  Danbury  Island,  is  about  J^  mile  wide. 
There  is  good  Anchorage  on  the  Western  side  in  about  6  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide  immediately  after  entering.  The  Harbor  ei"- 
tends  inland  more  than  5  miles,  and  with  one  exception,  by  keep- 
ing midway,  is  navigable  for  heavy  draught  vessels  nearly  to  its 
head.  Good  water  may  be  obtained  in  this  Harbor  at  Watering 
Cove,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  about  3J^  miles  from  the  en- 
trance. In  approaching  Sheet  Harbor  there  are  four  passages 
leading  in  among  the  Rocks  and  Shoals,  either  of  which  may  be 
used  by  large  vessels  as  the  wind  or  other  circumstances  may 
require. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sheet  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Egg  Island  Lighthouse  about  a  mile 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  North,  make  good  the  course 
East  14  miles,  leaving  Horse  Rock  well  on  the  Port  hand.  Tay- 
lor Head,  which  is  composed  of  Large  White  Rocks  and  is  desti- 
tute of  trees,  will  then  bear  NE.  by  N.  }i  N.  about  d}{  miles. 
When  this  Head  is  made,  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  -^ 


.-  i  ■ .      .  •  ■ 


492 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


mile  from  it ;  then  steer  East,  leaving  Yankee  Jack,  Taylor 
Goose,  Mushaboon  Shoal  (before  described)  on  the  Starboard, 
and  Pyche  Shoals  well  on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course 
East  until  Sheet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  NE.  by  N.,  then  run  for 
it  on  this  course,  and  leave  it  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand.  When  past  this  Lighthouse  bring  it  to  bear  S.  }i  W., 
and  run  N.  %  E.,  passing  about  midway  between  Danbury 
Island  and  "Western  Island.  When  past  these  Islands  run  up 
about  N.  by  E.  In  order  to  avoid  White  Rock  (before  de- 
scribed) ,  keep  the  Lighthouse  open  to  the  Westward  of  Danbury 
Island.  When  past  this  Rock  keep  midway,  and  anchor  in  from 
6  to  8  fathoms  water,  about  4 5^  miles  above  the  Lighthouse, 
where  you  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 

From  Seaward,  keep  a  sharp  lookout  for  Sheet  Rock  Light- 
house, and  as  soon  as  it  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  N.  by  E.,  and 
run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Yankee  Jack,  Taylor  Goose, 
and  Mushaboon  Shoals  well  on  the  Port,  and  Logan  Shoal  and 
Western  Shagroost  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the 
course  N-  by  E.  until  about  1^  miles  from  the  Lighthouse,  then 
gradually  haul  to  the  Westward  and  leave  it  about  J^  mile  oo 
the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  about  a 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  W.  by  N.,  leaving  the 
Eastern  Shagroost  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Continue  the 
course  W.  byN.  until  Sheet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  by  N., 
then  run  for  it  on  this  course  passing  about  midway  between  the 
Rocks  called  Eastern  and  Western  Shagroost ;  when  the  Western 
Shagroost,  which  is  about  6  feet  above  High  Water,  bears  S-  by 
W.  %  W.,  then  steer  W-  NW.  passing  about  midway  between 
Babin  and  Macdonald  Shoals.  Continue^  the  course  W-NW- 
until  Sheet  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  N.  byE.,  then  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 

With  favorable  winds,  vessels  of  not  more  than  14  feet  draught 
from  the  Eastward,  may  pass  to  the  Northward  of  Beaver  J3land, 
by  the  following  directions :  When  Beaver  Island  Lightliouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.NW.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course. 
Wlicn  about  1  %  miles  from  it,  steer  more  Northerly.  As  you 
sail  in  you  will  see  Horse  Island,  which  is  40  feet  high,  and  lies 
about  a  mile  to  the  Northwestward  of  Beaver  Island ;  pass  about 
midway  between  these  two  Islands,  leaving  Beaver  Island  Light- 


It  is  High  W 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


493 


house  abojit  J^  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  this  Lighthouse 
bears  S-SEm  make  good  the  course  W-  J4  N.,  leaving  Pumpkin 
Island  (which  is  nearly  100  feet  high  and  bears  W.  by  N-  1^ 
miles  from  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse)  not  more  than  250  yards 
on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  W.  Yi  N.  4J^  miles,  or 
until  Sheet  Rock  Lighthouse  bears  N.  by  E.,  then  run  for  it  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Vessels  may  find  good  Anchorage  on  the  Western  side  of  Sheet 
Harbor  immediately  within  the  entrance,  by  the  following  direc- 
tions :  When  past  Sheet  Rock  Lighthouse,  bring  it  to  bear  S.  ^^ 
W'  and  steer  N.  Yi  Bypassing  about  midway  between  Dan- 
bury  Island  and  Western  Island.  When  past  these  Islands,  haul 
in  and  anchor  in  the  Western  part  of  the  Harbor  in  from  6  to  8 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  with  good  holding  ground. 

Beating  into  Sheet  Harbor  m  Daytime. 

When  past  Yankee  Jack  and  Taylor  Goose  Rocks,  vessels  of 
not  more  than  15  feet  draught  may  bring  Sheet  Rock  Lighthouse 
to  bear  from  NE.  by  N.  to  N.  until  about  Y\  ^i^*^  from  it; 
then  pass  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Lighthouse,  where  there  are  no 
dangers  excepting  those  lying  near  the  shores,  and  work  in  be- 
tween Danbury  Island  and  Western  Island  (before  describea) , 
and  anchor  on  the  Western  side,  immediately  within  the  entrance, 
in  from  6  to  8  fathoms  water. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Sheet  Harbor  at  Night-time, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

At  night-time,  from  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  keep  outside 

all  the  Ledges  (before  described)  until  Sheet  Rock  Lighthouse 

bears  N.  by  E.,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  you  judge 

you  are  about  J^  mile  from  it,  then  haul  round  it  leaving  it  about 

Yl  mile  on  the  Port  hand.     When  this  Lighthouse  bears  S.  K 

W.,  steer  N.  J^  E.  ^  niile,  passing  midway  between  Danbury 

Island  and  Western  Island.    When  past  these  Islands,  haul  in 

and  anchor  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Harbor,  in  from  6  to  8 

fathoms  water. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the 
Moon,  at  8  h.  6  m.,  or  3  h.  23  m.  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Mean 
rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  S^^  feet. 


^%^- 


494 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


BEAVER  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  i^  the  first  to  the  Eastward 
of  Sheet  Harbor,  is  easy  of  access,  and  lies  East-Northerly  5 
miles  from  Sheet  Rock  Lighthouse,  and  North-Westerly  4^^  miles 
from  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse. 

Beaver  Island  Idghthouse, 

Upon  the  Eastern  end  of  Beaver  Island  is  a  Dwelling  painted 
White,  with  two  Black  Balls  to  Seaward.  Upon  the  building  is  a 
lantern,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  Revolving  White  Ligbt 
which  attains  its  greatest  brilliancy  every  two  minutes.  Vessels 
bound  to  Beaver  Harbor  ihould  leave  this  Lighthouse  at  least  yi 
mile  to  the  Westward. 

Bearings  and  Distances  firom  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse. 


Sambro  Lighthouse,    .     .     .  W.  J^  S.,  .     . 
Egg  Island  Lighthouse,   .     .  W.  ^  S.,  .     . 
Green  Island  Lighthouse,     .  E.  ^  N.,  .     . 
White  Head    Island   Light- 
house,    E.  >^  N.,  .     . 

Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse,  East-Northerly, 


Distanoe. 

68 

miles 

24^ 

u 

38^ 

u 

66>^ 

u 

68 

(( 

Dangers  in  approaching  Beaver  Harbor 

William  Shoal. 

This  Shoal,  which  is  the  principal  danger  in  approaching 
Beaver  Island  from  Seaward,  has  18  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide.    Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  N.NW.  2  miles. 

Marmot  Rock, 

This  danger,  which  is  awash  at  low  spring  Tides,  is  the  outer- 
most on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel  leading  up  to  Beaver 
Harbor.  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Rock  SW-  ))y 
W.  ^  W.  2]/^  miles. 

Middle  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  sidt  of  the  ap)  loacli  to 
Beaver  Harbor,  has  about  14  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 


Boaver  U\ 
nllai.  Ab 
two  Mpoti  ; 
Tide. 

Thii  Rod 
iag  up  to  Be 
Sboftl  Watoi 


This  Man 
Northward  c 
Cbanael.  Sh 
era  part  of  a 
tli@re  ore  seve 


Tbli  liland 
tb©  approach 
tbfta  ft  mile  fro 
off  «omo  distil 
bouad  to  Beav 
to  th@  Westwt 

Thii  Iiland,) 
Islaad,  Js  on  [ 
lieavor  Harboj 
high,  which  Is  I 
Jsqult©  bold,  I 
i  mil©  without  I 

Beaver  Uivl 
the  Lighthouse 


heavliisdraugl 
Jag  Soutbeasteii 
pais  above  Hti 
Inner  Beaver 
fi'om  Beaver  hJ 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


495 


Boaver  Islancl  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  S-SW.  IJ^ 
milei.  Ab6ut  y^  mile  to  the  Westward  of  Middle  Ground  are 
two  (ipoti  having  from  24  to  26  feet  water  upon  them  at  Low 
Tide. 

Harbor  Rock. 

Thii  Rook,  which  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  Channel  lead- 
iag  up  to  Beaver  Harbor,  is  elevated  12  feet  above  High  Water. 
Shoal  Water  extends  about  250  yards  to  the  Westward  of  this 
danger. 

Sandy  Island, 

Thii  Island,  which  is  20  feet  high,  lies  about  %  mile  to  the 
Northward  of  Harbor  Rock,  and  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the 
Chanael.  Shoal  Water  extends  oflf  about  }(  mile  from  the  South- 
era  part  of  this  Island.  Between  Sandy  Island  and  Harbor  Rock 
there  are  several  spots  having  as  little  as  18  feet  water  upon  them. 

Morse  Island, 

Thii  Island,  which  is  40  feet  high,  lies  on  the  Western  side  of 
the  approach  to  Beaver  Harbor,  and  Northwesterly  a  little  more 
tbaa  a  mile  from  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse.  Shoal  Water  extends 
oS  some  distance  from  its  Eastern  part.  Vessels,  therefore, 
bound  to  Beaver  Harbor,  should  leave  this  Island  at  least  ^^  mile 
to  the  Westward. 

Sutherland  Island. 

Thii  Island,  which  lies  about  a  mile  Northwesterly  from  Horse 

Island,  is  on  the  Western  side  of  the  Channel  leading  up  to 

Beaver  Harbor,  and  has  upon  it  a  conical-shaped  Hill  107  feet 

high,  which  is  a  good  landmark  for  vessels.    Sutherland  Island 

is  quit©  bold,  and  vessels  may  approach  its  Eastern  side  within 

<!  mile  without  danger. 

Remarks, 

Beaver  Harbor  is  comparatively  easy  of  access.  When  past 
the  Lighthouse,  the  Channel  leading  up  is  nearly  straight  to  the 
Anehorage.  The  water  is  of  a  sufficient  depth  to  admit  the 
beavieiSdraught  vessels,  and  the  shelter  is  good  to  all  except- 
ing Southeasterly  winds.  At  such  times  vessels  with  a  pilot  may 
pans  above  Harwood  Island  and  Rocky  Island,  and  anchor  in 
Inner  Beaver  Harbor  (which  is  about  \%  miles  Northeasterly 
from  Beaver  Harbor) ,  where  they  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 


496 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Vessels  of  not  more  than  18  feet  draught  may  also  anchor  in 
Maeleod  Cove,  which  is  a  little  more  than  J^  mile  to  the  North- 
ward of  Beaver  Harbor.  This  last  Anchorage  is  also  secure  from 
all  winds. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Outer  Beaver  Harbor  in 
Dajrtime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  when  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  NE.  by  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving 
William  Shoal  on  the  Starboard,  and  the  dangers  to  the  West- 
ward of  this  Lighthouse  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  a 
mile  from  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse,  steer  more  Easterly,  aud 
haul  around  it  at  a  distance  of  about  J^  mile,  leaving  it  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  this  Lighthouse  bears  "V^.,  make  good  the 
course  N.NW.,  leaving  Horse  Island  and  Suthei-land  Island  (the 
latter  of  which  is  quite  bold  on  its  Eastern  side)  on  the  Port  hand, 
and  Middle  Shoal  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  As  you  sail  in, 
you  will  see,  about  3  miles  above  the  Lighthouse,  Harbor  Rock, 
which  is  about  12  feet  above  High  Water.  Leave  this  Rock  about 
^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  steer  about  NW-  by  N.  j( 
N-  1^  miles.  Then  anchor,  in  from  6  to  8  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  W-NW-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course 
until  about  j4  mile  from  it.  Then  steer  about  N-NW.,  and  fol- 
low the  directions  before  given. 

Beating  into  Beaver  Island  Harbor  in  Daytime. 

Vessels  beating  into  this  Harbor,  may  bring  the  Lighthouse  to 
bear  from  NW.  by  N.  to  W.  by  N.  until  about  }4  mile  from  it. 
When  abreast  Sutherland  Island,  which  is  the  second  to  the 
Northward  of  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse,  the  Western  side  is  bold 
and  free  from  dangers.  Vessels  may  therefore  approach  the 
Western  side  within  300  yards  without  danger. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


497 


MACLEOD  COVE. 

This  Cove,  which  lies  a  little  more  than  J^  mile  to  the  North- 
ward of  Beaver  Harbor  Anchorage,  has  about  20  feet  water  in  it 
:it  Low  Tide.  Vessels  of  not  more  than  16  feet  draught  may 
enter  it  by  the  following  directions. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Macleod  Cove. 

From  the  Eastward  or  "Westward,  follow  the  directions  before 
givpn  for  Beaver  Harbor  until  at  the  Anchorage.  You  will  then 
see,  about  J4  mile  to  the  Northward,  Macleod  Island,  which  is  40 
feet  high.  The  best  Channel  leading  in  is  to  the  Westward  of 
the  last-named  Island.  When  the  passage  is  fairly  open,  run  in 
about  midway,  carrying  not  less  than  3  fatho»x;a  water  at  Low 
Tide.  When  past  the  last-named  Island,  gradually  haul  to  the 
Eastward  and  anchor  between  it  and  the  Northern  side,  in  about 
3  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  secure  from  all  winds. 


INNER  BEAVER  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  lies  a  little  more  than  a  mile  Northeasterly 
from  Outer  Beaver  Harbor,  has  good  Anchorage  in  all  winds. 
There  are  three  passages  leading  in.  The  Eastern  (which  is  be- 
tween Harwood  Island  and  the  main  land)  is  narrow  and  has  about 
20  feet  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide  ;  the  Middle  passage  (which  is  the 
widest)  lies  between  Harwood  Island  and  Rocky  Island,  and  has 
about  6  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide ;  the  Western  passage, 
which  is  very  nari'ow,  has  about  4  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low 
Tide,  and  lies  between  Rocky  Island  and  the  main  land.  It  is 
advisable  for  vessels  of  more  than  10  feet  draught,  bound  into 
Inner  Beaver  Harbor,  to  take  pilots  in  the  Outer  Harbor,  as 
Shoal  Water  extends  off  from  both  sides  of  the  Islands,  and 
there  are  also  several  Shoal  Spots  lying  in  the  Channels. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Inner  Beaver  Harbor. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  10  feet  draught,  from  the  Eastward 
or  Westward,  may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Outer 


498 


ELDRIDOE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


Beaver  Harbor  until  abreast  Harbor  Rock.  There  will  then  be 
seen,  about  ^  mile  to  the  Northward,  Sandy  Island.  Leave  this 
Island,  which  is  20  feet  high,  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  steer  N.  by  E.  J^  E.,  passing  midway  between  Har- 
wood  Island  and  Rocky  Island,  and  carrying  not  less  than  10  feet 
water  at  Low  Tide,  and  anchor  any  where  in  the  Harbor,  in  from 
3  to  5  fathoms  water,  good  holding  ground. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Beaver  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  M6on,  at  7  h.  40  m.,  or  about  3  h.  49  m.  before  it 
is  at  Boston.     Mean  rise  aud  fall  of  Tides,  5^  feet. 


NIOOMTAU  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  Halibut  Islands  on 
the  East  and  Bird  Islands  on  the  West,  is  about  3J^  miles  wide, 
and  lies  East-Northerly  b%  miles  from  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse, 
and  about  13  miles  to  the  "Westward  of  Liscomb  Harbor  Light- 
house. 


Dangers  ixi  approaching  and  entering  Nicomtau 

Bay. 

Bassoon  Reefs, 

These  Reefs,  which  are  the  outermost  dangers  in  entering 
Nicomtau  Bay,  are  on  the  Western  side  of  the  approach,  and 
extend  North  and  South  about  a  mile,  and  are  bare  in  some 
places  at  Low  Tide.  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  the 
Southern  part  of  these  dangers,  West,  4^  miles.  ' 

Bird  Islands, 

These  Islands,  of  which  there  are  four,  are  low,  without  trees, 
and  lie  Northwesterly  about  1  ^  miles  from  the  centre  of  Bas- 
soon Reefs.  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of 
these  Islands  W-SW.  3^  miles. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


499 


Bird  Islands*  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  lies  East-Northerly  about  a  mile  from  Bird 
Islands,  has  6  feet  water  upou  it  at  Low  Tide,  and  is  on  the 
Western  side  of  entrance  to  Nicomtau  Bay. 

JBowen  Ledge, 

This  Lcrlge,  which  is  a  bare,  flat  Slaty  Rock,  is  only  8  feet 
above  High  "Water,  and  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  approach 
to  Nicomtau  Bay.  About  SB.  1>^  miles  from  this  Ledge,  is  a 
spot  of  18  feet  called  the  Horseshoe.  This  is  one  of  the  outer- 
most dangers  for  vessels  from  the  Eastward,  approaching  Ni- 
comtau Bay  or  Beaver  Harbor.  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
from  the  Horseshoe  Shoal  W-  J^  N.  ^y^  mi'es. 

Halihut  Islands, 

These  Islands,  the  highest  of  which  is  35  ifect,  are  about  a 
mile  in  extent  and  mark  the  Eastern  side  of  the  entrance  to  Ni- 
comtau Bay.  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  these  Islands 
W.  by  S.  7  miles.  About  j4  mile  Southwesterly  from  the  Hali- 
but Isles,  is  the  Pollock  Bock  with  17  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide. 

Salamander  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  nearly  dry  at  Low  Tide,  lies  on  the  East- 
ern side  of  the  entrance  to  Nicomtau  Bay.  The  Western  end  of 
the  highest  Halibut  Island  bears  from  this  danger,  South,  J^  mile. 

Kitts  Beef, 

This  Reef,  which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
on  the  Western  side  of  the  approach  to  Nicomtau  Bay.  The 
Western  end  of  the  highest  Halibut  Island  bears  from  this  dan- 
ger SB-  }i  B.  about  1^  miles.  The  Channel  leading  in  be- 
tween Salamander  Rock  and  Kitts  Rocks  is  about  1 5^  miles  wide. 

Harbor  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  the  guide  to  Nicomtau  Bay,  is  30  feet 
above  High  Water,  and  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel.  Vessels 
bound  up  the  Bay,  may  leave  this  Rock  150  yards  on  either  hand. 


^mmm 


500 


ELDRIDGES   COAST   PILOT. 


Bull  Bock, 

This  Rock,  which  has  but  little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lic» 
n  little  more  than  %  mile  E-  ]i  S-  from  Harbor  Rock.  Between 
Hull  Rock  and  the  Eastern  Hide  of  the  Hay  there  is  a  Channel 
about  J^  mile  wide,  with  a  depth  of  (J  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Ship  Island  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  has  16  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
NW.  by  N.  about  %  mile  from  Harbor  Rock.  There  is  a  nar- 
row Passage  of  9  fathoms  water  between  Harbor  Rook  and  Ship 
Island  Shoal. ' 

JRemarka, 

From  the  Halibut  Islands,  which  lie  on  the  Eastern  side  of  tlte 
entrance  to  the  Anchorage  near  the  Head  of  this  Bay,  the  distance 
is  about  3  miles.  About  6  fathoms  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  bo 
carried  to  this  Anchorage.  There  is  also  Anchorage  in  from  8  to 
10  fathoms  water  on  the  Western  side  of  this  Bay,  in  all  except- 
ing Southeasterly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Nicomtau  Bay  in  Daytime^ 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  about  a 
mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  N.,  make  good  the 
course  E.  about  G  miles,  leaving  the  Bassoon  Reefs  (before  de- 
scribed) well  on  the  Port  hand.  Nicomtau  Bay  will  then  be  fauly 
open,  and  you  may  run  in  about  N.,  leaving  the  Halibut  Islands 
(before  described)  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
the  Western  end  of  the  highest  of  the  Halibut  Islands  bears  E., 
then  steer  about  N.  by  E.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Harbor 
Rock  (before  described).  When  this  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
N.  by  E.  %  E.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  it  about 
150  yards  on  either  hand,. and  steer  about  NE.  by  E.  ^  E-,  and 
anchor  on  the  Eastern  side  near  the  Head,  in  from  5  to  6  fathoms 
water  at  I^ow  Tide. 

White  Islands, 

These  Islands,  which  are  Wooded,  show  White  Cliffs  to  Sea- 
ward, and  are  elevated  at  their  Eastern  extremity  about  80  feet 
above  the  level  of  the  sea.     They  lie  off  the  li^astcrn  entrance  to 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST   PILOT. 


501 


Nicomtaii  Bay,  and  bear  from  Bcavor  Island  Lijrhthonso  E.  about 
9  miles.  The  White  iHlands  may  ho.  approaclK'd  on  their  Soutlicrn 
and  Eastern  Hides  within  y^  mile,  but  Shoal  VVutor  extends  oflf  a 
long  distance  from  their  Northern  {)art. 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward  bound  to  Nicomtau  Bay  may,  as 
soon  as  the  White  Islands  are  made,  bring  their  highest  part  to 
bear  W.NW.,  and  run  for  them,  leaving  little  White  Island 
(which  is  50  feet  high)  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  about 
a  mile  from  these  Islands,  steer  more  Westerly,  leaving  Bowen 
Ledge  (before  described)  about  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand. 
When  past  this  Ledge,  steer  more  Northerly,  leaving  the  Halibut 
Islands  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hnnd,  and  follow  the 
directions  before  given. . 

Vessels  may  anchor  on  the  Western  side  of  Nicomtau  Bay, 
nearly  opposite  the  Halibut  Islands,  by  the  following  directions. 

Follow  the  directions  before  given  until  Nicomtau  Bay  is  well 
open.  You  will  then  see,  on  the  Western  side,  nearly  opposite 
the  Halibut  Islands,  Broken  Back  "  land,  which  is  small,  and  is 
elevated  60  feet  above  High  Water.  When  this  Island  bears 
NW.  by  N-,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  ^2  mile 
from  it.  Then  steer  more  Northerly,  leaving  this  last-named 
Island  (which  is  bold  on  its  Eastern  end)  }{  mile  on  the  Port 
hand,  and  Fitts  Reef  (before  described)  well  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  run  up  about  N.NW-,  and  anchor  at  the  Head,  in 
from  8  to  10  fathomb  water  at  Low  Tide.  This  Anchorage  is  ex- 
posed to  Southeasterly  winds. 

HiffJi   Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Nicomtau  Bay,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  8  h.  3  m.,  or  3  h.  26  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5J^  feet. 


BAY  OF  ISLANDS. 

This  is  the  name  generally  given  to  the  coast  between  Beaver 
Island  Lighthouse  and  Mary-Joseph  Harbor.  The  Islands  off  this 
part  of  the  coast  are  very  numerous,  with  Channels  between  them, 


•JKMM 


|f*|| 


602 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


which  in  many  cases  are  narrow,  with  Ledges  and  Hooks  in  them. 
There  is  generally  a  suflacient  depth  of  water  in  these  Channels  for 
large  vessels,  but  no  suitable  sailing  directions  can  be  given. 
It  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  navigating  this  part  of  the 
coAst  to  employ  pilots. 


MARY-JOSEPH  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Westward  of  Liscomb 
Harbor,  lies  East-Northerly  71  miles  from  Sambro  Lighthouse, 
37 j4  miles  East-Nortl  rly  from  Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  13^ 
miles  East-Northerly  fir>m  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse,  55  miles  to 
the  Westward  of  Cr  -  nberry  Island  Lighthouse  (Cape  Canso) ,  and 
26  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Green  Island  Lighthouse. 

Remarks. 

Mary-Josi'ph  Harbor  is  well  sheltered  from  all  winds.  It  has 
two  passages  leading  in,  one  from  the  Eastward,  the  other  from 
the  Westward.  About  5  fathoms  water  pan  be  taken  in  at  Low 
Tide,  but  the  Channels  arv-  ao  narrow,  and  the  dangers  so  numer- 
ous without  any  leading  marks  or  bearings  to  clear  them,  that  it 
is  advisable  for  strangers  not  to  attempt  it  without  pilots. 


LISCOMB  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  excellent  Harbor,  which  is  between  the 
Western  end  of  Liscomb  Island  on  the  East  and  Liscomb  Point 
on  the  West,  is  about  ^  mile  wide,  and  lies  East-Northerly  75 
miles  from  Sambro  Lighthouse,  42  miles  East-Northerly  from  Egg 
Island  Li'^hthouse,  17^2  miles  East-Northerly  from  Beaver  Iwliuul 
Lightho'ise,  22  miles  West-Northerly  from  Green  Island  Light- 
house, tiud  51j^  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Cranberry  Island  Ligh' • 
houpj  (Cape  Canso). 

Liscomb  Harbor  Lighthouse* 

Upon  the  Western  end  of  Liscomb  Island,  East  side  of  en- 
trance to  Liscomb  Harbor,  is  a  White  Square  Wooden  Building, 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


503 


which  at  date  this  (1884)  shows  a  Red  and  "White  Revolving 
Light.  In  order  to  avoid  Mackerel  Shoal,  vessels  should  leave 
this  Lighthouse  at  least  ^  mile  to  the  Eastward. 

Dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  Liscomb 

Harbor. 

Hawbolt  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  has  27  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is  the 
outermost  danger  in  approaching  Liscomb  Harbor  from  the 
Southwestward.  Liscomb  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
danger  N.  by  E.  4^^  miles. 

Sand  Shoal, 

This  Rocky  Shoal,  which  is  nearly  Yj,  mile  in  extent,  has  9  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Liscomb  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears 
from  this  danger  N.  by  E.  Yz  E.  3j4  rr^iles. 

Lang  Shoal, 

This  small  Shoal,  which  lies  about  Yi  ™ile  ^  ^^^  Northward 
of  Sand  Shoal,  has  10  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Lis- 
comb Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.NE.  2^ 
miles. 

Macinlay  Shoal, 

This  rocky  Shoal,  which  lies  SE.  by  E.  J4  E.  ^  mile  from 
Lang  Shoal,  has  about  28  feet  ^"ter  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Lis- 
comb Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.  by  E.  3 
mUes. 

Black  IPHnce  Ledge, 

This  dangerous  Ledge,  which  lies  a  short  distance  Northeast- 
erly from  Lang  Shoal,  is  bare  at  Half  Tide.  Liscomb  Harbor 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.  by  E.  5^  B.  2^  miles. 

^ortlieast  Breaker, 

This  small  rocky  Shoal,  which  lies  Northeasterly  about  ^  mile 
from  Black  Prince  Ledge,  has  but  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide.  Liscomb  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N- 
by  E.  1  ^  miles. 


mm. 


'•'m 


504 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Lu'tnp  JRock. 

This  small  spot,  which  lies  nearly  j^  mile  Northwesterly  from 
the  Northeast  Breaker,  has  11  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Liscomb  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NE.  by  N. 
>^  N.  1^  miles. 

Seal  Ledge, 

This  danger,  which  extends  oflf  more  than  a  mile  from  the  East- 
ern part  of  Barren  Island,  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  the  ap- 
proach to  Liscomb  Harbor.  Some  of  the  Rocks  on  it  are  above 
High  Water,  and  some  are  bare  at  Low  Tide.  Liscomb  Harbor 
Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Eastern  part  of  Seal  Ledge  NE.  J4 
N.  about  3  miles. 

Channel  Rock, 

This  danger,  which  is  the  Southeasternmost  in  approaching 
Liscomb  Harbor,  has  18  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Lis- 
comb Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Rock  NW.  ^  W.  3^ 
miles. 

Crook  Shoals, 

These  Rocky  Shoals,  which  are  bare  in  some  places  at  Low 
Tidv-^,  extend  off  Southeasterly  nearly  a  mile  from  the  Southeast 
part  of  Liscomb  Island,  upon  which  the  Lighthouse  stands.  Ves- 
sels from  the  Eastward  bound  to  Liscomb  Harbor  should  give 
these  dangers  a  wide  berth. 


Liscomb  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  extends  off  about  3E.  by  E.  J^  mile  from 
Liscomb  Point,  has  from  3  to  15  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
and  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to  Liscomb  Harbor. 
Liscomb  Harbor  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Southeastern  end  of 
this  Shoal  N.NE  •  about  ^  mile.  Vessels  bound  in  should  be- 
ware of  this  danger. 

Mackerel  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  has  but  2  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
lies  W.  by  S.  350  yards  from  Liscomb  Harbor  Lighthouse.  In 
order  to  avoid  Mackerel  Shoal,  vessels  bound  in  should  leave  thia 
Lighthouse  at  least  l^  mile  to  the  Eastward. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


505 


This  excellent  and  capacious  Harbor,  which  is  completely  land- 
locked, makes  in  about  W.NW.  5  miles  from  the  Northwesi-^rn 
end  of  Liscomb  Island,  on  which  the  Lighthouse  stands.  A  Shoal 
nearly  di'y  at  Low  Tide,  extends  off  Southwesterly  about  400 
yards  from  Wilson  Point,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side  of  the 
Harbor  about  3 5^  miles  above  the  Lighthouse.  About  27  feet 
water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  taken  in  abreast  the  watering  place, 
which  is  on  the  Southern  side  about  2^  miles  above  the  Light- 
house ;  and  by  keeping  the  Southern  side  best  aboard  about  17 
feet  can  be  taken  up  near  the  head,  which  is  about  2^^  miles 
above  this  last-named  place. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Liscomb  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with,  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse  about  3 
miles  to  the  Northward,  and  steer  about  East,  which  will  clear 
all  the  Shoals  and  Ledges.  When  Liscomb  Harbor  Lighthouse 
is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  North  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  Sand  Shoal,  Lang  Shoal,  Black  Prince  Ledge  and  North- 
east Breaker,  all  of  wbir'b  havf;  been  described,  well  on  the  Port 
hand.  Continue  the  course  xor  the  Lighthouse  until  about  J^ 
mile  from  it,  then  gradually  haul  to  the  Westward,  and  in  order 
to  avoid  Mackerel  Shoal,  leave  the  Lighthouse  not  less  than  Yz 
mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  about  a  mile  past  this  Light- 
house the  harbor  will  then  be  fairly  open  bearing  about  W-NW-, 
then  run  in,  keeping  the  Southern  side  best  aboard,  and  anchor 
where  you  please. 

From  the  Eastward,  in  order  to  clear  Crook  Shoals  (before  de- 
scribed) ,  do  not  approach  the  Southeast  end  of  Liscomb  Island 
nearer  than  a  mile.  When  the  Lighthouse  bears  N.NW.,  then 
run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  J^  mile  from  it,  then  grad- 
ually haul  to  the  Westward  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

Beating  into  Liscomb  Harbor. 

In  beating  into  Liscomb  Harbor,  keep  outside  all  the  Shoals 
and  Ledges  (before  described)  and  work  in  with  the  Lighthouse 
bearing  from  N.  to  N-NW.  until  about  >^  mile  from  it.  Then, 
in  order  to  avoid  Mackerel   Shoal,  I'.eep  in  mid-channel  until 


506 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


past  Smoke  Point  (which  is  the  first  above  the  Lighthouse  on  the 
"Western  side),  then  run  up  and  anchor  where  you  please. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Liscomb  Harbor  at  Night, 
tim^^,  jnth.  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Eastward  or  "Westward,  keep  outside  all  tiie  dangers 
until  Liscomb  Harbor  Light  bears  N.  by  W.,  then  run  for  it  on 
this  course  until  about  j4  mile  from  it.  Then  gradually  xul  to 
the  Westward,  and  in  order  to  avoid  Mackerel  Shoal,  keep  about 
midway  the  passage,  until  the  Light  bears  SC  by  S. ;  then  gi-ad- 
ually  haul  to  the  "Westward  and  run  up,  keeping  the  Southern 
side  best  aboard,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water  at 
Low  Tide. 

Sigh  Water, 

I:  is  High  "Water  in  Liscomb  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Ciiange  of  the  Moon,  at  8  h.  0  m.,  or  3  h.  29  m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5j4  feet.  -. 


SPANISH  SHIP  BAT, 

The  entrance  to  this  small  Bay,  which  is  on  the  Northern  side 
of  Liscomb  Harbor,  lies  NW.  about  2j4  miles  from  Liscomb 
Harbor  Lighthouse. 

Remarks, 

At  Low  Tide,  about  15  feet  water  can  be  carried  into  Spanish 
Ship  Bay,  where  vessels  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds.  But  the 
Channel  leading  in  is  very  narrow,  and  there  are  several  obstruc- 
tions lying  in  it  without  any  leading  marks  or  bearings  to  clear 
them.    It  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  to  take  pilots. 


LITTLE  LISCOMB  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  Harbor,  which  is  between  Hog  Is- 
land on  the  West  and  Redman  Head  on  the  East,  is  about  J^  mile 
wide,  and  lies  about  1^  miles  Northeasterly  from  Liscomb  Har- 
bor Lighthouse. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 

Memarks, 


507 


A  little  aoove  Redman  Head  there  is  good  anchorage  in  4 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  in  all  but  Southerly  and  Southeasterly 
winds ;  and  farther  in  there  is  safe  anchorage  for  light  draught 
vessels,  secure  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Little  Liscomb  Harbor 
in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds  and  fair 
weather. 

From  the  Westward,  in  order  to  avoid  Crook  Shoals  (before 
described) ,  leave  the  Southeast  end  of  Liscomb  Island  not  less 
than  a  mile  to  the  N"  ^hward.  Whea  past  this  Island  you  will 
see  Redman  Head,  which  is  100  feet  high,  and  lies  N.  by  W. 
about  lyi  miles  from  the  Southeast  end  of  this  last-named 
Island.  When  the  Western  part  of  Redman  Head  bears  NW. 
by  N. ,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course  and  leave  it  about  300 
yards  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  run  up  midway,  and  anchor  in 
from  2  to  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  leave  Wedge  Island  Lighthouse  about  a 
mile  to  the  Northward,  and  run  W.  by  N-  until  Redman  Read  is 
on  with  the  Eastern  end  of  Hemloe  Island,  bearing  NW.  by  N. 
Then  run  in  on  this  range,  leaving  the  Tobacco  Ledges  and  Shag 
Ledges  well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  be- 
fore given. 


JEGOGAN  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Byrne  Head  on 
the  East  and  Redman  Ec?rl  on  the  West,  is  about  2  miles  wide, 
and  lies  about  2}4  miles  Northeasterly  from  Liscomb  Harbor 
Lighthouse  and  about  2  miles  Northwesterly  from  Wedge  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Memarks, 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  much  obstructed  by  Shag  and 
Tobacco  Ledges.  There  are  two  Channels  leading  in  ;  one  to  the 
Eastward  of  Tobacco  Island  (which  is  40  feet  high,  and  lies 
nearly  midway  the  entrance) ,  the  other  to  the  Westward  of  this 


508 


ELDllIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Island.  There  is  Anchorage  in  about  4  fathoms  water  about  2 
miles  above  Tobacco  Island,  but  it  is  somewhat  exposed  to  South- 
erly winds,  which  bring  in  considerable  sea.  Vessels  of  not  more 
than  12  feet  cJi-aught  may  anchor  near  the  Head  above  Rae  Island, 
where  they  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Jegogan  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  15  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
may,  when  Wedge  Island  Lighthouse  is  ii.?de,  bring  it  to  bear 
ITHi.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Crook  Shoals,  which 
lie  oflf  to  the  Southeastward  of  Liscomb  Island,  well  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  about  a  mile  from  Wedge  Island  Lighthouse, 
in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges  which  lie  to  the  Southward  and 
Southwestward  of  it,  haul  to  the  Westward,  leaving  it  not  more 
than  %  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  the  Lighthouse  bears 
SB.,  steer  NW.  As  you  sail  in.  Tobacco  Island,  which  is  40 
feet  high,  will  be  seen  on  the  Port  hand,  and  further  in  Tobacco 
Ledge,  which  is  small.  Leave  this  Island  and  Ledge  about  250 
yards  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  the  Ledge,  in  order  to  avoid 
the  dangers  which  extend  off  from  both  sides,  keep  midway  the 
Harbor,  and  anchor  above  Brig  Point  (which  is  on  the  Western 
side  about  Ij^  miles  above  Tobacco  Island),  in  about  4  fathoms 
water  at  Low  Tide. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught,  with  pilots,  may 
^o  further  up,  and  anchor  above  Rae  Island,  where  they  may  lie 
secure  from  all  winds. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Jegogan  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  57  m.,  or  3  h.  32  m.  before  it  is 
in  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5^  feet. 


ST.  MARY  BI VER. 

The  entrance  to  this  River,  which  is  between  Cape  St.  Mary  on 
the  East  and  Barachois  Point  on  the  West,  is  about  \%  miles 
wide,  and  lies  80  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Sambro  Island  Light- 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


509 


hoiwo,  Kftst-Northerly  24  miles  from  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse, 
EaHt-Northerly  49  miles  from  Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  44  miles 
to  tho  Westward  of  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  (Cape  Canso), 
l/i  mllo»  to  the  Westward  of  Green  Island  Lighthouse,  and  about 
2  mlloi  to  the  Northward  of  Wedge  Island  Lighthouse. 

Wedge  Island  Lighthouse. 

Off  tho  Western  side  of  entrance  to  St.  Mary  River,  is  an  Islet 
brivlng  ft  White  Square  Wooden  Building  upon  it,  with  dwelling 
ivttivt'liod.  At  this  date  (1884)  a  Revolving  Red  Light  is  shown 
fi'oin  tbl»  Lighthouse.  Ledges  extend  ofif  nearly  J^  mile  both  to 
the  Northward  and  Southward  of  Wedge  Island,  but  it  is  quite 
Hold  oa  its  Western  side. 

Memarks, 

St.  Mary  River  is  one  of  the  largest  in  Nova  Scotia.    From  the 

ontvanae  to  the  town  of  Sherbrooke,  which  is  situated  on  its 

Kiwtui'ii  bank  at  the  Head  of  Navigation,  the  distance  is  about  8 

m  11(^1    The  entrance  to  this  River  is  obstructed  by  a  Sand  Bar 

wliltih  ha»  about  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.    There  are 

hIho  many  dangers  in  it,  making  it  necessary  to  employ  a  pilot. 

About  G  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  taken  up  to  the  town  of 

Shurbi'ooke. 

High  Water, 

It  \n  High  Water  on  St.  Mary  Bar,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Chang©  of  the  Moon,  at  8  h.  0  m.,  or  about  3  h.  29  m.  before  it 
iii  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5^  feet. 


INDIAN  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  Walter  Island  on 
tho  West,  and  HoUins  Head  on  the  East,  is  about  3  miles  wide, 
and  lies  l<iast-Northerty  about  5  miles  from  Wedge  Island  Light- 
house, and  West-Northerly  about  10  miles  from  Green  Island 

Lighthouse. 

Walter  Island. 

This  Island,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  entrance  to  Indian 
IJay,  is  low  and  Wooded,  and  lies  about  2  miles  to  the  Eastward 


"t-ys^ 


510 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


of  Cape  St.  Mary.    "Walter  Island  is  quite  bold  on  its  Southern 

side,  but  a  Ledge  of  Bocks  extends  off  about  400  yards  from  its 

Eastern  side. 

Walter  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  has  about  17  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 

lies  about  %  mile  to  the  Southward  of  Walter  Island.     Wedge 

Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  W.  by  S.  %  S.  ^% 

miles.    Vessels  bound  to  the  Westward  will  clear  this  danger  by 

keeping  Wedge  Island  Lighthouse  open  to  the  Southward  of  Lis- 

comb  Island. 

Mude  Shoal, 

This  is  a  Rocky  Shoal,  which  extends  off  in  an  Easterly  direc- 
tion about  J4  mile  from  Wine  Head,  which  is  on  the  Western  side 
of  Indian  Bay,  about  ^  mile  above  Walter  Island.  In  order  to 
avoid  Rude  Shoal,  vessels  bound  into  this  Bay  should  leave  this 
Head  about  ^  mile  to  the  Westward. 

Hollina  Head, 

This  Head,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  Indian 
Bay,  shows  from  the  Eastward  a  Red  Cliff  50  feet  high,  which  is 
said  to  be  fast  wasting  away  by  the  action  of  the  sea.  Hollins 
Head  is  a  remarkable  Peninsula  united  to  the  main  land  by  a  long 
Beach  of  flat  stones.  Wedge  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Head  W.  by  S.  6^  miles ;  Green  Island  Lighthouse,  E.  by  S. 
8^^  miles.  Hollins  Head  is  bold  on  its  Eastern  side,  and  vessels 
may  approach  within  J^  mile  on  that  side,  but  Shoal  Water,  with 
Ledges,  extends  ofC  a  long  distance  from  its  Southern  and  West- 
ern sides. 

Nixonmate  Shoal, 

This  Rocky  Shoal,  which  lie .  on  the  Eastern  side  of  entrance 
to  Indian  Bay,  extends  off  Southwesterly  nearly  1^  miles  from 
Hollins  Head  (before  described).  Vessels  from  the  Eastwaril, 
bound  into  Indian  Bay,  should  leave  this  Head  at  least  2  miles  to 

the  Northward. 

Remarks, 

Indian  Bay  has  a  sufficient  depth  of  water  to  admit  the  heav- 
iest draught  vessels,  but  it  is  exposed  to  Southeasterly  winds 
which  bring  in  a  heavy  sea.  A  fresh  water  Lake  empties  into  this 
Bay  from  which  it  's  only  separated  by  a  narrow  Sand  Beach. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


611 


Sailing  Directions  for  Indian  Bay  in  Daytime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  "Wedge  Island  about  a  mile  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  make  good  the 
course  E.N£'  about  5  miles.  Indian  Bay  will  then  be  well  open, 
and  you  may  then  run  in  about  midway  and  anchor  near  the  head 
according  to  draught,  in  from  2^  to  5  fathoms  water  at  Low 
Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  bound  to  Indian  Bay,  in  order  to  avoid  the 
Ledges,  leave  Green  Island  Lighthouse  about  3  miles  on  the 
Starboard  hand,  and  when  it  bears  North,  make  good  the  course 
W.  }i  N.  about  10  miles,  leaving  the  Middle  Ledge  (which  is 
bare  at  Half  Tide  and  bears  SW.  by  W.  ^%  miles  from  Green 
Island  Lighthouse)  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Indian  Bay  will  then 
be  well  open,  and  you  may  then  run  in,  leaving  Nixonmate  Shoal 
(before  described)  well  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  follow  the 
directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Indian  Bay,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  55  m.,  or  3  h.  34  m.  before  it  is  at. 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5^  feet. 


HOLLINS  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Eastward  of 
Indian  Bay,  'ies  between  Hollins  Head  on  the  West  and  Bicker- 
ton  Island  on  the  East,  and  is  about  1  %  miles  wide. 

Memarks, 

Hollins  Bay  has  a  suflScient  depth  of  water  to  admit  the  heav- 
iest draught  vessels,  but  it  is  open  to  Southeasterly  winds  and 
only  affords  shelter  at  its  head  for  boats  and  small  craft.  At  the 
entrance  nearly  in  mid-channel  is  Hollins  Shoal  with  only  6  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  In  order  to  avoid  this  danger,  ves- 
sels entering  this  Bay  should  therefore  keep  nearer  the  Western 
side. 


612 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOJ 


PORT  BIOKERTON. 

The  entrance  to  this  safe  and  convenient  little  Ilpvbor  for  liglit 
draught  vessels,  lies  West-Northerly  6^  miles  from  Green  Island 
Lighthouse,  and  is  the  first  inlet  to  the  Eastward  of  Hollins  Bay. 

Remarks, 

The  passage  leading  into  Port  Bickerton  is  only  400  yards  wide, 
and  lies  between  Bickerton  Island  on  the  West  and  Barachois 
Head  on  the  East ;  the  former  is  60  feet  high  and  the  latter  55 
feet  high.  Barachois  Head  may  be  known  by  its  White  Cliffs. 
Six  fathoms  water  can-  be  taken  through  the  entrance,  and  about 
12  feet  water  at  Low  Tide  can  be  earned  up  to  the  anchorage. 
In  approaching  Port  Bickerton  and  Hollins  Bay  from  the  East- 
ward, there  are  two  dangerous  Rocks,  one  of  which  is  called  Can- 
tor, the  other  Pollux ;  a  description  of  these  dangers  will  be  given 
hereafter. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Fort  Bickerton  in  Dajrtime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  12  feet  draught,  from  the  Westward, 
may  leave  Wedge  Island  about  a  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  make  good  the  course  East, 
leaving  Nixonmate  and  Castor  Shoals  well  on  the  Port  hand.  As 
soon  as  Green  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  E.  Y^ 
Nm  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for 
the  Pollux ;  this  is  a  small  Rock  about  4  feet  above  High  Water, 
and  lies  W.  %.  S.  5J^  miles  from  Green  Island  Lighthouse. 
When  this  Rock  is  made,  leave  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard 
hand,  and  when  it  bears  East,  steer  for  the  White  Cliffs  on  Bara- 
chois Head  bearing  N.  by  W.  %  W-,  leaving  the  small  rock 
(which  is  4  feet  above  water)  called  the  Castor  well  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  about  ^^  mile  from  this  head  the  narrow  passage 
leading  into  Port  Bickerton  will  then  be  open  bearing  about 
N-NW.  In  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges  which  extend  off  from 
both  sides,  keep  midway  the  passage,  and  when  past  the  entrance 
haul  to  the  Northwestward  and  anchor  when  the  water  shoals  to 
2  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.    A  rocky  Shoal  having  but  2  feet  water 


ELDT^IDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


513 


upon  it  lies  nearly  in  tlie  middle  of  this  Harbor.     ChanneU  lead 
up  on  both  sides  of  this  dunger.  » 

From  the  Eastward,  when  Green  Island  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  N  J4  N.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  Brandy  Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  about 
1>4  miles  from  this  Lighthouse,  gradually  haul  to  the  Westward, 
leaving  it  about  J^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand.  Bring  this 
Lighthouse  to  bear  E.  ^  N.,  and  make  good  the  course  W.  % 
S.  for  the  Pollux  Rock,  leaving  Tomcod  Shoals  well  on  the  Port 
and  Rose  Shoal  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  the  Pollux 
Rock  (which  is  small  and  is  elevated  4  feet  above  High  Water), 
is  made,  gradually  haul  to  the  Westward,  leaving  it  at  least  ^ 
mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  the  White  Cliffs  on  Barachois  Head 
bear  N.  by  W.  %  W.,  then  run  for  them  on  this  course  and 
follow  the  directions  before  given. 


COUNTRY  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  fine  Harbor,  which  is  between  Harbor 
Point  on  the  East  and  the  main  land  on  the  West,  is  about  Yz  mile 
wide,  and  lies  93  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Sambro  Lighthouse, 
about  60  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Egg  Island  Lighthouse,  35 
miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse,  12^  miles 
East-Northerly  from  Wedge  Island  Lighthouse,  34  miles  to  the 
Westward  of  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  (Cape  Canso),  and 
Northwesterly  about  7  miles  from  Green  Island  Lighthouse. 


G-reen  Island  Lighthouse. 

Upon  the  Southern  end  of  Green  Island  is  a  White  Square 
Wooden  Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  White 
Light  which  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  to  Fisherman's  Harbor 
and  Country  Harbor.  Shoal  Water  extends  Northeasterly  a  long 
distance  from  Green  Island,  but  vessels  may  approach  its  South- 
western, Southern  and  Southeastern  sides  within  ^  mile  without 
danger. 


nu 


ELDRinr.E'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Dangers  in  approaching  Country  Harbor  from  the 

Eastward. 

Brandy  Ledge, 

Thia  Ledge  is  about  y^  mile  in  length  and  ai)out  Yz  mile  in 
breadth.  Near  the  centre  ia  a  wpot  wliich  only  covers  at  Iligli 
AVatev.  Between  this  dangtM*  and  the  coast  is  u  Channel  free 
from  dangers,  witli  from  7  to  15  fathoms  water  in  it.  Green 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  W.  3^ 
miles. 

Split  Rock* 

This  small  Rock,  which  is  awash  at  Low  Tide,  lies  near  the 
Southern  end  of  a  Rocky  Shoal  which  extends  about  N-NW.  ^ 
mile  from  this  Rock.  Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Split 
Rock  W-  /4  S.  2^  miles.  Between  this  Rock  and  Brandy  Ledge 
is  a  good  Channel,  free  from  dangers.,  with  from  8  to  12  fathoms 
water  in  it. 

White  Rock, 

This  small  Rock  has  10  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  W.  about  \yl  miles.  A 
little  more  than  J^  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  White  Rock  is 
another  Rock  having  about  28  feet  water  upoix  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Between  White  Rock  and  Green  Island  Lightiiouse  there  is 
another  Shoal  Spot  with  13  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tido. 
Vessels  unacquainted  should  not  pass  to  the  Northward  of  White 
Rock  and  Green  Island,  as  there  are  many  dangers  to  the  North- 
ward of  this  Island,  some  of  which  lie  more  than  2  miles  from  it. 


Dangers  in  approaching  Country  Harbor  from  the 
Southward  or  Seaward. 

Tomcod  Rock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  usually  breaks,  is  covered  at  High 

Water.     Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  it  N.NE.  about 

1^  miles. 

Tomcod  Shoals, 

These  two  Rocky  Shoals,  which  have  in  some  places,  19  feet 
water  upon  them,  lie  about  }4  i">lti  Northwesterly  from  Tomcod 
Rock.  Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  these 
dangers  N.NE.  1^  miles. 


danger  E.  U 


ELDHI DOE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


615 


Fourteen  Feet  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  lies  }{  mile  to  the  Westward  of  Toracod 
Rocic,  is  surrounded  i)y  deep  water.  Green  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  from  Fourteen  Feet  Shoal  NE.  by  N.  l^i  miles. 

O^ull  Nest  Shoal, 

This  Rocky  Shoiil,  which  has  1?  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
lies  Northeasterly  nearly  ^  mile  frotn'l'omcod  Ilock.  Green  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NE.  by  N.  3^  N.  ^  mile. 
About  1>4  miles  Southeast  from  Tomcod  Rock  there  is  an  exten- 
sive Shoal  having  about  30  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tid'\  Heavy- 
draught  vessels  approaching  Country  Harbor  should  beware  of  this 
danger. 

Middle  Ledge  or  Southeaster, 

This  dangerous  Ledge  extends  NW.  by  N.  and  SB.  by  S. 
nearly  ^  mile.  Near  its  centre  is  a  Rock  which  is  bare  at  Half 
Tide.  This  danger  is  surrounded  by  deep  water.  In  thick 
weather  or  night-time  the  lead,  therefore,  gives  no  warning  in 
approaching  it.  Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Middle 
Ledge  NE.  by  E.  3J4  miles. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Country  Harbor  from  the 

Westward. 

Pollux  Rock, 

This  small  Rock,  which  is  4  feet  above  High  Water,  is  a  guide 
in  approaching  Country  Harbor  from  the  Westward.  Pollux 
Rock  is  bold  on  its  Southern  side,  but  a  Reef  extends  about;  y^ 
mile  N.NW.  from  it.  Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
danger  E.  ^  N.  5^  miles. 

Taylor  Shoal, 

This  danger,  which  extends  NW.  and  SE.  nearly  yi  mile,  lies 
a  little  more  than  a  mile  SE.  from  Pollux  Rock,  and  has  17  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  danger  E.  by  N.  J4  N.  5  miles. 


I 


516 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Bingley  Shoal, 

Th:  small  Rocky  Shoal,  which  has  15  feet  water  upou  it  at  Low 
Tide,  lies  a  little  more  than  %  mile  to  tho  Enstward  of  Pollux 
Rock.    Green  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  B.  ^  N. 


nearly  5  miles. 


Castor  Mock  and  Shoals, 


This  dangerous  Rock,  which  is  about  4  feet  above  High  "Water, 
lies  NW.  by  W.  nearly  2^^  miles  from  the  Pollux  Rock. 
Rocky  patches,  liaving  from  3  to  4J^  fathoms  water  upon  tliem, 
lie  some  distance  to  the  Southeastward,  Southward  and  West- 
ward of  it.  Fleek  Shoal,  with  SJE^^  fathoms  water  upon  it,  bears 
from  the  Castor  SW.  by  S.  ^  S.  1^  mile. 

Mose  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  extends  nearly  North  and  South,  is  abort 
^  mile  in  length,  and  nearly  ^  mile  in  breadth,  and  has  as  littli  <iS 
6  feet  water  upon  it  in  som^  parts  at  Low  Tide.  C"  ipe  Mocodomc, 
"Western  side  of  approach  to  Country  Harbor,  bi-ars  from  the 
centre  of  t'l'  danger  about  NW-  by  N.  ).%  miles ;  Greuu  Island 
Lighthou:     jdJ.  ^^  S.  3^  miles. 


Cape  Mocodome  Shoals, 

This  Cape,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  approach  to  Coun- 
try Harbor,  has  Shoal  Water  extending  off  to  the  Southeastward 
and  Eastward  from  it  nearly  j4  mile.  Bull  Rock.  Vviiich  has  but 
little  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  near  the  Southeastern  end 
of  this  Shoal.  Between  Bull  Rock  and  Rose  Shoal  there  is  a 
Channel  al)oat  ^^  mile  wide,  having  from  6  to  9  fathoms  water  in 
it. 

Slack  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  extends  North  and  South  nearly  a  mile,  lies 
on  the  Western  side  of  the  approach  to  Country  Harbor,  and  di- 
rectly off  the  mouth  of  Fisherman  Harbor.  Near  the  centre  of 
this  danger  is  a  Rock  2  feet  above  High  Water,  and  in  several 
other  parts  it  is  bare  or  nearly  so  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels  bound 
in  may  leave  this  Rock  above  water  not  less  than  ^  mile  on  the 
Port  hind. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


517 


Flying  Point  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  extends  off  Southwesterly  about  %  mile 
from  Flying  Point,  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  approach  to  Country 
Harbor,  and  lies  about  Northwest  1^  miles  from  Green  Island 
Lighthouse.  Vessels  approaching  Country  Harbor  should,  when 
past  Green  Island  Lighthouse,  leave  thij  Point  at  least  %  mile 
on  the  Starboard  hand. 

Saladin  Point  Ledge, 

This  ijedge,  which  extends  off  about  yi  mile  Southwesterly 
from  Saladin  Point,  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  approach  to 
Country  Harbor,  and  lies  Northwesterly  about  1^  miles  above 
Flying  Point.  Vessels  bound  to  Country  Harbor  should  give  this 
point  a  good  berth. 


Ltemarka, 


Country  Harbor  is  navigable  for  large  vessels  about  6  railea 
above  the  entrance.  The  shores  on  each  side  are  generally  bold, 
and  when  past  the  entrance  there  are  no  dangers  in  mid-channel. 
In  approaching  this  Harbor,  the  utmost  caution  is  necessary  to 
avoid  the  Rocks  and  Ledges  which  are  scattered  about.  These 
dangers  (which  have  all  been  described)  generally  show  them- 
selves, thus  rendering  the  approach  to  this  Harbor  comparatively 
eat:y  at  such  times. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Country  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

Vessels  of  not  more  than  18  feet  draught,  from  the  "Westward, 
may  leave  Wedge  Island  about  a  mile  on  tht  Port  hand,  and 
when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  make  good  the  course  East, 
leaving  Nixonmate  and  Castor  Shoals  well  on  t)  ;  Port  hand.  As 
soon  as  Green  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  E.  ^ 
N.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the 
Pollux  Rock,  which  is  \  feet  above  High  Water,  is  bold  on  its 


Southern  side,  and  lies  W- 


H 


S. 


miles  from  Green  Island 


y^  mile  ou 


Lighthouse.  When  this  Rock  is  made,  leave  it  about 
the  Port  hand,  and  run  for  Green  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  E. 
by  N.,  passing  about  midway  between  Middle  Ledge  and  Rose 
Shoal  (both  of  which  have  before  been  described) .  Continue  the 
course  for  Green  Island  Lighthouse  until  about  2  miles  from  it ; 


"^■'^^I^SSH^r 


518 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


the  approach  to  Country  Harbor  will  then  be  fairly  open  bearing 
about  N  NW.  Then  run  in,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  the 
Llack  Ledge,  which  in  some  parts  is  dry  at  High  Water.  When 
this  Ledge  is  made,  leave  the  dry  Rock  about  J4  mile  on  the  Port 
hand  and  run  in  about  N-  by  W.  %  W. ,  leaving  Country  Har- 
bor Head,  which  is  160  f""t  high,  and  is  bold  and  free  from  dan- 
gers, about  Yi  mile  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  Harbor  Point, 
which  is  the  first  on  the  Eastern  side  of  the  entrance,  keep  mid- 
way the  Harbor  and  anchor  anywhere  in  from  5  to  10  fathoms 
water. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  Green  Island  Lighthouse  is  made, 
bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  N.  J^  N.  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  Brandy  Ledge  and  Split  Rock  (before  described)  well  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  about  \}i  miles  from  this  Light- 
house, gradually  haul  to  the  Westward,  leaving  it  about  %  mile 
on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  it  bears  NE.  then  haul  up  for 
Country  Harbor  Head,  bearing  about  NW.  ?  leaving  Flying  Point 
Ledge  well  on  the  Starboard,  and  Black  Ledge  well  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  about  a  mile  from  this  Head,  gradually  haul  to  the 
Northward,  leaving  it  about  Yz  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow 
the  directions  before  given.  There  is  another  Passage  leading  to 
Country,  Isaac  and  Fisherman  Harbors,  which  is  used  by  those 
acquainted,  from  the  Eastward.  This  Passage,  which  is  called 
the  Sound,  has  many  dangers  in  approaching  and  entering  it, 
and  leads  into  the  Northward  of  Green,  Goose  and  Harbor  Is- 
lands. There  are  no  leading  marks  or  bearings  to  clear  the  dan- 
gers in  navigating  this  Channel.  It  is  therefore  advisable  for 
strangers  not  to  attempt  it  without  a  pilot. 


High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Country  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  oO  m.,  or  3  h.  39  m.  before  it  is 
at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  about  0  feet. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


619 


FISHERMAN  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of 
approach  to  Country  Harbor,  is  between  Cape  Mocodon.-?  on  the 
South  and  Country  Harbor  Head  on  the  North,  and  is  about  1}^ 
miles  wide,  and  lies  NW.  by  W.  4J^  miles  from  Green  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Memarks, 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  is  much  obstructed  by  the  Black 
Ledge  (before  described)  which  lies  nearly  midway  the  entrance. 
There  is  also  a  Ledge  extending  off  from  Cape  Mocodome  the 
Southern  side  of  the  entrance,  upon  which  the  sea  generally 
breaks.  The  Rose  Shoal  with  6  feet  water  upon  it  lies  also  off 
to  the  Southeast  of  this  Cape,  making  the  Southern  side  of  the 
approach  to  this  Harbor  extremely  dangerous.  The  Northern 
side  of  the  entrance  is  bold  and  free  from  dangers.  Fisherman 
Harbor  will  admit  v  ssels  of  the  heaviest  draught  at  Low  Tide, 
but  it  is  exposed  to  Southeasterly  winds. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Fisherman  Harbor  in  Day- 
time, with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  bound  to  Fisherman  Harbor,  follow  the 
directions  before  given  for  Country  Harbor,  until  the  Pollux  Rock 
is  made.  Then  leave  it  about  ^  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
steer  for  Green  Island  Lighthouse,  bearing  E.  by  N.,  until  about  2 
miles  from  it.  Then  haul  to  the  Northward,  keeping  a  sharp 
lookout  for  the  Dry  Rock  which  is  on  Black  Ledge.  When  this 
is  made,  leave  it  about  }4  mile  on  the  Port,  and  steer  for  Country 
Harbor  Head.  When  about  j4  mile  from  this  Head,  haul  to  the 
Westward,  and  run  up,  leaving  Black  Ledge  well  on  the  Port 
baud,  and  anchor  near  the  Head  of  the  Harbor  in  about  6  fathoms 
water  ^t  Low  Tide.  There  is  a  good  Channel  to  the  Southward 
of  Black  Ledge,  which  leads  into  this  Harbor,  but  as  there  are  no 
leading  marks  or  bearings  in  entering,  it  is  therefore  advisable  for 
strangers  not  to  attempt  this  Passage. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
Country  Harbor,  leaving  Black  Ledge  well  on  the  Port  hand. 
When  about  ^  mile  from  Country  Harbor  Head,  haul  to  the 
Westward,  and  proceed  as  before  directed. 


520 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


High  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  T'ishevman  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the 
Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  40  m.,  or  3  h.  49  m.  before 
it  is  at  Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6  feet. 


ISAAC  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
the  approach  to  Country  Harbor,  is  between  Red  Head  on  the 
East  and  Ragged  Point  on  the  West,  and  lies  about  6  miles  North- 
westerly from  Green  Island  Lighthouse. 

Isaac  Harbor  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Holly  Point,  West  side  of  entrance  to  Isaac  Harbor,  is  a 
White  Square  Wooden  Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows 
two  fixed  Whito  Lights,  one  above  the  other. 

Memarks, 

Isaac  Harbor  is  about  2}4  miles  long,  with  an  average  -^idth  of 
from  J^  to  J^  mile.  About  3  fathoms  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be 
taken  up  about  a  mile  above  the  Lighthouse,  and  2  fathoms  water 
can  be  carried  about  a  mile  above  this.  In  entering,  Reefs  extend 
off  from  both  sides,  but  there  are  no  obstructions  in  the  Channel- 
way. 

•c 

Sailing  Directions  for  Isaac  Harbor  in  Daytime» 
>f7ith  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
Country  Harbor  until  past  Black  Ledge.  You  will  then  see  the 
Lighthouse,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  enti-ance  to  Isaac 
Harbor.  Bring  this  Lighthouse  to  bear  1M. ,  and  run  for  it  on  this 
course  until  about  300  yards  from  it.  riien  gradually  haul  to  the 
Eastward,  keeping  the  Western  side  best  aboard,  carrying  not 
less  than  5  fathoms  of  water  at  Low  Tide.  When  past  the  first 
point  on  the  Western  side,  which  is  about  ^  mile  above  the 
Lighthouse,   keep    the    Eastern   side  best   aboard,   and   anchor 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


521 


about  a  mile  above  the  Lighthouse,  in  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  follow  the  directions  before  given  for 
Country  Harbor  until  past  Black  Ledge.  Then  bring  the  Light- 
house at  the  entrance  of  Isaac  Harbor  to  bear  N. ,  and  rm )  for  it 
on  this  course,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given.  It  is  not 
advisable  for  strangers  to  attempt  to  beat  into  Isaac  Harbor,  as 
dangers  extend  off  some  distance  from  both  sides. 


WEBB  COVE, 

The  entrance  to  this  small  Cove,  which  has  about  12  feet  water 
in  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Isaac  Harbor,  a 
little  more  than  ^  mile  above  the  Lighthouse.  la  this  Cove 
small  vessels  of  not  more  than  10  or  11  feet  draught  may  find 
shelter  from  all  winds. 

Sailing  !&^irections. 

From  the  Eastward  or  Westward,  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Isaac  Harbor  until  about  300  yards  from  the  Light- 
house. Then  gradually  haul  to  the  Eastward,  keeping  about  mid- 
way the  Passage.  "When  about. J^  mile  above  the  Lighthouse, 
Webb  Cove  will  then  be  fairly  open,  and  you  may  then  run  in 
about  midway,  and  anchor  in  about  12  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide, 
secure  from  all  winds. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Isaac  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  .50  m.  or  3  h.  39  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6  feet. 


ISLAND  HARBOR. 

This  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  approach  to 
Country  and  Isaac  Harbors,  lies  Northwesterly  about  4  miles 
from  Green  Island  Lighthouse. 


■-e««f*«!!*!*wSP^ppr.cgr  ^pp- 


522 


ELDRIDQE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Remarks, 

The  Anchorage  in  this  Harbor  is  between  the  Northern  part  of 
Harbor  Island  and  the  main  land.  There  are  two  passages  lead- 
ing into  it ;  one  to  the  Westward  of  Harbor  Island,  the  other  to 
the  Eastward  of  this  Island.  About  5  fathoms  water  can  be  taken 
in  at  Low  Tide,  but  there  are  dangers  lying  at  the  entrance  of 
both  Passages,  with  no  leading  marks  or  bearings  to  clear  thera. 
It  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  not  to  attempt  this  Harbor 
without  pilots.  Island  Harbor  is  somewhat  exposed  to  !B.SE. 
winds,  but  is  considered  safe  during  the  summer  months. 


CODDLE  HARBOR. 

The  main  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Coddle 
Island  on  the  South  and  the  main  land  on  the  North,  lies  about 
Zyi  miles  Northeasterly  from  Green  Island  Lighthouse. 

Revnarks, 

This  Harbor  has  safe  Anchorage  for  small  vessels  in  from  10  to 
12  feet  water  at  Low  Tide.  The  principal  entrance  is  to  the 
Eastward  of  Coddle  Island,  but  the  dangers  in  entering  are  too 
nomerous  for  any  written  directions.  Strangers  should  on  na 
account  attempt  to  enter  it  without  pilots. 


NEW  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  between  Eastern  Head 
on  the  East  and  New  Harbor  Head  on  the  West,  is  about  \% 
miles  wide,  and  lies  East-Northerly  about  5J^  miles  from  Green 
Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  5^  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Tor 
Bay  Lighthouse. 

Remarks, 

With  winds  from  West  to  East  by  way  of  North  there  is  good 
Anchorage  in  this  Harbor  in  from  2^^  to  5  fathoms  water  at  Low 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


623 


Tide,  but  Southerly  winds  bring  in  heavy  Sea.  From  the  "West- 
eni  Slide  Shoal  Water  extends  off  some  distance.  Vessels,  there- 
timu  bound  in,  will  keep  the  Eastern  side  best  aboard.  St.  Cath- 
arlue  Elver,  which  is  very  shallow,  empties  into  New  Harbor. 

Sailing  Directions  for  New  Harbor  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  in  order  to  avoid  Tomcod  Shoals  (before 
de^artbed),  leave  Green  Island  not  more  than  j4  mile  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  when  the  Lighthouse  bears  North,  make  good  the 
oowvm  East,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for  Brandy  Ledge,  which 
lloH  East  3^  miles  from  Green  Island  Lighthouse  and  is  covered 
at  High  Water,  and  generally  breaks  with  a  little  motion  of  the 
Boa.  When  this  Ledge  is  made,  leave  it  at  least  %  mile  on  the 
Port  hand  and  continue  the  course  East  about  a  mile.  New  Har- 
bor will  then  be  fairly  open  bearing  about  N.  by  E.,  then  run  in, 
kseplng  the  Eastern  side  best  aboard  and  anchor  in  from  3  to  5 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 

From  the  Eastward,  in  order  to  avoid  Gull  and  Shag  Rocks, 
leave  Tor  Bay  Lighthouse  at  least  1}^  miles  to  the  Northward, 
and  when  It  bears  North,  make  good  the  course  W.  by  N.  about 
6  milei$.  New  Harbor  will  then  be  fairly  open,  and  you  may  then 
rua  In,  keeping  the  Eastern  side  best  aboard  and  anchor  as  be- 
fore directed. 

Sigh  Water. 

It  is  High  Water  in  New  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  50  m.,  or  3  h.  39  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  S  feet. 


TOR  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  extensive  Bay,  which  is  between  Flying 
Point  on  the  East  and  Berry  Head  on  the  West,  is  about  5  miles 
wide,  and  lies  about  108  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Sambro  Light- 
houio,  about  75  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Egg  Island  Lighthouse, 
61  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Beaver  Island  Lighthouse,  about  13 


m^ 


524 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Green  Island  Lighthouse,  and  about  18 
miles  to  the  Westward  of  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  (Cape 
Canso) . 

Tor  Bay  Ziighthouse. 
Upon  Berry  Head  west  side  of  entrance  to  Tor  Bay,  is  a  tower 
painted  in  White  and  Red  Vertical  Stripes,  which  at  this  date 
(1884)  shows  a  Red  Fixed  Light  to  Seaward,  and  White  into  the 
Bay  towards  Molasses  Qailjor.  (Jreen  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
from  Tor  Bay  Light/  -  ^'^.  y^  S.  11>^  mi.'es ;  White  Head 
Island  Lighthouse  E.  b^  »•  H  ^'  ^/^  miles.  I  jhoal  Water  with 
Rocks  extends  off  to  the  Souths  *>  i  and  also  to  the  Eastward 
fron>  this  Lighthouse.  Vessels,  therefore,  bound  into  Tor  Bay 
should  leave  it  at  least  %  mile  on  the  Port  hand. 


Dangers  in  approactdng  Tor  Bay  from  the  West- 
ward. 

Shag  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  2  feet  above  High  Water,  has  Shoal  Water 
extending  to  the  Southeastward  nearly  J^  mile  from  it.  Between 
it  and  the  shore,  there  are  several  Rocks  which  are  bare  at  Low 
Tide.  Tor  Bay  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  E.  by  N.  % 
N.  2%  miles. 

Gull  Mock, 

This  smaL  Rock,  which  has  deep  water  all  round  it,  lies  about 
1^  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Shag  Rock,  and  has  12  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Tor  Bay  Lighthouse  benrs  from  this  dan- 
ger N£.  ^  E.  nearly  a  mile. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Tor  Bay  from  the  East- 
ward. 

French  Rock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  the  outermost  danger  in  approaching  Tor 
Bay  from  the  Eastwaxxl,  has  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Tor  Bay  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NW.  by  W.  ^  W. 
1^  miles. 

Bull  Rocks, 

About  ^2  mile  to  the  Eastward  of  French  Rock  are  three  Rocks 
called  Bull  Rocks.    These  dangers  lie  near  each  other  and  the 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


525 


Eastern  Rock  has  but  3  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Tor 
Bay  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  W.NW. 
nearly  2  miles. 

Tor  Bay  Ledges. 

To  the  Northward  and  Northeastward  of  Bull  Rocks  on  the 
Eastern  side  of  the  Channel  leading  into  Tor  Bay,  there  are  a 
large  number  of  Ledges  and  Islets  with  deep  water  between  them, 
but  so  scattered  as  to  leave  no  safe  passage  between  them.  In 
entering  Tor  Bay  in  night-time  or  thick  weather,  the  Ledges  are 
so  bold  that  the  lead  gives  but  little  warning  in  approaching  them. 

Wehhev  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  lies  at  the  entrance  of  the  Harbor,  is  a  little 
more  than  a  mile  to  the  Northward  of  the  Lighthouse,  and 
extends  N.NE.  and  S-SW.  about  %  mile,  and  has  12  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Channels  lead  up  on  both  sides  of  it.  The 
Channel  to  the  Southward  of  it  has  a  width  of  about  400  yard 
with  4  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide,  while  the  one  to  the 
Northward  is  nearly  ^  mile  wide,  with  6  fathoms  water  in  it. 
In  entering  Tor  Bay  Harbor  Webber  Shoal  is  much  in  the  way,  at 
Low  Tide,  for  vessels  of  more  than  11  feet  draught. 

Larry  Reef, 

This  Reef,  which  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  Harbor,  is 
bare  at  Half  Tide,  and  extends  about  NW.  by  N.  and  SB-  by 
S.  nearly  J^  mile.  The  Channel  between  Larry  Reef  and  Webber 
Shoal  is  nearly  ^  mile  wide,  with  6  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Charlo  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  extends  off  to  the  Southward  nearly  J^  mile 
from  Foster  Island,  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  Harbor,  and 
bears  N.  by  E.  ^  E.  2^  miles  from  Tor  Bay  Lighthouse. 
Vessels  bound  in  should  leave  this  danger  well  to  the  Northward. 

Remarks, 

Tor  Bay  is  more  than  8  miles  long,  and  nearly  4  miles  deep. 
The  Anchorage,  which  is  quite  easy  of  access,  is  off  Webber  Cove 
in  6  fathoms  water,  near  the  Western  end  of  the  Bay,  and  ia  said 


■3^«??ffl»^:.;j5ii 


526 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  I'lLOT. 


to  be  secure  from  all  winds,  with  good  holding  ground.  "There 
are  many  Ledges  in  this  Bay,  but  vessels,  in  entering,  pass  to  the 
Westward  of  most  of  them. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Tor  Bay  in  Dasrtime,  with 
favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  when  Tor  Bay  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring 
it  to  bear  NE.  byN.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course.  When  al)out 
Ij^  miles  from  it,  in  order  to  avoid  the  Ledges  wliich  extend  from 
the  Lighthouse,  haul  gradually  to  the  Eastward,  leaving  it  not 
less  than  ^  mile  on  the  Port,  and  French  Rock  and  Tor  Bay 
Ledges  (before  described)  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
this  Lighthouse  bears  W-SW.,  haul  to  the  Westward,  around 
Flat  Point,  which  is  the  first  to  the  Northward  of  the  Lighthouse, 
leaving  it  about  %  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and  in  order  to  avoid 
Webber  Shoal  (before  described) ,  run  up,  keeping  not  more  than 
^  mile  from  the  Southern  side,  and  anchor  in  from  4  to  G 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  with  good  holding  ground. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  Tor  Bay  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring 
it  to  bearNW.,  and  run  for  it  on  this,  course.  When  about  a 
mile  from  it,  haul  to  the  Northward,  passing  about  midway 
between  French  Rock  (before  described)  and  the  Ledges  which 
extend  from  the  Lighthouse.  When  this  Lighthouse  bears  W. 
SW.,  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Tor  Bay,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  55  m.,  or  3  h.  34  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5^  feet. 


Ledge  call 
Dangers  a] 
able  for  sti 


The  entn 
side  of  Tor 
house.  Th( 
in  2  fathomi 
Southeaster] 


The  entrai 
Tor  Bay,  lie 
house,  and  a 
Lighthouse. 

About  3  1 
there  is  And 
the  entrance 
without  any 
fore  advisabl 


COLE  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Northern 
side  of  Tor  Bay,  lies  NE.  ^  N.  3^  miles  from  Tor  Bay  Light- 
house. 

Hemarks, 

There  is  good  Anchorage  in  Cole  Harbor  for  small  vessels,  in 
from  2  to  3  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.     In  entering  there  is  a 


The  entran 
Island  Light! 
on  the  East, 
miles  from  Tc 
of  Cranberry 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


527 


Ledge  called  the  Sisters,  which  lies  nearly  midway  the  Channel. 
Dangers  also  extend  off  from  both  sides.  It  is  therefore  advis- 
able for  strangers  bound  to  this  Harbor  to  take  pilots. 


OHARLO  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Northern 
side  of  Tor  Bay,  lies  about  N.NE.  3  miles  from  Tor  Bay  Light- 
house. There  is  good  Ancliorage  for  small  vessels  in  this  Harbor 
in  2  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide,  but  it  is  somewhat  exposed  to 
Southeasterly  winds. 


MOLASSES   HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of 
Tor  Bay,  lies  about  4J/^  miles  E.  J^  N.  from  Tor  Bay  Light- 
house, and  about  4  miles  Northwesterly  from  White  Head  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Memarks, 

About  3  fathoms  water  can  be  taken  into  this  Harbor,  where 
there  is  Anchorage  secure  from  all  winds ;  but  as  the  Channel  at 
the  entrance  is  very  narrow,  with  numerous  dangers  lying  in  it, 
without  any  leading  marks  or  bearings  to  clear  them,  it  is  there- 
fore advisable  for  strangers  bound  in  to  employ  pilots. 


WHITE  HAVEN. 

The  entrance  to  White  Haven,  which  is  between  Three  Top 
Island  Lighthouse  on  the  West  and  Spry  Point  (the  main  land) 
on  the  East,  is  about  }^  mile  wide,  and  lies  East-Southerly  G^ 
miles  from  Tor  Bay  Lighthouse,  and  \2%  miles  to  the  Westward 
of  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  (Cape  Canso) . 


528 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST   PILOT. 


White  Head  Inland  TAghthonse, 

Upon  the  Soutliwestorn  extremity  of  White  Head  Inland  (which 
is  a  little  more  timn  ii  mile  Soutlieurtterly  from  the  entnincc  to 
"White  Iliiven)  in  a  Pyriimichil  Tower  wliich  iit  tliif*  date  (1884) 
shows  a  Revolvinj5  White  Light  wiiicli  attuiiw  itH  greatest  bril- 
liancy every  20  seconds.  Green  Island  Ughtliouso  l)ears  from 
White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  W-  %  N.  18>4  miles ;  Tor  Bay 
Lighthouse,  W-  by  N.  ^  N.  7>^  miles.  Hoimd  to  the  Eastward 
or  Westward,  in  order  to  avoid  the  dangers,  vossols,  should  not 
approach  nearer  than  a  mile  to  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse. 


Dangers  in  the  vicinity  of  White  Head  Island 

Lighthouse. 

East  Bull, 

This  Rock,  which  has  6  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is  one 
of  the  outer  dangers  lying  off  the  Eastern  entrance  to  White 
Haven.  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger 
NW.  li  N.  about  Yz  mile.  About  yi  mile  to  the  Eastward  of 
the  Eastern  Bull,  is  a  Rocky  patch  having  about  20  feet  water 
upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 

Sculpin  Hock, 

About  half-way  between  Eastern  Bull  and  the  Eastern  end  of 
White  Head  Island  is  Sculpin  Rock,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide. 
White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NW.  by 
W.  nearly  yi  mile. 

Southwest  Bull, 

This  Rock,  which  is  the  outermost  danger  lying  off  White  Head 
Island,  has  5  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  White  Head  Is- 
land Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  NE.  about  ^  mile. 
Rocky  Bottom,  with  from  20  to  30  feet  water,  extends  nearly  ^ 
mile  Northwesterly  from  the  Southwest  Bull. 

Black  Ledge, 

This  Ledge,  which  is  dry  at  Low  Tide,  is  quite  extensive  and 
lies  a  short  distance  to  the  Westward  of  the  Shag  Ledges,  both 
of  which  are  above  water.  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  bears 
from  the  outer  part  of  Black  Ledge  E.  ^  S.  about  a  mile. 


ELDRIDOE'S  C0A8T  PILOT. 


529 


Bound  into  White  Haven  by  the  Western  passage,  this  Ledge  is 
left  on  the  Starboard  hand. 


Shafi  Rocks, 

These  Rocks,  which  are  above  water,  lie  on  the  Western  side 
of  the  Southern  approach  to  White  Haven  and  about  %  mile  to 
the  Westward  of  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse. 

Gammon  laleta, 

These  Islets,  of  which  there  are  four,  lie  Northwest  about  % 
mile  from  White  Head  Island  Liijhthouse,  and  on  the  Western 
side  of  the  Southern  approach  to  White  Haven 

Bald  and  Gull  Ledges, 

These  Ledges,  some  of  which  are  above  water,  extend  from 
Deming  Island,  and  lie  on  the  Northern  side  of  the  Western  ap- 
proach to  White  Haven.  Three  Top  Island  Lii^hthouse  bears 
from  the  Southern  or  outer  part  of  these  dangers  E.NE.  ^  mile. 

Three  Top  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Southeast  point  of  Three  Top  Island,  Northern  side 
of  entrance  to  White  Haven,  is  a  White  Square  Wooden  Build- 
ing, with  Dwelling  attached,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a 
flxed  White  Light.  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from 
Three  Top  Island  Lighthouse  SE.  by  S.  l>i  miles.  Three  Top 
Island  Light  is  intended  to  guide  vessels  into  White  Haven.  It 
is  obstructed  when  bearing  to  the  Eastward  of  NE.  by  E.,  but  it 
is  visible  from  all  other  points  of  the  compass,  excepting  where 
it  is  intercepted  by  the  High  Land  of  White  Head  Island. 

^  :N'et  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  above  water,  lies  about  200  yards  South- 
easterly from  Three  Top  T^land  Lighthouse.  Vessels  bound  into 
White  Haven  may  leave  this  danger  about  200  yards  on  the  Port 
hand. 

Itemarks, 

White  Haven  Inlet  runs  up  to  the  Northeastward  a  little  more 
than  3  miles  from  Three  Top  Island  Lighthouse,  and  has  suflBcient 


4 


530 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


depth  of  water  for  the  heaviest  draught  vessels.  It  then  di- 
vides into  two  parts,  called  the  Nortlioast  and  Northwest  Arras. 
On  the  Western  side  of  the  Inlet,  about  2}{  miles  aijovo  'I'hrco 
Top  Island  Lighthouse,  is  Marshall  Cove,  where  veshols  amy 
anchor  in  from  4  to  5  fathoms  water  secure  from  all  winds.  In 
approaching  White  Haven  there  are  three  passages  (leading  in 
among  the  Rocks  and  Ledges),  called  the  Southern,  Western  and 
Eastern  Passages.  The  latter,  which  has  a  Iloek  with  (!  fin^t 
water  on  it  lying  in  the  middle  oi  the  Channel,  ia  considered  too 
intricate  for  strangers.  We  shall  therefore  only  give  direetious 
for  the  Southern  and  Western  passages. 

Sailing  Directions  for  White  Haven  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

By  the  Western  JPassuge, 

When  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse  is  made,  bring  it  to  bear 
E.  by  N-  and  run  for  it  on  this  course  until  about  3  miles  from 
it.  You  will  then  open  Three  Top  Island  Lighthouse  (bctfore 
described).  Continue  the  course  until  the, last-named  Lighthouse 
bears  NE.,  then  run  for  it,  passing  about  midway  between  lHauk 
Ledge  and  Gull  Ledge.  When  about  }i  mile  from  this  Light- 
house you  will  see  Net  Rock,  which  lies  about  200  yards  South- 
easterly from  it.  Leave  this  Rock  about  200  yards  on  the  I'ort 
hand,  and  run  up  N.  by  W.  }(  W-,  carrying  from  9  to  12  fath- 
oms water.  When  about  1%  miles  above  Three  Top  Island 
Lighthouse,  you  will  open  Fisherman  Island,  which  lies  on  the 
Elastern  side.  In  order  to  avoid  Kelp  Shoal,  which  has  .'I  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  continue  the  course  N.  by  W.  X  W.? 
until  the  ceu:re  of  this  Island  oears  NE.  by  N. ;  then  run  for  il 
on  this  couisc,  until  about  300  yards  from  it,  tiien  steer  more 
Northerly,  lea\  Ing  Fisherman  Island  not  more  than  200  yards  on 
the  Starboard  and  Kelp  Shoal  well  on  the  1*  irt  hand,  and  carry- 
ing about  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  through  the  luirrow  Chan- 
nel. When  the  centre  of  Fisherman  Island  bears  SE.  by  E.  }/i 
E.,  Marshall  Cove  will  then  be  fairly  oi)en,  and  you  may  run 
NW.  by  "W.  ^2  W.,  and  anchor  when  the  water  shoals  to  I  (tr 
5  fathoms  at  Low  Tide.  If  ])ound  further  up,  th;re  are  no  dan- 
gers for  vessels  of  less  than  20  feet  d'-aught  in  tv.)  Chanuel-wi»y 
until  near  the  entrance  to  the  Northwest  arm. 


.P-    « 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


531 


Sy  the  Southern  Passage, 

Vessels  from  the  Eastward,  witti  Easterly  winds,  may,  by  the 
following  directions,  enter  White  Haven  by  the  Southern  Passage. 
Keep  outside  the  East  Bull  (before  described)  until  White  Head 
Lighthouse  bears  N.NW-  Then  run  for  it  on  this  course  until 
about  ^  mile  from  it.  Then  steer  more  AVesterly,  and  haul  round 
the  Lighthouse  Point  at  a  distance  of  2i^)0  yards,  leaving  it  on  the 
Starboard  hand.  When  past  this  Point,  the  Passage  leading  in 
between  White  Head  Island  and  the  Gammon  Islets  will  then  be 
fairly  open,  bearing  about  N.  by  E.  Then  run  in,  keeping  the 
Starboard  side  best  aboard,  carrying  from  8  to  14  fathoms  water. 
When  Three  Top  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW-  by  W- ,  then  run 
for  it  on  this  course  until  about  J^  mile  from  it.  Then  follow  the 
directions  before  give 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  White  Haven  Inlet,  on  the  days  of  the  Full 
and  Change  of  the  Moon,  8  h.  0  m.,  or  3  h.  29  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5^4  feet. 


PORT  HOWE. 

The  enti'ance  to  Port  Howe,  which  is  between  Howe  Point  on 
the  East  and  Fluid  Point  on  the  West,  is  nearly  J^  mile  wide,  and 
lies  East-Northerly  about  3^  miles  from  While  Head  Island 
Lighthouse,  and  West-Southerly  about  9  miles  from  Cranberry 
Island  Lighthouse  (Cape  Canso) . 

Memarks, 

There  is  good  Anchorage,  with  all  winds,  in  the  small  Bay 
called  Port  Howe,  but  the  approaches  are  rendered  somewhat 
difficult  on  account  of  the  numerous  Shoals  which  lie  on  both 
sides.  About  4  fathoms  water,  on  a  direct  line,  can  be  taken 
into  this  place  at  Low  Tide.  On  the  Western  side  of  the  entrance 
la  Black  Rock,  which  is  4  feet  above  High  Water. 


I 


n 


532 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Sailing   Directions  for  Fort    Howe  in  Da3rtime> 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

* 

From  the  "Westward,  in  order  to  clear  the  East  and  West  Bulls, 
leave  White  Head  Island  about  a  mile  on  the  Port  hand,  and 
when  the  Lighthouse  bears  N.,  make  good  the  course  E.  J^  N. 
about  3^  miles,  leaving  the  Vache  Shoals  and  Ledges,  some  of 
which  are  bare  at  Low  Tide,  well  on  the  Port  hand.  The  entrance 
to  I'ort  Howe  will  then  be  fairly  open,  bearing  about  N.  Bring 
Fluid  Point,  which  is  30  feet  high,  and  lies  on  the  Western  side  of 
the  entrance,  to  bear  N.  by  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  pass- 
ing about  midway  between  Whale  and  Snorting  Rocks.  The 
former  is  bare  at  Low  Tide ;  the  latter  is  always  above  water. 
As  you  sail  in,  you  will  see  Black  Rock,  which  is  small,  and  lies 
about  300  yards  Southeasterly  from  Fluid  Point.  Leave  this 
Rock  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  W-, 
haul  up  about  N.  by  W. ,  and  anchor  to  the  Northward  of  Port 
Island,  which  is  the  first  on  the  Starboard  hand,  in  about  7 
fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide  ;  or  when  the  West  end  of  the  last- 
named  Island  bears  SB-  }i  E-,  then  run  NW.  %  W.,  and 
anchor  in  the  Western  arm,  iu  about  7  fathoms  water. 

From  the  Eastward,  as  soon  as  White  Head  Island  Lighthouse 
is  made,  bring  it  to  bear  W.  by  N.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course 
until  about  3^  miles  from  it.  The  entrance  to  Port  Howe  will 
then  be  fairly  open.  Bring  Fluid  Point  (the  Western  side  of 
entrance)  to  bear  N.  by  W-,  and  follow  the  directions  before 
given. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  in  Port  Howe,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  8  h.  0  m.,  or  3  h.  29  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.     Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  5^  feet. 


DOVER  BAY. 

The  entrance  to  this  Bay,  which  is  between  White  Point  on  the 
East  and  Dover  Head  on  the  West,  is  about  2^  miles-wide,  and 
lies  about  6  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  White  Head  Island  Light- 
house, and  about  6  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Cranbe.ry  Island 
Lighthouse  (Cape  Canso). 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


533 


Remarks* 

Ledges  extend  off  to  the  Southward  nearly  ^  »nile  from  White 
Point  (the  Eastern  side  of  entrance  to  Dover  Bay) ,  and  there  are 
dangers  which  lie  off  more  than  %  mile  to  the  Southward  and 
Eastward  of  Dover  Head,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  the 
entrance  —  the  Home  and  Lumsden  Shoals.  The  former,  which 
has  18  feet  water  upon  it,  lies  nearly  in  the  middle,  while  the 
latter,  with  12  feet  water  upon  it,  lies  on  the  Eastern  side.  Both 
these  dangers  lie  a  little  more  than  a  mile  above  the  entrance. 
This  Bay,  which  has  a  depth  of  from  10  to  14  fathoms  water,  is 
exposed  to  Southerly  winds.  Shelter,  however,  may  be  found 
near  the  Head,  among  the  numerous  Ledges  and  Islets,  but  as 
there  are  no  leading  marks  or  bearings  to  clear  these  dangers,  it 
is  advisable  for  strangers  not  to  attempt  to  enter  it  without  pilots. 


LOUSE  HARBOR. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  Harbor,  which  is  between  Louse 
Head  on  the  North  and  Louse  Island  on  the  South,  is  about  % 
mile  wide,  and  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  Dover  Bay,  about  1^ 
miles  above  Dover  Head. 

Remarks, 

In  louse  Harbor  small  vessels  may  find  good  shelter  from  all 
winds.  About  22  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can  be  taken  in  to  the 
Northward  of  Louse  Island,  but  the  winding  Channel  nearly 
opposite  the  High  Bluff  on  the  Northern  side  is  not  more  than  80 
yards  wide.  It  is  therefore  advisable  for  strangers  bound  in  to 
employ  pilots. 


OANSO  HARBOR. 

The  approach  to  this  Harbor  from  the  Southward,  which  is  be- 
tween Cranberry  Island  on  the  East  and  Cape  Canso,  the  Eastern 
extremity  of  Nova  Scotia,  on  the  West,  is  about  1%  miles  wide, 
and  lies  about  120  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  Sambro  Lighthouse, 
Western  side  of  entrance  to  Halifax  Harbor. 


5U 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Cranberry  Island,  which  is  about  1  %  miles  to  the  North- 
eastward of  Cape  Canso,  is  a  Tower  with  Dwelling  attached.  The 
Tower  is  78  feet  high  from  the  ground  to  the  Lantern  Vane,  is 
Octagonal  in  shape,  48  feet  above  the  roof  of  the  dwelling,  and 
is  painted  in  Red  and  White  Horizontal  Bands,  the  dwelling  at- 
tached being  of  a  dark  color.  At  this  date  (1884)  this  Light- 
house shows  two  fixed  White  Lights,  one  above  the  other.  Shoal 
Water  extends  oflf  a  considerable  distance  in  every  direction  from 
Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse,  and  there  are  also  many  outlying 
dangers  in  this  vicinity. 

Canso  Marhor  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Northeast  side  of  Hart  Island,  West  side  of  the 
Northern  entrance  to  Canso  Harbor,  is  a  White  Square  Wooden 
Building,  which  at  this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Canso  Harbor  from,  the 

Westward. 

Gannet  Shoal, ' 

This  danger,  which  consists  of  several  Spots,  having  in  one 
^^lace  as  little  as  9  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies  ubout  one 
mile  to  the  Eastward  of  White  Point ;  o^'  •^''  Rocks  lie  to  the 
Northward  of  it,  off  Madeline  J\)int  and  nx  i<:^:  entrance  of  Little 
Dover  Run.  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  kept  open  to  the  Eas  t- 
ward  of  the  trees  on  Cape  Cunso,  bearing  NE.  J^  N.,  clears  the 
Gannet  Shoal,  White  Point  Ledges  and  White  Rock. 

Gannet  Ledges, 

The  outermost  of  these  dangers,  which  have  but  little  water 
upon  them  at  Low  Tide,  extends  off  Southeast  nearly  a  mile  from 
Gannet  Point,  the  Southern  extremity  of  Andrew  Island.  Cran- 
berry Island  Lighthouse  l^ears  from  the  outer  part  of  these  dan- 
jjers  NJE.  by  If.  ]^  N.  -3  miles.  Vessels  fro'n  the  Westward, 
bound  to  Cfiijso  Harbor,  should  give  the  Gannet  Rocks  a  wide 
berth. 

Boom  Rock, 

Th'i  Rock,  which  has  12  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
abouo  ).v  ''^''i*'  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Gannet  Ledges.     Cranberry 


..ijiei 


ELDRIDGE'S   COAST  PILOT. 


535 


Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.  by  E.  J^  E.  about 
2^  miles.  Between  Boom  Rock  and  Gannet  Ledges  there  is  a 
Channel  nearly  ^  mile  wide,  having  from  7  to  12  fathoms  water 
in  it. 

Moaring  Bull. 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  has  but  2  feet  water  upon  it  at 
Low  Tide,  lies  a  little  more  than  J^  mile  Southeasterly  from  Cape 
Canso.  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N. 
by  E.  J^  E.  If^  miles.  Between  the  Roaring  Bull  and  the  Rocks 
off  Cape  Canso  there  is  a  Channel  a  little  more  than  %  mile  wide, 
having  from  8  to  10  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Cape  Breaker, 

This  Rocky  Shoal,  which  lies  Southeasterly  about  a  mile  from 
Cape  Canso,  has  15  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cranberry 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  North  1^^ 
miles.  Between  the  Cape  Breaker  and  Roaring  Bull  there  is  a 
Channel  about  Yi  mile  wide,  having  froi-  5  to  7  fathoms  water 
in  it. 

Heeper  Reef, 

This  Reef,  which  lies  %  niile  Northwesterly  from  the  Cape 
Breaker,  has  about  24  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cran- 
berry Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.  by  E.  1% 
miles. 

Stanley  Shoals, 

These  are  4  Spots  lying  nearly  in  the  middle  of  the  Southern 
approach  to  Canso  Harbor.  The  two  Northwestern  Shoals,  which 
lie  }^  mile  apart,  have  24  feet  water  upon  them,  while  the  two 
Southeasternmost  have  30  feet  water  on  them.  Cranberry  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  these  dangers  N.NW.  Ij^ 
miles. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Canso  Harbor  from  the 

Eastward. 

Grime  Rock, 

This  Rock,  wlich  has  12  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is  the 
outermost  danger  in  approaching  Canso  Harbor  from  the  East- 
ward. Cnivibocry  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  W- 
by  S.  J-^  %-'iyii  tuiies. 


ii 


636 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Whistling  Buoy, 

In  order  to  warn  vessels  in  thick  weather  of  the  approach  to 
the  dangers  Lying  to  the  Eastward  of  Cape  Canso,  a  Whistling 
Buoy  has  been  placed  in  20  fathoms  water  E.SE.  Ij4  miles  from 
Grime  Rock.  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy 
W.  3^  miles. 

Bass  Mock. 

This  danger,  which  lies  about  ^  mile  Southwest  from  Grime 
Bock,  has  6  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cranberry  Island 
Lighthouse  bears  from  it  W.  ^  S.  2%  miles.  From  J^  to  ^ 
mile  Southwesterly  from  Bass  Rock  there  are  several  Spots  hav- 
ing from  24  to  30  feet  water  upon  them. . 

Middle  Rock. 

This  danger,  which  has  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  lies 
a  little  more  than  a  mi'e  W-NW.  from  Bass  Rock.  Cranberry 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  Middle  Rock  SW.  by  W.  J4  W. 

1^  miles. 

Inner  Bass, 

This  Rocky  Ledge,  which  lies  but  a  short  distance  Northwest- 
erly from  Middle  Rock,  extends  nearly  J^  mile  N.  by  E.  and  S. 
by  W.,  and  has  but  little  watej'  upon  its  Southern  part  at  Low 
Tide.  Cranberry  Ivsland  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  this 
danger  SW.  about  1>^  miles. 


Kelp  Bocks, 

These  three  Ro'iks,  which  lie  a  little  more  than  J^  mile  North- 
westerly from  the  Inner  Bass,  are  about  200  yards  apart  and  have 
from  12  to  i">  feet  ivucer  upon  them.  Cranberry  Island  Light- 
house bears  from  tku  certre  of  these  dangers  S.SW.  about  IJ^ 
miles. 

Broad  Shoal, 

This  Rocky  Shoal,  which  lies  a  little  more  than  -/i  mile  to  the 
Southwai''.  of  the  Inter  Bass,  is  about  250  yards  in  extent  and 
has  from  9  to  18  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Cranberry 
Island  Lighthouse  bears  tvoxu.  the  centre  of  this  danger  W-SW. 
about  yi  mile. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


637 


Fanning  Hock, 

This  Is  a  Rocky  Shoal  about  200  yards  in  extent,  lying  nearly 
}i  mllo  E.  5^.  N.  from  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse.  There  is 
0.  narrow  Channel  of  6  fathoms  water  between  this  danger  and 
the  Shoals  extending  off  to  the  Eastward  of  Cranberry  Island 
Lighthouse. 

Scott  Rock, 

This  Rocky  Shoal,  which  has  8  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide, 
haisi  an  extent  of  about  150  yards,  and  lies  about  Yz  mile  to  the 
Southward  of  Fanning  Rock.  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  W.NW.  a  little  more  than 
\i  mile.  There  is  a  narrow  Channel  having  5  fathoms  water  in 
it  between  this  Rock  and  the  Shoals  which  extend  off  to  the  East- 
ward of  the  Lighthouse. 

Nickeraon  Mock, 

This  danger,  which  has  24  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is 
small  In  extent,  and  lies  to  the  Southeastward  of  Cranberry  Is- 
land. The  Lighthouse  upon  this  Island  bears  NW.  from  it  IJ^ 
miles. 

David  Bock, 

This  Rocky  Shoal,  which  lies  nearly  midway  between  Nicker- 
lon  Rook  and  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse,  has  12  feet  water 
«pon  It  at  Low  Tide.  CranbeiTy  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from 
this  danger  NW.  5^  N.  about  ^  mile.  Between  David  and 
Nlokerson  Rocks  there  is  a  Channel  nearly  j4  mile  wide,  having 
from  10  to  13  fathoms  in  it. 


Washball  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  is  bare  at  Low  Tide,  lies  nearly  }(  mile  to 
the  Westward  of  David  Rock.  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse 
boars  from  Washball  Rock  NW-  by  N.  ^  N-  about  ^  mile. 
Shottl  Water  with  Scattering  Rocks  extends  from  Cranberry  Island 
to  the  Washball  Rock.  Vessels  should  not,  therefore,  attempt  to 
pass  within  it. 

IHnk  Mock, 

This  Rock,  which  lies  West-Northerly  nearly  }4  mile  from  the 
Washball  Rock,  has  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.    Cran- 


538 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


berry  Islaud  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N.  ^  E-  about 
Yi  mile.  Vessels  should  not  pass  between  this  Rock  and  the 
Lighthouse.  Both  the  Pink  and  Washball  Rocks  lie  on  the 
Northeastern  side  of  the  Channel,  and  break  with  a  little  motion 
of  the  Sea. 


Dangers  in  entering  Canso  Harbor  by  the  South- 
ern Passage. 

Kirby  Rocks* 

This  Rock,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  the  entrance  to 
Canso  Harbor,  lies  a  little  mo'-c  that  ^  mile  East-Northerly  from 
Cape  Canso,  and  has  about  14  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide. 
Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  danger  N£i.  by  N. 
a  little  more  than  a  mile.  Then  is  a  narrow  Passage  between 
Kirby  Rock  and  Cape  Canso  with  4  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low 
Tide. 

Black  Mocks, 

These  two  small  Rocks,  which  are  on  the  "Western  side  of  the 
Ship  Channel  leading  into  Canso  Harbor,  are  above  High  Water, 
and  lie  about  400  yards  apart  on  a  bearing  of  nearly  North  and 
South.  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  the  Southern 
Black  Rock  "JfLNE-  a  little  more  than  ^  mile.  Between  the 
Shoal  Water  which  extends  off  from  Glasgow  Head  and  the  Black 
Rocks  there  is  a  Channel  nearly  yi  mile  wide  with  6  fathoms 
water  in  it. 

Bootes  Bank, 

This  Shoal,  which  is  about  ^  mile  to  the  Northward  of  the 
Northern  Black  Rock,  extends  nearly  North  and  South  J-S  mile, 
and  has  from  6  to  15  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  with  an 
average  width  of  about  300  yards.  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  E.  by  S-  about  a  mile.  Be- 
tween Bootes  Bank  and  Glasgow  Head  thei'e  is  a  Channel  about 
400  yards  wide,  having  about  G  fathoms  water  in  it  at  Low  Tide. 
There  is  also  a  Channel  about  400  yards  wide  between  the  North- 
ern Black  Rock  and  the  Southern  end  of  the  Bootes  Bank,  with  3 
fathoms  water  in  it. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


530 


Man  of  War  Mock, 

This  danger,  which  cover  at  Half  Tide,  lies  on  the  Western 
side  of  the  Ship  Channel,  in  entering  Canso  Harbor.  Cran- 
berry Island  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Rock  SE.  by  E.  ^  E. 
about  a  mile.  Vessels  may  approach  this  Rock  on  its  Eastern 
side  within  150  yards  without  danger,  but  Shoal  Water  extends 
W.NW.  nearly  ^  mile  from  it.  There  is  a  good  Channel  be- 
tween Man  of  War  Rock  and  the  Western  shore  with  deep  water 
in  it.  There  is  also  a  narrow  Channel  between  the  Northern 
part  of  Bootes  Bank  and  Man  of  War  Rock  with  5  fathoms  water 
in  it. 

Mackerel  Mock, 

This  danger,  which  has  10  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide,  is 
about  150  yards  in  extent,  and  lies  nearly  midway  the  Ship  Chan- 
nel leading  into  Canso  Harbor.  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse 
bears  from  this  Rock  SE.byE.  }(  £•  1>^  miles  nearly;  Bea- 
con on  Grave  Island  (Western  side  of  entrance  to  Canso  Har- 
bor) NW.  a  little  more  than  a  mile.  The  highest  part  of  a  Small 
Island  with  Red  Cliff  50  feet  high  bears  NE.  distant  a  little  more 
than  J^S  naile  from  this  Rock.  Vessels  bound  in  should  not  ap- 
proach nearer  to  this  Rock  on  its  Eastern  side  than  5  fathoms 
water.  Channels  lead  up  on  both  sides  of  the  Mackerel  Rock,  but 
the  one  to  the  Eastward  of  it  is  considered  the  best  for  strangers. 
There  is  also  a  Channel  J^  mile  wide  between  Man  of  War  Rock 
and  Mackerel  Rock,  with  8  fathoms  water  in  it. 

Grassy  Meef, 

This  Reef,  which  is  bare  in  some  places  at  Low  Tide,  extends 
off  Southeast  nearly  }(  mile  from  Grassy  Island,  which  is  on  the 
Northeastern  side  of  the  Channel  leading  into  Canso  Harbor. 
The  Channel  between  the  outer  part  of  this  Reef  and  Mackerel 
Rock  is  nearly  ^  mile  wide,  with  7  fathoms  water  in  it. 

South  Shoal, 

This  Shoal,  which  has  from  4  to  7  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  extends  off  Northeasterly  about  ji  mile  from  the  Western 
side  of  the  Southern  entrance  to  Canso  Harbor.  Mackerel  Rock 
boars  from  tlio  outer  end  of  this  danger,  SE-  by  E.  }4  E.  nearly 


u 


540 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Yi  mile.    Vessels,  ia  beating  in,  should  be  careful  to  avoid  Grassy 
lleef  and  the  South  Shoal. 

Canso  Harbor  is  well  sheltered  from  all  winds,  and  has  a  suffi- 
cient depth  of  water  in  both  the  Northern  and  Southern  entrances 
for  the  heiiviest  draught  vosstld.  In  approaching  this  Harbor, 
with  a,  rough  sea,  the  numerous  dangers  show  themselves,  but 
with  smooth  water  the  utmost  caution  is  necessary  for  strangers. 
In  thick  weather  the  constant  use  of  the  lead  should  be  deemed 
indispensable. 


Sailing  Directions  for  Canso  Harbor,  by  the  South- 
ern Passage,  in  Daytime,  with  favorable  winds 
and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  keep  outside  all  the  dangers  before 
described,  until  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  is  made.  Then 
bring  it  to  bear  N.  by  W-,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving 
the  Cape  Breaker  and  tlie  Rock  called  the  Roaring  Bull  both  well 
on  the  Port  hand.  Continue  the  course  N-  by  W-  for  the  Light- 
house until  about  1  %,  miles  from  it.  You  will  then  see  on  the 
Port,  the  Black  Rocks,  which  are  above  High  Water.  When  the 
Northern  Black  Rock  bears  N W. ,  then  run  for  it  on  this  course 
until  about  J^  mile  from  it.  Then  steer  for  a  small  Island,  50 
feet  high,  with  Red  Cliffs,  bearing  N.  by  W-  Vz  W-,  leaving 
Man  of  War  Rock  (before  described)  well  on  the  Port  hand. 
Continue  the  course  N.  by  W.  J^  W-  for  the  Island  until  Cran- 
berry Island  Lighthouse  bears  SE.  by  E. ;  then  make  good  the 
course  NW.  by  W.  If  there  is  no  error  in  the  compass,  the 
Mackerel  Rock  (which  has  10  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide) 
will  be  left  about  200  yards  on  the  Port  hand.  It  would  bo  well, 
however,  to  use  the  lead  on  this  last  course,  and  not  approach 
this  Rock  nearer  than  5  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  When  the 
small  Island  before  mentioned,  with  Red  Cliffs  on  its  Southern 
side,  bears  E-NE.,  you  are  then  past  the  Mackerel  Rock,  and 
there  will  be  seen,  about  a  mile  to  the  Northwestward,  on  the 
Southern  side  of  the  entrance  to  Canso  Harbor,  a  small  Island 
with  a  Beacon  upon  it.  When  this  Beacon  bears  NW. ,  run  for 
it  on  this  course,  and  haul  round  it  at  a  distance  of  200  yai'ds, 


ELDRIDGES  COAST  PILOT. 


541 


leaving  it  on  the  Port  hand,  and  anchor  in  about  7  fathoms  water 
at  Low  Tide,  with  the  Beacon  on  the  Island  bearing  SE.  400 
^ards  distant. 

By  the  Western  Channel, 

From  the  Westward,  when  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  is 
made,  bring  it  to  bear  N.  yi  W.,  and  run  for  it  on  this  course, 
leaving  the  Rock  called  the  Roarmg  Bull  and  Cape  Breaker 
both  well  on  the  Port  hand.  "When  a  little  more  than  a  mile  from 
the  Lighthouse,  you  will  see  the  Black  Rocks,  which  are  above 
High  Water.  When  the  Southern  of  these  Rocks  bears  NW-, 
then  run  for  it  on  this  course,  leaving  Kirby  Rock  well  on  the 
Port  hand.  When  about  ^  mile  from  the  Southern  Black  Rock, 
gradually  haul  to  the  Westward,  and  leave  it  about  300  yards  on 
the  Starboard  hand.  When  this  Rock  bears  E.,  make  good  the 
course  NN.W.,  leaving  the  Northern  Black  Rock,  Bootes  Bank, 
Man  of  War  Rock  and  Mackerel  Rock  all  well  on  the  Starboard, 
and  Glasgow  Head  Shoal  and  South  Shoal  both  well  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  the  Beacon  on  Grave  Island  bears  NW-,  then  run 
for  it  on  this  course,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

From  the  Eastward,  when  the  Whistling  Buoy  is  made,  leave  it 
close  to  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  make  good  the  eosrse  SW- 
byW.  yi  W-,  until  Cranberi-y  Island  Lighthouse  bears  NW.  by 
N.  Then  run  for  the  Northern  Black  Rock,  bearing  NW.  by 
W-,  leaving  the  Washball  and  Pink  Rocks  (before  described) 
well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When  about  ]^  mile  from  the 
Northern  Black  Rock,  steer  for  a  small  Island,  .')0  feet  high,  with 
Red  Cliffs,  bearing  N.  by  W.  Yz  W-  and  follow  the  directions 
before  given. 

By  the  Northern  Passage, 

With  winds  from  East  to  West  by  way  of  North,  vessels  from 
the  Eastward  will  find  this  Channel  the  best  to  enter  Canso 
Harbor.  , 

Sailing  Directions, 

Having  made  the  Whistling  Buoy,  leave  it  about  ^  mile  on  the 
Port  hand,  and  when  it  bears  S.,  haul  up  NW.  by  W-  yi  W., 
leaving  Grime  Rock,  Inner  Bass  and  Derabie  Islands  (the  latter 
of  which  are  quite  bold  on  their  Northern  part)  well  on  the  Port 
hand.  When  the  Lighthouse  on  Hart  Island  bears  S.,  the  narrow 
Passage  leading  into  Canso  Harbor  will  then  be  open,  and  you 


>:? 


^>. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


4 


A 


f/. 


1.0 


I.I 


■  JO     "^™ 


2.5 


•^  1^    1 2.2 
lis    lill^ 

1.8 


Its 


L25  III  U    III  L6 


Hiotographic 

Sdences 

Corporation 


23  WEST  MAIN  STREET 

WEBSTER,  N.Y.  14580 

(716)  872-4503 


^ 


m 


\ 


\ 


1^^ 


^ 


'•fe 


v^^4p 


«^ 


542 


ELDRIDOB'S  COAST  PILOT. 


may  run  for  the  Lighthouse  on  this  last  bearing,  leaving  the  Net 
Rocks  (which  are  bare  at  }(  Ebb)  and  Whitmans  Rock  (which  has 
2  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide)  on  the  Starboard,  and  Bald 
Reef  and  Bald  Rook  well  on  the  Port  hand.  When  about  250 
yards  from  the  Lighthouse,  steer  mo:*e  Easterly,  keeping  midway 
the  Passage.  When  the  Beacons  on  Lanigan  Hill  and  Grave 
Island  are  in  line,  bearing  S*  ^  Wm  ^^Q  'un  in  on  this  range, 
leaving  Starling  Rock  (which  has  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide)  on  the  Port  hand.  When  well  past  the  Southern  Point,  on 
which  the  Lighthouse  stands,  haul  in,  and  anchor  in  about  7 
fathoms  water,  with  the  Beacon  on  Grave  Island  bearing  SE. 
400  yards  distant. 

High  Water* 

It  is  High  Water  in  Ganso  Harbor,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and 
Change  of  the  Moon,  at  7  h.  48  m.,  or  8  h.  41  m.  before  it  is  at 
Boston.    Mean  xise  and  fall  of  Tides,  6^  feet 


GLASaOW  HABBOK. 

The  entrance  to  this  Harbor  (which  is  on  the  Western  side  of 
the  approach  to  Ganso  Harbor) ,  is  between  Glasgow  Head  on 
the  North  and  Barse  Point  on  the  South,  and  is  about  }i  mile 
wide,  and  lies  about  1^  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Cranberry  Is- 
land Lighthouse. 

Memarks, 

There  are  two  Passages  leading  into  this  Harbor ;  the  Western, 
which  is  a  little  more  than  2  miles  to  the  Westward  of  Cape  Can- 
so,  is  called  the  Andrew  Passage.  There  are  several  Rocks 
lying  in  mid-channel  in  this  Passage.  Strangers  should  not, 
therefore,  attempt  to  pass  through  it  without  pilots.  The  East- 
ern Passage  has  a  Rock  lying  nearly  in  mid-channel  with  6  feet 
water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  The  Southern  Black  Rock  bears 
from  this  danger  E<SE.  about  }i  mile.  It  is  not  advisable  for 
strangers  to  attempt  to  enter  this  Harbor  by  either  Passage  with- 
out pilots.  About  4  fathoms  water  can  be  taken  into  Glasgow 
Harbor  at  Low  Tide,  but  it  is  exposed  to  Easterly  winds.  Small 
vessels,  however,  with  pilots,  can  at  High  Water  be  taken  up 
where  they  may  lie  secure  from  all  winds. 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


543 


To  avoid   the   Dangers   in  thick  weather  from 
Cape  Canso  to  Sambro  Lighthouse. 

Vessels  navigating  the  coast  from  Cape  Canso  to  Sambro 
Lighthouse,  should  in  thick  weather  use  the  deep-sea  lead  and 
not  approach  the  coast  in  less  than  40  fathoms  water. 


GUT  OP  OANSO. 

The  Southern  entrance  to  this  Gut,  which  is  between  Eddy 
Point  on  the  West  and  Janvrin  Island  on  the  East,  is  about  2 
miles  wide,  and  lies  Northwesterly  18  mUes  from  Cranberry  Is- 
land Lighthouse. 

Eddy  Point  Lighthouse, 

Upon  Eddy  Point,  Western  side  of  the  Soulhtm  entrance  to 
Out  of  Canso,  is  a  White  Square  Wooden  Building,  which  at 
this  date  (1884)  shows  two  fixed  White  Lights.  This  Light- 
bouse  is  located  Northwesterly  17^  miles  from  Cranberry  Island 
Lighthouse,  7}4  miles  from  Port  Hawksbury  Lighthouse,  and 
14j4  miles  Southeasterly  from  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Western 
side  of  Northern  entrance  to  Gut  of  Canso.  Shoal  water  extends 
off  some  distance  to  the  Eastward  of  this  Lighthouse,  and  ves- 
aels  bound  out  or  into  the  Gut  of  Canso,  should  leave  it  at  least 
yi  mile  to  the  Westward. 

Ship  Harhor  or  Port  Hawksbury  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Southern  side  of  entrance  to  Port  Hawksbury,  East- 
em  side  of  Gut  of  Canso,  is  a  White  Square  Building,  which  at 
this  date  (1884)  shows  a  fixed  Red  Light.  Shoal  water  extends 
off  to  the  Westward  of  this  Lighthouse,  and  vessels  bound 
through  the  Gut  of  Canso  or  to  Port  Hawksbury,  should  leave 
this  Lighthouse  not  less  than  ^  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand. 

North  Canso  Lighthouse, 

Upon  the  Western  side  of  the  Northern  entrance  to  the  Gut  of 
Canso,  is  a  White  Square  Wooden  Building,  which  at  this  date 


^44 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


(1884)  shows  a  fised  White  Light.  With  Southwesterly  winds 
there  is  good  Anchorage  off  this  Lighthouse  in  from  5  to  10 
fathoms  water. 

Dangers  in  approaching  Gut  of  Canso  from  the 

Southward. 

Cerberus  Hock, 

This  dangerous  Rock,  which  is  awash  at  Low  Tide,  has  deep 
water  around  it,  and  lies  nearly  in  mid-channel,  in  approaching 
Gut  of  Canso  from  the  Southward.  At  this  date  (1884)  this 
danger  is  marked  off  its  Southern  side  with  a  Red  Buoy.  Eddy 
Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this  Buoy  NW.  ^  N.  7  miles ; 
Marche  Point  Lighthouse  (Southern  side  of  entrance  to  Arichat 
Harbor)  £.  ^  S.  3^  miles ;  Revolving  Light  on  Creighton  Head 
NE.  by  N.  ^  N.  2^  miles.  14  fathoms  water  was  found  J^ 
mile  to  the  Southward  of  Cerberus  Rock,  19  fathoms  yi  mile  to 
the  Northward  of  it,  and  15  fathoms  close  to  its  Western  side.  Li 
thick  weather  or  night-time  the  lead,  therefore,  gives  but  little, 
warning  in  approaching  this  danger. 

Argoa  Shoal. 

This  danger,  which  extends  about  ^  mile  from  the  Western 
shore,  is  about  2^  miles  to  the  Southward  of  Eddy  Point  Light- 
house, and  lies  on  the  Western  side  of  the  approach  to  Gut  of 
Canso.  In  order  to  avoid  this  danger,  vessels  from  the  South- 
ward approaching  Gut  of  Canso,  should  not  bring  the  Lighthouse 
on  Eddy  Point  to  bear  to  the  Northward  of  N.NW. 

Eddy  Point  Shoal, 

This  Shoal  extends  off  Northeasterly  a  little  more  than  ^  mile 
from  Eddy  Point,  Western  side  of  the  Southern  entrance  to  the 
Got  of  Canso,  and  at  this  date  (1884)  is  ^aarked  off  its  Eastern 
part  with  a  Black  Buoy.  Eddy  Point  Lighthouse  bears  from  this 
Buoy  W.  by  S.  a  little  more  than  %  mile. 

Remarks, 

There  is  a  sufficient  depth  of  water  in  the  Gut  of  Canso  to 
admit  the  heaviest  draught  vessels,  and  in  passing  through  there 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


5il> 


are  no  dangers  excepting  those  which  lie  near  the  shores.  There 
are  several  places  in  this  Gut  where  good  Anchorage  may  be 
found  for  small  vessels,  and  large  vessels  may  find  good  Anchor- 
age in  Ship  Harbor,  now  called  Port  Hawksbury. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Out  of  Canso,  in  Daytime, 
with  favorable  winds  and  fair  weather. 

From  the  Westward,  leave  the  Whistling  Buoy  to  the  Eastward 
of  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  close  to  on  either  hand,  and 
make  good  the  course  NW.  ^  N.,  keeping  a  sharp  lookout  for 
the  Red  Buoy  off  the  Southern  part  of  Cerberus  Rock  (before  de- 
scribed) .  This  last-named  Buoy  bears  from  the  Whistling  Buoy 
NW.  ^  N.  13  miles.  When  the  Red  Buoy  off  Cerberus  Rock 
is  made,  leave  it  about  }{  mile  on  the  Starboard  hand,  and  con- 
tinue the  course  NW.  ^  N.,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  Eddy 
Point  Lighthouse  a  short  distance  on  the  Port  hand,  and  steer 
about  NW.  J4  N.  When  past  Bear  Head,  which  is  on  the  East- 
ern side,  and  lies  abont  2  miles  to  the  Northward  of  Eddy  Point 
Lighthouse,  then  keep  midway,  and  pass  through  the  Gut  of 
Canso. 

Vessels  wishing  to  pass  to  the  Westward  of  Cranberry  Island 
Lighthouse  and  George  Islands,  may  follow  the  directions  before 
given  for  Canso  Harbor  until  past  Grave  Island.  Then,  in  order 
to  avoid  Starling  Rocl<  ""hich  has  4  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low 
Tide,  bring  the  Beacons  on  this  last-mentioned  Island  and  Lani- 
gan  Hill  in  range,  bearing  S.  ^  W.,  and  run  with  them  in  range 
until  abreast  the  Southern  end  of  Hart  Island.  Then  keep  mid- 
way the  Passage  until  Hart  Island  Lighthouse  bears  S.  Then 
make  good  the  coarse  N.,  leaving  Bald  Rock  and  Bald  Reef  on 
the  Starboard,  and  Whitman's  Rock  and  Net  Rocks  (the  latter  of 
which  are  bare  at  }(  Ebb)  on  the  Port  hand.  When  past  the 
last-named  Rocks,  make  good  the  com-se  N-NW.,  leaving  the 
Red  Buoy  off  Cerberus  Rock  well  on  the  Starboard  hand.  When 
about  3  miles  from  Eddy  Point  Lighthouse,  haul  gradually  to  the 
Northward,  leaving  the  Black  Buoy  off  this  Point  a  short  distance 
on  the  Port  hand,  and  follow  the  directions  before  given. 

Beating  through  the  Gut  of  Canso. 

In  beating  through  the  Gut  of  Canso,  in  order  to  avoid  Ship 
Eock,  Dixon  Rock,  Balache  Rock,  Cahil  Rock  and  Madagascar 


546 


ELDBIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Rock,  do  not  approach  either  side  nearer  than  850  yards.  The 
three  first-named  Rocks  lie  on  the  Eastern  side,  and  the  other  two 
on  the  Western  side.  None  of  these  Rocks  lie  more  than  200 
yards  from  shore. 


SHIP  HARBOR,  OR  PORT  HAWKS- 
BURY. 

This  fine  Harbor,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Gat  of  Canso, 
lies  Northwesterly  about  1%  miles  from  Eddy  Point  Lighthouse, 
and  Southwesterly  about  7  miles  from  North  Canso  Lighthouse. 

iBevnarka* 

Ship  Harbor  is  nearly  ^  mile  in  length,  and  has  an  average 
width  of  ubout  ^  mile.  About  24  feet  water,  at  Low  Tide,  can 
be  carried  in  past  the  Lighthouse,  and  18  feet  can  be  taken  up 
near  the  Head. 

Dangers  in  entering  Ship  Harbor. 

The  only  danger  in  entering  Ship  Harbor,  excepting  those  lying 
near  the  shores,  is  Premier  Shoal,  which  ties  nearly  midway  the 
entrance,  and  has  12  feet  water  upon  it  at  Low  Tide.  Ship  Har- 
bor Lighthouse  bears  from  the  centre  of  this  danger  SW.  by  W. 
about  400  yards.  Channels  with  not  less  than  24  feet  water,  lead 
in  on  both  sides  of  this  Shoal,  but  the  Channel  to  the  Northward 
of  this  Rock  is  the  widest. 

Sailing  Directions  for  Ship  Harbor. 

Vessels  of  rot  more  than  11  feet  draught,  bound  to  Ship  Har- 
bor may  follow  the  directions  before  given  for  Gut  of  Canso  until 
the  Harbor  is  fairly  open.  Then  run  in  about  midway,  and 
anchor  iu  from  3  to  4  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  In  order  to 
avoid  Premier  Shoal,  vessels  of  more  than  11  feet  di*aught,  at 
Low  Tide,  should  leave  the  Lighthouse  about  ^  mile  on  the  Star- 
board hand,  and  steer  E.NS.  until  about  300  yards  from  the 
Northeastern  side  of  the  Harbor.  Then  run  up,  and  anchor  in 
about  4  fathoms  at  Low  Tide. 


,  * 


ELDBIDQE'S  COASf  PILOT. 


647 


PIRATE  OOVE,  OR  PORT  MULQRAVB. 

The  entrance  to  this  small  Cove,  which  is  on  the  Western  side 
of  the  Gut  of  Canso,  lies  about  IJ^  miles  Southwesterly  from 
Ship  Harbor  Lighthouse.  Small  vessels  may,  when  the  Cove  is 
fakly  open,  run  in,  and  anchor  near  the  Mouth,  to  the  North- 
westward of  Pirate  Island,  in  about  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 


MAONAIR  OOVE. 

This  shallow  Cove,  which  is  on  the  Western  side  of  Gut  of 
Canso,  lies  nearly  oppooite  Ship  Harbor.  Small  vessels  may 
anchor  in  this  Cove,  in  about  3  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide. 


PORT  HASTINGS,  OR  PLAISTER 

OOVE. 

This  Fort,  which  is  on  the  Eastern  side  of  Gut  of  Canso,  lies 
2j4  miles  to  the  Northward  of  Ship  Harbor  Lighthouse,  and  has 
anchorage  in  from  5  to  7  fathoms  water  at  Low  Tide.  Vessels 
bound  out  or  into  Fort  Hastings,  should  be  careful  to  avoid  Dixon 
Bock,  which  lies  on  the  Northern  side  of  entrance. 

Submarine  cables  cross  the  Gut  of  Canso  at  Fort  Hastings,  and 
direction  boards  are  placed  to  warn  vessels  not  to  anchor  in  this 
vicinity. 

High  Water, 

It  is  High  Water  at  Fort  Hawksbury,  East  side  of  Gut  of 
Canso,  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the  Moon,  at  9  h. 
10  m.,  or  ^  h.  19  m.  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Mean  rise  and  fall 
of  Tides,  4  feet. 


5:^ 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


Currents, 

After  strong  Northwesterly  winds  the  Current  runs  to  the 
Northward  through  the  Gut  of  Canso,  from  4  to  5  knots,  and 
after  strong  Southerly  winds  it  sets  through  to  the  Southward, 
with  about  the  same  strength  and  velocity. 


SABLE  ISLAND. 

This  Island,  which  is  almost  entirely  composed  of  White  Sand, 
extends  about  E-  by  S.  ]^  S.  and  W-  by  N.  >^  N.  17  miles, 
and  is  about  a  mile  broa(^  in  its  middle.  In  the  interior  of  the  Is- 
land is  a  Salt  Lake  which  commences  near  the  Western  end  and 
is  about  12  miles  long. 

Sable  Island  Lighthouse  (West  End), 

Upon  the  Western  end  of  Sable  Island,  in  Lat.  43°  57'  N.  and 
Long.  60°  08'  W.,  is  a  White  Octagonal  Building  elevated  123 
feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea.  At  this  date  (1884)  this  Light- 
house shows  a  Revolving  White  Light,  which  gives  three  flashes 
at  intervals  of  half  a  minute,  and  is  then  eclipsed  during  1^ 
minutes,  making  a  total  revolution  in  3  minutes.  This  Light 
should  be  seen  from  the  deck  of  a  common  vessel  in  clear  weather 
about  17  miles.  Sarabro  Ligbthouse  boars  from  the  Lighthouse 
on  the  Western  end  of  Sable  Island  NW.  by  W.  145  miles. 
Cranberry  Isls,nd  Lighthouse  North  89  miles,  Lighthouse  on  East 
end  of  Sable  Island  £.  by  S.  Y?  S.  15^^  miles. 

Sable  Island  Lighthouse  (East  End), 

About  IJ^  miles  from  the  Eastern  end  of  Sable  Island,  in  Lat. 
43°58J^'  N.,  and  Long.  59°  4G'  Wm  is  an  Octagonal  Tower 
painted  in  White  and  Brown.  This  Lighthouse,  which  is  ele- 
vated 128  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea,,  shows  a  fixed  White 
Light,  which  in  clear  weather  should  be  visible  from  the  deck  of 
a  common  vessel  about  17  miles.  Sambro  Lighthouse  bears 
from  the  Lighthouse  on  the  Eastern  end  of  Sable  Island  NW. 


by  Tl 
W.  9^ 

byN. 


The 
miles  f 

ually  d 

there  w 
These  I 
of  ve8S( 
to  the  0 
In  bad  ^ 
the  Wes 
ally  sho 


TheN 

Sand  lli 

E.NE. 

to  the  i 

fathoms. 

Hills,  thi 

rough  w( 

upon  the 

th.it  hav< 

breaks  s( 


ELDRIDGE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


549 


by  W.  %  W.  160  miles,  Cranberry  Island  Lighthouse  N.  ^ 
W.  94  miles,  Lighthouse  on  the  West  end  of  Sable  Island  W. 
by  N.  J4  N.  l^Yt  miles. 

Northwest  Bar, 

The  outer  part  of  this  Bar,  which  lies  Northwesterly  about  22 
miles  from  the  Western  end  of  Sable  Island,  runs  off  about  NW. 
J4  N.  12  miles,  thenoe  W-NW.  about  10  miles,  and  then  grad- 
ually deepens  to  20  fathoms  vater.  In  1851,  this  danger  was 
dry  54  mile  from  the  Western  end  of  the  Grass v  Sand  Hills,  and 
there  were  several  patches  of  sand  nearly  dry  lile  further  out. 
These  last  are  supposed  to  have  accumulated  ..^ound  the  wrecks 
of  vessels  \fhich  have  been  lost.  Beyond  the  last-named  patchea 
to  the  outer  lump  of  10  fathoms,  there  are  from  4  to  12  fathoms. 
In  bad  weather  the  sea  upon  this  Bar  breaks  nearly  10  miles  from 
the  Western  end  of  the  Island,  and  the  remaining  12  miles  usu* 
ally  shows  u  large  ripple  or  heavy  cross-sea. 

Northeast  Bar, 

The  Northeast  Bar  extends  out  nearly  17  miles  from  the  Grassy 
Sand  Hills  to  the  depth  of  10  fathoms.  Its  direction  is  about 
E.NE.  for  the  first  7>^  miles ;  beyond  this  it  gradually  curves 
to  the  E.SEl.t  and  from  its  outer  part  deepens  suddenly  to  170 
fathoms.  This  Bar  is  dry  about  4  miles  without  the  Grassy  Sand 
Hills,  the  sea  washing  over  the  outer  half  of  that  distance  only  in 
rough  weather.  There  are  on  this  Bar  sand  hills  with  some  grass. 
upon  them  which  hatre  accumulated  around  the  wrecks  of  vessels 
thit  have  been  lost  upon  it.  The  sea  in  heavy  weather  generally 
breaks  some  8  or  10  miles  without  the  dry  part. 

Currents, 

The  current  of  Ebb  runs  to  the  Southward  across  both  the 
Northwest  and  Northeast  Bars,  at  the  rate  of  from  1^  tx>  2  miles 
an  hour,  and  with  strong  Northerly  winds,  the  current  of  Flood 
is  much  weaker  in  an  opposite  du'action. 

On  account  of  the  influence  of  winds,  the  Currents  in  the  vicin- 
ity of  Sable  Island  are  strong  and  u-regular,  but  the  general  ten- 
dency is  weU  known  to  be  to  the  Westward.  Vessels  find  no 
difficulty  in  beating  to  the  Westward  anywhere  to  the  Northward 


550 


ELDRIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


of  tho  Gulf  Stream,  and  henco  it  is  that  many  of  the  vessels 
wrecked  on  this  Island  supposed  that  they  were  well  to  the  East- 
ward of  it. 

Soundings  in  approaching  Sable  Island. 

In  thick  weather  vessels  should  not  approach  the  Southern 
side  in  le^s  than  20  fathoms  water,  and  the  Northern  side  in  less 
than  30  fathoms.  Both  the  Northeast  and  Northwest  Bars  are 
very  steep  on  their  Northern  sides,  especially  the  Northeast  Bar, 
which  has  30  fathoms  water  close  to  it ;  on  the  contrary,  on  the 
Southern  sides  of  both  these  Bars,  the  water  deepens  gradually 
for  miles,  and  it  appears  almost  impossible  for  vessels  using  the 
lead,  to  run  ashore  on  the  Southern  side  of  this  Island,  or  its 
Bars. 

Anchorage  under  Sable  Island* 

Upon  the  Northern  side  of  Sable  Island,  excepting  near  the 
Eastern  part  where  the  Deep  Water  is  close  to  land,  there  is  good 
Anchorage  with  winds  off  shore  in  from  5  to  10  fathoms,  sandy 
bottom.  A  strict  watch,  however,  should  be  kept  and  the  Is- 
land should  be  left  on  the  first  indication  of  an  on-shore  wind. 


Remarks, 

In  1852  the  principal  establishment  on  Sable  Island  was  situ- 
ated on  the  North  side,  between  the  Pond  and  Sand  Hills,  and 
consisted  of  a  House  for  the  Superintendent  and  his  family  and 
several  other  buildings.  Opposite  the  house  was  the  Western 
Flag-staff,  which  was  strongly  and  substantially  erected  on  a 
Sand  Hill  40  feet  high.  On  the  top  of  this  Flag-staff  was  a  Crow's 
Nest  or  lookout,  elevated  100  feet  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 
About  7  miles  to  the  Eastward  of  the  Superintendent's  House, 
near  the  Eastern  end  of  the  Salt  Lake,  is  another  Flag-staff,  the 
top  of  which  can  be  seen  over  the  Sand  Hills.  The  Eastern  Flag- 
staff was  located  on  a  Sand  Hill  about  4^  miles  to  the  Westward 
of  where  the  Eastern  Lighthouse  now  stands. 

At  this  date  (1884)  the  British  Government  give  notice  that 
the  establishment  on  Sable  Island  consists  of  a  Superintendent 
and  ten  Assistants,  also  with  abundance  of  stores  and  provisions 
for  the  relief  of  shipwrecked  mariners. 


BLDBIDOE'S  COAST  PILOT. 


551 


High  Water, 

It  1b  High  Water  on  the  days  of  the  Full  and  Change  of  the 
Moon,  on  the  Northern  side  of  Sable  Island,  at  7  h.  80  m.,  or  4h. 
0  m.  before  it  is  at  Boston.  Mean  rise  and  fall  of  Tides,  aboutiiB 
feet.  On  the  South  side  of  this  Island  it  is  High  Water  about 
an  hour  earlier.  The  current  of  Ebb  sets  to  the  Southward  over 
the  Bars  from  1^  to  2  miles  an  hour,  the  Flood  at  a  much 
less  rate  in  an  opposite  dbrection. 


With  fe 


I 


Several  1 


Our  Windla-sses 
small 


BY  on 


Approved  t 


AMERI 


w 


I 


Established  186T. 


IMPROVED    METHODS 


or 


XXaiidlinir   ^noliors    and    Oliaina, 


With  fewei  men,  in  leia  time,  and  eanier  than  by  any  other  arrangement, 

by  the  use  of  our 


I 


IN   U8B    UPON 


Several  Thousand  First-ClasH  Steamers  and  Sailing  Vessels. 


Our  Windlasses  iim  not  confined  to  liiri;o  vessels,  hut  are  equally  adapted  to  all  sizes, 

small  as  well  as  large.     These  Windlasses  are  the  only  successful 

Iron  Windlasses  ever  brought  out  in  this  country, 

having  been  tested  thoroughly 

By  OVER   TWENTY-FIVE   YEARS  CONSTANT  USE, 


Approved  by  Underwriters,  Owners,  Masters  and  Builders. 


MANUFACTURED  BY  THE 


AMERICAN  SHIP  WINDLASS  COMFY, 

WATERMAN  AND  EAST  RIVER  STREETS, 


PROYIDENCE,  R.  I. 


A,J 


FRANK  S.  MANTON,  AGENT. 


(X) 


fe 


1% 


\'^  '\ 


f 


/ 


* 


THE  "PROVIDENCE"  CAPSTAN  WINDLASS. 

Patented  Feb.  17,  1874,  March  21,  April  18,  1876,  March  27,  Nov.  13,  1877,  June  25, 
Doc.  3  and  17,  1878,  June  1,  1880,  Feb.  8  and  15,  1881. 


American  Ship  Windlass  Company,  Providence,  K.  I. 

(2) 


The  cut  on  the  opposite  page  repr  jnts  our  "  Providence "  Capstan 
Windlass.  We  have  named  it  the  "Providence"  Capstan  Windlass,  to 
distinguish  it  from  the  old-fashioned  style,  called  the  "  Emerson  "  Windlass, 
which  had  none  of  our  recent  improvements. 

This  is  the  only  windlass  made  that  has  a  capstan  with  a  single  head  that 
can  operate  the  windlass,  and  has  double  power  as  an  independent  capstan, 
two  heads  being  objectionable  and  inconvenient. 

Our  Locking  Gear  is  so  constructed  as  to  avoid  all  trouble  in  locking,  as  .he 
head  need  not  agree  exactly  with  the  wild  cat  to  enable  the  block  key  to  lock, 
the  opening  being  much  larger  than  the  key.  It  is  stronger  than  any  other 
slyle,  as  the  key  takes  the  strain  endways  instead  of  crossways,  and  is  also  more 
convenient,  as  is  shown  by  the  numerous  imitations,  none  of  which  equal 
the  original.  .^^ 

The  Patent  Deck  Centre  Bearing  holds  the  shaft  firmly  in  place  and  prevents 
springing  and  breaking  of  the  gears.  The  straight  clearing  guard  being  bolted 
to  the  deck,  is  much  easier  set  and  much  stronger  and  mo'-e  effectual  than  the 
old  style. 

The  Pawl  Lifter  is  a  great  convenience,  also  the  patent  device  for  turning  the 
wild  cat,  and  the  Deck  Pipe  is  simple  and  never  allows  the  shackles  to  catch 
and  foul  the  chain,  though  set  well  forward  to  carry  the  chain  under  the  wild  cat, 
and  is  as  easily  caulked  as  the  old  style. 

We  have  repeatedly  increased  the  sizes  of  the  shafts  and  thickness  of  the 
castings  on  the  different  sizes  of  windlasses,  with  a  view  if  possible  of  prevent- 
ing breakdowns — the  result  is  shown  by  the  extremely  small  number  of  ac- 
cidents to  our  windlasses,  notwithstanding  the  great  number  in  use.  While 
retaining  all  these  advantages  of  construction,  of  material  and  workmanship, 
we  shall  endeavor  to  keep  the  price  as  low  as  is  consistent  with  these  qualities. 

We  would  call  attention  to  the  class  of  vessels  that  use  our  windlasses,  as  it 
will  be  found  that  the  majority  that  require  the  best  outfits,  and  the  best  labor- 
saving  appliances,  have  them. 

(3) 


CO 
CO 


S  . 


Q 


ffl 

Oh 


Oh 


tf 


O 


;i3     CS 

n     S 
o    O 

SO 

4     (A 


S       i5 


*     C 


o 


K     CO 

o    s 


(1) 


M 


IN 


ciS 


The  cut  0 
style  of  Wir 
we  would  ca 

The  chea] 
windlass  witl 
have  a  totall 

Instead  oi 
ratchet  whee 
strong  and  n 
clown. 

With  the  ( 
was  such  a  d 
there  is  abso 
lass  would  ta 
rim  pump  bi 
and  very  ligh 
Norway  iron 
usual  thing  tc 
the  cheap  ire 
windlasses, 
than  any  oth< 

The  Locki 
cat  and  heac 
styles,  and  as 
out.  Our  C 
old-fashioned 
very  conveni 
simple  and  cc 

By  building 
ing  rough  as 
gun  iron  and 
stock  in  the  v 
ever,  that  it  v 
gation  of  the; 
nothing  more 
generally  four 
our  windlass 
other  styles,  t 


(1) 


The  cut  on  the  opposit »  page  represents  our  Pump  Brake  Windlass ;  as  this 
style  of  Windlass  is  peculiar  and  different  from  any  other  style  in  the  market, 
we  would  call  especial  attention  to  the  advantages  which  it  possesses. 

The  cheap  Pump  Brakes  on  the  market  are  simply  a  copy  of  the  old  wood 
windlass  with  wild  cats  added  in  place  of  the  wood  barrels ;  in  our  windlass  we 
have  a  totally  different  method  of  communicating  power. 

Instead  of  the  old-fashioned  ratchets  and  rims,  we  have  substituted  a  single 
ratchet  wheel  which  also  answers  for  the  pawl  wheel ;  it  is  made  very  solid  and 
strong  and  none  of  this  style  of  wheel  has  ever  been  known  to  give  out  or  break 
down. 

With  the  old  style  of  ratchet  and  rims  there  is  still  all  the  lost  motion,  which 
was  such  a  disadvantage  on  the  old  wood  windlass  ;  with  our  pawl  arrangement 
there  is  absolutely  no  lost  motion,  so  that,  other  things  being  equal,  our  wind- 
lass would  take  an  anchor  in  two-thirds  the  time  required  with  the  ratchet  and 
rim  pump  brakes.  While  the  ratchet  and  rim  arrangement  is  all  of  cast  iron 
and  very  light,  our  clamps  are  made  of  heavy  gun  iron,  and  the  pawls  of  forged 
Norway  iron,  capable  of  outlasting  the  vessel  in  all  cases.  As  it  was  no  un- 
usual thing  to  have  to  replace  the  ratchets  and  rims  in  the  wood  windlass,  so  in 
the  cheap  iron  windlasses — they  cannot  be  as  durable  as  the  arrangement  on  our 
windlasses.  Using  only  one  wheel  the  windlass  is  more  simple  and  compact 
than  any  other  style. 

The  Locking  Gear  is  so  constructed  that  it  is  not  necessary  to  have  the  wild 
cat  and  head  agree  exactly  before  the  locking  block  will  enter  as  in  the  other 
styles,  and  as  in  the  old  hand  block  key,  before  our  locking  gear  was  brought 
out.  Our  Clearing  Guards  and  Deck  Pipes  we  believe  to  be  superior  to  the 
old-fashioned  kind,  and  the  sockets,  for  throwing  the  wild  cat  over  with  lever, 
very  convenient ;  the  method  also  of  changing  from  power  to  speed  is  very 
simple  and  convenient. 

By  building  the  windlass  without  turning  the  ratchet  wheel,  leaving  the  cast- 
ing rough  as  it  comes  from  the  foundry,  by  substituting  ordinary  cast  iron  for 
gun  iron  and  for  Norway  iron  forgings,  and  by  cutting  down  the  amount  of 
stock  in  the  windlass,  we  could  materially  decrease  the  price  ;  we  believe,  how- 
ever, that  it  would  also  make  it  less  durable,  reliable  and  efficient.  An  investi- 
gation of  these  facts  is  requested  of  those  intending  to  purchase.  There  is 
nothing  more  important  on  ship-board  than  a  good  windlass,  and  the  best  is 
generally  found  to  be  the  cheapest  in  the  end.  The  strength  and  durability  of 
our  windlass  is  shown  by  the  small  number  of  breakdowns,  compared  with 
other  styles,  though  we  have  such  an  immense  number  in  use. 

(6) 


hi 


M       t^  "^  ^  ^^^^B  Vi^^BfiHHHHUI^^Hlllllllt^             I  windlasses 

:^  g    g    ^.:%     ^^^BIl^^HBlH^^^^n^Hlflliiiilllliii;  ^       ■  i-endering 

^  ^  ^  I "          iflB^^SafllB^HII  ill  '  ^    ■  TV,     • 

^^  "    ^      - '-                  ^i^^^B^a^^^^^^^^^^i^^^»i^ra««i iiiiiiijfl               ^  /rom   ^two 

O  i  ^    J^  J          /IBM  MinnHB^  W^^Tt^mBM  «       ■  and   is   ah 


w 


have  more 

It  is  eas 

when  requ 

^       C!    I .«  \  ^^Hi^^^^^Hll^H^^Hilllii'liJiiJi  ■        gaining  a 

With  thi 

time  requii 

and  no  los 


(G> 


'W^OOD    M/'INDLASS, 


WITH  OUR  PATENTED  PUMP-BRAKE  ATTACHMENT. 


In  order  to  accommodate  those  who  prefer  to  use  the  "Wood  Wind- 
lass," we  have  adapted  our  patented  improvements  upon  pump-brake 
windlasses  to  the  Wood  Windlass,  as  shown  upon  the  next  page,  thereby 
rendering  it  supei'ior  to  any  wood  windlass  heretofore  used. 

These  improvements  consist  in  reducing  the  distance  between  the  bitts 
from  two  to  four  feet,  for  each  windlass,  as  we  dispense  with  two  of 
the  ratchet  wheels  which  were  necessar}-  upon  this  class  of  windlasses, 
and  is  also  worked  from  the  after  side  of  pawl-bitt,  whereby  the  men 
have  more  room  for  working  the  brakes. 

It  is  easilj'  and  quickly  changed  from  speed  to  power,  or  vice  versa, 
when  required,  by  simply  loosening  the  handle  nut  and  sliding  the  bolt 
and  connection  in  the  groove  towards  the  centre  of  the  vessel,  thereby 
gaining  a  ratio  of  3  to  1. 

With  this  windlass  anchors  and  chains  can  be  taken  in  one  half  the 
time  required  with  the  ordinary  wood  windlass,  there  being  little  friction 
and  no  lost  motion. 


(7) 


(Pa 


SHII 


£^L 


(S) 


THE  "PROVIDENCE" 


Flush  Bi€k  Wihblas! 

(Patented  Mirch  21,  1876,  Nov.  13,  1877,  Dec.  17,  1878,  June  1,  1880, 

Feb.  8  and  15,  1881,) 

MANl'FAC  TrUKl)  HY  THE 


CO 

^    2 


•J 


O    ^ 


AMERICAN 

SHIP  ^VINDLASS  COMPANY, 


This  Windlass  is  especially  adapted  to  work  as  a 

On  Yachts,  Small  Steamers,  Revenue  Cutters,  etc. 

(9) 


VM  wssRS  ■mmm  ssss  sssss  jissss  s^sss^?k  isisi  Trmm.  -wm.  z^f^.  ^m  gs^?j  ww  ^^^  mm  s!S^  mmwn  wi- 


^^.y^y^'.t^^^^^w, 


mm.  m^^  •msM/mm  k^  mm.  vst^.  Wm  si^  ^?^  vism  vraa.  ^^  wm  7^. 


THE  "  PEOVIDENOE  "  STEAM  CAPSTAN  WINDLASS. 

Patented  Feb.  17  and  Oct.  13,  1874,  Oct.  26  and  Nov.  30,  1876, 

March  21  and  April  18,  1876,  March  27,  Nov.  13  and  Dec.  18,  \877, 

June  25,  Dec.  3  and  17,  1878,  June  1,  1880,  Feb.  8  and  15,  1881. 

Aoierican  Ship  Windlass  Company.  Providence.  R.  I. 


ao) 


,  ,\\\m\™\  '^^^^/m*  ^^^^^^\W!  v/vmm  ^mmm  WKmut  s«*mws  «ssv\\>e[s  v/z/Ase^  'msmm  kh^mk  vmsxm  mv/WM  mm. 


I™"'"""" '""" 


THE  "PKOVIDENOE  "  STEAM  CAPSTAN  WINDLASS. 

Patented  Feb.  17  and  Oct.  13,  1874,  Oct.  26  and  Nov.  30,  1876, 

March  21  and  April  18,  1876,  March  27,  Nov.  13  and  Dec.  18,  1877, 

June  25,  Deo.  3  and  17,  1878,  June  1,  1880,  Feb.  8  and  15,  1881. 


American  Ship  Windlass  Company,  Providence,  R.  I. 

(11) 


«« 


f9 


STEAM    CAPST>*N    WINDLASS, 

(New  Style.)    Mi  aured  by 

AMERICAN  SHIP  WINDLASS  COAi'ANY,  PROVIDENCE,  R,  I. 


PKteiUed  February  17  and  October  13, 1874 ;  October  26 and  November  30, 1B7» ;  March  21  and  April  18, 1876;  Afarch  27, 
Jf0vember  13,  and  December  18, 1877 ;  June  26,  December  3  and  17, 1878 ;  Jun«  1, 1880 :  February  8  and  15, 1881. 

iVay  1,  1883. 

The  above  cut  fihowi  onr  new  style  of  Steam  Capitnn  WindlasR.  The  advantageH  of  this  style  of  Windlass  over 
our  old  Steam  Windlass  are :  First — It  can  be  set  up  in  one  quarter  the  time  and  one  quarter  the  expense  required 
when  the  engines  are  bung  up  to  deck  above.  Second — The  engines  being  connected  to  the  plate,  and  all  the  parts 
of  the  Windlass  being  tied  together  by  the  same  plate,  the  whole  must  remain  always  in  line ;  if  the  deck  above 
twists  or  strains,  or  is  entirely  crushed  in  or  swept  away,  the  Windlass  can  be  worked  by  steam  as  efficiently  as  before. 
Third — Tbe  engines  are  more  accessible,  being  nt  the  right  height  and  in  the  most  convenient  position  possible;  the 
Kn^.nes,  Locking  Gear  of  Windlass,  and  Friction  Levers  being  all  within  reach.  Fourth — The  Windlass  can  be  set 
up  in  tbe  shop,  and  every  part,  including  Engines,  Friction  Htands,  Deck  Pipes,  and  BItts,  bolted  to  Its  place  and 
marked,  so  that  when  set  up  on  ship-board,  each  part  must  come  to  its  place  without  trouble  or  delay.  Fifth  —The 
Patent  Automatic  Lubricating  device,  wherebyeachtoothof  the  worm-gear  is  supplied  with  lubrication  as  the  whocl 
revolves,  reduces  the  friction,  imd  prevents  cutting  and  wear. 

The  above  advantages,  combined  with  and  in  addition  to  all  those  good  points  possessed  by  the  old  style,  would 
seem  to  recommend  this  Windlass  to  the  confldencu  of  all  in  want  of  a  Hrst-class  machine. 

(12) 


THE  "PROVIDENCE" 


P 


(MKW  tiTYLK;, 


MANUFACTURED    BY 


AMERICAN  SHIP  WINDLASS  COMPANY. 


f  WlndlaBs  over 
zpense  required 
,nd  all  the  parts 
the  deck  above 
olently  as  before, 
on  poBBlble;  the 
ndlasB  can  be  Bet 
to  its  place  and 
y.  Fifth  —The 
Hon  as  the  wheel 

old  style,  would 


I^ie.O"V^IIDEI^OE,    I^.    I. 


Patented  Nov.  4,  1873;  Oct.  26  and  Nov.  30,  1875;  March  21,  187G;  Nov.  13,  1877 
Dec.  17,  1878;  June  1,  1880;  Feb.  8  and  15,  1881;  May  1,  1883. 

(13) 


The   Providence "  Steam  Pump  Brake  Windlass. 

Patented  Nov.  4,  1873,  March  21,  187C,  Nov.  13,  1877,  Dec.  17,  1878, 
June  1,  1880,  Feb.  8  and  15,  1881. 

.American  Ship  Windlass  Company,  Providence,  R.  I, 

(14) 


The  "Providence"  Messenger  Chain  Capstan  Windlass. 

Patented  Feb.  17,  1874,  March  21  and  April  18,  187G,  March  27  and  Nov.  13,  1877, 
June  25,  Dec.  3  and  17,  1878,  June  1,  1880,  Feb.  8  and  15,  1881. 


American  Ship  Windlass  Company,  Providence,  II.  I. 

(16) 


UJ 


ffi 


u 


u 


00 


<o 


00 

CO 


00 

00 


I- 

CC  °c 

u  . 

o  ^ 

z  i 

CO  -^^ 

CO  p 

IXl  oB 


CN 


O      I 


CO 
00 


•^ 


Hit 


o 


^ 


CS 


O 

CO 
(A 


W 


03 
O 


0) 


MISS 


Patent! 


Th 
yet  d( 
less  c! 


THE 


(10) 


Tlie"Fn7iiloies"Capstufiillas; 

■with: 
T.     J.     SOUTHARD'S 

MaSSZXTGSXl  CHJBJXT  JLTTACHaOSXTT. 

Patented  Feb.  17,  1874,  March  21,  April  18,  1876,  March  27,  Nov.  13  and  27,  1877, 
June  25,  Dec.  3  and  17,  1878,  June  1,  1880,  Feb.  8  and  15,  1881. 


The  above  arrangement  is  the  simplest  and  best 
yet  devised  for  driving  a  Capstan  Windlass  by  end* 
less  chain  from  a  donkey  engine. 


THE  AMERICAN  SHIP  WINDLASS  COMPANY 

Are  the  exclusive  builders  under  the  patent. 

(17) 


If 


"PBOVK 


PRO^ 


Patented  Noi 
De< 

We  als( 
shown  in  o 

THTPI 


am; 

PROVIDI 


(lb) 


Patented  Nov 

This  wii 
these  pawls 
under  extrao 


THE 


"PROVIDENCE"  STEAM  PUMP  BRAKE  YACHT  WINDIASS. 


XANXTrACTURED  BT 


AMERICAN  SHIP  WINDLASS  COMPANY, 

PROVIDENCE,  BHODE  ISLAND. 


Patented  Nov.  i,  1873;  Oct.  26  and  Nov.  30,  1875;  March  21,  1876;  Nov.  13,  1877; 
Dec.  17,  1878;  June  1,  1880;  Feb.  8  and  15,  1881;  May  1,  1883. 

We  also  make  these  windlasses  with  engines  under  the  deck,  aa 
shown  in  oiir  large  cuts. 

THE  "PROVIDENCE"  PUMP  BRAKE  YACHT  WINDLASS. 


MANUFACTUBED  BT 


AMERICAN  SHIP  WINDLASS  COMPANY, 

PROVIDENCE RHODE  ISLAND. 


Patented  Nov.  4,  1873;  March  21, 1876;  Nov.  13,  1877;  Dec.  17, 1878;  June  1,  1880; 

Feb.  8  and  15,  1881. 

This  windlass  is  perfectly  noiseless  when  the  pawls  are  thrown  up, 
these  pawls  being  put  on  simply  as  an  additional  security  against  breakage 

under  extraordinary  strain. 

(19) 


Oapt.    O.    H.     FHITVIVE^K^'S 


I^ATENT 


CHAIN    INDICATOR, 


For  Meainring  Ohain  whru  payed  cut  n  taken  in  board. 


PATENTED    OCI.    26,    1875. 


AMERICAN    SHIP   WINDLASS    CO. 


SOLE  MANUFACTURERS. 

(20^ 


PATENT  IRON   BITTS. 


We  have  arranged  iron  sidebitts  for  our  windlasses,  as  represented  below, 
ftirnished  with  or  without  the  warping  projection,  as  desired. 

The  bearings  are  made  of  Babbitt  metal,  and  will  not  corrode,  and  the 
clearing  guards  being  fitted  to  them,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  windlass  can 
be  set  up  on  board  ship  with  less  labor.  They  will  answer  for  either  a 
capstan    or  pump-brake  windlass.  . 

Including  the  saving  of  labor  in  setting  the  windlass,  they  will  cost  less 
than  wooden  bitts,  are  neater,  give  more  room  under  forecastle  deck,  and 
all  parts  of  the  windlass  are  more  accessible. 


Deck  Pipe  patented  Nov.  13,  1877.     Hollow  Iron  Bitt  patented  Nov.  13,  1877. 

AMERICAN    SHIP    WINDLASS    COMPANY, 

Sole  Manufacturers, 


<2l' 


THE  "PROVIDENCE"  STEAM  CAPSTAN. 

Manufactured  by  the 

AMERICAN  SHIP  WINDLASS  COMPANY,  PROVIDENCE,  R.  I. 


EXHAUST. 
Patented  Feb.  17  and  Oct.  13, 1874,  Oct.  26  and  Nov.  30, 1875,  Dec.  18, 1877,  and  Dec.  3, 1878. 

These  Capsuns  are  designed  to  go  aft  on  Steamships,  for  docking  same  when  backing  into  the  wharf,  or  for 
turning  round  in  a  narrow  channel;  also  for  Elevator  Barges,  Steam  Tugs,  and  for  handling  Steamers  in  rapid 
currenu,  for  Dry  Docks,  etc.  They  are  highly  appreciated  by  all  who  have  used  and  tested  them.  We 
guarantee  to  give  satisfaction  on  every  machme. 

The  fi)llowinK  vessels  have  these  Capstans  :  Tugs  Maud  IVilmot,  Ella  IVooJ,  No.  2,  IV.  M.  Wood, 
Charlie  Wood,  Mamie  Wood,  Elmer  E.  Wood,  Will  H.  Wood,  New  Orleans  ;  Joe  Seay,  Vicksburg  ;  Uriah 
Shinklt,  Covington;  Thotmis  A.  Morgan,  Philadelphia;  James  O.  Connor,  Pittsburg;  Rescue,  No.  2.  St. 
Louis.  Elevator  Barges,  Gov.  Morton,  Jennie  Armstrong,  Relief,  No.  \,  New  Orleans.  Steamships,  AVw- 
/or^,  Ward's  Cuba  Line;  City  0/  Puebla,  Alexandre  Line;  City  0/  Augusta,  Tallahassee,  Chattahoochee, 
Nacoochee,  Ocean  Steamship  Co.;  Advance,  Reliance,  Finance,  New  Brazil  Line;  Cienfuegos,  New  York  ; 
Walla  Walla,  Columbia,  Iviliamette,  Umatilla,  Oregon  Steamship  Co.;  Queen  0/ the  Pacific,  Mariposa, 
Alameda,  Piicific  Coast  Line;  Kalama,  Northern  Pacific  Transfer  Steamer  ;  Allegliany,  Berkshire,  D.fl. 
jl////;r,  Merchants' and  Miners' Transpiirtation  Co.  ;  Roanoake,  Guyandolte,0\d  Dominion   Line:  Caraccas, 

yalencia,   Boulton,   Bliss  &  Dallett,   New  York;  Wm.  T,  Hart,  Transfer  Steamer  on  the  Hudson;  , 

— — »  Enos,  Hill  &  Co.,  Gallmolis,  Ohio  ;  U.  S.  Steamers  Sabrina,  on  Missouri  River  ;  Innovator,  No.  2, 
Dredge,  No.  a,  Illinois  River  Commission ;  Six  Bo.its  for  Mississippi  River  Commission  ;  Twenty-Six  Boats 
for  Nfissouri  River  Improvement ;  One  Dredge  Boat  for  Wexel  &  De  Gress,  Mexico.  Wm.  Sellers  &  Co.,. 
Philadelphia,  ha/c  one  to  haul  cars  in  yard.  We  are  also  making  or.e  for  Steamship  No.  243,  building  by  John 
Roach  &  .Son,  and  one  for  steamship  building  by  American  Ship  Building  Co.  for  Merchants'  &  Miners' 
Transportation  Co. 


This  Ca 
liues  at  one 
decided  adv 


THE 


"ProYitaceloiilMarrel  Steal  CapstaB. 


MANUFACTL'KED  BY  THE 


'"^y. 


CXHmI/ST 


l»atented  Feb.  17  and  Oct.  13,  1874,  Oct.  26  and  Nov.  30,  1876, 
Dec.  18,  1877,  and  Dec,  3,  1878. 

American  Ship  Windlass  Company,  Providence,  B.  I. 


This  Capstan  was  made  to  meet  a  de-.nand  for  a  machine  that  would  handle  two 
lines  at  once.  In  practical  use  in  certain  places,  the  double  barrel  seems  to  be  of 
decided  advantage. 

(23) 


THE  "PROVIDENCE"  POWER  CAPSTAN. 

(Patented  Feb.  17,  1874,  fxd  Dec.  8,  1878,) 

MANUFACTURED   BY    THE 


AMERICAN 

Ship   Windlass    Company; 


POWER    CAPSTANS. 

Number. 

Diameter 
of  Barrel. 

Diameter 
of  Base. 

Heiarht. 

Weight. 

Prioe. 

A  

B 

C 

D 

E  

F 

8    in. 

8i  " 

9J  " 

lOi  " 

Hi  " 

12|  " 

23  in. 

24  J  *' 
29 J  " 
32     " 
84     ♦' 
37J  " 

27^  in. 
31i  " 
34  J  " 
37i  " 
39^- 
43J  - 

420  lbs. 

560  " 

850  " 

1,090  " 

1,300  " 

1,650  » 

(24) 


SIMPLE  CAPSTANS. 


Mumber. 


A 
B 
C 
D 
E 
F. 


Diameter 
of  Barrel. 


8    in. 
H 

\2h 


Diameter 
of  Base. 


23    in. 

24^ 

29i 

32 

34 

37i 


Height. 


27^  in. 

81J  " 
34J  »* 
374  *' 
39}  " 
43^  " 


Weight. 


280  lbs. 
420  " 
560  ** 
700  ♦♦ 
910  " 
1,150  " 


Prloe. 


THE  "PROVIDENCE"  CRANK  CAPSTAN. 


(Patented  September  7,  1880.) 

MANUFACTURED    BY    THE 


COtUK-fMCIfON-tC, 


Ship   Windlass    Company, 


PROVIDENCE,   R.  I. 

(25) 


CRANK    CAPSTANS. 


Mnmbcr. 


Dl»in«tcr 
of  Barrel. 


A 

B 
C 
D 

E 
F 


8 

Hi 
12i 


in. 


X>Uunet«r 
of  Baae. 


23  in. 
24i  " 
29j  " 
32  " 
34  " 
37^  '' 


Height. 


in. 


27 
31 
34 
36J  " 
38J  " 
42     »' 


Weight. 


400  lbs. 

60C  '» 

800  " 

1,050  " 

1,800  ♦♦ 

1,660  " 


Prloe. 


■■m- 


POWER    CAPSTAN. 

Our  Power  or  Geared  Capstan  is  the  result  of  many  years  stud}',  and 
we  recommend  it  as  being  the  simplest,  strongest  and  least  liable  to 
derangement  of  any  Capstan  in  the  market. 

The  only  way  to  produce  perfect  machines  of  an}'  kind,  at  a  reason- 
able pricey  is  to  reduce  their  manufacture  to  a  system,  with  special 
machinery  for  the  purpose,  and  to  do  this  they  must  be  made  in  large 
numbers.  The  extensive  demand  for  our  Power  Capstan  enables  us 
to  employ  the  same  set  of  men  constantly  in  their  manufacture,  and 
we  can  thus  offer  a  strong,  tlioroughly  made  Capstan  at  as  low  figures 
as  the  cheaper  made,  lighter  machines  in  the  market.  When  the  men 
walk  ro''nd  with  the  sun  it  produces  power  and  the  reverse  speed  with- 
out any  other  change. 

SIMPLE    CAPSTAN. 

Our  Simple  Capstans  have  the  same  heavy  castings  as  our  Power 
Capstans,  without  the  internal  gearing. 

CRANK    CAPSTAN. 

Our  Crank  Capstan  is  made  to  work  where  the  use  of  bars  is  not 
possible  or  convenient.  This  Capstan  is  made  to  work  Power  or 
Speed,  according  to  the  direction  in  which  the  cranks  revolve,  without 
any  other  change. 

In  arranging  our  different  styles  of  Capstans,  we  designed  to  over- 
f^ome  the  breakdowns  which   are   continually  occurring  from  the  want 
of  sufficient  stock  to  stand  a  severe  strain.     Instead  of  spreading  out 
the  castings  for  the  sake  of  mere  show,  we  have  made  them  as  com- 
pact as  possible,  and  very  thick   and  heavy.      Our  motto  has   been 
"  Simplicity  and  Strength,"  and  we  would  call  particular  attention 
to  these  points.    All  of  our  different  styles  of  Capstans  are  of  tlie  same 
general  design.    The  bearings  are  all  lined  with  Babbitt  metal,  thereby 
reducing  the  friction  and  corrosion  to  a  minimum.    The  workmanship 
and  stock  are  guaranteed  first-class  in  every  respect. 

(26) 


PATENT  RUDDER  SUPPORTERS. 


^,       Clamp  Supporter  in  Halves. 


Section  through  Supporter. 

(27  > 


SIZES  jlnj:>  phiobs 


ov 


BUDDEB  SUFPORTEES, 


WHOLE  SUPPORTERS. 


9 

Inch  Rudder, 

Price 

H 

10 

lOi 

11 

lU 

12 

12A 

18 

13i 

14 

14i 

15 

15i 

♦17.50 
i8.00 
18.50 
19.00 
10.  .W 
20.00 
20.50 
21.00 
21..V) 
22.00 
22.  .50 
2JJ.00 
24.00 
25.00 


16 

Irti 

17 

174 

18 

184 

19 

194 

20 

204 

21 

214 


Inch  Rudder,  Price 


126 
27 
28 
20 
30 
31 

ai 

.35 

87 

;^.\> 

41 
43 

45 


CLAMP  SUPPORTERS. 


9 

inch 

Rudder, 

Price 

94 

4  ( 

tt 

10 

<< 

104 

i< 

11 

t< 

114 

(< 

12 

i< 

124 

It 

13 

41 

134 

It 

14 

<< 

144 

ti 

15 

t( 

154 

It 

$27.50 

£8.00 
2S..'0 
20.00 
29.50 
;J0.00 
:30.50 
31.00 
32.00 
;i3.00 
34.00 
35.00 
30.00 
37.00 


16 

164 

17 

174 

18 

184 

19 

194 

20 

204 

21 

214 

22 


inch  Rudder,  Price 


$38 
39 
40 
42 
44 
4d 
48 
50 
52 
54 
66 
58 
60 


(2t) 


The  cuts  on  tlie  next  page  represent  different  views  of  the  Hawm 
Pipe  Stopper,  patented  by  Hermnn  Winter  of  Hrooklyn,  N.  Y. 

This  arrangement  is  a  positive  device  and  wilt  ensure  a  perfect  air  and 
water  tight  Joint.    It  is  strong,  simple  and  durable. 

A  pair  of  these  stoppers,  having  been  in  use  on  the  Morgan  Line 
Steamship  '*  Excelsior  "  about  a  year,  we  wrote  to  Captain  Hawthorn,  asking 
his  opinion  of  them,  and  he  answered  as  follows  — 

New  York,  May  7th,  1883. 

Frank  S.  Manton,  Agt.  American  Ship  Windlass  Co., 

Providence,  R.  I. 
Dear  Sir  :— I  am  in  receipt  of  your  valued  favor  of  the  6th  of  April, 
and  contents  carefully  noted,  in  reply  would  say  that  the  Patent  Hawse 
Pipe  Stoppers,  designed  by  Mr.  Herman  Winter,  constructing  engintor  ot 
the  Morgan  Line,  and  made  by  you,  are  simply  perfect  and  work  to  my  entire 
satisfaction  in  every  respect,  and  no  sea-going  vessel  is  thoroughly  equipped 
without  them.  As  they  can  be  put  in  and  taken  out  in  a  few  moments  and 
are  perfectly  water-tight  at  the  same  time,  it  gives  the  commander  of  a  ship 
every  confidence  to  Itnow  that  his  chains  and  anchors  are  ready  for  use  at 
any  moment  without  the  trouble  of  bending  chains.  In  a  large  ship  like  the 
"  Excelsior,"  and  loaded  deep,  it  would  be  impossible  to  get  along  without 
unbending  chains.  With  these  Patent  Hawse  Pipe  Sioppers  we  could  go  to 
any  part  of  the  world,  as  far  as  water  entering  Hawse  Pipes.  They  have 
no  equal  or  superior  as  a  Hawse  Pipe  Stopper ;  nothing  can  excel  them  ; 
they  are  water-tight,  simple,  easily  adjusted,  and  you  could  not  make  any- 
thing more  desirable  for  a  Stoi^per. 

Yours  very  respectfully, 

J.  W.  HAWTHORN, 
Commanding  S.S.  '•'■  Excelsior"  Morgan  Line. 

The  new  Steamer  "  City  of  Gloucester  "  of  the  Boston  and  Gloucester 
Line  has  a  pair  of  the  Stoppers,  and  we  are  making  them  for  the  large 
Schooner  "  Haroldine,"  just  launched  at  North  Weymouth  ;  for  the  Steam- 
ship "  H.  F.  Dimock  "  just  launched  at  Philadelphia  for  the  Metropolitan 
Steamship  Co.,  and  for  three  Steamships  building  by  Wm.  Cramp  &  Sons 
Co.  for  the  Morgan  Line. 

We  will  guarantee  to  make  the  Hawse  Pipes  water-tight. 


Herman  Winter's  Kawse  Pipe  Stopper. 


PATENTED  FEB.   IS,  1884 


Section  in  Plan  Looking  Forward. 

AMERICAN    SHIP   WINDLASS   COMPANY, 

Sole  I^anuflicturers. 

(30) 


The  cut  shown  on  the  next  page  represents  a  Wharf  Drop  or  Bridge 
Way.  It  is  designed  to  move  up  and  down  to  meet  the  varying  require- 
ments of  tides  and  light  or  loaded  vessels,  for  passenger  foot  bridges,  ship 
or  ferry  bridges,  etc.,  where  a  fair  way  is  to  be  made  with  the  least  possi- 
ble labor,  combined  with  the  greatest  possible  security  and  despatch. 

We.  have  furnished  these  drops  to  various  parties;   among  others, 
recently',  seven  of  them  to  the  Metropolitan  Steamship  Companj*  for  their 
Boston  (India)  Wharf,  where  they  are  in  constant  uSe ;  five  to  the  Central 
Wharf  Company,  one  for  Foster  Wharf,  and  one  for  Lewis  Wharf,  Boston, 
and  ten  lo  the  Morgan  Steamship  Company,  for  Pier  37,  North  River,  New 
York.     Each  drop  or  bridge  is  twenty-five  feet  long  by  twelve  feet  wide, 
is  of  heavy  proportions,  and  capable  of  taking  twenty  tons  over  it  with 
the  greatest  safety,  yet  can  be  quickly  raised  or  lowered  by  one  man 
through  a  height  of  ten  feet  or  more  by  the  power  of  a  thumb  and  finger. 
It  will  remain  secure  in  any  position  without  any  locking  arrangement. 
We  can  furiiish  at  shortest  notice  the  machinery  for  any  size  of  bridge, 
from  that  of  a  small  passenger  foot  bridge  to  the  largest  ship  or  ferrj- 
bridge.    As  shown  by  the  cut  this  arrangement  is  in  itself  made  a  perfect 
balance,  is  therefore  capable  of  being  moved  with  the  least  possible  amount 
of  friction,  and  from  the  nature  of  the  mechanism  is  at  once  powerful,  sim- 
ple, and  free  from  danger  of  derangement.    It  is  much  on  the  plan  of 
machinery  used  for  operating  the  cables  and  anchors  on  the  largest  and 
smallest  steamers  or  sailing  vessels,  a  busiiiess  in  which  we  have  been 
engaged  during  the  past  twenty-five  years. 


If 


(31) 


Herman  Winter's  Patent  Wharf  Drop. 


AMERICAN   SHIP  WINDLASS  CO., 


No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 

No. 


SOLE    MANUFACTURERS. 


C.'«2) 


WINDLASSES. 


;o., 


"We  make  a  specialty  of  this  business,  and  do  nothing 
else,  —  the  only  concern  in  America  that  confine  themselves 
to  this  one  branch  of  business.  As  we  were  the  first  par- 
ties in  the  field  in  this  country,  and  the  only  ones  that  have 
ever  ^nade  an  Iron  Windlass  that  has  come  into  general  use, 
our  Windlasses  are  being  imitated  and  our  numerous  pa- 
tents infringed  by  parties  who  are  without  the  facili- 
ties or  the  experience  to  originate  a  practical  machine  for 
the  purpose.  These  imitations  are  very  defective,  being 
generally  of  poor  material  and  workmanship.  In  trying  to 
avoid  our  patents  they  have  often  spoiled  the  machine, 
without  accomplishing  the  aim  in  view.  There  are  often 
cases  where,  in  critical  times,  our  Windlasses  have  paid  for 
themselves  in  a  few  moments  of  time.  On  a  lee  shore,  or 
when  getting  under  way  in  a  gale  of  wind,  it  is  important 
not  only  that  everything  about  the  Windlass  should  work 
perfectly,  but  that  it  ehould  be  strong  in  every  part.  Also, 
when  taking  in  chain,  with  the  man  in  the  locker  stowing 
the  chain,  if  anything  gives  way  his  life  is  the  forfeit  for  the 
want  of  fidelity  in  the  construction  of  the  Windlass.  Par- 
ticular attention  is  called  to  our  Naval  Capstans  and  Wind- 
lasses fitted  to  work  either  by  hand  or  steam. 


The  following  is  a  list  of  our  patents : 


No.      9,665,  dated  Dec. 
No.  144,227,  dated  Nov. 
No.  147,667,  dated  Feb. 
No.  166,877,  dated  Oct. 
No.  169,182,  dated  Oct. 
No.  174,977,  dated  Mar. 
No.  176,331,  dated  April  18, 
No.  188,926,  dated  Mar.  27, 
No.  197,039,  dated  Nov.  13, 
No.  197,040,  dated  Nov.  " 
No.  197,041,  dated  Nov. 
No.  203,846,  dated  May 
No.  231,949,  dated  Sept. 
No.  237,886,  dated  Feb. 
No.  276,987,  dated  May 
No.  276,988,  dated  May 
No.  293,610,  dated  Feb. 


27, 

it 

13, 
26, 
21, 


13, 
13, 

'i: 

16, 
1, 
1, 

12, 


8,  1881. 


3,  1878. 
18,  1877. 


1870 ;  reissued  Feb. 

1873. 

1874;  reissued  Dec. 

1874;  reissued  Dec. 

1875;  reissued  Nov.  30,  1876. 

1876;  reissued  June     1,  1880. 

1876;  reissued  June  26,  1878. 

1877. 

1877. 

1877. 

1877. 

1878. 

1880. 

1881. 

1883. 

1883. 

1884. 


All  parties  are  hereby  cautioned  against  infringing 
these  patents,  as  we  shall  hold  all  vessels  having  Windlasses 
that  conflict  with  our  rights  strictly  responsible. 

(3S) 


Extract  Jrom  Nautical  Gazette  of  April  17,  1880. 

STEAM     ^WINDLASSES. 


Opinions  and  Statements  of  Practical  Men  who  hate  used  the  Amer- 
ican Ship  Windlass  Company's  Steam  Windlasses  and  Capstans, 
manufactured  at  providence,  r.  i. 


As  a  fitting  supplement  to  the  elaborate  illustrated  articles  which  have  appeared  in 
these  columns  respecting  the  several  styles  of  windlasses  and  capstans  oiade  at  Prov- 
idence, R.  I.,  by  the  American  Ship  Windlass  Company,  and  as  an  indorsement,  if 
they  needed  any,  of  what  we  have  said  concerning  their  merits  and  superiority,  we 
have  conversed  with  some  of  the  leading  ship-masters  who  are  constantly  using  them, 
and  have  written  to  owners,  superintendents  and  others  respecting  their  opinion  of 
what  we  have  believed  to  be  the  best  of  this  class  of  labor-saving  machinery  made  in 
the  world,  and  we  present  now  their  statements  as  near  verbatim  as  possible.  The 
letters  speak  for  themselves. 

Captain  Peter  E.  Lefe^'re,  the  Marine  Superintendent  of  the  Ocean  Steamship  Co., 
Savannait  Line,  one  of  the  best  and  most  reliable  authorities  in  this  country  in  all 
matters  pertaining  to  all  classes  of  vessels  and  their  equipments  as  well  as  co&otruc- 
tion,  said,  "  I  consider  the  Providence  Steam  Windlass  the  best  in  the  world  that  I 
know  of.  We  have  them  in  all  our  present  fleet  of  steamers,  and  will  put  one  in  the 
'  City  of  Augusta,'  now  building.  They  do  their  work  with  great  celerity,  efficiency 
and  reliability,  and  are  always  in  perfect  working  order.  As  for  the  steam  capstans 
made  by  this  cuiii|,any,  they  are  invaluable  for  warping  into  dock  and  for  general 
use.  The  steam  capstan  takes  up  but  little  room,  and  can  be  worked  effectually 
where  ir<  jn  could  not  exert  their  force  with  bars  or  cratks  on  decks  covered  with  ice 
and  snow." 

Captain  Nickerson,  of  the  steamer  "  City  of  Columbus,"  and  who  is  the  senior 
captain  of  the  Ocean  Steamship  Co.,  said,  "  We  use  our  steam  windlass  quite  often, 
as  we  are  frequently  compelled  to  anchor  off  Tybee  Bar  to  wait  for  the  tide  before 
going  into  the  Savannah  River.  I  usually  give  her  forty-flve  fathoms  of  chain,  lying 
comfortably  and  easy  at  a  long  scope.  When  we  are  ready  to  get  under  way  it  is  no 
trouble  to  get  o  ir  anchor  with  our  steam  windlass.  Nothing  of  its  kind  is  made  that 
^  know  of  that  approaches  it  in  reliability.  It  is  simple  to  handle,  never  gets  out  of 
order,  and  the  only  bother  I  have  ever  had  with  it  is,  sometimes  my  mates  wanted  to 
run  it  too  fast.  I  have  waited  until  steamers  which  were  anchored  near  me  had  hove 
short  with  their  old-fashioned  windlasses,  before  I  started  to  ^et  my  anchor  and  forty- 
five  fathoms  of  chain,  and  before  they  had  their  anchor  at  the  cat  head  I  have  had  all 
my  chain  in,  and  the  anchor  in  its  place.  One  officer  and  a  boy  ret  our  anchor  and 
chain.  Nothing  can  excel  it ;  more  than  this,  they  are  as  noisel  laa  as  such  a  machine 
can  be,  and  in  great  contrast  with  the  clattering  British  windlasses." 

We  next  called  upon  Captain  S.  P.  Griffin,  commanding  the  "  Colon,"  of  the  Pacific 
Steamship  Co.  He  said,  "  The  messenger  chain  windlass  which  is  on  this  vessel  is  a 
poor,  miserable  contrivance ;  is  continually  getting  out  of  order,  is  unreliable,  and 
given  us  no  end  of  trouble.  It  was  made,  as  you  see  by  the  mark  on  the  capstan- 
head,  by  Coffin  &  Woodward,  of  Boston.  We  are  obliged  to  slack  up  the  chain,  fleet 
it  over  the  wildcats,  and  are  tormented  with  it  just  when  wo  require  most  that  its 
movements  be  certain  and  sure.  I  would  rather  have  an  ordinary  hand-power  pump- 
brake  windlass  than  this  thing,  which,  at  any  rate,  is  not  fit  for  a  vessel  of  this  size, 
which  should  have  a  two-cylinder  direct  steam  windlass.     Tiie  steam  wiudla.s8  on  the 

(34) 


'  City  of  Peking,'  which  I  commanded  when  she  was  new,  was  made  by  the  Amer- 
ican Ship  Windlaas  Co.,  of  Providence,  and  it  always  worked  to  our  p  faction, 
never  requiring  repairs.     We  want  just  that  style  of  windlass  on  this  vessel. 

Henry  J.  Bullay,  the  Superintendent  of  the  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Co.,  at  New 
York,  said,  "  The  '  Colon's '  windlass  had  always  been  complained  of,  as  well  as  that 
on  the  '  Acapnlco,'  which  was  of  the  same  manufacture." 

Philadelphia  and  Reading  Railroad  Company  Steam  Colliers, 
Port  Richmond,  Philadelphia,  March  30,  1880. 
Editor  the  Nautical  Gazette : 

Sir,— Replying  to  your  favor  of  March  30, 1  would  say  that  in  1874  our  com- 
pany built  eight  (8)  new  iron  steam  colliers,  six  of  1,283  tons,  one  of  1,03.5  tons,  and 
one  of  &53  tons  register.  We  selected  the  American  Ship  Windlass  Company's  Windlasses, 
and  since  then  they  have  been  in  constant  use  in  weighing  anchors  and  warping  the  ships. 
They  have  given  us  excellent  results,  and  I  do  not  remerab'>-  ^a  instance  of  com- 
plaint from  our  captains  about  them. 

Yours  truly, 

John  L.  Howard,  Superintendent. 

Mr.  Herman  Winter,  Inspector  of  British  Lloyds  and  the  Marine  Superintendent 
of  the  Morgan  Line  steamers,  who  designed  and  superintended  the  construction  of 
the  "  Chalmette,"  one  of  our  largest  fro;fi:hting  steamers  in  the  New  Orleans  trade, 
in  speaking  of  the  American  Siiip  WiKdlass  Company's  Steam  Windlass  on  that  ship, 
said,  "  It  works  like  a  charm,  has  no  equal  or  superior  among  labor-saving  appliances. 
All  they  do  is  to  open  a  little  valve,  give  it  the  steam,  and  it  is  at  work,  doing  its  duty 
with  reliable  promptitude.  Nothing  too  good  can  be  said  of  the  Providence  Steam 
Windlass." 

Lieut.  Z.  L.  Tanner,  U.  S.  N.,  now  in  command  of  the  U.  S.  Fish  Commissioner's 
steamer  "Fish  Hawk,"  who  commanded  the  Pacific  Mail  Steamship  Company's 
steamer  "  City  of  Peking  "  for  two  years,  writes  as  follows  :  — 

Washington,  D.  C,  April  4,  1880 
Editor  The  Nautical  Gazette : 

Dear  Sir,  —  Your  favor  of  the  25th  is  received.  In  repiy  I  beg  leave  to  say  that 
the  steam  windlass  in  use  on  the  P.  M.  steamship  "  City  of  Peking  gave  entire  sat- 
isfaction. It  required  no  repairs  during  the  two"  years  I  was  in  command  of  that 
vessel,  and  was  looked  upon  as  thoroughly  reliable.  It  would  heave  in  from  ten  to 
eleven  fci'uoms  of  chain  per  minute  at  the  speed  we  usually  run  it.  At  this  speed  it 
ran  smoothly,  re({uiring  no  attention  except  occasional  oiling.     Yours  respectfully, 

Z.  L.  Tanner. 

In  reply  to  our  communication  to  Captain  S.  Howes,  commanding  the  new  steamer 
"  I).  H.  Miller,"  the  new  flagship  of  the  Merchants'  &  Miners'  Transportation  Com- 
pany's fleet,  plying  between  Baltimore  and  Boston,  we  have  the  following :  — 

Baltimore,  April  6,  1880. 
Editor  The  Nautical  Gazette  : 

Dear  Sir,  —  Yours  of  the  25th  of  March  duly  received;  contents  noted,  and  will 
say  in  reply  that  the  steam  windlass  and  capstan  on  board  the  steamer  "  D.  H.  Miller," 
furnished,  by  the  American  Ship  Windlass  Company,  of  Providence,  we  like  very 
much.  They  work  well,  by  far  the  best  I  have  ever  seen,  and  can  fully  recommend 
them  to  parties  wanting  &Jirst-rate  windlass  and  capstan.    Yours  truly, 

S.  Howes, 
Captain  steamer  "  D.  H,  Miller. 

Captain  Pennington,  Marine  Superintendent  of  the  Clyde  Line  Steamers  at  thi» 
port,  a  ship-master  of  large  and  varied  practical  experience,  says  of  the  steam  wind- 
lass made  by  the  American  Ship  Windlass  Company,  which  is  on  the  "  Santo 
'  Domingo " :  "  It  gives  tue  most  unqualified  satisfaction  in  every  respect,  and  is 
without  a  peer  among  that  class  of  machinery ;  it  is  never  out  of  order,  can  always 
be  depended  on  for  quick  and  certain  action.  This  company,  unquestionably,  pro 
duce  the  very  best  steam  windlasses  made.  This  I  know  from  practical  experience." 
Mr.  F.  Alexandre,  the  senior  and  founder  of  the  house  of  F.  Alexandre  &  Sons, 

(35) 


whose  fine  ■teamcrs  are  engaged  in  the  New  York,  Havana  and  Mexican  trade,  put 
one  of  the  latest  improved  sveam  windlasses  on  the  flagship  "  City  of  Alexandria." 
He  says,  "  The  windlass  gives  the  best  of  satisfaction.  The  fact  that  all  large  steam- 
ers now  built  in  the  United  States  use  the  American  Ship  Windlass  Company's  steam 
windlasses  in  preference  to  any  other  kind  made,  prove  the  superiority  of  this  wind- 
lass. Our  steamers  are  obliged,  from  the  nature  of  their  route,  to  anchor  often  and 
frequently  in  dangerous  places,  and  we  are  compelled  to  have,  fur  our  own  protection, 
the  very  best  and  most  perfect  ground  tackle  and  machinery  for  getting  our  anchors 
or  riding  to  our  anchors.  We  believe,  in  the  Providence  Steam  Windlass  we  have 
the  very  best  known." 

The  following  letter  is  from  Mr.  A.  Vanderbilt,  the  Superintendent  of  the  Ward 
Line  of  Cuba  steamers,  a  gentleman  of  ability  and  skill  in  his  profebsion,  and  one  of 
great  practical  experience  in  machinery.  His  statement  shows  that  both  the  wind- 
lasses   and    capstans    have    given    "entire    satisfaction"    in    the    fleet  which    he 

represents. 

New  York  and  Cuba  Mail  Steamship  Line, 
James  E.  Wakd  &  Co.,  113  Wall  St., 
New  York,  April  9,  1880. 
Editor  The  Nautical  Gazette : 

Deab  Sir,  —  In  nply  to  your  inquiry  of  the  8th  inst.,  I  would  say  that  the  steam- 
ships of  this  line  are  lurnished  with  the  windlass  and  capstan  worked  by  steam,  and 
made  by  tlie  American  Ship  Windlass  Company  of  Providence.  They  have  given 
entire  satisfaction.     Yours  truly,  A.  Vanderbilt, 

Capt.  E.  Spicer,  Jr.,  of  the  Mallory  and  Brazil  Line  steamers,  says  :  — 

"  We  use  the  steam  windlasses  made  by  the  American  Ship  Windlass  Company  of 
Providence,  11. 1.,  on  all  our  steamers,  and  thev  have  always  given  us  perfect  satisfac- 
tion, and  we  can  fully  indorse  them  as  being  thoroughly  ruliable.  They  are  the  best 
that  are  made  anywhere." 

The  officers  of  the  Sound  steamer  "  Massachusetts  "  say  that  her  windlass  is  "just 
splendid,"  is  always  id  order,  and  does  its  work  without  any  failing. 

Captain  E.  V.  Gager,  who  commands  the  steamer  "  Louisiana,"  of  the  Cromwell 
Line,  which  is  supplied  with  a  steam  windlass  made  by  the  American  Ship  Windlass 
Company,  of  Providence,  R.  I.,  when  asked  his  opinion  of  the  windlass,  said,  '•  It  is 
the  best  appliance  in  the  world  for  handling  anchors  and  chains.  Of  this  there  can 
be  no  question.  It  is  simply  perfection  itself,  and  no  steam  vessel  is  thorou<;lily 
equipped  without  one  of  them.  Ours  work  to  a  charm  in  every  respect.  It  is,  I 
repeat,  perfect." 

We  think  we  have,  for  the  present  at  least,  produced  abundant  and  convincing 
proof  from  practical  users  of  the  steam  windlasses  and  capstans  made  by  the  Amer- 
ican Ship  Windlass  Company,  that  tliis  establishment  produces  tiie  most  perfect 
machine  for  handling  anchors  and  chains  that  is  made  in  the  world.  They  are  not 
only  speedy,  but  reliable,  easily  handled,  almost  noiseless,  and  take  up  but  little  room, 
comparatively  speaking ;  when  once  put  in  are  a  fixture,  and  can  always  be  depended 
upon.  This  company  have,  for  years  past,  been  adopting  improvements,  but  it  now 
seems  almost  impossible  to  make  them  more  perfect. 

In  addition  to  the  above  extracts  IVom  tlic  Nautical  Gazette  we  have  the  following  letter 
from  Captain  Thomas  Wilson : 

Cleveland,  O.,  Dec.  21,  1881. 
American  Ship  Windlass  Company,  Providence,  h.  '.  .• 

Gentlemen  :  The  steam  windlass  which  you  put  \^*o  the  steamship  "  Tacoma,"  ^ives 
entire  siitisl'action,  and  I  cheerfully  recommend  its  use  v.<)  all  hirgc  btuamci-s. 

Your,  truly,  '.'  "Cd.  Wilson. 

Passed  Assistant  Engineer  G.  W.  Uaird,  U.  S.  N.,  writer  -s  follows 

U.  S.  Commission  of  Fish  and  Fisheries,  Stbameu  Albatross, 
Woods  Holl,  M^ss.,  Octobers,  Wi'A. 
American  Ship  Windlass  Company,  Providence,  R.  /.: 

Gentlemen  :  In  mv  quarterly  report  on  the  "  Albatross  "  I  have  entered  the  foUowinyr 
concerning  our  windlass :  "  The  steam  windlass,  never  h",vlii}r  ;fiven  any  troulilc  nor 
requiring  any  i-cpuirs,  lucrita  a  special  mention."  Yours,  t!(:c.,        G.  W.  Uaiuu 

(36) 


We  would  call  the  attention  of  the  Nautical  Public  to  the  following  partial  list  ol 
vessels  using  our  Windlasses  for  handling  their  anchors  and  chains.  These  are  all  the 
names  of  which  we  have  a  record,  as  in  a  great  many  cases  no  names  have  been  obtained. 
This  list  shows  the  style  of  Windlasses  the  best  class  of  vessels  use. 


-♦♦*- 


Yard                 1 

fci'JL' 

E. 

AJbj£±^l:t^. 

■ 

ne  of                 ■ 

City  of  Waco    . 

.  Mallory  Line, 

^few  York.    | 

Mercedita 

New  York. 

wind-                 H 

State  of  Texas   . 

ii          (i 

(( 

tt 

Seawanhara 

44             14 

h   he                I 

San  Antonio 

i(          ii 

a 

tt 

Varuna      .        .        , 

44             44     _ 

I 

Rio  Grande 

It          >t 

a 

ti 

Grand  Gulf 

44             44 

[ilNE,                         ■ 

Colorado    . 

ti          i( 

14 

tt 

Aries 

44             44 

^1 

Guadalupe 

(t          It 

it 

tt 

Memphis  . 

4.             44     ' 

1 

San  Marcos 

i(          (i 

it 

it 

City  of  Panama,    Pacific  Mail  S.S.  Co.,  "       '« 

iteam-                ■ 

Western  Texas  . 

t(               a 

It 

tt 

City  of   Callao           " 

44            44            44         44             44 

given                 ■ 

Lampasas  . 

((               (( 

tt 

City  of  Sidney     .       " 

44            44            44         44             44 

ILT.                            H 

Alamo  .     . 

((                       44 

tt 

City  of  San  Francisco  ' ' 

44            44            44         44             44 

■ 

City  of  Rio  Janei 

ro     . 

(( 

It 

CityofPekin      . 

44            44            44         44             44 

anv  of                      ^1 

City  of  Para 

. 

(1 

tt 

CityofTokio      . 

44            44            44         44             44     '. 

itisfac-                ■ 

What  is  it? 

•                •               • 

t( 

tt 

City  of  New  York      " 

44            44            44         44             44 

te  best                ■ 

General  Barnes . 

•                •                • 

tt 

tt 

Union        .        .        '♦ 

44             44             44          44               44 

■ 

Ajax  . 

. 

(( 

it 

Winchester         .        " 

44            44            44         44             44 

i  "just                I 

Garmpts    . 

. 

(t 

tt 

San  Jose    . 

44            44            44         44             44     . 

1 

Walrus      . 

. 

i( 

tt 

San  Juan  .        .        " 

44            44            44         44             44 

omwell                ■ 

Monatus    . 

•                •                ■ 

i< 

it 

San  Bias    . 

44            44            44         44             44 

^indlatiH                 H 

Nautilus    . 

*                •                • 

ti 

It 

Alaskao     . 

.      Pacific  Coast. 

"  It  is                 1 

Quaker  City 

•                •               • 

(( 

II 

Saratoga    . 

Ward's  Line,  New  York. 

ere  can                 H 

Manhattan 

• 

ti 

it 

Santiago    . 

44                 44                 44              44 

rou;rl]Iy                 ■ 

Moyune     . 

. 

It 

Ii 

Newport    . 

44                 44                 44             44 

It   i:i,   I                        I 

Kin  Kiang 

■                •                »               • 

It 

It 

Niagara     .        . 

44                 44                 44             44 

I 

Conquerer 

•                •                •               * 

II 

Cienfuegos 

44                 44                 44             44 

iviucing                 ■ 

Admiral    . 

.                •                • 

tt 

City  of  Macon,  Ocean  Steamship  Co.,     "       " 

)  Amer-                 I 

Cotopaxi   . 

1               •               •               • 

Ii 

City  of  Savannah    " 

44                     44               44             i( 

perfect                1 

Leyah 

t                •               •               • 

t< 

Ci 

City  of  Columbus   " 

44                    44                44             4< 

are  nut                 1 

Galatea      . 

•                •                •                ■ 

ii 

City  of  Augusta      " 

44       •              44               44             44 

le  room,                 ■ 

Oceanus    . 

•                •                -                • 

tt 

Gate  City  .             " 

44      .              44               44             44 

epeuded                H 

Electra      . 

*                *                *                * 

tt 

Tallahassee            " 

44                    44               44             44 

t  it  now                ■ 

Thetis 

p                ■                •                • 

Ii 

Ii 

Chattahoochee       " 

44                     44               44             44 

Dg  letter                 1 

Metis 

•                •                •               '• 

ti 

t  ( 

Nacoochee              " 

44                     44               «4             44 

Thomas  Kelso 

•                •               •               • 

tt 

it 

Oregon      .        .        . 

Oregon  Steamship  Co 

,  1881.                     I 

Meteor 

•                •                •                * 

It 

It 

Columbia  .        ... 

44                        44                       tt 

a."  irivcs 

Andalusia 

•                •                •               * 

(1 

it 

Umatilla    . 

t(                         t<                        ti 

Wf          f,»  '  *'*' 

Virgo 
Leo  . 

•                •                •               • 

ii 

II 

Williamette 

it                         tt                       tt 

ILSON. 

•                •                *               * 

i( 

ii 

Walla  WaUa     . 

••                        •'                       •• 

BATUOSS, 

( 

87) 

following; 

oiil)le  iioi' 

Uaiku 

« 

J 

f 


Mississippi 

Oregon  Steamship  Co. 

Tacoma    . 

Central  Pacific  Railroad  Co. 

San  Pedro 

It          ti            It 

It 

San  Pablo 

U                     U                         II 

tt 

Santa  Rosa,  Oregon 

Railway  and  Navigation  Co. 

State  of  California 

Pacific  Coast  Line. 

Queen  of  the  Pacific 

II        i( 

It 

Mariposa  . 

Oceanic  Steamship  Co. 

Alameda  .        . 

ti 

Goldsboro 

Qyde 

Line. 

Santo  Domingo 

II 
•        •        • 

li 

Delaware           . 

II 

it 

Danville    . 

It 

it 

Regulator 

II 

It 

City  of  Alexandria 

Alexandre  Line,  New  York. 

CityofPuebla  . 

If            11         II 

Chalmette 

Morgan  Line,     " 

Excelsior  . 

11          11        II 

Lone  Star 

It          II        It 

New  York 

'  it          II        II 

Algiers 

K                II              It 

Morgan  City     . 

It                II             tt 

Eureka 

It                It             II 

El  Paso     . 

It                It             tl 

H.  F.  Dimock  . 

Metropolitan  Steamship  Co. 

Finance    .        .        ] 

'iTew  Brazil  Line,  New  York. 

Advance  . 

<<        tl        tl        It 

Reliance  . 

It        t(        It        it 

Amazonia 

It        It        It        It 

Louisiana 

Cromwell  Line,    " 

New  Orleans    . 

it          it        It 

Knickerbocker 

ti          11        It 

Hudson    . 

11          II        tt 

Massachusetts,  Ptov.6 

i  Stoning'n  S.S.  Co.  " 

Rhode  Island       " 

t(          <t      ti   tl 

II 
tt 


Narragansett       "  "  "      "   "      '• 

Stonington  "  •'  "     "    "      •' 

Old  Colony,  Old  Colony  Line,  Fall  River  &  N.  Y. 
Newport    . 
Pilgrim 

City  of  Fall  River"  "  "  " 

City  of  Worcester,  Norwich  and  New  York  Line, 
aty  of  Lawrence  "  "       "        '' 

City  of  Columbia,  New  York  and  Charleston  Line. 
D.  H.  Miller,  M.  &  M.  T.  Co.,  Boston  &  Bait.  Line. 
Johns  Hopkins    "  "  "  "       " 

WUliam  Crane     "  '•  "  "       " 

Alleghany,  M.  &  M.  T.  Co.,Providence  &  BaltLine. 


Berkshire,  M.  &  M.  T.  Co.,Providence  &  Bait.  Line. 

Blackstone  "  "  '•  "     '* 

State  of  Maine,  Internationals.  S.  Co.,  Portland, 

Penobscot,  Sanford  Steamship  Co.,  Boston. 

Tremont,  .     Portland  Steam  Packet  Co. ,        " 

Spartan     .        .         .   Winsor  Line,  Providence. 

Vidette      .        .        .        Steam  Collier,  Boston. 

Cambridge 

S.  R.  .Spaulding 

B.  Deford 

Sheridan  . 

Saxon 

General  M«ade 

Erie  . 

Ontario     . 

New  England 

Norman    . 

Huron 

Niphon     . 

Mississippi 

Merrimac 

William  Lawrence 

City  of  Gloucester,  Boston  &  Gloucester  S.  B.  Co. 

George  A.  Chaffee 

Longfellow 

Columbus  . 

Niagara  No.  i 

State  of  California  No 

Zabiaca 

Manjoor    . 


Est^re 

Boisch^re 

Boyaca 

Japura 

Yaco 

Apurinam  . 

Paumary   . 

Aripauna  . 

Victoria     . 

Miantonomoh 

Puritan 

South  Carolina 

Massachusetts 

Young  Rover 

Cambridge 

Vicksburg 

Coatzacoalcos 


.      Boston. 
Russian  Navy. 


it 

II 


Port  au  Prince. 

tl  11 

South  America. 


ii 

IC 

It 
t( 


U.  S.  Navy. 


(88) 


ice  &  Bait.  Line. 

Chicago 

.  Steel  Cruisers,  U. 

S. 

Navy. 

Sirius         .       Iron  Excursion  Boats,  New  York. 

i                               >>           4t 

Boston 

It          ii 

11 

li 

Perseus      .            "          '• 

It        It       II 

Co.,  Portland. 

Atlanta 

<1                u 

11 

11 

Pegasus     .            «'          " 

It        It      ti 

ip  Co.,  Boston, 

Dolphin 

Despatch  Boat, 

il 

li 

Dean  Richmond,  People's  Line,  N.  York  &  Albany. 

etCo., 

Hassler 

.     U. 

S.  Coast  Survey. 

Drew          ,                     •• 

li               ii 

ne.  Providence. 

Blake       - 

.        .         '*        " 

ii 

St.  John     .                     •• 

II               II 

Collier,  Boston. 

Haze 

U.  S.  Lighthouse 

Dep't. 

City  of  Troy 

New  York. 

* 

Dahlia 

It 

It 

It 

Cleopatra  .... 

II 

George  M. 

Bibb 

U.  S. 

Revenue 

Dep't. 

Excelsior    .... 

II 

• 

Levi  Woodbury 

11 

Gen.  Sedgwick  . 

II 

• 

Warrington 

ti 

City  of  Chester  .        ,        , 

11 

tt 

• 

Lincoln      . 

.     " 

Louis  Bucki 

II 

li 

• 

Gallatin     . 

il 

Mary  Morgan    . 

.     New  Orleans. 

11 

Hamilton  . 

11 

C.  W.  Lord 

il        II 

• 

Oliver  P.  Walco 

tt       .        .     " 

City  of  Dallas    . 

It        It 

• 

Seward      . 

^11 

Wanderer 

It        II 

It 

• 

Colfax       . 

.     " 

City  of  Richmond 

Philadelphia. 

11 

• 

Bache 

ti 

Habanero 

ti 

Walter  Forward 

11 

I'bcrty       .... 

II 

George  S.  Bout> 

veil  .        .     " 

North  America  . 

11 

I 

Commodore  Per 

ry      .        .     " 

Crescent  City      .          Wm. 

P.  Clyde,         •' 

Dallas 

II 

Reading    .         P.  &  R.  Railroad  Co. ,       •• 

iicester  S.  B.  Co.    1 

Ewing 

II 

Harrisburg              " 

it                     11 

H 

Fessenden 

>         .        .     " 

Columbia  .              •* 

II                     It 

Boston.    1 

Albatross  . 

U.  S.  Fish  Commission. 

Lancaster  .             " 

II                     It 

Russian  Navy.    1 

Yosemite   . 

.    Steam  Yacht,  New  York. 

Pottsville    .             " 

ii                                  M 

Stranger    . 

•        • 

Phoenixville            " 

II                                  II 

Corsair       .   . 

•        • 

Perkiomen              " 

II                                   If 

H 

Namouna  . 

.         . 

Berks 

II                                   it 

^H 

Atalanta,  Owne 

i  J.  Gould 

Chas.  F.  Mayer 

Collier, 

^1 

Utowana    "  G< 

JO.  W.  Scott 

Frostburg  . 

ii                II 

Port  au  Prince.    ■ 

Viking        "  W 

.  E.  Connor 

Pensacola  . 

ii                II 

^M 

Lagonda    "  J.  < 

::.  Hoagland 

North  America  .      Wrecking  Tug,            " 

South  America.    H 

Sigma        "  M. 

S.  Smith 

•'  Detroit.Mich. 

George  W.  Pride,  Jr. 

it              ii 

^1 

Bretagne   . 

.    Steam  Yacht, 

Paris. 

City  of  Topeka    .  Topeka 

&  Santa  F6  R.  R.  Co. 

^H 

Roanoke    .    Ol 

d  Dominion  S.S. 

Co.,  New  York. 

George  S.  Homer 

.    New  Bedford. 

^1 

Guyandotte 

:i                11 

It 

ii 

It 

Col.  H.  T.  Baya 

Florida. 

H 

Manhattan 

tt                It 

• 

II 

il 

II 

Lucy  P.  Miller   . 

11 

H 

Breakwater 

It                It 

It 

11 

It 

United  Empire  . 

Sarnia,  Ont. 

1 

Geo.  W.  Elder 

It                It 

It 

It 

It 

Sir  Leonard  Tilley     . 

.   St.  Catharines,  Ont. 

U.  S.  Navy.   ■ 

City  of  Palatka 

.  '      .        Florida  Steamship  Co. 

Conemaugh        . 

.    On  the  Lakes. 

l^l 

Caracas      .     B( 

julton,  Bliss  &  Dallett,  New  York. 

R.  G.  Peters      . 

ii    ii        ii 

^1 

Valencia    . 

II           II 

It 

A.  Everett 

ii    il        ii 

^H 

Maracaibo 

it           tt 

It 

Thomas  W.  Palmer    . 

ii    li        ii 

^H 

Cetus 

Iron  Excursion  Boats, 

James  H.  Shrigley 

It    ti        ii 

^H 

Taurus 

It          It 

It 

Queen  of  the  West     . 

tt    11        ii 

^1 

Cygnus 

It          It 

It 

John  B.  Lyon     . 

ii    ii        it 

^1 

Cepbeus 

• 

II          ti 

it 

John  C.  Gault    . 

11    II        il 

(89) 


I 


Russell  Sage 

Iron  Cliff   . 

Iron  Chief 

City  of  Rome 

Cumberland 

Robert  A.  Packer 

Michigan   . 

Wisconsin 

Clyde 

Fred  McBrier 

Business     . 

Portage 

Wissahickon 

Andrew  J.  Smith 

Avon 

Juniata 

Nyack 

Delaware  . 

Conestoga 

New  York 

Milwaukee 

Chicago 

Rochester 

Boston 

Lehigh 

Lycoming 

Minnehaha 

Wocoken   . 

Robert  Wallace 

M.  F.  Butters 

Starucca     . 

Escanaba  . 

Oceanica    . 

Ohio 

Commodore 

Waverly     . 

Midland    . 

Calumet    . 

David  Wallace 

Waldo  A.  Aveiy 

Buffalo 

Iron  State 

Iron  Age 

Hiawatha 

Middlesex 

Jesse  H.  Farwell 

Clarion 

H.  C.  Akeley 


On 

the  Lakes. 

'Charles  H.  Davis 

<i 

II 

II 

«J.  H.  Green 

u 

II 

II 

Massachusetts    . 

<l 

II 

II 

Merrimac  . 

u 

II 

II 

Nellie  G.  Mason 

11 

II 

II 

Mattie  C.  Bell    . 

11 

II 

II 

Rhoda  vSonsmith 

« 

II 

II 

Iron  Duke 

« 

II 

II 

Tacoma 

II 

II 

II 

Onoko 

II 

II 

II 

Wallula      . 

II 

II 

II 

City  of  Cleveland 

II 

II 

II 

A.  J.  Wright      . 

<l 

II 

II 

C.  F.  Curtis 

<l 

II 

II 

Siberia 

<l 

11 

11 

Manistique 

« 

II 

II 

H.  J.  Jewett 

II 

II 

II 

Fred  Mercur      . 

l< 

II 

II 

M.  M.  Drake     . 

<l 

II 

II 

David  C.  Whitney 

II 

II 

II 

H.  E.  Packer     . 

II 

II 

II 

Lewis  Pahlow    . 

II 

II 

II 

W.  H.  Gratwick 

M 

« 

II 

Julia 

<l 

II 

II 

Water  Witch      . 

*l 

II 

II 

David  W.  Rust  . 

14 

II 

II 

City  of  Cleveland 

t'. 

II 

II 

Schoolcraft         , 

II 

II 

II 

Mont  Eagle 

II 

II 

•I 

Lora . 

U 

II 

II 

Walter  L.  Frost. 

It 

u 

M 

Edward  Smith    . 

M 

II 

II 

Robert  Mills 

n 

.M 

II 

George  T.  Hope 

11 

M 

II 

Wm.  J.  Averell . 

II 

II 

II 

Wm.  A.  HaskeU 

•1 

II 

It 

Kalkaska  . 

M 

M 

II 

Kasota 

« 

<l 

II 

Fortuna,     Wrecking 

II 

II 

II 

Neuovo  Barcelona 

M 

M 

II 

Elias 

« 

M 

II 

Geo.  W.  Humphrey, 

II 

<l 

M 

Soliraoes    . 

M 

M 

II 

Fire  Dart  . 

M 

•1 

tl 

Hankow    . 

II 

II 

II 

Fire  Cracker 

<l 

II 

<l 

Hu  Quang 

M 

M 

M 

Che  Kiang 

On  the  Lakes 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

11 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

11 

li 

II 

1. 

II 

II 

II 

(1 

II 

II 

II 

11 

II 

II 

II 

11 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

11 

II 

II 

II 

II 

11 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

kt 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

<i 

II 

II 

II 

II 

It 

II 

II 

It 

II 

II 

It 

« 

II 

II 

<i 

II 

II 

« 

11 

II 

II 

II 

11 

«i 

II 

II 

11      II  II 

Steamer,  Montevideo,  S.  A. 
Spanish  Steamer. 
Brazilian      " 
Fishing  Steamer,  Tiverton. 


In  the  East  Indian  Service. 
II  II  « 


II 
II 


Levi  G.  Burge! 
Abner  I.  Beny( 
Joseph  S.  Spin 
.  Belle  O'Brien 
H.  6.  Gregory 
Harvey  Mills 
John  T.  Berry 
Alexander  Gibs 
Frank  F.  Curlii 
J.  B.  Walker 
Joseph  B.  Thon 
General  Knox 
Edwftd  O'Briei 
Cyrus  Wakefiel* 
E.  Pluribus  Uni 
Ne  Plus  Ultra 


(40) 


I  the  Lakes.        1 

Fung  Lung 

In  the  East  Indi'  n  Service.   | 

.\merica     . 

■                 •                 • 

. 

Portland,  M«. 

■ 

i^^w^t         T~\am«UaW« 

." 

Katahdin    .         , 

•                 t 

II       II 

H 

1 

,    "      Forbe»,     "             "                 " 

Franconia  . 

•                 • 

II       II 

Four  Stemmers  for  Italy. 

Eleonora    . 
Metropolis          . 

•                 • 

II       II 

Fall  River,  Mass. 

«       <• 

Plymouth  Rock  .     Captain  Gray,  of  Hong  Kong. 

Fall  River  . 

,                 , 

II              It 

i<       « 

Fire  Queen         .          "       Johnson,     "          " 

Albatross   . 

,                 , 

II              It 

<    i<       « 

La  Portena         .        •        .        .    Buenos  Ayres. 

Cuba          . 

•                 • 

.  Baltimore,  Md. 

1    <i       « 

Edward  Everett          ..."            " 

Raleigh 

Andrews  &  Co.,  Mystic,  Conn. 

«         <•                 X 

Ori#;ntal "                " 

Constitution 

•     Mystic,  Conn. 

t     <l         <' 

Favoiita Valparaiso. 

Canute       .         , 

.     Propeller,  Detroit,  Mich. 

(      <l           <• 

Bio  Bio Chili,  S.  A. 

Superior     • 

41                        ti                        4( 
•                 • 

«     «         « 

Kilauea      ....      Sandwich  Islands. 

W.  H.  Barnum 

u                 ti                 u 

l(     «         <• 

Voyageur  De  La  Met          .         Sultan  of  Egypt. 

Nebraska   . 

U                     U                     II 

<l     «         << 

Guatemala          .         .        .        Central  America. 

Philadelphia 

II                II                II 

• 

l<     «        •< 

Robert  Waterman       .        .          Gulf  of  Mexico. 

James  Fisk,  Jr. 

II                fi                II 

•            • 

(1     "        «« 

B.  W.  Blanchard 

<l     •«        «' 

Vindicator            "              " 

Dean  Richmond          .             • 

)■■ 

<<     «         <• 

City  of  New  Bedford,  N.  B.  &  N.  Y.  S.S.  Co.,  N.  Y. 

Amazon     .        .        .        .        .        "            " 

<l     <l         " 

1       City  of  Fitchburg,         "            "       

Egyptian "            " 

<t     «        <<    1 

1       Vertummes         ....         New  York. 

Cathe-ine  Whiting      ..."            " 

«     <l        <> 

1       Flushing    . 

It      It 

Montana    ....        Greenpoint,  L.  I. 

* 

<t           w>                     (t 

1       Rapidan 

Providence,  R.  I. 

Iron  Age   ....        Kennebunk,  Me. 

' 

u       <t              <• 

1       H.  S.  Hagar      . 

It             It 

City  of  Bath       ....           Bath,  Me. 

' 

l<     It         << 

1       Lady  Lang 

•                 "             " 

Walker  Armington,  Stm  Schooner,  Rockland,  Me. 

(>     «         •< 

1      F.egulator  . 

M                      II 

Oregonian          .        .        .     San  Francisco,  Cal. 

»     ««        " 

1      City  of  Providence 

"                      " 

E.  B.  Ward        .        .        .       New  Orleans,  La. 

It     II        t< 
II     II        «l 
II     It        " 
II     II         tl 

II         II                  14 

1      Chickamauga 

l<                      « 

- 

1 

1 

;i 

ss:: 

EJteS. 

i 

<l          It                  l< 

General  Berry    .        .        .          Thomaston,  Me. 

. 

II         II                  tl 

I      Abner  I.  Benyon 

M                   II 

Mcrtpelier 

It         '  II 

II         II                  tl 

1     Joseph  S.  Spinney 

M                   II 

Corsica 

II           II 

II          tl                  tl 

I     Belle  O'Brien     . 

11                   II 

S.  Emerson  Smith,       Capt 

.  Smith,        "           » 

II     tl        » 

■  ^  H.  6.  Gregory   . 

<l                   It 

H.  L.  Richardson 

"           " 

II     II        tl 

1     Harvey  Mills 

II                   It 

Jane  Fish  . 

II           It 

itevideo,  S.  A. 

I     John  T.  Berry    . 

M                   II 

A.  McCallum      . 

II           It 

anish  Steamer. 

■     Alexander  Gibson 

«                   It 

R.  D.  Rice 

It           II 

azilian      " 

B    Frank  F.  Curling 

II                   II 

C.  F.  Sargent     . 

Portland,  " 

\ 

imer,  Tiverton. 

■     J.  B.  Walker 

II                   It 

J.  B.  Brown 

II          II 

H     Joseph  B.  Thomas 
H    General  Knox    . 

II                   tl 
II                   II 

Rufus  E.  Wood  . 
Samuel  Schofield,  2d  . 

II          it 
It          it 

i 

Indian  Service. 

m 

H     Edwftrd  O'Brien 

II                   t. 

Philena  Winslow 

II          it 

1 

If 

1    Cyrus  Wakefield 

■II                   II 

John  De  Costa  . 

It          It 

It 

■    E.  Pluribus  Unum 

II                   II 

Portland  Lloyds 

II          II 

11 

■    Ne  Plus  Ultra    . 

II                   II 

William  W.  Thomas  . 

M                M 

MJ 

(4n 


Henry  Failing    . 

Portland,  Off«iton. 

Clarissa  B.  Carveit     . 

.   Searsport,  Me. 

EmpresH  of  IndiA 

.  St.  John,  N 

.  B. 

Elizabeth   .        . 

44                         44 

Munster 

<i 

Robert  Dixon     . 

.      Damariscotta,     " 

Bcaconsfield 

11 

E.  A.  Stetson     . 

44                               44 

New  City  . 

44 

(iuardian  .        .        . 

«                                "                               " 

Herald 

41 

Ivanhoe 

Belfast,     " 

Highland  . 

44 

Chaudos     . 

44                     44 

Joseph  H.  Scammell 

•1 

H.  S.  Soule,     Capt.  Soule,           Yarmouth,     " 

Storm  King 

Bath, 

Me. 

Zouave       .          "     Whittemore,  Richmond,     " 

Occidental 

Gettysburg 

44                             44 

OrienUl     . 

WalUce     .         Capt. 

Lane,          Wiscassett,     " 

B.  P.  Cheney      . 

Ellen  Lewis 

.        .       Dennis,     " 

Franconia  . 

Sam.  Skolfield   . 

Brunswick,     " 

Geneva 

Radiant 

Boston 

J.  W.  Marr 

Champlain 

4< 

Oregon 

Admiral     . 

44 

Oracle 

P.  N.  Blanchard 

44 

Indiana      .        , 

Vigilant     .        . 

•< 

St.  Mark    . 

Ice  King    . 

It 

Florence    . 

Iceberg      . 

« 

Armenia    . 

Iceland      .        . 

<( 

Hecla 

Ocean  King 

4< 

Standard    . 

John  Pascal 

14 

Solitaire 

Valiant      . 

44 

Eric  the  Red      . 

America     . 

44 

General  McClellan 

Capt. 

Watts,   " 

Highland  Light . 

44 

Monrovia  . 

Spartan      .         . 

44 

Mary  E.  Riggs  . 

Mary  L.  Stone   . 

4C 

Aberdeen  . 

Sachem 

44 

Tabor 

Grecian 

44 

Gov.  Chamberlain 

South  American 

44 

Jamestown 

Governor  Goodwin 

44 

Nimbus 

Red  Cloud 

44 

Undaunted 

McNear     . 

44 

Carondolet 

Wachusett 

44 

John  H.  Kimball 

Frank  N.  Thayer 

44 

Invincible 

Commodore 

4i 

Granger   . . 

McLaurin . 

4< 

Louisiana  . 

Emily  F.  Whitney 

44 

Sterling      . 

Glendon    . 

41 

El  Capitan 

R.  B.  Fuller       . 

44 

John  R.  Kelley  . 

Benjamin  Sewall 

44 

B.  F.  Packard    . 

W.  H.  Lincoln  . 

14 

Servia 

Paul  Revere 

14 

Frank  Pendleton 

Searsport, 

John  Currier 

4< 

Henrietta  . 

44 

Cashangar 

Capt.  Gardner, 

Harriet  H.  McGilvery 

41 

Laughing  Water 

44 

Premier     .        .        . 

M 

Franklin  Haven 

44 

(«) 


arsport,  Me. 

St.  Mark    . 

C»> 

t. 

CoUey, 

Boston.   1 

H                      •< 

C.  H.  Lord 

1 

Paine, 

It 

riscotta,     " 

Edward  Everett, 

II 

McQellan, 

It 

It               " 

Idaho 

It 

Howe, 

It 

t«               •• 

Monsoon    . 

It 

Flye, 

tt 

Uelfast,     " 

William  Lord,  Jr., 

It 

Brown, 

It 

<i          « 

Birmingham 

11 

Elliot, 

It 

rmouth,     " 

Mindoro    . 

t 

,         , 

It 

chmond,    " 

Charles  Luling  . 

• 

•         • 

II 

II              <i 

Alert 

• 

■         t 

M 

iscauett,     " 

Mary  L.  Gushing 

. 

*         t 

II 

DennU,     " 

St.  Paul     . 

Chapman  &  Flint,  New  York.    | 

answick,     " 

William  R.  Grace 

II 

II 

II 

Boston. 

M.  P.  Grace 

It 

It 

It 

M 

Santa  Clara 

11 

It 

tt 

« 

St.  Stephen 

It 

It 

It 

II 

St.  David  . 

II 

11 

It 

li 

A.  J.  Fuller 

Benj.  Flint, 

tt 

II 

St.  Frances 

It          II 

II 

t< 

St.  James  . 

II          II 

u 

II 

John  McDonald 

It          II 

II 

« 

E.  B.  Sutton      . 

L 

F.  Chapma   , 

II 

l< 

S.  P.  Hitchcock 

1             tt 

It 

II 

I.  F.  Chapman  . 

1             11 

II 

II 

Jabez  Howes 

• 

It 

It 

Continental 

II 

M 

Rosie  Welt 

It 

II 

Bonanza    . 

It 

II 

B.  F.  Metcali"    . 

• 

tt 

« 

.sar.c  Reed 

It 

II 

Annie  H.  Smith 

It 

It 

Willie  Reed 

•                 • 

tt 

It 

Snow  &  Burgess 

tt 

II 

Frank  Flint 

tt 

It 

R.  S.  Ely  . 

•                 • 

tt 

It 

Garibaldi    . 

Capt.  Emery, 

tt 

It 

Equal  Rights      . 

It 

Southard, 

tt 

4( 

Madurese  . 

It 

French, 

II 

'                          II 

William  Tell       . 

It 

Trench, 

II 

II 

Soo  Loo     . 

ti 

Allen, 

It 

It 

Oracle 

• 

•                 • 

It 

If 

Confidence 

Capt. 

Sears, 

ft 

II 

E.  F.  Gabian      . 

11 

Von  Hugen, 

II 

M 

Favorita     . 

It 

Pray, 

fl 

et, 

Saybrook    . 

• 

•               • 

ft 

It 

St.  Nicholas 

. 

• 

ft 

It 

Victor        .        . 

a 

ipt. 

C 

rowell, 

If 

Sporidian  . 

Frolic         . 

Lutzon 

E.  F.  Sawyer 

W.  H.  Smith      . 

Hagarstown 

Ellen  Southard  . 

Vorktown 

Theodore  IL  Allen 

Commodore  T.  H.  Allen 

Carrie  M.  Clark 

Patrician    .         . 

Elwell 

Raphael     . 

City  of  Philadelphia 

Adam  M.  Simpson 

Punay 

Granite  State 

Paul  Jones 

Daniel  L  Tenny 

Big  Bonanza 

Glendower,  Capt.  Emerton, 

Dione         .     "      Fales, 

Coromandel 

William  Wilcox 

Dauntless  . 

Eastern  Empire 

Western  Empire 

Clarence  S.  Bement 

T.  F.  Oakes       . 

Tillie  E.  Starbuck 

N.  T.  Hill 


A.  S.  Davis 

Defiant 

Pharos 

Joy    . 

J.  L.  Morse 

Mabel  Clark 

Elvie  J.  Ray 

James  Drummond, 

Tacoma 

William  J.  Rotch 

P.  M,  Whitmore 

Arabia 

Elizabeth    . 

Charles  E.  Moody 


Built 


Built 


New  York. 
ft      fl 
ft      II 
It      It 
If      It 

Richmond,  Me. 
II  II 


It  It 

Waldoboro,  Me. 

Damatiwotta,   *' 

.  Newcastle,   " 

Camden,    " 

Philadelphia,  Pa. 
It  It 

Salem,  Mass. 

Portsmouth,  N.  H. 
II  It 

Newburyport,  Mass. 


Medford,  Mass. 

New  Bedford,  Mass. 

.    Mystic,  Conn. 

.        .     Quebec. 

II 

Euilt  at  Philadelp ::', 

11         U  (I 

"     "  Chester, 
at  Bucksport,       Me. 
"  Belfast,  " 

"  Kennebunk,      " 

it  11  It 

"  Phippsburg,  " 

"  Bangor.  " 

Waldoboro,  •' 

Harrington,  " 

at  Phippsburg,  " 

"  Bath,  " 


It     II  II 

"  Damariscotta,   " 
"  Bath,  " 


(43) 


B^K.Q;XJ  Hlfc^. 

II.  G.  Johnson  . 

,   Ncwburyport,  Mass. 

Lottie  Moore 

B.  F.  Hunt,  Jr. 

((               i( 

Joseph  A.  Ropes 

Schamyl     . 

1.               <( 

Crescent     .        , 

Mary  S.  Ames   . 

Wareham,      " 

Monrovia  . 

Veronica    . 

I.  -sv  Bedford,  " 

James  Condie     . 

Sa'.ah  S.  Ridgway 

Philadelphia. 

John  L.  Hasbrouck 

Eliza  J.  McNameny    . 

<« 

Prairie  Bird 

Jennie  Sweeney 

It 

Eliza  Barss 

Geo.  W.  Sweeney 

.   ct 

Heiress 

John  Loughlin   . 

it 

Edwin  Reed      . 

Anita  Berwind   . 

It 

Spartan     . 

Fresno 

.  Port  Gamble,  W.  T. 

C.  W.  Cochrane 

Chelmsford 

Quebec,  Canada. 

Zenia 

Warren 

II            t( 

Guy  C.  Goss      . 

Scammell  Brothers 

St.  John,  N.  B. 

Luzon 

Cedar  Croft 

(<         41        ti       it 

Soo  Loo    . 

Arnie  J.  Marshall 

■    u         i*        II      •< 

Oakland    . 

Marchin     . 

.        .         .         Italy. 

Parsee 

''''ward  Kidder  . 

Boston. 

Sauptu 

oiillman  B.  Allen 

*i 

Ilattie  Morrison 

Mabel 

tt 

Australia 

Cheshire    . 

It 

Robert  Pennell 

Carrie  Humphrey       . 

ti 

Vidette      . 

Bierstadt    . 

It 

Penang     . 

Mohican    .        .        .        . 

14 

Helen  Sands     . 

Hiram  Emery    . 

11 

E.  V.  Minot.      . 

William  Hales   . 

II 

Nettie  Merriman 

Hannah  W.  Dudley   , 

(i 

Hindoostan 

Azorean    .        .         .        . 

II 

Niphon     . 

Jonathan  Bourne 

it 

Annie  Torrey    . 

Harvard    . 

11 

Hawthorn 

Richard  R.  Freeman  . 

II 

W.  H.  Besse     . 

Alice         .        .        .        . 

It 

Colusa 

Moses  B.  Tower 

tl 

Carrolton  . 

Fury  .... 

<l 

C.  Southard  Hulbert 

John  D.  Brewer 

II 

Fanny  L.  Kennedy 

Sarah 

II 

Matanzas  . 

Boylston    . 

II 

Wealthy  Pendleton 

Teekalet    . 

11 

I.evanter   . 

Paramount         .        .    Ca 

pt.  Crosby 

If 

Minnie  W.  Watts 

Rebecca  Goddard       .      " 

Polleys 

II 

Sunbeam   . 

Moriah  3.  Smith        .       " 

Smith, 

xjilCtiiiVO"     .               . 

Unio-.t  Jack 

M 

•               t 

Hamlet 

E'^lyBird         .        .    Caj 

>t.  Cook,               " 

Singapore  . 

Martha  P.  Tucker      . 

New  York. 

Alice  J.  Grace    . 

Tillie  Biker 

*ll                It 

Addie  E.  Sleeper 

Capt. 


Foote, 


New  Yorli 


l< 

(1 

11 

(( 

l< 

H 

II 

(>. 

M 

(( 

II 

(( 

11 

.. 

II 

II 

Bath, 

M 

ai:ii. 

Richmond, 

Waldoboro, 
11 

Searsport, 
Thomaston, 


Rockland. 


(+4) 


New  Yorl, 


•1 

(( 

« 

(( 

(1 

(•. 

<l 

(( 

<l 

a 

'  <t 

i. 

1< 

(i 

Bath, 

MaiiK 

It 


« 

it 

i{ 

(( 

« 

(( 

It 

i* 

it 

<( 

<l 

it 

It 

a 

l< 

(t 

li 

(1 

It 

(( 

t< 

(( 

if 

t( 

chmond, 

It 

ildoboro, 

l( 

it 

11 

learsport 

il 

omaston 

ii 

ockland. 


J.  W.  Dresser    . 
Charles  T.  Russell 
Mary  E.  Russell 
Samuel  H.  Nickerson 
Emita 
Alice   .      . 
Isaaq  Jackson    . 
Annie  Lewis 
Tewksbury  L.  Sweat 
Charles  R.  Lewis 
Itonus 
Edith  Davis 
Edward  L.  Mayberry 
Gi  M.  Stanwood 
Carrie  Winslow 
Ethel 

Au  Sable  . 
Wolverton 
Harriet  S.  Jackson 
Henry  Warner  . 
Charles  G.  Rice 
Alice  Vernard    . 
S.  R.  Lyman     . 


Ned  White 
Perpetua   . 
Motley 
Eugene  Hale 
Agnes  Squire 
Stella 


Allen  Greene  . 
George  W.  Whitford 
Daisy  E.  Parkhurst 
Charles  F.  San^pson 
Pochasset 
Helen  A.  Ames 
Albert  W.  Smith      . 
("arrie  S.  Hart 
John  H.  Cross 
Charles  11.  hprague 
Annt-  M.  Alien 


.   Castine, 

Me. 

Louise  Adelaide        . 

Portland,  Me. 

.  Machias, 

ii 

Payson  Tucker,  2d     . 

" 

It 

il 

Alice  Minot 

Pbippsburg,     " 

it 

II 

Two  Brothers    . 

.  Damariscotta,       " 

II 

11 

M.  Chase  . 

.     Sheepscott  Bridge,     " 

Portland, 

11 

Annie 

M                       il                 11 

It 

it 

Fannie  Skofield 

Brunswick,     " 

it 

li 

Harriet  N.  Carlton 

.          Rockport,     " 

il 

II 

Onaway     . 

Yarmouth,     " 

it 

il 

Argean      .          Capt 

.  Crosby,  Providence,  U.  L 

ii 

It 

Thomas  Fletcher,   " 

Sowle,            "             " 

it 

11 

A  One 

Crosby,           '•      ■        *• 

it 

li 

Coorong     .         . 

.        .     Warren,  " 

it 

li 

Colonia 

It  11 
... 

ii 

ii 

Ethan  Allen 

Capt.  Moore,  U.  S.  Navy. 

tt 

it 

W.  Y.  Anderson 

"      Hall, 

n 

ii 

Young  Rover 

.                 "           " 

II 

il 

Two  Fannies        Capt.  McDonnell,  Chicago,  III 

ii 

.  *» 

Constitution 

11          ti 

li 

ii 

E.  Jones    .        , 

.   Buffalo,  N.  \ 

it 

il 

Annie  Vought    . 

11  11 
•        .        . 

it 

II 

Nelson 

Milwaukee,  Wis 

11   . 

ii 

•  • 

BK.ia-s. 


Belfast,  Me. 

Irene        .        .        , 

•                 • 

New  York 

Bath,    " 

John  McDermott 

f                 • 

it 

It 

Machias,  " 

Rapid  Transit  . 

•                 •  ' 

it 

it 

Calais,  " 

Belle  of  the  Bay 

•                 • 

ii 

il 

New  York. 

Stephen  Bishop 

New  Haven 

,  Conn 

11         11 

Clara  Pickens  . 

•        • ' 

Providence 

OHIOC 

)I^IilK.S 

. 

Providence. 

Utica 

•        «        • 

Providence 

It 

Haroldine 

. 

It 

ti 

Mattie  W.  Atwood 

•        •        •  ■ 

Boston 

it 

Albert  H.  Cross 

•        •  '      • 

It 

»« 

Weybosset 

. 

It 

It 

Eben  D.  Jordan, 

Pilot  Boat, 

II 

11 

C.  L.  Jefiery      . 

. 

II 

il 

Jacol)  Reed 

. 

It 

II 

I-ivinia  Campbell 

1                •                 t 

II 

11 

Actea 

Yacht, 

It 

11 

Gitana 

• 

■u 

(40 


)■ 


t' 


'C'^^ 


Mohican    .        .        Yacht 

» 

Bolton.  1 

D.  J.  Lawlor      .         Pilot  Boat, 

Otello 

• 

Marion  Hill 

• 

Maude  Sherwood 

»         • 

Wm.  B.  .'ierrick 

•         • 

Sophie  Bt'hrman 

New  York. 

Anita 

1               • 

II 

Henry  Davy 

•                • 

II 

Adelaide  J.  Alcott 

•                ■ 

II 

Potosi         .        .        . 

%               « 

II 

Gracie  Chambers 

, 

II 

J.  F.  Loubat      .         .     Pil 

ot  Boat, 

II 

Thomas  D.  Harrison,  Capt. 

Grossman, 

II 

Martha  P.  King          .    " 

Jarvis, 

ii 

■William  H.  Jourdan  .    •' 

Saunders, 

li 

John  D.  Williams       .     " 

Pearce, 

li 

Resolute,           Yacht,    " 

Hatch, 

II 

Wm.  E.  Clows 

Port  Jefferson, 

N.  Y. 

Mark  Gr-iy 

li          It 

ii 

Julia  A.  Tate     . 

.   Piermont, 

li 

Hattie  M.  Crowell     . 

Greenpoint 

ii 

1 

Pilot          .         .     Pilot  Bo 

at,    .  Baltimore. 

Md. 

\7.  A.  Graves           "       " 

.      Norfolk 

,  Va. 

Twilight    . 

,     New  Haven,  < 

Zonn. 

James  H.  Hoyt 

i« 

11 

Hattie  V.  Kelsey 

It 

II 

Armstrong 

li 

II 

Edward  M.  Reed 

II 

II 

James  Boyce 

II 

II 

Ja^es  E.  Woodhouse 

II 

11 

Henry  Sutton    . 

II 

II 

J.  B.  Carrington 

li 

ii 

Elm  City 

II 

II 

Orville  Horwitz 

II 

II 

Helen  A.  Benedict     . 

II 

II 

Charles  L.  Mitchill    . 

II 

li 

Harry  A.  Barry 

II 

It 

Annie  G.  Pardee 

II 

li 

Daylight 

II 

II 

Florence  Randall 

II 

li 

James  D.  Dewell 

II 

II 

Dreadnaught 

II 

II 

Frank  Walter 

li 

II 

C.  S.  Bushnell 

ii 

li 

Rodney  Parker,       Capt.  I 

>arker,    '♦ 

II 

James  M.  Ives 

II 

ti 

Nathan  Easterbrook,  Jr. 

II 

•  I 

Beuie  E.  Dickinson 
J.  D.  Robinson 
Odell        .        .      Capt. 
George  Sealy    .  " 

Lizzie  Chadwick 
Wyer  G.  Sargent 
Nelson  Bartlett 
Lizzie  B.  Willie 
Levi  S.  Andrew.* 
Jennie  Lockwood 
Nellie  A.  Druary 
Eldrldge  Souther 
Emily  F.  Watts 
E.  D.  Sidbury 
Sarah  &  Ellen 
Lucy  A.  Davis 
Willie  H.  Higgins 
Benjamin  C.  Cromwell 
Mattie  J.  AUes 
H.  C.  Higginson 
John  Bracewell 
Annie  F.  Conlon 
Florence  Dean 
Robert  Portner 
Wild  Pigeon     . 
D.  M.  Anthony 
Stephen  Morgan 
John  E.  Ssnford 
Bertha  F.  Walker 
Zacctieus  Sherman 
Enoch  Robinson 
William  O.  Snow 
Samuel  H.  Walker 
William  L.  Walker 
Baylies  Wood  . 
William  D.  Marvel 
William  R.  Huston 
Alfred  Brabrook 
Calvin  P.  Harris 
Bertha  Dean    . 
Alice  B.  Phillips 
Henry  S.  Culver 
Emma  F.  Angell 
A.  B.  Sherman 
Benjamin  B.  Church 
Thomas  J.  Lancaster 
Ida  Lawrence  . 
Jonathan  May 


Bath,  Me. 


Winslow, 
McI)onald, 


Sargentville, 
Thomaston, 


Portland, 


H. 


Rockland, 
Dover,  N. 
Portsmouth, 
Taunton,  Mass 


New  Bedford, 

Philadelphia. 


Caleb  S.  Ridgws 
G.  G.  Greene 
Wallace  J.  Boyd 
Amanda  C.  Pad 
Joseph  W.  Fost< 
Josephine  . 
Taylor  Dickson 
Charles  E.  Youn 
Emma  C.  Cotton 
Samuel  Vroomat 
Frank  Pratt  Lee 
Susie  H.  Davidsi 
Tena  A.  Cotton  , 
Gov.  John  W.  H 
Henry  Wadding! 
Daniel  E.  Bailey 
Nimrod 
David  Dows 
Our  Son 
Golden  Age 
James  Couch 
San  Diego 
Henry  A.  Kent, 
H,  H.  Brown 
Thomas  L.  Park< 
Joseph  Paige 
Geo.  Pfister 
Marengo    . 
J.  B.  Merrill 
Agnes  Smith 
Alice  B.  Norris 

F.  M.  Knapp 
George  Murray 
Minnie 

Lucy 

G.  S.  Hasard 
George  W.  Adan 
F.  A.  George 
James  Couch 
Kate  Winslow 


Transport  . 
Wamsutta  . 
Gov.  Morton 
Baltic,  Bee  Line 
Bravo        *' 


C4fl) 


Bath,  Me. 


ntville,  " 
laHton,  " 


rtland, 


ckland,  " 
3ver,  N.  H. 
smouth,  " 
nton,  Mass. 


edford,    " 
'hiladelphia. 


Caleb  S.  Ridgway 

.     Philadelphia. 

Lucerne     .        .        .        . 

.    Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

G.  G.  Greene     . 

^               <t 

C.  B.  Benson     . 

tt                   It 

Wallace  J.  Boyd 

it 

Richard  Winslow,  Capt.  Wi 

nslow,        "          " 

Amanda  C.  Packer     . 

^              .  (1 

Wells  Burt 

II         II 

Joseph  W.  Foster 

,               It 

Alleghany  .     *  . 

II         It 

Josephine  .        .         .        . 

^               (t 

John  Martin       .        .        . 

• 

Taylor  Dickson  . 

^               <t 

H.  \Y.  Sage 

.    Oswego,     '* 

Charles  E.  Young 

,               It 

Niagara      .        .        .        . 

Tonawanda,     •' 

Emma  C.  Cotton 

,               It 

George  V.  Jordan 

Saco,  Me. 

Samuel  Vrooman        .        . 

II 

Henry  Lippitt     . 

.    Dennis,  ^fass. 

Frank  Pratt  Lee 

^               II 

0.  D.  Witherell 

11           11 

Susie  H.  Davidson      . 

II 

Martha  N.  Hail . 

South      •«           •• 

Tena  A.  Cotton  . 

" 

Ney    .... 

Fall  River,     «' 

Gov.  John  W.  Hall    . 

.      Milford,  Del. 

Julia  A.  Ward    . 

Provincetown,     " 

Henry  Waddington    . 

"        " 

Mark  Gray 

.    Ipswich,     " 

Daniel  E.  Bailey 

Toledo,  0. 

Lottie  K.  Friend 

Gloucester,     " 

Nimrod      .        .        .        . 

((               n 

J.  M.  Leonard    . 

Somerset,     " 

David  Dows 

it          II 

Elma  M.  Wilght 

11           I. 

Our  Son     . 

Milan,  " 

Wm.  T.  Hart      . 

11           11 
*        . 

Golden  Age 

<i        It 

George  S.  Tarbell 

Wellfleet,     " 

James  Couch 

Fairport,  " 

Mary  Sanford     . 

• 

San  Diego 

.    Detroit,  Mich. 

Albert  T.  Stearns 

Harwichport,     " 

Henry  A.  Kent,       Capt.  Ji 

jnes,           " 

Harry  B.  Ritter  . 

Bridgeton,  N.  J. 

H.  H.  Brown     . 

"          " 

George  R.  Vreeland   . 

Jersey  City,     " 

Thomas  L.  Parker 

.         Milwaukee,  Wis. 

Ida  C.  Schoolcraft 

11            li 

Joseph  Paige 

((              (( 

Dora  Allison 

11            II 

Geo.  Pfister 

•  <i             11 

Thomas  J.  Martin 

.    Mauricetown,     ♦• 

Marengo    . 

it             11 

J.  Howell  Leeds 

It               11 

J.  B.  Merrill       . 

It              11 

Margaret  and  Lucy     . 

.    Noank,  Conn. 

Agnes  Smith 

It              11 

Bill  Stowe,   Capt.  Manson 

Middletown,      " 

Alice  B.  Norris  . 

11              11 

Carrie  Alice        . 

Richmond,  Me 

F.  M.  Knapp     . 

Racine,     " 

San  Juan    . 

Damariscotta,     " 

George  Murray  . 

11        11 

•         • 

Jennie  Spear 

11               11 

Minnie 

New  Iberia,  La. 

George  V.  Jordan 

Kennebunkport,     " 

Lucy 

11             It 

Laveland    . 

Manitowoc,  Mich 

G.  S.  Hasard     . 

.    Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

H.  C.  Richards  . 

11            11 

George  W.  Adams 

(t                   (( 

C.  C.  Barnes,   Capt.  Albre 

cht,            "             " 

F.  A.  George     . 

ti                   (( 

Rebecca  A.  Taulane,  Built ; 

it  Mays  Landing,  N.  J 

James  Couch      .    •     . 

((                    (( 

Carrie  Strong 

Thoraaston,  Me 

Kate  Winslow    .        . 

((                   (t 

Wm.  A.  Marburg 

.  Baltimore,  Md 

BJLK 

/O-l^HR. 

■ 

Transport  .         .         .        .  Taunton,  Mass. 

Wamsutta  ....  Providence,  R.  I. 
Gov.  Morton  .  .  .  New  Orleai.:,  La. 
Baltic,  Bee  Line  Trans.  Co.,  Perth  Amboy,  N.  Y. 
Bravo        "  "        "  "  " 


Brunette,  Bee  Line  Trans.  Co.,  Perth  Amboy,  N.  Y. 

Bonanza        "  "       " 

Baffle  "  "       " 

Wharf  Boat        ....    Cincinnati,  C 

Magnetic Cleveland,  " 


(47) 


^  The  following  Vessels   have  replaced 

their  Windlasses  of  various   kinds    with 
the  "PROVIDENCE"  Windlass. 


-*^*- 


Ship 


COFFIN  &  WOODWARD  WINDLASSES. 

Steamer    "  JOHNS  HOPKINS,"  Boston,  Norfolk  &  Baltimore 
Line. 

"  WM.  CRANE,"  Boston,  Norfolk  &  B>    fiMORS  Line. 

"  McNEAR,"  Boston. 

"R.B.  FULLER." 

"ERIC  THE  RED,"  Bath. 
Schooner  "  CALVIN  P.  HARRIS,"  Taunton. 
"        "D.M.ANTHONY," 

"  GEORGE  W.  WHITFORD,"  Providence. 

"CARRIE  S.  HART,"  " 

"MATTIE  W.  ATWOOD,"  Boston. 
"         '^  RICHARD  WIN  SLOW,"  Buffalo. 
"         "H.  H.  BROWN,"  Detroit. 

"WEALTHY  PENDLETON,"  Searsport,  Me. 

PERLEY  WINDLASSES. 

"  BLACKSTONE,"  Providence,  Norfolk  &  Balti- 
more Line  . 

"DEAN   RICHMOND," 

"DREW," 

"  ST.  JOHN," 

"  METEOR,"  (built  by  R.  B.  Forbes)  Boston. 

"  CLEOPATRA,"  New  York. 

"CITY  OF  LAWRENCE,"  Norwich  <&  New  York 
Transportation  Co. 
IT.  S.  Lighthouse  Steamer  "  DAHLIA,"  Detroit. 

HYDE  WINDLASS. 

Barque     "  VERONICA,"  New  Bedford. 

GLOBE  IRON   WORKS  WINDLASS. 
U.  S.  Revenue  Steamer  "WARRINGTON,"  Detroit. 

HARFIELD  WINDLASSES  (English). 
Spanish  Steamer  "  NEUOVO  BARCELONA." 
Steamship  "  COLUMBUS,"  Clyde,  sold  to  Russian  Government. 
Italian  Barque  "  MARCHIN." 
Schooner  "  SAN  DIEGO,"  Buffalo. 
Enomsh  Stkamek  "VERTUMMES." 

(48) 


Barque 
Steamer 

tt 
t( 

4( 


People's  Line  between  Al- 
bany and  New  York. 


WOOD  WINDLASSES. 


Stlamhr 

t< 

•I 
II 
II 
II 

Darqub 

II 

11 
II 
II 
II 

Schooner 

II 

It 
II 
II 
II 
II 
ii 
ti 
<• 
It 
i( 

K 
II 

II 

<l 

II 

II 

II 

11 

II 

II 

II.   ' 

II 

II 

II 

II 

II 

Ship 

II 

II 
Barob 


"  C.  W.  LORD,"  Nkw  Orleans. 

"E.  B.  WARD," 

"  CITY  OF  DALLAS."  * 

"  A.  J.  WRIGHT,"  Buffalo. 

"FLUSHING,"  New  York. 

"  GEO.  A.  CHAFFEE,"  BosTOX  &  Gloucwstkr  Linb. 

"MARY  C.  AMES,"  Boston. 

"MOSES  B.  TOWER,"    " 

II  SARAH  "  " 

"  JENNIE  SWEENEY,"  Piuladelphia. 

"  GEO.  W.  SWEENEY," 

"  HARRIET  S.  JACKSON,"  Portland. 

"GEORGE  Tk.  VhJSELAND,"  Jersey  City. 

"  LOTTIE  K.  FRI1:ND,"  Gloucester. 

"^^MES  COUCH,"  Buffalo. 

"i  AISY  E.  PABKHURST,"  Providbnob. 

"  EARL  P.  MASON," 

"  CHARLES  F.  SAMPSON," 

"  POCASSET," 

"HELEN  A.  AMES," 

"ALBERT  W.  SMITH," 

"ANNE  M.  ALLEN," 


II 
II 
II 
It 
It 
II 


"HATTIE  M.  CROWELL,"  Boston. 
"0.  D.  WETHERELL," 
"GEO.  S.  TARBELL," 
"  EDWARD  M.  REED,"  New  Haven. 
"  J.  B.  CARRINGTON," 
"  MARY  C.  ARNOLD," 
"  STEPHEN  MORGAN,"  Taunton. 
"  WILD  PIGEON," 
"  JOHN  E.  SANFORD," 
"  FLORENCE  DEAN," 
"  MARTHA  N.  HALE,"  New  Bedford. 
"B.  B.  CHURCH," 
"JOHN  BRACEWELL,"  Dover. 
"MARTHA  P.  KING,"  New  York. 
".TULIA  A.  TATE," 
"  WM.  D.  MARVEL,"  Fall  River. 
"  ELMER  M.  WRIGHT,"  Somerset. 
"WM.  B.  HERRICK,"  Boston. 
"BENJ.  bEWELL," 
"PAUL  JONES," 
"  PAUL  REVERE," 
"  GOV.  MORTON,"  New  Orleans. 
"  "WAMSUTTA,"  Providence. 

U.  S.  Revenue  Steamer  "GEO.  M.  BIBB." 


II 
II 


i> 
ti 


"  "         "  BOUTWELL." 

"  "         "  DALLAS." 

"  "         "EWING." 

Lighthouse  Steamer  "  HAZE." 
Coast  Survey  Steamer  "  BLAKE." 

"HASSLER.' 
"  "        Schooner  "DRIFT." 


(49) 


^ 


i^  FOR  THB 

Sale  of  the  "PROVIDENCE"  Windlasses,  Capstans,  &c. 

IN  THE  UNITED  STATES. 

GEORGE  FISHER Bath,  Maine. 

Bath,  Bowdoinbam,  Gardiner,  Phippsburg,  Richmond, 
Wiscasset,  Damariscotta  and  Brunswick,  Me. 

I.  M.  BOARDMAN .     Belfast,  Maine. 

HINCKS  &  NE ALLEY      .        .        .        .        .        .     Bangor,  Maine. 

Bangor  and  Viciiiity. 

PTDEOUT  &  LORD Calais,  Maine. 

COBB,  WIGHT  &  CO Rockland,  Maine. 

Rockland,  Rockport  and  Camden,  Me. 

Capt.  S.  brown Kennebumkport,  Maine. 

Kennebunkport  and  Saco,  Me. 

G.  M.  STANWOOD  &  CO Portland,  Maine. 

J.  A.  CREIGHTON Thomaston,  Maine. 

EDSON  MFG.  CO Boston,  Mass. 

HENRY  SUTTON New  Haven,  Conn. 

J.  P.  SNELLING New  York  City. 

E.  GEORGE  &  CO " 

CHAS.  G.  ENDICOTT Jersey  City,  N.  J. 

JONATHAN  MAY  &  SONS      .         .         .         .         Philadelphia,  Pa. 
GEORGE  W.  STONE         ......  Wilmington,  Del. 

F.  M.  PEED .        .         Norfolk,  Va. 

LOUD,  CLARIDGE  &  CO.        .        .        .        .        .     Baltimore,  Md. 

J.  P.  AGNEW  &  CO Alexandria,  Va. 

WOODWARD,  WIGHT  &  CO.  .        .        .  New  Orleans,  La. 

WARD  &  BRADY St.  Louis,  Mo. 

CASSILLY,  COLLINS  &  CO Cincinnati,  O. 

ENOS,  HILL  &  CO.  .        .        .        .        .        .       Gallipolis.  O 

EDWARD  JORDAN Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

R.  H.  WOOLFOLK  &  CO.        .        .        .        .        .     Louisville,  Ky. 

JOHN  J.  SINZICH    .         .         .         .         .         .        .   EvANSviLLE,  Ind. 

H.  P.  GREGORY  &  CO San  Francisco,  Cal. 

FOR  THE  LAKES. 

D.  S.  AUSTIN  &  CO Buffalo,  N.  Y. 

Lakes  Erie  and  Ontario. 
JAS.  P.  DONALDSON  «&  CO Detroit,  Mich. 

Detroit  and  Lake  Huron. 

G.  D.  NORRIS  &  CO.       .         .         .         .         .         .  Milwaukee.  Wis. 

Lakes  Superior  and  Michigan. 

UPSON,  WALTON  &  CO Cleveland,  O. 

M.  I.  WILCOX Toledo,  O. 

DUNHAM  &  H\MT Chicago.  III. 

(60) 


2 


THE  FOLLOWINQ  TABLE  GIVES  THE 

DIMENSIONS  OF  STUD  AND  CLOSE-LINK  CHAINS, 

which  we  would  recommend  for  use  upon  our  Windlasses,  and  adopted  by  the 
leading  chain  manufacturers  in  the  United  States :  — 


N.J. 
L,  Pa. 
^Del. 

^  Va. 
M<1. 
Va. 
La. 
Mo. 

Ko. 

IS.  O. 
,Pa. 

Ky- 

Ind. 
Cal. 


SiZK 
OF 

Chain 
Cablks. 
Inches. 


STUD-LINK. 


Outiide 
Length. 
Inches. 


Outside 
Width. 
Inches. 


3] 

3| 
4| 
4| 

d 

4| 


CLOSE-LINK. 


Outside 
Length. 
Inches. 


Outside 
Width. 
Inches. 


H 

^ 

2| 

21 

3 

34 

Si 

31 

3| 

4| 

44 

41 

4f 

5 

54 

5j 


Avkraok  Wkioht  pkb  Fath. 


Stud-Link. 
Pounds. 


Close-Link, 
rounds. 


15 

19 

25 

30 

33 

35 

38 

40 

43 

47 

60 

54 

57 

60 

63 

67 

71 

74 

76 

82 

83 

90 

92 

98 

105 

108 

110 

118 

122 

128 

133 

138 

145 

15G 

152 

165 

179 

195 

209 

225 

250 

280 

300 

325 

350 

375 

40U 

425 

We  recommend  Stud-Link  Chains  in  all  cases  as  being  cheaper  and  stronger 
and  better  adapted  to  work  on  iron  windlasses. 

(51) 


p 


/  -^ 


? 


MiMtehvutti  CluuriUUt  lltolitDiei'  AifocUtlon,  USB. 


/ 


Emerson's  Patent  Windlass  works  by  slow  or  fast  power  by  a  capstan  on 
the  forecastle.  This  machine  can  perform  with  four  men  the  work  usually 
reqpiring  a  dozen,  and  is  a  valuable  element  in  safety  of  life  and  propert}'. 
more  especially  in  these  days  of ' '  ordinary  seamen."  Your  Committee  deem 
it  well  to  add  ends  to  the  Windlass,  dutside  the  bitts  as  usual,  to  serve 
occasionally.     To  this  valuable  machine  the  Committee  awarded  a  Goli 

H.  B.  f  ORBES, 
»  JOHN  S    SLEEPER, 

BENJAMIN  L.  ALLEN, 
JOHN  H.  GLIDDON. 
^  ,  ELIAS   E.  DAVIDSON, 


Committe*. 


IhiMchwietU  ChariUUi  Mechanics'  Assodfttion,  1878. 


ZTAMB  AND  ADOBBSS  OF  EXHIBITOIl: 

American   Ship  "Windlass   Company, 

PROVIDENCE,  R.  I. 


V^ 


AM] 


Appro\ 


true 


The  above  award  was  for  "WINDLASSES  AND  ATTACHMENTS,'* 
and  was  the  only  award  given  for  Windlasses  or  Capstans. 

The  American  Ship  Windlass  Company  have  taken  the  highest  prize  at 
every  Fair  or  Exposition  they  Lave  ever  entered.  These  Windlasses  have 
been  manufactured  in  consin:  tly  increasing  numbers  since  1857,  and  of 
the  large  number  in  use  for  30  many  years,  not  one  has  failed  to  give 
satisfaction. 

(62^ 


,il 


L.  C 


The 
Dial  E: 


Windlasses   and   Capstans. 


NAMlI.Ain>  ADDRESS  OF  EXHIBITOB: 

AMERICAN    SHIP  WINDLASS  COMPANY, 

PROVIDENCE,    R.  I. 


The  undersigned,  having  examined  the  product  herein  described,  re- 
spectfully recommends  the  same  to  the  United  States  Centennial  Commission 
for  award,  for  the  following  reasons,  viz. :  — 

EXCELLENCE    OF    MECHANISM. 

LUIZ   DE   SALDANHA, 

Signature  of  Judge. 
Approval  of  Group  Judges :  -^ 

F.  H    RICH.  H.  C.  GOODS  PEED. 

JOHN  W.  GRIFFITHS.      I.  NEWTON. 

,,^true  cop3'  of  Record : 

FRANCIS  A.  WALKER,  Chief  of  the  Bureau  of  Awards. 
,\  A.  T.  GOSHORN,  Director-General. 

J.  R.  HAWLEY,  President. 
L.  CAMPBELL,  Secretary. 


^  ^..^ 

The  above  was  the  ONLY  AWARD  given  at  the  United  States  Centen- 
nial Exposition  for  Windlasses  and  Capstans. 

(63) 


■%L 


)       r 


XtMtehnMtti  Cktritabli  lliehaaloi'  AiiooltUon,  186B. 


Emerson's  Patent  Windlass  works  by  slow  or  fast  power  by  a  capstan  on 
the  forecastle.  This  machine  can  perform  with  four  men  the  work  usually 
requiring  a  dozen,  and  is  a  valuable  element  in  safety  of  life  and  property', 
more  especially  in  these  days  of ' '  ordinarj'  seamen."  Your  Committee  deem 
it  well  to  add  ends  to  the  Windlass,  Outside  the  bitts  as  usual,  to  serve 
occasionally.     To  this  valuable  machine  the  Committee  awarded  a  Goli 

M£D4.L. 

R.  B.  FORBES,       1  -  ' 
JOHN  8  SLEEPER, 
BENJAMIN  L  ** 


„.t.^^j^^ 


\J 


O 

"A 


O 

CO 


4) 

.1^ 


I 


90 


1 

ft) 


•\T    IT      r^ 


«0 

e 

I 

e 

«0 


^      ^ 


8 

e 

«0 

I 


%> 


s 
2     "^ 

S:    ,«o 

^    s 

^«»     ^ 
ns    s 

eS         '•■^ 
.XI 

i  « 
*  i 


K3 

I 

O 

Oh 


5 

cS 

It 

I 

o 

e 


^ 

« 


I 
II 


S3 


I 
I 


«0 

I 


c 

QJ 


.3 


o 


3i 


'§ 

«> 
s: 


.•0 


8 
e 

I 


8 


?o 


8 


8 

«o 

i 


12 


80 

8 

e  • 

90 

I 

8 

so 


8 
?3 


Co    ^ 


"3 

8 


^1 


8 


I 


2 
4 


o 
o 

(/) 

< 


X 
0) 

z 

< 

o 

LiJ 

< 


H 

1^ 


0 


i 

i 


.I'.-' 


(6*> 


